Chapter 1: Year One
Notes:
WARNING
So in response to a complaint, I thought I'd make a note here. This story loosely follows the events of canon. Harry's first few years will follow fairly closely. It begins to divert in fourth year. It diverts further in fifth year. Sixth year will have some canon elements, but more original content. Seventh year should be mostly original with a number of parallels to canon.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
This picture was done for this story by the incomparable RandomAssRaven. Words cannot express my gratitude. It is perfect in every way. Thank you, thank you, thank you for this utterly lovely gift!
July 31st
“Morning,” Hagrid greeted the goblin teller. “We’ve come to take some money out of Mr. Potter’s vault.”
“And does Mr. Potter have his key?” the goblin asked rather tersely.
“Got it here somewhere,” Hagrid said and he began emptying his pockets onto the counter, scattering moldy dog biscuits over the pristine book of numbers and causing the Goblin’s scowl to deepen considerably.
“Got it!” Hagrid announced at last, holding up a small gold key, then placing it on the counter for the goblin to examine while Hagrid went about sweeping all the bits and bobs back into his coat pockets.
The goblin examined the key very carefully, as though expecting a forgery, then finally nodded. “Well, that seems to be in order. Before he goes to his vault, there is a matter Mr. Potter must attend to.”
“What’s that?” Hagrid asked with a frown.
“That is Gringotts’ business with Mr. Potter, sir. Private business. He will visit his vault and return to the lobby when he is finished. Follow me, Mr. Potter.”
And before Harry could even wonder what to do, the goblin was striding away. He cast a quick look at Hagrid, but the man seemed equally as stumped, so Harry hurried after the goblin.
He was led through a large door and down a long corridor into a lounge sort of room with a fountain trickling down one wall and several lounge chairs around a low table. The goblin waited for Harry to take one of the offered seats, then tapped on the top of the fancy box on the table. After a moment, he opened the lid of the box and extracted a thick letter, which he placed on the table in front of Harry.
Written across the front in an elegant script, it said Harald James Potter.
“I don’t understand,” Harry frowned as he picked up the letter. “Is this for me? Why is it at a bank?”
“That letter, Mr. Potter, was left in our trust ten years ago, to be delivered to you today or the soonest following. Feel free to take your time. Tap the bell if you need anything. Merely open the door when you are finished.”
Harry watched the goblin go and looked at the letter again. Harald. Was that his proper first name? And the middle. Was that for his father? Hagrid had said his name was James.
His fingers trembled a bit as he carefully pried loose the wax seal holding the heavy paper shut. The whole envelope came unfolded then and he set it aside to focus on the paper inside, filled with small, neat lines of the same elegant writing. He flipped the paper over and his breath caught at the sign off at the bottom. “Love Mum”.
My Darling Harry,
As I write this, you are playing on the floor in front of me, enjoying the new toys you got for your first birthday. I hope so very much that I will be there for your eleventh birthday that I might burn this letter and explain its contents face to face as it should be done. Unfortunately, I know there is the possibility that your father and I will not be there.
There is a war on, Harry, and your father and I are targets. If we don’t make it, there are some things you must understand. Things that only James and myself know. It is for that reason that I put ink to page this night.
First off, if you are not alone, read no further. The information contained in this missive is for you and you alone. The parchment is charmed to ingrain everything about this letter permanently into your mind and then to dissolve into dust, for the contents are far too dangerous to risk their discovery.
Now, on to the point of this letter. I realize that this may not be easy to hear and there is no good way to tell you, but you must know. Some time before you were born, your father and I had a terrible fight. I was furious with him and I went into the muggle world to forget the war and our fight and everything for just one night. I did not intend to do more that night than dance and drink, but I met a man there. He was very charming, beautiful, confident, intelligent… Please don’t blame him, Harry. The fault for that night is entirely my own. The man did not know I was married, only that I was angry and looking to find some small measure of peace before returning to my life.
I used a discreet contraception spell and he used muggle contraception that night, yet nine months later, you were born. It is rare, but magic sometimes does that.
We did not know at first if the child was his or James’, but we decided to test you after you were born. Just to be sure. Please understand that the result didn’t matter to myself or to James. We’d already worked through the issues with our fight and my infidelity. We just needed to know your true parentage to clear up matters of inheritance.
The heritage test we used was meant to display the official name and any magical titles or positions. Take a moment to look at the last page of this letter where I’ve attached a copy of the results.
With shaking hands, Harry flipped to the last page. Across the top of the page was written, “Harald James Potter.” Beneath that, “Biological mother, Lily Rosalin Potter nee Evans, Lady Wife to Lord Potter.”
His eyes fell to the next line with reluctance and his heart sank, though he’d honestly expected it, when he found a name that was not James Potter there. Then his brow furrowed as he read the words several times. “Biological Father, Lucifer, Sovereign King of the realm of Hell, Warden of the Damned.”
He was shaking so badly that he had to smooth the pages out on the table to go back to reading the letter.
First, I would like to say that James fully adopted you after learning that you weren’t his by blood. He is legally your father and he is the man who loves you as much as any father ever could. You are a Potter, Harry, despite also being more.
I hate to drop all of this on you so young, but there are reasons you cannot go any longer without understanding your situation. I had a very difficult pregnancy and it is when we began to suspect that something was very unique about you. I don’t know how long we’ve been gone or how you’ve grown up, so I shall assume you know nothing.
Ordinarily, children begin exhibiting signs of accidental magic — that is, magic driven by a child’s emotions or desires — when they are anywhere from three to ten years old. The very strongest have been known to begin just before their first year.
Your first bouts of accidental magic started nearly four months before your birth. There is, to my knowledge, no other recorded case of this happening. The magical outbursts were so strong that I spent those last four months on bed rest, surrounded by charms to keep you calm and my magic set on protecting me and not fighting against you.
None of this is your fault, Harry. You are just extremely powerful.
Your accidental magic continued after your birth. For months, you routinely destroyed your crib each time you became upset and changing diapers was somewhat dangerous, actually. But then you began to calm down and your magic settled with you. Since about five months, you’ve been a delightful baby. You are very intelligent. Very clever.
Age eleven is when wizards and witches begin coming into their power, but you need to understand that you may experience things very differently from your peers. I can’t say for certain what it will mean, having a father that is essentially a deity. Christianity paints the man as the sum of all evil on Earth and in the hearts of men, but that was not the man I met that night. I hope that my estimation of him was right and theirs is wrong. What I can tell you is that you are a very sweet little boy and I have no fear that you will grow to be anything less than a very honorable man.
You are incredibly magically powerful. Enough to cause alarm should it become well known in the wizarding world. Last month, for example, you found a dead bird in the garden and, before I could stop you, you’d lain a hand on it. The bird then got up and flew away. This is an ability that Wizarding Britain would both fear and covet. You may develop other abilities, in time, that would be even worse to expose. And so, Harry, I fear that I have no choice but to urge you to conceal these things, even from those you consider your closest friends.
Christians and Satanists would call you the antichrist, Harry. Devout Christians would want to kill you for that. Devout Satanists would want to force you to be their champion to rule the world. I cannot say what the wizarding world would make of your parentage, but you should strive to not find out. It is imperative that you conceal this from everyone lest the wrong person learn of it.
Worse, I cannot for certain say that some of these people don’t already know. There are meant to be omens to tell of your birth, so the Christian texts lead me to believe. I haven’t been able to find them, but others may have.
Trust, my son, is not something you can take for granted. Not about this. Not to your best friend or the people who raised you in our stead. Not to Albus Dumbledore or the Minister for Magic. Not to the Queen herself. This must be your secret alone or shared only under air tight magical bindings. I implore you, share with no one until you are much older. Even then, get oaths first. The wrong person learning of this secret could utterly destroy you.
I wish I had better advice to offer, my dear. More encouraging words or infallible plans. I feel that no mother should ever teach her child to shy away from trust and to keep secrets at all costs, but I have no choice. To remain safe, you must keep the secret. Perhaps when you are an adult, when your powers have fully come in, you may be strong enough to weather my fears, but I hope desperately that you never find out.
I will say that you needn’t stop living your life for this. You may still have friends and fun. Don’t shy from love and companionship. Let yourself be open in other ways. Safe ways. Follow your dreams. Your secret needn’t consume your life. Try to put it from your mind most days, if you can. Only think on it when something unusual happens. Something others should not learn.
I wish I knew what powers you may discover. Will you grow wings? I don’t know. Lucifer had them, in the bible. But then he was cast from heaven and I don’t know if they remained. Will you grow horns? I don’t think so, but again, I don’t know. Lucifer as I met him certainly had no horns, but altering shape is something rather simple for skilled witches and wizards, so I should think the devil would manage easily enough.
I am sorry that I don’t have more answers for you. Just be on guard for people who would use you. Those who go out of their way to court your favor. Those that are not close to you, but act as though they are.
Please be careful, my son. You are so powerful and the next seven years while you attend Hogwarts, people will begin to see the depth of that power. They will seek to use you for their own gain or to destroy you if they cannot gain your favor.
Even at only one year old, I can see how very clever you are, Harry. I have faith that you will use that cleverness to stay safe.
Love,
Mum
P.S. When you turn fifteen, the family artifacts vault will open to you. Inside, you will find a collection of my journals. I hope you can find some understanding in them. For everything. In my more recent journals, I’ve included everything I can remember about your birth father and everything that’s happened since then.
Before Harry could even start reading the letter again, it disintegrated into dust in his fingers, just as she’d said it would, heritage page and all. Trying to think about the specific parts of the letter though, he realized that she’d been right in saying he’d remember. Every detail was crisp and clear in his mind, from the words to the handwriting to the exact shade of the paper.
The goblin had said he could take his time, so he pulled his knees up to his chest and rested his chin on them while he just thought about what he’d read. His mum had an affair. He didn’t know how to feel about that. He’d never known much about his parents, so there wasn’t much of a mental picture to be messed up. But she said they’d fought, then after they’d made up, even though she’d done what she did. James not only forgave her, he decided to raise Harry like his own son.
Even knowing that Harry's real dad was…
Finding out about magic had been strange enough, but to learn that Christianity was real? God and the devil and angels and all that. And the devil was his dad. It scared him. He didn’t know a lot about religion, but he knew the Devil was supposed to be evil.
Then again, they said witchcraft was evil and he was about to go to a school that would teach him how to use the powers he was born with. Were all witches and wizards really evil? Did they have a school to teach children to use evil magic? He couldn’t see it.
Maybe he really couldn’t trust popular opinion to tell him the truth on anything.
/ * o * \
**
\ .. o .. /
October 31st
The first two months of school, Harry took his mum’s advice to put the whole issue of his dad to the back of his mind and ignore it. When he was Sorted, the Hat wanted to put him in Slytherin, but he’d begged for anything else and had ended up in Gryffindor. Everything he’d heard about Slytherin suggested that people saw it as the House for people more likely to end up evil. He couldn’t afford for anyone to think that about him. If the truth ever did come out, maybe the fact that he’d been a Gryffindor would at least instill doubt.
Ignoring his heritage wasn’t overly difficult in the beginning. Nothing all that strange happened except that he was usually one of the first ones to get a spell right in class. Hermione usually got things to work quickly because she had perfect execution of the incantation and wand movements. Harry’s magic just seemed to make things work based on his intent even when he didn’t have the other bits quite right. Sometimes the spells came off so powerful that they went a little overboard on whatever they were trying to do. Like when he made his matchstick a needle and McGonagall couldn’t make it a matchstick again no matter what spell she tried.
People whispered about him and that Boy-Who-Lived nonsense, but Harry tried to just ignore it. After all, if they were convinced that anything extraordinary that he did was because of that, then they weren’t looking for other reasons.
Halloween though… That day reminded him that his secret didn’t go away just because he was ignoring it really hard. His mum had said that wizards start coming into their power at eleven, and things were certainly changing.
Halloween had never been very remarkable for him. Dudley would put on ridiculous costumes like cowboys and astronauts and bring home huge amounts of candy, most of it probably stolen from smaller kids rather than earned by proper door-to-door begging. Harry was usually shut in his cupboard for the night.
This Halloween was different.
For starters, he woke to the sound of tortured screams. They’d been distant and followed by gleeful cackling. They’d faded after he’d woken so he’d thought it was a lingering dream.
Only they’d come back on and off all day. It always sounded far away. Like maybe if he went around the corner and up the staircase, he could catch a glimpse of it happening outside the window, but there was never anything there when he did try to follow it.
The veil between the living and the dead was meant to be thinnest on this day, he remembered. Was he actually hearing hell?
He’d hoped, briefly, that it was just a wizard thing. Like seeing ghosts. Unfortunately, he was sure the muggleborns would have reacted and asked questions if they were hearing tortured screams and mad cackling that they couldn’t explain. And no one said a word.
When they heard that Hermione was in a bathroom crying her eyes out because Ron had snapped at her for her really rude attempts to teach him the levitation charm, Ron had looked really guilty. Harry had felt slightly guilty too, if he was honest. It was hardly his fault that he always got the spells down way before Ron, and the other boy had just watched Harry send his own feather slamming into the ceiling when Hermione had started in on Ron. It probably wasn’t only Ron’s fault that he’d snapped at her.
She was really annoying, but it didn’t mean they should hurt her feelings this badly. Harry resolved to try to get Ron to be a bit nicer to her in the future and that was the end of it for the night.
Or, it should have been.
Then Quirrell announced a Troll was in the dungeons and they were all sent back to their common rooms and Hermione wouldn’t even know there was any danger.
He and Ron barely had to trade a look to know that they were going to go after her. The troll was in the dungeons, after all. How dangerous could it really be?
Pretty dangerous, it turned out.
Ron finally managed the levitation charm to knock out the troll with it’s own club while Harry got Hermione out of harm’s way.
So it worked out. And they got a new friend out of it. He just hoped he could temper her more annoying bits or the friendship might not last too long.
/ * o * \
**
\ .. o .. /
June 8th
“As for the Stone, it has been destroyed.”
“Destroyed?” Harry asked blankly. “But your friend. Nicholas Flamel…”
“Oh, you know about Nicholas?” Dumbledore sounded quite delighted. “You did do the thing properly, didn’t you? Well, Nicholas and I have had a little chat and agreed it’s all for the best.”
“But that means he and his wife will die, won’t they?” Harry protested, quite unable to fathom them having a calm chat with Dumbledore and just deciding to die.
“They have enough Elixir stored to set their affairs in order and then, yes, they will die.”
Harry could only stare in disbelief.
Dumbledore just smiled at him. “To one as young as you, I’m sure it seems incredible, but to Nicholas and Perenell, it really is like going to bed after a very, very long day. After all, to the well-organized mind, death is but the next great adventure.”
Harry thought of the sound of tortured screams and doubted that.
“You know, the Stone was really not such a wonderful thing,” Dumbledore went on without seeming to notice Harry’s doubt. “As much money and life as you could want! The two things most human beings would choose above all — the trouble is, humans do have a knack for choosing precisely those things that are worst for them.”
Harry didn’t think it was possible for “life” to be something bad for you. It was kind of the definition of good for you, wasn’t it? He also thought that someone who went to so much trouble as to create the Philosopher’s Stone just to live forever wouldn’t be so casual about dying. Then again, it occurred to him, an alternative to destroying the Stone would be to let the world believe it destroyed until Voldemort was gone in a few years or decades. They could claim leftover serum in the meantime and the Stone would be safe.
With that in mind, Harry decided not to question it any further. He understood the importance of keeping Secrets, and if this was theirs, even Dumbledore might not know the truth. Pressing the point certainly wouldn’t help anyone.
“Sir, I’ve been thinking,” he started instead. “Even if the Stone’s gone, Vol-“ he stopped himself, remembering how everyone kept chastising him for using the name. “I mean You-Know-Who-“
“Call him Voldemort, Harry. Always use the proper name for things. Fear of a name increases fear of the thing itself.”
“Right,” Harry sighed. “Well, Voldemort’s going to try other ways of coming back, isn’t he? I mean, he hasn’t gone, has he?”
“No, Harry, he has not,” Dumbledore confirmed. “He is still out there somewhere, perhaps looking for another body to share… not being truly alive, he cannot be killed. He left Quirrell to die. He shows as little mercy to his followers as his enemies. Nevertheless, Harry, while you may have only delayed his return to power, it will merely take someone else who is prepared to fight what seems a losing battle next time — and if he is delayed again, why, he may never return to power.”
Harry began to nod but quickly stopped as it sent his head to throbbing. “There are some other things I’d like to know, sir. If you can tell me… Things I want to know the truth about…”
“The truth,” Dumbledore sighed, “It is a beautiful and terrible thing, and should therefore be treated with great caution. However, I shall answer your questions unless I have a very good reason not to, in which case I beg you’ll forgive me. I shall not, of course, lie.”
Harry considered that carefully. It was an important thing to know about Dumbledore, he thought. It meant that he had Secrets, too, and understood the importance of keeping them. “Well… Voldemort said that he only killed my mother because she tried to stop him from killing me. But why would he want to kill me in the first place?”
Dumbledore sighed very deeply this time. “Alas, the first thing you ask me, I cannot tell you. Not today. Not now. You will know, one day… Put it from your mind for now, Harry. When you are older… I know you hate to hear this… when you are ready, you will know.”
Harry frowned heavily. It was one thing to know Dumbledore had Secrets. It was something else entirely to realize that he was keeping Secrets that directly involved Harry’s life. He told Harry to put it from his mind. It was similar to the advice his mother had given him, but she’d given him facts and told him not to let them consume him. Dumbledore was giving him mysteries that directly impacted his life and telling him to ignore them. There was a large difference.
He’d been just a baby. Why would Voldemort have wanted him dead? Did he know who Harry’s true father was and fear the power he would have? Did Dumbledore know as well and think to shield him from a harsh truth?
He didn’t like not knowing and he knew that putting it from his mind was not something he would be capable of doing.
He decided to try another question and inquired as to the reason Quirrell couldn’t touch him. He’d thought maybe it had to do with his heritage, but Dumbledore seemed totally convinced that it was caused by his mother dying to save him. Apparently Voldemort didn’t understand love. And that Quirrell was so consumed with negative emotions that he literally couldn’t touch someone marked by the kind of love his mother had for him.
It was a nice thought, but a little hinky. Of course, he didn’t know what magic could do yet, but it seemed that someone as scary as Voldemort should have been aware of that love magic thing if it was real. Just because he couldn’t understand love didn’t mean he shouldn’t have heard stories about other evil people felled by killing families, right?
As long as the man was being chatty, Harry pressed on with a question about where his Invisibility Cloak came from. Apparently it was from the headmaster himself. He suggested that James had used the cloak for sneaking off to the kitchens to steal food when he was a student. It almost seemed he was encouraging Harry to follow in those footsteps and use it for frivolous reasons.
“Is it true that Snape hates me because he hated my father?”
“ Professor Snape, Harry,” Dumbledore corrected and Harry very carefully didn’t roll his eyes. “Professor” was clearly very loosely defined in this school. Snape was the kind of man that would probably be one of them laughing like mad in hell while others screamed in agony. And they let him alone with children.
Now he thought of it, that was probably reason enough to question Dumbledore’s motives.
“Well, they did rather detest each other,” Dumbledore answered after a moment. “Not unlike yourself and Mr. Malfoy. And then, your father did something Snape could never forgive.”
“What?” he prompted warily.
“He saved his life.”
Harry blinked and demanded again, “ What ?”
“Yes…” Dumbledore said dreamily. “Funny, the way people’s minds work, isn’t it? Professor Snape couldn’t bear being in your father’s debt… I do believe he worked so hard to protect you this year because he felt that would make him and your father even. Then he could go back to hating your father’s memory in peace…”
As much as Harry wanted to loathe everything about Snape and believe he’d lived his entire life as irredeemably loathsome as he was now… Harry had grown up with Dudley Dursley. He knew when he was hearing only one side of the story, carefully crafted to make it appear a certain way. What Dumbledore was saying was true, he thought, but there was a lot of explanation left out. It almost felt like he was deliberately trying to prevent any chance of Harry having a single kind thought about Snape the way he said the only reason Snape protected him was so he could hate James in peace.
It hurt his head to try to contemplate the headmaster’s motives. He insisted Harry call Snape “professor”, then told him that Snape was just an ungrateful bastard and anything good he ever did was only for selfish purposes. Did he want Harry to respect Snape or to go on loathing him?
He decided he’d need more information to form a theory on that, and pressed on instead.
“How did I get the stone out of the mirror?”
And as he listened to Dumbledore congratulate himself on his own genius, Harry had the horrible realization that the Stone was never in real danger. Voldemort would not have been able to get the Stone from the mirror without Harry there. He’d walked the key right down to him.
And instead of chastising him, Dumbledore was joking about candy and smiling at Harry like they were dear friends.
-- Just be on the watch for people who would use you. Those who go out of their way to court your favor. Those that are not close to you, but act as though they are.--
He tried his best not to let Dumbledore see how uneasy he was feeling.
When his friends showed up later, he told them the whole story.
“So the Stone’s gone?” Ron said finally. “Flamel’s just going to die?”
“I guess,” Harry shrugged, because he didn’t know if his theory was right and especially if it was, having it get around would be really bad. As was obvious from the rumors apparently flying about their little adventure to try to protect the Stone, word spread fast.
“Do you think he meant you to do it?” Ron wondered. “Sending you your father’s cloak and everything?”
“Well,” Hermione exploded, “if he did — I mean to say — that’s terrible ! You could have been killed.”
“Maybe…” Harry allowed, because it did seem awfully coincidental. He’d found the mirror, so he knew how it worked. Dumbledore had even taken the time to explain it to him. Then he’d given him the invisibility cloak. And yeah, Hermione was smart and Harry was powerful and Ron was wicked good at chess, but if three first years could get through those challenges… It almost had to be staged, didn’t it? “Just wish I knew why,” he admitted.
Ron just declared Dumbledore crazy in a tone that suggested he hoped to grow up to be just like him, then changed the subject to the upcoming leaving feast.
Madam Pomfrey soon shooed them both out of her domain and Harry spent a long time lying in bed and thinking on Albus Dumbledore and his mother’s advice.
Notes:
So, it's my birthday again! As usual, you all get the gift. A shiny new chapter on a shiny new story. I've got about six and a half chapters of this written so far and I'm going to post one chapter a week until I run out. I will try to keep ahead as long as I can.
The first couple years I will be going through fast. Year three will be a little longer. I'm currently working on year four, which will be slowing down quite a bit. I've got a rough plot through seventh year. The idea behind this fic is to set up for a sequel in which he'll go to Los Angeles and meet his dad. If I actually make it that far. This fic will have only HP characters and some minor OCs.
ALSO! My daughter has started posting a story in the Transformers fandom. If anyone would like to have you look, it's "A Place In Between" by BackyardFossil. Any support you can give her would be great!
Chapter Text
August 19th
“D-Dia-gon Alley,” Harry coughed through a mouthful of ash.
It felt as though he was being sucked down a giant drain. Harry felt his magic rise up inside him like a tide ready to wash away his problems, but he had no idea what he was doing or what his magic should be doing to help, so it was as helpless as the rest of him as he tumbled through the floo network, hoping and praying that it would end soon and he’d be in the right place.
It did end eventually, with him falling face-first onto a cold stone floor and snapping the bridge of his glasses.
Dizzy, bruised, and covered in soot, he cautiously climbed to his feet, holding his broken glasses to his face. His agitated magic latched onto this one thing with a simple solution and the glasses snapped back into one piece as neatly as any properly cast reparo could manage. He couldn’t do that on purpose no matter how hard he tried, not without his wand.
Lowering his hands, Harry examined his surroundings even as his magic seemed to heave a great sigh and settle down like it was planning a contented nap.
There was no sign of Fred and George, so he was definitely not in the right place. He seemed to be in a large, dimly-lit magical shop quite unlike any he’d ever seen before.
A glass case nearby held a withered hand on a cushion, a bloodstained pack of cards, and a staring glass eye. Malevolent-looking masks stared down from the walls, an assortment of what appeared to be human bones lay on the counter, and rusty, spiked instruments hung from the ceiling. A momentary wonder at rust in the magical world struck him — wasn’t there a spell to prevent that or clean them up? — but he shook it off as monumentally beside the point.
Most distressingly, the narrow, shadowed street beyond the windows was definitely not Diagon Alley.
Harry found himself uncomfortably stuck between being quite alarmed at his location and also kind of wanting to curl up and never leave because he’d never felt his magic this relaxed before.
With a mental glare at his confused magic, Harry started toward the door as quickly and quietly as he could manage. He really hoped that he’d not ended up on the wrong side of the country or something. Before he could make good his escape though, a pair of figures paused outside the shop windows and Harry was alarmed to realize the shorter of the pair was Draco Malfoy. He could well imagine what the prat would have to say about running into Harry lost and covered in soot, Harry did the only thing he rightly could.
He darted into a nearby wardrobe and hid.
Only after he was inside did he remember that he was in the magical world and something as innocuous as a wardrobe could actually be quite dangerous, but a quick glance around the interior convinced him that it really was just an empty cupboard. Cracking open the door just enough to see what was happening in the shop, Harry realized that the man with Malfoy had to be his father. He had the same complexion, hair color, and cold, gray eyes as well as a more refined version of Malfoy’s haughty bearing.
“You touch nothing, Draco,” the man warned before touching a bell on the counter.
Draco quickly withdrew his hand from where he’d been reaching for the glass eye and complained to his father, “I thought you were going to buy me a present.”
“I said I would buy you a racing broom,” he father corrected, drumming his fingers on the counter.
“What’s the good of that if I’m not on the House team?” Malfoy pouted. “Harry Potter got a Numbus Two Thousand last year. Special permission from Dumbledore so he could play for Gryffindor. He’s not even that good, it’s just because he’s famous… famous for having a stupid scar on his forehead… Everyone thinks he’s so smart and powerful and wonderful Potter with his scar and his broomstick…”
“You have told me this at least a dozen times already,” the elder Malfoy said with a quelling look at his son. “And I would remind you that it is not… prudent… to appear less than fond of Harry Potter, not when most of our kind regard him as the hero who made the Dark Lord disappear. Ah, Mr. Borgin.”
Harry frowned as the owner, Borgin, apparently, all but kissed Mr. Malfoy’s boots. Harry really hated that very mentality Mr. Malfoy just mentioned. Everyone should at least pretend to bow and scrape for Harry because the wizarding world had decided he was a hero for doing something when he was so young he couldn’t even remember it.
Harry tried to stay still and silent as he bided his time until he could make his escape. Apparently Mr. Malfoy was looking to sell some items that might embarrass him if the Ministry were to raid his house. Dark objects, Harry suspected. He frowned deeply when Mr. Malfoy began disparaging Mr. Weasley, who was about the nicest man Harry had ever met. Certainly the only one that Harry didn’t feel deserved any suspicion of trying to curry favor with Harry.
Draco tried to get his father to buy him the Hand of Glory, which was apparently the shriveled hand, which would hold a candle for you and then only you could use the light. Yeah, it seemed useful, but also really gross. Why couldn’t they charm a candle-holder to do that instead of some old dead hand?
Then Mr. Malfoy began chastising Draco for his grades and Harry almost wanted to laugh, especially when Draco started whining.
“It’s not my fault. The teachers all have favorites. That Hermione Granger…”
“I would have thought you’d be ashamed that a girl of no wizarding family beat you in every exam,” Mr. Malfoy snapped.
“Potter’s even worse!” Draco said defensively. “The teachers treat him like the second coming of Merlin. Like he can do no wrong!”
“They have since he was a year old, Draco,” his father replied coolly. “Making excuses will not improve your standing. If the favoritism works against you, then you must work harder,” he said with finality, then turned back to Borgin to resume their negotiations.
As they talked, Draco grew bored and started wandering around. He’d nearly opened the wardrobe in which Harry hid before his father called him away as their business was concluded.
Breathing a silent sigh of relief, Harry waited until they were gone and Borgin back into the back room, then he crept cautiously out of the wardrobe, through the cluttered shop, and out into the alley beyond.
As he looked around the dim alley, he realized all the storefronts he could see looked to be devoted to the Dark Arts. Nearby shop windows displayed a collection of shrunken heads and a large cage swarming with giant black spiders.
Two shabby-looking wizards were watching him from the shadow of a doorway, muttering to each other, and Harry felt a might uneasy as he set off in search of an exit to this alley. Was he near Diagon Alley? Or somewhere else entirely?
An old wooden street sign hanging over a shop selling poisonous candles told him he was in Knockturn Alley, but that wasn’t much help as he’d never heard of it before.
Trying to stay calm, he moved slowly down the alley. An old woman moved to approach him at one point, but he felt his magic give a massive sort of lazy stretch and the woman suddenly diverted as though she’d not meant to approach him at all. He was never sure, when his magic did something like that, if others could really feel it or if they just got like a bad feeling or something, but it had worked wonders with the Dursleys this summer before Dobby showed up.
He didn’t think anything would have improved their treatment of him after Dobby had ruined their dinner party so fantastically.
It wasn’t long before Hagrid found him and all but dragged him away from the dim, narrow alley onto the wide, brightly lit path that was Diagon Alley. Almost instantly, Harry’s relaxed magic tensed and grew agitated, which made Harry feel rather agitated as he defended his presence down that Alley to Hagrid. Apparently it was a dangerous place, which wasn’t at all surprising, but it was hardly Harry’s fault he’d ended up there.
They very shortly found Hermione near Gringotts and the Weasleys met them right after. The rest of the day, as Harry shopped and then headed back to the Weasleys, his magic never calmed again like it had when he was in that Alley.
October 31st
Harry ran after the voice talking about killing. It was Halloween and he’d been hearing the screaming and laughing on and off all day, this time accompanied by a smell that it had taken him a little while to realize must be sulfur . Despite that, he was sure that this voice was real. As in really here on this side of the veil. Even if no one else could hear it.
When it led them right to a creepy message written on the wall in blood, Harry felt at least a little bit vindicated that he was not, in fact, crazy.
Below the words, Mrs. Norris was hanging by her tail from a torch bracket. She was stiff as a board, her eyes wide and staring.
“I wonder what happened to her,” Harry whispered. “Petrification spell, you think?”
“I think she’s dead,” Hermione whispered back, hand coming to her mouth in horror.
“She’s alive,” Harry said with certainty.
“How do you know?” Hermione wondered.
“Well…” Harry frowned. He honestly didn’t know. She just didn’t feel dead, but he realized now that that was probably not something normal witches and wizards could feel.
“Let’s get out of here,” Ron interrupted before Harry had to come up with an answer.
Unfortunately, the rest of the school turned up before they could.
December 17th
“What’s bad?” Harry complained, running an irritable hand through his hair. “What’s wrong with everyone? Listen, if I hadn’t told that snake not to attack Justin—“
“Oh, that’s what you said to it?”
“What d’you mean? You were there. You heard me.”
“I heard you speaking Parseltongue. Snake language,” Ron corrected. “You could have said anything. No wonder Justin panicked, you sounded like you were egging the snake on or something. It was creepy, you know—“
“Creepy?” Harry gaped at him. “Even if you couldn’t understand me, the snake was ready to strike Justin, then I said something and it laid down like a scolded terrier! How did that seem like I was egging it on?!”
Ron and Hermione exchanged a look and both seemed like someone had died.
Harry felt his stomach turn uneasily. He knew all about dangerous secrets and it seemed like he’d just exposed one in front of the whole school. Fuck, he should have just left it alone. So what if it bit Justin? Madam Pomfrey probably could have had him fixed up with a flick of her wand or a disgusting potion.
“Being able to talk to snakes was what Salazar Slytherin was famous for, Harry,” Hermione said at last. “That’s why the symbol of Slytherin House is a serpent.”
Harry shook his head. He didn’t get why that made it so bad.
“And now the whole school is going to think you’re his great-great-great-great-grandson or something,” Ron put in.
And the Heir of Slytherin was attacking students in the halls… Shit.
“But I’m not,” Harry complained, because he was sure of that. His mum was muggleborn and his dad was born — or whatever — way before Salazar Slytherin. Not that he could tell anyone that.
“You’ll find that hard to prove,” Hermione abetted his gloomy thoughts. “He lived about a thousand years ago. For all we know, you could be.”
Harry just shook his head again because even Ron and Hermione couldn’t know why he was so sure he wasn’t related to Slytherin.
Harry spent the night agonizing over his newly understood ability. He didn’t know a terrible lot about the bible as the Dursleys had never been religious outside Christmas and Easter mass when attending was the “normal” thing -- he obviously hadn’t been invited along as Freaks had no business in church.
In hindsight, that might have been true in his case.
He’d stopped outside the church in his neighborhood a few times, but he’d never been brave enough to risk going inside. According to the bible, God wasn’t someone who would look kindly on him.
He did know that Lucifer was linked pretty heavily with serpents. It was entirely possible that that’s where he got this ability.
And, he had to remember, if everyone found out who his dad was, he’d undoubtedly wish they still thought he was a descendant of Slytherin. The truth was much worse.
The next day, Harry tried to track down Justin to explain that he was only trying to help. Unfortunately, he instead ended up finding a bunch of Hufflepuffs in the library gossiping about Harry being the evil descendent of Slytherin. About how Voldemort probably only went after him because he was worried about competition from another powerful Dark wizard.
The worst part was how much truth could be in that. If Voldemort somehow found out about Harry’s father, that might be exactly why he’d gone after Harry.
Then they started worrying about what other Dark powers Harry might have been hiding and this was like all his worst nightmares come to life.
He tried to set the record straight, but they’d already made up their minds. Nothing he said made a dent.
He was left feeling both very angry at their stupidity and very frightened of anyone actually discovering his Secret.
May 29th
I AM LORD VOLDEMORT
“You see? It was a name I was already using at Hogwarts, to my most intimate friends only, of course. You think I was going to use my filthy muggle father’s name forever? I, in whose veins runs the blood of Salazar Slytherin himself, through my mother’s side? I, keep the name of a foul, common muggle, who abandoned me even before I was born. Just because he found out his wife was a witch? No, Harry — I fashioned myself a new name, a name I knew wizards everywhere would one day fear to speak, when I had become the greatest sorcerer in the world.”
“Still working on that last bit, I guess, huh?” Harry asked with more bravado than bravery.
“What?” Riddle demanded dangerously.
“Well, last time I saw you, you were stuck on the back of some bloke’s head. And then the chap died, so you don’t even have that now. You’re just a floating spirit. I don’t know. Doesn’t sound like the greatest sorcerer in the world to me,” Harry decided that faking it would just have to do since he was really freaked out and at a loss as to what to do next.
Riddle looked enraged, but he didn’t explode. Instead, he said with quiet intensity, “Twice — in your past, in my future — we have met. And twice I failed to kill you. How did you survive? Tell me everything. The longer you talk, the longer you stay alive.”
Well, that wasn’t a very good incentive, Harry thought almost desperately. Die now or die later was not the sort of choice he wanted to make at all. Ginny was dying a little more every second, so sitting here chatting to keep himself alive didn’t seem like a good idea. Especially because, he realized, Riddle looked to be growing more solid each second as well. He was getting stronger and if it had to come to a fight between them, Harry’d rather it was while he was weaker.
“My mum gave her life to save me, Riddle,” Harry decided to go with Dumbledore’s alleged theory because even if he was certain they were alone and certain Riddle wasn’t getting out of here alive, he still wasn’t telling his real theory. “Just a twenty-one-year-old muggleborn witch, and she took you down. Honestly, it’s embarrassing.”
Rather than growing more angry, Riddle smiled in satisfaction. “Your mother died to save you. Yes, that’s a powerful counter-charm. I can see now. There is nothing special about you, after all.”
And he clearly meant it as an insult, but it was something Harry had wished for most of his life. To just be normal. Since learning of his true parentage and the Boy-Who-Lived bit, he’d only wished harder. Riddle probably considered it a grave insult though. To be average.
“I wondered, you see,” Riddle went on, “Because there is a strange likeness between us, Harry Potter. Even you must have noticed. Both half-bloods, orphans, raised by muggles. Probably the only two parselmouths to come to Hogwarts since the great Slytherin himself. We even look something alike… But after all, it was merely a lucky chance that saved you from me. That’s all I wanted to know.”
Harry tensed, waiting for Riddle to raise his wand and wondering if tackling him would work. He didn’t seem quite solid yet, but he was able to hold Harry’s wand, so…
“Now, Harry, I’m going to teach you a little lesson. Let’s match the powers of Lord Voldemort, heir of Salazar Slytherin, against famous Harry Potter…”
Then Riddle approached the statue of Slytherin and hissed, “Speak to me, Slytherin, greatest of the Hogwarts Four.”
And something was coming out of the statue’s mouth. Something huge and slithering and Harry clamped his eyes closed and desperately wondered how he was supposed to fight a giant serpent with his eyes closed and no wand.
The floor trembled with the weight of the beast landing on it and Harry’s whole body followed suit. He was powerful. His magic was writhing inside him. Surely he could do this. He was, apparently, the freaking Antichrist. He couldn’t die this way.
He focused as hard as he could and he could sense it. He could almost see it despite his eyes being firmly closed. The basilisk coiling on the floor in front of the statue. Then he heard Riddle hiss, “Kill him.”
The basilisk was moving toward Harry. He could hear it’s heavy body slithering across the dusty floor. Eyes still tightly shut, Harry began to run blindly, trying to remember the exact layout of the room and the direction he was facing. His hands were outstretched, trying to feel his way — or at least stop him from running into a wall or pillar.
Riddle was laughing.
Harry tripped and fell hard onto the stone. He tasted blood. The serpent was barely feet from him. He could hear it coming. He rolled his body so that he was facing it and his eyes opened instinctively.
He found himself staring right into a pair of vibrant yellow eyes, and he froze, expecting to die.
The basilisk seemed to be waiting for it as well, reared up, but not striking. Venom dripped from one fang into a smoking puddle on the stone near Harry’s foot.
Seconds passed.
Harry swallowed and for the first time in his life, he was truly grateful to be his father’s son because it was the only explanation for why he was still alive looking into the killing gaze of a basilisk.
As the moment dragged on, Harry decided to try his luck on reasoning with the beast, “Don’t kill me,” he hissed at it desperately.
The basilisk drew back in what seemed surprise when he spoke. It eased out of its striking pose and peered at him.
Harry swallowed again and took a deep breath, “Look, I’ve no quarrel with you. Just go back to your den and don’t hurt any more students, okay?”
The snake hesitated a long moment, then bowed its head, “I will do as Serpent Master wishes.”
Harry watched in disbelief as the basilisk just turned and went right back into the statue, totally ignoring Riddle’s hissed orders to the contrary.
Harry climbed back to his feet and dusted himself off nervously. Serpent Master. Yeah, he was pretty sure where that came from and it basically confirmed his theory about where he got the parseltongue gift.
Riddle stared after the departing basilisk a long moment, then turned on Harry with a look of irritated confusion. “You were lying about your mother’s sacrifice. You had to be. You just looked into a basilisk’s eyes and lived.”
“I did,” Harry agreed. “Maybe that’s it. Maybe I’m just immune to death.” Scarily, he wasn’t sure if that was actually impossible given his parentage. Surely everything could die… right? A Killing Curse and a basilisk’s gaze… Maybe it was just instant death magic that he thwarted? Or was this caused by the Serpent Master, thing? Maybe snakes couldn’t hurt him?
“Impossible,” Riddle scowled. “A necromantic ritual to protect you against death magic? That could have been powered by your mother’s sacrifice,” he seemed to be mostly talking to himself now.
While Riddle mused, Harry approached Ginny again. It was occurring to him now that Riddle had attacked him with a basilisk when he was holding a wand and Harry was unarmed. That seemed awfully like overkill unless he wasn’t as powerful as he wanted Harry to believe in his current state. Could he even cast a spell stronger than that flagrante?
Harry reached Ginny with no interference from Riddle, who was still demanding answers. He bent to pick up the diary and Riddle didn’t attack him or even tell him not to.
“Your mother dabbled in very Black magic, Potter,” Riddle concluded. “Fucking hypocrites,” he spat. “Black magic is fine to protect their own, but they’ll fight to have even Dark magic outlawed.”
“Don’t ask me, Riddle. I remember nothing about my parents,” Harry grumbled as he began flipping through the blank pages. The book felt strange in his hands, in a way he couldn’t quite define. He’d noticed that when he’d first found it as well. It had made him incredibly curious. Now he suspected it had to do with the Dark magic in it that was making Riddle possible.
“And Dumbledore never told you? No, I guess he wouldn’t. You’re not an ally to him. You’re nothing but a weapon, Potter.” He shook his head, looking incredibly frustrated. “But what is it about you that makes you a weapon worth wielding?”
While Riddle pondered on that, Harry realized he could still hear the faint hissing of the basilisk venom that had dripped onto the floor as it continued to eat away at the stone. Surely if anything could destroy the diary… He tried to move toward it without intent. Like he was just pacing from nerves rather than to reach a specific destination.
“What do you think you’re doing with that?” Riddle finally asked, sounding more annoyed than alarmed.
“Trying to decide if ripping the pages would hurt you,” Harry offered. He was close. He only needed a few more seconds.
Riddle laughed derisively. “You’re wandless, Potter. In other words, utterly helpless. Even if you had your wand you wouldn’t be able to hurt me. I am far beyond your meager skills.”
“Maybe,” Harry allowed as he stopped before the bubbling puddle, which already looked to have etched the stone. “Maybe not,” he said, and dropped the diary into the venom.
Riddle screamed.
Ginny woke once the diary was reduced to a soggy lump in the puddle of venom, and Harry retrieved his wand. He couldn’t quite decide how to feel about all of this. At least there were no witnesses to his surviving the basilisk’s gaze. On the one hand, he felt a bit like he’d just killed someone. Riddle had definitely been sapient, after all. Then again, part of him was still alive, so did that count?
There was also the fact that it was self defense and defense of Ginny. And Riddle killed Harry’s mum and James, so did that justify it?
He wasn’t really sure how all of this morality stuff was supposed to work. He normally relied on Ron and Hermione to know that sort of thing. Maybe he’d ask them later. The Dursleys had never given him a reliable sense of right and wrong. The identity of his father made Harry a bit sensitive on the issue, not comfortable trusting his own instincts to be right.
By the time he and Ginny made it back to the collapse, Ron had made a hole just large enough for them to squeeze through. Ginny seemed to be mostly in shock. Or maybe just closed up in shame. She let Ron hug her, but she didn’t really hug back.
Crawling back up the tunnel was a nightmare. Luckily Ginny was fully capable of doing that even if she still wasn’t talking. Harry cast a mild sticking charm on all of their hands and feet, then petrified the brain addled Lockhart and levitated him up behind them.
It was a long and exhausting climb, but they managed to make it back to the bathroom where Myrtle was quite disappointed to see Harry had survived, but she went to get the teachers anyway, while the three of them collapsed on the bathroom floor, heedless of the water soaking it.
Myrtle returned rather quickly, thankfully, with Professor Sprout in tow and they were taken directly to the hospital wing. All four of them were looked over despite Harry and Ron’s protestations of being fine. Ginny was diagnosed with magical exhaustion and, after a few quick spells to clean her up and change her into infirmary issue pajamas, tucked into a bed with a couple potions.
Harry, thankfully, did not seem to be showing any sign that he’d gazed into the eyes of a basilisk tonight. He and Ron both ended up with mild healing potions for scrapes and bruises Harry hadn’t noticed. Ron probably got them shifting rocks. Or possibly going up and down that pipe.
When she finally got to Lockhart, she appeared quite alarmed by his condition. Harry gave a quick explanation of a backfiring memory charm, which alarmed her even more. She led Lockhart into her office and Harry heard her call out for St. Mungo’s in the floo.
That’s when Professor Sprout returned with Mr. and Mrs. Weasley, McGonagall, and Dumbledore.
While the Weasley parents clung to their daughter, Harry carefully told the tale of the night’s events. An edited version, that is, leaving out the basilisk trying to attack him completely. Instead, he made it sound like he’d immediately tried to reason with the basilisk when it emerged and it simply listened to him over Riddle. “Because I’m alive and he wasn’t,” he theorized because it did make some sense, even if he doubted it was the real reason, if only because of what the basilisk had called him.
Ginny mostly explained her involvement without aid and Harry told them of the diary’s fate. Dumbledore concluded that Ginny was merely a victim of Voldemort and would not be punished, though it sounded like she had many long lectures from her dad in her future.
Personally, Harry decided to take to heart Mr. Weasley’s admonition to Ginny that she should never trust anything that could think for itself if she couldn’t see where it kept it’s brain. He wasn’t raised in the magical world, so he’d never heard such a thing. Why didn’t they teach things like that at Hogwarts? And did that mean he shouldn’t trust portraits and magical mirrors? Or were there exceptions?
Merlin, talk about confusing.
Dumbledore then informed Harry and Ron that they both would receive special awards for services to the school and two hundred points each for Gryffindor. Then the headmaster encouraged Ron to wait in the infirmary for Hermione would be waking any minute as Madam Pomfrey had been giving them the potions to revive them just before they all had shown up.
Harry, Dumbledore invited to join him in his office for a chat.
The moment they entered the office, Harry got just a brief glimpse of brightly colored feathers before it turned into a ball of flame and vanished.
“Hm,” Dumbledore frowned at the empty perch. “I suppose Fawkes had somewhere else to be.” Then he shook it off and moved to sit behind his desk.
Harry nervously took a seat in front of it.
“So you met Tom Riddle,” Dumbledore began. “I imagine he was most interested in you…”
“Yes, sir,” Harry agreed. “He… he said he thought we were alike… Orphans, raised by muggles, parselmouths…”
“Did he, now?” Dumbledore murmured thoughtfully, “And what do you think, Harry?”
Harry swallowed nervously and stammered, “Well, I don’t… I’m not really… I mean, I’m- I’m in Gryffindor!” He faltered then, because it was the only glaring difference, and he wasn’t even meant to be there. “Everyone thought I was the heir of Slytherin this year though. And I can speak parseltongue, so maybe I am.” He didn’t really believe that, but the truth was worse. This was as close as he could get to voicing his fears.
“You can speak parseltongue, Harry,” Dumbledore said calmly, “because Lord Voldemort — who is the last remaining descendant of Salazar Slytherin — can speak parseltongue. Unless I’m much mistaken, he transferred some of his own powers to you the night he gave you that scar. Not something he intended to do, I’m sure…”
“Voldemort put a bit of himself in me,” Harry parroted numbly, his mind turning as he tried to figure out if that made sense if one factored in his Secret. “Like the bit he put in the diary?” he sought with growing alarm.
“Nothing quite so vital, I think,” Dumbledore placated. “A smaller bit. Dormant, I think. It’s been there a long time and it hasn’t harmed you.”
Harry’s stomach turned. “Can we get it out?”
Dumbledore hummed thoughtfully, then nodded a bit. “In time, I think. For now, Harry, you should put it from your mind.”
Harry was coming to hate those words. As though he could just forget these things and go play exploding snap without a care in the world. Still, he knew arguing would do no good. He’d just have to try to look up how it was possible to put a bit of yourself into someone else and if one could get it back out.
Dumbledore then suggested Harry go and get some dinner and head to bed with a very “all will look brighter in the morning” air about him. It was really frustrating, but Harry just sighed and headed for the door.
Lucius Malfoy came storming in before Harry could leave, Dobby the house-elf at his feet, apparently trying to finish polishing his shoes. He snarled at Dumbledore a bit and Dumbledore informed him that the school governors had apparently begged Dumbledore to return once they heard a student had maybe died. They’d also, evidently, insinuated that they’d felt threatened to agree with Lucius, or else.
Lucius dismissed it easily even as Dumbledore sort of low-key accused Lucius of being responsible for the happenings in the school that year. It didn’t help the man’s case that his house-elf was standing behind him performing some kind of charades that indicated Lucius was, indeed, quite guilty. The elf was intermittently punishing himself for doing so, all silently enough that Malfoy never noticed a thing.
When Malfoy left the office, taking his anger out on Dobby and literally kicking him through the doorway, Harry couldn’t help but follow.
“Leave him alone!” Harry spat when Lucius sent another kick at the elf.
The older man spun on him, looking both haughty and furious. “What was that, Potter?”
“Don’t you know how petty and vile you look, beating on a creature that can’t defend itself from you? I thought you cared about appearances!” he tried the only avenue he could think of that might work. And even then, he knew it would only work until he was in the privacy of his home.
Lucius sneered at him, “Don’t pretend that you understand anything, you foolish little boy. You’ll let that arrogant hypocrite lead you by your nose to the ruin of us all.” The man then spun again and aimed a very hard kick at the elf.
Harry’s magic, which had been agitated for hours at this point without much of an outlet, just snapped. A huge wave of it left his body with enough force that his ears popped and Malfoy stumbled and missed his target. He rounded on Harry with his wand drawn and Harry lifted his hands helplessly. “Accidental magic,” he defended, because he’d heard other students mention that accidental magic was legally without fault, even if it killed someone. The third-year Gryffindors had been discussing how they’d hoped their magic would attack Lockhart one lesson when he was extra-boring.
Lucius sneered hatefully at him. “You’ll meet the same sticky end as your parents one of these days, Harry Potter. They were meddlesome fools, too.” He turned to go and called, “Come, Dobby,” though Harry noticed he didn’t aim another kick at him.
But Dobby didn’t move. The elf was staring at his own hands like he’d never seen them before. “Dobby says no,” he said quietly.
“What did you say?” Lucius demanded.
“Dobby says no,” the elf repeated, then grinned widely. “Dobby can say no! Dobby is not your house-elf anymore!”
Lucius just stared at the elf for several long seconds, then turned on Harry with a sort of bewildered fury. “You lost me my servant,” he bit out and then took a threatening step toward Harry.
Before he could even get very close, Malfoy bounced off something invisible and stumbled back.
“You shall not harm Harry Potter,” Dobby shouted at his former master, and with a bang, the man was thrown backward. He crashed down the stairs, three at a time, landing in a crumpled heap on the landing below. He rolled to his feet, his face livid, and drew his wand.
Before he could do anything though, Dobby raised a long, threatening finger. “You shall go now,” he said fiercely, pointing at Lucius. “You shall not touch Harry Potter. You shall go now.”
With a last, incensed stare at the pair of them, Lucius left.
Once the man was out of sight, Harry turned to the elf, who faced him with a broad grin.
“What does Master Harry Potter be wishing of Dobby?” he asked with a deep bow.
Harry flinched a little, “What? I… I freed you, didn’t I?”
Dobby shook his head hard enough his ears flapped, “No, master. Harry Potter took Dobby’s bond for himself. Dobby belongs to Harry Potter now.”
“Er…” Harry tried to wrap his mind around that. He was sure he’d only wanted to protect Dobby… Then again, how better to protect him than to take his bond for himself? “Well, I don’t want to own you, Dobby,” he tried, only to stumble to a halt when large tears began to well in Dobby’s eyes. “I didn’t mean it like that!” he assured. “I just meant that I’d like to be your friend, not your master. I can… I can free you if you want…” he trailed off hopefully.
Dobby shook his head sharply again, his tears drying in moments, “House-elves be getting their powers from their masters, Harry Potter, sir. Free elves is being weak and dying young. Dobby wants to be bonded to good Master Harry Potter, sir.”
“Oh. Okay,” Harry frowned. “Well, that’s great, but I live with muggles. And I don’t think I’m allowed to keep you here…”
Dobby nodded this time, “Dobby is knowing. Dobby will ask Dumblydoor if Dobby can be working at Hogwarts until Master Harry Potter gets a house. Other elves be saying that Hogwarts is good place to work.”
“All right, then,” Harry nodded. “That’ll work, I guess.”
“Does Master Harry Potter be having any orders for Dobby?” the elf asked with a hopeful shine to his eyes.
“Er…” Harry considered. “Well, I guess I’d rather you just called me Harry. Or Master Harry if you’re more comfortable with that. And, er… You shouldn’t ever punish yourself, especially not hurt yourself, okay? And… If you ever find out any secrets about me, don’t tell anyone, okay? Not even my best friends or other elves. No one, right?”
Dobby nodded very firmly, “Dobby will keep Master Harry’s secrets and not hurt himself, Master Harry. Dobby promises.”
Harry grinned then, “Thanks, Dobby.”
Notes:
Okay, this will be the last year spanning only one chapter. Year three spans three chapters and year four is still in progress but will undoubtedly end up even longer.
Chapter Text
Marge
“Proud of your parents, are you, boy? They go and get themselves killed in a car crash, drunk, I expect-“
“They didn’t die in a car crash!” Harry snapped, his anger boiling over as his magic thrashed inside him like a caged beast.
“They died in a car crash, you nasty little liar, and left you to be a burden on their decent, hardworking relatives!” Marge screamed, then raised her glass for a hefty gulp, only to sputter and spit it back out as the glass slipped from her fingers to shatter on the tile floor.
Harry noticed with satisfaction that the liquid staining her lips and running down her chin looked rather like blood, bright red and slightly thick.
Marge wiped at her mouth and looked at the red on her hand, then looked back up to meet Harry’s eyes.
And she started screaming in terror, stumbling away from Harry. She tripped into the patio doors and her great weight had them smashing open with a shattering of glass.
Harry blinked as his anger calmed enough for him to take a good look at what he’d done. He didn’t honestly know what had made Marge hysterical, but the liquid spilled all over the kitchen actually did appear to be blood. It occurred to him then that he was going to be in more trouble than he’d ever been in in his whole life once Vernon stopped panicking.
Harry turned and fled the kitchen. The cupboard door burst open as Harry neared it, wood splintering as it overcame the lock and Harry hauled the trunk free of the space. He sprinted upstairs and gathered up all of the possessions he’d managed to get out of the trunk for the summer. Hedwig was out hunting, so he just snatched up her cage and took it back down the stairs. He shoved his things into the trunk, slammed it closed, then picked up one end and headed for the door.
Sadly, Vernon intercepted him before he could get out of the house.
“You get back in there! You put her right again or so help me!” Vernon bellowed.
Harry’s magic was still writhing, but he wrestled it to inaction as best he could, even as he snatched his wand from his trunk and leveled it at his uncle. Threats were all well and good, but he wasn’t sure what his magic might get up to if he let it have any more rein. Accidental magic might not be his fault, legally speaking, but he didn’t want to push his luck. He still wasn’t sure what all he’d done to Marge. She hadn’t seemed to panic at the brandy to blood bit, but then she’d looked at him and gone hysterical.
“She deserved it!” he snapped at his uncle. “She deserved what she got! You stay away from me!”
Luckily, his uncle was too intimidated by his show of magic against Marge to risk pointing out that Harry couldn’t use his wand out of school.
“I’ve had enough,” Harry growled at his foul uncle as he fumbled the door open behind him. “I’m going.”
And his uncle did nothing but watch, red-faced and sputtering, as Harry maneuvered himself out of the house with his trunk and his owl cage.
August
After a trip on the Knight Bus and a meeting with the Minister for Magic, Harry was given leave to stay the rest of the summer at the Leaky Cauldron, which was kind of the best thing ever.
He could get up when he wanted and go to sleep when he wanted and eat what he wanted. The first few days, he just wandered around Diagon Alley and purchased the things he’d need for the coming school year. He explored various cafes and ate more ice cream than was probably entirely healthy.
Every time he walked near the entrance to Knockturn Alley though, he contemplated a trip down there. His magic almost seemed to be nudging him toward it.
Finally, on his fourth day down the Alley, he decided to venture back down the allegedly Dark and Evil alley.
As before, as soon as he entered the Alley, his magic seemed to sigh comfortably and settle right down. Shaking his head slightly in bewilderment, Harry began to wander down the Alley. Knowing now that he wasn’t lost, he was able to look at the shops with interest.
Though the denizens of the Alley did eye him, the few who tried to approach were scared off by his magic flexing at them, or whatever it thought it was doing. As it was working, he wasn’t about to complain. If only Marge had been so easily cowed. The horrible woman had clearly been too stupid to recognize danger when it was breathing down her neck.
According to Cornelius Fudge, the ministry people had gone to Privet Drive after he’d left and they’d fixed Marge right up with a few simple healing spells on her cuts and a memory charm to take away the whole incident. Harry had to admit that he was a little disappointed. The woman had deserved what she’d gotten and she definitely hadn’t deserved to forget the whole thing.
Knockturn Alley, he soon discovered, wasn’t all that different from Diagon. It was narrower and darker, sure, and the people all looked a lot more wary of each other. It was quieter in general as people discussed their business in undertones rather than boisterous exclamations. Still, there were shops and cafes. Even a bakery. The biggest difference seemed to be that everything looked more rundown. Like this wasn’t the “evil” side of town so much as the “poor” side of town.
He spotted a tattoo place, which made him really curious. He wondered what magic was involved in tattoos. Did they create them the same way? Did they move like other wizarding pictures?
Feeling more calm the longer he was in the Alley, he entered the first bookshop he found. Inside was not terribly different from Flourish and Blott’s, though there was no cannibalistic display of monstrous books, which was a bonus. The quiet inside was deep and peaceful, like a library. The smell was of leather and parchment above anything else. Lanterns spaced evenly about the place kept it bright enough to comfortably read in every single corner he could see. There were even arm chairs tucked between shelves here and there as though to invite patrons to sit and read a bit before buying.
The man behind the sales counter was a bit odd. He had a heavy brow and small, dark eyes beneath a worn, brimmed hat. His shoulders were very broad and his knuckles quite hairy where they held a book open in front of him. Harry wondered if he had creature blood. The man eyed him suspiciously but Harry just smiled at him and wandered into the shelves. In his limited experience, everyone in this alley eyed everyone else suspiciously all the time, so he wasn’t worried.
He wandered the shelves interestedly. Most of the books looked aged, often scuffed and worn, a far sight removed from Flourish and Blotts, which sold only new books. The shelves were neatly organized by topic. A whole wall and the shelf facing it was fiction books. He couldn’t remember the Hogwarts library actually having a fiction section. He’d have to ask Hermione, but all he’d ever seen in there was reference books.
By the time he’d wandered down the fiction aisle, he’d collected five books he wanted to read. They were all fiction books about Hogwarts-age kids and he was really curious to get an idea what it might have all been like for someone raised in the magical world.
Beyond the fiction section, he found a shelf dedicated to religion, then household spells, kitchen magic, and childcare. In a back corner of the shop, he even found a section dedicated to Dark Arts.
He sucked in a startled breath to see it. The very subject was so taboo that he’d not have expected to find it even in this alley. He also found himself incredibly curious. Piling the books he’d already picked out onto a chair, Harry began pulling books from the shelves and scanning the contents. When he found a book entitled “Dark Magic: A Guide”, he moved his books to the floor and curled up in the comfortable chair to try to get a grasp on what Dark Magic actually was. To say he’d gained a pretty biased opinion of it at Hogwarts was a grave understatement.
Given popular opinion about the devil and the prophesied fate of his son, Harry was not big on believing that something was true just because everyone seemed to know and believe it.
He was pulled from his reading by the approach of the man that had been behind the counter. He stopped a fair distance from Harry when their eyes met. Harry felt his magic sort of perk up in wariness, but it made no other action.
The man adjusted his hat and shifted his weight before speaking, “This ain’t no library, kid. You can sit and read as long as you like, but you’d better buy something before you leave, you hear? If you ain’t buyin’, you get out now.”
“Oh,” Harry frowned. “Sorry. Yes, I’m buying.” He gathered up the books he’d picked out before and added the book he’d been reading, then followed the man back to the counter.
The books were tallied up without a word and slipped into a cloth sack. Harry found a few galleons to cover the price and accepted the change with a small smile.
He felt the man’s eyes on his back as he left, but it didn’t feel threatening. Just curious.
He made his way back to the Cauldron then, because he was eager to continue reading his Dark Arts book.
It wasn’t until he was closed in his room that he stopped to wonder whether it might be a bad idea to study this. Morality wasn’t his strong suit and this was a topic that – from what he understood – had little use for it. He’d have to be extra careful to weigh things, he supposed. This wasn’t a subject that he could query Ron or Hermione about. They’d undoubtedly both tell him that everything about the Dark Arts was evil and he should stay away from it entirely.
Then again, from the way they’d reacted, he suspected they’d have said the same thing about Parseltongue before learning that he had such a gift. They’d heard things were evil – Hermione from books, and Ron from his family – and so they were.
Harry was beginning to question their reliability as morality meters.
Deciding that he’d just have to be careful and not jump into anything without serious consideration – and possibly a pro/con list – he sat down to read his book.
The Dark Arts, according to his new book, were not “evil” magic. They were just a different form of magic. Apparently there were such things as Dark magical cores, which the book insinuated usually ran in families. Those with a Dark core would innately feel more comfortable in places heavy with Dark magic, whereas those with Light cores would feel uneasy there. It apparently worked in reverse as well.
He suspected that he now had his answer for why his magic had only ever truly relaxed in Knockturn Alley. The place had to be drenched in Dark magic. And it somehow didn’t surprise him that his magic was Dark if it was an inherited trait. His mum had more than likely had a Light core, but his dad was Satan, so…
According to the book, all magical humans were born with a neutrally aligned magical core unless they were conceived or healed by strongly aligned magic before birth, which could swing it one way or another. No one’s core really settled on an affinity until they turned 17 though, after which point it rarely changed much.
Overall, he found, unless the book was really biased, which wasn’t impossible, he didn’t understand why the aurors were called dark wizard catchers. It really seemed quite prejudiced that “dark” was synonymous with criminal. Even if there were more Dark spells for doing criminal things than Light, being Dark didn’t seem to indicate that one was actually bad.
Then again, Lucius Malfoy was quite prominent in Magical Britain. He apparently had the ear of the Minster and was on the Hogwarts board of governors. And there’s no question he was Dark.
Harry’s entire view of the wizarding world kind of shifted as it occurred to him that the public in general did not seem to have a problem with the likes of Lucius Malfoy. It was mostly the Gryffindors who did. And Ron especially, but then Ron had admitted that their families had hated each other for a long time.
Harry set his book aside and leaned back against the headboard of his bed. Since entering the wizarding world, Harry had been taking a lot of what Ron and Hermione believed to be representative of the wizarding world in general. Ron because he’d grown up there and Hermione because she read so many books.
Problem was that Ron’s family was probably rather biased, being a long line of Gryffindors. And Hermione only read books from the Hogwarts library or from Flourish and Blotts. He doubted that she’d even be okay with reading the Dark Arts guidebook that he was reading. Which meant that she was biased, too. She’d been intent on Gryffindor before they even got to Hogwarts the first time and she’d been singing Dumbledore’s praises before ever having lain eyes on the man.
Harry rubbed his forehead and gazed moodily at the ceiling for a long moment, then heaved a heavy sigh. Ron and Hermione were lucky to have parents to help them figure things out, because the world was a confusing place and a little advice from an adult would have gone a long way. At the same time, he was glad to know that his conclusions were his own and not just adopted from his elders.
With a shake of his head, Harry picked up the book again and found the page he’d been on. If he was going to figure things out on his own, he needed as much information as he could get.
August – Part 2
After that first day down Knockturn Alley, Harry took to going down there every day. The bookkeeper truly didn’t seem to mind if he sat and read for hours once he knew that he’d buy something on his way out. Harry could have gone back to his room to read his books, but the Leaky Cauldron had nothing on the calming presence of the Dark alley. When he graduated, he thought he might get a flat down there.
The denizens of the alley mostly seemed to get used to seeing him and they’d taken to ignoring him. Or at least giving the pretense of ignoring him. They never tried to approach him.
He found more than books down the alley as well. He found a book that could securely contain all of his Dark Arts books. A tap of the wand and a password and opening the cover showed an expanded space instead of a book. Then you just had to close it and tap it again while saying the title of any book you’d put inside. The whole thing would then grow or shrink to the exact size of that book and take on its appearance inside and out. So he put all of his Dark Arts books inside as well as his history text. Then he could just make it look like his history text whenever he wasn’t actively using it to read something else.
It would ensure that no one stumbled upon his growing collection of “alternative” reading.
He also found a wand sheath unlike anything he’d ever seen before. It was a band of dragonhide leather that fit on his arm just over his wrist. There was a loop on one side into which the wand slid. The space inside the band was expanded, so the wand just seemed to disappear into the two-centimeters-wide band, with just the tip sticking out. He wore it on his right wrist and, with a little practice, could simply will the wand to slide out of the sheath and right into his hand. It did take a bit of practice to catch the wand consistently so it didn’t just slide out and land on the floor, but it was so much better than trying to search around in a pocket for it. It would help him to draw so much faster.
Two weeks into his stay at the Leaky Cauldron, he finally got the nerve to enter the tattoo place he’d noticed the first day. The door was tucked back into a bit of an alcove, and there was a carved wooden sign above the door that read simply, “Tattoos”. The front window was painted beautifully with all kinds of animals and symbols and runes and such, so you couldn’t see inside at all.
With a deep breath, Harry let himself inside. The door opened easily on silent hinges and he blinked a little against the brighter lighting inside. Knockturn Alley seemed to exist in a permanent state of twilight, perhaps by design. This shop was lit similarly to the Great Hall at Hogwarts, with a mess of tall candles floating high above. Like at Hogwarts, the candles never seemed to grow shorter or drip wax. Rather than all being white, these candles were a mix of colors, mostly darker, with amber being the lightest.
The shop was a medium sized room with the walls covered in pictures, presumably of the tattoos they could provide. A few small, elbow-height tables had more examples of the art one could get. The back wall of the room was occupied by a counter and a door that led further back.
The place didn’t feel nearly as scary as Harry had feared. He didn’t know a lot about tattoos. In the muggle world it seemed mostly like tough, possibly criminal, guys wore them, and like college girls. Neither Vernon or Petunia had ever had anything nice to say about people who got tattoos, which, admittedly, had increased Harry’s interest in them.
Relaxing, he began perusing the artwork. It was all pretty amazing. There were designs with runes, some as simple as a single rune and others an intricate symbol with dozens or hundreds of runes worked into it. These had notations underneath like, “Protection against possession”, “Promotes a calm mind”, and “Concealment”.
Those all looked pretty interesting. Given his life so far, he could use all the extra protection he could get. Also, was possession something likely to happen? Should he be worried about that?
He wandered on after a bit. There were a lot of normal-looking tattoos, such as flowers and butterflies and abstract lines and such. They were all very nice-looking, but they didn’t capture his interest.
Near one end of the counter was a display of animals that looked so real it was nearly impossible to believe they weren’t actually there, ready to climb out of the picture and stand in the room with him. There was a snarling tiger and a swooping falcon and a hissing cobra among many others. The snake drew his eyes particularly just for the fact that he almost wanted to talk to it. It looked so real he felt sure it would talk back. Artfully woven through the pictures was a ribbon of words that read, “Find Your Spirit Animal”.
After a few minutes of studying the remarkable detail of the animals, he became aware that he was no longer alone in the room. With a start, he turned to find that a middle-aged woman had joined him. She had tawny brown skin and nearly black eyes. Her long, wavy hair was stark white. She wore a sleeveless tunic that showed off arms and hands artfully decorated with a dizzying array of pictures and symbols and runes, all the shapes and colors woven together masterfully.
It took him a moment to realize that he was staring and then he blinked and quickly met her eyes again.
She looked mildly amused, but not upset as she smiled at him, “Welcome. You seemed quite intrigued by the spirit animals,” she nodded at the display.
“Er, yeah,” Harry admitted uncomfortably, rubbing at the back of his neck as he glanced back at the pictures. “What does that mean? Spirit animals?” In the muggle world, it would have just been a catchy slogan with maybe some religious or mythological story. In the magical world, he’d learned, it was best to assume there was more to it.
“Anyone can find their spirit animal. Sometimes it’s as innocuous as a butterfly or a bumblebee,” she gestured to a few of the smaller drawings that depicted insects and spiders. “For others it’s a great predator or a majestic herbivore, a proud raptor or a cunning skink. The spirit animal must be searched out, but once you’ve met it, it will watch over you always, even if you cannot perceive it.
“My art employs a ritual that will bind your spirit animal into your skin so that it will be with you always. This is no mere parlor trick, however. The very soul of your spirit animal will reside without your skin and with a spell you will be able to draw out a real, flesh and blood animal. It bonds to you as a familiar. Even if the physical animal is slain, the soul will remain within your skin and can be drawn out again after a little time. You can return it to your skin when it is convenient.”
Harry looked at the animals again. It was… very tempting. He loved Hedwig dearly, but he didn’t see her much during the school year unless he wanted to trek all the way up to the owlery. This would be an animal that he could always keep with him. And one that couldn’t die. With the mess that was his life, having a more durable familiar sounded really good.
“You said people have to find their spirit animal. You don’t get to pick what kind?” He wondered.
She shook her head, “No. The animal comes to you when you seek. It will be a creature that matches your soul. Not a familiar you pick out in a pet shop but one that chooses you.”
He blew out a breath and looked at the pictures again. “How much does it cost?” he asked shyly.
“It’s expensive,” she smiled in a way that suggested she didn’t think he’d actually be interested. “The magic is difficult and the artwork, as you can see, is very detailed. The size of the art is also unique to the spirit animal. When I call it, it will spread itself across your skin as it wishes. I will just follow that pattern, so some end up very small. Others, very large. The size will affect the price quite a bit.”
“Oh,” Harry frowned. Maybe he shouldn’t splurge. He looked at the animals again though. He really wanted one.
After a moment of silence, she offered, “The ritual to find your spirit animal is ten galleons. If you have that much, you can at least find out what your spirit animal is and I can tell you how much the rest would cost.”
Harry grinned at that and nodded quickly. He found the galleons in his pocket and passed them over without hesitation. “You said that once I found my spirit animal it would always be with me, right? Even if I don’t get the tattoo?”
“That’s right,” she agreed as she dropped the coins into a lock box behind the counter. “You may see it in dreams or transes, if you ever find yourself indulging in one. There are rituals you can learn to speak to it, though that usually means that you gather impressions of what it is trying to tell you, not actual words.” She gestured for him to follow and led the way through a door behind the counter. It led into a corridor, but they took the first right through another door into a smallish room with rune circles drawn on the floor.
Harry was glad he’d taken Ancient Runes as an elective. Ron had wanted him to take Divination with him because it was supposed to be really easy, but Harry hadn’t been interested in spending the next three years taking a class with a teacher that might be able to See things about him he wanted to keep hidden. Ron had considered taking Ancient Runes until he’d overheard some older students talking about how much reading the class involved.
At the time, Harry had only taken it because Arithmancy had sounded even harder and he wasn’t going to sit through a class all about muggles when he’d grown up thinking he was one. It sounded dead boring. Now, however, he was actually beginning to get excited about Ancient Runes.
“Switch into these,” she drew his attention from the rune circle and he realized that she was indicating some clothes hung over a screen in one corner of the little room. “They’re self-sizing, so don’t be alarmed. I need them to fit close to your skin so I can see just how the animal wants to sit on your skin.”
Harry hesitantly stepped behind the screen to do as she’d asked. He hadn’t thought about this part, though he should have. How would it work if he was wearing baggy robes, anyway? He blushed the entire time he was changing, able to hear her moving around just on the other side of the screen.
He blushed even more when he had the clothes on and glanced down at himself. They weren’t quite a second skin, but close enough given that he’d only ever worn Dudley’s baggy clothes and then baggy robes. He had to give himself a little pep talk to even walk out for her to see. He reminded himself that she must do this often enough and she’d doubtlessly seen plenty of people in these kinds of clothes. A skinny thirteen-year-old wasn’t likely to be remarkable.
And, indeed, she only gave him a smile and her eyes didn’t stray toward his body at all.
“Stand in the middle of the circle. I’m going to perform a small ritual. It’ll only take a few minutes. All you have to do is stand there and don’t move around too much. Don’t worry if you have an itch, just don’t bend over if you can help it.”
Harry nodded and moved into the circle while she filled a bowl with what looked like mostly basic herbs, though he might have spotted a few potion ingredients in the mix. She picked up a small handful of what he thought might be flax seed and held it over the bowl, then she began to chant. As she spoke in a tongue he did not recognize, she let just a few seeds slip through her fingers every few seconds. Each seed seemed to spark into flame in midair and the contents of the bowl had soon begun to smoke softly, filling the room with a fragrant, nearly overwhelming smoke that did not burn his eyes.
This went on for several minutes as the contents of the bowl were slowly reduced to smoke and ash. When her hand was empty, she set the bowl on the floor and spread her arms at her sides, facing toward Harry in the circle. Her chant continued, picking up a bit in pace and the smoke in the room began to curl about in an entirely unnatural manner.
Harry had been feeling the magic gathering in the room from the start, but it was becoming rather stifling now. It was Dark, he thought. He wasn’t really good at understanding the magic he felt yet, but by the way his magic seemed to be comfortable with it surrounding him, he was certain that it must be Dark.
Then she reached one hand forward and pressed the palm flat against his chest at the same moment that her chant ended.
For a long moment, the room rang in the sudden silence, but the smoke just seemed to roil faster, the magic growing to a fever pitch.
Harry began to smell sulfur and he had just a second to wonder if that was normal before there was a blur of motion from the smoke. It seemed to coalesce into a form he couldn’t make out and then it launched itself at him with a hiss that sounded distinctly like, Mine .
And he could swear he felt his magic respond in kind.
He blinked as he realized that all the smoke in the room was gone. He looked at the woman, wondering if something had gone wrong, only to find her examining him with interest. Not his face, but his body now. She flicked her wand at a blank section of wall and Harry startled when it suddenly became as reflective as a mirror.
He looked at it in surprise, only to stare in shock at the sight of himself. The clothing she’d put him in was impressed with a gray silhouette that was unmistakably a snake.
And not just any snake. A massive snake. He twisted in front of the mirror to see it better. It started on his right hip with its tail all coiled up in that messy way that snakes had that seemed like they would get stuck that way, but they never did. That continued across the small of his back and all the way up his left side to his shoulder. A few coils twisted around his shoulder and then down his left arm, wrapping around it all the way down until the… very large, diamond-shaped head came to rest just above his left wrist.
“Intricate,” the woman pronounced. “And large,” she frowned a bit at that. “It would take me at least three four-hour sessions.” She shook her head sadly, “I couldn’t do it for less than three hundred gallons.”
Harry furrowed his brow as he continued to study the impression of the snake that had chosen him. He suspected the title the basilisk had used for him, Serpent Master, had something to do with this. Even though he knew Ron would freak out about it being a snake, he was kind of really pleased about it. Having a familiar that he could actually talk to would be really wicked.
The woman was still staring at the snake, too, looking kind of bummed. “I’ve never felt a spirit animal that powerful before. It’s no wonder he needs so much skin. I’d have loved to paint him though.”
“I’m going to do it,” Harry announced suddenly.
She blinked at him in surprise.
“I just need to run to Gringotts,” he admitted.
She looked thoroughly surprised, but quickly countered, “I have bank drafts, if you’d like.”
“Er… I don’t know what that is,” Harry admitted, blushing again.
She smirked a bit and held up a finger. “Just a moment.”
She disappeared out the door and Harry turned to look at the snake again. The price was crazy, but he’d never wanted anything so much. He didn’t even want a firebolt as much as he wanted this. A companion matched to his very soul. One that couldn’t die. That he could carry with him always.
He didn’t have much more time to consider before the woman returned with a small card, a bit smaller than a postcard. There was a blank space to write a vault number. Another blank space for the amount he wanted to withdraw, and the name Andira Redwater Tattoos printed neatly across the top. He flipped it over and saw Gringotts printed across the center.
He blew out a quick, excited breath and smiled at her, “Quill?”
She grinned excitedly and it made her look half her age as he gestured this time for him to follow her out. “Don’t worry. I’ve closed up shop for the moment, so we won’t be disturbed,” she assured.
He hadn’t really thought about it until she mentioned it, but he’d have been humiliated if some random person had walked in to see him in this immodestly tight outfit. Or worse, someone he knew from school.
At the front counter, he found quill and ink waiting. He scribbled down his vault number and asked, “Three hundred galleons?”
“That’s right,” she assured.
He filled in the amount, then put down the quill and looked back at her.
“Just press any finger against the card. It’ll verify your identity, then pop over to Gringotts. They’ll verify the funds and if you have enough in that vault, they’ll withdraw it and send it over.”
“That’s handy,” Harry noted as he pressed his index finger against the card in a corner not likely to smear the ink. There was the hint of a sting and he jerked his finger away in surprise. He’d honestly been thinking fingerprints, but obviously they wouldn’t have his on record as he’d never given them. He supposed it was blood, he noted as he saw the tiny red spot on his finger that didn’t even leak any blood.
“It’s just a tiny amount,” she assured.
“Why don’t all the stores use these?” he wondered.
“Most of them probably do,” she replied, “but the goblins charge for them. Each card has to be received by a goblin and evaluated, then sent back declined or the galleons gathered in a sack and sent back instead. They charge two galleons per card, so they’re only used for more expensive purchases,” she admitted.
“Huh,” he muttered. So much he still didn’t know about this world.
That’s when a bag that clinked with gold popped into being right in front of him and he jumped.
She smiled at him and shook her head in what looked like amazement at the bag of galleons. “All right,” she concluded. “I’ve the afternoon free, so we can start now if you like. Soon as I get my wayward apprentice in here to man the front. We can start tomorrow, too, if you’d rather. I can do a session this afternoon, one tomorrow morning, and one Thursday afternoon. I think that should be enough.”
Harry nodded excitedly. “Now is good!”
“Excellent,” she smiled. She led him into a different back room. This one had a comfortable-looking leather chair and an equally leather-covered sort-of bed. It was just big enough for an adult to lay down on, and there was a pillow at the head with a folded sheet on top of it.
“Quick disclaimer before we start,” she announced as they stepped inside. “Magical tattoos, in general, are permanent, never fade, and will grow and shrink with your skin as you age, grain weight, or lose weight. They can be removed relatively easily with a potion applied over the ink, though it is fairly expensive – about fifty galleons per bottle.
“That said, this is not an ordinary magical tattoo. Spirit Guide tattoos are impossible to remove or relocate once they are complete. The soul of the animal bonds permanently with the skin it occupies and will refuse removal or relocation. As with any other tattoo, it will grow with you and never fade. It will also resist any scarring that tries to mar it, though some Dark spells might manage it. It shouldn’t disrupt the magic, but if it ever does, I will touch it up for a small fee. Still interested?”
Harry didn’t hesitate to agree. Honestly, that whole bit about it being impossible to remove just sweetened the deal for him. The greatest pull of this whole thing was that he couldn’t lose this familiar. It couldn’t even die, though he supposed it would when he did.
If he did.
Andira then instructed him to undress from the waist down. She would be starting on his hip and lower back today. He would lie on the bed and use the sheet for modesty while she uncovered just the necessary areas.
It wasn’t until he was undressing alone in the room that he wondered at the fact a thirteen-year-old could apparently get tattoos without parental consent in the magical world. Maybe because they were normally removed without too much difficulty. He did wonder at this particular procedure being one that didn’t need consent, but maybe that was just the magical world.
Or maybe because this was Knockturn Alley.
The actual tattooing process turned out to be much more embarrassing than the ritual. He’d thought the tight clothes were bad. The tail ran down his hip and the coils on his lower back dipped just about as low as his crack, which had him burying his face in the pillow and trying not to think about the gentle, cold licks of the paintbrush on such a… private part of his body.
Happily, magical tattoos didn’t involve needles at all. Just magical paint and then a spell at the end to sink it into the skin permanently.
She used that spell each day when she finished her work so there was no risk of the finished parts getting messed up or washing off or anything. It didn’t need bandaging or special cream or anything like he thought muggle tattoos did. Again, no needles.
When she’d sunk the last bit into the skin, she did a short chant, then sharply tapped her wand against his left wrist where the snake’s head rested.
Harry felt the strangest sensation. Like magic sort of rippled from the head, all the way down the length of the snake’s body. His breath caught at the strange feeling. His magic sort of poked at the new addition, then relaxed again and Harry followed suit with a relieved sigh.
He’d not stopped to wonder what might happen if his magic didn’t like their new tag-along, but maybe the nature of the spell ensured that the spirit animal would get along with his magic.
Andira taught him the spell to call out the spirit animal, but Harry chose not to do it in the shop. He didn’t expect he’d be able to help talking parseltongue to it and he’d rather not show off the skill.
August 31st
It was the last day before returning to Hogwarts when Ron and Hermione finally arrived at Diagon Alley. Harry had been having a blast by himself, what with spending most of his days down Knockturn Alley and then chatting with his new familiar when that was finally done, but he had been looking for them for weeks, expecting them to turn up any day to get their school supplies. He had no idea why they waited so late. At least until they’d explained that they planned to all stay the night at the Leaky Cauldron and go to the train station together in the morning.
Harry retired to his room that night, grateful for the privacy. After overhearing Mr. and Mrs. Weasley’s argument, he was left feeling rather conflicted. He heartily agreed with Mr. Weasley that forewarned was forearmed. Experience told him that Hogwarts was not, as Mrs. Weasley said, totally safe.
Personally, he didn’t feel overly alarmed by the news, though he did feel that it was news he deserved to know. He couldn’t believe she really thought he would be terrified that Sirius Black wanted him dead when he’d known Lord Voldemort himself was gunning for him for years. The woman was barmy.
He was more upset that his last hope of seeing Hogsmeade this year was shot than he was at knowing he had one more person out to see him dead. He’d wanted to go so badly he’d even tried to play nice with Marge. Yes, unfortunately he’d failed terribly, but he’d first wasted days of swallowing all of her bile before he’d snapped. Would have been better if he’d lost it the first day. He’d have gotten longer in the magical world then.
After double-checking to make sure his room was locked, he took off his shirt and stood in front of the mirror, admiring the beautiful tattoo. As always, it brought a smile to his face. He’d never in his life have thought he’d get a tattoo so huge and elaborate, but he didn’t regret it a bit. Not even the exorbitant price.
His new familiar had informed him that he didn’t have a name. After some thought, Harry had decided to call him Kaa, after the snake in The Jungle Book. He’d read it in primary school and he’d loved it so much that he’d gone back to the library every day for weeks to read it again until he knew every word by heart.
He’d dreamed of being adopted by a kind family of wolves for a long time after that.
Now, Harry pressed his fingers over the diamond-shaped head of his familiar and hissed, “ Come to me, Kaa. ” He’d been instructed to use his wand but had found almost instantly that it wasn’t needed. His magic had no hesitation in calling out his beloved new friend. Parseltongue also wasn’t needed, but he used it anyway because he was talking to a snake and it just happened that way.
As he moved his hand away, the head of the snake wriggled a bit and he felt his magic urging at the magic of the snake that was now a part of him. The snake stirred magically as well as physically and then there was the very strange sensation of the snake pushing its way into the physical world. The head emerged first and the body followed. He could feel it all across the tattoo as the body moved beneath his skin. It was a strange sort of feeling. Not really physical at all, but rather the brush of Kaa’s magic as it separated from his own.
When enough of his body was free, Kaa began to wind himself over Harry’s shoulders. The widest part of his body was nearly wide enough to fill both of Harry’s hands when he tried to wrap them around it, and he was, to Harry’s eye, a little longer than a normal snake that thick would be. He wasn’t an expert on snakes and he had no name for the snake’s breed, though his body scales were pure, sparkling obsidian while he had the purest blue scales that ran across his belly. Andira had called them cobalt. His eyes, on the other hand, were an incredibly pale white-blue with a slit pupil that nearly disappeared in bright light.
When the snake had fully emerged from his skin, the ink of the tattoo remained, but it was somehow a little flatter. He couldn’t decide if it was a visual effect or just his sense of the magic that changed. It was subtle but distinct. Harry turned under the heavy weight and moved to sit on the bed so that his familiar could drape himself across his lap.
From the wardrobe across the room, Hedwig ruffled her feathers and clacked her beak mistrustfully at the snake. Harry’s first familiar did not care for her new, scaled brother. Not that Harry blamed her. The snake was undoubtedly large enough to eat Hedwig whole, but Andira had assured Harry that Kaa would never need to eat. He was sustained entirely from Harry’s magic.
Harry had also had a very firm discussion with the snake about not eating Hedwig, as she was part of their family. Just in case he wanted to eat, even though he didn’t need to.
The snake seemed generally disinterested in the owl whereas Hedwig never had less than a nasty look for the snake. The drama made Harry smile every time, though he’d made sure to pick up extra owl treats for Hedwig to appease her.
“ Hello, Kaa, ” Harry greeted warmly when both he and the snake were comfortably reclined.
“ Greetings, Master ,” Kaa responded, as he worked to burrow under one of Harry’s knees.
Harry grinned a bit at the snake as he worked diligently to entwine his entire body around Harry’s legs. He was probably enjoying the warmth, though Harry also noted that he’d have a heck of a time getting up in a hurry if he needed to. He decided that he didn’t mind. They were safe enough in his locked room.
“ My friends finally showed up today, ” he began, and proceeded to fill Kaa in on his day with Ron and Hermione, Hermione’s new cat and its grudge against Scabbers, the twins’ mischief with Percy, and finally the argument he’d heard between Mr. and Mrs. Weasley. He’d taken to doing this every night. Just talking about his day with Kaa. It was soothing.
“ I know that Mrs. Weasley only means well,” Harry concluded with a sigh, “ but she’s just so naive and misguided sometimes that I want to scream at her. I know that she just thinks that adults should always keep children safe, and that’s great in a perfect world. In the real world, keeping children safe from even knowing that dangers exist only leads to kids getting killed!”
Kaa hissed soothingly, “ It does seem foolish,” he agreed. “ Hatchlings must learn to protect themselves or they will perish as soon as they leave the nest. ”
“ Or sooner if the nest gets attacked,” Harry added sourly. Mrs. Weasley’s deluded belief that nothing bad could ever happen to a child at Hogwarts while Albus Dumbledore was there was just about the most ridiculous thing he’d ever heard an adult say. And he’d grown up with Petunia and Vernon Dursley. “ The woman has evidence !” he ranted to his familiar. “ Just last year, she was sat in Dumbledore’s office, crying her eyes out because she thought her daughter had been killed during her first year at Hogwarts! Now, months later, she’s absolutely certain that I’ll be fine so long as Dumbledore’s headmaster? I mean, sure, Dumbledore had been kicked out of the school for a bit when that happened, but it wasn’t like he’d done anything to ensure the petrifications weren’t deaths earlier in the year. That was pure luck! And he certainly didn’t do anything to help Ginny. That was me ! ”
Kaa uncoiled himself a bit from Harry’s legs so that he could wrap himself around Harry’s neck and nudge his head sharply into Harry’s chin. “ Yes, master. The woman is a fool and you are a hero. ”
Harry tilted his head so that he could eye the snake suspiciously. That had sounded a lot like a placation. “ Are you mocking me? ” he wondered.
“ I am comforting you, ” Kaa pronounced without room for debate. “ If this woman is so stupid, why do you give her your time?”
Harry frowned, “ I didn’t say she was stupid. ”
“ Not the word, just the definition, ” Kaa reasoned.
Harry sighed heavily, “ She’s treated me more like a son than anyone ever has. At least that I can remember. And she does care about me. I did say she was naive and misguided. She means well. ”
“ Will that comfort you when her coddling gets you killed?” Kaa inquired mercilessly.
One thing Harry had very quickly learned about his new familiar, he wasn’t big on understanding the squishier emotions, so he wasn’t surprised by the cold approach to his situation. Harry hadn’t spent enough time talking to snakes to know if it was just the way snakes were or just the way this particular snake was. “ Look, I get what you’re saying, but you have to take the good with the bad with people, otherwise you’ll just spend your whole life alone,” Harry grumbled.
“ You are not a hatchling, Master. You have proven that you can protect yourself. You’ve no need of a mother. Find yourself a strong mate and leave the rest of them behind, ” Kaa advised.
Harry sighed, “ Humans like connections with other humans, Kaa, ” he tried to explain and it wasn’t the first time. “ How we interact changes as we age, but we like to hold onto the connections our whole lives if we can. That includes friends and siblings and parents and children .”
Kaa drooped a little in apparent disappointment, “ So you will always be followed by these humans that treat you poorly? How tedious. ”
“ They don’t all treat me poorly, ” Harry corrected firmly. “ Ron and Hermione are great friends. And Mr. and Mrs. Weasley try to do their best by me. Mr. Weasley, especially. He was arguing to tell me, remember? ”
“ He should not have argued at all ,” Kaa countered. “ He should have just told you. The fact that he argued suggests that he may be swayed against his decision .”
“ It didn’t sound like he was by the end ,” Harry disagreed.
“ Because she couldn’t make good enough arguments, but he still gave her the chance to try. ”
Harry huffed a little laugh. “ I think I’m starting to understand Slytherin self-preservation ,” he decided. “ It seems like it would be very lonely to live that way, even if it is safer.”
Notes:
So this chapter ended up just being the summer. Two more chapters to go for third year.
I would love to hear your thoughts about Kaa and Harry's blow up with Marge and whatever else struck your fancy!
Chapter Text
September 1st
“Quiet!” a hoarse voice called suddenly, silencing the now-crowded compartment. It seemed that Professor Lupin had woken at last.
Only the sounds of breathing could be heard following that word and then, with a crackling of flame, light bloomed out of the darkness. The professor seemed to be holding a handful of flames now, which was cool and Harry wanted to learn how to do that.
Those thoughts promptly fled as Harry became aware of a growing Darkness settling over the train. It was difficult to describe, but it was definitely Dark and his magic definitely didn’t find it comforting. Indeed, his magic seemed to be on high alert now as the Dark… whatever it was, grew closer.
“Stay where you are,” the professor ordered as he slowly got to his feet.
Before Lupin could reach the door, however, it began to slowly creak open and Harry watched with apprehension as the concentration of Darkness outside the door seemed to be coming inside.
Standing in the doorway, illuminated by the dancing flames Lupin still held, was a cloaked figure that towered to the ceiling. It’s face was completely hidden beneath its hood. There was a hand protruding from the cloak and it was glistening, grayish, slimy-looking, and scabbed, like something dead that had decayed in water…
The figure quickly retracted its hand, as though realizing that it had been seen, and then whatever it was drew a long, slow, rattling breath, like it was trying to catch some scent.
Harry felt an intense cold sweep over him and then his magic lunged at the creature. There was no other way to describe it. Like a tiger swatting away a hissing housecat. Both predators, but one hilariously outmatching the other.
Harry’s magic almost seemed to contact it physically for the cloaked figure jerked backward and slammed into the opposite wall of the corridor with a ghastly, inhuman screech. Then it turned and fled away from their compartment.
Harry was left breathing heavily and he wasn’t sure if it was adrenaline or the actual exertion of his magic. Though he’d felt it threaten people before, he’d never felt his magic actually attack someone with no sayso from him. He hadn’t time to begin to sort out how he felt about everything that had just happened before Lupin muttered “ expecto patronum” and a bright, silvery dog or wolf leapt out of his wand.
Harry lifted a hand to shield himself from the sudden light and shivered a little at the strange feeling the conjured animal seemed to emit. Like condensed happiness or something. It felt unnatural and made him wary.
Lupin wasted no time in sending the creature out of the compartment. He then followed it into the corridor, closing the compartment door behind him.
“Oh, for Pete’s sake,” Hermione grumbled as their compartment was returned to darkness. “Lumos.”
Her wand tip began to glow and soon they could all see again.
“What on Earth was that thing?” Ron demanded.
“I don’t know,” Hermione admitted and she looked both miffed about that fact and still as freaked out as the rest of them.
“ You don’t know?” Ron cried in disbelief.
Hermione sighed impatiently, “I don’t know everything, Ronald! I read all the time, but I’m still new to this world!”
“Dementors.”
Thankfully, that derailed the fight and everyone looked to Neville, who was supporting Ginny in the corner of the compartment. She looked rather worse for wear.
“What?” Hermione asked in that bossy way that she had when there was information she didn’t know at hand.
“It was a dementor,” Neville explained a little louder, though he still looked quite haunted. “They guard Azkaban prison.”
“You mean that horrible thing works for the Ministry?” Harry asked in disbelief. The same Ministry that outlawed so much Dark magic and treated Dark creatures like scum, they employed those things that felt Darker and nastier than anything Harry had ever encountered before? Talk about hypocrites!
Neville swallowed and nodded, “They don’t leave the island often. Usually just to find fugitives or perform executions.”
Harry’s stomach turned at the thought of the Ministry legally feeding people to those things.
“Executions?” Hermione gasped. “They let those things kill prisoners?”
“Not kill,” Neville said grimly. “Worse than that. Dementors can live by feeding on human emotions. They suck out all your happiness to sustain themselves. That’s not all they can do though. They also suck out your soul given the chance. The body keeps living for a while, but usually the first illness takes them out once the soul is gone. It’s called the Kiss.”
Harry’s magic sort of… shivered at the thought of things that ate your soul.
Thankfully, the lights chose that moment to flash back on and the train rumbled back into motion. It broke the tension in the compartment nicely.
Hermione put out the light on her wand and they all sat in silence for a moment before Hermione posed, “What happened to it? Why did it run away like that?”
“It looked like something shoved it out,” Ron nodded, “Could it have been Lupin?”
“He hadn’t cast anything,” Hermione dismissed.
“Could it have been a silent spell?” Neville wondered.
“Maybe,” Hermione frowned doubtfully.
“The guards from Azkaban,” Harry realized with horror.
“What?” Ron asked.
“Your dad, he said the guards from Azkaban were going to be guarding the entrances to Hogwarts this year. To keep everyone safe. He was talking about the dementors!”
Everyone exchanged uneasy looks.
“All year?” Ginny asked fearfully. “They’ll be at Hogwarts all year?”
Neville awkwardly patted Ginny’s shoulder in comfort and she mustered a sickly-looking smile for him.
Lupin returned to the compartment then and announced they’d be arriving at Hogwarts in ten minutes.
The professor handed out chocolate to each of them as it was supposed to help with exposure to the dementors, and they nibbled on it quietly the rest of the ride.
September 9th
Divination turned out to be first thing on Monday morning. Hermione also, apparently, had Arithmancy and Muggle Studies to attend during the same period. She was very evasive when questioned about it and Harry could recognize a Secret when he saw one. Knowing the value of Secrets, he didn’t push, though he did wonder if she was taking the other classes like correspondence courses, cramming in her dorm at night, or if there was actually some kind of time magic that made it possible. Or maybe a spell to split her into copies so she could be in more than one place at a time?
Harry was just glad to have a free period first thing. He was even more glad when it came out in Transfiguration that the Divination professor apparently chose one of her students each year and predicted their death. Poor Neville had received that honor and the boy looked terrified. Between her and Snape, he was going to have a rotten year.
Sadly, Hermione and Ron ended up getting into a fight about it. Ron thought believing in things like the grim was only rational and Hermione thought they and the entire branch of Divination was woolly and “a lot of guesswork”.
Divination really made Harry a bit uncomfortable, to be honest. According to one prophecy, after all, he was destined to bring about the End of Days, become King of Earth or something of the sort, and then name himself God… Maybe. It was all a little vague from what he could tell, but he was pretty sure it all ended with him spending eternity in Hell with his father. Or maybe God would just wipe out him and his father in the end.
Hagrid turned out to be a bit scary as a teacher. Really, with his estimation of just what constituted a dangerous beast and what was a fun pet, Harry wasn’t sure Care was the best class for him to be teaching. Honestly, he’d sent them to talk to Aragog last year and it was only dumb luck that had kept them from being killed. If they hadn’t taken the flying car to school, if it hadn’t gone rogue in the Forbidden Forest. If it hadn’t been close when they’d wandered into the spider’s nest. If it hadn’t decided to rescue them.
Their very first day in Hagrid’s class was Hippogriffs, which were obviously way too dangerous for immature thirteen-year-olds to be around. Malfoy made that abundantly clear when he started showing off and got his arm bitten.
Granted, Harry’s flight with Buckbeak had been thrilling, unlike any flying he’d ever done on a broom, and he’d rather love to do it again. Then again, he was a natural flyer and used to near-death experiences. He doubted the flight would have gone as well with any other student.
Draco milked his injury for all it was worth, the little sod, and liked to brag about how his father was going to make sure Hagrid got fired. It was enough to make Harry wish his magic took Draco and Snape more seriously, but it had never flared at them the way it did with people on Knockturn and even with the Dursleys. He supposed that he’d never been in real danger from either of them and it must have known that. They were annoying – infuriating – but not threatening.
Their first Defense lesson was… a bit harrowing. Professor Lupin brought them all to the staff lounge and had them face a boggart.
Many of the students’ fears were rather simple – spiders or clowns, or Professor Snape – but Harry couldn’t guess what his worst fear would be. He didn’t have any handy phobias.
His greatest fear might be to wake up one day and find everything since his first Hogwarts letter had been a dream and magic wasn’t real and he was still at the Dursleys.
But that was a rather complex fear and he didn’t know how the boggart would turn into that.
Then he thought… maybe his father. The idea that he might come for him one day, to put Harry at the head of his armies or maybe to kill him because he didn’t want to share power. It was something he tried not to think about. Or maybe his greatest fear was what he might one day become. That he might actually be the beast spoken of in the bible. Would the boggart come out looking like Harry with horns and bat wings or something?
It was altogether too likely that his fear may reveal things about himself, about his Secret, that needed to stay hidden.
For that reason, Harry remained at the back of the group and hoped the class period would end before he got his chance.
It didn’t. Not quite. But Lupin stepped in front of him before he could properly face the boggart and the professor sent it back into its cupboard on his own.
Harry wasn’t quite sure what to make of the intervention. Despite being grateful to have missed his turn, Harry couldn’t help but wonder.
October 31st
Harry watched Ron and Hermione head out for Hogsmeade with a deep sigh. It just wasn’t fair. First he had to have the Dursleys as guardians to begin with, and now he was suffering even at Hogwarts because of them. He thought maybe McGonagall would have been convinced to take pity on him if not for Sirius Black.
He growled in frustration as he started back toward Gryffindor Tower. If they seriously meant to keep him on house arrest whenever someone was trying to kill him, he’d never see the outdoors again!
He’d survived Voldemort more than once. He’d survived a basilisk. He’d survived insane Defense teachers! But he wouldn’t survive a trip to Hogsmeade with the rest of the school? How could they let anyone go if they were that worried an escaped maniac might show up there?
“Harry?”
Harry blinked and turned to see Professor Lupin looking at him around his office door. He’d not even realized that he’d wandered past it.
“What are you doing?” Lupin inquired. “Where are Ron and Hermione?”
Harry wasn’t sure what to do with the implication that he never went anywhere without them, but he shrugged it off. “Hogsmeade,” he said with an attempt at a smile.
“Ah,” Lupin nodded rather knowingly. He considered Harry a moment. “Why don’t you come in? I’ve just taken delivery of a grindylow for our next lesson.”
“A what?”
He followed Lupin back into his office where a very large tank of water had been set up. A sickly green creature with sharp little horns had its face pressed against the glass, pulling faces and flexing its long, spindly fingers.
“Water demon,” Lupin explained.
“Demon?” Harry started, looking between his professor and the little beast with alarm. It felt a bit Dark, but a demon ? Lupin felt as Dark as the grindylow, which Harry thought was probably just what happened when you studied Defense Against the Dark Arts. Or maybe he was a Dark wizard. Harry wasn’t sure he could tell the difference. He wasn’t very good at making sense of everything he felt. He could only tell that much because they’d been alone together awhile.
Sensing magical energies had become pretty easy to him in the last year. Understanding them, especially when he was surrounded by a bunch of them, that was hard.
Lupin blinked at him, then laughed a little, “That’s just a word we tend to use to describe some non-human Dark creatures, Harry. It’s nothing to do with Hell.”
“Oh,” Harry relaxed considerably.
“We shouldn’t have much difficulty with him,” Lupin went on. “Not after the kappas. The trick is to break his grip. You notice the abnormally long fingers? Strong, but very brittle.”
The grindylow bared its green teeth and then buried itself in a tangle of weeds in a corner.
“Cup of tea?” Lupin offered. “I was just thinking of making one.”
“All right,” Harry agreed
Lupin tapped the kettle with his wand and a burst of steam gushed from the spout.
Harry’s brow rose in appreciative surprise. For whatever reason, they never seemed to learn simple, useful spells like that at Hogwarts. It sort of made him forget all the practical, everyday ways magic made life easier.
“So, Harry,” Lupin said once they were seated with a cup of tea for each of them, “How are you finding your classes this year?”
Harry frowned a little and tried to figure out Lupin’s motive here. He’d never had a teacher just pull him aside for a friendly chat about how his life was going. It felt overly familiar given they’d just met, and that put Harry on edge. “They’re okay,” he offered noncommittally.
Lupin just smiled a little at his evasiveness. “You seemed alarmed when I used the word demon before. Is your family very religious?”
“Sort of,” Harry hedged, because the Dursleys really weren’t except on major holidays, but it would be a convenient way of explaining his total belief in the Devil and likely the rest of that religion had at least some truth to it as well.
Lupin waited a moment, but when Harry didn’t offer anything else, he gave a little smile and continued, “I know Christianity has a rather poor view on witchcraft and wizardry. Has that been worrying you at all?”
“Not really,” Harry admitted, because it was kind of the least of his worries. The religion had to be right to some extent because the Devil existed, but witchcraft wasn’t evil and hopefully the Devil wasn’t either. And if the Antichrist wasn’t really destined for all that horribleness, that would be good.
“That’s good,” Lupin said with a bit of humor sparkling in his eyes. “How did your family take it?”
Harry shrugged, unsure what to say about that. “They knew mum was a witch, so I think they were expecting it,” he offered as neutrally as he could. He didn’t want to actually say anything good about the Dursleys, but neither did he want to make a big deal of their real feelings about him. He’d tried that with Dumbledore first year and it had proven pointless.
Thankfully, a knock on the door interrupted the conversation. When Snape was the one to enter, Harry second-guessed his gratefulness. He had for Lupin a potion that was literally smoking. It looked rather alarming to Harry, but Lupin seemed quite grateful for it.
Snape said little and soon left, as grim as ever and extra watchful.
Harry watched as Lupin gulped down the potion, which tasted rather awful by the face he made. He did wonder a bit at just what it was and what it was for. Lupin had said that he’d been feeling a bit off color, but Harry had been at Hogwarts long enough to know what potions were used for simple ailments and none of them were all that hard to brew as he’d said this one was.
Harry suspected that Lupin had a Secret and he wasn’t going to pry, but considering the last two Defense professors had tried to kill him and wipe his memory, respectively… Well, he wasn’t assuming that just because the man was nice, it automatically meant he was good. Not when he seemed too interested in Harry.
“Disgusting,” Lupin pronounced with a smile as he put down the still smoking goblet. “Well, Harry. I’d better get back to work. I’ll see you at the feast later.”
Soundly dismissed, Harry didn’t linger. He didn’t return to Gryffindor Tower either, as that didn’t sound like it would hold much interest for him with Ron and Hermione gone.
He did pause a moment and wonder at that thought. Maybe Lupin hadn’t been so far off when he’d wondered at their absence from Harry’s immediate vicinity. Thinking about it, they were almost always around when he was outside the common room. It worried him a bit. That he might be too attached to them. He cared about them a lot, of course. He just worried if he’d be all right without them. Relying on others hadn’t worked out really well for him growing up.
Those thoughts sent him to a small room in the lower part of the north tower. He’d found it last year, but this year he’d been using it when he wanted some privacy to talk to Kaa without fear of someone stumbling upon him. He put up the spells he’d learned this year for this very purpose. Locking spell, ward to warn him if anyone came within a few meters of the door, and a silencing ward to ensure no one could eavesdrop. Then he rolled back his left sleeve and called for his snake.
later
With Halloween came the usual lingering darkness and distant screams. Harry was actually getting used to it by this point. The scent of sulfur, he noticed, was near constant all day, though stronger when he could hear the screams. It wasn’t the most pleasant scent, but he got used to it.
The screams very often seemed to be accompanied by vicious laughter from a different voice. The torturers and the tortured, he thought. He tried to console himself that the tortured souls he was hearing were more than likely very evil people who very much deserved it.
It was those sounds that had woken him that morning, and it was those sounds that kept him awake in the Great Hall while he was surrounded by snoring students.
Sirius Black had apparently tried to force his way into Gryffindor Tower, which is why they were all now on the floor of the Great Hall. The professors wanted them all where they could see them.
Harry wasn’t quite sure how he felt about this man apparently trying to kill him because Harry had supposedly defeated Voldemort when he was a baby. He supposed it wasn’t impossible that his magic had done something when the Dark Lord tried to kill him, but it seemed far-fetched to him. In his mum’s letter, she’d said that wizards came into their magic when they were 11. It’s why she’d wanted him to know about his differences at that time. It was hard to believe that his magic could have been that strong when he was barely more than a year old.
But Sirius Black seemed to think the same thing as everyone else. While many hailed him for his alleged heroics, others wanted him dead for it. It was rather distressing for Harry, who wasn’t so sure he’d done anything at all. Didn’t it make more sense that Voldemort had just done something wrong? Attempted to use some magic that was dangerous to the caster? Or even that James and Lily had done something that finished him off. Maybe some sacrificial magic empowered by their deaths?
He didn’t know much on the subject, but he’d read about it over the summer. It seemed to make more sense than a baby miraculously surviving the unsurvivable and then defeating a powerful Dark Lord before he was old enough to form permanent memories.
But the Light seemed to want to have a hero they could worship. It was ironic that he was far from Light. He didn’t think they’d react well if they ever learned that.
November 16th
The weather was absolutely foul on the day of the first Gryffindor Quidditch match of the year. With heavy rain and high winds and frequent lightning, it probably wasn’t actually all that safe to be flying. He wasn’t sure if there was some kind of magic in place keeping them safe from lightning bolts or if wizards in general were just crazy enough that they didn’t care. He was trying not to think about it.
He could have sworn he saw a grim in the back of one of the stands, but it was gone a moment later. Honestly, he’d have rather it hadn’t just vanished because that would have made it more likely that it was just a stray dog that had wandered up in search of any food the students might drop.
He tried not to think about the dog he’d seen on Privet Drive after traumatizing Marge. Surely it had to be a coincidence. How many big black dogs were there in Britain? Must be a lot, surely.
“Harry!” the sudden shout rang out in a moment of decreased wind. “Harry, behind you!”
Shaking off his thoughts, Harry spun to see Diggory was pelting up the field, a tiny gold speck shimmering in the rain-filled air between them.
With a jolt of panic, Harry threw himself flat to the broom-handle and zoomed toward the snitch.
“Come on!” he growled at his Nimbus as the rain whipped his face. “ Faster !”
Amazingly, the broom did seem to gain a sudden burst of speed and the next thing he knew, the icy gold ball was safe within his grip.
He had no time to celebrate, however, because his broom didn’t respond right as he tried to swerve before colliding with Diggory. Instead, it spun entirely around once, then again. He tried to regain control, but it didn’t seem to be responding to his commands properly anymore.
Moments later, he collided with the front of one of the stands.
Everything went dark for a moment before he realized that he was falling. As he blinked spots from his eyes, he saw that he was falling straight toward a massive hoard of dementors. What the Hell were they doing on the pitch?
His magic flared in alarm and the creatures made a hole for him to fall through. His last thought was to hope the rain-sodden ground wouldn’t kill him.
December 19th
Harry had a hard time knowing how he was supposed to feel about Black after overhearing the teachers talking about it with Fudge and Madam Rosmerta. Honestly, he should be used to it by now, everyone knowing more about his life than he did, but he really wasn’t. He almost hated everyone who knew the truth and never told him. How dare they decide he was better off living in ignorance? It was his damn life. It was his parents.
Their damn all-knowing attitude about how hard it would be for him to know these things was infuriating. Like it was only right that he be wrapped in swaddling and kept away from anything bad because he was just a poor child. Well where the fuck had they all been when Dudley and his friends were beating him? When Petunia was going after him with the frying pan? When Vernon dislocated his shoulder, again , while throwing him into his fucking cupboard ! How dare they pretend they had any right to make decisions for him!
His feelings about Black were more confused. Especially what Hagrid had said about when a wizard goes dark, there’s nothing and no one that matters to him anymore.
Harry didn’t think that was right. He was dark. Or his magic was. And he cared about plenty of things! And there were a lot of dark witches and wizards down Knockturn that seemed normal enough. Heck, even Lupin was dark. He felt like it, anyway.
The fact that Hagrid seemed to believe that and no one at the table had challenged the assertion at all... Would they all think him totally irredeemable if they learned that his magic was dark?
When he stumbled downstairs the next day to find Ron and Hermione alone in the common room, he still had no idea how he was supposed to feel about everything. He was angry and hurt and then more angry because he was hurt.
“You really don’t look well, Harry,” Hermione fretted as Harry dropped himself into a chair. He hadn’t gotten much sleep the night before, his mind unable to settle down.
“I’m fine,” he dismissed.
“Harry, listen,” Hermione said, exchanging a look with Ron. “You must be really upset about what we heard yesterday. But the thing is, you mustn’t do anything stupid.”
Harry felt his temper flare bright at both her insinuation that she knew how he was feeling better than he did and that she immediately thought he’d do something “stupid”. He swallowed back as much of it as he could, knowing that she meant well and his temper probably wasn’t being very fair. He was just exhausted and confused and brassed off and he had no outlet for any of it. “Like what?” he bit out.
“Like trying to go after Black,” Ron said sharply.
Harry easily turned his anger on Ron with a dark glare.
“You won’t, will you, Harry?” Hermione probed.
“Because Black’s not worth dying for,” Ron added.
Harry looked at them both. Of course, they wouldn’t understand. Harry wasn’t even sure he understood where his head was at in all of this. If he was fighting Black, he wouldn’t pull his punches and probably even hope he killed the man, but was he going to go looking for him?
For a moment, he entertained the idea. It didn’t last long though. Because his magic was powerful and even rather proactive this year, but that didn’t mean that he was going to have any chance going head-to-head with a skilled adult. He’d learned some interesting Dark spells that summer, but he was sure Black knew more.
“‘Course I’m not,” he sighed angrily. “That really would be stupid.”
His friends didn’t look like they fully believed him.
With an annoyed growl, he pushed himself out of his seat. “I’m going for a walk,” he announced, which caused both of them to rise. “Alone,” he added sharply and quickly left the common room.
He wasn’t going to put too much faith in those two actually respecting his wish to be alone when he knew they were worried that he was going to go looking for Black, so he wasted no time in getting out of sight of the common room. He headed for the tower room where he normally talked to Kaa.
Maybe his snake could shed some light on what the Hell he was feeling. Trying to work it out in his own head didn’t seem to be going too well.
December 25th
“ I don’t know how to forgive her for this ,” Harry admitted to his snake. He’d sat and listened to Ron rant for a while after McGonagall had taken his firebolt. Eventually, he’d said that he wanted to be alone and left Ron fuming in the common room by himself.
“She didn’t even tell me her theory and give me the chance to decide if I wanted to tell a teacher. It’s… She betrayed me ,” Harry said, barely more than a whisper. He was sitting on the dirty floor of the dimly lit tower room, positioned behind where the door would open to give himself maximum time to recall his massive serpentine familiar before being spotted if his proximity ward went off. This was not a well-trodden part of the castle, so he thought it was pretty unlikely anyone would wander this way unless they were looking for him, but better to be safe than get caught with a snake familiar tattooed into his skin. Considering that the spell had summoned an actual snake’s soul, he suspected it could be considered necromancy, which would be just great to get caught with. Not to mention how Ron thought about snakes in general.
“ You should not forgive her, ” Kaa said, less than helpfully. “ These humans that you call friends should not have your trust. You see how easily they turn from you.”
Harry sighed. Sometimes talking to Kaa wasn’t greatly helpful. “ I don’t want to be alone, Kaa. They are normally good friends. Hermione just thought she was protecting me. ”
“ She broke your trust,” the snake said forcefully. “ If she will betray you whenever she thinks it is for your own good, then she cannot be trusted. What if she saw your books about Dark Arts? Would she feel the need to report you for your own good? ”
“ Yes,” Harry realized with a sigh. “ She definitely would .”
“ Then you cannot trust her ever again,” Kaa declared rather triumphantly.
Harry rolled his eyes, “You won’t be happy until I’m all alone in the world, will you?”
“ That will never happen, Master. I will never leave you. ”
Harry smiled, “ I know that, but humans need other humans.” Kaa didn’t respond and Harry sighed again as he thought on Hermione. “ You’re right,” he acknowledged. “ I can’t ever trust her again. Not with anything important. Not now that I know she’ll go running to an authority figure without even trying to get me to understand her perspective first.”
“You should not trust the orange one either,” Kaa urged. “ You give your trust blindly and only take it away when it is broken. They should earn your trust before it is given. Once you are betrayed, it is too late.”
“Ron has been a good friend for the last two and a half years now,” Harry argued firmly. “ I’m not going to stop trusting him without a good reason. ” He ran a finger over Kaa’s large, diamond-shaped head and down around his neck as he considered. “ Maybe you’re right though. I’ll be more careful about giving my trust in the future. Ron has more than earned it by this point, but they’ll have to earn it first next time.”
Notes:
Hermione meant well, but she went about it in a terrible way. She broke Harry's trust and now he's learning to guard it more carefully.
I always found it a bit naïve of Harry that he instantly gave his trust to anyone that was pretty consistently nice to him. I can see him doing that at eleven or possibly even twelve, but after that he really should have learned better, given what he went through. Riddle in the diary was nice to him after all, and he trusted him without question until he was betrayed. Then he meets Lupin and latches onto him instantly because he's nice to him. Then he finds out Sirius doesn't want to kill him and again, instantly looks up to him and trusts him. Once he's decided to trust someone, he will make no end of excuses for their faults, too.
I truly find it difficult to believe anyone could go through the things Harry does and remain so trusting. Then again, I might be projecting my own trust issues...
One more chapter for year three after this.
Chapter Text
June 9th
“I thought you’d come to help your friend,” Sirius Black said hoarsely. “Your father would have done the same for me. Brave of you, not to run for a teacher. I’m grateful… It will make everything much easier…”
And all of Harry’s confused thoughts about Sirius Black suddenly became crystal clear. This monster had been friends with his father. He’d been best man at his parents’ wedding. And he’d given their location to Voldemort. He’d handed them over for slaughter. Harry had no way of knowing if it had been an easy choice for him or a hard one, but he didn’t honestly care. Because of this man, he’d learned of his true parentage through a letter rather than from his mum’s own lips. He’d never heard James tell him that he truly loved him like his own.
That had been stolen from him, and it was this man’s fault.
He made to lunge at the man in blind rage, but Ron and Hermione both grabbed his arms, their grip restraining. “No, Harry!” Hermione gasped desperately.
“If you want to kill Harry, you’ll have to kill us too!” Ron said fiercely and Harry had a brief thought that he’d have to tell Kaa about this. Maybe the snake wouldn’t tell Harry to stop being his friend anymore.
Something flickered in Black’s eyes and he frowned at Ron, “Lie down. You will damage that leg even more.”
“Did you hear me?” Ron said weakly. “You’ll have to kill all three of us,” and he stayed at Harry’s side even though it was clearly agony.
“There’ll be only one murder here tonight,” Black declared and his grin widened.
“Why’s that?” Harry spat, struggling to free himself from Ron and Hermione as his magic roiled like a storm cloud around him, “Didn’t care last time, did you? Or is that what gets you off? Kill me and make them watch, then go on with their lives with the memory?”
“Harry! Be quiet!” Hermione whimpered.
Somehow, knowing that he was going to die and that he meant to let Ron and Hermione live, well, it made everything very simple for Harry. He’d nothing left to lose at this point. Fighting back was only likely to quicken a painful end.
“You murdering TRAITOR!” he all but screamed and broke free of Ron and Hermione to lunge across the distance separating him from his parents’ betrayer.
Perhaps it was the shock of Harry’s sudden attack or perhaps Azkaban had done him more damage than Fudge had credited, but Black did not get a wand up in time. One of Harry’s hands fastened over his boney wrist, forcing the wand tips away. The knuckles of Harry’s other hand collided with the side of Black’s skull and they fell backward into the wall.
Hermione was screaming and Ron was yelling. There was a blinding flash as the wands in Black’s hand sent a jet of sparks into the side of Harry’s face. He felt heat and smelled burning hair, but thankfully it wasn’t painful. His magic was rushing through his body like his very lifeblood. Harry felt the shrunken arm under his fingers twisting madly but he clung on, his other hand punching as hard as he could at any part of Black it could reach.
But Black’s free hand had found Harry’s throat.
“No! I’ve waited too long-” Black hissed.
The fingers tightened and Harry choked, his glasses askew so he couldn’t quite see properly.
Then he saw Hermione’s foot swing out of nowhere and collide with the side of Black’s head. Black let go of Harry with a grunt of pain. Ron had thrown himself on Black’s wand hand and Harry heard a faint clatter as the wands flew free.
He saw his own wand rolling across the floor and threw himself at it, but Crookshanks dug his claws into Harry’s arm, bringing him up short. The cat then darted toward Harry’s wand and he quickly aimed a kick at it that made it leap aside, spitting.
“Get out of the way!” he shouted at Ron and Hermione.
They moved quickly, Hermione gasping for breath, her lip bleeding. She snatched up her wand and Ron’s while Ron collapsed onto the bed, his face bloodless.
Black was sprawled against the wall, his thin chest heaving.
“Going to kill me, Harry?” he whispered.
“I’ve every right!” Harry spat at him. “You’ve hurt all three of us, threatened to kill me, you broke out of Azkaban, you BETRAYED YOUR FRIENDS AND GOT THEM KILLED! You disgusting, traitorous piece of shit!”
“I don’t deny that I got them killed,” Black said very quietly, “but if you knew the whole story-”
“The whole story!” Harry spat and he felt his magic snarl at the man. “You think you can justify what you did?” His body trembled in fury, but his wand was steady. In his mind, he flipped through the spells he could use to finish this traitor. Several ideal Dark spells came to mind, but he knew that he couldn’t. No one would mourn Black and no one would question whether it was self-defense, but they would undoubtedly notice if he was killed with Dark magic, and Harry couldn’t explain that to the aurors. Or to Ron and Hermione, who were watching the whole thing.
Would they forgive him for this, he wondered, even as he settled on a cutting hex to the neck. If he used enough force, he could probably take his head right off. Prevent any last-minute revenge while he bled out.
He took a breath and his lips quivered with the need to say the word that would end this betrayer. In that moment, he wanted him dead far more than he’d ever wanted Voldemort gone. Voldemort was a beast and thus did beastly things. This was a man who’d treated his father as a friend for so long and so convincingly, that he’d trusted him with his life.
“You’ve got to listen to me,” Black tried again, a note of urgency entering his voice now. “You’ll regret it if you don’t. You don’t understand.”
Harry felt a moment of doubt and he clenched his jaw. “No? What is it that I don’t understand? Were you loyal to Voldemort from the start or did you join up later? Was it a hard choice? Your precious lord or your loyal friends? Did you even miss a single night of SLEEP OVER IT?” He grew louder and angrier the more he said, his grip on his wand tightening until it was nearly painful.
Before either of them could say more, Crookshanks streaked past Harry and leapt onto Black’s chest, settling himself right over Black’s heart.
The filthy man looked down at the cat with a blink and tried to push him off. “Get off,” he demanded.
The cat just sank his claws into Black’s robes and wouldn’t be moved. He turned his squashed face to Harry and looked up at him with those yellow eyes.
Hermione let out a dry sob.
Was the cat bewitched to protect Black or had he really bonded that much with his dog form? This wasn’t normal cat behavior. He’d been around enough of them with Mrs. Figg to know.
He shifted his grip slightly on his wand, then cast a quick stinging hex at the cat, which yowled and darted back to the bed where it proceeded to growl angrily. With only Black in front of his wand again, Harry brought to mind the spell he’d intended to use. He felt his magic rise within him, eager to end this threat.
He opened his mouth, then closed it as they all heard the sounds of someone moving around downstairs.
“We’re up here!” Hermione immediately shouted and Harry just hoped it wasn’t an accomplice of Black’s as she went on shouting about Sirius Black.
Harry gave a moment of thought to just casting the spell right now. Then he remembered Hermione bringing McGonagall to take his Firebolt. It had worked out in the end, and he’d resumed their friendship, but she couldn’t be trusted. What if she thought he was touched in the head and, in some attempt to get him the help he needed, told Dumbledore that Harry had killed Black when he was down and helpless?
No, he couldn’t.
His shoulders sagged slightly, though whether it was disappointment or relief he felt, he wasn’t sure.
Then the door burst open in a shower of red sparks and Professor Lupin came hurtling into the room, his face bloodless, his wand raised and ready. His eyes flicked over Ron, lying on the floor, over Hermione, cowering next to the door, to Harry, standing there with his wand covering Black, and then to Black himself, crumpled and bleeding at Harry’s feet.
Lupin waved his wand in a silent expelliarmus and Harry’s wand flew out of his hand again, along with the two Hermione was holding. Lupin caught them all deftly, then moved into the room, staring at Black.
Harry felt a swell of anger and a tendril of fear spread through him at having his wand taken. He trusted Lupin to an extent, but why take their wands? Wouldn’t they be safer if they were holding them? What if Black managed to try something?
Then Lupin spoke in an odd voice, which trembled with an emotion too suppressed for Harry to guess.
“Where is he, Sirius?”
Harry looked at Lupin uncertainly. This wasn’t going how he’d have thought and it was making him increasingly uncomfortable.
For a long moment, Black didn’t move and didn’t speak, his expression blank. Then, slowly, he raised one hand and pointed right at Ron.
“But then…” Lupin muttered, staring intently at Black, “...why hasn’t he shown himself before now? Unless-” Lupin’s eyes suddenly widened, “unless he was the one… Unless you switched… without telling me?”
Very slowly, Black nodded.
“Professor…” Harry said cautiously, wishing desperately that he still had his wand, “what…”
But then Lupin was lowering his wand, gazing fixedly at Black. The professor walked to Black’s side, seized his hand, pulled him to his feet, and embraced Black like a brother.
Harry felt his blood run cold.
“I don’t believe it!” Hermione screamed, her voice as thick with betrayal as Harry felt.
He was also beginning to feel afraid again because if Lupin was siding with Black, then Harry had no hope of beating them both. Black was skin and bone, which had given Harry a chance against him in a physical fight, especially with Ron and Hermione, but they’d have no chance against the two of them. Not without their wands.
Lupin let go of Black and turned to her. She had raised herself off the floor and was pointing at Lupin, wild-eyed.
“Hermione-”
“You and him!” she gasped out.
“Hermione, calm down,” Lupin tried to placate and Harry’s blood boiled with rage and his magic swelled within him again. How fucking dare he try the trusted professor tone right now!
“I didn’t tell anyone!” Hermione shrieked. “I’ve been covering up for you-”
“Hermione, listen to me, please!” Lupin shouted. “I can explain-”
“I suppose you’ll have to kill us all now,” Harry ground out, looking between the two men. “Black’s already a fugitive, but you can’t have Ron and Hermione telling everyone that you helped him kill me, can you?” Bitterness and fury and betrayal burned through him. He’d never properly trusted Lupin, but he’d liked him. He’d thought he was a great teacher.
“No!” Lupin said, sounding honestly startled. “Harry, I-”
“NO!” Hermione screamed. “Harry, don’t trust him, he’s been helping Black get into the castle, he wants you dead, too – he’s a werewolf !”
And… oh. That did make sense, didn’t it?
Lupin still looked calm, though quite pale. “Not at all up to your usual standard, Hermione. Only one out of three, I’m afraid. I have not been helping Sirius get into the castle and I certainly don’t want Harry dead…” an odd shiver passed over his face, “But I won’t deny that I am a werewolf.”
Ron made a valiant effort to get up again, but he fell back with a whimper of pain. Lupin made toward him, looking concerned, but Ron gasped, “ Get away from me, werewolf!”
Lupin stopped dead. Then, with an obvious effort, he turned to Hermione and said, “How long have you known?”
“Ages. Since I did Professor Snape’s essay,” Hermione whispered.
“He’ll be delighted,” Lupin said coolly. “He assigned that essay hoping someone would realize what my symptoms meant… Did you check the lunar chart and realize that I was always ill at the full moon? Or did you realize that the boggart turned into the moon when it saw me?”
“Both,” Hermione said quietly.
Harry’s mind was racing, because this was all well and good that Lupin was curious, and he did seem to mean that he didn’t want Harry dead and hadn’t been helping Black, but none of that meant that he wasn’t helping him now and that he wasn’t going to let him kill Harry.
He needed to do something. Change the odds somehow, or they were all going to die. Well, it was possible that Lupin would obliviate Ron and Hermione rather than kill them, he supposed. The man didn’t seem overly eager to start killing. Maybe that was why he was asking when Hermione had figured it out. So he’d know how far back he had to obliviate her. And blame it on Black, of course, once the man was safely away.
“You truly are the cleverist witch of your age I’ve ever met, Hermione,” Lupin congratulated and Harry thought he meant it.
“I’m not,” Hermione whispered. “If I’d been a bit cleverer, I’d have told everyone what you are!”
“But they already know. At least the staff do,” Lupin admitted.
“Dumbledore knew that you were a werewolf?” Ron gaped. “Is he mad?”
Harry spared a glance toward his friend. He seemed uncomfortably focused on the werewolf bit rather than the buddy-buddy with the man that wanted to kill Harry bit.
“Some of the staff thought so,” Lupin said, “He had to work very hard to convince certain teachers that I’m trustworthy-”
“And he was wrong,” Harry bit out furiously. “If you’ve not been helping him all this time, then why the sudden change of heart?” he demanded.
Black moved suddenly to the bed and sank onto it, his face hidden in one shaking hand. Crookshanks immediately stepped onto his lap, purring.
Ron edged away from both of them, dragging his wounded leg with obvious pain.
“I have not been helping Sirius,” Lupin reiterated. “If you’ll give me a chance, I’ll explain. Look-”
He separated out their wands and threw each back to its owner.
Harry caught his, confused and suspicious, even as he gripped it and lifted it to point between the two men, trying to keep his focus on them both. “Explain, then!” Harry demanded.
Lupin sighed, “I was afraid that you would sneak down to Hagrid’s hut because of the appeal tonight, so I was watching you on the map-”
“How’d you know about that?” Ron demanded.
“I helped create it. I would be Moony. Anyway, I was watching you heading back toward the school, but while you were in the hut, you’d acquired a fourth…”
“No, we didn’t,” Ron insisted.
“You did,” Lupin said firmly. “Do you think I could have a look at the rat?”
“What? What’s scabbers got to do with this?”
“Everything,” Lupin said evenly. “Could I see him? Please?”
Ron hesitated, then put a hand inside his robes. Scabbers emerged thrashing desperately. Ron had to seize his long tail to stop him escaping. Crookshanks rose on Black’s lap to hiss at the rat.
Lupin moved closer and stared intently at the rat.
“What?” Ron asked again.
“That’s not a rat,” Black croaked suddenly.
“Of course he’s a rat!” Ron protested.
“No, he’s not. He’s a wizard,” Lupin said quietly. “An animagus by the name of Peter Pettigrew.”
Harry stared at the rat while Ron and Hermione voiced their disbelief. He was sure that both men absolutely believed what they were saying. That somehow, the rat that had been a household pet at the Weasley house for more than three years – Ron had said Percy had it as a pet, first – was actually a wizard in disguise. A wizard that Sirius Black was meant to have killed.
“No,” Harry said warily to Black. “You killed Peter Pettigrew.”
The dirty man’s face twitched convulsively, “I meant to,” he growled, baring yellowed teeth. “But little Peter got the better of me. Not this time, though!”
And Crookshanks was thrown to the floor as Black lunged at Scabbers. Ron yelled with pain as Black’s weight fell on his broken leg.
“Sirius, no!” Lupin yelled, launching himself forward and dragging Black away from Ron again. “Wait! You can’t do it just like that – they need to understand – you’ve got to explain-”
“We can explain afterward!” snarled Black, trying to throw Lupin off. One hand was still clawing the air as it tried to reach Scabbers, who was squealing like a piglet, scratching Ron’s face and neck as he tried to escape.
“They’ve got a right to know everything!” Lupin panted, still trying to restrain Black. “Ron’s kept him as a pet! There are parts even I don’t understand! And Harry – you owe Harry the truth, Sirius!”
And things began to line up in Harry’s head. This was all about the rat. Black hadn’t come to Hogwarts for him. He’d come after Pettigrew. He’d been breaking into Gryffindor Tower in search of the rat. He’d dragged them here to get to the rat. He’d broken Ron’s leg, bloodied Hermione's face, and tried to strangle Harry just to get the rat.
Black finally stopped struggling, but his eyes remained fixed on the rat, who was clutched tightly under Ron’s bleeding hands.
“All right, then,” Black said without taking his eyes off the rat, “Tell them whatever you like, but make it quick, Remus. I want to commit the murder I was imprisoned for.”
Harry felt a chill run down his spine at the sheer murderous hatred rolling off the man. He’d been feeling it a minute ago, but not quite on this level. He thought Black would literally rip the rat limb from limb given the chance.
“You’re nutters, both of you,” Ron said decidedly, his voice shaking. “I’ve had enough of this. I’m off,” he declared, looking to Hermione and Harry for support. He tried to heave himself up on his good leg, but Lupin raised his wand again, pointing it at Scabbers.
“You’re going to hear me out, Ron,” he said quietly. “Just keep a tight hold on Peter while you listen.”
Harry moved to stand between Ron and the two men because he was sick and tired of them hurting and threatening his friends.
“He’s not Peter, he’s Scabbers!” Ron yelled, and Harry thought he wanted it to be true more than he actually believed it to be.
The rat began struggling wildly again and Harry turned his wand from Lupin onto the rat, “Stop that now or I will do more than stun you!” he warned the rat sharply.
And the rat froze in place at the threat. A very not rat thing to do.
Harry kept his wand pointed at the rat even as he turned his gaze back to Lupin. He remained standing between the men and Ron though. “There were witnesses when Pettigrew died,” he reasoned.
“They didn’t see what they thought they saw!” Black spat savagely, still watching Scabbers intently.
“Everyone thought Sirius killed Peter,” Lupin explained. “I thought it myself until I saw the map tonight. Because the Marauders Map never lies… Peter’s alive. Ron’s holding him, Harry.”
Hermione tried to reason with Lupin that it couldn’t be true because if Peter was an animagus, his name would be on the registry at the Ministry, which apparently had only seven entries in the last century.
Lupin countered that the Ministry had never known about the three animagi at Hogwarts while he was a student.
“If you’re going to tell them the story, get a move on, Remus,” snarled Black, who was still watching Scabbers’ intently. “I’ve waited twelve years, I’m not going to wait much longer.”
“All right… but you’ll need to help me, Sirius,” said Lupin. “I only know how it began…”
The door creaked open then, as if by its own accord. Lupin stepped out and looked around but saw nothing. Ron said it was the ghosts, but Lupin said there had never been any ghosts here. The villagers had heard him howling because he’d come here to transform every month.
Lupin then went on to tell a story of how he was turned as a young boy and his condition was hidden by his parents. His parents hadn’t thought he could come to Hogwarts, but Dumbledore was sympathetic and allowed it in secret, planting the Whomping Willow to keep other students away from the tunnel entrance.
Harry listened, but he also kept glancing at the open door. There was no breeze and Lupin said there were no ghosts, so how had that door opened?
Lupin went on to explain the horror of his transformations, the pain and how he would attack himself since had no humans to hunt. He made friends with Sirius and Peter and James, Harry’s adoptive father, though Lupin obviously believed that James had been his real father.
Lupin went on to explain that his three best friends became animagi for him, even though it took them nearly three years to manage, only accomplishing it in their fifth year. Apparently, werewolves only went after humans and not animals, so in their animal forms, they were able to keep him company while he was transformed.
He explained how they’d gone exploring on the full moon nights, all through Hogsmeade and around Hogwarts grounds. How there had been many close calls of him attacking someone, but they’d laughed it off afterward. Like it was a game. He said they were young and stupid, but Harry, Ron, and Hermione were younger than that now and he didn’t think they’d be that stupid. It wasn’t worth anyone’s life.
Lupin admitted that he’d not told Dumbledore that Sirius was an animagus this year despite believing that he was trying to kill Harry, because he didn’t want to admit to the man that they had broken the rules when they were children, throwing the man’s generosity back in his face.
Harry could only shake his head in disbelief. Some Gryffindor he turned out to be.
Also, thank Merlin that he’d never actually put his trust in Lupin because that betrayal would have hurt. The man had valued a twenty-year-old secret over Harry’s life. Dumbledore’s disappointment over Harry’s life .
Harry felt very clear on how important he was to this man.
He then explained that Snape apparently was in the same year as them in school and that he’d fought very hard against Dumbledore’s decision to give him the Defense job this year. He didn’t trust Lupin, apparently because of a trick Sirius had played on him that nearly got him killed.
“It served him right,” Black sneered. “Sneaking around, trying to find out what we were up to… Hoping he could get us expelled…”
“Severus was very interested in where I went every month,” Lupin told them. “We were in the same year, you know, and we – er – didn’t like each other very much.”
And that was the first thing Lupin had said in a while that Harry found himself not quite believing. He figured “didn’t like each other very much” was probably a grave enough underestimation to almost be a lie.
“He especially didn’t like James,” Lupin continued. “Jealous, I think, of James’ talent on the Quidditch field.”
Harry almost winced at that because that was a lie. He was sure of it. Snape definitely didn’t like James, but not for that reason. He shifted a bit, but listened as Lupin continued without pause.
“Anyway. Snape had seen me crossing the grounds with Madam Pomfrey one evening as she led me toward the Whomping Willow to transform. Sirius thought it would be – er – amusing to tell Snape all he had to do was prod the knot on the tree trunk with a long stick, and he’d be able to get in after me. Well, of course, Snape tried it – if he’d got as far as this house, he’d have met a fully grown werewolf – but your father, who’d heard what Sirius had done, went after Snape and pulled him back, at great risk to his life… Snape glimpsed me, though, at the end of the tunnel. He was forbidden by Dumbledore to tell anybody, but from that time on, he knew what I was…”
“So you…” Harry interrupted, a little flabbergasted, “You tried to kill him,” he said to Black, “and you didn’t get expelled? And he couldn’t tell anyone. You tried to kill him!” Because the man was an arse, but what the Hell?
“He’d have deserved it,” Sirius sneered without looking away from the rat.
And Harry was sure he honestly believed that. Harry truly hated Malfoy sometimes, like when he gloated about getting Buckbeak sentenced to death because of something stupid Malfoy had done, but he’d not try to kill him. What could Snape have possibly done before getting out of Hogwarts that made him deserve that?
“I guess I can understand why he hates you, then,” Harry admitted.
Sirius made a face without looking at him.
Lupin sighed.
“Yes, I do have cause,” sneered a cold voice from the wall behind Lupin.
Severus Snape was pulling off the Invisibility Cloak that Harry only then realized he’d dropped and never picked up before they’d chased Ron down the tunnel to the shack.
Hermione screamed. Black leapt to his feet. Harry startled, realizing now why the fucking door had opened by itself. He had an invisibility cloak. He should know better. His eyes followed the cloak as it was dropped on the ground and silently berated himself for his carelessness.
“I found this at the base of the Whomping Willow,” Snape explained as he dropped the cloak. “Very useful, Potter, thank you,” he said almost civilly as he leveled his wand at Lupin’s chest.
Snape was slightly breathless and looked half crazed, his face full of suppressed triumph. He explained that he’d gone to Lupin’s office to give him his potion and found the office empty but for the map that he’d never deactivated.
“Severus,” Lupin began, but Snape overrode him.
“I’ve told the headmaster again and again that you’re helping your old friend Black into the castle, Lupin, and here’s the proof. Not even I dreamed you would have the nerve to use this old place as your hideout-”
“Severus, you’re making a mistake,” said Lupin urgently. “You haven’t heard everything – I can explain. Sirius is not here to kill Harry-”
“Two more for Azkaban tonight,” said Snape with a finatical glint to his eyes. “I shall be interested to see how Albus takes this… He was quite convinced you were harmless, you know, Lupin. A tame werewolf-”
“You fool,” said Lupin softly. “Is a schoolboy grudge worth putting an innocent man back inside Azkaban?”
Privately Harry thought attempted murder made it more than a schoolyard grudge, particularly when Sirius, even now, felt not a single shred of remorse for anything but failing in his attempt. It was possible that Sirius had deserved to be in Azkaban, if not for the specific crime that sent him there.
With a flick of Snape’s wand, snakelike cords burst from the end of his wand and twisted themselves around Lupin’s mouth, wrists, and ankles. He promptly fell down, unable to move.
With a roar of rage, Black started toward Snape, but Snape pointed his wand straight between Black’s eyes.
“Give me a reason,” he whispered. “Give me a reason to do it and I swear I will.”
Harry shivered as Black froze. Snape meant that. He would kill him without hesitation.
Definitely more than a schoolyard grudge going on here.
“Professor Snape,” Hermione spoke up nervously. “It… It wouldn’t hurt to hear what they’ve got to say, w-would it?”
“Miss Granger, you are already facing suspension from this school,” Snape spat. “You, Potter, and Weasley are out of bounds in the company of a convicted murderer and a werewolf. For once in your life, hold your tongue .”
“But if- If there was a mistake-”
“Keep quiet, you stupid girl!” he shouted, looking rather deranged. “Don’t talk about what you don’t understand!” A few sparks shot out of the end of his wand, which was still pointed at Black’s face.
Hermione fell silent.
“Vengeance is sweet,” Snape breathed at Black and Harry felt himself falter. That was certainly a concept that he understood, but…
“How I hoped I would be the one to catch you…” Snape continued.
“The joke’s on you again, Severus,” Black snarled. “As long as this boy brings his rat up to the castle, I’ll come quietly…”
“Up to the castle?” Snape questioned silkily. “I don’t think we need to go that far. All I have to do is call the dementors once we get out of the willow. They’ll be very pleased to see you, Black. Pleased enough to give you a little Kiss , I daresay…”
Harry shivered at the thought. He’d been horrified when he’d learned of the Kiss and he’d not started feeling any better about it since. Nothing should be able to devour a soul. Did that mean no afterlife? Nothing? That was wrong on a level that honestly made Harry want to commit genocide. People worried about werewolves when there were dementors in the world?
“You- you’ve got to hear me out,” Black croaked out, now looking truly terrified. “The rat- look at the rat-”
But Snape was clearly beyond any reason. His eyes were lit with a mad glint that looked rather like when Black was going after Pettigrew earlier.
“Come on. All of you,” he demanded, clicking his fingers and the end of the ropes holding Lupin leapt into his grasp. “I’ll drag the werewolf. Perhaps the dementors will have a Kiss for him, too-” Harry didn’t think he really meant that last bit, but he wasn’t honestly sure. Neither was he sure Snape wouldn’t get away with it if he could prove Lupin was a werewolf.
He didn’t know what to believe at this point but that these men obviously hated each other a lot. He thought they should go to Dumbledore and let him sort them out, but Snape didn’t plan to do that.
He hesitated a second, but when Snape moved toward the door, Harry moved to block it. “Get out of the way, Potter. You’re in enough trouble already,” snarled Snape. “If I hadn’t been here to save your skin-”
“I know, but what they were saying did make some sense,” Harry argued, though there was a sliver of doubt. Lupin had spent a long time talking about his entire history without ever coming to a point about why Black wasn’t the bad guy. Had he been stalling? “We should take them to Dumbledore and let him sort them out,” Harry reasoned, and he felt his magic swell around him like it meant to help him bar the way.
“Do not question me, Potter. Get out of my way!” Snape insisted.
“Not until you agree to go to Dumbledore! You’re not exactly unbiased here!”
“Do not speak to me like that, Potter!” Snape shrieked, looking madder than ever. “Like father, like son!” Harry fought the urge to roll his eyes. That line was getting old, particularly as Snape was comparing him to a man that he had no blood relation to. “I have just saved your neck; you should be thanking me on bended knee! You would have been well served if he’d killed you! You’d have died like your father, too arrogant to believe you might be mistaken in Black. Now get out of the way, or I will make you!”
“If they’re guilty, they’ll still get what’s coming to them!” Harry shouted back. “The only reason for feeding them to the dementors is because you’re afraid they’re not!”
Snape snarled and lifted his wand.
“Expelliarmus!” Harry snapped out at the same time that Ron and Hermione both cast the spell from behind him. Snape’s wand went flying to land on the bed and Snape was blasted into a wall, where he collapsed, utterly unconscious.
“Oh, shit!” Harry breathed and rushed to check the man’s pulse while Black moved to untie Lupin. Harry didn’t breathe again until he detected a strong beat under the man’s jaw. Thank goodness.
“Thank you, Harry,” Lupin said as he stood and reclaimed his wand.
Hermione, meanwhile, was chanting in despair about them having attacked a teacher. Under the circumstances, with Lupin to testify in their defense, Harry thought Dumbledore would probably excuse it.
That’s assuming that Black turned out to be innocent because if he was truly aiding a guilty man and the three of them had truly just knocked out their only actual defender, expulsion was probably the least of their worries. Curse Snape and his inability to be a rational adult!
“Okay, that’s enough backstory,” Harry said impatiently. “Tell me what’s going on! Even if that is Peter, it doesn’t explain anything.”
“Harry, don’t you see?” Lupin said hurriedly. “All this time we’ve thought Sirius betrayed your parents, and Peter tracked him down – but it was the other way around, don’t you see? Peter betrayed your mother and father. Sirius tracked Peter down-”
“ He killed my parents! He said so himself before you got here!” Harry demanded.
“Harry… I as good as killed them,” he croaked. “I persuaded Lily and James to change to Peter at the last moment; persuaded them to use him as Secret Keeper instead of me… I’m to blame, I know it… The night they died, I’d arranged to check on Peter to make sure he was still safe, but when I arrived at his hiding place, he’d gone. Yet there was no sign of a struggle. It didn’t feel right. I was scared. I set out for your parents’ house straight away. And when I saw their house, destroyed, and their bodies… I realized what Peter must’ve done… what I’d done…”
His voice broke and he turned away.
Harry was getting whiplash with this guy. One moment he’s slavering for murder and the next he’s tearing up talking about past mistakes. Harry’s magic was writhing irritably, still incredibly agitated, but now lacking an obvious danger.
“Enough of this,” Lupin said firmly. “There’s one certain way to prove what really happened. Ron, give me that rat.”
Ron twitched and clutched the rat closer. “What are you going to do with him?”
“Force him to show himself. If he really is a rat, it won’t hurt him,” Lupin promised.
Ron hesitated, then held out Scabbers for Lupin to take.
Scabbers began to squeak without stopping, twisting and turning, his tiny black eyes bulging in his head.
Lupin held the rat up, and with a silent spell and a flash of blue-white light, Scabbers dropped to the floor and rapidly grew from a rat into a man. He was quite short, with a shrunken appearance, as though he’d been rather plump and suddenly lost a lot of weight. His skin looked grubby and something of the rat lingered around his pointed nose and small, watery eyes.
He looked around at them all, breathing fast and shallow. His eyes darted between them and the door.
“Well, hello, Peter,” Lupin said, almost pleasantly. “Long time, no see.”
“S-sirius… R-remus,” his voice verily squeaked. “My friends. My old friends.”
Black’s wand rose, but Lupin seized him around the wrist, giving him a warning look.
“We’ve been having a little chat, Peter, about what happened the night Lily and James died. You might have missed the finer points while you were squeaking around down there on the bed-”
“Remus,” gasped Pettigrew, “you don’t believe him, do you…? He tried to kill me, Remus…”
“So we’ve heard,” Lupin said coldly. “I’d like to clear up one or two little matters with you, Peter, if you’d be so-”
“He’s come to try and kill me again!” Pettigrew squeaked suddenly, pointing at Black with his middle finger as he was missing the index digit. “He killed Lily and James and now he’s going to kill me, too!”
And Harry was certain that he was lying about Sirius being the culprit.
“No one’s going to try and kill you until we’ve sorted a few things out,” said Lupin.
“I knew he’d come after me! I knew he’d be back for me! I’ve been waiting for this for twelve years!” Peter insisted.
“You knew Sirius was going to break out of Azkaban?” Remus asked doubtfully. “When nobody has ever done it before?”
“He’s got Dark powers the rest of us can only dream of!”
Lie.
“How else did he get out of there? I suppose He-Who-Must-Not-Be-Named taught him a few tricks.”
Lie.
“Voldemort teach me tricks?” Sirius laughed.
Pettigrew flinched from the name.
“What, scared to hear your old master’s name?” said Black. “I don’t blame you, Peter. His lot aren’t very happy with you, are they?”
“Don’t know what you mean, Sirius-” Pettigrew muttered nervously.
Lie.
“You haven’t been hiding from me for twelve years. You’ve been hiding from Voldemort’s old supporters. I heard things in Azkaban, Peter. They all think you’re dead, or you’d have to answer to them. I’ve heard them screaming all sorts of things. Sounds like they think the double-crosser double-crossed them. Voldemort went to the Potters’ on your information, and Voldemort met his downfall there. And not all Voldemort’s supporters ended up in Azkaban, did they? There are still plenty out there, biding their time, pretending they’ve seen the error of their ways. If they ever got wind that you were still alive, Peter-”
All true, as far as Harry could tell, and he was starting to think he really could tell. More than just a sense for truth that he’d always had. This was different. This was a stark difference. Like every lie was an off-tune note, ringing oddly in his ears.
His father was sometimes called the Prince of Lies. Did this come back to that?
“Don’t know… what you’re talking about…” Peter muttered, now sweating profusely.
Harry heard the lie, but it was obvious even without that.
“You don’t believe this- this madness, Remus-”
“I must admit, I'm having a difficult time imagining why an innocent man would want to spend twelve years as a rat,” said Lupin evenly.
“Innocent, but scared!”
Harry grimaced at the lie, so loud it almost hurt his ears – the first bit, at least.
“If Voldemort’s supporters were after me, it was because I put one of their best men in Azkaban- the spy, Sirius Black.”
Lie.
“How dare you,” Sirius growled. “Me, a spy for Voldemort? When did I ever sneak around people who were stronger and more powerful than myself? But you, Peter- I’ll never understand why I didn’t see you were the spy from the start. You always liked big friends who’d look after you, didn’t you? It used to be us… Me and Remus. And James.”
Peter muttered almost incoherently in his defense.
“Lily and James only made you Secret-Keeper because I suggested it,” Black hissed, so venomously that Pettigrew took a step backward. “I thought it was the perfect plan… a bluff. Voldemort would be sure to come after me, would never dream they’d use a weak, talentless thing like you. It must have been the finest moment of your miserable life, telling Voldemort you could hand him the Potters.”
Hermione interrupted to ask why Pettigrew hadn’t killed Harry in the three years they shared a dorm if he was the villain.
Sirius answered that as Pettigrew never would have risked something like that unless he was absolutely certain that he could get protection from Voldemort afterward. Pettigrew didn’t contest it, so Harry supposed it was the truth.
Hermione then probed into how Black escaped Azkaban if not with some grand Dark magical talent.
Black replied that he’d used his animagus form, which the dementors don’t track the way they do humans. Then he just slipped through the bars since his dog form was so emaciated.
Black explained that, after seeing Pettigrew with Ron in the paper, he’d known that he had to break out to get to him before he could get to Harry. As soon as he got a hint that the Dark was gathering strength, he’d have grabbed Harry and taken him to Voldemort to assure that no one questioned his loyalties.
“So you see, I was the only one who knew Peter was alive. I had to do something… It was as if someone lit a fire in my head, and the dementors couldn’t destroy it. It wasn’t a happy feeling. It was an obsession. But it gave me strength, it cleared my mind. So one night, when they opened my door to bring food, I slipped past them as a dog. It’s so much harder for them to sense animal emotions that they were confused. I slipped through the bars and swam as a dog back to the mainland. I journeyed north and slipped into the Hogwarts grounds as a dog. I’ve been living in the forest ever since, except when I came to watch the Quidditch, of course. You fly as well as your father did, Harry.”
Harry stared at him and Black watched him intently.
“Believe me. Believe me, Harry. I never betrayed James and Lily. I would have died before I betrayed them.”
He was telling the truth, Harry was sure. And yet…
“When I first got here, when I attacked you,” he said very carefully. “You wrapped your hand around my throat and you choked me. I thought you’d betrayed my parents, but you were under no misapprehensions.” He kept his wand directed at Black with one hand and touched the tender skin of his neck with the other. It was bruising, he could feel it. “You were prepared to hurt, maybe kill me, to get to him. That doesn’t sound like someone who was coming after him in order to protect me.”
Remus frowned at Harry’s neck, then turned his frown on Black.
The man actually whined, reminiscent of a dog, “Harry, I… I was confused. I just… I was obsessed, Harry. It’s what’s kept me going since I saw that article. It’s what was driving me… I. I got confused when you tried to stop me. I wasn’t thinking clearly.”
It all sounded true.
Harry hesitated a moment before admitting, “I believe you.”
Pettigrew immediately began to panic, fighting to get someone to believe him innocent. Black just kicked at him when he tried to appeal to his “old friend”. He turned on Lupin next. “You don’t believe this, Remus! Wouldn’t Sirius have told you they’d changed the plan?”
“Not if he thought I was the spy, Peter,” said Lupin coolly, then looked to Sirius over Pettigrew’s head. “I assume that’s why you didn’t tell me, Sirius?”
“Forgive me, Remus,” said Black.
“Not at all, Padfoot, old friend,” Lupin said, calmly rolling up his sleeves. “And will you, in turn, forgive me for believing you were the spy?”
“Of course,” Black responded with the ghost of a grin as he too began rolling up his sleeves. “Shall we kill him together?”
“Yes, I think so,” Lupin agreed.
And what a lovely bonding moment this was to witness. Personally, Harry wasn’t ready to forgive anyone. Nor was he sure he was ready to watch these two like physically gut the man, as they seemed to be getting ready to do.
Pettigrew tried to appeal to Ron’s love for Scabbers as a last resort and got only utmost revulsion in return. Honestly, the man was truly desperate to hope for help from that quarter. He tried Hermione next, but she only backed away in horror.
Then Pettigrew dared to turn his pleas on Harry. “Harry. Harry, you look just like your father. Just like him.”
Harry almost laughed at that platitude because James wasn’t even his biological father, though he was glad to see that even these men – James’ best friends in life – seemed to have no clue that he’d been adopted by James rather than sired. Surely if they hadn’t been told, absolutely no one had. Harry didn’t think he looked all that much like the pictures of James that he’d seen, beyond superficially. People just seemed to see what they expected to see. He did wonder what his real father looked like, and if he bore him any resemblance.
Black screamed at Pettigrew for daring to even speak to Harry, much less about his parents, but Pettigrew clearly knew he was running out of hope as he kept on. “Harry. Harry, James wouldn’t have wanted me killed. James would have understood, Harry. He would have shown me mercy.”
“You sold Lily and James to Voldemort,” Black accused. “Do you deny it?”
Pettigrew burst into tears. It was horrible to watch. He looked like an oversized, balding baby, cowering on the floor. Somehow this was not as satisfying as killing Black would have felt, had he been guilty. Angry and insane and fighting back was much less pathetic.
“Sirius, Sirius, what could I have done? The Dark Lord… You have no idea… He has weapons you can’t imagine. I was scared, Sirius, I was never brave like you and Remus and James. I never meant it to happen. He-Who-Must-Not-Be-Named forced me-”
Lie.
“Don’t Lie!” Black clearly heard it as well. “You’d been passing information to him for a year before Lily and James died! You were his spy!”
“He was taking over everywhere! What was there to be gained by refusing him?”
Truth.
“What was there to be gained by fighting the most evil wizard who has ever existed? Only innocent lives, Peter!”
“You don’t understand! He would have killed me, Sirius!”
“Then you should have DIED!” Black roared. “Died rather than betray your friends, as WE WOULD HAVE DONE FOR YOU!”
Lupin and Black raised their wands, ready to finish Pettigrew off and for a moment, Harry awaited it eagerly even as Hermione hid her face in her hands.
But then no one would ever know.
“Wait!” he called sharply, hurrying to stand between them and the disgusting traitor of a man.
“Harry, this piece of vermin is the reason you have no parents,” Black snarled. “This cringing bit of filth would have seen you die too, without turning a hair. You heard him. His own stinking skin meant more to him than your whole family.”
“I know,” Harry said firmly. “That’s why I want him turned over to the Ministry. Otherwise, he gets to keep his Order of the Merlin First Class and everyone goes on thinking he was a hero .”
Pettigrew flung his arms around Harry’s knees and began blubbering his thanks.
“Get off me!” Harry spat and his magic snarled. Pettigrew must have felt it on some level, because he did shrink back from Harry. “I’m only doing this because death is too good for you. You’re going to go on trial and everyone will know what you did. Then you’re going to go to Azkaban with the dementors until they drive you mad and you die in shame. Then, you’ll go to Hell and burn for all eternity.”
Black looked a little conflicted, but Lupin nodded. “Very well. Stand aside, Harry.”
Cautiously, Harry did so, and Lupin used a silent spell to bind Pettigrew in ropes.
Lupin, very logically, decided not to wake Snape until they were back in the castle. Ron’s leg was bound with a spell that conjured a splint, and he was okay to sort of hobble after that.
Lupin reached for Harry’s invisibility cloak, but Harry snatched it up first and tucked it into his pocket.
Black conjured heavy iron manacles and chained him to Lupin on one side and Ron on the other when the redhead volunteered. He seemed to have taken Scabbers true identity as a personal insult and Harry didn’t blame him. Ron had shared a bed with that scum for years.
They all made their way back to the tunnel and toward the school single-file. They made for an odd sort of precession, but Harry hardly noticed. He’d discovered a rather considerable new power tonight, and he was still trying to reconcile it in his mind.
“You know what this means?” Black said to Harry abruptly as they walked through the tunnel. “Turning Pettigrew in?”
Harry nodded, because it had occurred to him. “You’ll be exonerated.”
“Yes…” Black agreed. “But I’m also… I don’t know if anyone ever told you. I’m your godfather.”
“No,” Harry admitted with a touch of bitterness. “No one did, but I overheard someone talking about it.”
“Well… your parents appointed me your guardian,” Sirius said stiffly. “If anything happened to them…”
“They were hoping you’d run off after revenge and leave me alone?” he posed conversationally, his wand still in hand and ready to defend himself if Black went crazy on him again.
He saw Black swallow and the man said nothing for a long moment. Eventually he said quietly, “I didn’t mean to do that.”
“I know,” Harry said stiffly, because he could hear that the man was telling the truth. Didn’t mean he was going to forgive him for it.
“I’ll understand, of course,” Black said after a moment, “if you want to stay with your aunt and uncle. But… well… think about it. Once my name’s cleared… if you wanted a… a different home…”
The thought of living with Black was scary, but the reality of living with the Dursleys was awful. “Live with you?” Harry asked, just to be sure he was understanding.
“Of course. I don’t know if you’d want to… I know I fucked up, so I understand. I just thought…”
The man had had his hand around Harry’s throat half an hour ago. He was sure the bruise was visible by now.
“Will you… Would you take a wand oath that you’d never hurt me again? Physically or magically?” Harry posed cautiously.
Black looked like he’d been slapped and he nodded immediately, “Of course, Harry. Merlin, I didn’t mean to hurt you! I wouldn’t ever do that again. I’m so sorry.”
Harry nodded. “If you took an oath then… Yeah. I’d stay with you.” If he couldn’t hurt Harry, then he’d be way better than the Dursleys, even if he was kind of crazy from Azkaban. Or possibly just crazy, since he’d tried to kill a classmate when he was a teenager.
“You want to? You mean it?” Black asked excitedly.
Harry nodded, giving a faint smile in response to Black’s ebullience.
They all made it out of the tunnel and started toward the school. Everything seemed to be working out.
Until the clouds shifted.
“Run,” Black whispered as Lupin began to change. “Run, now!”
But Harry and Hermione couldn’t flee while Ron was chained to what was rapidly becoming a werewolf.
Then Black flowed smoothly into the big black dog and leapt to confront the angry werewolf to try to keep it away from them.
Then Pettigrew made his escape, diving for Lupin’s dropped wand. There was a bang and a flash of light and Ron went down, hopefully just stunned.
“Expelliarmus!” Harry bellowed, a second too late to protect Ron. Lupin’s wand went flying, but Pettigrew was already transforming. Even with the light of the full moon, the gray rat blended into the grass and tree roots. Harry sent a couple quick stunners toward him, but none found the mark and then the rat was gone.
Harry had only a moment to watch in horrified disbelief as the traitor escaped before his attention was drawn back to the fight, where the werewolf let out a rumbling groan and then it turned and fled into the forest.
“He’s gone,” Harry gasped out. “Pettigrew, he got away!” and he pointed in the right direction, hoping desperately that Black’s canine nose could track him.
Black, thankfully, wasted no time in taking up pursuit.
Now alone but for the still-unconscious Snape, Harry and Hermione hurried to check on Ron.
Ron was still alive, but neither Harry nor Hermione were sure what had been done to him. His eyes were half open and his jaw was lolling, but he seemed totally insensate.
Without knowing how to help, they decided to get Ron and Snape up to the castle and look for help there. Before they could even begin though, there was a sharp yelp the way Black had gone, a dog crying out in pain.
Harry and Hermione both turned worried eyes toward the noise.
Black cried out again and continued to do so, clearly in serious distress.
Harry hesitated, but he figured Ron and Snape would be safe enough here for the moment, and Black sounded like he was in real trouble. Was it Lupin? Or had Pettigrew fought back. The man was clearly a coward, but even cowards could be dangerous when they could no longer run away.
After only a moment of hesitation, Harry began running toward the noise and he heard Hermione take up right after him.
They found Black on the lakeshore, just transformed back into a man and now moaning and begging with his hands clutched over his head.
And then Harry saw them. Dementors. There must have been more than a hundred of them, a gliding black mass approaching around the lake.
The dementors hadn’t ever seemed very interested in Harry. In fact, they mostly seemed to avoid him in general. He didn’t think they liked his magic very much, though he wasn’t sure how safe he was given their numbers.
Gathering his courage and resolve, Harry moved to stand over Black as the hoarde neared, and raised his wand defiantly even though he didn’t know any spells likely to effect them all that much.
His magic, at least, seemed up to the challenge. It had been agitated for ages now, with nothing much to do. As the dementors’ chill began to fall over Harry, his magic rose within him and chased the cold and the encroaching despair away.
He heard Hermione struggling to cast the dementor-repelling spell that Lupin had used on the train, but she wasn’t having much luck, getting nothing more than faint silvery whisps as she seemed to struggle to remain conscious.
Harry swallowed and gripped his wand tightly though he had no idea what spell he might cast. He’d never even read up on the patronus charm like Hermione. He hadn’t felt the need since the dementors seemed happy enough to leave him alone.
Hermione collapsed and the horrible creatures swarmed all around. Harry still wasn’t feeling the effects, but they were getting braver. Coming closer. He was straddling Black’s unconscious body, so they couldn’t get to him without going through Harry.
He was beginning to question the wisdom of this particular course of action despite knowing it was the only way Black had a chance of surviving.
Harry’s magic lashed out when the dementors drew too near, but it only seemed to push them back momentarily. He was starting to get scared, and that was making his magic even more volatile.
“Stay back!” he warned, with more bravado than confidence. Unfortunately, it was like the dementors could sense that.
They were suddenly surrounding him on all sides. He felt the cold seep through, just a little and his fear grew. This had definitely been a stupid idea.
Then he saw one of them hover over Hermione, one disgusting hand turning her face toward its own. It was very clearly going to Kiss her.
Trusted or not, Hermione was his friend and a good person. She did not deserve to lose her soul.
“No!” he shouted, and he did something that he’d never done before. Instead of casting magic with his wand or letting his magic do as it would, he actively pulled on the writhing mass of power that lived within him. He pushed every bit of his will into protecting the three of them – into destroying the creatures that threatened them.
It was like someone had lit a fire within him. It was so hot, he feared it would destroy him. Then, with a strong scent of sulfur, it poured out of him, and the dementors screamed .
It seemed to last an eternity and his whole body shook with the force of it.
As though all of his strength had gone with the magic, his body sagged with sudden and extreme fatigue. He found himself on his knees as he opened his eyes, never having intentionally closed them. The dementors were gone. He saw only a handful in the distance, fleeing. Had he actually, literally destroyed the rest?
He hoped so. Those things had no business existing at all.
His vision swam and he felt the smallest twist of his magic curling up deep within him, like it wanted a nap.
A nap didn’t sound like a bad idea, he couldn’t help but think as he gave in and let himself fall the rest of the way to the damp ground. He hoped the danger was gone because he was rather certain that he was going to sleep whether he liked it or not.
Then he knew no more.
Notes:
It struck me when I was working on this chapter just how very arrogant Lupin was in his assumption that the Marauder’s Map was “never wrong”. That’s what he bases his whole theory about Sirius being innocent on. The fact that Peter had to be really there because the map is never wrong. They made the damn map when they were like 15. And he seriously thinks that Dumbledore or Voldemort couldn’t have figured out a way to trick it? That Sirius, if he was a spy, couldn’t have conspired with Voldemort on ways to defeat it in order to infiltrate Hogwarts at some point?
I kind of want to see someone write a dark!Sirius story in which Lupin gets duped because of his arrogance.
Anyway! Thanks for reading. This chapter ended up really long. Let me know what you think! Next chapter starts fourth year.
Chapter Text
Summer
The summer between Harry’s third and fourth years at Hogwarts was notably less awful than previous summers. He was still stuck with the Dursleys, in Dudley’s second bedroom, squished in with piles of broken toys that Dudley refused to bin. In fact, when he’d first arrived home, he’d been quite alarmed by just how furious Vernon seemed to be over the incident with Marge. Fudge had told Harry that she’d been healed and obliviated, but according to Vernon, she had not recovered. Though she didn’t remember the incident, she now suffered such horrible nightmares that she could hardly sleep without medication.
Harry had to admit that he was pleased to hear that she’d not so easily recovered. The woman deserved it. He had, however, had to think quickly to keep Vernon from attacking him when he admitted that he couldn’t fix her.
That had led to him explaining to them about how the fearsome escaped convict, Sirius Black, was actually a wizard, and his godfather. A terrifying lunatic who nevertheless loved Harry very much and would be sure to kill all three of the Dursleys most painfully should he learn they were mistreating his beloved godson.
Harry wasn’t honestly sure how much he was stretching things there. Black hadn’t seemed overly concerned about whether Harry was happy at home since he’d fled ahead of the dementors in June, but he was also undeniably unhinged and had been happy enough to murder a classmate when he was sixteen. If Harry were to send him a letter describing the way he’d been treated all his life, he did wonder if Black would show up looking for vengeance.
Fear that he wouldn’t care was a big part of the reason he’d not dared to mention it.
Harry was getting three meals a day now – albeit, small ones heavy on veggies and burnt bits – and no chores or scathing lectures on his lacking everything. They’d mostly been trying to ignore him, thankfully.
That treatment had given him the chance to make several trips into London since the holiday began. Train tickets were cheap enough. The first one had been free thanks to his invisibility cloak, but after that he’d gotten some galleons switched to muggle money. He’d stolen things when he was younger because it was the only way he had anything to call his own. Now that he had money, he didn’t want to be a thief.
Mostly, Harry had used his trips to London just to go sit in that bookshop down Knockturn and do some reading, in addition to buying some new books.
He’d found a book on the animagus transformation and he’d started working toward it. The book made it out to be really hard and Hermione had said that only seven people had registered as animagi at the ministry in the last hundred years.
Of course, he’d also learned that there were three fifteen-year-old animagi at Hogwarts twenty years ago and the Ministry had known nothing about it. If three kids can do it, even if it takes years, Harry couldn’t help but think that they weren’t as rare as you’d think. Certainly not as rare as the ministry register would suggest.
Then again, that made sense. What was the incentive for registering, exactly? Not to break a law and risk going to jail? Well, sure, but it didn’t seem there were many ways of detecting an animagus. Hogwarts was supposed to be the most secure building in Britain, next to maybe Gringotts, and it had no wards to protect against them. So the only way to get caught seemed to be if they knew an animal was an animagus, then they could cast that reversal spell on you.
But since everyone thought it was so extremely rare, who would even check? How many people would really bother even learning that spell?
Harry could see a lot of valuable uses for being an animagus, not least because Voldemort wanted him dead and turning into an animal might allow him to hide or flee an otherwise hopeless situation.
Even the prison didn’t protect against animagi for Merlin’s sake! It was a ridiculously powerful ability.
He suspected it would take a while, but he was going to learn.
He’d gone back and forth on the idea of telling Ron and Hermione when he got back to school. Problem was, he couldn’t trust Hermione. Studying the transformation without qualified oversight was supposed to be pretty dangerous. Harry wasn’t sure if that was true, or just an attempt to make people work with an instructor who would force them to register if they succeeded. Either way, he suspected Hermione just might tell McGonagall for their own good.
Ron, he trusted more, but he didn’t want Ron to find out that he’d been reading books from down Knockturn Alley. Ron was incredibly prejudiced against anything Dark. Harry wasn’t sure what he would do if he found out that Harry got the book from the Dark Alley.
It was midway through August when Harry woke in the middle of the night from a dream he could barely remember. He knew that Voldemort had been in it and a giant snake. Voldemort and another man had been talking about killing Harry, but he didn’t remember much else. He would have brushed it off as just a weird dream except that he’d woken up to a sharp burning in his scar.
He was sat on his bed now, trying to figure out what, if anything, he should do about it. He felt like he wanted to write someone about it, but he couldn’t think of anything productive coming of it. Hermione would just tell him to tell Dumbledore and then try to research it. Ron would probably just shrug about curse scars being weird and maybe ask his dad. He could write to Dumbledore, of course, but the idea of complaining to the headmaster about dreams and twinges in his scar seemed very silly.
Then he thought of Black – Sirius, the man asked to be called. He was difficult to pin down. He got very upset sometimes about things that Harry thought insignificant, and other times brushed off things Harry thought important. It was hard to predict what he might do, but maybe that was a good reason to write him about it.
Sirius wanted Harry to trust him. To look to him as a godfather, like an adult that could be trusted. The letters they’d exchanged so far hadn’t really made much of an impact on that.
Maybe he should see how Sirius responded to this.
With that in mind, he moved over to this desk. For the first time, Harry’s school things were scattered freely around the room. The Dursleys were too frightened to try to lock them up for the summer.
Harry found some parchment and a quill, then shifted to the bottom of his trunk where the ink jars always ended up. When he had his supplies assembled, he sat a moment in thought before putting ink to page.
He didn’t want to make the whole letter about his scar. That seemed like it would give it too much weight. Though it was driving him to distraction, he didn’t really want anyone to know that. So instead, he started out with usual bits of conversation about the Dursleys and how things were going. He mentioned Dudley’s diet and his constant attempts to sabotage it.
Then he mentioned that his scar had hurt again for the first time since Voldemort was actually near. He didn’t mention the dream because he really couldn’t remember much, and maybe he’d just dreamed it because his scar was hurting and that reminded his unconscious mind of Voldemort. He asked if Sirius knew anything about curse scars maybe hurting years later and if there was a reason or if it just happened.
Then he closed with a short paragraph mentioning that he hoped Sirius was still well and a request to say hello to Buckbeak for him.
He read it over again as the morning sun was beginning to creep into his room, then sent it off with Hedwig.
Quidditch Cup
Harry startled awake, panting with adrenaline and having no idea what had woken him. He sat up quickly and shoved his glasses onto his face. He was just beginning to realize that the sounds outside the tent had changed drastically from boisterous merrymaking to frightened screams and whimpers and feet frantically pounding the earth as they ran.
Before he could begin to wonder what to do, Mr. Weasley came bursting into their little room in the tent. “Get up, Ron! Harry- Oh, good, you’re awake. Come on now, Ron! Hurry! This is urgent!”
Harry quickly swung himself down from the top bunk and reached for his clothes.
“No time, Harry. Just grab a jacket and get outside. Quickly!” Mr. Weasley ordered, already turning back out of their room. Ron followed, but Harry hesitated a few moments more in order to drag his invisibility cloak out of his bag. He hadn’t expected to really use it on this trip unless there was spying that needed done. After that whole business with learning about his godfather only via spying last year, he’d come to understand that sometimes, it was necessary.
He quickly stuffed the cloak up under his shirt, using one arm to hold it in place, then rushed out of the tent, where Mr. Weasley was looking very relieved to see him join them.
It was difficult to make sense of the scene in the dark at first, but there were enough fires still burning in the massive camp that he was able to piece it together after a few moments.
There was a group of wizards all packed close together. They were wearing hooded robes with pale-colored masks. It was from them that most people seemed to be fleeing, as the group overturned tents and set others on fire. Above that group, four figures were floating, their bodies spinning and contorting in ways that must have been painful. When they moved near one of the fires, Harry could make out one of the figures to be Mr. Roberts, the campsite manager that had been repeatedly obliviated as they’d arrived.
With him was a woman and two children, one of them very small.
Harry’s stomach turned as he watched the smallest child lolling limply in the magic’s hold as he was spun around over and over again at dizzying speed.
Amidst this scene of horror came raucous laughter and loud jeering.
Disturbingly, the group of sadistic wizards was growing as they moved along, like-minded individuals obviously feeling comfortable to add themselves to the crowd.
It reminded Harry of the time he’d seen Dudley and his group torturing to death a kitten they’d found, laughing and jeering while they brought pain to a helpless creature for their own amusement.
These men were no less pathetic and disgusting. More, even, for these were children, not just a kitten.
Bill, Charlie, and Percy emerged from the tent then, fully dressed and with their wands in hand. Harry felt a moment of frustration. Surely he’d have had time to pull on some clothes as well. Facing this in the ratty clothes he wore as pajamas wasn’t thrilling.
“We’re going to help the Ministry,” Mr. Weasley shouted over all the noise, rolling up his own sleeves. “You lot – get into the woods. And stick together . I’ll come and fetch you when we’ve sorted this out!”
The elder boys were already sprinting toward the commotion and Mr. Weasley rushed after them.
“C’mon,” Fred said, grabbing Ginny’s hand and starting to pull her toward the wood. Harry and the rest quickly moved to follow them. They were part of a great many people threading their way into the trees. Their group stopped once they were under the shade of the trees, to look back at the scene.
The crowd of sadists was larger than ever. There was a growing gathering of wizards and witches trying to challenge them, but they weren’t making much progress. They seemed to be afraid to do anything too aggressive lest the muggles fall to their deaths. The large gathering around the masked wizards was not helping matters.
Around them, people continued to run into the shelter of the trees, panicked voices and crying children.
Harry had been in some dangerous situations since starting Hogwarts, but nothing on this scale. It was horrible. So much fear.
And for what? So a handful of sadists could torture some helpless muggles for their own sick pleasure?
They turned to move further into the trees after the others, but Ron cried out in pain and Hermione cast a lumos to find Ron had tripped on a tree root in the dark.
Harry eyed the lit wand tip. He supposed the Ministry wasn’t likely to be tracking underage magic in all this mess.
“Well, with feet that size, it’s hard not to,” the familiar, drawling voice of Draco Malfoy caused them all to spin to see the blond ponce leaning comfortably against a tree, his arms folded. He seemed to have been watching the scene at the campsite through a gap in the trees.
“Go fuck yourself, Malfoy,” Ron snarled as he pulled himself back to his feet.
“Language, Weasley,” Malfoy drawled, his pale eyes glittering. “Hadn’t you better be hurrying along now? You wouldn’t like her spotted, would you?”
He nodded at Hermione just as a very loud sound – almost like a bomb detonating – came from the campsite accompanied by a harsh blast of green light.
Harry noticed the smallest flinch from Malfoy and a tightening of his expression in response. He was nowhere near as calm about all of this as he wanted them to think, Harry realized.
“What’s that supposed to mean?” Hermione demanded defiantly despite them all knowing exactly what it meant.
“Granger, they’re after muggles, ” said Malfoy. “D’you want to be showing off your knickers in midair?”
Harry felt his brow draw down as he stared at Malfoy. He wasn’t lying, per se, but he wasn’t telling the truth either.
“Because if you do, hang around… They’re moving this way, and it would give us all a laugh.”
There ! That was a lie. The last bit. No, Malfoy wouldn’t laugh if Hermione was up there. He actually did want her to get out of here before she was spotted.
Harry glanced back at the mass of wizards laughing as the family was tortured over their heads. Malfoy was a dick, but maybe not a sadist, after all. Not to this extent.
“Come on,” Hermione said, voice quavering as she started further into the trees.
Ron followed and Harry started after them as well. The twins and Ginny were well beyond sight by this point.
Harry glanced back at Malfoy and found him looking toward the campsite again.
Without stopping to really think about it, Harry pulled his cloak from beneath his shirt and swung it around his shoulders, flipping up the hood as quickly as he could. He gave another quick look around, but no one seemed to have noticed his disappearing act.
He watched after Ron and Hermione a moment as they continued on without him. He hoped they wouldn’t do anything stupid when they realized he wasn’t with them anymore, but there was nothing for it. He did not want to go and hide in the woods.
He cast a silencing spell on his feet and moved back toward the campsite. Now that Malfoy thought himself unobserved, Harry noticed that his cavalier superiority had fallen into a vaguely disturbed frown.
Good. Maybe the git wasn’t irredeemable after all.
The flood of people fleeing into the trees was tapering down to a trickle as Harry moved back into the clearing. His agitated magic was on high alert, pulsing within him in time with his pounding heart.
The crowd of sadists was twice the size of the group challenging them. Harry supposed it wasn’t that surprising. It didn’t take much courage to torture the helpless.
The noise level grew as he neared the concentration of people. The challengers still didn’t seem to be throwing anything too strong lest they hurt the muggles.
Harry frowned as he looked up at the floating quartet. The youngest child was completely limp. Harry wasn’t sure if the spinning had been enough to kill the kid or if the trauma was just so great that he’d gone catatonic.
He studied the sadists as he drew near. Most of them were doing nothing more than shielding. Most had covered their faces with something, even if they didn’t seem to have the robes and masks of the central group. Some wore hoods while others just a makeshift mask of cloth over their upper and lower faces. Still others had their appearance obscured with some kind of spell that made their features impossible to focus on.
They continued to laugh and have a good time as the family suffered.
These men weren’t frightening, Harry realized. They were pathetic. Though, Harry supposed, there was a certain terror in knowing that these men were so lacking in morality that they wouldn’t hesitate to take a life.
Well, Harry thought grimly, perhaps they deserved the same lack of consideration. He took a deep breath and felt his magic mantling around him as he let the tip of his wand protrude from the seam of the cloak.
He hesitated only a moment before his resolve firmed. It was sort of the golden rule in reverse, right? Why shouldn’t he treat them the way they treated others?
With that in mind, he set his stance, ready to run if necessary. Then he cast one of the spells he’d learned from the Dark Arts books he’d bought the previous summer. It was a Dark severing curse. He sent it carefully through a gap between the challengers and a scream went up among the sadists.
Harry felt a rush of both satisfaction and horror at knowing he’d scored a hit. He’d been aiming at leg height, looking more to incapacitate and maim than kill. He quickly jogged a bit further along, to the side where the challengers were thinner, then mentally prepared himself and cast another spell. This one was a blasting curse, and he aimed as deep as he could between the bodies of the sadists. He figured the central figures were the instigators, thus the most likely to be the properly evil of the lot.
There was another scream and Harry had to glance up at the family again to convince himself to keep going. It was probably a good thing that he wasn’t having fun. He didn’t want to be like these arseholes. He didn’t get his jollies from hurting people.
Considering his father, it was a comfort to know that he didn’t enjoy it, even when the victims so richly deserved it.
Seeing the woman sobbing in despair and reaching uselessly for the smallest child, Harry’s resolve hardened into icy rage and he moved a bit further along before casting another blasting curse, and then another severing curse, followed by a flaying curse, because fucking child killers deserved nothing less than having their skin ripped from their bodies.
A few of his spells bounced off shields, but he was careful in his aiming and timing, sending them as soon as a shield dropped and before it was cast again. Most of his spells made it through.
It didn’t take long with the real curses coming at them before the sadists began to break ranks. The strident cracks of apparition began a few at a time, then became an all-out rout, sounding like nothing so much as a bag of popcorn in the microwave.
Adrenaline pumping, Harry turned and sprinted back toward the trees before the challengers could begin searching for stragglers to round up.
He glanced back when he reached the trees and he saw the family begin to fall only for someone to catch them with a spell and lower them slowly.
Hoping that the little boy survived, Harry ran in the general direction the others had gone. When questioned, he needed it to be believable that he’d just gotten lost.
He’d barely started into the woods when a sickly green light suddenly erupted above the tree tops and didn’t go out again.
Harry looked at it warily, and veered to the left of it a good ways before cautiously circling back. As he drew closer, he heard raised voices and he was able to make out the green light above the trees. It was in the shape of a massive skull with a snake coming out of its mouth.
Harry shivered as he recognized the symbol. It was Voldemort’s calling card. He’d seen a picture of it in a modern history book he’d read last summer. It had told him a lot more about his own history and the war that had left him an orphan than any adult had ever bothered.
As he drew closer, he began to recognize the voices and he quickly slipped out of his cloak and tucked it back under his shirt.
He could hear Mr. Weasley and Ron and Hermione as well as several other voices he didn’t know. He paused cautiously on the edge of the little clearing directly below the Dark Mark in the sky.
He could only stare in disbelief as they seemed to be accusing a house-elf of casting the Dark Mark. And of breaking some code of wand use that stated only humans could carry or use wands.
Which was astonishingly prejudiced and authoritarian. Wands were just a magical focus. Every creature with magic should be allowed to use them. Restricting it to humans made no sense but to give them more power to remain in control while oppressing magical creatures.
He was so intent on his inner diatribe that he missed quite a bit of the argument going on, only tuning back in when the elf began sobbing hysterically as she pleaded her innocence.
Ron suddenly cried out that the wand the elf was accused of using was his. That he must have dropped it. Diggory tried to pin the whole thing on Ron until Mr. Weasley hotly protested him accusing his son.
Diggory backed off then, seeming a bit embarrassed.
Harry couldn’t help but think that if it had been anyone other than Ron or someone with a parent in the Ministry… If it had been a Slytherin, for example, one without a powerful dad like Malfoy, they’d probably be on their way to Ministry custody.
Overall, he was astonishingly unimpressed with the Ministry tonight. First, they, as a group, were unable to stop the sadists with their careful, Light spells. Now they were accusing anyone handy of this. There were like twenty of them and they hadn’t even spread out to properly search the area. Just one bloke walked over to check the exact direction Hermione had suggested.
Diggory then tried to pin it on the elf, using a spell to determine the last spell cast by the wand. It was the Dark Mark, which, in his mind, meant that the elf had cast it despite Ron and Hermione just testifying that it had been a deep, human voice. The elf only got off because Crouch made a fuss about anyone thinking an elf in his employ could learn such a spell. Again, it was only her affiliations that saved her, not her innocence.
Crouch then informed the elf that she was going to get clothes for disobeying him and leaving the tent. That was rich considering that pretty much everyone in the campsite had fled, but he’d expected his poor elf to remain in a tent where those wizards were starting them on fire.
What a fucking prick!
The elf’s sobs were painful to observe and Mr. Weasley soon cleared his throat and announced that he was going to take his lot home.
That’s when Hermione suddenly cried out that they’d lost Harry somewhere.
Before anyone could begin to panic, Harry made himself known, explaining that he’d just gotten turned around, but he’d noticed the mark and come to see what was happening.
No one seemed willing to question his story and they were soon on their way.
They met up with the rest of their original group in the tent and had a brief discussion about Death Eaters and the Dark Mark. Then Mr. Weasley ushered them all off to bed to try to get a few more hours’ sleep before they took an early portkey back to the Burrow.
Harry lay in bed as the snores of the others began one by one. Mr. Weasley had said that there were a few deaths among the group with the Death Eaters. There was too much confusion to be sure just yet, but the deaths all seemed to be caused by Dark spells, which made the aurors believe they’d probably been attacks within their own number. People looking to settle scores anonymously in the confusion.
A few deaths. Caused by Dark spells. They could all have been done by Harry. He wasn’t sure how to feel about that. He’d killed Quirrell but it had quite literally been in defense of his own life. And he’d killed Riddle in the Chamber, though whether he was alive enough to qualify, Harry still hadn’t been able to work out. That had also been the only way to save Ginny.
This was different. They were all enjoying and supporting the torture of innocents – children even! – but they’d not killed anyone tonight. According to Mr. Weasley, all the muggles survived, though Harry wasn’t sure if that meant they wouldn’t have any permanent brain damage or anything. When the Ministry had said they fixed Marge last summer, they’d not known that she would suffer debilitating nightmares, after all.
Did they deserve to die? Had Harry had a right to attack them with lethal spells?
The questions followed him into sleep long after the others in the tent.
Hogwarts
On September 1st, Mrs. Weasley suggested hiring muggle taxis to take them to King’s Cross. Luckily, Harry managed to convince her to use the Knight bus. It would actually be a lot cheaper that way and had the added bonus of not risking the statute of secrecy.
Fred and George were still rather cool toward their mum despite her regret over yelling at them when she wasn’t sure if they were killed. She seemed determined to destroy their dream of opening a joke shop so they’d go and get nice, respectable jobs at the Ministry of Magic like Percy.
Harry strongly suspected the pair of them would go abroad like Bill and Charlie before they ever worked for the Ministry. It kind of made him wonder if that’s not why Bill and Charlie moved abroad. Surely Mrs. Weasley wasn’t any happier with Bill’s interest in Dark Curses and Charlie’s love of dragons than she was the twins’ fascination with pranks.
Harry had always loved how much she cared about her family, but he was starting to see that her children didn’t appreciate it all that much. Even Percy, despite following exactly what his mother wanted for him, seemed to seriously disdain a lot of things about their family.
The discord in the family that he’d always loved made him uncomfortable, so he tried to ignore it as much as he could.
As they boarded the train, all of the adult Weasleys had to chip in with cryptic hints about something exciting happening at Hogwarts this year. Something that they’d recently changed the rules for in a way that Mrs. Weasley approved of. Charlie mentioned that it was classified ministry information. Bill said he might stop by to watch a bit.
Frustratingly, none of them would just say what it was even though they would supposedly hear all about it at Hogwarts that evening.
So it was with much exasperation that they went in search of a compartment.
They overheard Malfoy moaning on about the tragedy that he didn’t get to go to Durmstrang, which was apparently a northern European school that didn’t permit muggleborns and put a lot of emphasis on the Dark Arts in their lessons.
Harry kind of tuned out at that point. He just didn’t understand the prejudice against the Dark Arts. It was ridiculous. Yes, they could be dangerous, but so could giving an eleven-year-old a wand but they did that without blinking.
Ron and Hermoine both seemed to take it at face value that Dark Arts were Evil. Yet a whole school taught them to children… A major school, too. One of the three largest schools in Europe for magic, and they thought Dark Arts were okay for children to learn.
Like a whole school was just teaching kids, from eleven years old, to use evil magic and no one in Northern Europe had a problem with that…
It just didn’t make sense. Harry was used to that with wizards sometimes, but Hermione should be able to think things through logically.
Maybe she just read too many biased books. They all said the same thing, so she just assumed they couldn’t be wrong.
Merlin, it was frustrating.
He couldn’t help but think that his best mates would turn on him if they ever learned how Dark his magic actually was. And not because of anything he’d done or wanted to do, but just because of an accident of birth.
Like, “Oh, wait, you were born evil? And you didn’t ever tell us that? How could you deceive us for so long!”
That was prejudice, and neither of them saw it.
When they finally arrived at the castle, they made their way inside amid an epic downpour that left them all sopping wet. Thankfully, a basic drying spell was one they’d all learned pretty early on. Harry and Hermione both cast it on themselves, then Hermione added one for Ron as he always complained that he could never get it quite right. It either left him damp or so dry he was itchy.
The sorting began and Harry watched with mild interest. The second student to be sorted went to Slytherin and Harry glanced over at that table to see Malfoy looking even more smug than normal. Of course, the twat knew whatever was supposed to be happening at Hogwarts this year that none of the Weasleys had been willing to tell them about.
Harry’s eyes trailed to the boy next to Malfoy then. Blaise, Harry recognized. He was smirking in amusement at Malfoy and Harry swallowed hard before looking away to clap for the first Gryffindor sorted. Dennis Creevy, Colin’s little brother.
Dennis was absolutely sopping wet and clearly just as exuberant as his brother as he immediately began loudly going on about how he’d fallen into the lake and been scooped out by something in the water, which Colin postulated was the giant squid, which just made Dennis even more excited. The two continued to go on as Colin cast a drying spell on his little brother that left his hair standing straight up. He’d clearly overdone it, but Dennis just laughed joyfully at the feeling.
Then Nick mentioned the house-elves of Hogwarts and Hermione nearly lost her mind.
“But they get paid?” she demanded. “They get holidays, don’t they? And sick leave and pensions and everything?”
Harry stared at her in a bit of disbelief. What on Earth would a house-elf do with a pension? Retire to a flat on Diagon Alley? They were only welcome in society as servants. They probably worked until they keeled over. Of course, it wasn’t right , but a lot of things about Wizarding Britain wasn’t right and she mostly seemed keen enough to ignore it.
“Slave labor,” Hermione decided. “That’s what made this dinner. Slave labor.”
And she refused to eat another bite.
Harry sighed and kept eating. Hermione was weird. Was she really going to starve herself all year long? Or insist that her parents owl her food everyday?
Then Dumbledore announced the Twi-Wizard Tournament would be taking place at Hogwarts that year, which meant no Quidditch all year. Only those of age would be able to compete. And Hogwarts would be hosting representatives from Beauxbatons and Durmstrang starting in November.
Ron was furious that he wouldn’t be able to compete, as were the twins, though it was a little more understandable for them. They were less than half a year off from being old enough, and other students from their year would be able to put their names forward. Seemed like it would make more sense to say “just seventh years” or “six and seventh years”, because their likelihood to live or die would seem to have more to do with their schooling than their age.
Fred and George decided that they were going to try to trick the impartial judge and Ron decided that he’d put his name in too, if they could manage it.
Harry never said whether he would want to partake or not, if he could, but when he crawled into bed that night, he gave a moment’s thought to what it would be like to win this famed tournament.
He’d have a thousand galleons and adoration from everyone…
Yeah, but he already had money and the adoration would probably only last until someone accused him of something again, like in second year. And the adults would still think he was too young to know anything.
It would be nice if Ron won though. He’d likely spend the money in a week, but he’d probably love the fame. At least for a while.
Notes:
Things are beginning to get very real for Harry now. He's made his first acquaintance with the casual evil of Voldemort's ilk, and he's bloodied his hands. This won't be an easy year for him, but there will be some bright spots. Blaise, yay!
Love to hear what ya'll think!
Chapter Text
Moody
Monday morning brought Herbology followed by Care of Magical Creatures. In Herbology, they were squeezing puss out of Bobtubers. Apparently it was very valuable, but irritating to the skin when undiluted. It was gross, but kind of fun. Care of Magical Creatures, on the other hand, was also a bit gross but not at all fun.
Hagrid’s Blast-ended skrewts were disgusting shell-less lobster creatures that smelled like rotted fish. Also, they shot sparks out of their butts. Sadly, when Malfoy wanted to know what use there was in raising the creatures, Hagrid had nothing.
When Hagrid explained that the males had stingers and the females sucked blood, Malfoy had to be an arse, of course.
“Well, I can certainly see why we’re trying to keep them alive,” he said sarcastically. “Who wouldn’t want pets that can burn, sting, and bite all at once?”
Hagrid pointed out that dragons were extremely useful for their blood and parts even though you wouldn’t want one as a pet.
“They’d make for good security, too,” Harry pointed out. “Once they get bigger.”
Draco rolled his eyes very expressively, but Harry noticed that Blaise just lifted an amused eyebrow at him.
Harry looked away quickly to focus on trying to feed the skrewts before he ended up stung.
One of them did manage to get its teeth around a bit of his finger, but it didn’t seem to have a very hard bite. At least not this young.
When lunch was finished, Harry waved Ron off with encouragement to enjoy the double divination lesson.
He laughed to himself at the look on Ron’s face as he made his way back outside. He was going to enjoy the weather while it was nice and find a secluded spot near the forest to let Kaa out for a bit. Anyway, he knew Ron would get him back for that comment on Wednesday afternoon when he and Hermione had to go to double Ancient Runes while Ron had hours to relax.
When he found a secluded clearing just on the edge of the forest near the lake, hidden by some bushes and a boulder, Harry called out his snake, then settled down with his Book Vault to read more about the next steps of the animagus transformation. So far, it was mostly getting good at meditating. Once he had that down, he’d be able to do a simple ritual to identify his animal. After that, there was a lot of meditating on the animal until he understood it, though he wasn’t exactly clear on how meditating would help him to understand an animal, so that’s what he was studying now.
Kaa mostly just sunbathed and explored the area while Harry learned that the animal, once identified, would become a part of his mind and he would have to meditate on it and it would reveal itself to him.
He wasn’t sure that he fully understood, but hopefully it would make more sense after the ritual.
He also wondered if this was like with Kaa. Would his form be a double of his familiar? Or was it a different animal companion sort of thing?
When he made his way inside for dinner, Malfoy confronted him and Ron and Hermione in the great hall in order to mock Mr. Weasley for the way that Skeeter bitch had portrayed him. Then the prick started in on Mrs. Weasley for being overweight. Like she wasn’t entirely due after six pregnancies.
Harry retaliated about Mrs. Malfoy and Draco very quickly acted like speaking bad about someone’s mother was unconscionable.
Then Harry tried to walk away and the fucking ponce tried to curse him in the back. Fortunately, Harry’s magic rose up and deflected it before it could do him any harm.
Then Professor Moody went mad – or may be proved how mad he already was – and turned Malfoy into a ferret and bounced him around the entry hall until McGonagall intervened.
Ron and many other Gryffindors thought it was hilarious, but Harry was not so keen. What Moody had done to Malfoy was not all that different from what those Death Eaters had done to the muggles. Had Malfoy been in human form, Harry didn’t think most of them would have found it as funny, but he doubted it had been any different to Malfoy.
When they sat down in the great hall for dinner, Ron looked almost orgasmic at what had just happened and mentioned his desire to fix it in his memory forever.
Even Hermione laughed at that.
Harry just frowned and focused on his food. Yeah, it was shitty that Malfoy tried to hex him in the back, but he hadn’t used a really dangerous spell. He didn’t know what it was, but he knew it hadn’t been anything that would have made him in danger of his life. He could tell that just by how his magic had reacted. It had deflected the spell just enough so it missed, but it hadn’t turned on Malfoy with any real intent.
Hermione, at least, did put in a token complaint that Malfoy could have been seriously hurt, even if she pushed no further.
Harry chose not to comment at all. He knew Ron wouldn’t be convinced and Hermione might be upset. She did have more reason than most to hate Malfoy.
It wasn’t until Thursday they had their first lesson with Professor Moody. Though many other students talked of his lessons with awe, Harry wasn’t so sure he was ready to embrace this Defense teacher.
The last three hadn’t been so great, after all. Quirrell tried to kill him. Lockhart tried to obliviate him. Lupin tried to eat him – albeit, not intentionally. Lupin had at least known his subject and taught it in a manner that was engaging and easily followed. Harry had no idea what to expect from Moody.
By the time they made it to their first Defense class, everyone was almost vibrating with anticipation. Harry, naturally, was more reserved. Teachers for this class tended to try to kill him at some point and Moody was an extremely dangerous former auror from all he’d heard.
Moody called roll, then announced that he was going to be teaching them curses, rather than just countercurses as the Ministry seemed to think appropriate for any students under sixth year. Apparently Dumbledore thought them ready to learn how to cast the Unforgivable Curses, which was somewhat alarming.
He started with the Imperius Curse, which was used to control. He cast it on a spider to demonstrate. Harry didn’t laugh with everyone else because he’d read about these curses and the things they’d been used to do. The Imperius was easily the worst, he thought. At least for those who couldn’t fight it. What was pain or instant death against the ability to make someone follow your every whim? The very worst of crimes could be committed in such a way.
He could also feel the Dark Magic in that curse. It sang like a chorus of tortured screams and Harry struggled not to hunch in on himself as his own magic reacted by doing the thing where it seemed to mantle around him protectively.
The next was the Cruciatus, the torture curse. Moody seemed to get a little lost in that curse, using it considerably longer than the demonstration merited and actually only stopping when Hermione shouted at him.
Poor Neville was pale and trembling from watching that demonstration.
Then, finally, “The last and worst. Avada Kedavra… the Killing Curse.”
Harry firmly disagreed about the order Moody seemed to be putting these in. The Killing Curse was believed to be painless. Instant death. No pain. Not enough time for much fear. Just a merciful end. Compared to being tortured with infinite pain or played with like a puppet on strings, Harry rather thought this was the lesser of the three.
Then he set loose a spider and cast, “Avada Kedavra!”
There was a swell of pure Dark magic and it did not scream this time. It was more of a whispered breath. The last exhale, perhaps.
And the spider died.
Harry wondered if there was any sense in putting those three spells into the same group. The first two felt similar enough. The Killing Curse was totally different.
Or maybe it was just different to him. He’d survived it once, after all. He wasn’t eager to test if he could survive it again, but it was a decent theory. Perhaps his parentage made him immune to that particular spell?
“Not nice,” Moody said abruptly, rather countering Harry’s own thought process on the spell. “Not pleasant. And there’s no countercurse. There’s no blocking it. Only one known person has ever survived it, and he’s sitting right in front of me.”
And both of Moody’s eyes focused on Harry intently.
Harry swallowed uncomfortably as he felt every set of eyes in the room sweep to him.
After the lesson, Harry wasn’t horrified so much as deeply pensive. It was a mercy. How his parents had died. Not that they’d had to die at all, because surely they’d not, but the way Voldemort had done it.
Instant. Painless. Peaceful.
He couldn’t stop remembering how it had felt when that magic had taken the life of the spider.
A peaceful end and then they’d surely gone to heaven, having just sacrificed themselves that their son might live. He didn’t know anything about heaven. He didn’t expect that he was ever going to get to go there. He knew something of Hell though. The screams. The sadistic laughter.
Maybe there was a way to just live forever. Then he’d never have to find out if Hell would be as bad for him as those he heard screaming. Would his Father welcome him, or lock him up in the worst part of Hell for fear of a challenge to his throne?
Flamel had made that Stone, right? That had kept him alive some nearly 700 years. Maybe Harry could invent something like that.
Assuming he was even mortal. But he dreaded to find that answer the hard way. Not when he knew that no afterlife of his would ever end surrounded by loved ones.
That evening in the common room found Neville’s spirits much improved by a book on water plants from Professor Moody, who’d apparently heard from Professor Sprout that he was great at Herbology.
Ron settled down to make up tragic predictions for his future while Harry got his Runes books and settled down to outline his essay. Runes was undoubtedly a challenge, but Harry was loving it more all the time. It was a lot of work. There were so many runes and about a million ways to combine them to different effects. Choosing the right runes to pair to get the best result on whatever you were trying to accomplish was as much intuition as it was understanding. That’s the part Harry loved most, though Hermione complained all the time about the lack of quantifiable answers.
She wanted the books to tell her what to do. Harry liked that the books only gave guidelines to follow.
Then Hermione returned from the library with a box and began her recruitment speech for her new… Well, labeling it less than a Calling would probably be disingenuous.
Harry watched uneasily as Hermione began arguing with Ron about whether or not house-elves wanted to be enslaved. He happened to know the answer, but he really wasn’t sure whether or not he should say. He didn’t want Hermione to find out that he had a bonded house-elf. At least not while they were still in school and the elf wasn’t even actually working for him. Seemed a bit mental to invoke her wrath when he wasn’t even using the elf for anything.
Harry just watched Hermione in some degree of disbelief as she informed Ron that he would be treasurer and apparently in charge of holding a tin and collecting money for their cause. Harry was informed that he was secretary and was therefore expected to do the work of a dictaquill for their meetings, of which this was evidently the first.
Thankfully, Harry was saved figuring out how to handle this by the arrival of Hedwig, whom he’d not seen since sending her off to Sirius with instructions to wait for a reply.
He’d mentioned to Ron and Hermione that he was waiting on a letter from Sirius, but he hadn’t told them about his scar hurting. He figured there was a good chance that it was nothing important. It had hurt all of first year, after all, on and off.
Yes, Voldemort was near during that time, but he was trying to hope for the best. Also, he didn’t want to hear Hermione tell him to tell Dumbledore. He did not and could not properly trust the old man as Hermione seemed to have since before ever laying eyes on him.
When he opened the letter though, Ron and Hermione were poised to read over his shoulders before he even had it open and he figured prevaricating would be worse than just letting them read it.
Harry –
I’m flying north immediately. This news about your scar is the latest in a series of strange rumors that have reached me here. If it hurts again, go straight to Dumbledore – they’re saying he’s got Mad-Eye out of retirement, which means he’s reading the signs, even if no one else is.
I’ll be in touch soon. My best to Ron and Hermione. Keep your eyes open, Harry.
Sirius
“What news about your scar?” Hermione asked immediately, her voice at least lowered to keep the subject confidential.
Harry grit his teeth as he balled up the letter and tossed it in the nearest fire. This was very far from the response he was hoping for. No real advice or theories. Just, “this is a weird thing among other weird things, I’m coming back to see if I can get my soul sucked out!”
“It’s nothing. My scar hurt one night this summer. Like an idiot, I told Sirius,” Harry bit out.
“And now he’s coming back,” Hermione said in horror.
“Dumbledore’s reading what signs?” Ron wondered.
Harry stood abruptly and gathered his things.
“Harry?” Ron questioned.
“We risked our lives and went back in time to keep him from losing his soul last time, and now he’s coming back!” he hissed furiously. “What the Hell good does he think he can do here as a wanted criminal? He’s going to get himself killed!”
He couldn’t talk about it anymore, so he hurried up to the dorm. He switched into his pajamas before closing himself into his bed and sealing and silencing the curtains.
He wasted no time before calling out Kaa. When the snake was comfortably situated on the bed and wound through his limbs, Harry explained what had happened.
“ So you tested him and he failed,” the snake concluded.
Harry frowned, unable to refute that. He’d hoped that Sirius would react like a parent and give him advice. Explain things or comfort him or something . Instead he’d not even gotten platitudes. Just more mysteries and a reminder to rely on someone else. Someone that had done nothing substantial for Harry in his whole life. Dumbledore had left him with the Dursleys and refused to tell Harry important facts about his life. Harry was certain that if he did tell Dumbledore if his scar hurt again, he’d just get a pat on the head and maybe more restrictions. “You can’t leave the castle if your scar is hurting, my boy. Much too dangerous. Why is it dangerous? Don’t worry your pretty head about that. Leave it to the adults to protect you.” He could picture it all too well.
“ Yes,” he sighed. “ He failed. ”
“ Then you will not trust him,” Kaa demanded.
“ No, ” Harry agreed. “ That would be stupid.”
Kaa, of course, would only really be happy when Harry completely isolated himself from everyone but Kaa and perhaps a trusted mate. Though he had no idea how this hypothetical mate would ever actually manage to be trustworthy enough to please the suspicious snake.
Harry didn’t argue the point with his snake, but he lay awake for a long time that night trying to reason out the pit of dread in his stomach. As much as he didn’t really know or trust Sirius, there was a part of him that really liked the idea of Sirius. Problem was, he didn’t seem willing or able to live up to that.
Harry wasn’t sure if he was being unfair to Sirius. He didn’t know how to handle having a godfather. He’d never had an adult he could trust and Sirius hadn’t made a great first impression.
Then again, maybe Sirius didn’t know how to be a godfather since he’d only ever done it for a little bit when Harry was a baby and had two parents.
Somewhere before falling asleep, he concluded that he wouldn’t totally write the man off, but he wouldn’t forget this disappointment either.
Imperius
The morning after Sirius’ letter, Harry sent a return letter assuring Sirius that what he’d felt was not at all serious enough that he should come back. Indeed, in hindsight, it had very likely been a part of his dream and Sirius should really stay away where he was safe.
He doubted it would actually work to turn Sirius back, but he felt like he had to try. Even though Sirius had mentioned other reasons added to this that was making him come back, Harry couldn’t quite shake the feeling that, if the man died as a result of this, it would be, in part, Harry’s fault for sending that letter.
He hated that feeling and resented Sirius for making him feel it.
He spent the next couple of weeks trying not to dwell on it, even as he tensed a bit every morning before the mail arrived, fearful that the headline story would be celebrating his godfather’s execution.
The workload in his classes was helping a bit with the distraction as the teachers used the excuse of the OWLs being next year to heap them with extra reading and longer essays. It made him dread what the following year would bring. Practicals were always easy enough for Harry – had been since first year. He didn’t focus so much on the theory behind a spell and instead just concentrated on the effect it was supposed to have and making it happen. And it tended to work, but the teachers still wanted him to learn all the theory anyway.
The fact he could do the magic without the theory just made the theory that much more tedious.
And then there was Defense, in which Moody could always be counted upon to focus on the practical. To a rather alarming degree, actually, evidenced when he announced that he would be putting each of them under the Imperius curse so that they’d know what it felt like.
It was supposed to be really hard to resist, so Harry wasn’t actually sure what the point was in letting them feel it in a safe atmosphere if the odds of them learning to resist it was so very slim.
Personally, he hated even being in the same room as that spell when it was cast. The magic felt absolutely vile. Like being doused in sewage.
While eating dinner.
Hermione, of course, complained on principle of the legality, but when Moody offered her the chance to leave if she didn’t like it, she subsided quickly.
And so Moody began to go through the students one at a time, putting them under the curse and making them do silly, humorous things, like jumping or gymnastics or singing or acting like an animal.
Harry didn’t laugh with the rest of the class. He couldn’t. Not when he could feel the oily permeance of that spell. Not a single one of them had been able to put up any noticeable resistance, only highlighting Harry’s belief in the pointlessness of this particular lesson.
When it was his turn, Harry found himself shaking and his magic was mantling around him, focused on Moody as a threat. He swallowed and tried to restrain his magic. It was allowed to be on high alert, but he didn’t need it acting up. Accidental magic got less believable every year older he became.
He moved to stand in the center of the cleared area, clenching his hands into fists to keep the shaking from being so noticeable – and to keep himself from drawing his wand.
Harry’s magic tensed as Moody pointed his wand at Harry, and he found himself picturing a pissed off dog snapping and snarling in warning.
Moody must have felt something of it because he frowned and hesitated a moment before casting the spell.
“ Imperio !”
He felt a sort of hazy happiness begin to settle over him, brushing away all his worries and concerns, but before it could fully settle, his agitated magic flooded his body, forcing the foreign magic and its floating happiness away.
The tension that had been ebbing away from his muscles returned abruptly with a sort of full-body flinch and it was over.
“That’s more like it!” Moody declared. “Potter threw the curse right off! We’ll try that again, Potter. Everyone else, watch closely.”
And he put Harry through the curse another four times, by the end of which, he no longer even felt the curse beginning to settle in before his magic had shoved it off. By the time he left the class, Harry felt saturated in that foul magic and desperately wanted a bath.
Goblet of Fire
The foreign schools’ representatives arrived at Hogwarts on the thirtieth of October with much fanfare. Victor Krum, the famous seeker from the Quidditch World Cup seemed to be the favorite from Durmstrang, while a part veela drew the most attention from the Beauxbatons group.
Personally, Harry wasn’t sure what was so enthralling about veela. Yes, they were pretty, but was that really a reason to make such a spectacle of himself as the other boys seemed to be doing?
Though not all the boys were reacting the same way. Whereas Ron turned into a drooling, heart-eyed fool the moment he looked at her, Harry noticed a number of other boys that managed to handle it much more respectably.
Harry found himself more interested in the Durmstrang group. Their school taught them Dark Magic and they all seemed normal enough. Perhaps a bit more like the Slytherins than the other houses, but only inasmuch as they were more reserved in composure and sharp of eye. Like they’d learned or been taught not to trust as default. To keep their secrets and make friends with caution.
It wasn’t anything bad. Harry couldn’t help but think that these were people who were much more likely to not hate him on sight than the Gryffindors, if they found out how Dark he was.
Zabini looked up from his place near Malfoy while Harry was observing them and their eyes met. Rather than looking suspicious or scowling, the dark-skinned boy sent Harry a smirk and a wink.
Harry looked away quickly, not at all sure how to take that. It actually wasn’t the first time he’d done it this year and Harry no more understood this one than the last.
Then the girl who looked rather veela-like came by their table to request one of the french dishes that was among the food there.
Ron immediately turned purple and forgot how to speak.
Harry assured her that she was fine to take the dish. As soon as she was gone, Hermione began scolding Ron for being an idiot. Harry couldn’t help but laugh a little at the red-head as he leaned to one side to keep his eyes on the girl as long as possible. “Don’t put your elbow in the butter dish, Ron,” he said quietly, because it really had to be genetic, didn’t it?
It took Ron a good dozen seconds to register what Harry had even said, at which point he jerked and glared blackly at Harry before turning his attention back to his food, with frequent glances toward the Ravenclaw table.
When everyone had eaten and the food gone away – presumably to the house-elves in the kitchens – Dumbledore presented the Goblet of Fire and explained how names would be entered and count as a binding magical contract. He would draw an age line around the cup when it was placed so that no one under seventeen could enter their names.
It was George, this time, who asked Harry if he planned to put his name in if they managed it. Harry didn’t reply and the conversation moved on before anyone could press him on it.
Harry honestly didn’t want to put his name in. He hated being in the spotlight and being Hogwarts Champion would only make it worse. Especially with being fourteen when only seventeen-year-olds were meant to compete.
And his magic was getting so proactive these days, that he really worried that it would expose far too much if his life was in danger again. The idea of being in danger with a whole crowd of onlookers was not a pleasant one.
Still, he wasn’t sure if he wanted to admit his feelings if he could avoid it. They’d probably think him a coward, which was enough to make you a social pariah in Gryffindor. Just look at poor Neville. He definitely had his moments of bravery, but his general displays of fear were enough to make him disdained.
With any luck, the twins would fail to get their names in and Harry would never actually be called upon to admit his reservations.
They rose early the next morning, along with many other students, to watch the older students go and put their names into the goblet. The Durmstrang group all put their names in first thing.
Fred and George both tried to cross the age line, having taken the aging potion. To Harry’s relief, they got spat right back out with long, white beards to show for their trouble, so the question of whether or not he would put his name in wouldn’t be coming up. Dumbledore cheerfully sent them to the hospital wing to be put right.
The Beauxbatons group put their names in just as Harry, Hermione, and Ron were leaving breakfast.
They went down to visit Hagrid, who stoutly refused Hermione’s SPEW pitch. Hagrid, Harry thought, had the right of it in pointing out that the elves wanted to work. And pay apparently insulted them.
Hermione used Dobby to say otherwise and Harry decided to look rather fixedly out the window lest he give himself away. He did wonder if Dobby was asking for payment because he was working for someone that wasn’t his master, though Harry honestly wasn’t all that sure whether Dobby had told Dumbledore that he belonged to Harry or if he’d claimed to be free as Harry had let Hermione think. He hadn’t lied to her about it. She’d just made assumptions when he’d mentioned how his magic had just reacted and removed the bond between Dobby and Mr. Malfoy. He’d not seen any point in correcting her assumption at the time. It wasn’t like Dobby was going to be actually doing work for him anytime soon.
When it grew late, they headed back up to the castle for dinner, after which they would find out who the Champions would be.
The meal seemed to last forever with the anticipation singing heavily in the air.
The time came at last and the hall fell silent as they waited out the final seconds.
The first name was Viktor Krum, which surprised approximately no one, it seemed. Even the other students from Durmstrang didn’t seem all that disappointed. Next was Fleur Delacour for Beauxbatons, the part-veela that Ron kept drooling over. And then Cedric Diggory from Hufflepuff for the Hogwarts champion, which seemed to irritate a lot of Gryffindor house. Probably wasn’t surprising given their reputation for courage and such that they’d thought it was almost their right to be Champion for Hogwarts.
At least it hadn’t been a Slytherin. The Gryffindors probably would have put their support behind one of the other schools before cheering on a Slytherin and that would have looked ridiculous to the other schools.
Then, in the middle of Dumbledore giving a closing speech, the goblet spat out another name.
The hall fell silent in confused anticipation as Dumbledore caught the slip of paper and looked at it. Indeed, he stared far longer than seemed necessary to read it. Finally, he cleared his throat and called out, “Harry Potter.”
There was a sort of collective gasp that Harry barely registered as all of his blood seemed to trickle into his feet and his ears began to ring loudly. Surely, it couldn’t mean…
A chorus of whispers began to take up among the students, like the buzzing of angry bees, as McGonagall got up to whisper to Dumbledore.
“I… I didn’t put my name in,” Harry said blankly to Ron and Hermione, both of whom just stared back at him with shocked faces. “You lot know I didn’t.”
“Harry Potter! Up here, Harry, if you please!” Dumbledore called, startling Harry badly.
For a moment, Harry wondered if he could even stand for how numb he felt. Even his magic seemed to have gone quiet and still, as though responding to his shock.
Clenching his fists and determined not to make a fool of himself, Harry stood and approached the headmaster. The distance seemed far greater than it ever had before and the walk took an eternity, each step scrutinized by hundreds of staring, judging eyes.
It was a relief when Dumbledore sent him into the same room as the other champions. At least he was getting away from all those eyes.
As he moved beyond the scrutiny of the hall, his brain finally began doing productive things again. How the Hell had his name come out of the Goblet? He certainly hadn’t put it in, unless someone had possessed him like what happened with Ginny last year.
He shook off that uncomfortable thought with an effort as he stepped into the room with the other champions. He hadn’t been playing with strange magical objects.
Delacour immediately asked if he was there to give them instructions to go back out. Harry opened his mouth, then let it close again when he realized that he had no idea what to say.
They stood there staring at each other and Harry marveled a bit at how messed up his life was. Possessed professors, basilisks, escaped convicts, and now a tournament infamous for how many people it had killed in the past… And somehow he ended up being embroiled in every single one of them.
Were other magical schools this perilous? Had Hogwarts always been? Why did no one make a fuss about it? Students nearly got killed every year and no one ever complained. No one even seemed to notice anything all too strange, or they forgot it as soon as the danger was past.
Then Bagman came in and proceeded to make a spectacle of Harry, introducing him as the fourth Triwizard Champion, like it was some great feat and not clear sabotage and likely cheating.
The heads of the other schools quickly made their feelings known on the fairness of Hogwarts getting two champions.
Harry only caught bits of it as his head continued to spin. Everything had happened so quickly. He had not guessed in a million years that this would happen to him. Even after the last three years, this just had not registered as a possibility.
“It’s no one’s fault but Potter’s, Karkaroff. Don’t go blaming Dumbledore for Potter’s determination to break rules. He has been crossing lines ever since he arrived here-”
Snape’s vitriolic denunciation of Harry’s character finally drew his attention and Harry’s jaw clenched in annoyance. The horrible man seemed to really believe all that crap.
“Thank you, Severus,” Dumbledore cut the man off with a firm tone.
Harry had to look away to hide his anger. Not one public chastisement of Snape for his public words against Harry. Not one. How was anyone else in the room supposed to think Snape’s words were wrong? Surely, to them, it just sounded like Dumbledore was saying “this isn’t the time” rather than, “that’s not really a fair estimation of Harry”.
Come to think of it, that’s what it sounded like to Harry, too. His heart chilled a little further toward the headmaster who so often showed him warmth and favor and yet had never provided any real support.
When Harry schooled his expression enough to look back, Dumbledore was studying him. “Did you put your name into the Goblet of Fire, Harry?” he asked calmly.
“No,” Harry said as firmly as he possibly could. Snape made an impatient sort of disbelieving scoff and Harry’s magic finally began to stir. It turned toward Snape first, then seemed to decide everyone in the room was worthy of scrutiny. It felt like a cornered animal, hunched down and waiting to see where the attack would come from first.
It was not a feeling he cared for.
“Did you ask an older student to put it into the Goblet of Fire for you?” Dumbledore pressed on.
“No,” Harry said with irritation. And if that was all it took to beat Dumbledore’s measures, then anyone in the school that was at least seventeen could have done it. Wonderful.
“Ah, but of course he is lying!” Madam Maxime immediately complained.
Harry’s magic all but hissed at her and he quickly closed his eyes and concentrated on keeping it under control. It generally did not lash out at people who weren’t threatening to do him real harm, but it seemed as out of sorts as he was at the moment. Fittingly, perhaps.
At fourteen, he wasn’t sure how well “accidental magic” would work as a defense if his magic got proactive with the visiting headmistress.
He just really hated being called a liar. The Dursleys had done it often enough when he was growing up, and Snape, since Harry had started at Hogwarts, but since he’d truly begun to hear the difference between lies and truth, Harry had found lies particularly distasteful.
He managed to tune back into the conversation around him to hear McGonagall exclaiming that, since Dumbledore believed Harry had not persuaded an older student to put his name in, that should be enough questioning. She was putting clear trust in Dumbledore, he noticed, and not at all in Harry.
Glancing around, Harry realized that the only one paying him direct attention was Snape, whose eyes were narrowed with suspicion.
Harry tried to split his attention between following the conversation and keeping his magic civil, but it wasn’t easy given the context of the conversation. Crouch was insisting that the rules stated that everyone whose names came out of the Goblet had to compete.
The Durmstrang head argued that they should just redraw the names, which apparently wouldn’t work as the Goblet wouldn’t light again until the start of the next tournament.
Karkaroff was on the point of threatening to leave without letting his champion compete when Moody stumped his way into the room to point out that all the champions were bound by the magical contract to compete.
“Convenient, eh?” Moody posed.
“Convenient?” Karkaroff sighed irritably. “I’m afraid I don’t understand you, Moody.”
It was more than obvious that these two men hated each other on a level that seemed to require more than distant acquaintanceship.
Moody pointed out that whoever put Harry’s name in the Goblet did it knowing that he would then be forced to compete.
Karkaroff and Maxime agreed that it had obviously been done to give Hogwarts a victory.
“If anyone’s got reason to complain, it’s Potter,” Moody growled. “But I don’t hear him saying a thing.”
Harry privately thought that was mostly because no one seemed to care what he thought once he’d answered Dumbledore’s questions. In fact, they’d immediately called him a liar, so there seemed little point in trying to speak in his own defense.
“Why should he complain?” Fleur burst out with a petulant stomp of her foot. “He has a chance to compete, hasn’t he? We have all been hoping to be chosen for weeks and weeks! The honor for our schools! A thousand galleons in prize money! This is a chance many would die for!”
Harry couldn’t help but send a sneer at the idiotic girl. A thousand galleons wasn’t all that much money and winning a tournament wasn’t going to make him more famous than surviving a Killing Curse while Voldemort mysteriously “died”. What kind of idiot would die for that?
“Maybe someone’s hoping Potter is going to die for it,” Moody said ominously.
Tense silence fell, though Harry noticed that Fleur looked more irritated than somber at the suggestion.
Harry gave himself permission to loathe the girl from then on. She was like a much prettier, much girlier version of Dudley. A spoiled brat throwing a fit because she didn’t get her way.
The adults continued to argue. Karkaroff tried to make a joke of the idea that anyone would try to kill Harry, a mere student.
Harry wondered how much of that was bluster and how much stupidity. Because, seriously? People had been trying to kill Harry since he was a year old. And more recently on a more or less annual basis.
Harry started tuning them out. He knew he wasn’t getting out of this. He was going to have to compete as Hogwarts’ second champion. He just felt exhausted and the year had barely begun.
He was drawn back to the conversation when the adults stopped arguing and began talking about instructions for the first task. Apparently, it was to be a surprise as to test their courage in the face of the unknown.
After an explanation of the rules for the first task, Crouch announced that champions would be exempted from end of year tests, which made Harry wonder about the students in their NEWTs year, which he thought both foreign champions were. Surely they couldn’t skip NEWTs and hope to get a job on the basis of having been a champion. Maybe they would study over the summer and take them in the fall?
After that, they were swiftly dismissed. Dumbledore pointed out that their Houses were likely waiting to celebrate with them.
Harry nearly groaned at the thought. He didn’t want to celebrate. He wanted to mope and whine to Kaa. Then he was going to have to start thinking about a strategy to get through this without either dying or letting any secrets get exposed.
Once they were alone in the deserted Hall, Cedric turned to Harry with a slight smile, “So, we’re playing against each other again!”
“I guess…” Harry sighed somewhat despondently.
“So, tell me…” Cedric probed as they reached the Entrance Hall. “How did you get your name in?”
Harry heaved an aggrieved sigh and exclaimed with some feeling, “I didn’t put my name in. I was telling the truth.” He was getting heartily sick of being called a liar. He was realizing with some annoyance that this would likely go on all year.
“Ah. Okay,” Cedric replied and Harry could tell that he didn’t believe him. “Well, see you, then.”
Harry stared at Cedric’s back as he started down the stairs, and he felt his magic glaring after him as well. He’d always thought Cedric was pretty nice, but he wasn’t feeling any too charitable toward him anymore.
Would anyone besides Ron and Hermione believe him?
Would everyone really think that he’d want to compete against people with two or three years more magical training than him? And in front of an audience of his peers that would never forget what an idiot he made of himself? Surely they had to know that the Potters weren’t paupers. He didn’t need the money. And to think he’d want more fame than he already had was utterly absurd. It was one thing for people raised in other countries to not understand, but people who’d grown up knowing more about him than he did?
Moody’s theory of someone hoping he would die in the tournament seemed much more reasonable.
Harry made it up to Gryffindor tower almost without noticing the trip. Annoyingly, even the bloody portraits were pressing him for gossip. He gave the password and thankfully got into the common room without answering any of their questions.
Then, unfortunately, the celebration Dumbledore had predicted swallowed him. He was yanked into the common room and jostled about between dozens of people. Everyone was shouting and whistling and applauding.
“You should have told us you’d entered!” Fred bellowed, looking both impressed and somewhat annoyed.
“How did you do it without getting a beard? Brilliant!” George roared.
Harry tried to plead his innocence but no one wanted to hear it. He was passed from one congratulations to the next. No one seemed to notice that he wasn’t feeling victorious. His magic was doing its mantling thing, though everyone was too enthusiastic to notice a thing. Lee Jordan wrapped a Gryffindor banner around Harry like a cloak.
People continually asked him how he’d done it, then either didn’t listen to even hear his response, or ignored his denials utterly.
He’d have loved a quiet chat with Ron or Hermione, but neither seemed to be in the common room. With a monumental effort, Harry managed to shout about being tired and shove his way through to his dorm room.
He closed the door behind him with a sigh of relief and his spirits brightened when he noticed Ron lying on his bed.
“Avoiding the party too?” he asked, shrugging off the silly banner. He was eager to finally have the chance to talk about all this madness with someone that actually knew him.
“Oh, hello,” Ron greeted in a very odd tone of voice.
Harry turned his attention from divesting himself of the banner to look at his friend.
“So, congratulations,” Ron said in a very not congratulatory way.
“What are you talking about?” Harry asked, beginning to feel rather wary of what was happening.
“Well, no one else got across the age line,” Ron explained, still sounding very odd and smiling in a way that wasn’t at all happy. “Not even Fred and George. What did you use? The Invisibility Cloak?”
“Why would being invisible have gotten me over an age line?” Harry asked carefully.
“Oh, right,” Ron nodded. “I thought you might’ve told me if it was the Cloak. Because it would’ve covered both of us, wouldn’t it? But you found another way, did you?”
Harry flinched slightly and clenched his jaw a moment before stating firmly, “I didn’t put my name in, Ron. Someone else must’ve done it.”
Ron raised his eyebrows in mock inquiry. “Why would they have done that for?”
“I dunno,” Harry bit out, “Maybe hoping I would die?”
Ron just continued to stare, eyebrows higher than ever.
“It’s okay, you know, you can tell me the truth. If you don’t want everyone else to know, fine, but I don’t know why you’re bothering to lie. You didn’t get in trouble for it, did you? That friend of the Fat Lady’s, that Violet, she’s already told us all that Dumbledore’s letting you enter. A thousand galleons prize money, eh? And you don’t have to do the end of year tests either…”
“I’m not a lair!” Harry snapped irritably. Dumbledore “let” him enter. What a joke. Was forcing him to enter. And what the Hell did end of year tests matter when weighed against having to compete in these dangerous tasks?
“Yeah, okay,” Ron said, sounding just like Cedric had. “But if you’d gone last night, no one would have seen you. I’m not stupid, you know.”
“You’re doing a really good impression of it!” Harry snapped furiously.
“Yeah?” Ron said coldly. “You want to get to bed, Harry. I expect you’ll need to be up early tomorrow for a photo-call or something.”
And he shut himself behind the curtains of his bed.
Harry stood stock-still, staring at the hangings for a long time as he tried to wrap his mind around what had just happened. He’d been certain that Ron would believe him. Ron knew him. He knew how much Harry hated the fame. And now he suddenly thought Harry was eagerly awaiting photo-calls?
Harry took his pajamas into the bathroom to change. He’d never liked changing in front of his dormmates, but since he’d gotten the tattoo, it had become absolutely necessary. Even in the Quidditch locker rooms, he changed in a toilet stall. He’d gotten teased a bit for being shy, but everyone got used to it soon enough.
While he changed, his over-stressed mind slowly poked at what he was feeling. By the time he was crawling into his own bed and closing the curtains, he’d identified it as betrayed. This felt worse than when Hermione had gone behind his back to McGonagall about his firebolt. She’d been wrong to betray him, but at least he’d known she’d done it out of fear for him. She loved him more than she trusted him, which made her untrustworthy about important things, but still a cherished friend.
Ron was calling Harry a liar and treating him like dirt because he was jealous .
He didn’t call out Kaa as he laid down. He was too tired and too hurt to even want to talk to his best friend. He just wanted to sleep and dream that this day hadn’t happened.
Notes:
Okay, so I had fully intended to post this yesterday, but I got busy and I completely forgot. Sorry, guys.
So Ron has totally failed to be a good friend, which you all obviously saw coming. Unfortunately for Ron, this Harry isn't quite so good at forgiveness. A bit too much of his father in him, I think.
Love to hear what you think!
Chapter Text
The First Task
Harry didn’t remember any dreams he may have had, and the morning brought the same nightmare back to life.
The stupid Gryffindors started applauding him in the common room when he went down on his way to breakfast. Thankfully, Hermione caught him with a stack of toast and they took it outside to talk rather than going to the great hall.
Hermione seemed to be trying to be on both his and Ron’s sides at the same time. She pointed out that Ron had grown up in the shadow of his brothers and then he put up with Harry overshadowing him all the time because he was famous.
“Then he’s probably better off not being my friend anymore, isn’t he?” Harry pointed out bitterly. It wasn’t like it was his fault that he was famous. And he knew it wasn’t Ron’s fault that he felt overshadowed by so many brothers and then by Harry, but maybe it just highlighted that they really were terribly suited as friends. Maybe this had truly been inevitable.
To make matters worse, he soon discovered that the rest of the school also believed that he had cheated to get his name into the Goblet. The Hufflepuffs were shunning the entirety of Gryffindor house, though with emphasis on him, of course. Even Professor Sprout was cool toward him.
The Slytherins, expectedly, were even worse. Malfoy showed up to their next Care of Magical Creatures class cracking jokes about Harry’s abysmally short life-expectancy.
Hagrid, at least, believed that Harry hadn’t entered his name, though he wasn’t clear whether that was because Harry said so or because Dumbledore said he believed him.
As the days continued to pass, Harry realized that he was feeling sad more often than not. Or maybe worse than sad. Like… resigned to misery. Everyone in the sodding school thought he was a liar. Including Ron, who had, last year, stood bravely in front of a man they’d all thought wanted to kill Harry and had insisted that he’d have to kill Ron, too. The same boy who’d been valiantly willing to die for him now glared at him and made snide comments about how much Harry loved his fame.
The Ravenclaws had decided to fully support Cedric and shun Harry as well, which was probably par for the course at this point. Even the ones that did support him – the Gryffindors in general – did so while insistently believing him to be a liar.
Sirius, totally not surprisingly, was once again failing to reply to the letter Harry had reluctantly sent off the first day at Hermione’s urging.
With his mood so dark, he’d been having trouble controlling his magic as well. He’d nearly brained himself in charms when the book he’d summoned had shot across the room like a bullet, much faster than anyone else’s summoned objects. He’d been lucky to have exceptionally fast reflexes as he’d managed to get a hand up before it could slam into his face.
Then the Slytherins debuted new badges, which supported Cedric and mocked Harry.
At the wand weighing ceremony, the horrible reporter had dragged him into a broom cupboard for a private interview and then just told him how he was feeling about everything rather than asking actual questions.
When the paper came out in the morning, Harry was the focus of the article, which all but ignored the foreigners and Cedric. She’d attributed long, sentimental quotes to him that were word-for-word utter fiction. She also outed Harry and Hermione’s romantic relationship, which would have been bad enough had it been remotely real.
The fact that three quarters of the school was constantly teasing him about things he hadn’t even said was enough to leave him in a constant state of agitation.
Even Kaa had no useable advice beyond letting him bite everyone, which didn’t seem like a long-term solution.
Hermione trying to convince Harry to make up with Ron was not helping him either. Like it was his responsibility to go begging Ron to forgive him for doing nothing wrong! The fact was that he did miss Ron’s friendship, but he wasn’t sure there was any getting it back at this point.
This was nothing like Hermione’s betrayal in an attempt to protect him. That had been bad, but she’d done it out of love. Ron was just being a hateful arsehole to Harry every single day because of something totally out of Harry’s control, and that was a completely different level of betrayal.
When Sirius finally wrote back, it was to tell him that it was too risky to speak via letter and make a plan to talk via the floo in the common room at one in the morning. He also mentioned that Harry was sure to be safe at the castle with Dumbledore and Moody despite the fact that Harry had been entered into a deadly tournament while in the castle with Dumbledore and Moody.
What a fucking joke.
Sirius had set the day of their floo meeting a fortnight out from when Harry received the letter, which gave him a lot of time to stew in the mountain of injustices heaped on his shoulders since he was forcibly entered into the damned tournament.
When not going to class, Harry had come to spend the majority of his time in the library with Hermione, trying to learn new spells as quickly as possible or in little traveled parts of the castle practicing said spells where he didn’t have to deal with Ron’s snide comments about him showing off or the well-meaning but ultimately insulting encouragement of the rest of the Gryffindors.
As always, he was learning spells quickly, though whether he’d be able to remember any of them when he was shoved into an unknown deadly situation for the amusement of all the people treating him like garbage… well, that was less certain.
He had decided to take a break from reading any of his Dark Arts books during the tournament. He didn’t want any of those spells fresh in his mind during this. He couldn’t risk using one in desperation and then getting arrested or something.
When they were in the library, they often had to deal with the fact that Krum also spent a lot of time in the library, likely for the same reason that Harry did. Krum wasn’t actually the problem as he kept to himself and didn’t bother them. The problem was the gaggle of giggling girls that followed him everywhere in the castle.
Hermione made the distraction all the worse for the amount of time she spent complaining about the giggling girls. “He’s not even good-looking!” was her favorite argument. “They only like him because he’s famous! They wouldn’t look twice at him if he couldn’t do that Woky Faint thing-”
“Wronski Feint,” Harry corrected with a sigh. He honestly felt more sympathy for Krum than disgust for his groupies. Harry had dealt with enough people fawning over his fame to know how unpleasant it was. And Krum certainly didn’t look like he appreciated it, though he had an impressive ability to pretend like he didn’t notice them at all.
There was a Hogsmeade trip the weekend before the First Task. Harry decided to go under his invisibility cloak and was extremely glad that he had. He felt more relaxed than he had in weeks, just being able to be around people without feeling judged on every side. He decided that he should spend more time under the cloak. Life was just better when he was invisible.
And wasn’t that a really sad insight into his life…
At the Three Broomsticks, Moody caught sight of Harry. Apparently that magical eye of his allowed him to see through invisibility cloaks, which was good to know, really. He was with Hagrid, who used the opportunity to whisper to Harry to meet him at his hut at midnight wearing the cloak, which was strange and suspicious. Harry did wonder what it was all about though, and Hagrid had never intentionally steered him wrong before.
On the way out of the pub, they passed a table of the less loathsome Slytherins, namely Blaise, Daphne, and Tracy. Harry didn’t catch what they were talking about, but it must have been amusing. Just as Harry was passing the table, Blaise positively grinned at whatever was said and Harry couldn’t help but slow momentarily to appreciate how it transformed his face.
He shook himself and quickly forced the weird thought away. Less loathsome they may be, but they were still Slytherins, right?
Right.
Granted, with how hated he was at the moment, it probably wasn’t wise to appreciate anyone’s smiles.
Come midnight, Harry made it out to Hagrid’s hut, where he was apparently meant to follow Hagrid’s date into the Forbidden Forest where they found four full-grown dragons. Eavesdropping on Hagrid’s conversation with Charlie Weasley, Harry was able to learn that he and the other champions would each be facing one of the dragons, apparently to get past them for something.
Dragons. What the Hell were they thinking? He was sure he’d heard they were trying not to get anyone killed in this tournament.
He made it back to the common room just in time for his meeting with Sirius through the fire. When Sirius asked after how Harry was doing, he found himself giving a terribly exhausted sigh and sitting down in front of the fire.
“Not great,” he admitted grimly. He thought of all the drama with Ron and the rest of the school, but he couldn’t bring himself to unload such personal things on a man who honestly hadn’t really shown that he cared about Harry’s feelings in the past. Instead, Harry told him about the dragons he’d just been down to see. “I don’t feel very good about this,” he admitted, and his stomach turned just thinking of it.
Dragons.
Sirius did look compassionate for Harry’s situation, at least, which was more than Harry had really dared to expect.
“Dragons can be dealt with, Harry,” Sirius soothed, “but we’ll get to that in a minute. I haven’t got long here. I’ve broken into someone’s house to use the fire, but they could be back at any time. There are things I need to warn you about.”
“What?” Harry asked, slumping a bit at the idea of more problems than he was already aware of.
“Karkaroff. Harry, he was a Death Eater. You know what Death Eaters are, don’t you?”
“I… Yeah,” Harry swallowed, flashing back to the mob at the World Cup. The Death Eaters and their supporters that Harry had attacked. That he had, quite probably, killed.
He pushed the thought away with an effort.
“He was caught,” Sirius went on. “He was in Azkaban with me, but he got released. I’d bet everything that’s why Dumbledore wanted an auror at Hogwarts this year. To keep an eye on him. Moody caught Karkaroff. Put him into Azkaban in the first place.”
Harry processed that, finding that he didn’t feel that worried. He doubted the man was going to try anything at Hogwarts. At least nothing more than entering Harry into the tournament, if he was the one who did that. He couldn’t remember if the man had said anything that would definitely prove his innocence, and Harry knew he’d remember if he’d heard any lies that would have given him away.
People didn’t always have to lie though, he knew, to mislead.
“He did a deal with the Ministry of Magic,” Sirius continued after a few seconds of silence. “He said he’d seen the error of his ways, and then he named names. He put a load of other people into Azkaban in his place. He’s not very popular in there, I can tell you. And since he got out, from what I can tell, he’s been teaching the Dark Arts to every student who passes through that school of his. So watch out for the Durmstrang champion as well.”
Harry frowned uncertainly at that. “Watch out for him because he knows Dark Arts?” he sought to clarify.
“They warp your mind, Harry. You can’t trust any of them,” Sirius said very grimly.
Harry worked to keep his expression even as he nodded. It appeared that Sirius was just as biased against the Dark Arts as Hagrid. Wonderful.
“Okay,” Harry moved the conversation forward, “Do you think that means Karkaroff put my name in the goblet? Because he seemed really furious about it. He tried to stop me from competing.” He’d tried harder than anyone that was supposed to be on Harry’s side, actually.
“We know he’s a good actor,” Sirius dismissed, “because he convinced the Ministry of Magic to set him free, didn’t he?”
Harry didn’t think that probably took good acting skills. From what he’d seen of the Ministry, they seemed fairly incompetent and extremely corrupt. A sizeable donation or the right friends would have likely been more effective than the best acting skills. Or, as was obvious thanks to Sirius, even being actually innocent wasn’t as effective a defense as money or well-placed friends.
“Now, I’ve been keeping an eye on the Daily Prophet,” Sirius went on. “And reading between the lines of that Skeeter woman’s article last month, Moody was attacked the night before he started at Hogwarts. Yes, I know she says it was another false alarm, but I don’t think so, somehow. I think someone tried to stop him from getting to Hogwarts. I think someone knew their job would be a lot more difficult with him around. And no one’s going to look into it too closely. Mad-Eye’s heard intruders a bit too often. But that doesn’t mean he can’t spot the real thing. Moody was the best auror the Ministry ever had.”
Harry suspected some bias in that account, but he wasn’t going to press the point. “So you think Karkaroff wants me dead,” Harry concluded. “Why, exactly?”
Sirius hesitated. “I’ve been hearing some very strange things,” he said slowly. “The Death Eaters seem to be a bit more active than usual lately. They showed themselves at the Quidditch World Cup, didn’t they? Someone set off the Dark Mark. And then, did you hear about that Ministry of Magic witch who’s gone missing?”
“Bertha Jorkins?”
“Exactly. She disappeared in Albania, and that’s definitely where Voldemort was rumored to be last. And she would have known the Triwizard Tournament was coming up, wouldn’t she?”
“And you think she just happened to wander straight to where Voldemort was? He wasn’t in all that good of health last I saw him.”
“Listen, I knew Bertha Jorkins,” Sirius said grimly. “She was at Hogwarts when I was, a few years above your dad and me. And she was an idiot. Very nosy, but no brains, none at all. It’s not a good combination. I’d say she’d be very easy to lure into a trap.”
“So you think Voldemort found out about the tournament,” Harry struggled to follow. “And you think Karkaroff is here on his orders? Or at least taking his orders? If the man turned in so many Death Eaters, isn’t he kind of a traitor?”
“I don’t know,” Sirius admitted. “I just don’t know. Karkaroff doesn’t strike me as the type who’d go back to Voldemort unless he knew Voldemort was powerful enough to protect him. But whoever put your name in that goblet did it for a reason, and I can’t help thinking the tournament would be a very good way to attack you and make it look like an accident.”
Harry groaned in annoyance. Because he needed yet another thing to worry about. “Yeah, I don’t think they’ll have to work too hard to kill me. Not when I’m facing a bloody dragon.”
“Right,” Sirius switched tracks. “These dragons. There’s a way, Harry. Don’t be tempted to try a stunning spell. Dragons are strong and too powerfully magical to be knocked out by a single stunner. You need about half a dozen wizards at a time to overcome a dragon.”
“Yeah, I saw that,” Harry admitted gloomily.
“But you can do it alone. There is a way. A simple spell’s all you need. Just-”
Harry jerked and held up a hand to silence Sirius as he heard footsteps coming down the stairs.
“Go!” he urged Sirius quickly. “Someone’s coming!”
He hurried to his feet as he heard Sirius disappear from the fire. Thank goodness. He did not need the uproar that would arise if it got around that Sirius Black’s head had been in the common room fire. Even worse, that Harry had been there at the time. He didn’t know if they’d suspect him of working with Sirius Black or think the man was trying to kill him again, but it wouldn’t be good.
And Harry loathed the lies he’d have to tell to get out of it.
Then Ron emerged from the stairs, dressed in his maroon pajamas. He looked around uncertainly and asked, “Who were you talking to?”
And Harry’s alarm turned into fury. Because of Ron’s fucking nosiness, Harry wasn’t going to get to hear about this very simple spell for defeating dragons. He might actually die because Ron had to butt his nose in where it wasn’t wanted.
“Why the Hell would you think it’s any of your fucking business?” Harry growled at his former best friend.
“I just wondered…” Ron trailed off, looking wary. “Nothing. I’m going back to bed.”
But it was too late. Harry couldn’t call Sirius back, being as he didn’t know where he’d been calling from. And Sirius wouldn’t call back, not knowing if it was safe. He could try to write to him, but given Sirius’ usual response time, he’d be lucky to get a letter before the second task.
Ron’s big nose had cost Harry the chance to figure out how to defeat the dragon.
He felt tears of rage and fear prick at his eyes and he lashed out at Ron, “Why can’t you just mind your own business, huh?” he snarled.
“Sorry about that,” Ron replied snidely. “I’ll let you get back to practicing your next interview in peace.”
And Harry wanted to hurt him. He wanted to hex him. He wanted to punch him! He was so sick of Ron’s bitter bullshit. He had to know that Harry didn’t like the fame. He’d known him for years. But he kept throwing that crap in his face anyway and combined with everything else that had happened that night, Harry was ready to explode. His magic was boiling around him like a storm cloud and he searched desperately for a release that wouldn’t get him in more trouble for maiming a classmate.
Instead of attacking, Harry snatched up one of the Potter Really Stinks badges that the Creevy brothers had been tinkering with and chucked it at Ron as hard as he could manage. It hit his forehead, hard, and Harry sneered at him. “You can wear that on Tuesday. Make sure everyone knows where your loyalties stand.”
And he stalked around Ron and up to the dorm. He’d half expected Ron to stop him, likely physically, but he hadn’t moved.
Harry changed for bed in a terrible mood and he lay awake behind his curtains for a very long time. He never heard Ron come upstairs and part of him wondered if he’d finally gotten through to him or if he was just afraid Harry would actually punch him if he came up.
Harry woke up the next morning with the realization that Sirius had wasted at least five minutes talking about the grave danger from the resident Death Eater and didn’t bother addressing the most imminent danger until after despite professing that he could be interrupted at any moment.
If it was such a simple spell, couldn’t he have told him that first, then talked about Karkaroff? He’d been in the castle with the man for a month and he’d seen no real threat from him yet. He couldn’t be the bigger danger.
Not that it mattered anymore. What was done was done.
It was Monday morning when Harry made a point of telling Cedric about the dragons, hexing his bag to drop all his things on the floor in order to separate him from his friends. All of them hated Harry from what he could tell and he didn’t think it would go over well if he asked to speak with Cedric alone.
“The first task. It’s dragons,” he explained. “I’ve seen them. There’s four. One for each of us.”
“Why would you tell me?” Cedric pressed suspiciously.
Harry gave an exasperated sigh and rolled his eyes. “I didn’t enter the tournament, Cedric. I don’t care about winning. I just want all of us to live through this. Maxime and Karkaroff saw the dragons too, so I’m sure the other champions know. You were the only one who didn’t. Now you do. Make a plan, so you don’t die.”
Cedric just blinked at him in surprise. He opened his mouth, but before he could say anything, they were interrupted by Moody, who sent Cedric to class and pulled Harry into his office.
“So, found out about the dragons, have you?” Moody asked slyly.
Harry frowned and didn’t make eye contact. He probably looked shifty as Hell, but he wasn’t going to rat out Hagrid.
“It’s all right,” Moody said, sitting down with a groan. “Cheating’s a traditional part of the Triwizard Tournament and always has been.”
“I didn’t cheat,” Harry snapped. “I just… It was sort of accidental.” Because he really couldn’t be accused of cheating when he’d had no idea what Hagrid was up to until well after he’d seen the dragons. Maybe that was why Hagrid had done it that way.
“I wasn’t accusing you, laddie,” Moody grinned. “I’ve been telling Dumbledore from the start. He can be as high-minded as he likes, but you can bet old Karkaroff and Maxime won’t be. They’ll have told their champions everything they can. They want to win. They want to beat Dumbledore. They’d like to prove he’s only human.”
Harry snorted at that, because too many people seemed to think the man was more than human.
“I know you didn’t enter the tournament by choice, Potter, but there’s no reason you can’t try to win,” he added after a moment. “Show all your detractors what you’re made of.”
Harry shrugged, “I really don’t care. I mean, I’m not going to try to lose or anything. I just care more about staying alive.”
Moody nodded, “So you got any ideas how you're going to get past your dragon yet?”
Harry heaved a heavy sigh and shook his head, “No.”
“Well, I’m not going to tell you,” Moody said gruffly. “I don’t show favoritism, me. I’m just going to give you some good, general advice. And the first bit is – play to your strengths.”
Harry frowned at that. Strengths. He didn’t dare do anything that would expose him too much.
“What are you best at?” Moody pressed.
“Quidditch,” Harry offered reflexively.
“That’s right. You’re a damn good flier from what I’ve heard.”
Harry nodded slowly. “Sure, but I’m not allowed anything but my wand.”
“My second piece of general advice,” Moody added, “is to use a nice, simple spell that will enable you to get what you need.”
Harry stared at him, but there didn’t seem to be more coming.
“Come on, boy. Put them together. It’s not that difficult,” Moody whispered.
And it clicked.
He could summon his broom. He thought about it all through Herbology and came to the conclusion that it was a good basis of a plan, but a bit hard to make it work by itself. Outflying a dragon sounded pretty tough by itself, even for him on his Firebolt. He had learned some other spells this year though, while preparing for the unknown task.
With luck, maybe he could put together a few spells that might get him past a dragon in one piece.
The morning of the first task, Harry decided to skip all of his morning classes in favor of doing some last minute studying in the library and then a couple hours in an empty classroom practicing the spells he planned to use.
He managed to eat half a slice of dry toast at lunchtime and congratulated himself on the herculean feat. Then McGonagall was ushering him out of the Great Hall to “get ready for the first task”, whatever that meant.
He vaguely heard encouragement from the Gryffindors around him as he followed McGonagall out, but he didn’t properly process any of it. His magic was sort of fluttering around him in a nervous manner that wasn’t helping him at all.
McGonagall hardly seemed herself either. She actually put a hand on his shoulder as they walked, which just seemed to rile up his magic even more. “Now, don’t panic,” she coached. “Just keep a cool head. We’ve got wizards standing by to control the situation if it gets out of hand. The main thing is just to do your best, and nobody will think the worse of you. Are you all right?”
“I’m fine,” Harry said stiffly. He didn’t want to sit here listening to her tell him that he probably wouldn’t die since there were wizards standing by to put him out if the dragon lit him on fire. He didn’t want to hear her say no one would think less of him if he failed when three quarters of the school had been scorning him for weeks just for getting entered into the damn tournament against his will.
They arrived at a tent very near where the dragons had been kept a few days ago. She sent him in with a wish of good luck.
In the tent, he found the other three champions looking quite nervous, which somehow eased his nerves slightly. Being the youngest and most inexperienced of them, he’d somehow worried that they’d all have simple, foolproof plans and laugh at him for being so weak.
Bagman was there as well, his cheer almost palpable amid so much somberness. It felt out of place and disrespectful that he should be so excited to sit in the stands and watch them all try to survive.
It was almost perverse.
The man drew them together quickly and informed them that their task was to collect a golden egg and that they needed to draw a model of the variety of thing they would face, though he didn’t mention anything about dragons yet.
Fleur drew the Welsh Green with a number 2 around its neck. Krum got the Chinese Fireball with a number 3. Cedric came out with the Swedish Short-Snout and the number 1. None of them looked surprised at finding dragons, so he’d been right about them knowing.
Harry’s stomach turned at the realization that there was only one left. The Hungarian Horntail. The worst of the lot according to Charlie Weasley’s estimation. With a sense of growing dread, Harry drew out the model, exactly as he suspected.
“Well, there you are!” Bagman’s cheerful exclamation made Harry flinch a little and his magic seemed to growl at the man, who went on, utterly oblivious. “You have each pulled out the dragon you will face and the numbers refer to the order in which you are to take on the dragons, do you see?”
He told Cedric to go out when he heard the whistle, then, strangely, asked Harry to speak privately outside.
Harry could only stare at the man in disbelief as he was clearly trying to find an opening to give Harry tips, directly against the rules and probably still within hearing range of the other champions. They’d stepped outside a tent, after all, not a stone building.
“I didn’t cheat to get into this Tournament and I don’t mean to cheat to get through it,” he bit out irritably. “If you’re not asking all of us these questions, I don’t think you ought to be asking me.” And Harry stepped back into the tent while the man was still staring at him with his jaw hanging.
What a nit.
He got glances from the others when he reentered the tent, but they mostly remained focused on their own anxious thoughts.
Harry had the longest to wait. He took an empty stool and closed his eyes, running over his plan again even as he used the meditation techniques he’d been practicing to try to calm his agitated magic before it did something that would raise more questions than he was prepared to answer.
This needed to go well. If he got in real trouble, he wasn’t sure what his magic would do. Take what it had done to the dementors last year, for example. If his magic decided to tear apart a dragon the way it had those dementors… That wasn’t something people would forget or ignore.
He focused hard on calming his magic and going over his plan and he was only vaguely aware as the other champions left the tent, one at a time.
When at last the whistle came to call him out, all the nerves he’d been keeping at bay surged back with a vengeance, his heart immediately began to pound once more, and he swayed unsteadily as he stood.
“Fuck,” he breathed, and walked as steadily as he could manage into the arena set up beyond. He saw hundreds of faces turned toward him and tried not to think about how many must be hoping that he would fail. Everyone but the Gryffindors, presumably.
The spectators didn’t get much of his attention because it was rather difficult to focus on anything besides the dragon at the other end of the arena. It was… a massive beast. It actually seemed larger and more ferocious now than when he’d seen it the first time. Perhaps because he had to actually approach the thing now.
He lifted his wand and summoned his Firebolt. While he waited for it to reach him, he noticed that his near panic was receding. He was still running on large amounts of adrenaline, but he was hyper focused now rather than scatter-brained and terrified. He recognized the feeling. It’s how he usually felt when his life was in danger. He much preferred this to the anticipation he’d been feeling increasingly for weeks.
As the Firebolt soared into the arena and came to a patient halt, hovering at his side, Harry concentrated carefully, then cast a powerful serpensortia . Unlike when Malfoy had cast it in second year, this snake was massive. Thicker and slightly longer than Kaa, a poisonous green color. Concentrating carefully, he cast it two more times, getting two more snakes that appeared the same breed, though with slightly different scale patterns.
Though he was loath to remind everyone that he was a parselmouth, this had been his best idea for distracting the dragon.
The snakes all turned to him when he spoke, “ Distract the dragon so I can get to her nest.”
One of the snakes muttered something about wanting one of the eggs for himself, but they didn’t hesitate to begin slithering toward the dragon. From what he understood of the spell theory, the snakes were simple constructs. Very convincing, but not real animals. He hoped that was right.
Harry watched them a moment, then climbed onto his Firebolt and cast the other spell he’d been practicing that morning. A feeling of cold, raw egg running down his body gave him a small shudder, but a look at his body confirmed that it had worked. He was, effectively, invisible.
It wasn’t nearly as good as his cloak, but he wasn’t going to show that off in front of the whole school.
He hung back as the snakes got closer and began to draw the wary attention of the dragon increasingly. The dragon’s lips peeled back in a warning snarl, and the snakes spread out so they were all to her right, but far enough apart that she struggled to watch them at once.
Harry grinned as he drifted closer.
The dragon didn’t move far from her nest, but she began to inch off it as the snakes got too close for her comfort, putting herself between the snakes and her eggs.
Harry’s heart pounded as he flew close enough that he’d be in serious trouble if she suddenly noticed him, but her attention remained on the snakes.
With a terrifying burst of speed, the dragon lunged toward one of the snakes and Harry took his chance. The fire she let loose was hot enough that he felt it as he put on all the speed his Firebolt could handle to drive toward the momentarily uncovered nest.
Using only his legs to remain seated, he stretched out and snatched the golden egg from among the cement-colored fellows, and nearly tumbled from his broom in his haste to pull up without a hand on the broom.
He was just tucking the egg into the crook of his arm and getting a hold on his broom again when the dragon’s tail came out of nowhere, swinging right for him.
He pulled away and spun but the dragon’s swinging tail still caught his ankle and sent him into a wild, uncontrolled spin. His ankle throbbed with pain even as his glasses flew right off his face.
He gasped, but they were well beyond his reach, even had he had an extra hand.
He looked around toward the now-blurry dragon in time to realize that she’d either got all the snakes already or noticed him at her nest because he seemed to have all of her focus.
She opened her mouth and Harry swerved just as fire shot from her maw. He was still invisible, but she seemed to have a keen idea of where he was anyway.
Then he was far enough from her that the chain wouldn’t let her approach and he headed cautiously for the ground.
She struggled against the chain, but he warily dubbed himself safe enough for the moment and ended the disillusionment. It had only proven marginally useful in the end. She must have been tracking him by scent.
He shook his head at his stupidity in overlooking that even as he heard Bagman announce that Harry had the egg now they could see him properly.
Then there was a terrible, metallic screech and a ring of metal. Harry looked back in time to see the chain containing the dragon snap apart, and the dragon launched herself right for him.
Harry dropped the egg and threw himself back onto his broom, rocketing to his right with all possible speed.
The dragon still managed to clip him with a claw and his broom was knocked from his grip.
An instant later, he hit the ground, hard.
He rolled several times before he could get his feet under him. Half a glance back showed the dragon still determinedly pursuing, much too close, and he was sprinting away from her toward the nearest collection of rocks.
She sucked in a breath and Harry dove over the rocks, curling into himself tightly as fire blasted over his head in a roar of noise and intense heat beat against his body.
As soon as the fire ceased, Harry put his feet under him again and bolted for the next obstacle that might keep him alive, an even taller stand of rocks.
He only made it three steps before her shadow fell on him and he turned his head in time to see her open mouth descending on him.
He marveled for a moment at the terribly sharp teeth and he wanted desperately to be away.
There was a sudden, crushing darkness all around him and he was sure he was dead.
He began to fear for the afterlife and what it would mean for him even as he marveled at how painless it had been.
Then his eyes snapped open and he realized that he was in the tent where they’d waited their turns.
He looked around in shocked disbelief, then fell to his knees, his whole body trembling.
He must have apparated. At least he’d not ended up on the roof this time.
There was a great uproar going on outside. He couldn’t make out Bagman over the noise of the spectators, but then there was a great collision that made the ground tremble and he couldn’t hear the dragon’s angry roars anymore.
Cautiously, he crept back to the arena, only relaxing when he saw the dragon was unconscious, surrounded by the dragon handlers.
He approached slowly, looking around for the egg and his broom, hoping that his broom hadn’t been damaged and that he didn’t get marked down for dropping the egg.
Then Bagman suddenly exclaimed, “There he is! Potter’s alive and well, folks! That was a close one!”
And the spectators became deafening, though Harry honestly couldn’t tell if they were cheering him on or crying out in dismay at the fact he’d not been eaten.
Madam Pomfrey was the first to reach him and he was swiftly escorted into the healing tent, where he found Cedric on another bed, though there were dividers in place so he couldn’t see if he was hurt. He was sitting up at least, so it couldn’t have been too bad.
Harry had begun to tremble uncontrollably and he tried to relax as he laid back on the bed. This wasn’t the first time he’d come down off so much adrenaline. He knew it would pass. He was mostly just trying to wrap his mind around everything that had just happened. How very close he’d just come to getting literally bitten in half.
The dragon had broken its chain. What were the odds of that happening? That the dragon handlers would be so careless as to use too weak a chain, or one with rusted links?
It seemed more likely that someone had tried to ensure he didn’t survive. Perhaps they’d weakened the link last night. Or maybe they’d even been quietly casting at it while the tasks were in progress.
He was going to have to be more careful the rest of this tournament. He didn’t just need to worry about surviving the tasks, but possible sabotage to make things even more dangerous for him.
Wonderful.
“Totally healthy,” Madam Pomfrey’s unimpressed voice drew his attention back to her. She was frowning heavily at him. “Mr. Potter, I appreciate that your points in this task depended, in part, on you coming out without injury, but I don’t appreciate my patients casting dangerous spells on themselves!” she snapped. “There is a reason medi-witches spend at least three years as apprentices, Potter, and it’s not so that their patients can heal themselves!”
“I didn’t…” Harry tried to defend himself.
“I was watching the task, Mr. Potter,” she reprimanded. “You’ve lost half a trouser leg when that tail clipped you. Your shirt sleeve is shredded from a claw, and you rolled around on the rocky ground more than once. That firebreath came close enough to blister at least once. You should be covered in cuts, bruises, and burns. Frankly, you’re lucky to be alive! Now I can’t report that you should be injured, so you’ve succeeded, Mr. Potter, but if you continue healing yourself, you could very well do more damage than you repair.”
And she tucked her wand away with an angry jab and bustled away before he could respond.
Slowly, it occurred to Harry that she wasn’t actually wrong. He should have been hurt.
And he wasn’t.
He’d certainly not healed himself, but he was going to make learning some healing spells top priority in case anyone decided to test him on the knowledge. Her assumption was definitely going to have to be his explanation because he hadn’t been hurt.
He’d felt his ankle throb when it was hit, but it didn’t hurt now and Madam Pomfrey definitely would have noticed if he was hurt at all.
He could think of only one explanation. His father wasn’t human. Harry had always been hurt just as easily as anyone else, but maybe that was changing. Or maybe it was just his magic taking on new roles when he was in great danger. He wasn’t eager to test it, but he should probably try. Tomorrow, maybe. See if he still resisted getting hurt or if he just healed faster.
Not waiting to stick around for any more lectures, Harry made his way back out of the tent.
Before he could reach the entrance, however, Hermione burst through the flap with Ron hot on her heels.
“Harry, you’re alive!” Hermione burst out, throwing her arms around him in a crushing hug. “Oh, you were brilliant, Harry, you really were!” she exclaimed as she drew back to look at him again. “You did so well, but then the chain broke and I thought you were dead!” There were fingernail marks on her face where she’d been clutching it in fear. “You must have apparated! That’s really incredible at your age, Harry! You’re rather old for accidental magic, but you haven’t learned to apparate yet, so what else could it be? Oh, but thank Merlin, you did. I thought you were dead when the dragon bit at you.”
“Thanks, Hermione,” Harry said, hoping to calm her panic-driven speed-talking. He focused most of his attention on Ron, though, feeling wary of his presence.
Ron was looking at him like he was a ghost. “Harry, whoever put your name in that goblet… I reckon they were trying to do you in!”
Harry stared at Ron, not sure what he was supposed to be feeling. On the one hand, he was so relieved that Ron was finally acting like his friend again. On the other hand, he’d spent a long time acting like his enemy and it wasn’t so easy let that go.
“I… I shouldn’t’ve-” Ron cut himself off like he’d run out of words.
“No, you shouldn’t,” Harry agreed firmly, a bit of bite leaking into his voice.
Ron winced, but then firmed with determination, “It won’t happen again.”
…and Harry found that he couldn’t trust him, no matter how much Ron obviously meant it right now.
“Okay,” Harry shook his head and sighed tiredly. It didn’t feel right to treat Ron like dirt, no matter that Ron had treated him that way since he became a champion. And he knew that he would never trust Ron again. That didn’t mean they couldn’t be friendly, he supposed. It would make things easier, at least.
That seemed to be it. Hermione hugged them both and then ran away in tears.
Ron called her mental, then began enthusiastically telling Harry all about what the other champions had done while they went back out to see Harry’s scores. He seemed to be trying really hard to pretend the last month hadn’t happened.
Through it all, Harry could only think that Ron had only changed his mind about the grudge when he’d stopped feeling jealous. When he’d seen that he’d truly not wish to be in Harry’s place in this tournament, then he’d changed his tune. How long would it really be before Ron got jealous again?
When the scores were tallied, Harry ended up tied for first with Krum, though only because Karkaroff had scored him incredibly unfairly to make it happen.
It wasn’t until they were leaving the arena that Ron mentioned Harry was missing his glasses and Harry realized he was right. Yet he could see perfectly.
He couldn’t say for certain when it had happened. At some point after the dragon broke its chain, but before he’d apparated. Somewhere in there, his vision had cleared and he could see everything perfectly.
Yet his glasses were gone.
Harry summoned them from the arena and fixed the broken lenses with a quick spell. When he put them on, he found that he couldn’t see at all. The world went completely blurry.
In desperation, Harry left Ron waiting for him while he ducked back into the hospital tent for a word with Madam Pomfrey. As he’d hoped, the tent was already empty and Harry used the privacy to transfigure a tissue into a replica of his glasses but with plain glass lenses. He put his old glasses in his pocket and replaced them with the replicas, through which he could see perfectly.
He wasn’t sure if his vision would go back to normal after a while or not, but he didn’t want anyone to know.
As he and Ron walked back up to the school, Harry let the other boy’s chatter wash over him as he thought on everything that had happened today. His magic was doing strange things. Luckily, this time, no one had seemed to notice anything untoward, but he couldn’t count on that luck lasting.
Two more tasks to survive. If he managed it with his Secret intact, he would count himself supremely lucky.
Notes:
I’ve noticed a lot of you have been wishing Harry would be more expressive in making his thoughts known, but remember that he’s crafted a lot of who he is around the concept of keeping his Secret. Doing anything that makes him stand out any more than he does just by being Harry Potter, he’s going to try to suppress.
Love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter Text
Hindsight
The evening after the first task, Harry grudgingly wrote out a quick letter to Sirius. The man could probably get a better rendition of the whole thing in the morning’s paper. Harry hadn’t been overly descriptive. Mostly just told him that he’d survived it, against all odds, and manfully did not add in anything in the vein of “no thanks to you”.
He was rather proud of himself for that restraint.
Ron and Hermione were both getting on his nerves. They’d latched onto him unshakably since the task, with Ron trying to make up for a month of being a dick with overly enthusiastic praise of Harry’s performance and pointlessly dismissive comments on how the rest of the tasks must be much easier.
Hermione seemed to think Harry was in danger of believing that and was very pointedly countering that by insisting on how dangerous it was sure to still be.
Personally, Harry found neither of them at all comforting or helpful and just wished they’d leave him alone. He’d much rather talk the whole thing through with Kaa, who he could count on to be rational and who he could actually trust.
He sent off the letter to Sirius with Pig and they returned to the common room where a party was now in full swing to celebrate his performance.
Harry had no patience for any of it. He ate a little of the food, then claimed fatigue and headed for bed.
Once he was closed behind his curtains, he called out Kaa and settled back to tell his familiar all about the task and then about Ron and Hermione.
“ So you welcome back the betrayer ,” the snake observed flatly.
Harry sighed, because he’d known Kaa wouldn’t react favorably to that, “ Not exactly. I mean, I wouldn’t use the word ‘welcome’. It’s just… easier. I don’t want to fight with him the rest of my time at Hogwarts. ”
Kaa tasted the air a few times, then offered, “ He will betray you again. ”
“ I know ,” Harry said. He shook his head gravely and closed his eyes, “ I know that’s probably true .” He opened his eyes and looked at the snake again, “ but it won’t hurt so much next time. Because I’ll be expecting it. I’m not going to trust him again, Kaa. I’m not stupid. But we can still be friendly .”
“ Humans make these things more complicated than they need to be ,” Kaa eventually decided.
Harry laughed a little, “ Yeah. I think that’s something humans do a lot .”
“ Difficult creatures ,” Kaa said in a particularly long-suffering way.
“ Yes, we can be ,” Harry agreed readily enough. “ What concerns me is the way I healed. Or maybe I wasn’t hurt in the first place as much as I should have been. With how my clothes got ripped up, it does seem like I should have been bleeding. ”
“ What do you think it means?”
Harry rubbed a hand roughly over his face, “ Maybe my magic was just working overtime. Maybe it was so wound up and I’d pushed it away from any possible intervention so hard that it acted to heal me rather than protecting me to start with. Or maybe it did protect me from the cuts and burns and I was never hurt at all besides the bruising on my ankle, which did heal. ”
The snake rested his broad head on Harry’s raised knee and tasted the air. “ You smell of fear. ”
Harry grimaced but admitted, “ I’m changing. My mum said my magic would grow. She said that I would be incredibly powerful. I just… I get spells faster than even Hermione most of the time, and I can always cast them stronger than her. I can look a basilisk in the eyes and live, then tell it what to do and have it obey. I can hear when people lie… ” he swallowed bile. “ Now this, I just… It’s a lot .”
“ You are growing, ” Kaa offered, tightening his coils for a long moment, like a hug around Harry’s legs. “ You grow older, wiser, larger. Why should you not grow more powerful?”
“ It’s how much more powerful that worries me ,” Harry admitted. “ I don’t want to be some kind of God. ”
After a silent moment, Kaa pointed out, “ And yet that is what you are prophesied to become, is it not?”
“ I don’t want to ,” Harry whispered. “ I don’t want to conquer the world. I don’t want to challenge God for his throne or whatever it is I’m supposed to do. I just want to graduate and get a job and have a family some day. ”
“ Then that is what you should do .”
Harry met the snake’s eyes with wary hope. “ Can I, though?”
“ If the prophecy must happen, then nothing you do will change it. So you must do what you wish and hope. Spending your time in fear of what may be will not make it less likely to be. ”
That, Harry thought, was maybe the best advice he’d ever heard. He would focus on what he could control and try to ignore the rest. Drowning in anxiety wouldn’t fix anything.
He was so, so glad to have one friend that he could trust without reservation.
Dobby and Winky
Things settled down a bit after the first task, at least. He wasn’t receiving quite so much hate from the school in general now that he was tied for first place, and he had a little breathing room before the next time they tried to kill him. He spent as much time studying as he could manage, hoping to learn spells that would prove useful when he figured out that damn clue.
As of yet, he’d had no discernable luck in getting the egg to make any sense. It just screamed at him whenever he opened it. He wasn’t sure if that was meant to be the clue or the puzzle he had to decipher to find the clue. He’d considered feeding some of his magic into it and just seeing if that would fix it, but he was too afraid of damaging it.
Ron continued to pretend that the month he’d spent treating Harry like dirt hadn’t even happened and Harry mostly tried to play along, but their friendship wasn’t as easy as it had been. Things about Ron that he used to dismiss as just quirks were now becoming increasingly irritating. He found himself making excuses to be alone just to avoid the redhead.
Harry’s eyesight had not gone back to normal after the first task, though he continued to wear the transfigured glasses. He wasn’t sure what to make of it except that his magic had acted to keep him alive by giving him clear vision. It was kind of baffling, even to him. He wasn’t about to let anyone else know about it.
As to his general vulnerability, he’d waited two days after the task before performing a little test with a potions knife. He was able to cut himself, but not easily. Not nearly as easily as it should have done.
So it wasn’t just when his magic was acting up. He was changing. On a fundamental level.
One evening, a couple weeks after the first task, Hermione dragged them down to the kitchens after dinner. She was so worked up she was hardly making any sense, just insisting that they had to see for themselves. Knowing that the house-elves worked in the kitchen, Harry was rather wary of where she was going with this. He was honestly getting sick of her crusade to force creatures into having freedom whether they liked it or not. It all sounded a bit contrary to him, but it didn’t matter how many people tried to tell her why she was wrong in trying to free them. She was convinced that she was right for reasons Harry didn’t fully understand, and she didn’t seem to even hear anything that challenged her conviction.
Then they were in the kitchen and before Harry could even properly take the place in, Dobby had latched onto him with a strength he wouldn’t have believed possible of the little creature. “Master Harry! Master Harry!” he gasped joyfully. “Dobby has been hoping and hoping to be seeing Master Harry, sir, and Master Harry is coming to see him!”
Dobby finally released him and stepped back to look up at him with his huge eyes. He was dressed in the same white, toga-like outfit that the rest of the elves wore, though Dobby’s was pure white, missing the Hogwarts crest. Harry supposed it was because he didn’t actually belong to the school. He was just glad that he didn’t have anything distinguishing him as Harry’s elf.
With luck, Hermione would just assume Dobby was being generally odd by calling Harry “master Harry”. They all knew Dobby had been ridiculously fond of him in their second year.
“How’s it going, Dobby?” Harry asked, feeling a little nervous that Dobby might say something that Hermione really couldn’t be convinced was harmless. He’d not specifically told Dobby to keep their bond a secret, but then he’d not expected to be seeing him often before he had a house for Dobby to keep, at which point he didn’t plan on trying to keep it a secret.
“Dumbledore is giving Dobby and Winky jobs, sir!” he elf announced proudly.
“Winky?” Harry wondered. “She’s here, too?”
Dobby excitedly led them through the kitchen to where Winky was sitting on a stool by the fire. Unlike Dobby, she was wearing a tiny blue blouse, skirt, and hat, the latter of which had holes cut in it for her ears. It was filthy with stains and even burn marks.
“Hello, Winky,” Harry said carefully.
Winky’s lip quivered a moment and then she burst into tears.
“Oh, dear,” Hermione gasped as she and Ron had followed Harry and Dobby to the end of the kitchen. “Winky, don’t cry, please don’t…”
But Winky cried even harder.
Dobby just beamed up at Harry. “Would Master Harry like a cup of tea?” he asked, raising his voice to be heard over Winky’s wailing.
“Er… Yeah. Sure.”
Instantly, half a dozen house-elves were rushing to serve them each a cup of tea and every fixing imaginable.
“Good service!” Ron said, impressed, and the elves all looked delighted even as Hermione frowned in disapproval at Ron.
And they all sat down to drink their tea while Harry asked about how long Dobby had been at Hogwarts.
Dobby explained that he’d gotten a job there just after Harry had broken the bond with his bad former master. Just recently, he’d gone to visit his friend Winky and he’d found that she had been freed.
Winky flew into hysterics just hearing it spoken of, throwing herself onto the floor and beating her fists and screaming in misery.
Hermione instantly fell to the ground next to her and began trying to comfort her, but everything Hermione did just seemed to make it worse.
Dobby just raised his voice and continued his story of how he’d brought her to Hogwarts to get a job like he had. He explained how Dumbledore had offered him a reasonable wage and time off and Dobby had talked him down to something he felt more comfortable with, just one galleon a week and one day off a month instead of ten galleons a week and every weekend off.
Hermione asked Winky about how much she was making and that just made the elf furious instead of sad.
“Winky is a disgraced elf,” she spat at Hermione with a rather impressive glare, “but Winky is not yet getting paid! Winky is not sunk so low as that! Winky is properly ashamed of being freed!”
Hermione tried to reason with the elf to understand that what Crouch had done to her was wrong, but Winky just covered her ears and refused to hear a bad word about her former master.
“Winky is having trouble adjusting, Master Harry,” Dobby explained confidentially. “Winky forgets she is not bound to Mr. Crouch anymore. She is allowed to speak her mind now, but she won’t do it.”
Dobby then explained that House-elves were bound to keep their silence and the secrets of their masters, and he said it with a subtly significant look at Harry that he found a bit reassuring. The elf was doing his best to keep his secrets.
Winky then went on about her worry for her former master, whom she’d looked after for her whole life and her mother before her and her grandmother before that.
When they left the kitchen, the elves crowded around them and tried to get them to accept snacks to take back upstairs. Hermione refused, a pained look on her face at the way the elves kept bowing and curtseying.
Ron and Harry accepted many snacks, filling up their pockets with the wrapped bundles, though Harry noticed that he was the only one making sure to thank each elf that gave him anything.
After curfew that night, Harry snuck out of the common room in his cloak and made his way to one of the empty rooms he usually used to talk with Kaa during the day. He locked himself in and warded the door as best he knew how – and he was learning new spells for it all the time.
Then he called Dobby.
The elf appeared before him almost instantly, smiling hugely at him. “Master Harry is calling Dobby!” the elf practically cheered, making Harry smile as he sat down on the floor to better look the elf in the face.
“Hello, Dobby. I wonder if I could ask you a few more questions about Winky.”
“Oh, of course, Master Harry, sir. Dobby is being happy to answer all Master Harry’s questions, sir!”
Harry smiled a bit at the excitable elf before he got down to his questions, “I was wondering why Winky hasn’t bonded with Hogwarts. That’s how it works, right? Because the elves all need a bond, yeah?”
“That is true, Master Harry, but Dumblydoor be saying Hogwarts is all full on elves and cannot be bonding anymore right now, so Dobby and Winky can work here, but not bond. Winky not be finding work anywhere else, so she is here.”
“That’s awful,” Harry frowned. “Surely she could find a family to work for, since she doesn’t want pay or anything. Wouldn’t there be lots of people who would like an elf?”
“Yes, Master Harry, but Winky was only ever bonded to Mr. Crouch. She does not know how to let go of the bond and she doesn’t want to try. She cannot bond to another master until she can let go of her last one. Dobby bes thinking she will die soon.”
“That’s the feeling I got, too,” Harry sighed. He gave it a moment of thought, then sighed heavily. “Can you bring her here to talk to me?”
“Dobby can,” was all he said before popping away.
He returned just seconds later with a disconsolate Winky staring blankly at the floor.
Harry took in her obvious depression and his resolve firmed. “Hello, Winky. I am very sorry that you were freed. You didn’t deserve that.”
Winky blinked and focused on him with mistrustful eyes, “Harry Potter is not telling Winky to be grateful?”
“No,” Harry said firmly. “My friend doesn’t want to understand how house-elf bonds work, but I do. You need a bond to be healthy and strong, right?”
Winky nodded slowly and silent tears fell from her eyes, “Winky is being weak and disgraced. Winky should die.”
“I disagree,” Harry corrected. “I don’t think you should die. I think you were a very loyal elf, and I would like you to bond with me.”
The elf’s breath caught and she stopped breathing for a long moment before she whispered, “Winky is broken. Winky cannot bond again.”
“I think I can fix that,” Harry admitted, because his magic had actually stolen Dobby’s bond from Lucius and if it could do that, surely it could fix a broken one.
The little elf trembled all over.
“Only with your permission though, Winky,” Harry pressed when she didn’t speak. “I won’t force it on you. Will you let me try?”
Winky’s chin trembled and her tiny fists clenched as she shifted.
The moment lengthened and Harry was afraid she would refuse, but then Dobby reached out and wrapped one of his hands around one of her bony wrists.
Winky looked at the point of connection, then up at Dobby with wide eyes.
Dobby nodded solemnly at whatever it was that was passing between them.
Finally, Winky looked back at Harry and gave a tremulous nod. “Winky will let you try,” she whispered and clenched her eyes shut.
Harry took a deep breath, and drew on his magic the way he had with the Dementors, pushing it to do what he needed.
He felt his magic rise within him and wrap itself around both elves before settling its focus on Winky. It seemed to inspect her, and Harry found himself picturing a friendly dog making a new friend.
He could feel something that felt wrong within the elf. A bit like the difference between lie and truth, it just wasn’t quite right.
Then his magic just seemed to soak right into her skin, and the feeling of wrong washed away like it had never been, leaving the elf feeling clean and healthy to his senses.
The elf jolted as her eyes snapped open and she collapsed to her knees.
Harry frowned and glanced at Dobby, but the elf was grinning.
“Winky is a Potter elf now, Master Harry, sir,” Dobby declared.
Winky continued to tremble and look rather dazed.
“Is she okay?”
“Winky is being wonderful, Master Harry,” Dobby assured. “She just be needing to rest and get used to the new bond.”
Harry nodded slowly, hoping that Dobby was right. The last thing he’d want is for her to be hurt. “Okay, Dobby. Can you explain the rules to her? And try not to let anyone know that you’re my elves, okay? Not until I get a house for us. Then you won’t have to hide anymore. I’m just afraid they’ll try to make me break the bonds if they find out sooner.”
“Dobby will, Master Harry. Winky will be a good elf, you will see.”
“I believe you, Dobby,” Harry assured the elf. Then Dobby grabbed Winky’s arm and they both popped away.
Harry sat alone in silence for a long moment before calling out Kaa and explaining to him what all had happened with the elves. “ So I have two elves and I don’t even have anywhere for us to live, ” Harry sighed.
He supposed that he’d have to start looking for a place as soon as he turned seventeen. And maybe even find a real estate agent – if the magical world had such a thing – to keep looking for places during his seventh year if he didn’t find anywhere over the summer. Once the students were seventeen, they were allowed to leave Hogwarts whenever they didn’t have classes as long as they were back by curfew.
Harry did wonder if Dumbledore would refuse to allow him that freedom. The man did like to control his life. He rather doubted the headmaster would get over that just because Harry became a legal adult. He really couldn’t picture Dumbledore letting him alone even when Harry had graduated and got a job and started his life as a proper adult.
Maybe he should consider leaving the U.K. Surely Dumbledore wouldn’t try to run his life from another country, right?
“ Perhaps your new elf was reacting to your magic ,” Kaa observed, drawing him from his wandering thoughts.
Harry considered that a moment. “ She seemed kind of dazed. ”
“ These elves draw their power from their master, yes? It seems likely they would feel your magic. ”
“ And my magic definitely isn’t normal ,” Harry nodded. “ Dobby didn’t react like that, though. ”
“ Your Dobby does not sound like a very sane elf. ”
Harry laughed, “ True .” He was quiet for a moment before adding, “ It is nice that they can’t betray me .”
“ Did not your Dobby betray his former master while he was bonded?”
That brought the frown back to Harry’s face. “ He did… But I think he could only do it because he really isn’t all that sane. And only because his life was Hell. I can’t see him doing that with me. Especially me, because he’s got a very strange opinion of me. ”
“ But he could. ”
Harry sighed, “ Yeah, I guess so. Maybe I’ll have to have a talk with them. Be really specific in what they are and are not allowed to do. I think that’s why Dobby could do what he did. He had never been specifically told that he couldn’t do it, so he could choose to believe it was allowed, even if skirting so close to the forbidden made him punish himself over and over again .” He grimaced at the memory of Dobby bashing himself into whatever was handy in a need to self-punish. And talk of ironing his hands of all things. He was glad, at least, that he’d forbidden that behavior immediately. He suspected it had become so ingrained that only a direct order against it would have stopped him.
“ Perhaps, if you can trust them, these elves could be your friends and you would not have to worry for betrayal as you do with the humans, ” Kaa suggested.
Harry barked a surprised laugh, “ I’m not sure either of them would be comfortable calling their master a ‘friend’, ” he admitted. “ Dobby might come around to it, but I think Winky would probably be insulted if I even suggested such a thing. ”
Harry tried to imagine what it would be like to have his own place with the elves there to cook and clean for him and he felt a bit cold at the thought. He knew that the elves needed masters, and he knew that they liked to cook and clean and serve people. He just hoped that he never started to take them for granted.
He really just wanted them to be happy and healthy.
The Invitation
“Potter, a word if you please,” McGonagall called above the noise of students getting up to leave.
Harry frowned uncertainly, but waved Ron and Hermione off. “You don’t have to wait for me,” he warned in exasperation. He suspected it was his recent brush with death that had them clinging to him, but that didn’t mean he appreciated it. Especially as he was still rather cross with Ron.
Ron and Hermione shared a look, but didn’t complain as they filed out of the room last, closing the door behind them.
Harry hefted his bag and approached McGonagall where she was impatiently waiting at the front of the room.
“Potter, the champions and their partners-”
“What partners?” Harry asked in some alarm.
“Your partners for the Yule Ball, Potter,” she replied suspiciously. “Your dance partners.”
Harry blinked at her in growing dread, “I don’t dance, Professor,” he tried to reason. He also had no idea how to get a partner.
“Oh yes, you do,” McGonagall said irritably. “That’s what I’m telling you. Traditionally, the champions and their partners open the ball.”
“Tradition,” Harry latched onto the word, “That means it’s not compulsory, right? It’s not part of the magically binding contract…” he trailed off at the storm brewing on her stern features.
“You are a Hogwarts champion, and you will do what is expected of you as a representative of the school. So make sure you get yourself a partner, Potter.”
Harry could only stare at her rather numbly.
“You heard me, Potter,” she reiterated with finality.
As Harry turned and left the room, he felt his numb dread begin to bubble into anger and resentment. It wasn’t his fault he was in this bloody tournament. It was meant to be voluntary. It made sense that people who willingly signed up would do as they were told to honor their school. When, however, it was his school that had failed to protect him from being entered against his will, he wasn’t feeling all that gracious toward honoring their stupid traditions.
The anger grew and he dearly wanted to rebel, but he couldn’t refuse entirely. He wasn’t comfortable being that defiant. He wasn’t sure what they would do if he did that, but he kind of suspected that he’d end up looking stupid, showing up as the only champion without a partner. His luck, they’d make him dance anyway, holding his hands up to nothing like a fool. He didn’t entirely doubt McGonagall would do that. And if he refused, she’d deduct enough points to have all of Gryffindor hating him again.
Didn’t seem worth it.
“Hey, Potter!”
Harry looked toward the voice warily. He was in the corridor not far from the Transfiguration classroom, and the call seemed to have come from the group of Slytherin fourth years clustered nearby.
His wand hand flexed in trepidation, but he didn’t call out his wand just yet. He wasn’t entirely sure which of them had spoken, though he knew it hadn’t been Malfoy’s voice.
Then Zabini grinned at him and when he spoke, Harry knew he had been the one that called out, “Will you be my date to the ball, Potter?”
Harry blinked at him in surprise. The tone and the grin were inviting everyone watching to take it as a joke, but Harry could hear that the offer was more legitimate than not.
And then he thought of McGonagall’s face when he showed up with a Slytherin as his date.
“You know what, Zabini, let’s do it,” Harry grinned back, amusement curling inside him when he saw Zabini’s grin falter in surprise while Malfoy gaped openly. Parkinson let out a sudden laugh that faded quickly as though she wasn’t sure whether it was funny.
Then Zabini laughed a little and his grin firmed again. “Just make sure you’ve got decent dress robes, Potter, or I’m dumping you at the door.”
And again, Harry heard truth, though he wasn’t sure if Zabini would really dump him at the door if he didn’t like his robes. That part was a little iffy, but he really did seem serious about the date. “Great. Should be a blast,” he smiled, rather bemused.
He didn’t stick around to see what the other Slytherins would have to say when they recovered, but headed straight for the common room.
Along the way, the reality of what he’d just done began to sink in more and more and his incredulity grew. He’d just agreed to go to the ball with Blaise Zabini. His face grew hot as he thought about it. He was certainly nice to look at. His face grew even hotter when he thought about what it would be like to dance with him.
Merlin, he hoped he didn’t end up looking like a tomato when the time came.
Thankfully, he’d managed to get his complexion under control by the time he made it to the common room. He sat in his usual place by the fire as his mind turned over the idea of going to the ball with a Slytherin. And a male Slytherin.
Thinking about it, he didn’t feel much one way or the other about going with a boy. He knew Vernon had always had plenty to say about sissy boys and faggots and such, but Harry hadn’t ever given much credence to anything Vernon Dursley said. The bible seemed to be against it as well, he thought, but he didn’t actually know why. It’s not like he’d actually read the book cover to cover or anything.
And anyway, his very existence seemed tailor-made to offend God, so dating boys probably couldn’t make things any worse.
Zabini was ridiculously fit, really, though Harry had no idea if he properly fancied him or not. He didn’t actually know him that well, but he was a Slytherin, so odds were good that he was a berk, right?
“Have you got any idea of who to ask?”
Ron’s question startled Harry out of his thoughts and he looked around to find both Hermione and Ron were sitting in chairs next to him. He’d not even noticed them approach.
“Oh,” Harry frowned, and he thought about prevaricating, but Zabini’s invitation hadn’t exactly been private, so the whole school would know soon enough. Plus, what with being accused of lying all the damn time, he was rather disinclined to be caught in a real one. “I’ve, er… already got a date.”
Ron gaped at him a moment, then sighed despairingly, “I should have expected that. So who is it?”
“Zabini asked me,” Harry shrugged.
It was hard not to laugh at the incomprehension that clung to both of his friends for long moments after his words.
“Wait, you mean Blaise Zabini?” Ron demanded, aghast, “That Slytherin bloke?”
“That’s the one,” Harry shrugged.
Ron continued to look disbelieving, his face slowly growing redder, and Harry thought it was more embarrassment than anger. “And you said yes ?” Ron managed to splutter out.
“I was kind of angry at McGonagall just then, so it seemed like a good idea,” Harry admitted.
“Harry,” Hermione said, moving to sit closer to him. Her tone was alarmingly gentle, like the one she used when trying to soothe Winky. “Does this mean…? Well, are you gay?”
“Not really,” Harry shrugged. “I mean, I like girls just fine.”
“So you’re bisexual,” Hermione concluded.
Harry grimaced a little and shook his head, “Do I have to be anything?” he complained. “Do you have to have a label for everything about me?”
“Of course not!” Hermione declared instantly. “You just do what makes you happy, Harry. I just want to be supportive.”
“It would be really supportive if you were a little less supportive,” Harry ventured.
Hermione blinked and her brow puckered in mild consternation before she managed a bit of a jerky nod. “If you don’t want to talk about it, then we won’t talk about it.” She finished with a more certain nod, then announced that she was going to get her homework and headed up to her dorm.
“But he’s a Slytherin ,” Ron muttered more to himself than Harry.
Harry sighed and found his Ancient Runes book in his bag. Maybe Ron would go away if he and Hermione both started their homework.
Notes:
Okay, so chapter 8 was actually my last pre-written chapter. I really want to keep going on this story, but the chapters may be a little shorter and I can’t guarantee to post every single Sunday.
I’m well aware you’ve all heard me say this before and thus it likely inspires little confidence, but I really am trying to improve my issues with finishing things. So let’s all cross our fingers, okay?
Chapter 10: Year Four - part 5
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Dance Partners
By breakfast, everyone seemed to have heard that Harry was going to the ball with Blaise Zabini. It was mildly surprising that no one seemed to even notice that they were both boys. It wasn’t just accepted. It was normal . The only one who mentioned it to him was Dean.
“I didn’t even know you were gay, Harry,” Dean said, somewhat uncertainly.
That earned him a number of strange looks and Seamus quickly leaned over to whisper in his ear. That started off some kind of whisper argument between them that had Dean looking more and more confused.
He didn’t ask any questions about Harry’s sexual orientation again after that, though.
All told, Harry found less drama about him going with a Slytherin than he’d have expected. People sent him looks that questioned his sanity, but he’d honestly expected worse, so he’d take it.
The following Monday, however, Harry received an owl at breakfast from McGonagall. It succinctly advised him to be in the Entry Hall at 7pm for dance lessons for the champions. She’d even gone so far as to warn him not to be late or there would be point deductions.
He suspected that she was actually worried about him not showing up at all after how he’d argued with her. There was a post script that advised him to bring his dance partner should he have found one already.
They had Care of Magical Creatures with the Slytherins that morning, so he hung back afterward to talk to Zabini, who thankfully noticed him immediately and shooed the others on ahead without him.
Harry just thrust the parchment from McGonagall at him.
With a raised eyebrow, Blaise accepted the parchment and unfolded it to read. His eyes ran over it as he read and then he nodded, “I’ll be there,” and handed the parchment back. He gave Harry a wink and walked away.
Harry looked after him, finding that he understood that wink no more than any of those from earlier in the year. He did not understand that boy’s fondness for ambiguous winking.
That evening, Harry arrived in the entry hall to find Blaise waiting for him, though he wasn’t alone. The other three champions were there as well, with people that he could only assume were their partners. Cho Chang seemed to be with Cedric and Fleur didn’t seem to have a date yet. Which left Krum’s date, who was…
“Hermione?” he blinked in surprise.
She startled as she turned toward him, then smiled, “Oh, Harry! Hi.”
“What…?” Harry trailed off as Krum stepped forward and placed a rather possessive hand on Hermione’s back.
Hermione blushed, but didn’t seem to mind at all, “Harry, I guess you’ve met Viktor,” she offered.
“Briefly,” Harry agreed. “You’re his date, I guess,” he tried to wrap his mind around this. He’d had no idea that she fancied Krum at all, and even less that he might feel that way for her. Was he seventeen or eighteen? Was that too big of an age difference? Two years didn’t seem so bad, but three felt a bit worrisome.
“Yes,” she blushed deeper and smiled with shy pleasure. “He asked me yesterday.”
“Well, congratulations,” Harry offered, because he had a lot of questions, but they could wait until he had her alone.
McGonagall arrived then, her eyes running over them briefly. Her mouth grew very tight when her eyes fell on Zabini and Harry felt a surge of vindication when she clearly made the connection of whose partner he must be.
Harry made sure his face was as innocent as possible when she looked at him.
She hesitated just a moment before ushering them all into a nearby room. It was large and open and Harry was sure he’d never seen it before. Had it been a blank stretch of wall where the door was or had there been a tapestry there? He wasn’t sure. He made a mental note to check the Map for it later.
“You are here,” McGonagall said crisply, “because Headmasters Dumbledore and Karkaroff and Headmistress Maxime have concurred that the champions and their partners will open the ball with a choreographed waltz. You and your partners will report here at seven each Monday, Wednesday, and Saturday evening until the ball in order to prepare. Ms. Delacour, I encourage you to find a date soon that your date may have time to learn the dance before the event.
“Now, Ms. Delacour, for today I will have you practice with a conjured specter.” She cast a silent spell and a billow of smoke poured out of her wand and formed itself into the shape of a man, looking very nearly solid. It held its hands in a classic leading dance pose.
Fleur blinked at it a few times, then cautiously stepped into its hold.
“Very well, assumes your positions, the rest of you,” McGonagall instructed and flicked her wand at a phonograph, which began playing a sort of fast instrumental beat. “Potter, you will lead to begin and switch to following when I tell you. As you are smaller, Mr. Zabini will be leading for the lift portions of the dance.”
Harry tightened his lips a bit at that, but he supposed it made sense. Zabini had a few inches of height on him and he wasn’t as skinny since he probably hadn’t grown up starved.
Zabini just smirked at him and held out his hands to begin in the follower position.
With a sigh, Harry mentally braced himself as he stepped forward to take Zabini’s hand in one of his and place his other on the taller boy’s waist. His heart immediately began beating faster as Zabini settled his free hand on Harry’s shoulder, quite close to his neck. Harry could feel how hot his face was and he didn’t want to think about how badly he must be blushing. Blessedly, Zabini said nothing about it, only looking at Harry with a smirk and a strange look in his eyes that Harry couldn’t quite name. It didn’t look cruel though.
The next hour was… interesting. The dancing was actually easier than he’d feared it would be, and the fact he was touching Zabini almost constantly was… nice. Nicer than he’d expected.
Zabini seemed to find everything very amusing by the way he kept smirking and his eyes sparkling with humor. Every time Harry made a misstep in the dance, Zabini only seemed to find it funny, but he wasn’t cruel. He wasn’t laughing at Harry’s ineptitude, but rather just finding humor where Harry might have found only frustration on his own. The good humor helped Harry to laugh at himself instead of feeling humiliated, which was nice, if not at all what he’d have honestly expected from a Slytherin.
There wasn’t much time to talk as McGonagall was stepping in to give instructions and corrections every few seconds.
As soon as they were dismissed, Hermione latched onto Harry’s arm and practically dragged him out of the room and back toward Gryffindor tower. “Oh, Harry, I couldn’t believe it when Viktor asked me to the ball,” she gushed quietly at him.
“I can’t believe you said yes,” Harry admitted with a laugh. “I seem to remember that he wasn’t even good-looking and that people only liked him because of his Wonky Faint,” he couldn’t help but tease.
Her already rosy cheeks went darker as she lightly smacked his shoulder, “Don’t be cruel, Harry!” She bit her lip a moment before reluctantly admitting, “I mean… he’s a bit good-looking, really. I suppose I was just annoyed at everyone fawning over him, but Harry, he said the reason he’s been spending so much time in the library is because he wanted to talk to me . Can you believe it?”
It was clear that she was deeply flattered by the attention and Harry warmed a little toward his competitor for being rational enough to see something worth admiring in Hermione. She was a pretty girl, even more since the incident with the tooth-growing hex had resulted in her front teeth being shrunk to a more aesthetically pleasing size by the mediwitch. Harry didn’t personally feel any attraction toward her, in part because she’d kind of fallen into the bossy big-sister role since they’d become friends. And in part because she’d proven that she couldn’t be trusted and he didn’t think he could ever fancy someone that he knew he couldn’t trust.
He still cared about her though, and he wanted her to be happy.
“He looked so nervous when he asked me,” she was sighing in sappy remembrance. “It was really quite sweet.”
Harry just grinned at her and offered, “I’m happy for you, Hermione.”
She beamed in gratitude. “Oh, but Harry, you looked pretty comfortable with Zabini!”
Harry did his best to pretend like he couldn’t feel himself blushing. “Well, he is rather fit, isn’t he?”
Hermione giggled at him, which he couldn’t remember her doing since second year when she’d been crushing on Lockhart. “He is,” she admitted, “though not really my type. I can’t believe you’re going with a Slytherin. I mean, I support it, of course, but after how you’ve always fought with Malfoy…”
“Zabini isn’t Malfoy,” Harry pointed out. “Seems a bit childish to condemn the whole house because Malfoy’s such a berk and their Quidditch team’s full of cheaters. And their Head of House is awful. And most of the Death Eaters were Slytherins…”
“Harry!” Hermione chided.
He laughed, “Well, my point is that just because they’ve got more than their share of disreputable sorts doesn’t mean every one of them is equally bad. Zabini’s never done anything to me.”
“That’s very mature of you, Harry,” she decided.
“What about you, though?” Harry sort of half-teased, “Durmstrang teaches Dark Arts, you know?”
Hermione frowned at that and nibbled at her lip before responding, “Well, that’s true, but I don’t suppose that means everyone that goes there is a bad person. It’s a bit hard to believe such a large school could turn out nothing but Dark wizards.”
“Even if they learn Dark spells?” Harry pressed, even as he internally winced for the way she’d made “Dark wizards” synonymous with “bad people”.
That made her look rather thoughtful, “I… I suppose maybe it’s only higher forms of Dark Magic that twist the soul,” she reasoned. “Otherwise every Durmstrang student really would be evil, wouldn’t they?”
Well, Harry supposed it was progress toward actually rational thinking regarding Dark magic. If things with Viktor worked out, she might actually come around eventually.
“I think that’s true,” he agreed firmly. “And I think if they really were evil, Dumbledore wouldn’t have agreed to have them here at all.”
“That’s true,” Hermione smiled, reassured at the mention of Dumbledore.
They walked in silence until they’d nearly reached the Fat Lady’s portrait, where Hermione pulled him to a stop with a hand on his arm, “Oh, Harry, don’t tell Ron about Viktor,” she said with a worried frown. “I don’t want him to feel bad that we’ve both got dates so quickly. I’ll tell him after he’s found someone to go with.”
“That sounds like a good plan,” Harry agreed, because Ron was making an effort to not be jealous, but Harry knew he was struggling with the entire concept of finding a date. Harry was well aware he was lucky that he hadn’t even had time to worry about it at all. And he’d been lucky enough to be asked instead of having to ask someone. Being able to hear Zabini’s sincerity in the invitation had made it a lot easier than trying to ask someone that he didn’t really know if they were interested in him at all.
So he did have sympathy for Ron’s situation, and knowing that Hermione was going with a champion while Harry was a champion… Well, he wasn’t sure he wanted to test Ron’s newfound goodwill just yet.
The rest of the week passed quickly after that. Wednesday was their second dance lesson. Ron obviously knew about the dance lessons and had waved Harry out of the common room with a “rather you than me, mate”, while Hermione had said she was going to the library, which hadn’t inspired Ron to want to join her.
The lesson went about as the previous, though Fleur was now accompanied by Roger Davies, who always seemed to start out the dance doing okay, and then end up stepping on her feet and stumbling after a bit of looking into her eyes.
Personally, Harry still didn’t understand what was so special about her. It had been confirmed – by highly reliable, wide-spread rumors – that she was part veela, but Harry just didn’t feel anything when he looked at her. At least, nothing beyond what he might feel with anyone else. There was no mind-numbing attraction or anything. He didn’t mention it to anyone since he worried that it might have to do with his heritage.
Thankfully, Zabini seemed to be deliberately ignoring her most of the time. Maybe that was his way of not getting sucked into her allure.
Krum, Harry noticed, spared the occasional glance for Fleur, but his eyes never lingered anywhere but Hermione, which earned him serious points with Harry.
He also wondered if maybe people with Dark magic had more resistance than those with Light magic. It might make sense of Krum and Zabini’s more muted response to her, since Harry’s sense of their magic seemed to indicate both were Dark.
It was that Friday that Harry and Hermione found Ron in the common room after dinner. The boy had missed the meal entirely, which was virtually unheard of. He was just sitting on the couch, looking rather dazed. Ginny was seated beside him, patting his arm in comfort.
“That’s a bit what you looked like after Zabini asked you to the ball,” Hermione provided in an undertone as they cautiously approached Ron to ask why he wasn’t at dinner.
“He, er… He asked Fleur Delacour to go to the ball with him,” Ginny explained, fighting a smile even as she continued comforting Ron.
“I don’t know what made me do it,” Ron gasped out. “What was I playing at? There were people all around… I’ve gone mad! Everyone watching… I was just walking past her in the entrance hall. She was standing there talking to Diggory and it sort of came over me and I asked her!”
Ron moaned and put his face in his hands, continuing to speak, though now barely intelligible. “She looked at me like I was a sea slug or something. Didn’t even answer. And then, I dunno, I just sort of came to my senses and ran for it.”
Harry sighed sympathetically, “Not your fault. Veela are always alluring, but they can sort of turn it up when they want to. I think she was probably trying to charm Diggory and you just got too close.”
“This is mad,” Ron moaned. “I’m the only one left who hasn’t got anyone. Well, except Neville. He told me he asked you, Hermione,” he huffed a laugh. “But he said you were already going with someone. Good job getting out of that one. I mean, who’d want to go with Neville?”
Hermione rolled her eyes very hard, “Honestly, Ronald, there’s nothing wrong with Neville.” She firmed her expression a little before admitting, “As it happens, I really do have someone else to go with. He asked me the first weekend after it was announced.”
“Sure you do,” Ron laughed, not taking her seriously for a second. “Neville’s right though. You are a girl. How about it, then? Let’s just go together, Hermione.”
“I’ve just told you I’ve already got a date,” she said very coldly, then turned and quickly made her way up to her dorm.
“She’s lying,” Ron said with conviction as he watched her go.
“She’s not,” Ginny said quietly.
“Who is it then?” Ron asked sharply.
“I’m not telling you. It’s her business,” Ginny dismissed.
“Right,” Ron said, unconvinced. “This is getting stupid. It’s not like I need Hermione if she’s going to be so proud. I’ll just go with…” and he looked around the common room with sinking hope.
Harry noticed Lavender and Parvati entering the common room just then and decided to help Ron out. “Wait here,” he said to Ron, then stood up and walked straight to Parvati. “Parvati, would you be interested in going to the ball with Ron?”
Parvati giggled a bit, then glanced around him at Ron, sizing him up a moment before nodding, “Yes, all right then.”
“Great!” Harry grinned at both of them before returning to Ron. “There you are. You’re going with Parvati.”
Ron sagged in relief. “Thanks, mate!”
He was glad for an end to that bit of drama, at least. Hopefully with a date of his own now, Ron would be able to handle Hermione going as Krum’s date. He wouldn’t be the one to tell Ron about it though. Not after how rude he’d been to Hermione about having a date at all.
During the third dance lesson, they had a bit more time to talk as McGonagall didn’t feel the need to instruct or correct every third second anymore.
“You’ve never danced before, have you, Potter?” Zabini asked quietly when they had a moment.
“Er, no,” Harry admitted, because there was no question he’d struggled more than anyone else in the room.
“Most purebloods get lessons before Hogwarts,” Zabini offered. “So we don’t embarrass our parents at balls.”
“This is the first time I’ve had to worry about it,” Harry said with a slight shrug. He wasn’t embarrassed that he hadn’t been raised going to balls. There was plenty about his upbringing to be embarrassed about, but he didn’t think that was part of it. To his mind, normal people didn’t grow up going to balls.
“Well, you’ve got decent rhythm,” Zabini allowed. “You’re picking it up pretty fast for a beginner.”
Harry huffed a laugh, “So glad you approve, Zabini.”
They didn’t speak for a bit as they moved through a more complicated bit of the dance. It was Zabini who spoke next.
“You know, under the circumstances, you can call me Blaise.”
Harry smiled a bit at that and nodded. “Fair enough. I suppose it would be all right if you called me Harry then.”
Blaise smirked at him again and then McGonagall pounced on them for not focusing.
Harry finally got another letter from Sirius the weekend before the ball.
Dear Harry,
Congratulations on getting past the horntail. Whoever put your name in that goblet shouldn’t be feeling too happy right now! I was going to suggest a Conjunctivius Curse, as a dragon’s eyes are its weakest point, but your way was better. I’m impressed. Disillusionment is above fourth year magic and if the pictures in the paper are to be believed, your Serpensortia produced absolutely massive snakes. I don’t know what spells you used for protection, but they must have been impressive to keep you from getting hurt.
Don’t get complacent, though, Harry. You’ve only done one task. Whoever put you in for the tournament’s got plenty more opportunity if they’re trying to hurt you. There’s no chance that chain breaking was really an accident, and it sounds like it was a pretty close call that got you out of that bind. Keep your eyes open – particularly when the person we discussed is around – and concentrate on keeping yourself out of trouble.
Keep in touch. I still want to hear about anything unusual.
Sirius
The letter, as was becoming custom, left Harry feeling worse than before he’d read it. The reminder that Sirius had wasted so much time talking about Karkaroff’s possible threat that he didn’t get around to telling Harry how to defeat the concrete threat just left him feeling angry again.
He scoffed as he shoved the letter back into his pocket. As though he was going to go out of his way to keep Sirius informed about every strange thing that happened in Harry’s life. Thus far, doing so had only resulted in Sirius putting himself in danger for no actual reason that Harry could see. How his being in Britain was going to help anything, he couldn’t understand. It’s not like he talked to Harry more often since he was in the country, after all. A month to send a letter? If he was in the tropics, that might make sense, but he had to be back in country now since he’d apparently started back in September if not earlier.
Anyway, it wasn’t as though Sirius was giving him any helpful advice. If he wanted to be told to go to Dumbledore, he could have just asked Hermione for advice.
During their fourth dance lesson, Zabini inquired about the color of Harry’s robes.
“Why?” Harry asked suspiciously.
“So I can make sure we don’t end up looking like holiday decorations, Harry,” Zabini – or Blaise , rather – said with exasperation.
Harry thought about that a moment and then imagined that they both wore their house colors. They’d end up in bright red and green, which would be festive, but not well-matched. “Mine’s black and white,” Harry admitted, because Mrs. Weasley had picked his up with zero input from him. Not that he was sure he would have known what input to give, but it would have been nice to be able to pick them out himself.
“Good enough,” Blaise shrugged.
“Well, what color are yours?” Harry prompted, figuring he should at least get to know.
“Black and dark green, mostly,” Blaise allowed with that amused sparkle in his eyes. “At least we can’t look as bad as Draco and Pansy. Draco went with Slytherin green and Pansy went for bright pink of all things, at least that’s what she’s claimed. Should be fairly hideous together.”
Harry smiled a little and tried to imagine it. The mental image had him huffing a laugh. He warmed toward Blaise a little more to hear him making fun of Malfoy. And Harry didn’t think he was just doing it to try to please Harry. He seemed earnest enough.
After a few more minutes, Blaise spoke again, “You’re not a big talker, are you, Harry?”
Harry grinned wryly, “You noticed? No, I’m better at listening than talking.”
“Here I had the impression you lions were loud. Your table in the Great Hall is certainly the loudest of the lot.”
“Well, those among us who are loud tend to be very loud,” Harry offered.
“Ah, I see,” Blaise nodded, then went silent as they shifted so that Blaise was in the lead just in time for him to send Harry on a quick twirl before they came together again. They danced a couple beats more and then a quick lift. A couple more steps and Harry was leading once more. “You’re light on your feet for someone who's never had a dance lesson,” Blaise said with a shake of his head.
“I learned that running for my life,” Harry admitted wryly.
Blaise gave him a somewhat intrigued look, but didn’t press for details.
Their last dance lesson was just two days before the ball and it went pretty smoothly, even for Harry. Dancing wasn’t as hard as he’d thought it would be. At least not with a partner that was both a good dancer and very pleasant to hold onto. Learning both to lead and follow as well as to switch between the two had been interesting. Harry hadn’t really known how they would handle them both being male to start with, but apparently that was common in same sex couples in the wizarding world. At least for new couples. Established couples tended to settle on one in the lead and the other following, according to Hermione, who was apparently spending most of their dance lessons interrogating Krum on various wizarding customs.
Amazingly, the man didn’t seem to mind her endless questions at all.
“Some couples,” Hermione had explained after their third lesson, “will always switch between lead and follow, and that’s not just for same sex couples, I guess. Mostly wizards lead and witches follow because of their size difference, but it’s not a hard and fast rule, especially with similarly sized couples, though of course, magic can allow the smallest woman to lift the largest man if they really want to. I think it’s more to do with it being visually pleasing for the larger partner to lift the smaller.”
Harry interrupted her then before she could get any further down that rabbit hole. They shifted to talking about Ancient Runes instead the rest of the way back to the common room. She and Ron still weren’t speaking, which left him in an annoyingly awkward place between them. He’d made it clear that he thought Ron was being stupid, persisting in believing that Hermione didn’t have a date just for the sake of his own pride, apparently.
Mostly, they just avoided the topic.
Blaise
Blaise paused a moment outside the common room to make sure his face was arranged into a lazy smirk and not a dopey grin. Dancing with Potter was far more enjoyable than it had any right to be.
When he was ready, he sauntered into the common room, quickly spotting his yearmates sprawled about the set of sofas in front of one of the fires where they usually congregated.
Tracey quickly made room when she saw him coming so he was able to drape himself in the corner of the sofa, stretching his long legs out in front of him and crossing his ankles. He glanced around at his friends and acquaintances, but said nothing. Most of them had some form of homework in front of them. In Theo’s case, it was a book on advanced arithmancy that probably wasn’t meant for any Hogwarts student. To Blaise’s great amusement, everyone besides Daphne and Greg was looking at him expectantly. He just offered an oblivious smirk and took a moment to study his fingernails. It didn’t appear that his manicure needed any work.
“Come on, you prick!” Tracey’s laughing reprimand drew his attention and he offered her a mischievous smirk. “How’d it go?”
“Same as always,” Blaise shrugged. “We danced, McGonagall found things to complain about.”
“That’s it?” Tracey asked in a very unimpressed tone.
Blaise’s smirk widened, “Afraid so. I’m not the sort to kiss and tell.”
“Liar,” Theo accused absently, his attention apparently turning back to his book.
“There’s no way you kissed him,” Draco asserted definitively.
“All in good time, Draco,” Blaise said with a dismissive wave. “Gryffindors need a bit of romance before you go snogging them.”
Draco rolled his eyes with his most disgusted sneer. “I have no idea what you see in that specky git.”
“You’re right,” Blaise sighed. “Gorgeous and powerful and famous and rich… Not much to recommend him, really.”
Pansy made a disgusted sound, “Please don’t tell me you’re actually sweet on the Golden Gryffindor.”
“Oh, Pansy,” Blaise gave her a pitying smile. “Don’t be jealous. We can’t all land our generation’s most eligible bachelor, after all.”
Pansy just sneered and very pointedly went back to her homework.
“But he’s actually civil with you? Or do you just not speak at all?” Daphne asked with an edge of true curiosity behind her cool gaze.
“He’s highly tolerable,” Blaise admitted.
“Tolerable,” Tracey repeated evenly, a fine sprinkling of skepticism overlaying the single word.
“Highly,” Blaise affirmed, his eyes hardening just a touch in warning not to press.
“Huh,” she surrendered gracefully and leaned toward her work spread on the sofa table in front of her.
Blaise drew his wand to summon his bag from the dorm, a spell he was getting quite skilled at, if he did say so himself.
They all returned to their own activities when they realized they’d get nothing more from Blaise, though Draco continued to look surly and Pansy refused to even look at him the rest of the night. Greg continued playing chess against his enchanted board, apparently not having noticed the conversation at all.
It amused Blaise how very interested they all were in his date with Potter. Not at all surprising, but amusing, nonetheless. The Light’s Icon had always been a subject of some interest in the Slytherin common room, particularly among those in his year. Thanks to Draco, there was usually far more speculation on Potter than Blaise had ever appreciated. He’d accused Draco of a crush on the child hero in second year and it had been a running joke ever since, much to Draco’s disgust. It really was a perfectly reasonable explanation for how much time the blond spent talking about Potter.
Personally, Blaise suspected that Draco simply wished to always be the center of attention and since Potter’s fame put him in that coveted position, Draco pitted himself as the Official Rival™ to get as much residual attention as possible.
Blaise didn’t honestly care for such things. Potter had always been a curiosity for him, though. The boy had come to Hogwarts with a talent for magic unrivaled in their year, if not the whole school, yet rumor had it he’d been raised by muggles. And given how utterly ignorant the boy could be, Blaise suspected that was the truth. He was certainly growing into his looks though. Up close, when they were dancing, the glasses didn’t do as much to conceal the startling green of his eyes. Blaise was concerning himself a little with how much he liked those eyes, which contained a sharper wit than he’d have guessed.
His thoughts continued to turn around Potter and he accomplished very little in the next hour. He didn’t consider it a great loss. Potter was an enigma that deserves some consideration, particularly now that he’d agreed to a date with Blaise.
When he got up to head up to the dorm with plans for a leisurely shower and adding a bit to this week’s letter to his mother, Tracey got up as well.
He didn’t even bother going directly to his dorm, instead detouring to a quiet corner of the common room near the corridor to the dorms. Tracey immediately lifted a basic privacy ward, which would prevent any eavesdropping, be it physical or via spell.
He lifted his eyebrows expectantly in question and waited for her to begin.
“Tolerable?” she asked again, as though their conversation had not been interrupted.
Blaise huffed a small laugh at the tenacity of his closest friend. “He’s… likable,” he admitted.
She raised an intrigued eyebrow, “Is he, really? And not just visually.”
“Not just visually,” he rolled his eyes at her. “We haven’t had a lot of chance to talk, but he’s cleverer than I’d expected. And…” he shook his head, not sure how to put it into words. “Genuine,” he decided, “in a way I’m not used to.”
“Gryffindors,” Tracey teased.
Blaise grinned a bit, “I guess.”
“Interesting,” she allowed.
He just smirked at her. “Goodnight, Tracey.”
“Night, Blaise,” he heard her reply as he slipped down the corridor to his dorm.
He wanted his shower and he did need to add to his letter. His mother was a little overprotective when it came to his love life and she was demanding details. He’d never be married off the way she was, but she still worried, he knew, particularly since he’d told her that he was going to the Yule Ball with Harry Potter. He was very Light, very Gryffindor, and very powerful, all things that meant he could potentially hurt Blaise.
Personally, Blaise wasn’t worried. If Potter hadn’t put Malfoy in the hospital yet, he was hardly likely to harm Blaise. That was, however, cold comfort to a woman who’d been through what his mum had. Her last husband had been a piece of work. They’d been married in October last year and Blaise had attended the funeral during Yule break.
She hadn’t married again since then, thankfully. He was getting tired of going to funerals and having to pretend even general sadness.
Notes:
<< Rant - feel free to skip >>
So I like the opening dance bit in the movie with the champions waltzing rather than just kind of shuffling in circles which is more what the book implies. Problem is that, in the movie, Harry doesn’t even know he’s going to be part of an opening dance until he arrives at the ball. Then he somehow knows exactly how to do this waltz complete with lifts and everything? When the heck would Harry have learned even a basic waltz?? So it was visually pleasing, but contextually confusing to me.I’ve seen other fics that did dance lessons for the champions, and I thought that made the most sense if they wanted them to open the ball. Just having them all shuffling in circles wouldn’t be worth them doing it at all, but they could hardly expect them all to know what to do with no prep at all. Also, I think they should be forced to dance at least a couple minutes for the opening rather than the ten or twelve seconds they did in the movie before everyone else joined in. At least if they’re bothering with dance lessons.
Normal Note
So I had initially planned to hold off on any Blaise POV until fifth year, but I just couldn't help myself. This chapter just screamed for a bit of Slytherin perspective, so there it is. Not sure yet how much I'm going to go into with the Slytherins outside Harry's immediate influence. I guess we'll have to see what the muse decides as we go. The story is obviously about Harry first and foremost, but the romance means we care about Blaise too, so... We'll see.Thanks for reading! Love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 11: Year Four - part 6
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Christmas
Harry woke at a sort of nudge from his magic. There was no alarm at all, so he opened his eyes feeling quite calm. Which was probably the only reason that he reacted just with a small flinch at the pair of giant green eyes right in front of his face.
Immediately, the eyes jerked back and Harry was able to make out the face they belonged in. Dobby was wringing his hands nervously. “Dobby is sorry, sir!” he whispered quickly.
Harry put a hand to his chest and took a calming breath, then peeked out of his closed curtains to see that the rest of his dorm was still slumbering. “It’s okay, Dobby. Just maybe don’t be quite so close to my face when I wake up, yeah?”
“Dobby will remember, Master Harry, sir,” the elf nodded exuberantly.
“Did you need something?” Harry inquired, reaching for his glasses on reflex despite no longer needing them to see clearly. It wasn’t a habit he’d tried to break since he didn’t want to try to explain to anyone that his eyesight had just randomly fixed itself. Maybe after summer he’d claim to have gotten contacts or something and he wouldn’t have to wear the ugly things anymore.
“Can Dobby give Harry Potter his present?” Dobby asked hopefully.
Harry blinked at Dobby, then down at the presents piled at the foot of his bed. Because of course it was Christmas. And of course Harry hadn’t thought to buy a present for his house-elf.
In his defense, they’d not done this last year. But then Harry hadn’t visited him yet at that point.
“Of course,” he smiled, trying to think fast. “I, er, hadn’t got a chance to make your present yet, but it’ll only take a minute.” He quickly crawled out of his bed and made his way to his trunk. He dug through quietly until he came upon that sneakoscope that Ron had given him. It was pretty useless since the thing just went off nonstop. Maybe he had too many enemies to make use of it.
Either way, Harry took it back into his bed with him and pulled the curtains closed again.
Dobby was eyeing the sneakoscope with fascination.
Harry cleared his throat nervously and retrieved his wand from the little gap in the headboard where he usually kept it at night. He took a deep breath and concentrated hard, putting as much magic as he could into the transfiguration. He wanted it to last – be permanent if possible.
He pictured what he wanted in his mind carefully and watched as the sneakoscope transformed before his eyes, shrinking down into a pin in the shape of a lightning bolt styled in crystal. When it was fully formed, Harry closed his fist over it and pulled at his magic, willing it to fill the little pin with as much protection as he could manage. He knew elves weren’t helpless, but if – when – people learned that he belonged to Harry, he may become a target.
He felt his magic respond and waited for it to settle before he opened his eyes and his hand. The pin looked no different, but he could feel the magic in it. “There. It’ll protect you,” he smiled and offered it to the elf. “Happy Christmas.”
The elf took the pin with reverent hands, his large eyes misty with tears. “Dobby thanks Master Harry,” he said quietly as he fastened it to his uniform.
“Of course,” Harry dismissed. “I don’t suppose Winky would be comfortable getting a present from me just yet.”
Dobby shook his head sadly. “Winky is not approving of Dobby giving presents to our master.”
“Maybe next year,” Harry shrugged. He’d remember them both next year.
Dobby tearfully produced a small package wrapped in what might have been butcher paper, though it had been decorated with pictures of Christmas trees that looked to have been hand drawn, probably by Dobby himself. The artwork was surprisingly good.
Slightly touched at the effort the elf had put into just the wrapping, Harry carefully opened it, bemused to find two socks. Not a pair, really, since one was bright red with a pattern of broomsticks and the other was green with a pattern of snitches.
“Dobby is making them himself, sir!” Dobby announced proudly. “He is buying the wool out of his wages, sir!”
And suddenly the quirky gift became so much more. Harry felt his eyes heat as he ran his hands gently over the very soft wool. It must have been pretty expensive for someone who was making one galleon a week. He’d obviously invested some time in knitting them as well, and he had only one day off a month. Harry swallowed and said quietly, “Thank you, Dobby. They’re really great.”
Dobby positively beamed at him before announcing, “Dobby must go now, sir! We is already making Christmas dinner in the kitchens!” And he disappeared with a pop.
Harry heard the others beginning to stir, perhaps roused by his quiet conversation, and he got up to grab the day’s clothes and retreat to the bathroom. By the time he emerged, dressed for the day, the others were all investigating their own pile of gifts.
Harry sat down on his bed to look through his own presents. Hermione had given him a book about Quidditch. From Ron he’d gotten a bag of dungbombs. Harry wasn’t much for pranks, so he wasn’t sure what he’d do with it, but he supposed it was the thought that counted. Hagrid had sent him a large box of sweets. Mrs. Weasley had also sent him her usual gift of a new sweater. This one was green with a picture of a dragon on it. She’d also included a large number of homemade mince pies under preservation charms until opened.
Having grown up starved, Harry couldn’t help but find the pies the most appreciated. He wondered if they would keep until summer. Or maybe he should look in Hogsmeade to see if anyone sold something similar. Having a supply of food would make the summer so much better. He’d have to make sure the Dursleys didn’t find out about them though, or they’d be taken for sure.
Sirius had sent him a penknife with attachments to unlock any lock and undo any knot, which seemed handy enough.
Harry had realized when he’d been trying to find a present for Sirius that he didn’t really know the man at all. He didn’t know his favorite foods, what he did for fun, where he was living… How did one shop for a random fugitive on the run? He’d ended up just buying him a warm cloak and imbuing it with a notice-me-not rune that he hoped would work decently. With luck, it would keep the man from ending up arrested.
“Harry, is this…?”
Harry looked up at Ron’s stunned face to see him lifting a set of basic black dress robes from the box Harry had given him. “I couldn’t let you go to the ball in those old rags,” Harry shrugged.
“Mate…” Ron breathed in awe. “They must have been so expensive…”
“Off the rack with some basic sizing charms,” Harry shrugged. “They weren’t that bad, but they’ll look leagues better than the ones your mum got you, I reckon.”
Ron nodded emphatically. “Thanks, mate,” he said with feeling.
Harry just waved dismissively. Honestly, they’d cost more than all of Ron’s previous presents combined, but they really were the cheapest set that came with sizing charms, and they’d only resize once, giving them a perfect fit for the ball. Though Harry wasn’t ever going to fully forgive Ron for treating him like dirt basically all of November, he liked him well enough to want him to avoid the ridicule those ugly robes would have incited.
After breakfast, Harry and his friends spent the morning in the common room. He and Hermione worked on their holiday homework while Ron solicited chess matches from anyone who would hold still long enough.
Harry found that he didn’t mind the work. The common room was lively, the fire was warm, and he was feeling pretty good. His magic was even more relaxed than normal. And it would be nice to have the work out of the way so he wasn’t rushing at the last minute like normal.
Hermione was happy with him, at least. Ron was just frustrated that Harry wouldn’t play chess or exploding snap with him, but he hadn’t fussed much.
After lunch a bunch of them trooped outside for an epic snowball fight. Fred and George kept charming their snowballs to seek out their targets while Ginny managed to spell hers so they broke into a dozen tiny snowballs as they flew, making it incredibly difficult to dodge them.
Harry didn’t want to risk trying his own spell lest the excitement overpower it and someone actually end up hurt. Instead, he transfigured the snow around him into strong fortifications that he used to avoid incoming missiles.
When it grew too dark to see, Fred and George cast lights to hover over the “battlefield” so that they could keep going. Eventually, though, with the Yule Ball looming closer, the boys reluctantly headed inside a full two hours after Hermione and an hour and a half after Ginny.
They changed into their dress robes and Harry actually took some time to fix his hair. It had grown out a bit this year and its tendency to curl was becoming more dramatic. He knew his mum had straight red hair, so he could only guess he’d gotten his hair from his father.
When he was ready, he looked at the final product in the mirror and gave a shrug. That was as good as it got, he supposed.
He was sort of strangely nervous-excited for the night ahead, which he really wouldn’t have expected when he’d first heard about it. He’d grown to know Blaise a bit during their dance lessons and he seemed pretty cool. And Harry knew that he liked dancing with him. The night was promising to be interesting. Maybe even fun.
“Mate, thank you ,” Ron said for the third time since they’d started getting ready. He was giving himself a looking-over in the mirror now he was fully dressed. He didn’t look too bad, really. “I threw the other ones in the fire,” he admitted. “Otherwise mum would probably find a reason to force me into them later. I’ll just tell her they fell apart. They’re old enough, it’s believable. Can’t tell her they were stolen. She’d never believe it.”
Parvati was waiting for Ron in the common room. She looked very pretty in her bright pink robes, her long hair braided with gold and gold bracelets. Harry didn’t often think about it with everyone wearing uniforms most of the time, but he wondered if Parvati’s family was very wealthy because everything she was wearing looked expensive.
Instead of paying his date any attention though, Ron was looking everywhere but at her. “Where’s Hermione?”
“Already down there, maybe,” Harry answered while Parvati raised irritated eyebrows at Ron. “You look very nice,” Harry offered to her since Ron obviously wasn’t going to.
She gave him a lukewarm smile, “Thanks. You, too.”
The three of them made their way down to the entrance hall, which was packed with students. Harry straightened his robes nervously as he looked around for Blaise.
“Where is Hermione?” Ron was asking again, ignoring the way Parvati now had her arms crossed and was staring at him with a look of fraying patience.
Harry was starting to feel a bit bad about being the one to ask her to go with Ron. It was painfully obvious that Ron couldn’t have cared less who his date was so long as he had one.
A group of Slytherins made their way into the room then, drawing Harry’s full attention. As Blaise had said, Malfoy and Parkinson were leading the way in bright green and bright pink respectively. They almost hurt the eye to look at together. Malfoy looked slightly put out with Parkinson, and Harry wondered if he was blaming her for the fashion disaster they’d turned out to be.
Then Blaise stepped out from behind Crabbe and Goyle and Harry's attention was fully captured. His robes were a nearly black green with vest and tie to match while his shirt and trousers were black. The elegant sweep and shiny lining of his robe made it clear that it was very expensive. He looked… very nice.
Then Blaise’s dark green eyes landed on him and Harry watched as they moved slowly down his body and then back up again, a smirk curling at his lips all the while.
“You look positively delicious,” he commented in a low voice as he came to a stop really quite a bit closer than polite company usually required. The comment sounded completely truthful.
Harry cleared his throat and cursed his pale skin as he felt blood rushing to his cheeks. “You look very nice, too,” he made himself respond, keeping his voice steady through sheer force of will.
Luckily for Harry’s peace of mind, they were interrupted by the front doors of the school opening to admit the Durmstrang students with Professor Karkaroff. Beyond them, Harry could see that the lawn just past the main steps had been turned into a sort of grotto of hedges of flowering rose bushes, the whole area lit with fairy lights.
Then McGonagall’s voice called, “Champions, over here, please!”
Harry looked to Ron to excuse himself, only to find him still trying to look over everyone’s head, presumably for Hermione. Parvati still looked annoyed.
“Right,” Harry muttered instead and started toward McGonagall. He slowed momentarily when he felt a hand on his arm and turned to see Blaise wrap his hand around Harry’s forearm with one of his amused smirks.
Harry just turned to focus on getting where he was going without running into anyone, though he didn’t try to shake off the hand. It was rather nice. And he was noticing now that Blaise also smelled really good. Like spices that he couldn’t identify and like a forest after a rain and maybe a bit like freshly cut lawn. It was absurdly appealing, even if he was really bad at defining it.
That line of thought occupied him until he stood before the deputy headmistress, who was dressed in red tartan with a wreath of thistles on the brim of her hat. He supposed the prickly plant was fitting for her, if not overly attractive.
They were instructed to wait near the doors until everyone else had taken their seats as they were to enter last. Because they weren’t going to be enough of a spectacle in the opening dance. They also had to walk in with everyone staring at them. Harry couldn’t help but grimace at the thought.
Fleur stationed herself and her date to enter first and Cedric took up the second position with Cho, who was looking very lovely in a traditional sort of robe with very long sleeves. Harry reluctantly stepped into the next position, Blaise still attached to his arm. He looked back then and finally set eyes on Herimione.
It was no wonder she’d needed so long to get ready. She’d apparently improved every single feature that she had with delicately applied makeup, expertly manicured and painted fingernails, and hair that looked nothing at all like her own. It was sleek and smooth with a few spiral curls framing her face and dangling down her neck while the rest was curled into itself in a way that looked lovely but must have been incredibly difficult to manage if she hadn’t used magic.
“Hi, Harry! Hi, Blaise,” she greeted with a smile that consumed her entire face.
“Yes, hello,” Krum greeted as well.
“Good evening,” Blaise responded a bit coolly as he let go of Harry’s arm.
Harry started to glance at him in confusion, but then he felt Blaise’s arm curl around his middle a moment before Blaise stepped into him so his front was pressed to Harry’s back. His stomach did a somersault at how amazing that felt. He cleared his throat and tried to smile normally at Hermione, who’d gained a knowing glint in her eye. “Hello, Hermione. Krum.”
“You can call me Viktor,” the Bulgarian nodded, “both of you.”
Harry reciprocated the offer of his first name and Blaise followed suit.
They waited while everyone else filed in and Blaise did not change their position. A few curious looks were sent their way, but most people seemed focused on Hermione’s transformation. Or perhaps the mere fact that she was with Krum.
Ron marched past them both without so much as glancing in their direction, which Harry found worrying. Was he that mad that he’d been wrong about Hermione having a date, or was it that her date was Krum? Thankfully, Hermione was so wrapped up in her date that she didn’t notice Ron at all.
When they were at last alone in the entrance hall, McGonagall had them line up and they entered the great hall two at a time to heavy applause.
Harry did his best to keep a bland smile on his face rather than the grimace that kept trying to form. Merlin, he really hated being paraded around like a performing monkey. His magic felt tense and wary, like it wasn’t fully expecting an attack, but was ready for anything regardless.
Blaise just kept his amused smirk on his face and kept his chin up like a king deigning to look upon his fawning subjects. It would have been thoroughly disgusting if he hadn’t been able to see the laughter in his eyes. Malfoy, in that position, would have truly believed himself superior to everyone watching. Blaise seemed more like he was playing a game, even if no one else knew it.
The seats for the champions and their dates were at the same table where the judges sat. Percy Weasley was there even though Mr. Crouch didn’t seem to be.
“I’ve been promoted,” Percy bragged as soon as Harry had sat down. “I’m now Mr. Crouch’s personal assistant. I’m here representing him.”
“Congratulations,” Harry offered. He wondered briefly why Mr. Crouch hadn’t come, but then decided that the man probably hadn’t been all that excited to attend a dance for school children.
“Mr. Crouch isn’t feeling well, I’m afraid,” Percy offered despite Harry not having asked. “He’s not well at all. Hasn’t been since the World Cup. Hardly surprising. Overwork. He’s not as young as he was, though still quite brilliant, of course. The mind remains as great as it ever was.”
Harry glanced at Blaise as Percy went on about Mr. Crouch at length. You’d think his next promotion relied solely on how much he could praise the man, but Harry didn’t think it likely that anything he said now would get back to him. Maybe Percy was just practicing. Or maybe he was just getting really into his character and not wanting to slip up. Surely he couldn’t really believe all of that. Harry didn’t think Merlin’s personal assistant had spoken half as well of him as Percy did of Crouch.
Who on Earth really wanted a sycophantic yes-man like that following him around telling him how great he was, anyway?
Blaise gave him a look of bland amusement and Harry had to stifle a laugh.
Harry did find a little amusement in the idea that Crouch had been suffering for lack of help around his house after he’d dismissed Winky for no reason at all beyond making himself look better. Not that Harry found it particularly laudable to ignore all evidence in order to persecute a totally innocent person. Elf. Whatever.
Dumbledore then demonstrated how to order their meals with the menus and the rest of them began ordering their own food.
Krum, Harry noticed, was deep into conversation with Hermione, telling her all about where he went to school. Durmstrang was apparently also a castle, but with only four floors and the fires only lit for magical purposes – Merlin, no wonder their robes had so much fur - and hopefully warming charms built in.
Karkaroff eventually interrupted to chide his student on giving away all their secrets.
“All this secrecy, Igor,” Dumbledore chided. “One would almost think you didn’t want visitors.”
“Well, Dumbledore,” Karkaroff sort of sneered but seemed like maybe he was trying to turn it into a smile, “we are all protective of our private domains, are we not? Do we not jealously guard the halls of learning that have been entrusted to us? Are we not right to be proud that we alone know our school’s secrets, and right to protect them?”
“Oh I would never dream of assuming I know all of Hogwarts’ secrets, Igor,” Dumbledore said with amused self-deprecation. “Only this morning, I took a wrong turning on the way to the bathroom and found myself in a beautifully proportioned room I have never seen before, containing a really rather magnificent collection of chamber pots. When I went back to investigate more closely, I discovered that the room had vanished. But I must keep an eye out for it.” He went on to posit the possible triggers that may bring the room back.
Fluer, meanwhile, was casting disdainful eyes around the hall and talking nonstop about how much better Beauxbatons was than Hogwarts in every single way imaginable, from the decorations to the food to the choirs of freaking wood nymphs serenading them while they ate.
Harry rolled his eyes hard, incredibly annoyed at the girl’s utterly lacking manners. Honestly, who went as a guest into someone else’s prized establishment and did nothing but deride it in the loudest tone she could manage?
Harry glanced at Blaise and commented, loudly enough to be heard, “I never realized how deprived we really were. We don’t even have choirs serenading us while we eat, much less wood nymph choirs. Do you suppose we can complain to the board of governors about that?”
Blaise snorted slightly into his food before he managed to compose himself again, but he turned dancing eyes on Harry. The rest of his face remained serious as he nodded, “I suppose we’ll have to. We can’t very well go on like this.”
Out of the corner of his eye, Harry saw Fleur glaring at them, which just made his smile bigger as he turned his attention to his food.
At least it appeared that Fleur’s date wasn’t working out much better than Parvati’s. Davies was managing not to drool, but that was about as much as could be said as he stared at his date and blandly agreed to everything she said in a tone that suggested he wasn’t even absorbing most of it.
Maybe her attitude made sense if everyone had treated her like that her whole life, but it didn’t mean Harry was going to excuse her rudeness or childishness. What a brat.
Harry did notice with some amusement that Hermione was trying to teach Krum to say her name, sounding it out one syllable at a time.
“Her-my-oh-nee.” To which she got back, “Herm-own-ninny,” from Viktor, who really did seem to be trying.
“Close enough,” she concluded with a fond smile, meeting Harry’s eyes to share it before focusing back on her date.
Viktor certainly seemed entirely taken with Hermione, which made him okay in Harry’s book.
“You realize it’s rude to stare at someone else quite so long while your date is right next to you,” Blaise said blandly.
Harry blinked and looked at him. It was nearly impossible to read his expression. He didn’t seem upset or particularly amused, though Harry suspected he might be verging on annoyed, given the actual words he’d used. Sadly, the way he’d phrased it didn’t allow Harry’s sense of truth from lie to give him any insight.
“Hermione’s like my sister, really,” Harry admitted cautiously. “I just want to make sure Krum’s treating her right.”
Blaise’s eyes narrowed thoughtfully and he glanced at Hermione again, but after a moment, whatever intensity he was harboring seemed to melt away and he gave Harry a small smile, “Fair enough.” He gestured with his chin to another table to their left. “Tracey came with Theo tonight or I’d probably be doing the same. Theo knows what I’ll do to him if he tries anything that upsets her,” he smirked.
Harry followed his gaze to two of the other Slytherins in their year that he didn’t know very well. Honestly, Malfoy seemed to always be in the way when the Slytherins were around so it was rather difficult to pay attention to any of them but him and sometimes Parkinson, who was also particularly unlikeable. Tracey had honey blond hair in an elegant updo. She was thin and pretty in a robe that left one shoulder and arm totally bare while a long cape draped over her opposite arm. Theo had light brown hair and an angular face, tall and thin in black on black robes. They were leaning close together, speaking softly, but Harry couldn’t tell if they were dating or just friends by their posture or expressions.
Harry met Blaise’s eyes again and smiled. For some reason, he liked knowing that Blaise was protective of his friends, too.
When the meal ended, Dumbledore rose and asked all the students to do the same. When everyone was standing, he waved his wand and all the tables zoomed back along the walls, leaving the floor clear, and then he conjured a raised platform along the right wall. A set of drums, several guitars, a lute, a cello, and some bagpipes were set upon it.
The band, apparently called the Weird Sisters, trooped onto the stage to wildly enthusiastic applause.
A gentle tug on his hand reminded Harry that they were to open the dancing. With a bracing breath, Harry followed Blaise into the middle of the dance floor with the rest of the champions and their dates. They took up the familiar position from their lessons, and then Blaise leaned in a few centimeters closer. Harry looked up to meet his eyes, which looked greatly entertained.
Harry couldn’t help but smile a bit in return. Blaise seemed to have a way of just smiling at a situation that made Harry want to melt through the floor, and suddenly it wasn’t quite so bad. He rather liked that about him.
And then the music began and the four sets of dancers swept into motion. They were well practiced, and it showed, allowing them to flow smoothly through the steps, switching lead position and the lifts and twirls. Blaise grinned at him most of the time, which had Harry somewhat helplessly grinning back, and forgetting almost entirely that there was an audience at all.
Finally, after a couple minutes, other couples began joining around them on the dance floor and the pressure on them let up a little.
When the waltz ended, faster paced songs followed. Harry moved to return to their table, but Blaise didn’t release his hand, instead pulling him back in close. “Let me teach you more dances?” he asked hopefully.
“All right,” Harry smiled, admittedly a bit charmed.
Triumphantly, Blaise slipped into the lead position and began a faster step that matched the beat of the song.
Moody danced by not long after and commented on Harry’s socks, which was maybe the creepiest thing Harry could think of. Moody really shouldn’t be commenting on the clothing students wore underneath their clothes. Sure, it was just socks, but it just reminded Harry that the man could as easily examine his underwear. Or look beneath them.
Harry gave a half-hearted, “Thanks,” and then Moody was away, thank Merlin.
“That was disturbing,” Blaise grimaced. He glanced down between their bodies then and admitted, “Though I am curious what socks you’re wearing to make him comment.”
Harry laughed a little. His trousers concealed his socks just fine, so he’d seen no harm in wearing Dobby’s Christmas present. “Maybe I’ll show you when we sit down,” he allowed.
“I’m holding you to that,” Blaise promised with one of his more appealing smirks.
They ended up going through several more dances, all rather fast-paced, the steps Blaise led them through were always easy enough for him to pick up. He had to admit, he was having a lot more fun than he’d expected to have. Blaise was a lot of fun to dance with.
Eventually, however, Harry’s throat was absolutely parched and they took a break to get drinks. Blaise offered to get them both drinks, so Harry sought out Ron and Hermione. Hermione was still on the dance floor with Krum, looking like she was having the time of her life. Ron, however, was sitting down. By himself, actually. And glaring at the dance floor.
Harry took a cautious seat next to Ron, “How’s it going?’ he probed gently. “Where’s Parvati?”
Ron gave an expressive shrug.
“O-kay…” Harry frowned. He had no idea what had put Ron in such a foul mood. Before he could figure out a more probing way to ask that wouldn’t brass Ron off any more than he already was, Hermione practically skipped over to them and dropped herself on Harry’s other side.
“It’s hot, isn’t it?” she asked, fanning herself with her hand.
With a smirk, Harry drew his wand and cast a mild cooling charm on her. He was pretty sure his magic had been doing that for him so far, as he’d yet to feel too warm despite the layers of fabric he was wearing.
“Oh, thank you!” Hermione beamed. “Viktor’s just gone to get some drinks.”
“Viktor?” Ron asked with a withering look. “Hasn’t he asked you to call him Vicky yet?”
And Harry recognized this particular tone from Ron. It’s the one he’d used on him after the champions were chosen. Harry wasn’t sure if Ron wished he was Hermione’s date or Krum’s, but he was really jealous.
“What’s up with you?” Hermione asked with only mild concern.
“If you don’t know, I’m not going to tell you,” Ron said scathingly.
Hermione looked at Harry then, who could only shake his head in exasperation.
“He’s from Durmstrang!” Ron suddenly burst out. “He’s competing against Harry! Against Hogwarts! You… You’re- fraternizing with the enemy ! That’s what you’re doing!”
It was in that entirely inopportune moment that Blaise returned with an easy grin and two cups of punch.
“And you’re not better, Harry!” Ron added suddenly. “You’re with a slimy snake! How can you stand to let him touch you!?”
“Okay,” Harry said forcefully as his magic began to rise with irritation. “Let’s talk privately, Ron.” And without waiting for Ron to respond, Harry latched onto his upper arm and all but dragged him to a quiet corner of the entrance hall.
“What the bloody hell?” Ron protested when Harry finally let him go.
“No, that’s my line,” Harry snapped. “Explain to me why you’re being an arsehole?”
“What?” Ron protested. “I wasn’t,” he complained, clearly on the defensive.
“You were,” Harry said firmly. “Look, I’m sorry that you’re not happy with your date. I’m sorry that you don’t like my date or Hermione’s. Does that mean that you get to treat us like shit? I shouldn’t have bothered to buy you those robes because you seem determined to be miserable tonight anyway. Well you are not going to drag Hermione and me with you. So shut up and behave or just go back to the dorm, Ron. Because if you ruin this for Hermione, I won’t be so quick to forgive you again.”
Harry didn’t wait for a response, just turning around and returning to the great hall.
Blaise had not waited for him at the table, but was instead waiting just inside, probably not close enough to eavesdrop. He looked Harry over assessingly, then offered a cup of punch.
With a sigh, Harry accepted the drink and downed it quickly, thankful for the cool relief on his throat. He was also pleased to find that it tasted of nothing but punch. It made him wonder if the punch bowls were charmed to nullify any extra additions Fred and George would undoubtedly like to add.
“I should find Hermione,” Harry sighed when he’d finished his drink. He left the glass on the nearest table, where it almost instantly vanished. Blaise followed along, sipping his drink more sedately.
She was still sitting at the table where he’d left her, though Viktor had joined her. She looked stressed as they approached.
“What happened?” she worried.
“I advised him to stop treating us like crap if he wanted us to keep being his friends, and suggested that he just go to bed. I don’t know if he will.” Harry sat down on the side of Hermione that was open and lightly patted her shoulder. “I imagine he’ll get over it just fine,” he offered.
“What if he doesn’t?”
“Then we’ll get along just fine without him,” Harry said firmly.
Hermione looked devastated at the thought.
“Hermione, neither of us deserve to be friends with someone who will treat us like garbage every time he gets upset about something and then expect to go back to normal when he decides he’s over it – without him even apologizing, I might add. That’s not a friendship.”
“I suppose,” Hermione reluctantly allowed.
“He is right,” Viktor agreed in his heavy accent. “I don’t know your friend well, but he should not make you so sad when you’ve done nothing to him.”
Hermione turned into Viktor and Harry let her date work on cheering her up while he looked back at Blaise, who was just finishing his punch as the music changed to a slow song. A slow smirk pulled at his lips as he extended his hand, “May I have this dance, Harry?”
Harry accepted the hand with a smile and let himself be led onto the dance floor. Instead of anything complicated this time, Blaise began a simple, slow waltz, and he pulled Harry very close.
With a small chuckle, Harry gave up and just leaned his body against the larger one in his grasp. He let his head rest on Blaise’s shoulder and breathed in his delightful scent. “You smell really good.”
He didn’t realize he’d actually said that aloud until Blaise chuckled.
Harry felt his face heat again, but he kept his head where it was.
Blaise rubbed a hand over his back, “I’m glad you like it. It was a gift from my mother. She got it in Italy last spring.”
“It’s nice,” Harry reiterated, and his heart finally began to calm from Ron’s little tantrum. He just didn’t understand it. Ron had refused to even try to interact with his date, and then he’d gotten upset that Hermione and Harry were having fun. Perhaps he was bothered by Blaise being a Slytherin, but Harry knew that Ron had been just fine with Krum being a Durmstrang student when he’d been fan-boying all over him because he was a quidditch star.
Then Blaise started to softly sing along to the song and Harry smiled as he listened to his deep voice rumble in his chest. It was enough to draw Harry;s thoughts entirely away from Ron and back onto his date.
When the song ended, they didn’t begin dancing to the next, faster song, but Blaise drew back to study his face, “Feeling better?”
“Yes,” Harry admitted. “Thank you.” He glanced around for Hermione, hoping that she was doing better as well. His eyes soon lit on her dancing once again with Viktor, her smile restored.
Blaise followed his gaze, then gently took both of Harry’s hands into his own, drawing Harry’s full attention back to him. “What do you say to a walk? The gardens outside looked quite interesting.”
“That sounds great,” Harry agreed, because he was curious about what had been done out there, and just getting out of the crowded great hall for a bit also sounded nice.
The gardens were lit with fairy lights and Blaise led them, holding Harry’s hand still, down one of the winding paths between the bushes, statues, and fountains. Then Blaise’s arm slid around Harry’s back and drew him close and Harry looked up at him in vague surprise. Blaise just grinned at him. “You’re really warm,” he admitted.
And Harry realized that it was quite chilly out, though there must have been some warming charms on the gardens because they weren't as cold as they should be. He didn’t feel uncomfortable though. His magic, he suspected, was continuing to be helpful tonight.
Whether Blaise was really cold or if he had ulterior motives, Harry didn’t complain, even boldly stretching out his own arm around the small of Blaise’s back.
The taller boy smiled at him as they walked on a bit further. “So,” Blaise said after a minute, “May I ask what made you decide to say yes when I asked you to come with me?”
Harry huffed a bit of a laugh, “Honestly, I was rather cross with McGonagall just then and going with you seemed likely to annoy her.”
Blaise let out a startled laugh at the admission. “You are very honest. I like that about you.”
Harry sighed softly before confessing, “I don’t like to lie. And I hate being lied to.”
Blaise was silent a moment before quietly saying, “Noted.”
Blaise gently guided Harry around to face him and Harry realized that they’d ended up in a particularly secluded bit of the garden with a statue filling a gap between two hedges in a way that formed a secluded little alcove.
Gently but firmly, Blaise guided Harry until his back was to the statue, then leaned in close until their bodies were touching in a very nice way. “I really like you, Harry,” Blaise whispered. “May I kiss you?”
Harry swallowed nervously, licking his lips, and nodded.
Blaise’s lips turned up in a smile and then he leaned in closer. Harry closed his eyes when he could no longer focus on his face and he felt the silky softness of Blaise’s lips lightly touch his own.
His whole body seemed to come alive at the contact and he felt his magic react as well, sort of softening and then Blaise kissed him more firmly and Harry’s magic wrapped itself around Blaise as surely as Harry’s arms had done.
Blaise made a soft, involuntary sort of sound and Harry felt something firmer, slightly cool, sweep along his lip.
Harry’s breath stuttered as he identified that thing as Blaise’s tongue , and Harry did his best to reciprocate, cautiously licking at Blaise’s lip. Then Blaise’s tongue touched Harry’s and it was another completely new, completely incredible thing that he never wanted to end.
A few seconds more and Blaise drew back just enough to meet his eyes, “Was that your first kiss?” he wondered.
Harry felt himself blush as he nodded.
“Mine, too,” Blaise smiled, “but don’t tell anyone, yeah? We Slytherins have a bit of a game, coming up with the most outrageous lie about our exploits, but in such a way it can’t be proven a lie.”
Harry huffed a laugh, “You Slytherins are barmy.”
“Possibly,” Blaise allowed, then leaned in to kiss him again.
Harry lost complete track of time as his whole world seemed to come down to the lips on his, the body under his hands, and the hands that explored his back and sides and hips so thoroughly.
It was eventually the snarling voice of Severus Snape that drew Harry’s attention back to his surroundings.
Blaise clearly heard it as well because he drew back quickly and met Harry’s eyes. Despite their situation, Harry couldn’t help but be thoroughly distracted by just how beautiful the other boy looked. There was something about him in that moment that he didn’t think he’d ever quite seen before. The expression in his eyes perhaps. Or maybe Harry was perceiving Blaise’s own excited magic, but not in any way he could quite quantify. It wasn’t just beautiful. It was like… It made him feel like he could trust Blaise, which was somewhat of an alarming feeling for someone who had not a single soul in the world not magically bound to him that he could truly trust.
A conversation between Snape and Karkaroff soon drew most of his attention away from Blaise.
“Severus, you cannot pretend this isn’t happening!” Karkaroff’s voice sounded anxious and hushed, though why he’d chosen this venue to argue if he wanted to avoid being overheard Harry could not guess. “It’s been getting clearer and clearer for months. I am becoming seriously concerned, I can’t deny it-”
“Then flee,” Snape said coldly. “Flee. I will make your excuses. I, however, am remaining at Hogwarts.”
And then, without warning, Snape suddenly changed direction and he was towering over them in a moment.
Blaise quickly stepped back and Harry tried to discretely straighten his robes.
Snape looked from Blaise to Harry rather slowly, then back to Blaise with a disgusted sneer, “I had thought better of your taste, Zabini.” He turned black eyes back on Harry and pronounced ten points of Gryffindor, Potter. Now get back inside.”
“Yes, sir,” Blaise said politely and snatched Harry’s hand, leading him swiftly back toward the castle.
Harry rolled his eyes but was no longer surprised at the double-standard that left Gryffindor out ten points and Slytherin just as it had been.
Unfortunately, on their way back inside, they stumbled upon what seemed a private moment between Hagrid and Madam Maxime. They both froze, not wanting to be caught witness to such intimacy.
“Moment I saw you, I knew,” Hagrid was saying.
“What did you know, Hagrid?” Maxime questioned in a low purr.
“I just knew… knew you were like me. Was it your mother or your father?”
“I don’t know what you mean, Hagrid…”
“It was my mother. She was one of the last ones in Britain. ‘Course I can’t remember her too well. She left, see. When I was about three. She wasn’t really the maternal sort. Well, it’s not in their natures, is it? Dunno what happened to her. Might be dead for all I know.”
Harry glanced at Blaise uncomfortably before his attention was caught by a strange sort of beetle crawling on the statuary between them and Hagrid. Harry wasn’t sure what was so strange about the beetle, but something about it made him uneasy.
“My dad was broken-hearted when she went away. Tiny little bloke, my dad was. By the time I was six, I could lift him up and put him on top of the dresser if he annoyed me. Used to make him laugh.”
Harry forced his attention away from the beetle and decided it was more than time to be gone. He drew his wand and, as quietly as he could manage, cast a disillusionment spell over Blaise and then over himself. He added a silencing spell to their feet and they hurried away, but not before overhearing Hagrid mention how excited he was to meet another half-giant, having thought himself to be the only one.
They heard Maxime raise her voice in anger, but didn’t stick around long enough to catch the particulars. Once they were inside, Harry checked to make sure the entrance hall was empty and then canceled the concealing spells on them both.
Blaise, he noticed at once, had a rather concerned look on his face.
“What is it?” Harry asked warily. He hoped Blaise wasn’t upset about Snape finding them together.
Blaise hesitated a second before asking, “How much do you know about giants?”
Thrown by the direction of the conversation, Harry shook his head, “Not much.”
With a sigh, Blaise drew him back into the great hall and settled them at the more secluded table. The noise of the band in this room made their conversation more private than whispering in the empty entrance hall would have.
“Look, giants are a violent race. That and their low intelligence is what’s kept their population so low for millennia. They fight for dominance, they fight for sport, they fight when they’re bored. They’re incredibly dangerous because of this proclivity. And it means that having one as a parent isn’t the sort of thing any smart person would admit to,” Blaise explained.
Harry nodded slowly, “And being twice the height of the average man isn’t enough to, I don’t know, tip people off?”
Blaise smiled a little fondly, “Magic, Harry,” he shook his head in exasperation. “An accident with any number of spells, potions, or rituals could have caused a child to grow much too large, and maybe it wasn’t easily fixed and his family couldn’t afford to hire a specialist, so they just left it be.”
Harry nodded thoughtfully. Truth be told, when he’d first seen Hagrid and learned of magic, he’d sort of assumed the man was a giant, though he’d later learned that giants were about twice as tall as Hagrid. He’d never really wondered how the man was as big as he was after that. He’d come to know Hagrid and it was just part of him. “So he’d better work harder at keeping it a secret,” Harry decided. He’d have to have a talk with the man later about being careful what he says and where.
Blaise nodded, “I’d have thought he was that smart at least.”
With a frustrated sigh, Harry glared at Blaise because he didn’t appreciate hearing his friend so disparaged.
Blaise just shrugged unrepentantly, “I know he’s your friend, Harry, but I’m not going to pretend that he’s some greater thinker just to soothe your delicate sensibilities.”
And then he just watched Harry coolly, clearly waiting for Harry to pass judgment for his comment.
Harry looked away from Blaise, toward the dancers still having fun on the dance floor. He didn’t appreciate having a friend talked about badly, even if he did know that Hagrid wasn’t any kind of genius. Despite that, however, he was also kind of warmed by Blaise being himself rather than trying to pretend to be who he thought Harry would want him to be.
“Is our date over then?” Blaise asked rather stiffly.
Harry sighed as he turned to look at Blaise again and he could see him bracing for the worst. Harry shook his head and, with a nervous smile, leaned closer to steal a quick kiss. He noticed Blaise’s shocked and pleased look for just a moment before he took the other boy’s hand and led him back to the dance floor.
Blaise was grinning when Harry turned back to him to dance and Harry felt his heart flutter at the sight. Blaise was truly breathtaking when he smiled like that.
Blaise said nothing, merely pulling Harry close and leading them into the quick-step dance.
As they danced that song and the next several, Harry felt his magic settle around Blaise again as though it was wrapping him in a hug. Or maybe trying to keep him from getting away.
He wasn’t sure what to make of it as his magic had never done such a thing with anyone, but he thought it must be a good sign.
The rest of the ball was spent between dancing and taking short breaks, where they often ended up chatting with Hermione and Viktor. Blaise seemed friendly enough with the professional seeker, who had been eating at the Slytherin table with him all year. Viktor also seemed to make a genuine effort to get to know Harry a little bit, but Harry didn’t sense that there was any more to it. He was treating him like his date’s best friend rather than like a competitor or a celebrity.
It was nice, and it made Harry think more highly of him.
Harry did get around to showing Blaise his socks when they were sitting down without Hermione or Krum one time. He didn’t honestly wants to risk getting Hermione started on a free-the-house-elves rant in the company of two purebloods. He didn’t want to risk ruining the high spirits.
Blaise found them thoroughly amusing, almost as much as the idea of a house-elf giving a gift to a wizard.
“He’s weird, but he’s my friend,” Harry warned Blaise with polite firmness.
Blaise raised his hands in surrender. “I’ve known people to call their owls their friends, why not their house-elf?”
Harry nodded his approval and they returned to dancing.
They stayed until the very end of the ball despite many others having drifted away sooner. Ron, they had not seen again after Harry had yelled at him. With any luck, Ron had gone upstairs to think about why he shouldn’t treat his friends like dirt if he wanted to have friends.
Hermione and Viktor drifted toward the front doors of the school for their goodbye, while Harry accompanied Blaise to the top of the staircase down to the Slytherin dorms.
“This was fun,” Blaise offered truthfully, stepping closer to Harry than was at all necessary.
Not that Harry was complaining.
“It really was,” Harry agreed, rather surprised to realize that it was the truth. Maybe even an understatement.
“In that case, I think it only makes sense that we continue to spend time together,” Blaise suggested hopefully.
“Sound reasonable,” Harry agreed. “I suppose we’ll have to.”
Blaise smirked in response, though it soon pulled into a grin, “I’ll see you soon, then,” he promised, and leaned in for a quick kiss.
Harry caught his lapel and held him close a few seconds longer before he let him go.
Blaise sent him a wink, then turned and trotted easily down the stairs.
Harry watched after him for a second and tried not to grin like an idiot as he turned to look for Hermione, who was just turning away from where she must have been watching Viktor go.
She put a hand to her heart and mimed a swoon.
Harry laughed and they met in the middle of the hall.
“That was fun,” Hermione sighed with a dopey grin all over her face.
Harry hoped he didn’t look as ridiculous, but he suspected that he did. They started up the stairs together, but paused when someone called to Harry from behind them.
Sobering somewhat, Harry turned to find Cedric hurrying up the steps. The Hufflepuff glanced somewhat awkwardly at Hermione, clearly not wanting to speak in front of her.
“I’m off to bed,” Hermione excused herself and started up alone.
Harry looked curiously at Cedric and waited.
“Listen,” Cedric said in an undertone that had Harry leaning toward him slightly to better hear, “I owe you one for telling me about the dragons. You know that golden egg? Does your wail when you open it?”
“Yeah,” Harry nodded.
“Well… take a bath, okay?”
Harry blinked, “It’s wailing because I smell bad?” he ventured.
“No,” Cedric laughed a bit, then tried again, “Take a bath and, er, take the egg with you. Just… mull things over in the hot water. It’ll help you think. Trust me.”
Harry stared at him.
“Tell you what,” Cedric said quickly, “use the prefects’ bathroom. Fourth door to the left of that statue of Boris the Bewildered on the fifth floor. Password’s ‘pine fresh’. Gotta go. Want to say goodnight!”
And with that Cedric hurried back down to where Cho seemed to be waiting for him.
Harry pondered his words as he wandered back up to the tower. He didn’t understand why he had to be so cryptic. Harry had just told him straight out that the task was dragons, he hadn’t said, “wander out into the forbidden forest in this particular direction. See if that helps you think…”
He shook his head, but he supposed he didn’t have any better ideas for the egg.
Tomorrow though. He was rather tired at the moment.
Hermione wasn’t in the common room when he got there, so he assumed she’d headed straight to bed. Harry followed suit. In his dorm, he found Ron’s bed curtains tugged closed and no sight of the redhead. The dress robes Harry had gifted him lay in an untidy heap next to his bed.
With a sigh, and wondering how that was going to fall out tomorrow, Harry gathered his pajamas and headed into the bathroom for a quick shower before bed. He tried not to let himself think about anything except how glad he was that McGonagall had been so pushy and rude about him finding a dance partner.
When he’d crawled into bed and secured the curtains, he called out Kaa and fell asleep somewhere in the course of describing the evening.
Notes:
Okay, hopefully I got the editing done decently. I wrote half of this yesterday and today, so I didn't spend as much time checking it over as I usually would. I wanted to get it posted today.
It was lots of fun to write. I'd love to hear what you think!
Chapter 12: Year Four - part 7
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The Egg
Boxing Day started later than normal, with everyone having slept in after their late night at the ball. Ron, it seemed, had decided his best course of action was to pretend his tantrum from the ball had never happened at all. He wouldn’t quite meet either of their eyes, but otherwise tried to pretend all was normal. Harry decided that he would let it go provided that Ron didn’t reassert those opinions.
It had been a good reminder though, to keep his heart well guarded from his jealous friend.
Ron did prove that he was by no means over the issue from the ball by hastily leaving the area every single time Hermione mentioned Viktor. After the third time this happened, Hermione ceased to look at all surprised and instead just sighed after the redhead’s retreating back.
Harry found himself hoping that, now it was her Ron was being a berk to, she’d stop being so bloody understanding and take offense. It had been infuriating to listen to her justify Ron’s treatment of him in November, like the fact he had jealousy issues was something Harry was duty-bound to forgive him for. Like Harry’s fame meant it was his responsibility to apologize to his friends for the way he was treated by others.
That evening, after curfew, Harry took Cedric’s advice and stole down to the Prefects’ bathroom with the golden egg. He chose to go after curfew since he couldn’t guess how long this would take and didn’t want to risk being found there by a different prefect, who might report him to a teacher. His luck, Q it would be a Slytherin and they’d report him to Snape.
He settled in the water and then took the egg in hand, staring at it in consternation. Warily, he cracked it open, only to almost burst his eardrums thanks to the acoustics of the bathroom.
Quickly snapping it closed, he didn’t latch it, but just held it and stared at it, waiting for the inspiration Cedric suggested would come.
Any time now.
Harry was just starting to get really annoyed with the cryptic damn hint when Moaning Freaking Myrtle came up from under the water right in front of him with a giggle.
Harry flinched in shock and then colored heavily in mortification on realizing that she’d been under the water for Merlin knew how long. Where he was totally naked.
His magic crackled in response to the sense of violation he felt and when Myrtle opened her mouth to say something, his magic just snapped.
Myrtle let out a startled squeak and Harry flinched badly enough that he dropped the egg right into the water.
Harry grimaced, hoping the egg wasn’t ruined, and shifted aside the bubbles to see where the egg had landed.
There was a glow coming from under the water, he quickly realized, and something like music.
Harry blinked in disbelief. Cedric couldn’t have just said “put it under the water”? What a berk!
A glance around the bathroom proved that, whatever his magic had done, Myrtle was gone for the moment. With luck, he could finish up and be gone before she returned. He took a deep breath and dunked his head under the water, where the music came into sharper focus and he could make out the words.
“Come seek us where our voices sound,
We cannot sing above the ground,
And while you’re searching, ponder this:
We’ve taken what you’ll sorely miss,
An hour long you’ll have to look,
And to recover what we took,
But past an hour – the prospect’s black,
Too late, it’s gone, it won’t come back.”
Harry listened to it several times before he was convinced that he’d memorized every word. He got out of the water then and back into his clothes lest Myrtle return.
He took the egg back to his dorm, where everyone else was already asleep. When he was situated in his bed with the curtains spelled closed, he called out Kaa.
The massive serpent slithered his way out of Harry’s skin with a satisfied sigh, and then set about making himself comfortable by wrapping himself securely around Harry’s warm body.
Harry dutifully recited the clue to him and Kaa hissed thoughtfully.
“We cannot sing above the ground,” Harry recited. “Does that mean the second task is going to be underground? In a cave or something? I don’t know of any caves around here, but with magic, they might just make one. What can’t sing above the ground?”
“Or water,” Kaa suggested. “You put the egg underwater to hear them sing, did you not?”
Harry nodded with dawning realization. “And that was probably part of the clue as well. Okay. Underwater then. What… In the lake?”
“It seems sensible. The First Task was had here on the school grounds. It seems unlikely the next would be staged far away.”
Harry nodded. “Okay, so underwater… I’ll have an hour to search underwater? How am I supposed to breathe?”
“A spell, likely,” Kaa suggested dryly.
“Hardy har har,” Harry grumbled. Problem was, he didn’t know any spells to let him breathe underwater for an hour. His mind moved on to the other important bit of the clue. “What do you think it means that they’ll take what I’ll sorely miss? Are they going to go through my things and steal something?” He tried to go through all of his things in his mind in search of something he’d particularly dread to lose. There was his book vault, of course, but the whole point of that was that it looked like any other book. Though if they did find it, he’d have bigger problems than finding it again considering what all it contained.
“Your broom, perhaps,” the serpent posed. “You are quite unreasonably attached to it.”
“It’s an expensive broom,” Harry pointed out grumpily. “But the last line. ‘Too late, it’s gone, it won’t come back’. Surely they can’t really just keep it or destroy it if I don’t find it in time. If it’s very expensive or has a lot of sentimental value, they can’t just steal my things and then tell me to retrieve it on their terms or lose it forever. That’s not…”
“It may be one of your inaccurate human ‘turns of phrase’,” the snake suggested.
Harry relaxed a little, because that did make sense. Poems were especially prone to imprecise wording and generally shouldn’t be taken totally literally. It was probably just for added drama.
Because if they did steal from him and not give it back if he failed… Well, he didn’t know what he could do about it, actually. Complain loudly? Talk to the press? The Daily Prophet would probably turn the story around to make him sound like a whiny brat or something instead of the wronged party.
With a heavy sigh, Harry started wondering where he could hide his most prized possessions leading up to the task in hopes that they didn’t get stolen. Perhaps something like his book vault, but for many different items? Something small enough to keep in his pocket or around his neck at all times? He’d look the next time he went into Hogsmeade.
Other than that, he needed to find a way to breathe underwater for an hour. And also, to stay warm because the task was in the end of February and that lake was going to be freezing. He wondered if his magic would take care of it the way it had seemed to keep him comfortable during the ball.
Harry told Ron and Hermione about the clue the next morning and the last week of winter break was spent mostly in the library searching for a way to stay underwater for an hour without dying from lack of oxygen.
Ron wasn’t much help, not just because he wasn’t all that good at research, but because he hadn’t touched his homework yet and so spent most of his time working on it while Hermione and Harry researched for the second task.
Then Viktor started joining them in the library, which distracted Hermione from her research, but clearly made her so happy that Harry didn’t mind. Ron, true to form, grabbed his things and left the library the moment he saw Viktor. He scowled and sneered, but said not a word about it.
So maybe he wasn’t totally unable to learn.
Their third day in the library brought another pleasant surprise when Blaise helped himself to the seat next to Harry. He met Harry’s smile with a small one of his own and then just started silently taking notes from an arithmancy book.
Blaise continued joining them after that at least a couple hours each day, though he soon progressed from school work to other interests. His appetites seemed diverse as Harry had seen him reading about warding, advanced transfiguration, obscure potions, and even alchemy so far.
The Article
When classes resumed, they found Hagrid had been replaced by Professor Grubbly-Plank, who would only comment that Hagrid was “indisposed”.
Harry found himself growing rather worried while the girls and professor were distracted petting the apparently sexist unicorn.
“He’s fine, Potter,” Malfoy drawled, “Physically, at least. He’s just too ashamed to show his big, ugly face.”
“What?” Harry asked with growing concern.
And Malfoy drew a folded newspaper from within his robes and offered it to Harry with a flourish, “There you go.”
Harry sneered at the ponce who seemed to have been carrying around a newspaper just for the chance to taunt him with it. He unfolded it warily, the other Gryffindor boys crowding around him. The headline photo did not bode well. It was a picture of Hagrid looking extremely shifty, the headline reading: Dumbledore’s Giant Mistake .
With growing dread, Harry read the article by the awful Rita Skeeter. There was a mention of Mad-eye and his reputation, which… well, the man was rather unstable. But then she suggested that he was nothing compared to Hagrid, which was ridiculous. Hagrid was about the kindest soul Harry had ever met.
Well, if one avoided any animal that Hagrid thought was fun, at least.
The article then went on to talk about how terrifying the skrewts were, which… Well. Yes, they were terrible, but no one had been injured by them, so Hagrid wasn’t doing so bad.
There was a quote from bloody Malfoy about his attack by the hippogriff last year and how Crabbe had been badly bitten by a flobberworm. Rita was either really stupid or assumed her readers were to print that. Anyone with a passing grade in potions had to know flobberworms had no teeth.
Then she outed Hagrid as a half-giant which had Harry instinctively glancing up at Blaise, only to find the other boy already watching him, looking like he was waiting to be condemned. He didn’t look ashamed or smug.
Harry looked back at the paper. It honestly hadn’t ever occurred to him that Blaise would use that information against Hagrid. He wondered if he’d been naive, but it just didn’t make sense. Why would Blaise have kept visiting him in the library if he was doing that in secret?
Harry had chosen to ignore Blaise disparaging Hagrid’s intelligence during the ball, but he had to know Harry wouldn’t do so for something like this.
Skeeter went on to highlight the nasty history of the giants and their more recent tendency to side with Voldemort.
She then wrapped up the article by pointing out Harry’s friendship and insinuating that perhaps Harry was being deceived into being friends with such a vicious, evil part giant.
By the time he’d finished, his magic had gone very still and very tense, like it was readying to attack one of the sniggering Slytherins, mostly Malfoy and Crabbe, though Goyle was also smirking smugly.
“A flobberworm, Crabbe?” Harry asked disdainfully. “I hadn’t thought your constitution was quite that delicate.”
The boy colored and his snickering turned into glaring. Goyle, strangely, turned his smirk on Crabbe.
Malfoy just doubled down on his smugness. “Now that everyone knows how dangerous the halfbreed is, I don’t reckon it’ll be long before his teaching career comes to a sudden and ignoble end. A half giant… And here I’d thought he’d just swallowed a bottle of skele-grown as a child. None of the mummies and daddies are going to like this at all. They’ll be afraid that he’ll eat their precious kiddies,” he gloated.
Harry’s magic honed in on Malfoy with undiluted rage and Harry took a threatening step toward the blond, “You-” was unfortunately all he got out before the professor’s voice snapped toward them.
“Are you paying attention over there?”
Harry’s magic boiled beneath his skin as he forced himself to stop. He had half a mind to snarl at the teacher about her stupid lesson that excluded half the class and it being no wonder they weren’t paying attention, but he forced himself to swallow it down. Detention would not help anything. Instead, he simply sent Malfoy the blackest glare he could manage, hoping that it conveyed all of the pain he wanted to inflict on him.
Satisfyingly, Malfoy went pale as milk.
As soon as the class was over, Harry hurried on ahead of everyone, worried that he would actually attack Malfoy if he continued. Or maybe anyone else who managed to annoy him at the moment.
He was crossing the entrance hall when someone grabbed his arm and Harry had them pinned against a wall before he even realized his intent. He was ready to snarl at them until he realized that it was Blaise. He let go immediately and took a step back, running a hand roughly through his hair. “Sorry,” he breathed.
Blaise just nodded, watching him warily. He hesitated a moment before asking, “Can we talk?”
Harry nodded and glanced around, knowing that the rest of their class would be coming through at any moment. His eyes landed on the tapestry behind a statue that hid the door to the room they’d used for dance lessons.
Harry had no idea why the room was hidden, but he figured it was probably just tradition. Hogwarts had her secrets.
He led the way into the room and paced to the middle before stopping and turning to face Blaise, who was just stepping inside and closing the door. Harry waited, since Blaise was the one that wanted to talk.
The other boy stayed near the door, hesitating again and Harry wondered how badly he’d scared him.
With a sigh, Harry turned and walked to the far side of the room, looking out one of the tall, narrow windows at a courtyard that may only be accessible from this room because he didn’t ever remember seeing it before.
“I didn’t tell anyone about Hagrid,” Blaise finally said.
Harry winced because that was at least half-lie. He took a breath before quietly saying, “I told you that I hate being lied to, Blaise.”
He didn’t look at the other boy and the silence stretched.
Finally, Blaise admitted, “I told Tracey, but under a silencing spell and with the understanding that it was secret. She didn’t tell anyone, Harry. I’m sure of it.”
Harry nodded, feeling incredibly relieved to hear the truth in that. Blaise might be mistaken about Tracey, but he’d truly not meant anyone else to learn of it. It was gratifying to know that he’d not been naive to trust Blaise. It was possible someone else had been in the garden that night, close enough to overhear as well. Hagrid had been such a fool to speak about it so openly.
“You must have told people, too,” Blaise pointed out. “Weasley and Granger, at least.”
Harry laughed bitterly, “No. I have a thing about secrets, Blaise. I respect them.” He finally turned to look at the other boy, who hadn’t moved from his place by the door, but he was looking at Harry with intrigue.
“There's a lot more to you than most people realize,” Blaise said softly.
Harry couldn’t stop the huff of a laugh that understatement inspired, but he quickly shook his head, “Most people don’t look beneath their own preconceptions.” He studied Blaise a long moment. The way he was standing all the way across the room. “Are you afraid of me?” he asked uncertainly. It would be understandable if he was. Harry was frightened of himself sometimes. The way he was changing. The initiative his magic liked to take when he wasn’t controlling it carefully enough. The… prophecy of his ultimate fate and how frightening it was that it might come true no matter what he tried to avoid it.
“You were pretty frightening when you were glaring at Draco,” Blaise admitted, moving slowly closer to Harry.
Harry grimaced faintly and looked out the window again. “Malfoy has it coming.”
“He does,” Blaise agreed, and Harry could see from the corner of his eye when Blaise stopped in the middle of the room. “Your eyes… Just for an instant, they went a bit red.”
Harry turned his head quickly to focus on Blaise and he felt his heart pick up speed. “What?” he demanded.
Blaise nodded carefully. “Like a flicker of fire behind your pupil.”
Harry swallowed uneasily. A flicker of fire. It seemed a fool’s hope that that wasn’t to do with his father.
“I won’t ask,” Blaise said a moment later. “I can respect secrets, too. Not sure if Malfoy will mention it to anyone though. I think he just about pissed himself, so he might be too spooked.”
Harry took a slow breath and looked out the window again, wrapping his arms around himself. He suddenly felt very cold. He did not need whatever rumors Malfoy might stir up.
“Is it safe to touch you now?”
Harry flinched slightly at hearing Blaise’s voice right behind him. Harry took a breath and nodded. He wasn’t quite ready to look at Blaise.
He felt Blaise’s arms wrap tentatively about his middle and Harry covered them with his own. Blaise seemed to grow more confident and his embrace grew firmer. Then Harry felt a light kiss pressed to his temple.
Amazingly, Harry’s tense magic began to settle, relaxing almost as much as it did in Knockturn Alley.
Harry closed his eyes and focused on Blaise. On his magic. It was definitely Dark. Alone like this, it was much easier to single it out and define it. Perhaps that’s why his magic was so fond of Blaise.
“There’s a Hogsmeade visit next Saturday,” Blaise said after several minutes of silence. “Would you go with me?”
Harry smiled and leaned his head back against Blaise’s shoulder so that he could look up at him. “I’d like that.”
Blaise smiled too and leaned down quickly to brush his lips against Harry’s.
Hogsmeade
Harry Potter was an enigma, Blaise reflected with a glance at the smaller boy walking at his side. They were on their way to Hogsmeade, heavy cloaks and warming charms protecting them from the chilly day.
Harry was so different to what Blaise had thought he would be. He’d expected a typical Gryffindor. Loud, brash, arrogant, self-righteous… Instead he’d found a quiet, sometimes-snarky, surprisingly intimidating boy with layers that Blaise had yet to even glimpse. A boy with a strong moral stance regarding secrets and a hatred of lies. Even an unnerving ability to know when he was being lied to. Blaise hadn’t thought there would be any harm in the white lie about not telling anyone of Hagrid. He knew Tracey wouldn’t tell anyone, so what could it hurt? But Harry had known. There had been no doubt in his voice when he’d admonished Blaise for it.
And the intimidation… Merlin, he’d looked at Malfoy like he was going to destroy him. Like he had no doubt he could destroy him. And his eyes… That flicker of flame hadn’t been like a candle flame. It reminded him more of Fiendfyre. Malevolent fire.
At least he was pretty sure Malfoy hadn’t mentioned it to anyone. He suspected that the boy wasn’t totally sure if he’d really seen it and didn’t want to risk being thought a liar. That or he really was that terrified of Harry now. He’d certainly been much quieter with regard to him since then.
With a glance at Harry, who looked lost in thought, Blaise casually moved a bit closer to him and deftly caught the nearest hand in his own.
Harry started slightly before glancing at their joined hands and Blaise smiled when he saw pink tint his cheeks. The smaller boy glanced up at him and Blaise lifted and eyebrow inquiringly.
Harry shyly looked away again, but he squeezed Blaise’s hand a little and didn’t try to pull away.
Blaise internally preened while he enjoyed the warmth of Harry’s hand in his. Harry seemed to run quite warm and he didn’t seem at all bothered by the chill breeze.
Despite the incident with Malfoy, Blaise hadn’t actually thought to be afraid of Harry until his back had hit that wall in the entrance hall. Harry had moved so fast , and thrown Blaise around like he weighed nothing despite their size difference. It had been frightening, though once he’d had a chance to think about it, he’d realized that Harry had released him instantly on recognizing him.
Blaise had resolved to avoid surprising Harry when he was in a temper, but had otherwise gotten over that momentary fear.
He’d actually found it ridiculously attractive. There was an air of danger to Harry that he thought most people would never guess at existing, but knowing that it was there was thrilling in a way that Blaise was sure his mum wouldn’t approve of.
Which was why he had no plans to tell her.
They slowed a bit when they reached Hogsmeade as they’d made no plans on what they were going to do when they got there.
Blaise used his free hand to find his pocket watch and check the time. It was a bit after eleven. “Feeling up for an early lunch?” he suggested. “We can beat the crowds at the Three Broomsticks?” It wasn’t the best place to eat in town, but most of the places Blaise knew off the beaten path in Hogsmeade tended to be a bit Dark, and he didn’t want to risk scaring Harry off at this point.
Harry agreed easily and they made their way to the popular tavern. Thanks to the early hour, there were several open tables. Harry made for the most secluded table, a booth in the back corner, and Blaise silently marveled at Harry’s reclusive tendencies. It was another thing he’d not have guessed about the Boy-Who-Lived before he started getting to know him. Harry was shy and not at all fond of his fame. It was so different to what most Slytherins would do in the same situation that it was entirely startling.
Harry chose to sit on the side of the booth against the wall, settling in the middle of the bench and clearly expecting Blaise to sit across from him.
At least partly just to surprise Harry, Blaise chose to instead slide in next to him.
Harry looked at him with wide eyes, but didn’t hesitate to slide over to make room.
Blaise also noticed that he was blushing again as he settled in close enough that their arms brushed. Totally worth it.
He did note that Harry had never rejected one of Blaise’s touches. Not when he knew it was Blaise that was touching him. He didn’t tend to initiate touches very often though. It made Blaise wonder if it was a fear of rejection that held him back or just a general shyness.
The fact that someone as rich and famous and powerful and attractive as Harry could possibly fear rejection boggled the mind a bit.
Madam Rosmerta found her way to them moments later and they both ordered. Harry went for butterbeer while Blaise got herbal tea. Hogwarts usually only had black tea and he missed the herbal mixtures he had at home.
By the time Blaise had his tea fixed to his liking, their food was arriving, and Blaise made smalltalk while they ate, mostly discussing classes and homework.
When they were finished with their food, they both got refills on their drinks and lapsed into silence.
Feeling a flutter of nerves, Blaise tried to be as nonchalant as possible as he reached into an expanded pocket inside his cloak and retrieved the wrapped package he’d stowed there that morning. He placed it on the table in front of Harry, who looked at him with wide, surprised eyes.
Very, very green eyes, Blaise observed greedily. He adored those eyes, and the lighting in the tavern wasn’t managing to send any obscuring reflections into the lenses of Harry’s glasses at the moment, leaving him almost overwhelmed by the expressive green eyes.
“What’s this?” Harry asked uncertainly.
“A gift, Harry,” Blaise drawled teasingly. “The polite response is to open it and say thank you.”
Harry blushed again, but he smiled as well as he turned his attention back to the gift. “I didn’t get you anything,” he said softly.
“I didn’t ask for anything,” Blaise countered. “I wanted to get you something. Now open it.”
Hesitantly, Harry did so.
Water Magic , the title was embossed in gold leaf on the brown leather.
He heard Harry’s breath catch as he ran a hand reverently over the soft cover a moment before he opened it and began to page through.
Blaise waited silently for Harry’s verdict.
“These are spells to use for underwater exploration,” he finally whispered.
“Among other things,” Blaise agreed.
“I never told you the clue,” Harry looked up at him uncertainly.
Blaise rolled his eyes deliberately, “You and Hermione were hardly guarding the subject of your research binges, Harry.”
Harry looked at the book again and Blaise felt a small swell of unease. He hoped he hadn’t overstepped some strange Gryffindor boundary he couldn’t understand.
“How did you find this?” Harry finally asked. “We’ve been looking for weeks…”
Blaise gave an easy shrug and cautiously hoped that Harry wasn’t upset. “I mentioned it to my mother. She’s something of a professional shopper. She scours used bookshops and junk shops all over the world looking for treasures. She found this on one of her trips.”
Harry shook his head slightly before looking back up at Blaise, a smile beginning to curl his lips.
Blaise began to relax, finally feeling that Harry was pleased.
Then Harry’s face opened in a wide grin and he slid a hand around Blaise’s neck and leaned up to kiss him thoroughly.
Blaise felt a bit flustered at the public setting, but not at all displeased by the reaction.
“Thank you,” Harry said fervently, turning his eyes to the book again. “You have no idea…”
“If that’s your idea of a thank you, Harry, you can expect more gifts soon.”
Harry laughed out loud, his green eyes dancing with happiness as he looked at Blaise again.
The tavern was getting full by then and Blaise suggested they get moving as he dropped a few galleons on the table to cover the tab.
As they got up, Harry tucked the book into his pocket, still looking so very happy, and Blaise found he had to work very hard to keep his pleasure from showing as blatantly as Harry’s. He couldn’t remember the last time he’d felt so genuinely good. Harry had reacted to his gift better than he could have hoped. Blaise wasn’t sure if he’d ever made someone so happy before.
It was a good feeling.
They nearly ran right into Bagman on his way in while they were trying to get out. The annoying wizard lit up at the sight of Harry and wasted no time in dragging him away for a private word.
Blaise waited impatiently while they spoke in undertones, the words completely absorbed by the general din of the room. Bagman looked slimy, wheedling. Harry looked annoyed. With a few curt words, Harry stepped away from Bagman and they left the building together.
“What was that about?” Blaise wondered.
Harry huffed in disgust, “He was trying to figure out if I was ready for the next task. He keeps hinting at giving me advice, but I have no interest in owing anything to a man like that.”
“Probably wise,” Blaise nodded. “Rumor has it, Bagman has a gambling problem. He might try to blackmail you later, lest you be accused of cheating.”
“He’d be as liable as me,” Harry dismissed. “I doubt he’d risk it. Maybe he’s bet on me.”
Blaise raised his eyebrows, “That would actually make a lot of sense. You must have been quite the long shot before the first task. I doubt you’re such a longshot anymore, given you’re in the lead.”
Harry heaved a weary sigh, “Merlin, what a bother. I hate everything about this stupid tournament.”
Blaise lifted a surprised eyebrow, but didn’t comment on that. He opened his mouth to ask after their next destination, but Harry’s wand was suddenly in his hand and before Blaise could so much as wonder, he’d cast a disillusionment on himself.
A second later, he heard a whispered incantation and then the unpleasant feeling of cold egg running down his body.
Harry’s warm hand took his and he was quickly led away.
He noticed as they moved carefully so as to avoid bumping anyone, that Rita Skeeter and her photographer were heading right for the Three Broomsticks, precisely where they’d just been standing.
They were two businesses down and a street off the high street when Harry reversed their disillusionment and Blaise stopped holding in his laughter. “Is that how you always get out of trouble?” he inquired, remembering that Harry had used the same method to get them away from Hagrid’s awkward confession to Madam Maxime at the Yule Ball.
Harry shrugged sheepishly, a blush coming to his cheeks again, “It’s a useful spell.” He shook his head then and scowled in the direction they’d come. “I don’t want to imagine what she’d write about me if she cornered me here. Basically the whole interview from the wand weighing ceremony was fabricated. She didn’t even ask any real questions. Just made statements that sounded almost like questions but that they required no actual answer, and then made everything up for her article,” he said with pronounced disgust.
Blaise raised his eyebrows thoughtfully at that admission. “Most people are aware of the way she embellishes her articles, but she also tends to base them in truth, which is why she’s managed to become so popular,” he explained. No wonder people had such a twisted idea of Harry’s character if they were basing it on things like that article. “She’s a vile woman, though. She ran a smear article on my mother the summer before I started Hogwarts.” He felt a mean smile stretch his lips, “She vastly underestimated my mother and was very lucky to get off with only a fine and an official reprimand while the paper printed a retraction. My mother is very wealthy and does not suffer fools besmirching her character so publicly.”
Realizing suddenly that he probably looked rather bloodthirsty, he blanked his face and glanced at Harry, but the other boy only looked curious.
Blaise cleared his throat quietly and continued, “Underage muggleborns are generally protected from the press by the child welfare office at the ministry if they don’t have any magical guardians, but I guess the rules often don’t seem to apply to you.”
Harry blinked at him, “You mean there’s actually a child welfare department in wizarding Britain?”
“Of course,” Blaise frowned. “We’re not savages to leave magical children to fend for themselves, Harry.”
With a supremely disbelieving scoff, Harry shook his head and muttered, “Could have fooled me.”
Blaise’s frown deepened at the implications of that statement, but he supposed it wasn’t entirely inaccurate in his case. He wasn’t sure why, but the rules very often didn’t seem to apply when it came to the Boy-Who-Lived.
Not wanting to press, Blaise decided to change the subject by inquiring as to where Harry wanted to go next.
This led them in search of a particular item Harry wanted. Something small enough to carry in his pocket that held enough expanded space to put larger items inside it. He found it a bit intriguing that Harry was looking for such a thing, but politely asked no questions.
His mother tended to come through Hogsmeade three or four times a year to pick through junk shops and such in search of items that were considerably underpriced. It was a common enough phenomenon for these shops to come across rare or powerful items without realizing their full worth. Most of these were sold elsewhere for a profit. Those likely to appreciate in value or simply the bits she liked best, were displayed or stored. He didn’t doubt his mother could open a rather large museum if she ever wanted to show off her collection.
Happily this had led to Blaise knowing all the best places to look for unusual items such as Harry was seeking.
They went to the most mainstream shops first, but when neither turned up anything, Blaise considered his options.
“Is there anywhere else?” Harry asked with a dispirited sigh.
“I know of another shop,” he admitted hesitantly. “It’s, er…”
“What?” Harry asked innocently.
“Well, I’m not sure if you’ll like it, but we might get lucky.”
“Let’s go,” Harry encouraged.
Keeping his nerves internal as much as he could, Blaise led Harry to the basement-level shop with the ebony door. It was the kind of place that tended to walk the line of legality in many of their wares.
Harry pulled in a startled breath as he stepped through the door and Blaise winced slightly on realizing that Harry must have felt the Dark magic of the wards. He shouldn’t have been surprised that someone as powerful as Harry would have some degree of natural sense for the magic around him.
He waited tensely to see if Harry would turn around and leave, but he only looked intrigued as he studied the shop.
It was a nice place. Much nicer than the average junk shop, Blaise thought. The shelves were all polished mahogany, the lighting was oil lamps of shining brass. The floors were all fine ebony planks.
Harry looked charmed as he looked around with a smile. “I never knew this was here,” he admitted.
“I think they’re mostly word of mouth,” Blaise shrugged, trying not to feel nervous. Maybe Harry didn’t understand what it was he was feeling.
They split up to look around and Blaise found himself looking for possible future gifts for Harry as well as his mother. He didn’t find much of interest – at least not in a reasonable price range.
By the time he wandered back to Harry, the other boy was examining a wrist cuff. Dragon hide, he thought when he got closer. The black band was quite attractive, really.
“Open the clasp and look on the inside, now,” the bald old man behind the counter was instructing as Blaise approached. “See that little door? Open that up. Right, now put your fingers inside and pull gently.”
Harry did as instructed and the expanded space within the cuff was revealed as the tiny opening grew large enough to easily stuff a quaffle inside.
Harry grinned, “How much can it hold?”
“Couldn’t say, lad. I’ve tested it to a dozen square meters without finding a limit. There you go, just push at the sides to shrink it back down.”
“How much do you want for it?” Harry asked, already reaching for his coin purse.
“Couldn’t let it go for less than twenty galleons, son,” he said without missing a beat.
And poor, gullible Gryffindor that he was, Harry paid the man without any attempt at haggling.
Blaise withheld a sigh. He knew the Potters had money enough that he didn’t bother challenging Harry’s willingness to depart with his wealth, but as soon as they were back outside, he couldn’t help but chastise, “You know he would have probably sold that for twelve or fifteen galleons, right?”
Harry looked up from where he was fastening it to his wrist and blinked at Blaise, “Really? I hadn’t thought of that.”
“Places like this always price their merchandise up just so they can let themselves be haggled down and still make a profit,” Blaise explained.
“Oh. I guess that makes sense. Thanks for telling me,” Harry smiled warmly at him.
Blaise shook his head fondly at both Harry’s ignorance and the ease with which he trusted Blaise to educate him faithfully.
They made a few more stops, at Honeydukes to stock up on some sweets, then several different places that Harry liked the look of, including a bakery. He didn’t buy anything, but instead picked up owl order catalogs at each place as it was getting a bit late after their search for Harry’s new cuff.
They returned to the castle in time for dinner, though Harry suggested they could meet at the library after.
Blaise was admittedly pleased that Harry wanted to spend more time with him after they’d been together nearly the whole day.
He sat at the Slytherin table among his yearmates and began filling his plate without a word.
“Have fun on your date, Blaise?” Draco asked rather sullenly. He’d been a bit sullen about all things Potter since Harry had scared him so much.
“I did, Draco. Kind of you to ask,” he responded, ignoring the tone entirely.
“I can’t believe you’re still seeing each other,” Daphne admitted, her brow slightly furrowed. “I honestly hadn’t expected you to last until the end of the Yule Ball, much less weeks later.”
Daphne seemed to have been one that was most convinced of Harry’s arrogance and prejudice. Evidence to the contrary seemed to genuinely confuse her.
Blaise just gave her a mysterious smile, “He’s quite different to what I had expected. Refreshingly so.”
Daphne nodded pensively and returned her attention to her food.
“But he’s a halfblood,” Pansy complained irritably. That seemed to be the only thing she needed to know to have a negative opinion of Harry and it was annoying.
Tracey was a halfblood, too.
Rather than letting his annoyance show, Blaise just gave her a pleasant smile and offered, “Many powerful witches and wizards are halfbloods, Pansy. More, I’d reckon, than purebloods. British pure blood is growing a bit too thick these days, I think,” he said lightly. With his mother having been Italian, he wasn’t technically a British pureblood, though if he married into the British families, his children would be.
Pansy’s expression soured into deepest disgust and she flashed him a nasty sneer before pivoting her body away from him to engage Draco in conversation instead.
Blaise caught Tracey’s amused gaze and gave her a quick wink before turning his attention back to his food. He had places to be, after all.
By the time he’d finished eating, Harry had left the great hall, so Blaise made his way to the library, where he found Harry and Hermione at their usual table, minus Ron or Viktor for the moment.
He noticed as he sat down that Harry had the book Blaise had gifted him open between them and he did his best to swallow down his smugness as he sat. Harry had been very pleased with that gift.
Harry turned a grin on him that had Blaise melting a little on the inside. Merlin, there was no wonder Harry was so misunderstood. With smiles like that, anyone would think him a simpleton who wore his every thought on his sleeve. How could anyone possibly guess that he was a boy who’d learned to respect secrets?
Blaise was reaching for his bag in order to continue what he’d last been reading when his eye caught on a new necklace Hermione was wearing. He froze at the sight of it, entirely shocked.
“What?”
Blaise blinked and tore his gaze away to find Harry looking at him with concern. He swallowed uneasily and glanced at the necklace again. “Where did you get that necklace?” he asked Hermione as casually as he could manage.
“Oh,” she smiled broadly. “Viktor gave it to me in Hogsmeade today! Isn’t it beautiful?”
Blaise nodded slowly, shocked and unsure if he should say anything.
Harry must have read something on his face though because he pressed, “What is it?”
Blaise hesitated, then cautiously explained, “It’s a promissory necklace. They’re enchanted with family magic for good health and protection and given at the beginning of a courtship.”
“Courtship?” Hermione frowned. “He didn’t… mention anything about that. Do you mean he wants to marry me?”
Blaise winced slightly at the brazen ignorance of their customs. He knew it wasn’t her fault, but he still found muggle customs quite… scandalous in many respects. Barbaric, in others. He tried to remain polite for Harry’s sake, “You have gone on a date and you are continuing to spend time together. To assume that he wants anything from your liaison other than to discover if he wishes to marry you is a rather grievous insult to him.”
Hermione’s brow furrowed. “I’m not trying to insult him, but… Well, I’m obviously far too young to be married!”
Blaise nodded, “But not too young for a betrothal. If things progress well between you for the remainder of this year, it is entirely possible he would seek a betrothal with you before returning home.”
Hermione looked rather pale, her fingers nervously dancing over the fune-carved wooden beads of her necklace. “Why don’t they teach these things?” she complained finally. “How am I supposed to know any of it?”
Blaise glanced at Harry, who was frowning and looking rather thoughtful. “I would suggest that you ask Viktor.”
“Aren’t there any books about this?” Hermione pleaded.
Blaise shook his head, “Nothing that will be of much help to you. I don’t know of any that are written for people who don’t come from our culture. It’s just too ingrained in wizarding culture for there to be books written for people who don’t understand it. The only books I know of are regarding the intricacies, not the basics.”
“That’s… frustrating,” she said.
“Probably better to hear it from Viktor anyway,” Harry offered. “Then he can explain himself and you won’t get any wrong impressions.”
“I suppose,” Hermione said doubtfully.
Though Hermione remained distracted, Harry was soon lost in reading through his new book. Blaise settled in to read as well, trying not to worry about what Harry thought of what Blaise had explained to Hermione, as it did, of course, apply to them as well.
He didn’t understand why muggles had to be so uncivilized, but he wished Harry had not been raised by them.
Notes:
I had, perhaps foolishly, though the second task would fit into this chapter. But then Harry and Blaise decided they'd rather the chapter was about them. The second task will be in the next chapter and I'm going to attempt to get to the end of this year without another six or eight chapters. I have much more fun things to write about in Year Five, after all. Very excited to get there.
Anyway, I hope you enjoyed. I'm not totally pleased with this chapter. I'd prefer to let it sit a week or two and then go through and aggressively edit it, but I don't want to make you all wait, so you get this less polished version.
Love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 13: Year Four - part 8
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The Second Task
The book Blaise had given to Harry turned out to be a Godsend. It had all the spells one would need to explore for an hour underwater, including spells to regulate your temperature and deal with the pressure of going more than a dozen feet underwater. It was perfect.
He’d been forced to give Blaise several extra kisses in thanks as he found more and more spells to help him through the task. Blaise had accepted them all without complaint. He had looked rather smug each time, but Harry was prepared to allow that given that it really was deserved.
They had managed to cheer up Hagrid at last, though the man had then insisted that Harry needed to win the tournament to kind of stick it to the purebloods that one didn’t need pure blood to do well.
Harry played nice and went along with it for Hagrid’s sake, but he still didn’t really care about winning. If he came through it without dying, being maimed, or outing himself as more than the average wizard, he would consider himself lucky. Granted, he’d also prefer to manage it without humiliating himself, but beggars and choosers…
When Hagrid returned, his first class was continuing their study of unicorns, but rather than the sexist adult unicorn, Hagrid brought a pair of juvenile unicorns, which had gold coats and didn’t mind being petted by boys as well as girls. Unfortunately, the things did seem to mind Harry. He hadn’t got within four meters of them before they’d started to panic. Hagrid had had them all back up, then approach one at time. Disturbingly, Harry was the only student in the class that got that reaction, meaning that he was stuck watching from a distance, completely alone.
On the way back up to the school, Malfoy commented unnecessarily loudly to Blaise, “You know, Zabini, as far as I know, unicorns won’t come near people that aren’t virgins.” His voice took on a tone of highly unbelievable concern, “It’s just that I noticed they liked you fine, but wouldn’t go anywhere near your boyfriend. Might be something to think about before you end up embarrassed.”
Harry felt his cheeks burn at the insinuation and he slowed his pace to let the others drift further ahead as a number of them were looking at him, either to giggle or frown.
Hermione and Ron hung back as well, but when Harry noticed Blaise nearing him, he urged them to go on ahead.
They walked slowly to the castle together as everyone else drifted further ahead. The silence stretched a bit before Blaise spoke, “I’m not actually worried, you know.”
Harry glanced at him, both hopeful and embarrassed. He was fourteen for Merlin’s sake! Why wouldn’t he be a virgin?
Blaise leaned down to press a light kiss to Harry’s cheek, “Only a virgin could blush that prettily at being accused of being anything else,” Blaise explained with amusement.
Harry scowled, his embarrassment thankfully fading in favor of annoyance.
Blaise just laughed lightly at him and pulled him close for a hug. Harry felt a kiss pressed to his temple and his annoyance simmered down considerably.
Blaise held him for a moment longer before leaving him to go into the great hall alone.
Harry sighed and tried to keep his mind from returning to the likely reason the unicorns actually wanted nothing to do with him.
Harry spent the weeks leading up to the second task practicing the spells he’d found in the water magic book. When he felt that he’d gotten the spells pretty well figured out, he’d sneak into the prefect’s bathroom after curfew and practice in cool, bubble-free water. When he got the warming spell worked out, he was able to turn the water fully cold to see how well it was working.
The last week before the task, he started going into the actual lake as Krum had been doing. He needed to test the pressure spell, and that meant that he needed to go deeper than waist-deep water would allow.
“Remember to stay out of any weeds,” Hermione coached as he completed the final spell and began to wade into the water. “There’s grindylows that live in them and who knows what else. Clear water is your best bet.”
“Yes, Hermione,” Harry dutifully replied. She’d reminded him of this more than once, not to mention that it was pretty obvious information. He knew that she was just worried for him, so he didn’t let it irritate him.
He was pleased that the icy water didn’t feel cold as he sunk up to his shoulders. “I’ll be back in five minutes,” he promised, then dove under.
He quickly pulled off his glasses and slipped them into a pocket. They didn’t work well at all under the water, though his eyes were protected from the water with a clear-eyes spell that coated the surface of his eyes with an invisible barrier so they wouldn’t get irritated by the water.
Cautiously, he pulled in a breath of water. It was a very strange sensation, but not entirely unpleasant. The warming spell worked to keep it from feeling icy cold. The water-breathing spell had been, by far, the most difficult he’d had to learn. He still wasn’t sure if he was doing it right, but he’d found that if he just pushed his magic into it, it worked. He’d gotten it to work consistently, so he was pretty confident that his mastery of it was good enough for the task.
Two days before the task, Harry received a very short letter from Sirius asking the date of the next Hogsmeade weekend and saying basically nothing else. No encouragement for the upcoming task. Just a curt demand to know the next Hogsmeade weekend.
Harry irritably sent a reply with the information, keeping it equally as curt.
Honestly, he had more than enough to worry about at the moment, but, as usual, Sirius seemed to just add to his problems rather than alleviating any of them. Or even offering moral support.
He really hoped that Sirius was like this because of Azkaban and that he’d been a lot better when James and Lily had named him as Harry’s godfather.
The day before the task, Harry explored the lake more fully, finding his way to the merfolk village near the middle. The clue had said that he should “find them where their voices sound”, which he suspected meant that whatever he had to find would be in their village. He’d added another spell to his repertoire, an ocular enhancer, which allowed him to see much better in the murky, dark depths of the lake.
The merfolk watched him curiously as he neared, but many of them had spears and they didn’t look terribly friendly, so he didn’t get too close, just circling it at a distance to learn what he could.
He, with Ron and Hermione – who insisted on accompanying his every trip into the lake in case something went wrong – returned to the castle when it was too dark to continue. He felt that he was ready, but the nerves were still beginning to grow enough that he worried if he would get any sleep. At least he felt a lot more prepared for this task than he had for the first. Benefits of having more than two days to prepare, he supposed.
Hermione was in full peptalk mode when they entered the castle and nearly ran into Fred and George.
“There you are!” Fred – probably – said with exaggerated exasperation.
“We’ve been looking everywhere for you!” George explained more dramatically than necessary.
“How come?” Ron frowned at them.
“McGonagall wants Hermione,” Fred shrugged.
“Didn’t tell us why,” George agreed. “She was looking a bit grim, though.”
“Well, I suppose I’d better go,” Hermione frowned, but didn’t waste any time in following the twins.
Ron and Harry resumed their course alone. Ron suggested a game of chess or exploding snap when they got there, but Harry declined. “I’m just going to head to bed,” he said. “Want to get as much rest as I can.”
Ron looked a bit disappointed, but didn’t complain as Harry retreated.
Harry took a shower because he was covered in dried lakewater, then changed into his pajamas and settled in bed, spelling the curtains sealed and silenced around him.
Then he called out Kaa, the real reason he’d wanted to go to bed early. His snake was good at helping him see things practically and reasonably. He hoped that it would help his nerves.
He filled the snake in on his day while Kaa listened patiently.
“So you have your plan and you are ready,” Kaa concluded.
“Yes,” Harry agreed.
“Yet you worry.”
Harry nodded slowly and admitted, “I’m nervous. Something could go wrong. I might have misinterpreted the clue and maybe I’ve not prepared as well as I’d thought.”
“Things you cannot change. Certainly not now.”
“I know,” Harry sighed. “It’s hard not to worry anyway.”
“Another human failing,” Kaa concluded.
Harry huffed a laugh, “I guess so. We humans are just illogical like that.”
“I have noticed.”
A moment of silence stretched between them before Harry added, “I’m worried, too, about what they’re going to take that I will miss. I’ve put everything that I care about in the cuff and I wear it constantly, but they’ll have to have something, right? Will they steal this off my wrist while I’m sleeping? Or maybe they’ll just take my whole trunk, assuming there must be something in it that I care about?”
He frowned and added, “And if they do, what will I wear tomorrow? Pajamas?”
“If they take your trunk, I suspect they would leave a change of clothes.”
“True,” Harry nodded.
They talked for another hour, mostly going over what Harry could do if various things went wrong. Eventually, Kaa had to insist that he get some sleep lest he fall asleep under the water in the morning and drown.
Surprisingly, it didn’t take nearly as long to fall asleep as he’d expected. Kaa had actually managed to settle his nerves considerably.
That lasted, of course, until he woke up and remembered what the morning would bring.
Worryingly, Hermione seemed to be missing. “Have you seen her since last night?” Harry asked Ron as they made their way to breakfast without her after Lavender confirmed that she wasn’t in the dorm and hadn’t come back the night before.
Ron shook his head.
Harry’s mind turned over the situation while he nibbled on some toast, trying to get down as much as he could.
When McGonagall came to collect him for the task, Harry had to ask, “Professor, do you know what’s happened to Hermione? I haven’t seen her since she went to see you last night.” His next stop would normally be the hospital wing, but he had no time before the task.
McGonagall frowned at him, “She’s fine, Mr. Potter. You need to focus on the task. May I assume you are prepared?”
“As I can be,” Harry said, though most of his attention remained on Hermione. McGonagall seemed to know where she was. Harry could only think that she’d been called out for a family emergency, or…
Or they were using people for this task, rather than possessions.
How could they hide people in the Black Lake without drowning them though? Well, of course there were magical ways, but wouldn’t it be dangerous?
The wizarding world, he reminded himself. They gave wands to eleven-year-olds and let kids play a game flying at high speeds a dozen meters and more above the ground. Magic gave them the ability to heal almost anything, so they weren’t as careful about risking severe injury as muggles were. At least, that was his guess about the reason.
When they reached the part of the lake set up with stands, Harry was led into a tent set up much like the hospital tent from the last task, but instead of four beds, there were eight.
That convinced him. They were all meant to retrieve people that were important to them.
“Uniforms have been provided for this task,” McGonagall explained and nodded toward a section of the tent that Harry realized was set up with four curtained-off cubicles. The front flap of each curtain had the crest of one of the schools on it, the two for Hogwarts were in red and yellow behind the crest, making it clear which was intended for each of them. “Go ahead and change, then wait in here until someone comes to get you,” she instructed.
Harry stepped into his cubicle and pulled the curtain closed, adding the securing spell he used on his bed curtains to make sure they wouldn’t be opened before he was ready. He then turned to examine the “uniform” he’d been given.
It was clearly meant for swimming. A one-piece suit with shorts and short sleeves, obviously meant to fit snugly. Harry frowned at the short sleeves. If his left arm was exposed from the bicep down, there was no way anyone would miss his tattoo.
With a deep breath, Harry drew his wand and concentrated on pulling his magic to help him, since he didn’t know the proper spell for this. He knew one that he thought would work, but it needed to last a couple of hours. Then he cast and watched in satisfaction as the sleeve lengthened until it would reach his wrist. He repeated it on the other sleeve to match, then decided to lengthen the legs so they’d end just above his knee rather than mid-thigh. He thought it would look better with the long sleeves. And also because it was going to be hard enough to be dressed in such a tight outfit for everyone to see. He didn’t need an excess of skin on display as well.
With luck, the judges wouldn’t put up a fight about him altering his uniform. He thought he should be entitled to his modesty, at least. It still had the Hogwarts logo large on the back and a smaller one on the left side of his chest.
That done, he quickly changed. He could hear movement in the other cubicles, so he assumed the other champions were getting changed as well.
The suit was tight enough to make him blush when he had it on, but he supposed there was nothing for it. Regretfully, he had to leave his wrist cuff behind, not wanting to risk it being judged a magical item not allowed in the task. He tucked it into a pocket of his robe and left it behind as he stepped out.
Viktor was already out of his cubicle, wearing a uniform that looked like Harry’s had before he’d changed it, though with his school logo. Depressingly, the Bulgarian looked much better in the tight uniform, with a much broader chest and shoulders and noticeable muscles in his legs. Harry looked painfully thin and painfully young next to him.
“Have you seen Hermione at all?” Harry asked without much hope.
Viktor shook his head grimly.
“Didn’t think so,” Harry sighed.
The dull roar of hundreds of students began to grow outside the tent and Harry felt his nerves rising again. Merlin, he hated this.
Cedric was the next to emerge in a uniform identical to what Harry’s had been initially. He also filled out his uniform much better than Harry, though he wasn’t quite as broad as Viktor.
Fleur came out soon enough and Harry noticed that either she had altered the uniform as well, or the girl’s version was different because the shorts were extremely short and hers was sleeveless.
Viktor’s eyes lingered on her for a moment before he frowned and looked away and Harry uncharitably wondered if she’d deliberately made hers more revealing in hopes of distracting them.
Cedric did seem rather distracted, staring a good while longer before he seemed to catch himself and turned his whole body away from her.
For whatever reason, her allure had never worked on Harry, for which he was grateful. It would be terrible if he couldn’t stop himself drooling over her while he disliked her so much. With a personality like hers, she really didn’t deserve such attention.
Harry let out his breath slowly and went to sit on one of the beds as they were the only place to sit in the tent. He braced his hands next to his knees and leaned forward, gaze on the floor. He let his eyes unfocus and just concentrated on breathing. His animagus training had given him a foundation in meditation and he used the skill now to settle his mind while he waited. If he didn’t, he knew the nerves would just build exponentially.
When Bagman swept his way dramatically into the tent, Harry blinked back to his surroundings and saw that Fluer and Cedric had both moved to sit on the beds as well, with Fleur on the opposite side of the tent and Cedric halfway in the middle. Viktor was still standing.
“Okay, everyone!” Bagman said with a large, cheerful smile. “It’s showtime! Come on out.”
Trembling slightly with nerves now, Harry followed the others out. The stands were packed to capacity now, the judges set up at a table at the water’s edge. Percy was in place of Crouch again, which Harry did find odd. It was one thing to send an assistant to attend the Yule Ball and quite another to send him in your place to the actual event.
Each of the champions was spaced out along the shore, leaving a couple meters between them.
Once Harry was settled in place, he couldn’t help but glance back at the stands. There was still no sign of Hermione among the Gryffindors.
Looking at all the people did make him extremely self-conscious about his attire again. He had to consciously prevent himself from trying to cover himself with his arms. It would be ineffectual and make him look stupid, so he just crossed his arms over his chest instead.
Then Bagman’s voice rang out, magically amplified, and Harry’s attention was yanked forcefully back to the task at hand. “All right! Our champions are ready to commence the second task, which will begin on my whistle! They have precisely an hour to recover what has been taken from them. On the count of three, then. One… two… three!”
The shrill whistle pierced the excitement of the crowd and Harry drew his wand and concentrated. He cast the warming charm first because it was freezing. Then he slipped out of his shoes and socks and waded into the water. He cast the clear eyes and ocular enhancement spells, then paused to gather his concentration before casting the water breathing spell. As usual, his magic kind of muscled it into compliance and he was pretty sure that he still didn’t have that spell down. It worked though, which was the important part. He immediately dove and took a breath of cool water.
His ocular enhancement spell gave him much improved visibility in the slightly murky water and he watched the others already moving on ahead. Cedric and Fleur both looked to be using a version of the bubble-head charm while Viktor’s front half looked like a shark.
Harry slipped his wand back into his wrist sheath and put his all into moving toward the merfolk village with all the speed he could muster.
He did drift a bit too close to the weed beds at one point and the Gindylows moved toward him, but Harry’s magic snarled at them and the small but dangerous creatures immediately retreated. It was the same as had happened the one time he’d come close to them while he was preparing for the task. Less human creatures seemed to respond to his magic’s threats much more decisively. Perhaps it was their instincts that warned them that he was a predator they did not want to take on.
When he reached the village, he risked moving in closer now, and as he’d suspected, they didn’t challenge him. He was pretty sure they must have agreed to this, though he wasn’t sure he’d want to try going into their village without permission. They all seemed to be out watching the happenings now, and a collection of them were spread around what seemed some sort of town square, singing the same song from the clue.
With his enhanced vision, even the dark at the bottom of the lake didn’t impede his sight and Harry soon spotted four people tied to the tail of a giant merperson statue in the middle of the square. He spotted Hermione immediately and began toward her before he realized that Blaise was tied up next to her.
He’d thought Hermione would be his hostage, but he supposed it made sense that she’d be Viktor’s instead. She was Harry’s close friend, but he didn’t fully trust her. Viktor, on the other hand, apparently considered her as a possible wife. Blaise certainly wasn’t here for any of the other champions.
Harry made out Cho as well, who was undoubtedly Cedric’s hostage, and a young blond girl that looked quite a bit like Fleur. A little sister, maybe.
The hostages all looked to be unconscious, fine streams of bubbles emerging from their mouths. They must have been imbued with some form of water-breathing magic.
Harry reached Blaise at the same time as Viktor in his half-shark form rushed to Hermione and began tearing at her bonds with his teeth. Harry frowned, mildly concerned that he’d hurt her, but then returned his attention to Blaise. He reached for the ropes binding him and his excitable magic just disintegrated them on contact.
Harry glanced around, but neither Viktor nor the merfolk seemed to have noticed what he’d done.
He grabbed Blaise when he was loose and cast one more glance at the remaining hostages. He felt a sliver of worry for them, but quickly dismissed it. No one was going to let them die. With that firmly in mind, he began swimming for the surface at the same time as Viktor began to ascend with Hermione.
They broke the surface almost simultaneously and the hostages immediately began to wake when the air touched them.
Harry quickly drew his wand and reversed all of the spells on him besides the warming charm, though he did take a moment to cast another warming charm on Blaise, just in case all the magic on him had left when they broke the surface.
Blaise grinned at him as they began to swim toward the shore in pace with Hermione and Viktor – who had reversed his transfiguration and looked human again.
They swam to the shore among raucous cheers, and were hastily steered into the tent by Madam Pomfrey, who wrapped them in blankets and forced pepper-up potions on each of them, then she hurried back out to wait for more patients.
Harry shook his head and cast drying charms on himself and Blaise while Viktor and Hermione did the same, though Hermione and Viktor remained huddled in their blankets while Harry and Blaise let theirs fall.
“Oh, Harry! I can’t believe they didn’t tell you what was going on! You must have been so worried when I just disappeared!”
Harry nodded as he noticed a beetle in Hermione’s hair. It looked like the same kind of beetle he’d seen in the garden during the Yule Ball and he had the same sense of wrongness about it. He worried that maybe it was poisonous and his magic was trying to warn him. Not wanting to risk it hurting Hermione, Harry quickly leaned forward and plucked it from her hair, crushing it in his fingers before it had a chance to bite him.
He grimaced slightly at the gooey mess on his fingers and wiped it on the discarded blanket before focusing on his friends again. His magic had immediately calmed down again, so he figured the danger was past.
Viktor had taken advantage of the situation and pressed himself against Hermione’s back, wrapping them both in his blanket. She was blushing but smiling as well.
“I was worried,” Harry admitted, “but I asked McGonagall and she seemed to know where you were, so I kind of figured it was probably you they’d taken. Especially as none of my possessions that I cared about were missing.”
“I have to say, Harry, I’m a little flattered that I’m what you’d miss most,” Blaise smirked at him.
“Don’t let it go to your head, Blaise,” Harry teased back. “They probably just picked whoever we went to the ball with.”
“Except for Delacour,” Viktor pointed out.
“Yeah, but anyone with eyes could tell she wasn’t at all fond of Davies,” Harry laughed.
“This is true,” Viktor allowed, “but they chose correctly for me,” and he turned absolutely smitten eyes on Hermione.
Harry rolled his eyes good-naturedly as he turned his attention to Blaise to give the others a bit of privacy.
Then they were all distracted when Fleur was all but dragged into the tent by the medi-witch. The only female champion was in hysterics, gasping and crying for Gabrielle.
Harry felt quite alarmed by the sight and began to wonder if he’d been wrong about the hostages being safe.
Fleur was forced into a blanket and given a potion as well, but she immediately rushed back out of the tent.
Worriedly, Harry followed her out, the others trailing behind him.
Madam Pomfrey was now restraining Fleur from diving back into the water even as Cedric and Cho were now visible swimming toward the shore.
A horn sounded to announce the hour was up.
Cedric and Cho were just reaching the shore when another figure appeared only a bit off from the docks and Harry realized that it was one of the merfolk supporting the youngest hostage.
Fleur rushed back into the water far enough to grab the girl and hug her tight, repeating her name over and over again and gasping an explanation of getting caught by the Grindylows.
Harry felt relieved to know that he’d not left anyone down there to die.
Dumbledore then crouched at the water’s edge and spoke quietly with the merperson, who he seemed to be able to understand. Harry wondered if there was a spell for that or if Dumbledore had really found it worthwhile to learn to speak the merfolk language.
The judges then moved into something of a huddle to confer on what they’d learned of the happenings in the lake.
Afterward, it was announced the Fleur would receive twenty-five points – apparently for trying. Cedric got forty points for coming in third, just inside the time limit. Harry and Viktor, having both returned in the same amount of time, and both having used unique spells, were each awarded forty-eight points, and remained tied for first place.
Harry could only shake his head in disbelief. He really was much more focused on surviving and keeping his secrets than winning, but he was still tied for first.
Viktor clapped a friendly hand on his shoulder in congratulations, and Harry smiled and returned the sentiment.
Blaise snuck a quick kiss and faux-coyly thanked Harry for being his hero.
Harry blushed and elbowed the other boy for his cheek and they all made their way back into the tent so the champions could change back into their clothes. Harry was relieved to find everything just as he’d left it. He slid his glasses back onto his face and hoped that no one had noticed that he’d not been squinting without them. He’d kind of forgotten about them for a bit there.
When he and Viktor were dressed, they began to make their way back up to the castle with Blaise and Hermione. He glanced around for Ron, but he didn’t see him anywhere, so he shrugged and began answering Blaise’s questions about exactly which spells he’d used and how they’d worked.
Notes:
I don’t actually hate Fleur’s character. I think she’s a lot more complex than he’s giving her credit for, but he really has no incentive to try to see past the stuck up brat she displays for most of this book. I honestly kind of liked her when she was with Bill and I always thought Hermione, Ginny, and Molly were bitches to her. I suppose I sympathize with her position as the unwanted prospective daughter-in-law, having been in that position before. It’s awful and Fleur handled it admirably. In Goblet of Fire, she really comes off as a childish brat, though.
Anyway, there was one moment in this chapter that I’ve been eager to write since I plotted it in like December. SO satisfying. I wonder if anyone can guess it.
Love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 14: Year Four - part 9
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Sirius
Since they wouldn’t learn anything about the third task until the end of May, Harry turned his focus back to learning as many advanced spells of all kinds as he could manage, as he’d been doing before discovering the first task was dragons.
It was frustrating to know that he’d be fighting for his life again in a couple of months, but not knowing what kind of spells he should be focusing on to protect himself. He was going through all the standard books of spells for the higher year levels as well as choosing spells that looked helpful from other books in between.
They wouldn’t begin learning silent casting until sixth year, but Harry began practicing that as well, just in case it would be needed. He’d been lucky that he didn’t have to cast any spells underwater during the last task because he wasn’t sure if he’d have managed it. His magic had helped as needed, but it would be much better if he could cast properly without words. Less likely that he’d expose himself that way.
It was hard though, he found, to do it without getting some assistance – even minimally – from his magic.
He tried casting a levitation charm on his charms text and he ended up getting so frustrated with his failure, that his magic finally pitched in. The book did, indeed, begin floating. Problem was that nothing he did would stop the book from floating afterward. The spell he’d been trying to cast should have only levitated the book while he was concentrating on it, but whatever his magic had done had left it perpetually floating.
Luckily, it only floated a handful of centimeters above a surface and Flitwick had thought it was delightful when he’d discovered it, so he didn’t get in trouble for having a floating textbook. The only real problem was that it kept trying to float out of his bag if he didn’t remember to fasten it closed. It was annoying, but no matter how many times he tried to cancel the spell, it wouldn’t work.
Hermione couldn’t get it to work either, which annoyed her right up until Flitwick tried and failed, at which point she dubbed it one of those “Harry Potter” things, and dismissed it as a quirk.
It really was amazing the things magical people would brush off as just a weird magic thing. Like Hagrid being twelve feet tall. Harry’s first thought when he’d met him had been that he wasn’t human, but magicals hadn’t seemed to question it.
Ron, sadly, was barely talking to Harry these days. Apparently, the fact that Blaise had been more important to Harry than Ron was something he wasn’t ready to forgive. Harry suspected that half the problem was that it hadn’t been Ron and the other half specifically that it had been Blaise. A Slytherin. Harry had tried to float his suggestion of the judges just choosing their Yule Ball dates, but Ron hadn’t been satisfied, especially as that had not held true with Fleur. Harry wasn’t nearly as bothered now as he’d been back in November, and he was glad for the proof that he’d guarded his heart well since then. It was a lot easier to ignore Ron now and get on with his life. Still sad, but it wasn’t occupying his thoughts constantly and leaving him feeling both devastated and furious as it had before.
At the beginning of March, Harry got another brief letter from Sirius, this one telling him to be at the road out of Hogsmeade at two o’clock on Saturday afternoon and Harry should bring as much food as he could.
Harry sighed heavily while Hermione fretted about Sirius putting himself in danger. Harry wasn’t sure how he felt at the prospect of meeting his godfather in person again. The man hadn’t made a great impression on him the last time they were together and the letters they’d exchanged since really hadn’t warmed him toward the man at all. He loved the idea of a godfather, but the reality wasn’t so great. He knew that Sirius had been damaged by his time in Azkaban, but Harry had never known the man when he was sane so it was hard to like him.
But then, given that he’d tried to kill Snape when he was sixteen, Harry had serious doubts that he’d ever been properly sane.
Still, the way the man was asking for food didn’t sound very good. Harry knew all too well how it felt to starve. So as soon as the meal was over, Harry headed for the kitchens. It was easy to get away from Hermione. He simply had to remind her that none of the elves would speak to him if she was there. He strongly suspected that Dobby was the only elf in the entire school that didn’t hate her for how she’d been trying to trick them into freedom with her knitted hats. Harry would have intervened himself if he’d thought there was a real danger of the elves being freed against their will, but Dobby had assured him that only the headmaster could dismiss them. They did have to clean up student clothes to launder and such, after all. The elves just took it as a personal insult that she would make the attempt.
Dobby and Winky were the only elves cleaning Gryffindor tower anymore. Dobby because he was strangely impervious to Hermione’s house-elf focused mania, and Winky because she refused to let Dobby be the only one keeping her Master’s part of the castle clean. She seemed to outright hate Hermione, but she had very strong house-elf morals and he was sure she’d not say a bad word against Hermione as long as Harry called her a friend. What she did say tended to be highly passive-aggressive, but not outright condemning.
In the kitchens, Harry declined any food due to having just eaten, but he did pull Dobby aside, “Hey, Dobby. So I’m going to meet Sirius on Saturday in Hogsmeade and he’s asked for food. I don’t want you to steal from Hogwarts, but is there somewhere you can go to buy some food for him? Maybe something spelled to last until he can eat it?”
“Dobby can be doing that, master Harry,” the elf excitedly assured, “but Dobby will be needing money to be buying.”
Harry nodded and fished into his cuff for his money pouch. He frowned at what he found. He’d spent quite a lot on the cuff, and there were a few more Hogsmeade weekends this year. He shifted the coins aside and found his Gringotts key instead. “If I give you my key, can you take money from my vault?” he wondered.
Dobby nodded happily, “Dobby can be doing that!” and he stood a bit taller, as though proud to be trusted with it.
Harry just smiled at him and handed the key over. “Okay. Take out three hundred galleons. Bring fifty back for me. The rest, spend on food. Get a good selection of healthy stuff, preserved and ready to eat if you can. I don’t think Sirius probably has a kitchen to prepare things in. And something for him to carry it all in that will be small and light, okay? You don’t have to do it immediately. I know you’re busy here as well. Just make sure I get it by Saturday morning.”
“Dobby will be doing that!” Dobby promised.
Harry spent a few more minutes asking after how he and Winky were doing. Dobby was happy to report that Winky was like a new elf now that she was bonded again. They were both happy to be his elves and happy to work at Hogwarts until he got a house. Hogwarts always had plenty of work for everyone.
Blaise again asked Harry to spend time with him in Hogsmeade, but this time Harry had to admit that he had something he had to do in the afternoon, though he agreed to spend the morning with Blaise.
As Harry was coming to expect with Blaise, despite looking curious, he didn’t ask. It was nice that he didn’t pry into every detail of Harry’s life, and it made him realize just how much Hermione and Ron did that. Blaise made him feel like he was allowed to have secrets and that was a nice feeling.
So he and Blaise headed out early. They spent most of the morning at Gladrags, where Blaise was getting fitted for a new set of dress robes. Apparently his mum was getting married over their spring break, so he needed a new set.
“How many times has she been married?” Harry wondered when they left the shop and started wandering aimlessly down the high street.
“This will be eight,” Blaise sighed.
“Eight?” Harry asked in disbelief. “She’s been divorced seven times?”
Blaise gave him a look that Harry couldn’t quite understand. “Divorce is a muggle concept, Harry,” he said with a bit of a wince. “Magicals marry for life. My mother has been widowed seven times.”
Harry winced at his ignorance and insensitivity. “Sorry.”
Blaise shook his head, “It’s okay. I know you were raised by muggles.”
They walked in silence a bit before the absurdity of Blaise’s statement fully sank in, “ Seven times?” he couldn’t help but mutter.
Blaise gently took his arm and led him down a quieter side street. “Look, my mum has something of a… reputation. Some people call her a black widow,” he said distastefully.
“Oh,” Harry frowned, feeling wrong-footed and not knowing how to fix it.
Blaise hesitated a moment more before offering, “Between you and I, the reputation isn’t entirely unfounded.”
Harry blinked. Opened his mouth. Realized he had no idea what to say and closed it again.
“I’m only telling you this because I know that you can keep a secret,” Blaise said firmly. “She’s just… not had too many good experiences with men, all right? My father was her first husband and he was an evil son of a bitch. This one’s different though. She loves him and he seems like a decent bloke from what she’s said in her letters. I’d rather they courted a little longer, but there’s no reasoning with her.”
“That’s good,” Harry said encouragingly. “I mean that she loves him, not that they’re rushing.”
Blaise gave him a small smile, “I’m glad you think so. I was… a little worried that you might read into the rumors if you heard them.”
Harry took a moment to puzzle the meaning from that before shaking his head, “I know when someone’s lying to me, Blaise. I’m not worried.”
“Good,” Blaise concluded.
They window shopped for a bit after that. The wind was cold, but neither of them minded casting warming charms as necessary. When lunch time came, Harry said goodbye to Blaise and headed out to meet Sirius. Dobby had come through with more than enough food for Harry to share a meal out of it. Hermione had, of course, offered to go see Sirius with him, but Harry had told her that he wanted a chance to talk to him alone. He wasn’t entirely sure why he wanted to talk to him alone. It just felt important. Like he needed a chance to really get to know him.
He found the dog waiting happily at the stile. There was a pile of newspapers clutched between his teeth. The dog wagged its tail at him and Harry followed him over the stile and up the side of the mountain that sat perched over the magical village.
It was a half hour’s climb up the steep mountain trail, which Sirius managed easily on four legs. It was a little harder for Harry, but his stamina was another thing that had been improving lately and he found that he wasn’t even out of breath when Sirius finally led them into a narrow fissure in the rock that led into a cool, dimly lit cave. Buckbeak was tied up inside, which made Harry wonder how the beast had gotten in. Sirius must have either widened the entrance or shrunken the hippogriff. Knowing how touchy the animals could be, Harry was betting on the former. Harry bowed to Buckbeak and waited for the animal to return it before turning his attention back to his godfather, who’d resumed his human form. His hair was longer, though just as matted. He was wearing ragged gray robes that looked like the same ones he’d been wearing when he’d escaped Azkaban. It had been like nine months and the man hadn’t managed to get a change of clothes? Surely he could have snatched some off a muggle drying line or filched something from a laundromat? Surely anything else would let him blend in better if he was seen in human form?
He did notice the cloak he’d sent the man for Christmas was folded up in the back of the cave, so at least he had something warm. Sirius looked troublingly thin. He definitely wasn’t finding enough to eat.
Harry wanted to say so many things, but he hardly saw the point. Sirius was a grown man. He should have been capable of providing himself at least with food and clothing, even as a fugitive. Growing up with the Dursleys, Harry had managed to keep himself moderately fed out of the bin if nothing else. Even public ones. Surely with magic, Sirius could manage that much. Admittedly though, Harry had no idea if magicals threw away as much food as muggles. Maybe they just vanished what they didn’t eat?
“Food?” Sirius asked with faint hope.
Harry fished into his pocket and extracted the shoulder bag Dobby had brought the food in. He drew his wand and returned it to normal size, then handed it over.
Sirius dug into it immediately, then hesitated in surprise and dug deeper. “Pup, how much food did you get?”
“Enough to last you a while, I reckon,” Harry shrugged and transfigured a rock into a cushion to sit on. “Come on, then. I’ve not had lunch,” Harry urged.
Sirius quickly sat down on the cold stone across from Harry and began pulling out what seemed to be meal packs made up of wooden plates fitted with glass covers. The food inside each was perfectly stuck in place no matter how he turned the dish. He selected chicken for himself and offered a like one to Harry, which he accepted.
A firm pull removed the cover and steam immediately billowed out.
Sirius moaned at the smell and dug in at once.
Thankfully, the dish included a set of wooden flatware because Harry was sure his godfather would have used his filthy hands otherwise.
Sirius was so intent on the food that they didn’t talk at all until Sirius had finished licking his plate clean. Harry didn’t rush through his own, so he still had a bit to go when Sirius leaned back and clutched at his stomach with one hand. “Oh, Merlin, that was good, Harry. Where on Earth did you get all of that though?”
Harry shrugged, “There’s a house-elf at Hogwarts that likes me. He belonged to the Malfoys, but I kind of accidentally severed their bond in my second year. I just asked him to pick this up for me when he had time.”
“A house-elf,” Sirius shook his head. “I don’t know why I didn’t think of that. Granted, I think the only house-elf still bound to my house would probably rather poison me than feed me,” he grimaced.
Given what he knew of house-elves, Harry found that worrisome, but didn’t have time to comment on it before Sirius was going on.
“I know this must have been expensive though. I’ll pay you back when I get a chance to stop by the bank, okay?”
“It’s fine,” Harry shrugged, “but if you want.”
“I do,” Sirius nodded firmly.
“What are you doing here?” Harry finally asked.
“Fulfilling my duty as Godfather,” Sirius said. “Don’t worry about it. I’m pretending to be a loveable stray.”
Harry sighed at the admonition to not worry. As though he could just turn it off.
“I want to be on the spot. Your last letter… Well, let’s just say things are getting fishier. I’ve been stealing the paper every time someone throws one out, and by the looks of things, I’m not the only one who’s getting worried.”
Not knowing what to say, Harry just reached for the pile of old papers Sirius indicated and scanned the headlines. There was one on Crouch’s illness which made it sound really serious. Another headline talked of Bertha Jorkins still being missing and the Minister becoming personally involved.
Harry wasn’t sure how Fudge was supposed to help along the investigation if the aurors weren’t managing. He scanned the articles, then shook his head and looked at Sirius again. “A department head is sick and a witch went missing. You think they’re connected?” He couldn’t see it, personally. And those two events didn’t sound all that extraordinary. Maybe it was growing up in the muggle world, but seemed to him like these things just happened.
Like Sirius was maybe making connections that weren’t there and dreaming up conspiracy theories because he wasn’t quite all right in his mind. Between Azkaban and living like this though… Who could blame him?
“I think it’s suspicious,” Sirius confirmed. “You don’t know Crouch, Harry, but I do. If he’s ever taken a day off work for illness, I’ll eat Buckbeak.”
Harry glanced at the hippogriff, slightly disturbed by that declaration, then shook it off. “So you know him?”
Sirius nodded grimly, “He was the one who gave the order for me to be sent to Azkaban – without a trial.”
Harry pulled in a startled breath.
“Crouch used to be the Head of the Department of Magical Law Enforcement, didn’t you know?” Sirius went on. “He was tipped for the next Minister for Magic. He’s a powerful wizard. Powerful magically and power hungry . He was very outspoken against the Dark Side, but then a lot of people who were against the Dark Side… Well, you wouldn’t understand. You’re too young…”
Harry clenched his jaw. He was really damn sick of people telling him that he was too young to know things. “Try me,” Harry bit out.
Sirius looked surprised by his tone, but then smiled faintly. “All right.” He got up and started pacing. “Imagine that Voldemort’s powerful now. You don’t know who his supporters are, you don’t know who’s working for him and who isn’t; you know he can control people so that they do terrible things without being able to stop themselves. You’re scared for yourself and your family and your friends. Every week, news comes of more deaths, more disappearances, more torturing… the Ministry of Magic’s in disarray, they don’t know what to do, they’re trying to keep everything hidden from the muggles, but meanwhile, muggles are dying too. Terror everywhere… panic… confusion… that’s how it used to be.”
Harry frowned as he listened to Sirius’ explanation. It sounded horrible. And it gave him a new appreciation for his ability to hear lies. He wouldn’t have to worry nearly so much about whether he could trust those close to him because he’d catch them in lies if they’d changed sides.
“Well, times like that bring out the best in some people and the worst in others,” Sirius continued, explaining that Crouch had probably been principled in the beginning, but he didn’t stay that way. He rose quickly through the ministry and ordered increasingly harsh measures against Voldemort’s supporters. The aurors were given special powers to kill rather than capture suspected Death Eaters. Apparently Sirius hadn’t been the only one to go to Azkaban without a trial. Crouch even authorized the use of the Unforgivables against suspects, which Harry rather thought invalidated the name of the curses. After all, if they were unforgivable… it rather followed that there could be no justification for using them.
But people were frightened and a lot of them supported such measures. They wanted him to be minister. Then Voldemort was gone and it seemed only a matter of time until he got the job.
“But then something rather unfortunate happened…” Sirius smiled grimly. “Crouch’s own son was caught with a group of Death Eaters who’d managed to talk their way out of Azkaban. Apparently they were trying to find Voldemort and return him to power.”
“His son?” Harry whispered in horror.
“Yep,” Sirius nodded. “Nasty little shock for old Barty, I’d imagine. Should have spent a bit more time at home with his family, shouldn’t he? Ought to have left the office early once in a while… gotten to know his own son.”
“Was he a Death Eater?” Harry wondered, because the wording Sirius had used was ambiguous.
“No idea,” Sirius shrugged. “I was in Azkaban myself when he was brought in. This is mostly stuff I’ve found out since I got out. The boy was definitely caught in the company of people I’d bet my life were Death Eaters – but he might have been in the wrong place at the wrong time.”
Harry remembered what Crouch had done to Winky. There had been no evidence. He’d kept her from being arrested, but then coldly chucked her out of the only home she’d ever known. Still didn’t fully make sense to Harry.
“There was no actual evidence?” Harry questioned.
“Didn’t matter. The association… the suspicion… it was enough for Crouch.”
“So he didn’t get a proper trial, either? No chance to defend himself?”
“I suspect old Crouch was worried about drawing it out. Evidence might come out that made him look worse. Besides, the longer it went on, the more people would remember and look poorly on him. He just shipped the boy off to Azkaban the same day and tried to pretend like he’d never had a son.”
Harry could only marvel at the heartlessness of it. The selfishness. So concerned for his own image that he wouldn’t even give his son a chance to plead his innocence.
“I saw the dementors bringing him in,” Sirius continued more quietly. “Watched through the bars in my cell door. He can’t have been more than nineteen. They took him into a cell near mine. He was screaming for his mother by nightfall. He went quiet after a few days though… They all went quiet in the end. Except when they shrieked in their sleep.”
The place sounded a bit like Hell, really. He couldn’t believe that there were people in there who’d not even been found guilty of their crimes. He wasn’t sure even the guilty deserved that place. Maybe only for the most heinous of crimes when proven beyond the shadow of a doubt.
Pettigrew probably deserved it. And Voldemort. And probably Crouch, because he’d sent innocent people there.
“So he’s still in there?” Harry asked, rather horrified by the idea of any innocent people in that place.
“No,” Sirius shook his head grimly. “No, he died about a year after they brought him in.”
“Died,” Harry repeated. At like twenty. “From what?”
Sirius shrugged, “Most go mad in there and plenty just stop eating after a while. They lose the will to live. You could always tell when a death was coming,” his eyes went rather distant as he remembered. “The dementors could sense it. They got excited. That boy looked pretty sickly when he arrived. Crouch being an important ministry member, he and his wife were allowed a deathbed visit. That was the last time I saw Crouch, half carrying his wife past my cell. She died herself, apparently, shortly afterward. Grief. Wasted away just like the boy. Crouch never came for his son’s body. The dementors buried him outside the fortress; I watched them do it.
“So old Crouch lost it all, just when he thought he had it made. One moment a hero, poised to become Minister… next, his son dead, wife dead, the family name dishonored, and so I’ve heard since I escaped, a big drop in popularity. Once the boy had died, people started feeling a bit more sympathetic toward the son and started asking how a nice young lad from a good family had gone so badly astray. The conclusion was that his father never cared much for him. So Cornelius Fudge got the top job, and Crouch was shunted sideways into the Department of International Magical Cooperation.”
Sirius settled back down and they fell silent for a time, Harry’s mind turning over the idea of what those times must have been like. Harry didn’t like the idea of Ministry employees being allowed to use spells that earned anyone else a lifetime in Azkaban. It was hypocritical. They should either treat them as unforgivable or make the sentence for their use more based on the circumstances than the magic.
But he supposed that was indicative of the way Magical Britain seemed to think of magic. Dark magic was bad because it was Dark, not because it was used for bad things.
He had used Dark magic and probably killed some of those sadists at the World Cup, but he liked to think it was justified, given what they were doing. He hoped that it had been justified, at least.
“What’s the time?” Sirius wondered at last.
Harry called his wand into his hand from his sheath and opened his mouth to cast a tempus, but then closed it again and concentrated a moment before flicking his wand.
The magic felt a bit listless, like it wasn’t quite focused as it should be, but the spell flickered and settled well enough to make out the numbers in the dim cave.
“Nearly two,” he announced.
“Was that non-verbal, pup?” Sirius asked excitedly.
Harry gave him a cautious smile, “Yeah. I’ve been practicing. Still not very good at it, as you can see.” Not many spells were simpler than a tempus, after all, and he’d barely managed it.
“Not that good?” Sirius protested. “Most people struggle with that stuff in sixth year!”
Harry shrugged, “Well, I thought I should learn. For the tournament, you know? Since all my competitors are at least sixth years.”
The reminder sobered his godfather and he shook his head grimly, “I’m not going to breathe freely again until this damn tournament is over.”
Harry blinked in surprise and felt a small bloom of warmth in his chest. He was pretty sure that was the first time Sirius had actually expressed displeasure about Harry’s placement in the tournament beyond his suspicions as to who did it and why.
“You’re still being careful, right?” Sirius pressed. “You never told me about how the second task went. I read about it in the paper, but did anything strange happen? Like the chain breaking in the first task?”
“Nothing like that,” Harry dismissed.
“I also read that your hostage was a Slytherin boy,” Sirius said, brow furrowed in confusion.
“Yeah,” Harry nodded, suddenly nervous. “We’re, er… dating, I guess,” he admitted, bracing himself for the worst as he carefully watched his godfather for a reaction.
Sirius immediately grimaced, “A Slytherin, pup? Really? I don’t know much about the Zabinis. They’re from Italy. The family has only been in Britain a few generations. I do know that my mother never had anything bad to say about them, which pretty much means they’re Dark.”
Harry supposed it could have been worse, but Sirius clearly thought even less of Dark wizards than Hermione. It was an unpleasant reminder that his godfather was likely just one more person who would abandon him if he learned the truth. Or even a small piece of the truth. “I should probably get heading back,” Harry sighed, standing up and canceling the transfiguration on the rock he’s used for a seat.
Sirius quickly got to his feet as well. “I’m not saying he’s bad, Harry,” he said hurriedly. “I just want you to be careful. Slytherins… You don’t know what they’re like. They’ve always got ulterior motives. And they’re ambitious, Harry. I just… I think they’d see dating you as some kind of prize because you’re the Boy-Who-Lived or because you’re the Light’s hero. And… I don’t think you should trust any of them.”
Harry sighed heavily and looked at his godfather for a moment before deciding he might as well see how easily he might be scared off. “I was supposed to be a Slytherin, Sirius,” he said gravely and watched his godfather flinch away like he’d slapped him. He nodded silently. “The Hat said I’d be great there. That I’d make friends. I was afraid everyone would think I was Dark, so I begged it to go anywhere else and it put me in Gryffindor. But if you think all Slytherins are scum, Sirius, then you think I am, too.”
Sirius stared at him and opened his mouth as if to speak several times, though no sound was made.
“I’d appreciate it if you didn’t tell anyone that,” Harry said softly, though it wouldn’t be too terrible if people found out now. He’d not have told him if he really feared others learning of it. He didn’t trust Sirius all that much, after all.
Sirius still didn’t seem to know what to say, so Harry turned and made his way out of the cave.
Within a couple minutes of picking his way quickly down the mountain, Sirius raced up behind him, tail wagging, but ears down.
The animagus accompanied him the rest of the way back to Hogsmeade, parting ways again at the stile.
Notes:
I’ve noticed that when I drift away from canon, Sirius keeps getting nicer. I think it’s because most fanfiction portrays him as much nicer and more responsible and a better godfather than he was in canon. Reading about him in canon always makes me detest him again. I know it wasn’t his fault that he was crazy, but he was such a jerk.
Do note that I’m speaking of the books rather than the movies. I think the movies make him out to be nicer, too. Gary Oldman is certainly likable.
Anyway, I hope you all enjoyed. I may not get another chapter out next week. I know you’re getting used to it, but don’t get your hopes up.
Love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 15: Year Four - part 10
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Madman
The day after Harry’s meeting with Sirius, the Daily Prophet ran an article about their famous writer, Rita Skeeter. Apparently, she’d gone missing and the aurors had no leads.
“Maybe she finally went after the wrong person,” Lavender suggested rather meanly when she heard Hermione commenting on it.
“That’s a horrible thing to say,” Hermione frowned, though Harry thought she wanted to be upset at the idea more than she actually was.
“Oh, please,” Parvati sneered, “My father says she’s a horrible woman who would turn the country against her own mother for the chance to sell out a printing.”
“My mother swears by her,” Seamus protested.
The argument seemed to be mostly that – whose parents loved or hated the woman. The leading theory among the students as to her disappearance seemed to be that she’d either been offed by someone that she’d maligned over the years or she’d uncovered the wrong secret in researching an upcoming story and had been killed for it. A minority of students firmly believed that she’d just gone off grid in her research and would emerge with a ground-breaking story any day.
Personally, Harry wasn’t really upset by the idea that she might be dead. He’d not have wished it on her for being a generally horrible person, but he wasn’t going to mourn her either.
Harry honestly found Hagrid’s class on nifflers much more interesting. The critters had a remarkable knack for searching out “sparkly stuff”. It seemed like they’d make great accomplices to jewel thieves. Or treasure hunters. Hagrid said they made horrible pets as they tended to destroy houses, but Harry didn’t reckon you’d have to let it roam your house like a cat or dog. Surely you could pen them up like chickens or gerbils or something.
The annoying bit came after the class when Ron, who’d been sulky and barely talking to him since the task, had demanded to know why Harry hadn’t told him that the leprechaun gold he’d used to pay Harry back for the omnioculars at the Quidditch World Cup had disappeared.
“I honestly didn’t notice, Ron,” Harry shrugged. When exactly would he have remembered to miss it? While they were fleeing into the woods? Afterward, when he was contemplating the morality of taking a life if you were defending innocents?
“Must be nice,” Ron scowled as they sat down to lunch. “To have so much money you don’t notice if a pocketful of galleons goes missing.”
Harry shook his head and tried not to snap at the redhead, “I had other things on my mind that night, Ron.”
“I thought I’d paid you back,” Ron continued to bemoan. “You shouldn’t have given me those robes for Christmas.”
That much, Harry already knew, though not for this reason.
“Just forget about it, Ron. I didn’t care if you paid me back in the first place.”
Glaring blackly at his plate, Ron muttered an angry, “I hate being poor.”
“Oh, shut up , Ron!” Harry finally snapped. He was just so tired of having to be so careful to hide the money he had lest Ron fall into an epic sulk. “I hate being an orphan, but I don’t moan about it every time you mention your parents!”
And that ended up coming out louder than he’d have preferred, causing a number of nearby people to fall silent and look at him in shock.
With a frustrated huff, Harry stood and left the Great Hall. He could have lunch in the kitchens instead, and it would give him a chance to see how Dobby and Winky were doing.
Ron grew even more distant after that incident, spending most of his time either being sulky toward Harry and Hermione or inserting himself with Dean and Seamus, who so far seemed uncertain as to his place in their little group.
Harry just found the whole thing exhausting. When he thought back to even the end of the last year and how close he’d been to Ron, he didn’t know how to wrap his mind around it all. He wondered if Ron had changed more or if he was the one to change.
He still didn’t fully understand why Ron had reacted as he had. He’d always had some jealousy issues, but he’d never been a fraction so bad. That had been the turning point, though, he thought. That had been when Harry had stopped being willing to put up with it and maybe that was the real change. Once Harry stopped excusing Ron’s behavior, their friendship was doomed.
The dissolution of that friendship resulted in a somewhat different dynamic between Harry and Hermione. Mostly with regard to studying. Harry had never been against it, really. That had mostly been Ron and Harry had just gone along with it to keep him happy and because it was easier to goof off with Ron than to study.
Without him in the equation, Harry let Hermione talk him into studying a lot more often, for classes and especially for the tournament, though he’d initiated plenty of that kind of studying himself, not wanting to end up dead in the next task.
Blaise continued to show up to the library when they were studying, though they mostly studied adjacent to each other rather than together. It was nice to have him there.
They went to the April Hogsmeade weekend together as well, mostly combining window shopping with actual shopping. Blaise, of course, went home for spring break as his mother was getting married for the eighth time. That still boggled Harry’s mind a bit, as did who Blaise had hinted at being the source of at least some of those husbands’ untimely ends.
It made him think about the morality of killing again and strangely, it made him feel a bit better. It helped to reinforce the idea that killing wasn’t always evil. Sometimes, when the person you killed was hurting people, or would hurt them in the future given half a chance… then maybe it wasn’t evil.
He knew that soldiers who killed on command weren’t evil unless they knew their superiors were evil and supported them for that reason. And police or aurors weren’t evil if they killed in the line of duty, protecting themselves or others. But he didn’t think there needed to be a government determining when it was and wasn’t okay to kill. They were, hopefully, subject to oversight which helped to ensure they weren’t sanctioning killing for the wrong reason, which maybe made it a little better in general.
He didn’t think vigilantes were evil though. Hell, at this point, he was a vigilante. Or, at least, he’d acted as one at the Quidditch World Cup and he didn’t regret it.
Hermione was still seeing Viktor, which was good since she spent all of her Hogsmeade weekends with him and didn’t mind Harry spending his with Blaise. She hadn’t brought up the subject of the necklace he had given her again, at least not to Harry, but she was still wearing it, so he figured she must have gotten some satisfactory answers from Viktor. She wasn’t the kind of person to be willing to move forward in ignorance when there were answers within reach.
In the last week of May, McGonagall instructed Harry to go down to the quidditch pitch at nine that night to learn the details of the third task.
The quidditch pitch, they found when they arrived, was now full of hedges, still low enough they could step over them, which they had to do to meet with Bagman in the center. The man succinctly explained that the third task would require them to navigate a maze, filled with creatures provided by Hagrid as well as spells, which would provide obstacles to impede them. The timing of their entrance to the maze would depend upon the points they’d accrued in the first two tasks, giving he and Viktor an edge over Cedric and Fleur.
When they started back toward the castle, Viktor asked Harry for a private word, which Harry agreed to quite readily in an effort to avoid Bagman, who seemed to want to offer him help yet again.
“What is it, Viktor?” Harry wondered as the Bulgarian moved toward the forest for privacy. “We just talked this morning.”
“Not privately,” Viktor explained.
Harry nodded somewhat warily, wondering what Viktor would want to ask without Hermione hearing. Nothing bad, he hoped, like how to gently break up with her. He didn’t think it would be anything like that. Viktor still seemed totally enthralled by her whenever they were together.
When they’d passed Hagrid’s hut and the Beauxbaton’s carriage, Viktor finally seemed satisfied by their privacy under the shade of the forest’s edge. Harry automatically gave the shadowed area beneath the trees a wary glance, but he saw no sign of hungry acromantula or territorial centaurs or offended hippogriffs or anything else concerning.
“I wish to propose a formal betrothal to Hermione before we separate after the tournament,” Viktor began without preamble, his accent maybe slightly improved since Harry had first been introduced to him.
Harry’s brow rose in surprise at the topic, though not so much that it was happening at all. The promissory necklace and Blaise’s explanation had strongly hinted that this might be coming.
“I know,” Viktor continued, “how I would go about this with a pureblood woman, but Hermione has informed me that the world she grew up in is very different. She did not understand the necklace I gave her. I had not realized that I would need to explain it until she asked about it.”
Harry nodded, “Yeah, I’m still learning that stuff, too. It’s all really different here.”
“This is why I wished to speak with you. You had similar upbringing. How do I explain what I am asking of her?”
Harry grimaced a bit at the question, “I’m not sure… Well, how about you explain to me what you mean by a betrothal and I can tell you if any of it really surprises me.”
“Well…” Viktor seemed a little thrown by the suggestion. “A betrothal is a formal agreement between two families regarding a member of each family and their intentions to pursue a marriage. It is… a trial time. When we will decide if we wish to wed and we will consider only each other and no other during this time. If the betrothal goes well, it ends with an engagement, which is the period of time during which the marriage contract and wedding celebration are arranged.”
“It sounds similar to what muggles call ‘dating’,” Harry observed. “It just sounds more formal and it involves the families of the people. Most muggles want to make those kinds of decisions without any input from their families.”
“How strange,” Viktor frowned.
Harry shrugged. “So how long does a betrothal last?”
“There is no limit. It depends upon the participants. Some betrothals are arranged by parents while their children are infants. If those are carried through to engagement, it is often not until they are adults. Betrothal among older people, such as widows and widowers, often last less than a year. I would expect a betrothal with Hermione to last until she is seventeen or eighteen, though it may last longer.”
“That’s still really young by muggle standards,” Harry tried to explain. “Most muggles don’t get married until they’re in their middle twenties or later nowadays.”
Viktor looked at him like he’d said something utterly absurd. “So late. I do not understand why.”
“Well…” Harry ventured uncertainly. He was hardly an expert on the topic. Most of what he did know was from Petunia’s soaps and her gossiping. “I guess they want to have time to explore life and work on their careers and that before getting married.”
“But would not exploring life be more enjoyable with a spouse and a career easier to manage?” Viktor sounded like he was stating the most obvious facts of life.
“I… don’t know,” Harry admitted. “I’m not an expert or anything, but I think it might actually be marriage itself that’s so different between the cultures. Muggles seem to see it as kind of restrictive and the wizards I’ve heard mention it don’t sound like they think the same way.”
“Restrictive?” Viktor blinked. He seemed to ponder that a moment before venturing, “I think maybe these are two different things that have the same name. Marriage is not restrictive. It is a joining of families and interests. It is raising children. It is closeness and affection and unity.”
Harry’s brow rose at the description, “Describe it to her like that,” he encouraged. He wasn’t sure how he felt about marriage, to be honest. With the Dursleys and the Weasleys as examples, it was easy to see that it wasn’t at all the same for everyone. Viktor made it sound nice, though.
Viktor nodded, “Thank you. I will do that.”
He opened his mouth again, as though to continue, but then there was the loud crack of a snapping twig and rustling from the trees.
Having faced enough things trying to kill him in that forest, Harry didn’t hesitate to draw his wand. He took Viktor by the arm and urged him to step further away even as he turned toward the noise. His magic instantly went on alert, tensed and still.
“What is it?” Viktor questioned, his tone quiet and wary.
Harry glanced toward the sky, but no moon was visible. It hadn’t risen yet, he didn’t think. He wasn’t sure if it would be full. It occurred to him that keeping track of moon phases might not be a bad idea, actually. Something for the future, assuming he survived the night.
Then something large stumbled through the brush right in front of them. Harry took a step back and lifted his wand toward it, an impedimenta on his tongue as he didn’t want to attack with dangerous spells until he’d identified it.
Before he could cast, however, the man – for it was definitely a man – stopped and turned to speak exuberantly with a tree.
Harry stared at the man. It was Mr. Crouch, he realized, dirty and bleeding in torn and filthy robes. He looked beyond fatigued. His hair and beard were overgrown and unkempt.
“Wasn’t he a judge?” Viktor asked, sounding unnerved. “Isn’t he with your ministry?”
Harry nodded and took a cautious step closer to the man, but Crouch did not seem to notice him, carrying on his conversation with the tree.
“...and when you’ve done that, Weatherby, send an owl to Dumbledore confirming the number of Durmstrang students who will be attending the tournament. Karkaroff has just sent word there will be twelve…”
“Er… Mr. Crouch?” Harry tried to interrupt.
“...and then send another owl to Madam Maxime, because she might want to up the number of students she’s bringing, now Karkaroff’s made it a round dozen. Do that, Weatherby, will you? Will you? Will…”
The man’s eyes were bulging and he stood staring at the tree, muttering soundlessly at it. Then he staggered sideways and fell to his knees.
“Mr. Crouch?” Harry said more loudly, moving forward to cautiously touch the man’s shoulder with his free hand. “Are you all right?”
Crouch’s eyes were rolling wildly about now. He looked entirely mad.
‘What is wrong with him?” Viktor asked, his voice growing more alarmed.
“I don’t know,” Harry admitted warily, not taking his eyes from Crouch. “You should go get someone…”
“Dumbledore!” Crouch suddenly gasped. He reached out and seized a handful of Harry’s robes, dragging him closer though his eyes still weren’t focusing on Harry. “I need… see… Dumbledore…”
“Okay,” Harry agreed cautiously. “If you get up, Mr. Crouch, we can go up to the castle-”
“I’ve done… stupid… thing…” Mr. Crouch breathed. He still looked utterly mad, his eyes rolling and spittle dribbling down his chin as he appeared to fight for every word. “Must… tell… Dumbledore…”
Harry’s magic felt even more alarmed than Harry, like a dog with its fur all puffed up, growling warnings at Crouch.
“You need to get up, Mr. Crouch!” Harry said loudly and clearly, hoping to get through to the man. With his free hand, Harry grabbed the hand fisted in Harry’s robe in an attempt to dislodge it, but the second Harry touched his skin, the Dark, foul magic drenching the man became suddenly and unmistakably apparent.
The Imperius Curse.
Was this what a partial success in fending off the curse looked like?
Realizing that he had no idea what the man might have been Imperiused to do, Harry suddenly felt very unsafe to be so close to the man.
With only a second’s hesitation, Harry turned his wand on the man and cast, “Stupefy!”
Crouch immediately sagged to the ground and Harry slumped with relief. That was a spell that he’d learned only in the last few weeks and he was quite pleased it had worked. He glanced back toward Viktor, only to realize that the man was quite a bit further back than Harry had suspected. He was clenching his wand in a fist and looking extremely nervous.
Harry blinked at him briefly before he realized that, for all his skill and confidence and greater age, Viktor had probably never had to deal with anything so real as this – without spectators and judges or failsafes. It gave Harry a brief moment of perspective on how fucked up his own life was, but he banished the thought quickly in favor of the situation at hand.
With a swish and a flick, Harry levitated the unconscious man and turned back toward the school. “Come on. We should get him to the hospital wing and send for Dumbledore.”
They walked back up to the school in silence. The grounds were still and quiet with no sign of anyone else out and about.
“Potter!” a voice called as soon as they’d stepped into the school, and the uneven gait announced Moody as he trumped up the stairs. “What’s all this?” he demanded, wand out, magical eye spinning wildly.
“It’s Mr. Crouch,” Harry said with some relief. “He just stumbled out of the forest talking about needing Dumbledore. He’s out of his mind.” He stopped himself before he mentioned anything about the Imperius. In class, Moody hadn’t mentioned anything about any way to detect it, and Harry knew full well how different his magic tended to be. He wasn’t going to take any chances with saying the wrong thing.
“What do you mean, out of his mind?” Moody pressed urgently as he stumped his way over to them.
“One minute he’s talking like he thinks Percy Weasley is there and then he’s gasping about having made a mistake and needing to tell Dumbledore,” Harry tried to explain.
“A mistake?” Moody pressed, both eyes focusing on Harry for a moment.
“He didn’t say more,” Harry admitted. “I’m not sure he could. It seemed really hard for him. Do you think it’s the Imperius?” he asked.
Moody focused on him momentarily again, then shook his head. “Not many can fight it like you can, Potter. I’ll take him from here,” he flicked his wand with a silent spell and Harry felt as Crouch was pulled from the support of Harry’s spell into Moody’s. “It’s almost curfew. Get to the tower, Potter. And you should be returning to your ship, Krum.”
“Yes, sir,” Viktor said with some apparent relief, and immediately turned and left.
Harry sighed. He wanted to argue, but he doubted ‘I saw him first’ was going to sway Moody. He gave a reluctant nod and started toward the stairs up to Gryffindor. He cast one glance back to see Moody stumping toward the hospital wing.
In the common room, Harry filled Hermione in on finding Crouch with Viktor and got a brief lecture for being so near the forest at all, though she seemed more concerned about Crouch than anything.
Having heard nothing about what had happened with Crouch, Harry and Hermione tracked down Moody before lunch the next day.
“Did you find out what was wrong with him?” Harry asked as soon as they were permitted into his office. “Is he going to be okay?”
Moody sighed and sat down, motioning for Harry and Hermione to sit as well. “It doesn’t look good, Potter. He’s been moved to St. Mungo’s and of course the aurors were called in, but he’s not sane enough to give a statement.”
“But he did seem to be making sense a bit,” Harry reasoned. “He had moments…”
“It probably wasn’t sanity, Potter. Just another face of his madness. He had moments of calm when he didn’t know where or when he was and then moments of paranoia where he’d beg to see Albus even when the man was standing right in front of him.” He shook his head, “Last I heard, they were talking about moving him to the Janus Thickey ward. That’s for permanent spell damage, see?”
“So it was caused by a spell?” Hermione pressed.
“Couldn’t say, Granger,” Moody dismissed. “Have to wait for the full report from Mungo’s.”
Harry left the man’s office not knowing what to think. He knew without a doubt that he’d felt the Imperius curse on the man, but maybe his attempts at fighting it really had broken his mind. It still seemed strange that Moody hadn’t mentioned anything about it, but… Maybe they really couldn’t tell? There had also been… something like a lie in Moody’s explanation. When he’d said that Crouch probably hadn’t been showing moments of sanity, that hadn’t seemed to be the truth. But then maybe Moody was editing things because they were students and not related to Crouch and didn’t actually have a right to these answers, despite Harry having been the first to speak to the man.
Regardless, Harry wasn’t willing to risk telling anyone what he knew about it. Not for the sake of some man he didn’t know, who, by all he’d heard, was a pretty nasty human being in his own right.
The next morning, Harry received a letter from Sirius addressing the situation with Crouch even though Harry hadn’t told him about it. He must be in contact with Dumbledore, Harry supposed.
Harry – what do you think you’re playing at, walking off into the forest with Viktor Krum? I want you to swear, by return owl, that you are not going to go walking with anyone else at night. There is somebody highly dangerous at Hogwarts. Crouch was obviously cursed with something really nasty and it could have happened right there in the forest. The attacker might have been bare meters away from you in the dark. You could have been killed.
Your name didn’t get into the Goblet of Fire by accident. If someone’s trying to attack you, they’re on their last chance. Stay close to Ron and Hermione, do not leave Gryffindor Tower after hours, and arm yourself for the third task. Practice stunning and disarming. A few hexes wouldn’t go amiss either. There’s nothing you can do about Crouch now.
And don’t think I didn’t notice that you didn’t bother to send me an owl about what happened. It would have been nice to hear about it from you, pup. Keep your head down and look after yourself. I’m waiting for your letter giving me your word you won’t stray out of bounds again.
Sirius
Harry found the letter somewhat touching in its concern and utterly infuriating in the reprimand and demand.
“Who the Hell does he think he is to lecture me about being out of bounds after all the crap he got up to in school?” he fumed as he crumpled the letter into a ball before stuffing it into his pocket.
“He’s worried about you!” Hermione said sharply. “You need to listen to him!”
Harry bared his teeth at her in anger. “Someone’s always trying to fucking kill me, Hermione. That’s been a fact since my parents died. I’m so fucking tired of everyone telling me to be careful and never do anything ever lest I be in danger. I can’t live my whole life hiding from the world! Who the Hell would want to live like that?”
“We’re just worried about you, Harry!” she snapped back. “We don’t want you to get killed!”
“Do you think I want to die?” Harry growled, his mind flashing to his fears about what the afterlife held for him. Hell, for certain, with a dad who might see him as a threat to his power. “Do you think I’m not careful? There’s a difference between being careful and cowering, and I’m not willing to cross that line!”
And he stormed up to his dorm, unwilling to argue any further lest he say something he’d regret. He was just so damn tired of people treating him like he was too mentally deficient to realize that he was in danger and so must be reminded. Like he was too stupid to be able to take care of himself when he’d been doing exactly that since his parents died. The Dursleys definitely hadn’t done any more than they absolutely had to.
He paced the empty dorm room for a few minutes until he’d calmed down a little, then took Sirius’ letter from his pocket and smoothed it out to read through again. It still made him angry.
After a couple read-throughs, he found some writing supplies in his trunk and sat on his bed to write a reply.
The first attempt was very long and talked about trust and hypocrisy and cowardice and even the neglect of the Dursleys. It ended up crumpled into a ball and lit on fire. There was so much he wanted to say to the man. So much he wanted to argue against. He couldn’t help but feel it was all too revealing though. As much as he wanted the man to understand where he was coming from, he also didn’t trust him enough to give him true insight into his life.
In the end, he went with a more bitter and angry rant instead. It was probably time he let Sirius know how he really felt in more explicit terms anyway. Maybe the man would learn from it.
Sirius,
I’m fine. I appreciate your concern for me. Indeed, I can empathize with it. I imagine it’s similar to how I feel knowing that you’re constantly putting yourself in danger for no reason that I can see by staying practically in Hogsmeade. So how about this. I’ll lock myself away in safety as soon as you do.
If you’re truly surprised that I didn’t rush to send you a letter about this, perhaps think about your response. Why would I deliberately tell you something that will only get me lectures? For your information, I did not go into the forest. Viktor and I were standing at its edge, still on school grounds. Why at nine o’clock at night? A good question. That’s apparently when Bagman could spare the time to tell us about the third task. A friend of mine then pulled me aside for a private conversation.
I did nothing wrong and I resent your implication that I was somehow recklessly putting myself in danger. If you’re only going to write me to berate me, make vile insinuations about my friends, and demand that I obey your commands like a damn dog, maybe don’t bother writing to me anymore at all. I’ve survived people trying to kill me every year since starting Hogwarts and I suspect that I’ll survive this one as well.
-Harry
He read through it a couple times and debated trying another, less angry and dismissive version, but in the end he decided it would do his godfather good to read it. He had no idea if it would make a difference in the way the man treated him or not.
On Monday, while Ron was in Divination and Hermione in Arithmancy, Harry found himself doing yet more reading on advanced spellwork to help him survive the third task and whatever that might end up involving. He chose to do his reading in bed, which was probably a mistake because he ended up dozing off part way through.
He dreamed about a high, cold voice that spoke to Wormtail, “You are very fortunate indeed. Your blunder has not ruined everything. He won’t trouble us further.”
“My Lord!” Wormtail gasped, “I am so pleased. And so sorry…”
“Nagini, you are out of luck. I will not be feeding Wormtail to you after all. But nevermind… there is still Harry Potter.”
The cold voice then addressed Wormtail again, “Perhaps one more little reminder that I will not tolerate another blunder from you…”
And Wormtail begged, though to no avail.
“Crucio!” the voice said.
Harry woke with a gasp, his scar prickling painfully and tingles of phantom pain running all through his body. He shuddered as he sat up, gulping for air and willing his pounding heart to calm.
“What the Hell?” he whispered, running his hands roughly through his hair.
Had that been real? He couldn’t help but remember the end of his second year when Dumbledore had said that Voldemort had left a bit of himself in Harry and that was why he was a Parselmouth. He didn’t really think that was the cause of his ability to speak the snake tongue, but this… It wasn’t the first time his scar had hurt after a dream.
Sirius would have him go running straight to Dumbledore, Harry knew, but he wasn’t too keen on the idea. It seemed a stroke of luck that this had happened when he was alone. No one need ever know.
He’d tried to research into what it could mean to have a piece of Voldemort inside himself at the end of his second year and beginning of his third, but there hadn’t been much to find in the Hogwarts library. He’d come to the conclusion that he was dealing with soul magic. It’s the only thing that made sense of what Tom in the diary had been. A bit of Voldemort’s soul, and Dumbledore had said that the piece in Harry was like that, just less vital.
Problem was, soul magic was more than just a little taboo. Even in Knockturn Alley he’d yet to find any real information on it that wasn’t just a vague theoretical overview.
He couldn’t imagine what else this could be. That definitely hadn’t been a normal dream.
As his heart finally began to calm, Harry picked up the book he’d been studying when he fell asleep and took it down to the common room. He wasn’t going to stay in bed and risk falling asleep again.
No one would know that had happened. The last time he’d tried to reach out about a dream, Sirius had come charging back to Britain like a suicidal idiot and Harry hadn’t gotten any actual advice out of it anyway. Just a “go to Dumbledore if it happens again”. As though he wanted that man to know anything more about the unusual things that happened around Harry.
As the final task neared, Harry spent more and more time studying advanced magic and gave less and less attention to his classes and homework. Even Hermione was cutting into her studying for exams time to help him prepare for the final task.
As the final couple weeks dawned, Sirius broke the silence he’d held since Harry’s last letter. Instead of addressing that, he’d finally commented on what Harry had told him before leaving the cave that day. He’d just said that it didn’t matter if Harry had been meant for Slytherin because he’d chosen Gryffindor and it was people’s choices that defined who they were. It sounded suspiciously like he’d talked it over with Dumbledore.
Harry didn’t respond, but Sirius nevertheless began sending him daily letters, a stark contrast to the month or two between letters that he’d maintained the rest of the year.
Harry was pleased to believe that it indicated how worried about him Sirius actually was, though the man didn’t spend much of the letters actually saying that. Rather he took to giving entirely useless advice, like, “Stay focused.” Because he couldn’t have figured that one out himself. Or he’d say things like, “Voldemort seems to be getting more powerful, but don’t worry about that. There’s no way he can get to you while you’re under Dumbledore’s protection.”
That last one had Harry crumpling the letter in disgust. It was the same sentiment Mrs. Weasley had expressed before his third year and it drove him crazy. He’d almost died so many times at Hogwarts despite Dumbledore’s presence. What the Hell made everyone believe that Dumbledore was infallible when he clearly made mistakes all the time?
It honestly brassed him off, this willful blindness. “Don’t take chances, Harry. Never leave the tower except classes and meals, Harry,” and then in the same breath, “Nothing can hurt you so long as you’re under Dumbledore’s protection, so don’t you worry about a thing.”
Just… What the fuck?
He hadn’t been seeing Blaise as much due to his hectic schedule with trying to get in as much practice as he could, though they still met up in the library once or twice a week. Since it was the library, they didn’t have all that much time talking, but it was nice that he was there.
On the morning of the final task, McGonagall instructed Harry to go into the Entrance Hall after breakfast because the champions were all meeting their families. Harry felt both annoyed at her apparently forgetting that he was an orphan, and slightly horrified at the thought that they’d somehow forced the Dursleys into coming and he’d actually have to see them.
The reality turned out much more pleasant as he found Mrs. Weasley and Bill waiting for him. They had a little run in with Cedric’s dad before they could get away. Apparently, the article in the paper when Skeeter had made the whole thing about Harry and hardly acknowledged that Hogwarts had another champion, had gotten under his skin and he acted like Harry had written the damn thing himself.
“Didn’t bother to correct her though, did he?” he demanded.
Harry had no idea how he was supposed to have done that. It’s not like the newspaper printed articles written by him. And no one listened to anything he said if it was contradicted in the paper anyway. As though Rita Skeeter was a better authority on Harry’s life than Harry himself.
Cedric, at least, apologized for his dad’s atrocious behavior, and Harry didn’t stick around long to listen to more.
He ended up having a pretty good morning walking all around the castle with Mrs. Weasley and Bill while they reminisced about their own times at Hogwarts.
They went to the Great Hall for lunch and all the Weasleys currently in attendance sat with them. It was almost like being back at the Burrow and he had a really good time. It even helped to forget, if only for a little while, about the task that was going to try to kill him again that evening.
Hermione did not join them for lunch, though they ran into her coming in the main doors as they were heading out.
“Where were you?” Harry wondered.
“Oh,” she blushed brightly as she looked between Harry and Mrs. Weasley and Bill. “Viktor asked me to have lunch with him and his parents.” She clammed up at that point, but Harry saw her fingering her necklace and he had a pretty good idea of what had been discussed.
He let her go without comment, but Mrs. Weasley looked after her with a faint tut, “I don’t understand what you young people find so appealing about going abroad. There are plenty of good jobs and potential spouses right here in Britain, you know.”
Harry glanced at Bill in time to see him roll his eyes expressively before he pointedly changed the subject.
The afternoon was spent in a lazy walk around the castle grounds before they wished him good luck and promised to be watching his performance. All the light-heartedness of the day seemed to drain away at once as he walked to dinner with all the enthusiasm of a condemned man to the gallows.
Notes:
Phew! I got it out today! I wrote it this morning and then work rudely interrupted before I could post, but I got it!
So things went a bit differently with Crouch, Ron continues to put distance between himself and a less permissive Harry. Hermione, I think, hasn't really forgiven Ron his tantrum at the Yule ball and then she's been distracted by Viktor, so she's not really interfering in that fracturing friendship. No Blaise this time, but I had to kick this story in the butt or we'd never get beyond fourth year. Harry is starting to put his foot down with Sirius, so we'll have to see if that sinks in at all.
And Harry is now poised for the final task, which should occupy the entirety of the next chapter. Possibly two, depending on how much detail Voldemort ends up getting. I haven't totally decided yet, but I know I don't want to follow too close to canon for that bit. I'm getting a little sick of that, to be honest.
Love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 16: Year Four - Part 11
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The Third Task
Harry picked at his dinner, eating little more than a bread roll and hoping even that would stay down as the nerves really began to overwhelm him.
And so the announcement came before he felt nearly ready.
“Ladies and gentlemen, in five minutes’ time, I will be asking you to make your way down to the Quidditch field for the third and final task of the Triwizard Tournament. Will the champions please follow Mr. Bagman down to the stadium now?”
All of Gryffindor house gave him a standing ovation as he rose to go and he tried to smile, though he probably just looked sick. He vaguely heard his friends wishing him luck and then he was out of the Great Hall with Bagman and the other champions.
Bagman prodded him yet again, asking how he was feeling while he ignored the other champions.
“Fine,” Harry said curtly, even as his magic coiled ever tighter in anticipation.
The hedges on the pitch now towered at six or seven meters tall. They stopped before an opening in the hedges revealing a dim and creepy passage beyond.
The stands around them soon began to fill, the air ringing with excited voices and the rumblings of feet as the hundreds of students filed into their seats. The sky was growing dark, stars beginning to show.
Hagrid, Moody, McGonagall, and Flitwick approached them to announce that they would be patrolling the outside of the maze, ready to come and retrieve anyone should they wish to be rescued. They just needed to be capable of sending up red sparks, which Harry thought was a lot to assume if they were in need of rescue.
Bagman then cast a sonorous and gave the introduction for the spectators. Harry and Viktor were tied for first, followed by Cedric, and then Fleur.
And then Bagman was counting down and Harry and Viktor were hurrying into the shadowed passage.
As soon as they stepped inside, the sounds of the spectators died away and Harry shivered a bit at the oppressive silence that was left. He and Viktor split when they came to a T.
Harry’s magic was tense, on high alert as he walked through the paths, the gloom growing thicker by the minute as the last of the light left the sky above.
The first obstacle he met was unmistakably his boggart. Just as the boggart in his third year exam had done, it had taken on the appearance of Harry, but with devil’s horns, batlike wings, and a barbed tail. He opened his mouth and a black, forked tongue snaked out.
With a shudder, Harry concentrated before casting “ridiculous!”, and the devilish version of Harry morphed into a tiny cartoon devil with red skin and a pitchfork, then retreated hastily into a dark nook under the hedge.
He shook off that disturbing experience as best he could and soldiered on.
The next obstacle took the form of a strange, golden mist floating in the middle of his path.
After a moment of consideration, Harry decided to try to get rid of it like he might any other mist. He sent a blast of wind at it, and it immediately dispersed. Harry wasted no time before hurrying through the space and when he looked back, it was already recollecting itself.
He heard Fleur scream, but then she went silent again, so perhaps she’d made it past whatever had made her scream.
He walked on for some minutes more before he stumbled upon one of Hagrid’s monstrous skrewts. It seemed something of an unfair advantage to use these in the task when Harry had been studying them in class all year, but he wasn’t going to complain. It was rather unfair that he was forced to compete at all, but here he was.
The skrewt began to advance on him, but his magic was all but writhing in agitation at this point, and the skrewt seemed to sense it because it stopped its advance and took a skittering step back.
Emboldened, Harry took a cautious step toward it and the beast backed away further. Harry continued in this manner, the skrewt not willing to let him get too close, and then it was backing down a connecting path and Harry was hurrying past it. He kept a weather eye on his back after that, but it didn’t try to pursue him.
As he continued for some minutes more, Harry concluded that the maze surely had to be expanded larger than it really was. The pitch was big, but this maze seemed endless.
Before he could find any more obstacles or the cup, he heard screaming again, this time in Viktor’s voice. There was no mistaking that scream as anything but one of agony. Harry didn’t even think before sprinting toward the sound of the voice as the screaming went on and on. When he was sure that it was just on the other side of the hedge, he turned his wand on it and the reductor curse leapt into the bush before he could even vocalize the spell.
A large hole trembled in its wake and Harry wasted no time in leaping through. It took him a moment to make sense of the scene he found. Cedric was standing over Viktor, his wand on him as he screamed and writhed on the ground. There was a manic light in Cedric’s eyes and no discernable expression on his face.
It took less than a second to assess the scene and then Harry was casting a stunning spell on the older boy.
Cedric collapsed at once and Krum lay there, panting.
Fervently hoping that Viktor would be okay, Harry bent over Cedric and touched his hand. He grimaced at once as the filth of the Imperius Curse filled his awareness. That was good, at least. Relatively, speaking. He really hadn’t thought for a moment that the Hufflepuff would even be capable of casting that spell, much less willing to.
“Are you okay?” Harry asked Viktor with concern.
“Yes,” Viktor nodded, accepting Harry’s hand to help him rise. “I did not expect the treachery.”
“I don’t think he was in his right mind,” Harry allowed, unwilling to admit to his certainty on the point. “I think he’s under Imperius.”
“Imperius?” Viktor frowned at him. “But who would do that?”
“I don’t know,” Harry shook his head. “Someone trying to hedge their bets, maybe.”
“No one would use such a spell to win any bet,” Viktor disagreed.
Personally, Harry wasn’t so sure. He’d seen enough of the dark side of human nature to have his doubts, but it was equally likely that this had something to do with an attempt on his life again.
Viktor looked at Cedric’s prone form with a grim frown, “Do we leave him?”
“I’ll send up sparks,” Harry reasoned. “Someone will come get him,” and he suited words to action and sent up the sparks.
“Well… May the best man win, yes?” Viktor said after a moment.
“Right,” Harry nodded, trying to get his head back on the task.
They moved on in the same direction, but again split at the first connecting path.
A few turns later, Harry found himself confronted by a sphynx.
She eyed him warily, coming to a stop in the middle of the path and staring at him, her tail flicking in agitation. “You are very near your goal,” she said, staring at him intently. “The quickest way is past me.”
“So will you step aside?” Harry asked cautiously. “Please?”
And she hesitated on giving an answer before finally settling on, “No. Not unless you answer my riddle.”
The riddle wasn’t overly complicated, and the sphynx actually seemed relieved when he answered correctly, so he didn’t think she was crazy about fighting him anyway. He wasn’t sure if she just generally didn’t like attacking school children or if she was responding to his magic the way the skrewt had.
And then he turned a corner and the Twiwizard Cup stood gleaming on a plinth directly ahead. Harry broke into a jog only for Viktor to appear from a side path in front of him. They both began to sprint, though Harry didn’t think he had a chance, and then Harry spotted the massive form of an acromantula to their left. It was moving toward them and it was going to run right into Viktor.
“Viktor! On your left!” Harry shouted, genuinely concerned for his friend’s life, having faced acromantula himself in the past.
Viktor turned just in time to leap out of the way and Harry didn’t think before casting a, “Stupefy!” at the spider as he bore down on his competitor.
It stumbled and collapsed at once and Harry saw Viktor only narrowly roll out of the way before it was on top of him.
With the cup only meters away, Harry continued running right for it even as he saw Viktor roll to his feet and lunge. Harry willed his magic to make him faster and his surroundings seemed to leap past him at unbelievable speed. He stretched out his hand at the same time as Viktor and he didn’t know which of them would reach it first.
Then Harry felt his fingers touch the smooth metal at the same time that there was a jerk behind his navel and his feet left the ground.
The Triwizard Cup was apparently a portkey and it dragged both him and Viktor away with it, so the other boy must have touched it at the same moment.
Harry had just enough time to wonder if that meant they would tie, and then his feet were slamming into the ground, and he realized they were not back outside the maze. Granted, they were out of the maze, but they weren’t on Hogwarts grounds anymore.
Looking around, there was no sign of the mountains near Hogwarts, so they’d clearly gone a long way.
“Where are we?” Viktor inquired as he looked around.
“I don’t know,” Harry admitted.
“So the Cup was the portkey?” Viktor wondered. “Did they tell you this?”
“No.” Harry dusted himself off and took in their surroundings. They were in a cemetery of all places. He drew his wand. This didn’t feel right. There was something in the air… like a faint wisp of Dark magic.
Harry’s magic was all but snarling in anticipation when he saw a figure moving toward them. Everything about this felt wrong. This wasn’t how the task was supposed to go. He’d just decided that this was definitely the part where someone tried to kill him and was lifting his wand in anticipation when his scar suddenly exploded in agony. It felt like taking a cricket bat to the forehead but one that was on fire.
The shock and pain had him on his knees before he could think and then Viktor was collapsing next to him amid a flash of sickly green light.
Harry found himself staring at the face of his friend. The unseeing eyes of the young man who wanted to marry Hermione. He was dead.
Rough hands began to pull at him and Harry tried to resist but his head hurt so much that he could barely see straight and Viktor was dead. He was…
Cords dug into his wrists and Harry moaned and tried to pull away, but he was tied fast. He tried to pull his eyes away from Viktor’s body, and he managed to identify their attacker.
It was Peter Pettigrew.
Harry struggled against his bonds, but they only dug deeper into his hands and arms. He couldn’t seem to stop looking at Viktor… at Viktor’s body just lying there on the grass.
A wad of black cloth was forced into Harry’s mouth and he could only watch numbly as Pettigrew moved away, out of Harry’s sight. He was left once more staring at the lifeless body on the ground. He ached with the knowledge that his friend was dead. Hermione’s boyfriend was dead.
His magic was a writhing mess of shock that seemed capable of doing nothing productive.
His awareness of events going on around him seemed to be somewhat choppy. He was missing things. Zoning out. He didn’t know how to make it stop.
Pettigrew had levitated a huge stone cauldron into the center of the open area in front of Harry and lit flames beneath it. At some point, he’d also left a small, writhing bundle on the ground there. It was the size of a baby, but it felt profoundly wrong and his scar throbbed every time he looked at it.
Then Pettigrew moved aside the cloth and drew from the bundle a thing out of a nightmare. It had the proportions of a small child, but it was scaly-looking, a dark, raw, reddish black. It’s arms and legs were thin and feeble, but it bore the face of a monster. Flat and snakelike, with gleaming red eyes.
Pettigrew held the naked thing as one might a child and dropped it into the cauldron.
The liquid in the cauldron appeared to be boiling, but Harry did not dare to hope it would die of the heat or the lack of air. He was sure that thing wasn’t human enough to die so easily.
“Bone of the father, unknowingly given, you will renew your son!” Pettigrew incanted and drew what seemed to be bone dust right through the ground from the grave over which Harry was tied. He added it to the potion and then went on in a tremulous voice.
“Flesh of the servant, willingly given, you will revive your master,” and Pettigrew, with a mighty downward slash of a dagger, severed his own hand.
Harry stomach rebelled and he swallowed down bile as the horrible man’s hand landed on the ground. Pettigrew quickly wrapped the stump of his arm with a prepared cloth, then shuffled over to retrieve his severed hand. He dropped it into the potion, gasping and whimpering in clear agony, then began to shuffle toward Harry.
“Blood of the enemy, forcefully taken, you will resurrect your foe.”
Harry was expecting that dagger in his heart, but Pettigrew went for Harry’s arm instead. Harry wrenched hard against his bonds, afraid that he was about to lose an arm, but there was no progress to be had. The bindings seemed to tighten further and he couldn’t feel his hands at all anymore.
Then Pettigrew pressed the dagger into his arm and Harry felt the pressure as he pushed and then pushed harder.
The dagger could not pierce his flesh.
Pettigrew tried one more time, pushing even harder, then tucked the dagger into his belt and drew his wand. “Wards won’t protect against Dark curses,” he muttered, then cast, “sectumsempra.”
Harry gasped in pain as several small cuts opened up along his arm and Pettigrew quickly pocketed his wand and pressed a vial to Harry’s arm to catch the blood.
Pettigrew then went back to the cauldron and poured the blood inside.
The potion instantly turned blindingly white, then bled slowly into a bloody red and began to spew copious amounts of steam that poured from the cauldron and onto the ground, blanketing the area in red mist that smelled strongly of sulfur.
Then a figure rose from the cauldron. The man was tall and slender and totally bald.
“Robe me,” a smooth, masculine voice commanded.
Pettigrew struggled to obey despite having only one hand.
As the light from the cauldron fell to less blinding levels, Harry was able to see the man sneer at Pettigrew’s attempts and then lift his own arms to get the robe over himself.
Harry felt dread settle in his gut as he recognized the man from his second year. The shade from the diary. This man appeared in his twenties or thirties, but it was undeniably the same man. Tom Riddle.
Lord Voldemort.
The man took a few minutes to examine his own hands and arms, his eyes bright with triumph and a certain feverish light that Harry took to be insanity. There had been shades of it in the Riddle from the diary, but this was much worse.
Then he ignored his servant’s heavily bleeding arm in favor of his unmarred one, which bore the Dark Mark. He admired it for a time before using it to summon his “true family”.
Voldemort then began to monologue about his father’s grave and his father’s mansion and his father’s abandonment.
Harry tried to focus on his breathing and not thinking about Voldemort or Viktor or Pettigrew’s whimpering or the snake circling him. She was even bigger than Kaa and looking forward to eating Harry by the things she kept hissing.
Harry knew that he had to calm down and get his magic under control if he was going to have any chance of getting out of this.
Then the Death Eaters began apparating in and Harry had something else entirely to try not to panic about. Each of them crawled to Voldemort and kissed the hem of his robes.
Voldemort then went on a long speech, scolding them for not finding him and raising him much sooner.
By the time Voldemort got done with story time for his followers, Harry was beginning to feel his magic settle into something maybe useful.
Harry couldn’t help but be interested when Voldemort explained about how he credited Harry with surviving when he was a baby. According to what the man said, he seemed to believe that Lily Potter had sacrificed herself for Harry and somehow accidentally provided him with a powerful protection.
It sounded like truth and Harry thought the man honestly believed it. Harry wasn’t convinced it was the truth, knowing what he did about his own heritage, but he wasn’t about to refute it as it was a convenient explanation.
Then Voldemort moved to prove that he could touch Harry now and lightly pressed the back of one finger against Harry’s temple.
Harry gasped at the pain of his scar responding to the touch as Voldemort dragged his finger lightly down the side of Harry’s face in the parody of an affectionate gesture. Even as the pain tried to white out Harry’s perception though, his magic seemed to gain purpose, honing in on the unwelcome contact with more precision that it had had since the portkey dropped him here.
Voldemort then turned away from Harry and continued his monologue about his time as a bodiless wraith wandering the world like some parasite, possessing small creatures until their bodies failed. He mentioned Quirrell and that mess, though said nothing of the diary, so perhaps he didn’t even know about that.
He spoke of magic that Dumbledore had used to protect Harry. An ancient magic that protected him as long as he was in this relations’ care.
Harry thought, if that was actually real, “care” had to be pretty loosely defined. Actually, so did “protection”. Voldemort claimed that he couldn’t get him at the Dursleys’ house, but they seemed to have no difficulty hurting him.
Harry spent the time Voldemort was talking to order his magic as well as he could manage. He thought that he could probably get free of his bindings the way he’d freed Blaise in the second task, but that wasn’t likely to do any good, surrounded as he was. He might even manage to summon his wand, but again… He didn’t know how to apparate. He needed a plan before he tipped his hand.
Then Voldemort turned his wand on Harry and cast, “Crucio.”
It was pain beyond anything he’d ever experienced. Like the worst pain he’d felt from his scar, but over every inch of his body, inside and out. It was stabbing and aching and burning and pinching and every kind of pain imaginable all at once, absolutely everywhere. His entire world was pain.
It stopped and Harry realized that he’d been screaming and immediately stopped, panting and sagging in his bonds.
“You see, I think, how foolish it was to suppose that this boy could ever have been stronger than me,” Voldemort said with satisfaction. “But I want there to be no mistake in anybody’s mind. Harry Potter escaped me by a lucky chance. And I am now going to prove my power by killing him, here and now, in front of you all, when there is no Dumbledore to help him, and no mother to die for him. I will give him his chance. He will be allowed to fight, and you will be left in no doubt which of us is the stronger. Just a little longer, Nagini,” he added an aide to the snake.
“Now untie him, Wormtail, and give him back his wand.”
Harry felt a bit shocked as the first and only two real bits of his plan were freely provided for him. The bindings were released and his wand was placed back in his hands, though he fumbled it a bit as the blood rushed back into his arms, sending tingles briefly through his hands. He rubbed at one arm to chase the feeling away and realized that the cuts Pettigrew had put there had healed.
“You have been taught how to duel, Harry Potter?” Voldemort asked quite cordially, his dark brown irises flashing red for just a moment.
Harry shook his head, struggling to think up some kind of plan. “Not really,” he admitted because that farce with Lockhart in his second year was hardly what he would consider reliable instruction. He could try to make a run for it, but he’d have to make it through the circle of Death Eaters, who’d closed ranks now to form a solid circle around them.
“We bow to each other, Harry,” Voldemort instructed, bending a little, but keeping his eyes on Harry. “Come, the niceties must be observed. Dumbledore would like you to show manners. Bow to death, Harry.”
The Death Eaters were laughing around them and Voldemort was smiling. Everyone seemed to be having a great time watching a Dark Lord duel a fourteen-year-old like this was an honorable fight.
Harry did not bow, staring the man down instead while his mind spun in search of any strategy that might let him live to see the next sunrise.
“I said bow,” Voldemort said, raising his wand, and Harry felt the man’s slimy magic reach out to him.
It burned as his own magic reacted to the intrusion and Harry felt his spine bend ever so slightly and he shook with the effort to fight it off.
The Death Eaters laughed harder than ever, but Harry saw Voldemort’s eyes narrow with what might have been wariness as he released the spell.
“Very good. And now you face me, like a man. Straight-backed and proud. The way your father died.”
Harry found a flitting moment of satisfaction in the thought that this man would probably shit himself if he ever faced Harry’s true father.
“And now… we duel.”
And with terrible speed, Voldemort had cast another Cruciatus curse.
Harry was aware enough, this time, to know that he was screaming and that he had fallen to the ground, but those thoughts barely penetrated through the all-consuming agony.
Then the pain ended, and Harry moved quickly to retrieve his wand and regain his feet. He staggered a bit, his entire body trembling uncontrollably, but he felt his magic filling him and his strength returning quickly.
“A little break,” Voldemort allowed because he obviously wanted to drag this out, in order to fully torment and humiliate Harry before killing him.
Harry would take what he could get. Every second that he remained alive was a second he could try to find a way to stay that way.
“That hurt, didn’t it, Harry?” Voldemort teased him in a parody of kindness. “You don’t want me to do that again, do you?” And the man obviously wanted him to beg or something.
Harry said nothing. Blasting his way out was looking like his best shot, but he doubted that it would work. He might be able to get a head start on them, but what good would that do against people who could cross distances instantly. They’d just get ahead of him. He’d have to kill or incapacitate all of them if he wanted to get away. It didn’t seem possible, but it was a better chance than standing and waiting to die.
“Answer me,” Voldemort said angrily, then, “Imperio!”
The spell slammed into him and it was so much stronger than Moody’s. It was like everything that had ever worried or hurt him had ceased to exist and he drifted in a world of peace and happiness and a voice whispered to him to just say no. Just answer no.
And then his magic filled him and burned away the false peace and the cajoling voice along with it.
“Fuck you!” Harry snarled instead.
Voldemort’s face twisted into fury, “Obedience is a virtue, Harry, but perhaps you just need another lesson in pain.”
And Harry was not going to stand there and just take another dose of the torture curse. As soon as Voldemort began to raise his wand, Harry threw himself into a diving roll, landing behind the headstone to which he’d been tied. He heard the curse slam into the marble as it missed him.
“We’re not playing hide and seek, Harry,” Voldemort chided, evidently in a better mood for seeing Harry flee from him.
“Yeah, well, I never learned to properly duel,” Harry called back in reflex. “Standing there getting repeatedly cursed seems like a stupid idea though.”
He risked a quick peek back out to see Voldemort approaching at a leisurely pace, but his eyes also fell on the one thing he’d been studiously not thinking about since he’d started trying to calm down.
Viktor’s lifeless body.
Harry squeezed his eyes shut and gave a moment to wishing so hard that Viktor was still alive. When he opened them again, he almost screamed because Viktor was crouched right in front of him, looking just as surprised as Harry felt.
Then he realized that this wasn’t quite Viktor. That is… he was see-through.
Viktor blinked a few times, then focused on Harry intently. “The Cup, Harry. The portkey is still active. Get to it and it will take you back.”
Harry nodded a couple times. It was the best plan he had. He wasn’t sure if Viktor was a ghost or if Harry had somehow called his spirit back for a chat, but he didn’t have time to question it. He needed to get to the cup and then hope that Viktor was right about it still being an active portkey.
He pictured in his mind as accurately as he could manage, exactly where the cup lay. He’d need some kind of distraction to get that far.
“Take my body back if you can, Harry,” Viktor urged. “Dark wizards can do terrible things to entire family lines with a body.”
Harry gave him a nod, then took a deep breath and spun around to the opposite side of the headstone from where he thought Voldemort was. He wasn’t even fully standing yet when the first spell left his wand. The blood boiling curse narrowly missed Voldemort, whose return killing curse just missed Harry.
Harry didn’t take time to breathe before sending another curse, a bone crushing curse, toward the man who aimed another killing curse and Cruciatus at him in the same amount of time.
Harry dove then, toward Viktor’s body even as he summoned the cup. He contacted both in almost the same moment and felt the hook behind his naval grab him as another Killing Curse missed his back so narrowly that he felt it brush the hair at the back of his neck.
And then he was whirling away from the graveyard and he held tightly to Viktor’s body as he slammed into the ground again.
Immediately, he was overwhelmed with a cacophony of noise. Hundreds of voices cheered and Bagman’s amplified voice was saying something into the din.
Harry knew that he was back, but he didn’t try to raise his head just yet, instead clinging to the body beneath him and wishing so hard that it hurt that Viktor hadn’t had to die.
Then Viktor’s body convulsed, and Harry lurched away from it, blinking is disbelief when Viktor sat up and succumbed to a small coughing fit.
After a moment, Viktor looked up and met Harry’s shocked eyes with his own.
Notes:
Yes, I switched Cedric and Viktor’s roles a bit in this scene, but I figured with Viktor spending every free second with Hermione, and Harry not having left him with Crouch Sr., Barty wouldn’t have had time to Imperius him before the task so he got Cedric instead.
But hey! At least no one’s dead! …anymore.
This scene kicked my ass. I went back and forth so many times on how I wanted it all to play out given Harry’s crazy power level and proactive magic, but in the end, this was the first time Harry had seen someone die – that he properly remembered – and it was a close friend. I think it’s reasonable that his mind and magic weren’t at their best. Hope I didn’t disappoint.
Lots of fun to come in the next summer and fifth year. I will be moving further away from canon, not in leaps and bounds, but continuing a kind of sauntering vaguely to the left sort of thing. I am going to skip as much of the wrap up from this as I can manage because I'm tried of paraphrasing canon so much, but I do still want to leave y'all with a good picture of where Harry's head is at going into summer. God willing, I'll wrap up Year Four in one more chapter.
Love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 17: Year Four - part 12
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Aftermath
Harry woke up to the sound of Mrs. Weasley fretting that someone would wake him if they didn’t quiet down. Ironic then that it was her who’d woken him, he supposed. He was curious as to what was happening though, so he lay still and listened. He cracked open his eyes to see that Mrs. Weasley and Bill were both standing near his bed, though facing away, allowing him to fully open his eyes.
“Regrettably, but all the same, Minerva…” that was Minister Fudge. They were speaking loudly and hurrying toward the hospital wing.
“You should never have brought it inside the castle! When Dumbledore finds out-“
Then there was the sound of the hospital wing doors slamming open and Bill drew back the curtains around Harry’s bed, giving him full view.
Fudge was storming into the hospital wing with McGonagall and Snape right behind him. The minister barely had time to demand to see Dumbledore before the man himself was stepping in behind them.
“What has happened?” Dumbledore demanded sharply, looking from Fudge to McGonagall.
Harry watched silently as the story began to unfold. Apparently, when Fudge had heard that the man responsible for all that had happened that night had been caught, he’d insisted on summoning a dementor before seeing the man. And the dementor had Kissed Crouch immediately upon sighting him.
And Fudge defended himself by claiming that there was a good chance the man was guilty of killing people and therefore it was perfectly fine that he’d been summarily executed.
Harry watched in silent horror as the Minister for Magic dismissed any kind of judicial proceeding as necessary because he was guessing that the man was just a lunatic who’d done it because of his lunacy. He refused to even consider the possibility that Voldemort could actually have returned. By all appearances, the mere idea terrified him, so he chose not to believe it.
“When Harry touched the Triwizard Cup tonight, he was transported straight to Voldemort,” Dumbledore said firmly to Fudge. “He witnessed Lord Voldemort’s rebirth. I will explain it all to you in my office.” He glanced toward Harry and noticed that he was awake, so Harry gave up pretending and just sat up, automatically reaching for his glasses. “I’m afraid I cannot permit you to question Harry tonight.”
And Fudge got a curious little smile as he asked, “You are prepared to take Harry’s word on this, are you, Dumbledore?”
“Certainly, I believe Harry,” Dumbledore said forcefully, “I heard Crouch’s confession, and I heard Harry’s account of what happened after he touched the Cup. The two stories make sense. They explain everything that has happened since Bertha Jorkins’ disappearance last summer.”
“You are prepared to believe that Lord Voldemort has returned on the word of a lunatic murderer and a boy who… well… I know you’ve been trying to keep it quiet, Dumbledore, but I know that the boy’s a parselmouth. Nathaniel – my nephew? – he’s a fifth year now. He told me that the boy is a parselmouth. Spoke right in front of the whole school, Nathaniel said. And you want me to trust him on his word alone?”
Dumbledore tried to defend him, but Harry had mostly stopped listening. He took a deep breath and absorbed what he was learning. The minister truly was as corrupt as he could have feared. Dumbledore had been right to question Crouch before calling the ministry because Fudge had just killed the man, not wanting to hear a word that was said. He might pretend that the Dementor had acted without orders, but if it really was Kissing people without authorization, Harry suspected that a coward like Fudge would be panicking that he could be next.
No, he’d killed Crouch because he didn’t want his own assumptions to be proven wrong. He’d rather live in ignorance than learn the truth.
And when Harry proved to be inconvenient, well then he was a Dark wizard. He could speak to snakes after all, which just proved it.
This definitely confirmed for Harry exactly what kind of treatment he might expect should his true parentage ever become known. Speaking to snakes was surely nowhere near as bad a charge as being the son of Satan, even if wizards, by large, didn’t seem to really believe in him.
Then Dumbledore lost his temper with Fudge’s blustering and laid down an ultimatum. “If your determination to shut your eyes will carry you as far as this, Cornelius, we have reached a parting of the ways. You must act as you see fit. And I – I shall act as I see fit.”
And the minister had apparently had enough. He dropped a heavy bag of coins in Harry’s lap and another at Viktor’s bedside, then stormed out of the hospital wing.
Dumbledore spent a moment looking after the man, then began issuing orders. He sent Bill to Mr. Weasley at the ministry with instructions to begin recruiting from within the ministry. He sent McGonagall to collect Hagrid and Madam Maxime. He then sent Madam Pomfrey to collect Winky from Moody’s office. For some unknown reason, she’d apparently not been sent back to her duties and must have witnessed her former charge lose his soul.
Harry would have to make time to speak with her tomorrow. Make sure she was okay. He couldn’t believe Dumbledore had brought her into it at all. She’d not had anything to contribute. It had been cruel to make her a witness to any of it.
He then asked Sirius to transform back and, naturally, Snape didn’t take it well.
“He is here at my invitation,” Dumbledore said, “as are you, Severus. I trust you both. It is time for you to lay aside your old differences and trust each other.”
Harry watched with raised eyebrows as Dumbledore forced to two to shake hands, as though that would make things okay between them. Harry had no love for Snape, but he couldn’t help but be on the man’s side in this. Sirius had not only tried to kill him, but he suffered no punishment for it and still professed absolutely no regret for anything except perhaps not succeeding.
And Snape was supposed to trust him…
Was Dumbledore actually deluded?
The headmaster then told Sirius to set off at once to alert Remus Lupin, Arabella Figg, and Mundungus Fletcher.
Arabella Figg? Surely, he couldn’t mean the old cat lady who’d watched Harry growing up… The woman was a muggle.
Wasn’t she?
“You’ll see me very soon, Harry,” Sirius promised after receiving his orders. “I promise you. But I must do what I can. You understand, don’t you?”
“Yeah,” Harry sighed. “Of course, I do.” He understood that Dumbledore’s orders would always come first. Not that he didn’t think things needed to be done about Voldemort. He just thought they could probably wait until morning. Were they really waking everyone up in the middle of the night? It’s not like travel took time when there was floo and apparition.
When Sirius had transformed back into a dog and trotted out of the infirmary, Dumbledore turned to Snape. “Severus, you know what I must ask you to do. If you are ready… if you are prepared…”
“I am,” Snape replied more gravely than Harry had ever seen him.
“Then good luck,” Dumbledore said and watched Snape sweep his way out of the hospital wing.
The headmaster stood in silence for a time, looking pensive. Finally, he instructed Harry to get some rest, and left as well.
Harry was left alone then with only Hermione, Ron, and Mrs. Weasley being awake. They all looked at him and Harry didn’t want to talk about anything. Between the Third Task and Voldemort’s resurrection and then seeing firsthand the horrific corruption of the ministry…
Harry took off his glasses and lay back down, turning away from everyone and closing his eyes. He was exhausted, but he didn’t feel like he could sleep. He’d been given a dreamless sleep potion when he’d first laid down, but he thought his magic had burnt it all out already.
Instead, his mind turned over everything that had happened since they’d landed back on Hogwarts grounds.
Viktor was alive, a fact for which he was indescribably grateful. Dumbledore had asked them what had happened when they’d first arrived and Harry had stuttered out something about Voldemort being back. He’d said that Viktor had been knocked out most of the time and Viktor hadn’t hesitated in agreeing with his statements, thankfully. He didn’t know what he’d have done if Viktor had insisted that he’d died and been brought back to life.
While Dumbledore and Fudge had been arguing, Moody – or who they’d thought was Moody – had taken Harry and Viktor back into the castle. He’d said they were going to the infirmary, but he’d taken them to his office instead.
When the man had begun ranting about the Dark Lord, Harry and Viktor had both gotten rather uncomfortable. Harry had deliberately overstated how well received the Death Eaters had been and Moody had begun to furiously rave about their unworthiness. That had been proof enough for Harry. He’d sent an incarcerous at the man just a second before Viktor had stunned him.
He’d not had a Dark Mark when they checked, which had confused them, but then Dumbledore had shown up with McGonagall and Snape and taken charge of things.
Dumbledore had been furious enough that his magic was flaring uncontrollably, and Harry had pulled his own magic in as tightly as he could manage, afraid of what the man might notice with his magic in such a state.
McGonagall wanted to take Harry and Viktor to the hospital wing, but Dumbledore had insisted that Harry needed to stay. To understand. Harry wasn’t quite sure if he was more grateful or irritated by that. He wanted to know what was going on, but he was so freaking tired…
Viktor, at least, happily took the opportunity to leave.
Then he’d sent Snape for veritaserum and to retrieve Winky for reasons still unknown and he’d sent McGonagall to take Viktor to the hospital wing, then retrieve Sirius in dog form, from Hagrid’s hut and take him to Dumbledore’s office. Harry wasn’t sure what the man had been doing hanging around Hagrid’s hut as a dog. Waiting for results on the Third Task, maybe.
Harry had felt rather alarmed about them interrogating the man without calling the aurors, because this seemed like something law enforcement would handle, but Dumbledore had said that they would get their answers first, insinuating that the ministry couldn’t be trusted.
What had followed was learning that Moody had been impersonated by Barty Crouch Jr, a Death Eater and presumed dead man, all year. The man explained how he’d broken out of Azkaban, faking his death in the process, then been held under Imperius for a decade by his father until he escaped. He said that Bertha Jorkins, the witch that had gone missing this year, she had discovered that Barty was there. When Crouch Sr. got home, he cast a memory charm on her so powerful that it damaged her memory permanently.
Harry hadn’t been able to help feeling a little bit glad at what had happened to Crouch Sr. His mind broken beyond repair. Apparently, he’d had it coming.
Winky broke down crying as she listened, apparently feeling guilty for letting Bertha find out.
Barty then admitted to having cast the Dark Mark at the Quidditch World Cup, apparently having stolen Ron’s wand from his pocket during the match. Barty had been under an invisibility cloak in the top box to watch the match, as a reward Winky had negotiated for him. He explained that Crouch Sr. and dismissed Winky from his service primarily because she’d let Barty get the wand and get out of control. The Quidditch World Cup had been her idea from the start.
Winky sobbed at the retelling, curling into a ball on the floor and rocking back and forth in her grief.
Barty went on to explain that Voldemort had apparently sought him out, showing up at his house one evening and Imperiusing Crouch Sr. before stealing away with Barty. He explained about reentering Voldemort’s service with such fervent joy that Harry felt pity for the man. Voldemort just wasn’t a man deserving of that kind of loyalty, but Harry doubted the man would have ever been persuaded of such.
Not that he had to worry about it anymore.
Harry did wonder what happened to a soul when it was devoured by a dementor. Did it just move on to the afterlife directly or was it truly consumed? Could a creature actually devour a soul? Weren’t they eternal?
Barty explained how he’d abducted Moody and taken his place. Then Crouch Sr. had overcome the Imperius placed on him and made directly for Hogwarts. Barty had been alerted by Voldemort and was on the lookout for him when Harry had brought the man into the castle. Barty had taken the time to use Dark spells to fully break his father’s mind before taking him to Dumbledore that night, ensuring that any true bits the man might impart would be obscured by the nonsense he spouted.
This distressed Winky even further, hearing of her previous master’s fate.
When Barty had concluded his tale, Dumbledore had looked at the man with profound disgust. Harry had found it uncomfortably easy to imagine the man would look at him the same way if he ever learned the truth of Harry’s heritage. Harry looked at this broken man with his incredibly tragic life comprised of a horrible father and desperation that led him to bad decisions and then his father’s betrayal that sent him to Azkaban, then more than a decade under Imperius. This man wasn’t evil – or at least he hadn’t had to be evil. He had been a neglected child led astray and betrayed with magics that drove him insane. He’d focused that insanity on revering a man even more mad.
And Dumbledore looked at the man with such disgust…
Dumbledore had then asked McGonagall to stay and guard Barty while he had Severus fetched Madam Pomfrey to get the real Moody to the hospital wing. Poor Winky was left crying on the floor.
The old man had then taken Harry up to his office for yet more conversation despite the fact that Harry just wanted to lie down and try to process all that had happened that night.
When they had reached Dumbledore’s office, Sirius had already been there in human form. He’d wrapped Harry in a warm hug even as he began peppering him with questions about what had happened.
Dumbledore had quickly explained to Sirius what they’d learned about Barty impersonating Moody and what Barty had told him. He then asked Harry to explain all that had happened after he’d touched the portkey.
Sirius, at least, had protested that they should wait to question Harry until morning, but Dumbledore was firm, playing on Harry’s Gryffindor pride and asking him to be courageous enough to go through the story for him.
Harry folded his hands in his lap and focused on his fingers as he numbly went through the explanation, carefully changing Viktor’s death into him being stunned. He kept as close to the truth as possible lest any lies be exposed later.
Sirius latched a hand firmly onto Harry’s shoulder and held it throughout the explanation, a steady presence that actually helped Harry to keep going.
When Harry had mentioned Pettigrew using a spell to cut open Harry’s arm, Dumbledore actually took the time to look. Harry had explained that Pettigrew had healed it after, perhaps to keep him from losing too much blood before he could face Voldemort. He’d said that Pettigrew had used silent spells, so he didn’t know what they were.
When he explained that Voldemort had used his blood in the ritual to make himself stronger – to incorporate Lily’s sacrifice into himself – Dumbledore had looked, for a moment, quite triumphant. He’d hidden it quickly, but Harry knew what he’d seen, and it frightened him. Dumbledore was pleased that Voldemort had used Harry’s blood. Did he plan to use Harry’s blood in some way to fight the Dark Lord? Harry knew just enough about blood magic to know that, in using Harry’s blood, Voldemort may have given himself a weakness if that same blood was used against him. Undoubtedly, he’d planned for Harry to die and thus it wouldn’t be a problem.
Would Voldemort be even more intent on killing Harry now? Was Dumbledore planning to use him in a way Harry might not survive?
Harry explained the ritual as best he could, having been kind of out of it for a lot of that. He’d then told them all he could remember of Voldemort’s speech both before and after the Death Eaters had arrived.
Finally, he explained that he’d made a mad dash for the Triwizard Cup in the vague hope that it would work again. He’d seen no other way that he and Viktor would have a chance at surviving. Happily, it had worked.
When he’d stopped speaking, Dumbledore had taken the time to praise Harry for his great bravery, equal to that of those who had died fighting Voldemort. Like that was some great feat he should aspire to. The old man probably did think so. He told Harry that he’d shouldered a grown wizard’s burden and found himself equal to it.
That had just made Harry feel all the more exhausted. It was yet more proof that he had no business trying to enjoy childish things. Like it or not, he needed to face the world with the mindset of an adult or he’d never survive to become one.
Harry had finally been taken to the hospital wing after that, where Mrs. Weasley had smothered him a bit and Dumbledore had asked no one to ask him any questions about what had happened. He did feel a touch grateful that he’d not have to deal with that, but it also felt a little high-handed that the man would force him to relive it all, then magnanimously relieve him of further such burdens.
Pomfrey had taken a minute to cast a diagnostic on him and declared him healthy, though she looked at him suspiciously, like she thought he might have healed himself.
Harry had learned a few basic healing spells, but he should probably learn a few more if he was going to keep healing spontaneously and needing to explain it.
Harry had then changed into pajamas and been given a dreamless sleep potion that had lasted less than half an hour.
Another thing he was going to have to figure out how to explain sooner rather than later. He didn’t think anyone had noticed this time, thankfully.
He was exhausted, but he lay in bed for quite a while, feigning sleep, while he thought over the events of the evening and what, exactly, it meant that Fudge was condemning him as Dark due to his ability to speak with snakes.
Eventually sleep came over him though his thoughts followed him into his rest such that he hardly noticed the transition from awake to sleep to awake again.
A New Day
Madam Pomfrey left Harry alone to eat and Viktor pushed aside his screen and carried his own breakfast tray over to sit on the bed next to Harry instead of halfway across the hall. Moody’s bed was concealed behind another screen on the other side of the room.
Viktor took a moment to raise a privacy ward around them, then took a bite of his food and looked at Harry. “I remember everything,” he said quietly. “I know that I died. I…” he shook his head. “There was… a pull. To move on. It wasn’t strong. I was more inclined to stay and see that you survived. Or maybe to be there should you die.” He stared at his plate blindly for a moment, then looked at Harry again. When you crouched behind the gravestone, I felt you pulling me closer and then you were looking right at me. When you took the portkey, I was pulled along and I landed back in my body. How…?”
Harry sighed and offered, “I’m not a necromancer. At least, I’ve never intentionally practiced necromancy. I wasn’t trying to bring you back. I was just wishing that you weren’t dead.” Harry’s magic was thrumming with tension at the topic. This was as close as he’d ever come to someone finding out about his secret and he didn’t feel at all prepared for it. “I heard a story that I once resurrected a dead bird when I was really young, but nothing like that has happened since.”
Viktor nodded. He didn’t seem surprised. “You are very powerful, Harry. Perhaps you are a born necromancer. They are rare today, but they exist, and they have certain abilities even if they never formally train as a necromancer.”
Given his heritage, Harry wouldn’t be surprised if he did have some affinity for Death magic. Neither would it surprise him if he had no special affinity for it at all and his magic was just that strong and proactive when it wanted to be.
Viktor studied Harry a moment before adding. “Dark magic is not evil, not even necromancy. There are Dark spells and necromantic spells that can only be used for evil, but such is not true for all of them. Some are even inherently good. My family still practice deathbed rites. They are necromantic spells that allow the dying to bless family members with their own death. Many countries have deemed them evil, though they do not work if the sacrifice is not willing.
“I think your mother may have used such a spell when she was killed. To protect you.”
Harry nodded, not sure if that was possible or not.
“I know how the Dark Arts and necromancers are viewed in Britain,” Viktor went on. “I vow to you on my magic that I will do all in my power to ensure no one ever learns of what happened from me.”
Harry felt Viktor’s magic respond to that vow and he let go of most of the tension he’d been holding.
“I owe you the Life Debt, Harry,” Viktor said solemnly. “That is a thing I take very seriously.
“Thank you,” Harry said hoarsely and took a sip of the water on his breakfast tray. They fell into silence and Harry did his best to eat a bit more while Viktor also went back to eating.
“The Dark Lord and his minion know that I was dead,” Viktor said as they were finishing up their food. “They will learn that I am alive. They may speak of it.”
Harry swallowed the bite of food that tried to get stuck in his throat at that reminder. “Yeah. I know,” he agreed.
Harry thought that it was definitely time that he began making plans for the future. It was beginning to look unfortunately likely that he would have to flee the country at some point. Perhaps before he finished his schooling. With Voldemort back and now in possession of this dangerous information… With the minister prepared to label Harry Dark in order to disregard an inconvenient fact…
He was surprised by just how much regret he felt for having to leave Blaise behind if he had to flee. He liked Blaise a lot.
When they’d finished their meals, the trays vanished back to the kitchens and Viktor retreated to change out of his pajamas. Harry took the time to do the same. He was more than ready to get out of the infirmary. He really wanted some privacy to go over all that had happened with Kaa.
When Harry pushed aside the screen behind which he had changed, he found Viktor waiting for him. The older boy placed the plain sack filled with galleons at the foot of Harry’s bed.
“What’s this?” Harry asked warily.
Viktor raised a privacy ward around them again before explaining, “I do not deserve a share of the winnings. I would not even be here to take them were it not for you.”
Harry stared at the man incredulously. “We both took the cup at the same moment. We tied, Viktor.”
“What happened was not your fault, but you saved us both,” Viktor insisted. “The winnings belong to you.”
“The winnings are for the tournament,” Harry said, “What happened in the graveyard had nothing to so with it. As far as I’m concerned the task ended the moment we both touched the cup. We tied.”
Viktor shook his head obstinately, “My honor demands that I do not take any part of the winnings. You earned it, Harry. You saved me from Cedric and then from the spider. Had I properly thought on it, I would not have taken the cup at all.”
Mr. and Mrs. Krum arrived in the infirmary then and Harry sighed in exasperated defeat as Viktor broke the privacy ward.
“My parents are taking me home today,” Viktor explained. “I will never forget what you did for me.”
“Mr. Potter,” Mr. Krum greeted when he stopped at the foot of Harry’s bed. “You saved my son’s life.” And the man bowed from the waist. “My family are forever in your debt.”
Harry withheld yet another sigh. He didn’t know this man and it felt like it would be rude to try to brush off this gratitude. “Viktor is a dear friend,” Harry said instead. “I’m very glad that I was able to save him.”
“If there is ever anything you need,” Mr. Krum said firmly, “we will do whatever we can.”
“Thank you,” Harry said for lack of anything else that wouldn’t be rude.
Mrs. Krum, a stately woman in robes as fine as her husband’s, wrapped a maternal arm around Viktor’s shoulders and pulled him close, but she too looked at Harry with infinite gratitude.
They left soon after and Harry, seeing no sign of Madam Pomfrey, quickly fled the infirmary. He wished for his invisibility cloak, but he wasn’t willing to return to his dorm to retrieve it. He was sure he’d be delayed by curious questions for hours if he did that.
Instead, he just took the most obscure path he could manage to one of the neglected rooms that he’d often used for a private word with his familiar.
He knew better wards now for keeping himself safe from anyone who might wander in either randomly or in search of him. When he felt adequately protected, he called out his familiar and, with a feeling of great relief, went through the whole tale again. This time, he didn’t need to lie about anything and he felt tremendously better when he was done. Like, in telling the only being in the world that he fully trusted, his burden had been halved.
He stayed in that room talking to Kaa until it was time for lunch. The snake commiserated with him and shared many of his concerns regarding Fudge and the information about Viktor’s resurrection that Voldemort and Pettigrew now held.
Harrys’ world was definitely growing more dangerous every year. This year it had changed by leaps and bounds.
After sending Kaa back into his skin, Harry called for Winky. The elf appeared with a solemn bow, but Harry saw that her eyes were red and puffy still from crying.
Without stopping to think about it, Harry drew her gently into a hug. She didn’t move for a long moment before her thin arms wound around his sides very slowly and pressed against him with the most tentative pressure.
“I’m so sorry that Dumbledore put you through all of that yesterday. I’m so, so sorry. I think maybe he was hoping to learn some context from your reactions to what was said, but he was wrong to do that to you.”
After a moment, he felt Winky’s tiny hand pat his side as though to comfort him. “It is being okay, Master Harry, sir. Winky is recovering. Winky knows that good Master Harry is not at fault.”
Harry drew back from the elf, concerned that he was making her more uncomfortable than anything.
She smiled warmly at him when he let her go. “Winky is well, Master Harry.” Her smile turned to a concerned frown as she added, “But Winky is hearing that the bad You-Know-Who is hurting Master Harry. Winky was worried that Master Harry would be angry that bad former master was sending him to bad You-Know-Who.”
“I know it’s nothing to do with you, Winky,” Harry promised.
“Winky is glad,” she said quietly.
Harry smiled and patted her shoulder gently. “I’m glad that you’re okay. Do you feel up to running an errand for me or did you want to rest today? I can ask Dobby.”
As he’d mostly suspected she would, Winky immediately drew herself up and tucked away her emotions, “Winky is being ready to serve Master Harry in whatever errands he is needing done.”
“Okay then,” Harry nodded firmly. He didn’t want her to think that he doubted her ability. “There’s a few things I need for you to pick up.” He fished into his wrist container and found his money pouch. He gave her the whole pouch. “Just spend what you need and you can leave the pouch and the items in my trunk when you’re done. By this evening, if you can manage it.” He then gave her a list of the herbs he needed and the approximate amounts. It wasn’t overly much.
When she was gone, Harry regretfully climbed to his feet and made for the Great Hall.
Curiously, he wasn’t bombarded by questions as soon as he arrived. In fact, most people seemed unwilling to meet his eyes or speak to him at all.
He cautiously took his place at the table across from Hermione and next to Ron, who gave him a self-conscious smile.
“Professor Dumbledore gave a speech at breakfast,” Hermione explained. “He told everyone to leave you alone and not ask you any questions.”
Harry frowned warily. As relieved as he was to not be mobbed by curious students, it also seemed a bit odd. If no one knew what had happened, they would make up their own version of events.
As he began to eat, Ron began speaking rather haltingly, clearly not sure of his welcome. “My mum said she asked Dumbledore if you could come straight to the Burrow this summer, but she said Dumbledore wants you to go to the Dursleys’ first,” he shrugged, gaining confidence when Harry didn’t snap at him or ignore him.
“Did he say why?” Harry wondered.
Ron shrugged, “She said Dumbledore’s got his reasons. I suppose we’ve got to trust him, haven’t we?”
No. Harry didn’t think that they had to do any such thing.
Neither Ron nor Hermione seemed to know what to say after that and so the meal passed mostly in silence in their little piece of the table. Harry noticed that he was getting a lot of furtive glances though they looked away if he looked at them, clearly unwilling to meet his eyes.
Blaise
Blaise watched Harry across the Great Hall as he ate breakfast without saying much of anything to anyone around him. He had tried to talk to him after breakfast, but he’d already been gone from the infirmary.
When Harry got up to leave, Blaise quickly followed suit, meeting Harry just outside the Great Hall. Granger was with him, but so was Weasley. The Weasel seemed to only act like Harry’s friend right after Harry was nearly killed and it was getting really annoying, especially as Harry seemed content enough to ignore the previous months of cool disdain he’d received.
Happily, Harry wasted no time in excusing himself from his friends when he saw Blaise.
Granger and Weasley left. Granger sent him a smile as she passed whereas Weasley seemed to be trying to pretend that Blaise didn’t exist, which… rude.
Blaise took Harry’s hand and swiftly hauled him to that secret room off the entrance hall. As soon as the door was closed behind them, Blaise wrapped his arms around the smaller boy. “Merlin, Harry,” he breathed into messy black hair. “I wanted to see you last night, but the infirmary was crowded. I didn’t think I’d be very welcome.”
“It’s okay,” Harry said softly. “I mostly just went to sleep anyway.”
Blaise drew away to get a better look at the boy he was entirely too invested in. “I don’t suppose there’s much hope that you’ll stop scaring me to death, huh?”
“It’s not generally my idea,” Harry said self-deprecatingly.
“I know,” Blaise sighed and brushed a tuft of hair behind Harry’s ear. He realized that he was staring like an idiot and forced himself to let go of Harry. Merlin, they weren’t properly courting. It was embarrassing that he was so invested. “Have you seen today’s Daily Prophet?” he went for a subject change.
Harry shook his head.
“They’re calling you traumatized,” Blaise explained with distaste. “Saying that no one knows exactly what happened. They said it was a portkey malfunction.”
“Portkey malfunction?” Harry asked incredulously. “What about Barty Crouch Jr.?”
Blaise frowned, “Who?”
Harry sighed expressively and spun around, pacing angrily across the room before turning around again. “Fucking Hell! So that’s what happened. Portkey malfunctioned. We just got lost for a little while before we thought to grab the portkey again and then we came right back? Traumatized by getting lost for an hour?”
Harry looked really brassed off.
“That’s basically what they’re saying. They, er… They mentioned you being a parselmouth. Insinuated that historically parselmouths weren’t the most trustworthy folk.” Blaise watched as Harry rubbed a hand roughly over his face.
“Hermione didn’t mention a fucking word about it, and I know she gets the Prophet,” Harry said in disgruntlement.
“What did happen?” Blaise asked, then heard how it sounded coming out of his mouth and hurried to temporize. “I mean, if you’re okay talking about it. It’s fine if you’re not.”
Harry turned to look out a nearby window at the unfamiliar little courtyard. “No, you’re right,” he said after a moment. “People should know the truth. Damn Dumbledore and his ‘don’t ask him any questions bullshit’. I swear he gets off on being the only one who knows what’s really going on.”
Blaise grimaced faintly at the wording but didn’t interrupt.
Then Harry went on to tell him an incredible tale about a dead Death Eater impersonating their defense professor all year. About how he’d put Harry’s name into the Goblet of Fire. How he’d Imperiused Cedric to ensure Harry would win. How he’d turned the TriWizard Cup into a portkey that took Harry to a graveyard where he was tied to a statue while one of the Dark Lord’s followers used Harry’s blood as in ingredient in a ritual to restore the man to a body.
How Voldemort was, even now, alive and well once more.
How Harry had barely managed to get himself and Viktor away using the still active portkey.
When Harry finished his tale, he moved to stand in front of the window and look away from Blaise. “You don’t believe me,” he said when Blaise had apparently been silent too long.
“No,” Blaise corrected, then realized that might sound like agreement and added, “I believe you, Harry. You’re a painfully honest person. Of course, I don’t think you’re lying.”
And Harry’s stiff posture relaxed a bit in what Blaise thought was relief.
“It’s just hard to know what to say in response to that. You were… he tortured you. Fucking Voldemort,” he shuddered saying the name, but he said it. He was too young to remember anything about the war, but his mum’s opinion, when it came up, had always been that the Dark Lord was mad, likely driven that way by unscrupulous use of the Blackest Arts. She blamed the man for making things even worse for Dark practitioners, but she did respect his power and ruthlessness insofar as advising Blaise to stay well clear of anything involving him.
If he was back, then everything was about to get a lot worse. Especially for anyone Dark that didn’t want to follow him.
What he’d have to deal with wasn’t going to be anything compared to what Harry would be faced with, he recognized. What he’d already been faced with.
“So he’s back and the Ministry’s what? Covering it up?”
Harry nodded, “Fudge doesn’t want to believe it’s true. And he’s going out of his way to ensure he doesn’t have to. He had Barty Crouch Jr. Kissed and called it an accident. Decided judicial procedures were pointless anyway because he had a firm guess that the man was just a nutjob. He had no curiosity about how he’d gotten out of Azkaban or what he’d been doing the last twelve years. He was so damn determined to disbelieve. When Dumbledore mentioned my testimony, Fudge just said that I was a parselmouth and therefore obviously untrustworthy…”
Harry looked so fucking lost, it was painful.
Blaise quickly crossed the room to wrap Harry in another hug. Maybe if he just never let go, he could protect him from all this insanity.
Harry clung to him for a long time, just taking slow, measured breaths. “I’m not ready for this,” he said at last. “I don’t… know why he wants me dead so much. Why did he choose me to be his damn nemesis? Why did everyone else go along with it? I just want to get through school.” His breath hitched and Blaise felt him stop breathing as he must have been fighting sobs.
“I don’t know,” Blaise admitted. He felt completely helpless to know what to say. It’s not like anything was going to make this crappy situation better. “Are you going to be safe this summer?”
Harry shook his head and stepped back, quickly turning away and running a sleeve over his face. “I have no idea. Dumbledore’s sending me back to the muggles, of course. Supposedly, I’m protected there. Maybe it’s true. I haven’t seen any Death Eaters there before. Probably the most dangerous thing I have to worry about this summer will be boredom.”
Blaise found a place to sit against the wall where there was a good view out the window, then patted the floor next to him.
Harry huffed a tiny laugh, but slid down to the wall to sit as requested.
Blaise wrapped an arm around him and was gratified when Harry leaded into him. “Do you want to talk about something else?” he asked after a moment.
“Merlin, yes,” Harry said without delay.
Blaise nodded firmly. “Want to hear about my mum’s latest wedding? Honestly, she hosts them so often it’s become a bit routine for her and all of her usual guests.”
Harry gave a small, watery laugh and Blaise counted it as a win, going on to talk about the flowers that his mum’s friend, Jesora, kept growing in her greenhouse just to decorate his mum’s many weddings. And about the subtle little extra bits the priestess kept including in the ceremony that seemed to be wishes for good health and good fortune for the groom, specifically. And about Amillee, a cousin who’d served as flower girl for every single one of his mum’s weddings, starting when she was only three. She was twenty-one now and married herself, but mum kept asking her. For luck, of all things.
They sat and talked about that for a long time. Blaise even told a few of the more humous stories about previous step-fathers. Harry didn’t seem to mind the dark humor in a lot of it.
When that topic wound down, Blaise started talking about some of the markets he’d visited around the world with his mum.
“Have you ever been to America?” Harry wondered when the conversation tapered off again.
“No,” Blaise said without delay. “It’s uninhabitable for magicals.”
“I’ve heard that,” Harry allowed, “But do you know why? What makes it uninhabitable?”
“The natural magic there’s wild, they say,” Blaise shrugged. “I don’t think anyone knows why. It’s too hostile to really study. I have heard rumors that the magic there was cursed a long time ago. That the magicals there angered the Gods and they cursed the land, leaving the natural magic so Blackened and twisted that it warps and mutilates healthy magic. Why? Planning a holiday?”
Harry laughed, but he sounded far too serious when he said, “Maybe.”
Blaise leaned back enough to get a good look at Harry.
Harry noticed the look and shrugged, “I don’t know. I just… I’m worried that I’m going to need to get away someday. Maybe somewhere that people won’t follow me, you know?”
Blaise gave that a moment to sink in, but he nodded. “Yeah. I guess that makes sense,” because the Dark Lord was back and Harry was pretty damn high on his hit list. “Promise you won’t leave without warning me?” Blaise ventured. He knew he had no right to ask anything more. They weren’t officially courting.
“If I can,” Harry nodded, “but I’m really not planning anything soon. Just… trying to get a handle on future plans.”
They sat in silence for a time, just leaning on each other and watching the sun track across the courtyard. Eventually, Blaise brought up a holiday he’d taken with his mum the summer before he started Hogwarts.
Harry listened mostly in silence, asking questions from time to time, assuring Blaise that he was paying attention.
Neither of them moved until it was time for supper. They made their way to the Great Hall and parted with a brief kiss before they entered the Great Hall. Harry sat down again between Weasley and Granger and Blaise wondered if it would be okay for him to ask about what was actually going on with Weasley. That relationship just didn’t seem very healthy.
Notes:
It’s funny. In my plot notes, the Blaise scenes generally go something like “Harry meets with Blaise, they talk about [Item A] and [Item B], POV character feels a certain way about it.” Then when I write it all out, they somehow end up also discussing several other things and wandering down a rabbit hole. Granted, these rabbit holes generally enrich the plot in fun and unexpected ways, but I always plan for like 800 words in their scene, then end up with like two or three or six times that many. I suppose it’s probably an indicator of the chemistry between their characters. Get them together and they write most of the scene without much direction from me. Sometimes that means I have to rework parts of it because they’re drifting away from the plot or getting ahead of themselves, but most of it works out.
Obviously, I’m beginning to weave in some of that minor Supernatural crossover that I mentioned in the tags. I’m not really planning on involving any Supernatural characters at any point, so don’t get excited if you’re a Supernatural fan. I mostly just wanted to use some of the lore from it to offset some HP and Lucifer canon for the funsies.
Also, does anyone know why Dumbledore involved Winky in Barty's interrogation? He asked Snape to get her before they'd even uncovered Barty as the culprit, then asked her no questions and just left her weeping over her master's fate until Fudge showed up and had the man Kissed. I could not find a reasoning for her involvement when I was reading over canon again. It's fishy...
Anyway. Finally got this chapter finished. I’m struggling a little bit with these scenes mostly because I have SO MANY fun ideas planned in the next couple of years that I’m impatient with having to actually write out these scenes first. My muse keeps going, "But look what's happening up there!" and I'm like, "Yes, but this needs to happen first or that won't make sense." Muse replies, "But SHINY!"
Chapter 18: Year Four - part 13
Summary:
And we're finally wrapping up Year Four!
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Disclosure
The leaving feast passed basically as expected. Lots of staring and awkward small talk with Ron and Hermione. Ron still didn’t seem sure of his welcome, which was fair because Harry didn’t know how he felt about it either. Hermione seemed afraid to say the wrong thing either with Ron or given Harry’s latest brush with death.
Karkaroff was missing. Gryffindor had won the House Cup and thus their red banners decorated the Great Hall. Harry suspected that a large addition of points had been added for his winning the tournament or possibly for rescuing Krum or something. Last he’d looked, Slytherin had been leading in points with Ravenclaw also slightly above Gryffindor.
He hadn’t really paid attention to that since before the third task so he didn’t even know when they’d been added.
Then came Dumbledore’s speech as the feast was ending. He started off by stating that Voldemort was back. That Dumbledore felt they all deserved to know the truth even if their parents would be angry with him for telling them.
Then, horribly, he mentioned Harry. “Harry Potter managed to escape Lord Voldemort. He risked his own life to return Viktor Krum, who was unconscious at the time and surely would have been killed had he remained.”
Harry swallowed bile and looked firmly down at the table in front of him, giving the now gawking Great Hall as little view of his face as he could manage.
“He showed, in every respect, the sort of bravery that few wizards have ever shown in facing Lord Voldemort, and for this, I honor him.”
Harry felt his face grow even hotter if that was possible. Dumbledore and his fucking bravery. Like Harry was some kind of hero. It wasn’t like he was some courageous auror running in to face Voldemort and save poor Viktor. He’d been kidnapped, then desperately trying to save his own neck. He’d hardly actually risked anything to bring Viktor with him.
Then Dumbledore raised his glass to Harry and toasted him, followed by the whole stupid Great Hall.
Harry did manage to glimpse the Slytherin table through the bodies around him. He noticed that a considerable portion of the table looked to have remained seated. Including Blaise. Harry couldn’t decide if he was relieved that Blaise wasn’t participating in this insanity or worried that Blaise was publicly snubbing him.
Dumbledore then went on about unity and closing divides and standing up for what is right rather than what is easy.
By the time the meal was over, Harry just wanted to go to bed, but there was something he needed to do first. The whole way up, he was surrounded by people whispering and speculating about Dumbledore’s speech. Harry didn’t think grave warnings about vague dangers was what these people needed to hear. They needed to hear what had actually happened.
After dinner, Harry forced himself to stop in the common room and raise his voice, “Er, hi everyone,” he said and waited while everyone in the common room stopped what they were doing to focus on him. "I know most of you are wondering what really happened during the third task. I er… I wanted to explain.”
That drew him the full attention of everyone present, several even moving closer to listen.
He cleared his throat nervously and explained an abbreviated version of events. That he and Viktor reached the cup at the same moment and that it was a portkey that took them into a graveyard somewhere. That Viktor was stunned while Harry was tied to a statue. He haltingly related that the Death Eater, Peter Pettigrew, had then used a ritual to return Voldemort to a body, using Harry’s blood as one of the ingredients. He explained that Voldemort then called his Death Eaters and scolded them for not coming to find him.
Harry skipped a lot of the details, saying only that Voldemort let him loose and gave him his wand so that they could duel. After being cursed a couple of times, he managed to get back to the cup and take himself and Viktor’s still unconscious body back to Hogwarts.
“What did he curse you with?” Seamus asked warily.
“Cruciatus Curse,” Harry said gravely.
That brought silence to the room and Harry used the moment to excuse himself up to his dorm. That had been hard, but he thought it was necessary. Whatever Dumbledore seemed to think, people needed to know what had happened or they’d make it up themselves and who knew what conclusions they’d come to. This was different from his other end-of-year “adventures” because it culminated in Voldemort’s return and that involved everyone.
There had been enough Gryffindors of all years in the common room tonight that Harry suspected the news would spread to the rest of the school through those with friends and family in other houses. And hopefully they’d all take it home to their parents and it could spread from there. Maybe the adults wouldn’t totally trust the story their kids’ told, but at least it would be out there for people to think about.
Not willing to show his face again that evening, Harry settled down on his bed to read. He’d figured out how to make the outside of his book vault look like one book while the contents were that of another, so he left it looking like Quidditch Through the Ages on the outside while he read about Dark Magic. He needed to look for books on necromancy this summer, but this would have to do for now.
Ron came up a few minutes later and sat on his own bed, staring at Harry.
Harry lowered his book to consider the redhead.
“Was that all true? What you said down there?” Ron asked cautiously.
Harry nodded, “Yeah. It was true.”
“Blimey, mate,” Ron whispered. “You didn’t have to tell everyone.”
“It’s better than having them make up their own stories,” Harry shrugged.
“Suppose that’s true,” Ron acknowledged.
Harry turned his attention back to his book when Ron said nothing more.
“I’m sorry I’ve been such a shit friend this year,” Ron said at last, and Harry looked at him again. Ron blushed and looked at his knees. “I get so jealous, it’s like… I can’t think. I’m just so mad.”
“We don’t have to be friends, Ron, if it’s so hard for you,” Harry said patiently. “I know it can’t be easy being my friend with everyone treating me like the second coming of Merlin or something because I’m the Boy-Who-Lived.”
“That’s the thing though!” Ron snapped out, then looked embarrassed. “It’s not just because you’re the Boy-Who-Lived,” he went on more calmly. “It’s because you’re really powerful. And you’re smart. And you’re really brave.”
They stared at each other a moment, then Harry said, “Does that mean you don’t want to be my friend?”
“No,” Ron said plaintively, looking terribly sad. “It means I’m a jerk and I don’t know how to be a better friend.”
“I don’t know, Ron,” Harry sighed.
“How do you do it?” Ron pressed. “You said you’re jealous of me having a family, right? How come you don’t get mad about it?”
“I just know that it’s yours and I can’t have it,” Harry struggled to explain. “I try to just be glad that I can know you all and be a little part of it. I don’t know if that would work for you. You could maybe try to ask Bill or Charlie?” he shrugged.
“Yeah,” Ron sighed heavily. “Yeah, maybe I will.”
Harry went back to trying to concentrate on his book, but after a few minutes, he noticed Ron move over to his desk and get some parchment and a quill, so maybe he was going to write to them right now.
Harry felt warmed that Ron had apologized and that he wanted to try to be better. He didn’t know if he’d ever properly trust Ron not to betray him again, but it would be nice if they could be friendly, at least.
He smiled at the thought of Kaa’s annoyance to learn that he and Ron weren’t fighting anymore.
He managed to read for a couple of hours, though he didn’t make a lot of progress. His mind was still too easily distracted. Thoughts of Voldemort’s return, Harry’s close brush with death, the Minister’s reaction, and his accidental resurrection of Viktor had Harry rereading more paragraphs than not.
In the end, he went to bed quite early, fatigued by heavy thoughts.
Ritual
Harry woke to the sound of chiming bells at midnight and touched his wand to deactivate the alarm, then forced himself to get up, blinking sleep from his eyes. He peeked out of his curtains and was pleased to see it was dark and quiet, all of his roommates in their beds with the curtains closed. A ragged snore leaked out from Ron’s bed and Harry climbed out of bed and moved silently to his trunk. He slipped on his shoes and collected the bundle Winky had left with the other supplies that he’d put together weeks ago. The herbs needed to be fresh, and he wasn’t sure how preservation wards would affect the ritual, so he’d opted to wait on those until he was ready.
He’d always planned to do this ritual after the tournament though he’d not expected that to end quite so horribly. He’d have the whole summer to work on mastering his animagus form, but first he needed to identify it.
Finally, he slung his invisibility cloak over his shoulders and located his map. The common room was also dark and empty at this hour and Harry made his way through without trouble. The Fat Lady yawned at him but didn’t properly wake up when he went through.
Rather than light his wand, Harry used the visual enhancement spell on his eyes. It was the same he’d used in the tournament. He’d found it in that water spells book, but the spell didn’t actually require one to be in the water for it to work. The pale moon shadows that reached the corridors suddenly seemed like the full light of the brightest full moon and he had no difficulty making his way to the second-floor girl’s lavatory.
He’d gone back and forth on where to do this ritual, but he was worried that he might die if he wandered into the Forbidden Forest in the middle of the night. He was equally worried that he would be found out if he used this kind of magic elsewhere in the castle. The Chamber was outside the castle’s wards, and he felt confident that he could use it without being caught or killed, particularly since the basilisk had followed his orders and its gaze didn’t harm him.
The sink opened as easily as it had when he was twelve, and he slipped silently into the tunnel. The slide down was considerably more fun than it had been in second year, in large part because he knew that he wasn’t falling to his death. Also, he suspected that his resistance to injury ensured that he wasn’t getting any scrapes or bruises along the way.
The cave in was still there and the opening he’d gone through in his second year was quite a bit too tight for him now. Luckily, he now knew a lot more about his own magic. He took a moment to concentrate, then let his magic flow into the reparo as he cast it.
As he’d hoped, his magic took to the task eagerly despite it being rather too big a job for the spell in normal circumstances.
The massive stones and accompanying dust all slid right back into the ceiling and settled in like they’d never been damaged.
Harry waited a moment to see if the noise would bring the basilisk to investigate, but then decided not when he heard nothing. He wasn’t totally sure if she even could get out without someone opening the statue. The bones and skins in this area indicated she’d spent a good amount of time here, but he had no idea how long ago that might have been. It could have been when Riddle came down here regularly as a student. Or even before that when a different student had let her out.
The door into the chamber itself was open and Harry realized that he’d left it that way the last time he was here. He entered the chamber cautiously, but he found that it looked just as it had. He looked warily at the statue’s mouth, but it remained closed.
Harry picked a spot on the floor roughly in the middle of the room and began unpacking.
He placed the small, brass brazier on the floor, then set five candles around it, evenly spaced like the points of a star. The candles were the color of charcoal. According to his book, the color of the candles wasn’t important, but he’d chosen them in honor of his magic’s affinity.
Evenly spaced between the candles, Harry placed a clear quartz crystal of about three centimeters in diameter.
Last, Harry carefully layered the herbs evenly in the brazier. Then he picked up the book containing the ritual and began to read the ritual words. He’d read through them dozens of times already – silently and with his magic carefully reined in – to be sure that he could do so fluently. He placed his empty hand palm-down over the brazier and directed his magic to gather there as he read.
He knew enough Latin to know that the chant basically asked his magic to gather, to give the fire to the brazier, to show him the animal form of his soul. It seemed somewhat similar to the ritual that had been used to identify Kaa and he suspected that one of the rituals had taken inspiration from the other.
He repeated the words as he felt the magic gather and saw the herbs begin to smoke. He continued to chant as the herbs were reduced to ash and the fragrant smoke filled the chamber around him. His magic throbbed through the smoke in a steady rhythm that felt nearly intoxicating. He repeated the words again and again as the smoke began to gather in front of him, coalescing into the shape of a four-legged animal.
As more of the smoke was pulled in, the detail grew until he decided that it was canine. It was huge. As tall as Sirius’ grim, but twice as wide, rippling with powerful muscles unhidden under very short hair.
Then the form began to disperse, and he let go of the chant, allowing his magic to draw back into him and the smoke to diffuse naturally into the rest of the air in the chamber. He coughed a little and cast an air cleaning charm before he began cleaning up the ritual.
The brazier was full of naught but ash, which he vanished. The crystals were blackened and cracked, and they were vanished as well. The candles, he extinguished and used a mild cooling charm to quickly harden the melted wax so that he could pack them away.
When he’d packed away the brazier and candles, Harry left the chamber, sealing the door behind him this time. He used the same method as last time to ascend, placing sticking charms on his hands and feet.
The ascent went much more quickly this time. He was able to move at probably a jogging speed going up and his muscles were not at all fatigued when he reached the top. He suspected that he was getting stronger.
He waited until he was back in Gryffindor tower, his things packed away, and settled in his own bed to really think about the form he’d discovered. He was some kind of dog, he thought. No wolf was so heavily muscled or so short-haired. No bear would have such a long tail.
He wasn’t sure how to feel about his form. He would have liked something that could fly, honestly. Something that could blend in would have been handy, too. Like a pigeon, maybe. Or even a normal-looking dog. This form was going to be useful for fighting, at least. Or intimidation. It was a scary-looking animal, though he couldn’t guess at exactly what it was. A breed of dog he’d never seen before, maybe. Or a magical beast he’d yet to learn about.
Well, it would be useful enough. It would always do to have a second form at hand. If he was ever bound in chains, for one, transforming would be an easy way to escape them since wrist and ankle cuffs that were meant for humans could not hold a dog. Not even one that big.
He’d not wanted to distract himself from the tournament with his animagus form, but he definitely wanted to be able to work on the final stage of meditating to better understand his form during the summer. There would undoubtedly be a lot of downtime since he wasn’t permitted to do much of anything.
He considered calling out Kaa to discuss it, but as it was already far too close to morning and sleep was calling to him, he decided to leave it for the next day and focus on getting a bit more sleep tonight.
Investment
Blaise found Harry just as he was leaving the Great Hall with Ron and Hermione after breakfast. He’d turned a rather coolly raised eyebrow on Ron, but he hadn’t commented, thankfully. Harry wasn’t about to go trusting Ron anytime soon, but it would be nice to be friendly with him again.
Blaise instead sauntered up to Harry and wrapped an arm around his waist like it was the most natural thing in the world. “Do you mind if I join your compartment on the train?” he asked Harry primarily, though he did glance at Ron and Hermione to include them as well.
“Of course not!” Hermione was quick to promise. “Do we, Ron?” she asked with a clear expectation for his answer.
“Nah,” Ron shrugged, and he even seemed to mean it. Apparently, he’d made a lot of progress on the Slytherin=Evil front, at least with regard to this particular Slytherin.
Harry gave him a bright smile and Ron seemed to stand a little taller.
Harry made it three steps down from the front doors before he noticed the… creatures pulling the carriages. He missed the next step in his distraction and only Blaise’s arm still around his waist kept him upright. “What’re those?” he asked when everyone had stopped to look at him.
“What are what, Harry?” Hermione asked in bewilderment.
At the same time, Blaise’s arm tightened around his middle. “They’re called thestrals,” Blaise said quietly, and Harry looked up at him in question.
“What are thestrals?” Hermione asked, looking the way Harry was, then back at him and Blaise.
“They’re magical creatures,” Blaise explained as he got them walking again. “They look a bit like a pegasus might if it was reptilian and half starved.”
“Are they starved?” Harry asked worriedly. Starvation was a bit of a sensitive subject for him.
“No,” Blaise assured. “They’re quite well fed, actually. It’s just how they look.”
“Well why can’t I see them if you and Harry can?” Hermione asked, clearly frustrated.
“Thestrals have a natural invisibility to them. It’s a bit peculiar, really, but you can only see them if you’ve seen death. Seen it and understood it.”
That silenced Hermione as she turned shocked eyes on Harry.
Harry swallowed uncomfortably because his version of the events in the graveyard didn’t actually mention anyone dying.
Hermione looked like she was dying of curiosity, but her innate sense of tact prevented her from asking. Ron, unfortunately, had no such innate sense. “Who did you see die?” he blurted.
“Ronald!” Hermione snapped.
“What?” Ron complained. “He couldn’t see them at the start of the year! It’s a fair question.”
“You can’t just ask him that!” Hermione chided.
Harry ignored them for the moment as they’d just reached the carriages. He approached one of the thestrals cautiously, but it seemed tame enough. Surely it must be. He’d never heard of one of the first years randomly getting eaten on the way to the train, after all.
He lifted a hand toward it, palm up and fingers flat, inviting it to sniff but not bite.
Amazingly, it did stick its snout in his hand and give him a sniff just like a horse might.
“Hey there,” he greeted softly, lifting his other hand to give its face a pat. The skin was leathery and soft, and it leaned into his touch. His magic seemed to like it as well, for it seemed to almost embrace the beast’s obviously dark magic.
Blaise stepped up to his side and reached out a hand to pat the thestral’s neck, which it seemed to approve of as well.
Harry gave it another moment, then decided they’d best get moving lest they miss the train. When he turned around, he found Ron and Hermione watching him with concerned expressions and he sighed again.
“It was probably one of the Death Eaters,” Harry shrugged when they were all settled on the carriage down to the train station. Ron hadn’t asked his question again, but Harry figured he should give some kind of answer. “Voldemort threw a lot of killing curses around. I thought I saw one of the Death Eaters go down, but everything happened really fast.” It wasn’t even necessarily untrue. There had been a lot of killing curses and he had seen a Death Eater fall, though he didn’t know if the man had died or if he’d just dropped to avoid getting killed.
Thankfully, no one asked any follow up questions, and they made it onto the train without incident.
When they were settled in a compartment on the train, they managed to pass the first half of the ride in easy conversation about exams and classes and such. Eventually, their conversation drifted off and Hermione found a book to lose herself in. Ron seemed content to spend some time watching the scenery pass by the window. Harry was just thinking of doing some reading as well when Blaise took Harry’s hand in a gentle hold, drawing his attention.
He cleared his throat and studiously did not look at the pair across the compartment. “I wanted to explain my actions during the Leaving Feast,” he said with a touch of discomfort. “When Dumbledore called on everyone to raise their glasses to you.”
Harry blushed and shook his head, “It’s fine. Really.”
“Not without an explanation,” Blaise countered firmly. “I didn’t approve of Dumbledore calling attention to you in that particular light. It seemed… manipulative, I guess. Like by making you out to be a great hero, he was absolving himself of his guilt in letting you get snatched right off Hogwarts’ grounds. It felt wrong and I meant to make a statement in that regard. It was only afterward, when Daphne mentioned it to me, that I realized it may have been taken as a slight against you. I just… wanted to be sure that you had no reason to doubt my intention.”
Harry smiled, ignoring the fact that he was certainly blushing again. “Well, thank you for explaining,” he acknowledged first. It was nice to know for sure what that was about. He hadn’t been overly worried, but there was a slight bit of niggling doubt that had questioned whether Blaise was trying to make less of his feelings in front of the other Slytherins. “Incidentally, I thought the same thing about Dumbledore’s speech.”
“You don’t think you deserve to be recognized for fighting You-Know-Who and living to tell the tale?” Ron inquired, his tone a touch cautious in a way that Harry didn’t think it would have been a year ago.
“It wasn’t some heroic battle, Ron,” Harry admitted a touch bitterly. “I only survived because Voldemort was toying with me. He Crucio’d me more than once. If he’d used a lethal spell instead, I’d have been dead.”
That brought silence to the compartment once more, though Blaise tightened his hold and Harry’s hand.
“Hermione,” Blaise spoke up finally, “I was wondering how Viktor was doing after everything?”
Her face lit up at the mention of the Bulgarian, as it always did these days, “He’s doing pretty well. He said his parents are probably Harry’s biggest fans these days, but they’re recovering from the close call.”
Harry felt better to hear it. Well, not the part about his having new fans. He didn’t honestly care about that. He was just glad Viktor was doing well after… well, dying.
“Will you be seeing him over the summer?” Blaise continued the conversation with polite curiosity.
Hermione smile grew huge. “Yes. They’re going to pick me up near the end of July and I’ll spend the second half of the summer with them in Bulgaria.”
“Do you plan to court formally, then?” Blaise inquired.
Her cheeks grew pink, and she bit her lip as she nodded. “I think so, yes. When they come to pick me up, we’re going to go over everything with my parents and maybe draw up a contract.”
She looked deliriously happy about it.
“Then you have my congratulations,” Blaise declared.
Harry glanced quickly at Ron, who had been studiously staring out the window since Viktor was mentioned. He looked sad, but not angry. Harry thought he’d done a lot of growing up recently and he was really impressed. They’d none of them ever be quite the trio they’d been before, but Harry thought there was a good chance they could remain friends through school. Hopefully Ron would find a girlfriend soon and even things out a little better between them.
“Thank you,” Hermione positively glowed. “I admit that I was a little leery at first. The muggle world is very different with its opinions on marriage, you must understand. But Viktor explained it to me so beautifully. As a lifelong partnership in all aspects of your life. Support and solidarity in all things for your whole life… It all just sounds so amazing. And I think Viktor is perfect for me. He loves to listen to me talk about everything I’m studying, and he’s perfectly fine if I want to have a career or wait a bit for children. And I do want children. Being an only child, I think it would be marvelous to have three children, somewhat close in age, so they can grow together.
“Oh, I’m sorry. I don’t mean to bore you. I’m just so excited. It’s nothing like I thought my life would go, but it just sounds so much better than what I thought I would do. I always imagined university and five years to establish myself in a career before I would even think of marriage, but I guess I always thought of marriage as a particular stage in my life. Viktor talks about it as the culmination of childhood. As a state in which to pass the entirety of one’s adult life. Moving through it with someone else. Someone totally loyal to you. It’s just… It sounds so wonderful.”
She looked incredibly happy. Even Ron managed to give her a half smile before he returned his attention to the scenery.
“It does sound nice,” Harry admitted. He’d never been one to plan out his future step by step like Hermione. He’d always been too busy surviving day by day. He’d kind of had a vague notion of marriage and family and a career, though he had no idea what kind of career nor any idea of when he would marry and start a family. Or what kind of person he might marry.
“Muggles seem to have a flawed understanding of marriage,” Blaise offered. “I admit that I don’t know enough about the culture to understand where the notion comes from.”
Hermione considered it briefly before offering, “I suppose it comes from the ease of divorce in the muggle world. Not many muggles take marriage as a lifetime commitment. People who marry young don’t tend to make good choices for a spouse that they’ll still be happy with as they move onto further stages of their life. So it seems logical to wait until you’re settled in where you want to be in life in your late twenties or early thirties before you start looking for a partner that you can be happy with in that stage of your life. Because it’s a lifetime commitment to magicals, I think that a couple makes the effort to grow with each other instead. To make it work because there’s no other choice.
“Oh, when I say it like that, it doesn’t sound quite so romantic,” she frowned.
“I think it sounds even more romantic,” Harry admitted, blushing a little when Blaise turned to study him intently. He shrugged and tried to explain. “I mean, falling in love and marrying someone because you can’t imagine your life with anyone else sounds nice. But getting married because you think you will make each other happy and then really working to remain what your partner needs… It feels more real. And more like something that everyone can do and not just the lucky few who find the perfect person.”
“I agree completely,” Blaise smiled softly.
Harry blushed and looked down at his lap where their hands were still wound firmly together.
“You might be right,” Hermione allowed, and she was smiling again.
After that, Hermione returned to her book. A thick old book with a title in French that told Harry nothing about the contents. Blaise offered to teach Harry rune dominoes, which turned out to be rather interesting. Certainly, more fun than chess. Ron, after a while, pulled out his chess set and began playing against the pieces. He beat them easily time after time and eventually got bored and went back to staring out the window.
Harry made a mental note to get Ron a nicer set for Christmas – assuming they were still friends by then. The nicer sets had multiple levels of difficulty that you could play against. There had to be sets out there for expert players.
When the lunch trolley came through, Harry purchased some drinks and snacks to share around the compartment as he always did. Sadly, it was only a few minutes later that Malfoy showed up with Crabbe and Goyle in tow. Harry was beginning to wonder why the tosser never seemed capable of just sitting in his carriage and leaving people alone on the train.
“You’ve picked the losing side, Potter,” Malfoy said with supreme self-satisfaction. “I did warn you, back in first year, you remember? I warned you about keeping company with riffraff like this,” he gestured toward Ron and Hermione’s side of the compartment. His gaze drifted briefly to Blaise, who only raised a challenging eyebrow in return, and Malfoy seemed to decide to ignore his presence entirely.
Harry huffed a humorless laugh in response to Malfoy’s taunts, ignoring Ron going red in anger, “Believe me, Malfoy. I’d much rather die fighting than live on bended knee, kissing the feet of a madman.”
“How dare you!” Malfoy snarled. “Those two will be the first to go, Potter,” he spat toward Ron and Hermione. “Mudblood and muggle-lovers first!”
Hermione had gasped at the slur and Ron was trembling in rage while Blaise seemed content to watch the action unfold.
Harry stood and took a couple of deliberate steps toward Malfoy, who immediately looked wary as he backed into Goyle. Harry stopped just a touch too close for polite conversation and looked hard into the blond’s eyes. “Don’t speak to me about things you don’t understand, Malfoy,” he said with quiet intensity that seemed to unnerve Malfoy more. “Why don’t you come talk to me again once you’ve experienced a couple of the Dark Lord’s Crucio’s. Because he doesn’t reserve them only for his enemies.”
Malfoy looked like he was trying very hard to project more defiance than wariness, but he wasn’t doing very well. “We’ll see, Potter,” was all he managed to reply, this tone less than firm. Then he turned and shoved his goons out of the compartment and followed them without looking back.
“Aw, you scared them off before we could even say hi!” Fred or George commented as they both stuck their heads into the compartment via the still open door.
Harry huffed a laugh and returned to his seat where Blaise immediately wrapped an arm around him.
“Malfoy’s a fool,” Hermione commented, quietly bitter. “He’s so childish.”
“He is,” Harry agreed soberly. “Now Voldemort is back, I don’t think that’ll last too long.”
Fred and George invited themselves into the compartment, settling down with one next to Hermione and the other next to Blaise.
“Shame we missed all the fun,” said the one by Hermione. Harry was pretty sure it was Fred.
“Oh well,” George concluded, pulling out a deck of cards. “Exploding snap, anyone?”
Even Blaise and Hermione agreed to play a few hands. It was always more fun with more people. After a few hands, Ron began prying at the twins to fess up about whatever it was they’d been so cagey about all year.
Eventually, Fred admitted that Bagman had stiffed them on the bet they’d made on the World Cup. Apparently, he’d refused to pay them out, stating they were too young to gamble anyway. He’d then also refused to give them back the money of their original bet, leaving them out their entire savings.
The rest of the trip consisted of playful banter and various games. Fred even got in on some rune dominoes though George admitted that runes wasn’t his game and played chess with Ron instead.
It made for a pretty great ride and Harry wished it could have lasted all summer.
Naturally, their arrival in London came too soon. It always did this time of year. Before they got too close, Harry asked to speak to Fred and George alone and they retreated to an empty loo. George put up a privacy ward and both turned to Harry expectantly.
Harry reached into an expanded pocket and retrieved the bulging bag of galleons that he’d combined from his and Viktor’s winnings. “This is the winnings from the tournament. It’s a thousand galleons,” he explained. “You two can have it to open your joke shop if you make me ten percent owner. I’d even be willing to sweeten it a bit more if you’re willing to make that fifteen percent, but you’ll have to wait until I can get into my vault again.”
The twins exchanged very serious looks. Harry couldn’t follow the subtle facial twitches, but he was sure there was an entire conversation going on. After a few moments, they both looked at Harry again and Fred spoke, “We’re thrilled you have so much faith in our shop being a success, Harry!”
Harry laughed, “You two are the scariest mad geniuses I’ve ever met. If you don’t open a successful shop in the next five years, it’ll only be because Voldemort took over and outlawed laughter or something.”
The twins laughed and George shook a finger at Harry, “Very dark humor there, Harry.”
“Very dark,” Fred agreed. “Mum would not approve.”
“Better not tell her then,” Harry grinned.
“We’re interested,” George said formally, then. “We should write up a contract before you give us anything, though.”
Harry waved them off and all but shoved the galleons into their hands. “I trust you.”
The twins shared another look, then turn overly sappy looks on him. “We never knew we had such trust from you, Mr. Potter,” Fred said.
“However shall we repay such loyalty?”
Harry just rolled his eyes, “I just know that if you screw me over, I can tell your mum.”
That sobered the brothers quickly and they looked at each other before turning to Harry with wary respect. “We bow to your greater deviousness, Harry.”
And the pillocks proceeded to bow to him outrageously.
“I do wonder why it’s a thousand galleons,” Fred noted after a moment. “You should have gotten half the winnings for tying, right?”
Harry sighed exasperatedly, “Yeah, I should have. But Viktor decided that I deserved his share since I saved his life.”
“Ah,” Fred nodded, “Yes, how inconvenient noble people can be. Surrendering hundreds of galleons in winnings…” he shook his head in faux distress.
“Right indecent,” George abetted.
“Oi!” Harry complained and playfully slapped Fred’s arm.
“Ow!” Fred complained immediately, stumbling back half a step and clutching at his arm.
Harry almost smirked before he realized that Fred looked more shocked than playful. “Did I hurt you?” he asked quickly, feeling the blood drain from his face.
Fred rubbed his arm ruefully and shook his head, “I’ll have you know that’s going to bruise,” he accused playfully, “but no, Harry. I’ll survive.”
“You don’t know your own strength, mate!” George teased, taking a turn at rubbing Fred’s arm for him.
Thankfully, the train picked that moment to start slowing down and the twins tucked the bag of galleons away somewhere out of sight. Harry returned to his compartment and the twins bid him farewell before heading for whatever compartment held their trunks. He clenched his fists along the way. Merlin, he’d noticed that he seemed a bit stronger recently, but not strong enough to accidentally bruise a friend with a playful swat.
He was going to need to work on testing his strength a little. Try to get used to it. And in the meantime, he was going to need to be careful.
He got curious looks on returning to his compartment, but he brushed them off with a gentle reminder to Hermione that he was allowed to have secrets. Ron looked a little annoyed, probably that Harry was confiding something in his brothers that he didn’t want to tell Ron, but their renewed friendship was still rather tentative, and Ron didn’t seem willing to push it.
Blaise, of course, didn’t ask and seemed content not knowing, as he always was when Harry hesitated to share something. Harry loved that about Blaise and he spent the last few minutes of the ride with his head pillowed comfortably on Blaise’s shoulder.
When the train came to a stop, Ron and Hermione left the compartment first while Harry and Blaise lingered. Going back to Privet Drive always sucked, but knowing that he wouldn’t see Blaise all summer seemed to make it worse. Blaise pulled him into a tight hug, which Harry returned cautiously, trying to remain conscious of the amount of force he was exerting. When they separated, it was only far enough for their lips to meet in a series of soft, sweet kisses that Harry thought he could quite happily enjoy for hours.
Unfortunately, they didn’t have hours and Blaise pulled away all too soon, one long-fingered hand splayed across the side of Harry’s face. “I will write to you,” he promised.
Harry grinned, “Definitely. We should try to meet up in Diagon Alley at least once though.”
Blaise nodded, “I’ll try. My mum prefers we spend the first month of summer in Italy, but I should be back around the end of July, start of August.”
Harry grimaced a bit, rubbing lightly at Blaise’s waist where his hand rested on the soft tunic, “I usually spend the last few weeks of summer with the Weasleys.”
“Well, we’ll try to find a time. If not, we will see each other September first.”
Harry sighed. “Yeah.”
Blaise glanced at the closed door of the compartment and frowned a bit. The sounds of people moving outside was getting quieter. They needed to get moving. With one more soft kiss, they collected their trunks and left the compartment.
Harry separated from Blaise as soon as they were off the train. He knew that he wasn’t ready to meet Blaise’s mum. He avoided the gaggle of Weasleys as well, moving to duck through the barrier back into the muggle world. As he laid eyes on Vernon Dursley’s impatiently waiting bulk, Harry hoped that the twins got their shop running soon. Between Voldemort and Fudge, Harry was afraid he may end up fleeing before he was a legal adult. If it came to that, an independent revenue stream would be damn handy.
Notes:
I'm still alive! And this fic is not abandoned, I promise. I stalled a bit because I was struggling with the plot going into next year. I had a couple of mutually exclusive ideas and I couldn't decide which direction I wanted to go. So I decided to just leave the story stew for a bit. And it worked. I came back to it feeling very confident on the direction to take the plot going forward.
So this will hopefully continue to update with some regularity once more. I can't promise frequent updates, unfortunately. I'm still working seven days a week and my health has taken a decided turn for the worse lately, which has made writing sometimes impossible. But this story is definitely alive and well. I am, of course, still working on some of my older stories and toying with some new ones, so you may see other updates or new stories in between. Doesn't mean this story isn't still going.
Anyway. I hope you all enjoyed the new chapter. Any guesses on Harry's animagus form? I don't think I was overly discreet with it. What did you think of Harry's decision to share the happenings in the graveyard with the students? How will it effect his reception in fifth year? Lots of fun to come. Love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 19: Year Five - part 1
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Spies
Harry turned over impatiently in his bed and made a weak attempt to fluff the flat pillow before folding it in half and stuffing it back under his head. Turned away from the wall now, his eyes fell on his bedside clock, which was telling him it was just shy of three in the morning.
He groaned quietly and returned to his back, kicking off his blanket. This was becoming unfortunately normal for him this summer. It was a result of the spies outside. It had taken him a couple of days to figure out what he was feeling. It was like an itch at the back of his neck. Like someone was staring at him. And it was mostly constant this summer.
At first, he’d feared that it was Death Eaters, but as time passed, he became increasingly certain that these were Dumbledore’s spies instead. He thought Death Eaters would have made some kind of move by now rather than just sitting out there day and night. That and… It was hard to quantify, but the presences out there just didn’t feel hostile or malicious. He wasn’t sure how to classify how they did feel, but he didn’t think it was hostile.
Whether or not they were a danger to him didn’t seem to make a difference to his magic though. It was on edge constantly thanks to the spies and sleep was consistently elusive as a result.
At least the Dursleys were still leaving him alone on account of his murderous godfather. They didn’t dare give him any chores and he was still getting three small meals a day. Thankfully, this summer he wasn’t suffering from hunger for their treatment. Dobby had been quite happy to procure for Harry a selection of preserved meals for the summer just as he’d done for Sirius.
With nothing else to do and sleep all too elusive. Harry turned his attention to the presence he could feel watching him. His magic gently probed at it, trying to understand everything that he could about it.
A small eternity of that and Harry finally fell asleep without quite realizing he’d managed to relax.
He woke late in the morning to a crack from the street outside his window and startled halfway upright before collapsing back onto his bed with a groan. It must be time for his spies to switch shifts. If they’d really been concerned with remaining hidden, he’d have thought they’d at least come and go a little further away from the house, but they hadn’t taken the precaution.
He felt a second presence approach the house and a few minutes later, the first presence moved away, followed by a strident crack. The muggles must be getting annoyed with all these backfiring cars in the area by now.
With a sigh, Harry sat up and opened the expanded bag Dobby had procured for storing his meals. There was a plate of cold food on the floor, clearly having been shoved through the cat flap some time earlier this morning. Though it grated on him to waste food, Harry could afford to eat delicious meals that tasted like they’d just been prepared. He wasn’t going to choke down the crap the Dursleys gave him. He didn’t want to tell them not to give him anything though because then they’d wonder where he was getting food and they’d conclude either someone was giving him food, which would mean someone magical was coming into their house without their knowledge, or he had some kind of magical means which would indicate magical things happening in their house. He didn’t think they’d respond well to either.
So he’d taken to feeding Hedwig whatever bits of food she wanted from the plates and practicing wandless vanishing charms on the rest. It took a good five to ten minutes of concentration and trial and error to get the spell to work wandlessly most of the time, but he figured it was good practice anyway.
He opened a piping hot full English breakfast and breathed it in happily before digging in. It felt strange but very nice to still be able to eat three good sized meals every day. Normally his stomach would be shrunken by this point in the summer and eating would make him nauseous if he took more than a few bites at a time. He wished he’d thought of this back in second year when he’d first got Dobby bonded to him. It hadn’t been until last year that he’d started to really think about making use of the elf while he was still in Hogwarts.
When he was full, he vanished the meal provided by the Dursleys, then took the plate downstairs and washed it before making a trip to the loo and closing himself in his room again. The feeling of being stared at was like twenty times worse when he was actually outside – probably because he was actively being stared at rather than just the house he was in – so he didn’t venture out too often. He spent a couple hours working on his summer assignments, then an hour meditating toward his animagus form, then he spent a little while lying on his bed and tossing some of Dudley’s old broken crap in the air above him and catching it again. It was good practice for keeping his strength in check, and he wanted that in hand before he went back to Hogwarts. He’d broken several of the already damaged bits and bobs when he’d first started, but he was getting better at judging how hard was too hard.
When that got boring, he found himself fiddling with a broken wooden pencil. He twiddled it between his fingers thoughtfully for a time, then held it in his fist and used his thumb to deliberately snap it in half. Then he did it again with a smaller piece. It was… very easy. Too easy, he was sure. Curiously, he took one portion of it into his palm – a bit without the eraser – and then covered it with his other palm and pressed hard. He wasn’t too surprised when he felt the wood crush between his hands. He rubbed his hands together, grinding it down further. By the time he opened his hands, the wood was reduced to fine sawdust sprinkled with crushed graphite.
He wiped his hands over the trash and examined his palms. Not so much as a sliver.
He took a slow breath and then laid back on the bed for a while and just let his mind wander. He was getting… scarily powerful. He gave a few moments to lamenting how abnormal he was. A normal life was all he’d wanted before he learned of magic. He wanted to be a normal kid with normal, living parents who loved him and gave him a bedroom and made him lunches for school. Just normal things.
With a shuddering sigh, he did his best to let go of those long-held wishes. His mum and adopted dad were dead. His real dad was Satan. He wasn’t fully human and all the strangeness that went with that. Even among wizards he was freakish. He wasn’t ever going to be normal. Pining after an impossible dream was only ever going to hurt him.
Instead, he tried to look at the things in his life that were good. Blaise was a big one. Looking back, it was almost stupid how random it was that they’d gotten together but being around Blaise made him feel so good. He didn’t feel like a freak with Blaise. He felt… adored. It was an incredibly addictive feeling after growing up loathed.
Then there was Hermione, who loved him and might even learn to understand Dark magic and be capable of accepting all of him some day if she married Viktor. And Ron hadn’t turned out to be the best friend, but they weren’t really at odds anymore, which was nice.
And as much as it scared him, these superhuman abilities might really be the difference between life and death with Voldemort out for his blood.
They already had been the difference between life and death for Viktor, he recalled. That was another good thing.
With a sigh, he sat up and focused his mind into the calm place that he needed to work on his animagus form. He’d seen the form now, so all he had left to do was to get his mind to find common ground with the form. The shapeshifting, he’d learned, wasn’t the hard part of an animagus transformation. When all was said and done, the shifting of his body was almost an afterthought to the process. Once he could align his mind to the instincts and perspective of the beast, the rest would come almost naturally.
He was sure he’d have it down by Christmas. Ideally a good bit sooner than that.
He spent a couple of hours working on his animagus form, then took a trip to the loo. On returning to his room, he found Hedwig had returned and brought a letter from Hermione. He’d received one at exactly the same time the week prior, and he suspected that his exceptionally organized friend had her letter writing on a schedule. Then again, it was possible that Hedwig was the one visiting her at a specific time each week to look for mail and Hermione was just making sure to be prepared for the visit – his Hedwig was just brilliant like that. As far as he knew Hermione’s parents didn’t have an owl, though it was possible they’d be getting one now that Hermione was getting betrothed to Viktor. He wouldn’t be surprised if Hedwig still brought Hermione’s letters to him. He honestly wouldn’t put it past his owl to spend her time tracking down any incoming owls and mugging them for Harry’s letters so that she could bring them to him personally.
Harry spent a little time reading Hermione’s letter.
Dear Harry,
My summer continues to be quite busy. I hope yours is going well despite being back with your family. My parents really want me to test out at grade level in my muggle studies as I’ve done the last two summers, but with my plans to spend August in Bulgaria I’ve been really rushed to prepare. Of course, I’ve gone through some of the studies in my free time during the school year, but there’s still so much to review!
Mum and dad don’t really understand why I’ve decided that I want to get betrothed and likely married right after school. I’ve tried to explain to them how these things just work differently in the magical world, but I think they both see it as an outdated practice. Mum tried to talk me out of it, but they both seem resigned to it now. I think it’s maybe the last straw in giving up on their expectations for my life – the magical world having been the first. They’d always imagined that I’d follow them into dentistry when I showed an early aptitude for science and maths, and I’d thought I might do that for a time. I certainly didn’t have an aversion to it.
The magical world is so much more than anything I could have had in the muggle world though. I wish they could understand the wonder of it. I don’t have a magical career planned out just yet, but I think I’d enjoy something in magical research. Viktor’s family has plenty of money, so I wouldn’t even need a paying position in all honesty. Not that I’m going to tell my parents that I’d even think of living off my husband’s wealth. I don’t suspect they’d take that very well.
At least mum and dad seem mostly resigned to my choices at this point. They don’t understand it, but they are willing to let me make my own choices. I am so grateful to them for that.
I’m so looking forward to my time in Bulgaria this summer. I love my parents dearly, but it gets harder every year to spend months away from the magical world. The more I learn about magic, the more I’ve come to love it. And recent events have, I’ll admit, endeared me to some of the more old-fashioned (by muggle standards) cultural traditions in the magical world.
Though don’t take that to mean that I’m ready to ignore the injustices suffered by magical creatures or muggleborns!
There is so much more I’d like to write, but Hedwig is getting impatient with me and I’ve a pile of revision to get through today. I’ll try to give more time to writing my next letter in this coming week so I’m ready when Hedwig shows up.
Hoping you are well,
Your Friend,
Hermione
Harry couldn’t help but smile at the predictability of his best human friend. He thought he remembered her mentioning something about tests during the summer when they started their second year, but he hadn’t realized that she was actually keeping up with muggle schooling at grade level. That sounded like an incredible amount of work. Not that he was surprised that Hermione could manage it. She probably didn’t even mind it most of the time. He wasn’t sure if it was going to be at all useful for her future. From the sound of it, the odds of her going back to the muggle world after graduation were about nil if she didn’t even want to spend a couple months there in the summer. Hermione was the kind of person to see the value in knowledge for its own sake though. Harry could understand that if it was about subjects that he found interesting, but Hermione seemed to find all knowledge interesting. It sounded exhausting to Harry.
He moved to the rickety little desk in the room and replied to Hermione’s letter. When it was finished, he sealed the letter and hid it in the storage on his wrist along with Hermione’s letter. He’d send his reply out later, when Hedwig was done with her nap. In the meantime, he didn’t want to risk Dudley getting his hands on it. There was nothing incriminating in it, but Dudley would destroy it just for fun.
He decided that it was getting to be about lunchtime, so found another preserved meal and settled in to enjoy it – a prospect that never failed to bemuse him when it took place inside Number 4 Privet Drive.
A sharp crack from outside drew his attention to his watchers as he was finishing his meal. It was shift-change time, it seemed. He checked his watch and nodded. They were a punctual lot.
He grinned when he identified the newcomer. He was learning to tell the spies apart well enough that he thought he might be able to recognize them if he ever actually laid eyes on them in the wizarding world. This particular watcher was one that he’d been waiting a couple of days for. He – and he thought it felt male, if that made any sense at all – was the only one that didn’t seem to take his job very seriously. He was, in fact, prone to paying so little attention to Harry’s whereabouts that Harry barely noticed his presence if he wasn’t looking for him.
And sure enough, within a few minutes of the other spy leaving, Harry felt the man’s attention wander.
With a grin, Harry cleaned up his lunch and grabbed his invisibility cloak. He closed his eyes and concentrated and was able to identify only Petunia in the house and she was sitting in the kitchen, probably reading magazines and drinking tea.
This was an ability that Harry had discovered this summer – thanks to the spies, actually. Once he’d become aware of them, it had become almost impossible to ignore them. It was annoying, especially when he was trying to sleep, but it had gotten him paying more attention to his sense of people and he’d come to realize that he could sort of feel people, even when he couldn’t see them. He suspected that it was very much not something other people could do. Another to add to the list.
This one was very useful, however, proven as he threw on his cloak and sneaked out the backdoor. He went around the side of the house on the side furthest from where he could feel the inattentive spy, and made his way toward the train station. He didn’t have any muggle money, but that wasn’t strictly necessary when one was invisible.
Sneaking onto a train was child’s play, and he simply slipped into a loo and removed his cloak, then found a seat with no one the wiser. It wasn’t a long trip into London and only a short walk from there to the underground to catch another train to the vicinity of the Leaky Cauldron.
He was soon stepping back into the magical world, and he smiled at the sight. For all the drama and very real danger he’d faced since entering into this world, it always felt good to be surrounded by magic.
Harry went to the bank first and took out a generous sum, then made directly for Knockturn Alley. He was careful to keep a watch for any known Death Eaters, but Harry didn’t feel too worried to be wandering the Dark alley by himself, even after having his picture all over the Daily Prophet last year. He trusted his magic to be able to get him out of trouble should trouble make itself known.
Nothing much seemed to have changed in the magical world since Voldemort’s return. Of course, it certainly didn’t help that the majority of the magical world seemed to be entirely ignorant of the fact that the feared Dark Lord was back at all thanks to the Ministry being more concerned with covering it up than they were with protecting anyone or even investigating the possibility.
Harry made directly for his favorite bookshop and was happy to get a pleasant enough nod from the beady-eyed man that always seemed to be at the counter. Harry suspected he was the owner.
He looked first for necromancy books, then thought to try soul magic. What little he knew of the two schools of magic came from more general Dark magic books he’d bought the previous year. He was disappointed, but not overly surprised to find nothing helpful on either discipline. Both were probably a little more Illegal than the just Frowned Upon books stocking the Dark Arts section of the shop.
Harry nevertheless found some books that looked interesting regarding some Dark theory, which was generally less illegal than actual instructive texts. And the theory would build the foundation he needed to better understand it in practice later.
He also found a few books on warding. One covered mostly theory and one was basic wards while another was about blood magic, but had a couple chapters on warding with it.
He settled down in his favorite chair and spent a few hours reading with the comforting thrum of the Dark magic of Knockturn Alley wrapping him up like a blanket that had his magic settling down for the first time all summer. Those spies were costing him sleep at night and concentration during the day, but he hadn’t realized quite how badly his magic was handling the stress until it had lifted. He really didn’t want to go back at all, but he knew that his spies would be changing shifts soon and he didn’t want to risk getting caught. If Dumbledore closed the gap in security, he might not be able to get away at all for the rest of the summer and he didn’t want to imagine another six weeks of that without reprieve.
When he went to the counter to purchase his books, he cautiously inquired, “Do you ever come across any books on necromancy or soul magic?”
The man’s dark eyes darted up to scrutinize his face for a moment before he gave a slow nod, “Sometimes. Not the sort of thing I put on the shelves though.”
Harry nodded thoughtfully and hoped that he was reading this right. “I’d be interested in buying some books on those subjects,” he admitted. “Maybe if you come across some, you could set them aside for me?”
Again, the man hesitated, but then gave a small nod and focused back on tallying the total of Harry’s purchases, “I’ll see what I can find.”
Grinning at his success, Harry paid the man for the books, added a couple extra galleons on top, and left with a hearty, “Thanks!”
He retraced his course back to Privet Drive and slipped back into the house well before shift-change.
Dementors
By the start of August, Harry had made several more trips to Knockturn Alley, taking advantage of the inattentive spy whenever possible. Harry almost wondered if Dumbledore was forcing Snape to do it and the man was just pulling out a book as soon as he arrived and ignoring everything. Somehow, he didn’t think so. He kind of suspected that Snape would be more likely watching to try to get Harry in trouble for something than ignoring him if he was forced into guard duty. Also… Well, Harry hadn’t really noticed or paid attention to the “feel” of people before this summer, but Harry still didn’t think this man felt like Snape. He couldn’t say exactly why, but he felt pretty sure of it.
Harry had been lucky enough to get a number of books from his special order at the bookstore and now had a decent collection of material about necromancy and soul magic. A collection that had cost enough and was likely illegal enough that Harry had purchased a second book vault just for these books to further minimize their contact with the world. He kept them hidden beneath a Quidditch Through the Ages veneer and stored in his wrist storage whenever he wasn’t actively studying them.
They weren’t the easiest subjects to study. For starters, they tended to be either painfully dry, nauseatingly explicit, or a very strange combination of the two. They also tended to be heavy in Dark magical theory that he understood only in small part, which had led to him buying a number of supplemental books that he was constantly referencing when he got confused. And finally, many of them weren’t in English. Or not modern English. Latin was a common language for these books, even some of the newer ones for whatever reason. So he’d purchased dictionaries and instructional books on older forms of English and Latin as well as French and Russian to try to get through these. The only positive he could say about the experience was that picking up the languages was easier than he’d been expecting.
He stifled a yawn into his shoulder as he wandered back toward Privet Drive after his latest trip to the Alley. Despite Voldemort’s return, Harry had had no encounters with Death Eaters down Knockturn. He’d gotten glared at sometimes, like they knew who he was and didn’t necessarily like him, but no one had approached him. If they seemed of a mind to, his magic always got offended at them and no one had actually tried it.
It was getting a little late, but the last time the Dursleys had locked him out of the house when he was too late getting home, his magic had opened the lock under his hand almost before he’d realized it was locked. So he wasn’t too worried about that.
It had been an incredibly warm day, but his magic thankfully had taken to protecting him from such discomforts without any prompting from him. Every time he started to notice feeling a little warm, he was immediately swathed in the gentle cooling effect of his magic.
He was perhaps fifteen minutes from the Dursley house when he had the misfortune to encounter Dudley and his gang of miscreants. Dudley didn’t tend to go out of his way to antagonize Harry anymore, presumably because he had a touch more common sense than Petunia, but he couldn’t explain why to his friends and thus tended to be pulled into things when they were around, even if his heart was clearly no longer in it.
Harry no longer responded much to their taunting though, so the boys quickly grew bored and wandered away, leaving him alone with Dudley. The other boy gave him a wide, wary berth and Harry took a moment to just marvel over Dudley’s native cunning. The boy was far from bright, but he seemed to possess decent survival instincts.
As they walked, Harry found his mind wandering back to the events in the graveyard. Specifically, the moment Viktor was killed right in front of him and Harry realized that he was dead. The horror of it. The devastation.
“What are you doing?” Dudley’s panicked cry drew Harry’s attention from his own sulk as he was beginning to feel tears prick at his eyes. He looked around, quickly realizing that the night had grown much darker. And then it occurred to him that the heavy feeling in the air wasn’t just his own perception given his bleak thoughts. Rather, it seemed far more likely that the foul magic in the air was inspiring his spiraling thoughts.
“Stop it!” Dudley cried just as Harry began to pick up the sound of rattling breaths approaching.
“It’s not me!” Harry snapped as his magic abruptly went on high alert.
“I’ll tell dad!” Dudley threatened fearfully.
“Damn it, Dudley, it’s not me!” Harry snarled, struggling to figure out where they were coming from, because this was surely dementors. Though what dementors were doing in Little Whinging, Harry could not imagine. Just as Harry began to make out the floating forms approaching, he felt a heavy weight slam into the back of his head and spun with a snarl on Dudley where he’d just punched him. It hadn’t hurt, but it would have likely given him a concussion had his dad been human – or if it had been a year ago.
Harry reached out and gave the larger boy a gentle shove away from him so that he could turn his full attention back to the actual threat. It sent Dudley stumbling back and falling on his rear, but Harry had no more attention to give him. The dementors had slowed as they approached, as though wary, but they were still approaching. Harry didn’t care. His magic was more than merely eager to eliminate the threat, and Harry had only to give it the slightest nudge in that direction to have it leaping at them.
His magic had taken on dementors and won before, and it knew how to do it now. A raging fire seemed to spark to life within Harry as his magic sprang free and the scent of sulfur permeated the air. There were only two dementors now, unlike the many dozens he had faced last time, and it took only moments for his magic to wrap around them. They screamed and writhed as his magic held them in a grip of what seemed to be invisible flame for the creatures surely seemed to burn to death in the seconds it held them. Only when they were reduced to ash did it release them, and Harry felt the conflagration within himself cool once more.
He sagged a little with the sudden fatigue that hit him, but it was nothing at all like what he’d experienced in his third year. After a long look around, Harry was convinced there was no further threat. Indeed, even Dudley seemed to have disappeared, presumably having run for home.
Just as he was beginning to turn toward the Dursley house again, he heard running footsteps approaching and he pivoted sharply to face the potential threat. Only, rather than a threat, he found himself facing a disheveled and breathless Arabella Figg.
“Why isn’t your wand out, idiot boy?” she immediately shrieked at him. “You can’t count on accidental magic to protect you if there are more!”
“What?” Harry asked blankly, his mind hesitant to make sense of that statement.
“Your wand!” she snapped. “We don’t know that those two dementors were alone. Oh, I’m going to kill Mundungus Fletcher! He just left! Off to see someone about a batch of cauldrons that fell off the back of a broom! I told him I’d flay him alive if he went, and now look! Dementors! It’s just lucky I put Mr. Tibbles on the case! But we haven’t got time to stand around! Hurry, now, we’ve got to get you back! Oh, I will kill him! We are so lucky that your accidental magic acted up before you could cast a spell!”
“You’re a witch…” Harry said slowly, not yet capable of knowing how to feel about this. The batty old cat lady who’d been babysitting him as long as he could remember was a witch?
“I’m a squib, as Mundungus knows full well, so how on Earth was I supposed to help you fight off Dementors? He left you completely without cover when I warned him!”
Mundungus must have been the inattentive watcher, Harry concluded as he began to feel something hot and painful curl in his chest.
“Come on then, Harry!” Figg insisted. “We need to get you home in case there are more of them.”
Harry began to move toward the Dursley house, scarcely aware of it as he processed the implications of this monumental discovery. Figg was a squib. She was fully aware of the magical world. “I’ve known you all my life,” he interrupted whatever rant she was on now. “And you never told me. Nothing about the magical world or, or…”
“Dumbledore’s orders,” she replied simply, and with finality. As if the explanation was beyond reproach. “I was to keep an eye on you, but not say anything. You were too young. I’m sorry I gave you such a miserable time, but the Dursleys would never have let you come if they’d thought you enjoyed it. It wasn’t easy, you know. But, oh my word! When Dumbledore hears about this-“
Harry tuned out her further fretting. Dumbledore’s orders. And Figg had deliberately made his time with her unpleasant, knowing the Dursleys wanted him as miserable as possible… She’d willingly and knowingly contributed to his foul childhood.
On Dumbledore’s orders.
And she clearly had no shame at all about any of it. She told him without any apparent expectation that he’d find anything at all upsetting in it.
Shit. Dumbledore’s orders. After the Third Task, when Dumbledore had been handing out orders, hadn’t some of them been for Arabella Figg? He’d hardly given it a thought at the time. He’d never even truly considered that it could be his neighbor. Because she was a muggle.
He’d known her all his life, and Dumbledore… Fuck.
Harry’s lungs felt tight. His breaths far too hot.
He didn’t even know why this was bothering him so much. He’d known since first year that Dumbledore wasn’t to be trusted. He’d known the man had left him with the Dursleys and he’d surmised that he was being watched by Dumbledore’s people this summer. But the idea that Dumbledore hadn’t just left him with shitty muggles and ignored his existence for ten years… That Dumbledore was, in some way, actively complicit in Harry’s abysmal treatment. In his ignorance. That he’d actually ordered this woman to keep everything from him. To watch him be neglected and mistreated and to actually take part in making his life unpleasant in order to appease the Dursleys…
Harry only tuned back in to what Figg was saying when there was a loud crack and she instantly began shrieking, “MUNDUNGUS FLETCHER, I AM GOING TO KILL YOU!”
The strong smell of drink and stale tobacco filled the air as a squat, unshaven man in a tattered overcoat materialized right in front of them. He had an overall disheveled look about him and was clutching a silver bundle that Harry recognized as an invisibility cloak. Harry also, almost immediately, recognized the feel of this man as the inattentive watcher.
“S’up, Figgy?” he blinked between her and Harry. “What happened to staying undercover?”
“I’ll give you undercover!” she cried. “Dementors, you useless, skiving sneak thief!”
“Dementors?” Mundungus repeated, aghast. “Dementors here?”
“Yes, you worthless pile of bat droppings, here! Dementors attacking the boy on your watch!”
Figg continued to berate the clearly startled man, who attempted to justify his absence by claiming a very good business opportunity. Figg proceeded to smacking the man around the head with her string bag, which sounded like it was probably full of cat food cans by the clanking noise it gave.
Mundungus soon after disapparated to go and inform Dumbledore of what had happened.
“I hope Dumbledore murders him!” she concluded when he was gone. “Now come on, Harry, what are you waiting for?”
Harry, who had stopped to watch her scream at the errant man, felt that the accusation leveled at him was hardly fair, but given what all else he’d discovered tonight, he wasn’t overly fussed about it in particular.
“I’ll take you to the door,” Figg promised as they turned onto Privet Drive. “Just in case there are more of them around.”
Harry cast her an incredulous glance at the insinuation that she was protecting him given her admitted status as a squib and insistence that he draw his wand in case there were more of them. Shouldn’t he be walking her to her door, rather?
“So Dumbledore’s been having me followed?” Harry decided to question in hopes she would reveal something he didn’t know about it.
“Of course, he has,” she replied impatiently. “Did you expect him to let you wander around on your own after what happened in June? Good Lord, boy, they told me you were intelligent.”
Harry cast her a fierce glare for that comment. She should seriously know him better than anyone who might have told her about his intelligence. He’d never liked the woman when he’d thought her a batty muggle, and he’d never been under the misapprehension that she actually cared about him, so it made no sense that he felt an additional stab of hurt at her comment.
Merlin, he was such a fool.
She didn’t seem to notice his glare, announcing her intention to go straight home and wait for more instructions. From Dumbledore, no doubt.
Harry let himself into the Dursley house with his mind still churning over what he’d learned about Figg, only to be accosted while his back was turned to lock the door behind himself. Someone grabbed him roughly and he was shoved into the nearest wall, hard.
“Think you can attack my son and then just walk back in here, boy?” Vernon bellowed at him, pressed close enough to his back that spittle flew into Harry’s face. “We took you in out of the goodness of our hearts! Supported you all these years at our own expense! This is how you repay us!” He pulled Harry back and shoved him into the wall again.
With a snarl, Harry pushed back against his uncle to give himself enough room to spin around and then he was fisting his hands into the front of Vernon’s shirt, and he was growling right in the man’s face, “Don’t you ever fucking touch me again, Vernon, or I swear that I will hurt you!”
He realized then that his uncle was pale as milk and the likely reason occurred to him as he noted that he’d lifted his portly uncle straight off the ground. Also, his magic was choking the room and it was not happy.
With a sneer, he released the man and gave him a light shove that sent him careening back into the wall. “As for your son, he punched me, and I pushed him away. That is all.” He looked down the hall and found Petunia with one hand over her mouth, eyes wide, watching the scene in terror as stark as Vernon’s. Dudley huddled his bulk behind her, looking even more frightened.
“Now,” Harry said tightly, “I suggest you all leave me alone and I’ll return the favor.”
Petunia gave a faint nod when he looked at her while the males appeared too intimidated to speak.
With a sigh, Harry turned and trotted up the stairs. What a fucking night.
When he got to his room, he found an owl waiting on the sill of the window he’d left open for Hedwig. He glared a moment at the letter it carried, then reluctantly went to retrieve it.
Harry,
Dumbledore’s just arrived at the Ministry and he’s trying to figure out why there were dementors near your home. Whatever you do, do not leave your aunt’s house and do not use any magic.
Arthur Weasley
Harry frowned at the letter, then huffed and tossed it onto his desk. He stood in the center of his room and closed his eyes, just breathing for a long time.
Dementors in Little Whinging and somehow that felt like the less notable portion of the evening. He did spare a brief moment of thought to wonder if dementors were sentient considering he’d just killed two of them, but then decided that he didn’t actually care. The things consumed human souls. Their existence was the best case for genocide that he could imagine.
It was considerably more world-shattering for him to discover that Dumbledore had been spying on him since his parents died. Spying and evidently approving of his spy being complicit in what was honestly child abuse.
Hedwig made a low, concerned sound and Harry moved to sit on his bed. He generally tried to limit how often he had Kaa out and about during the summer because there was no way the Dursleys would react well to him and there were no locks on the inside of the door, but at this point… Given what had just happened and the ultimatum he’d just laid down… Well, he didn’t think any of them would venture into his room for any reason at the moment and even if they did see Kaa, it would hardly change anything.
With that in mind, he called out his beloved serpent.
While Kaa settled himself the way he wanted around Harry, the boy explained the events of the evening to his attentive familiar.
“I don’t even know why this is hitting me so hard,” he concluded. “I knew that I couldn’t trust Dumbledore.”
“But you had trusted that you understood your own childhood and the people in it. Learning that you were wrong about such a large part of it is unmooring.”
“Unmooring,” Harry laughed. “Yeah. I guess that’s the word for it.”
Notes:
This story lives! Phwew! You would not believe how much of a fight this chapter put up. I'm not totally pleased with it, but I'm a perfectionist. If I waited until I was fully satisfied, I'd never finish anything.
I’ve tentatively plotted Year Five at eight chapters. I have astonishingly little faith in my ability to not double that number… So many cool things planned for this year. Seriously. I’m so excited. I hope to post the next chapter in less than six months, Real Life permitting.
Given recent events, I feel compelled to add my prayers and sympathies for everyone in Israel affected by the horrific terrorist attacks, and for all the innocent civilians trapped in Gaza.
Chapter 20: Year Five - part 2
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The headquarters of the Order of the Phoenix may be found at number twelve, Grimmauld Place, London.
Harry looked from the scrap of parchment to the one-eyed lunatic who’d shoved it in his face. “What’s the Order of the-“
“Not here, boy! Wait ‘til we’re inside!”
Harry’s left eye twitched as he swallowed down his frustration yet again. Merlin, these lunatics – half of whom had been spying on him over the summer – had shown up at the Dursley house in the late evening four days after the dementor incident and proceeded to treat him like some kind of zoo specimen to be ogled while extracting him from the ordinary muggle neighborhood like their country was in a state of open warfare. Considering his recent trips to Diagon and Knockturn Alley, he could say with some confidence that the danger was not nearly so urgent as these people made it out to be.
Why the Hell had so many of them shown up? And why fly brooms? Why not side-along?
He let himself be ushered into the rundown rowhouse. It was dark inside and everyone just crowded in rather than turning on any lights or lighting a lumos or anything, but Harry hardly noticed. The second he’d crossed the threshold, his magic had completely ignored everything except the heady comfort of the magic in this place. It had to be the wards, given the way it had taken effect instantly on entering the house. And they had to be incredibly Dark for his magic to react this strongly. Not even Knockturn gave him this level of comfort. He’d never felt anything like this.
He had an absurd urge to just sit down right there on the floor and bask for a while.
He was jerked back to the happenings around him when something rapped him sharply on the head and Harry jerked around the glare at the shadowed figure of Mad-eye Moody. The feeling of warm egg running down his body assured him that the disillusionment spell had been reversed, but Moody was luckier than he’d ever know that Harry’s magic had calmed down in this house. As testy as it had been outside, the unexpected spell combined with physically touching him with the wand may have been enough for Harry’s magic to slip out of his control in a fashion that Moody would have found unpleasant.
Mrs. Weasley arrived and greeted him briefly before announcing that the meeting had just started, which drew all of his escorts in a direction that he was not permitted to follow. Instead, Mrs. Weasley ushered him upstairs to a room he was apparently meant to share with Ron. She then left with a promise to call him down for dinner.
Harry gave a moment of thought to being irritated, but he just couldn’t muster the emotion while his magic was still basking in the magic of the wards. With a sigh, he just stepped into the room that had been indicated to be his.
Ron had been reclined on one of the beds, but he stood quickly when he saw him. “Harry,” he greeted, looking incredibly awkward.
“Ron,” Harry nodded politely.
“So… how was your summer?” he asked hopefully.
Harry shrugged, “Not bad until the fucking dementors.” He couldn’t help but grimace at that. The damn dementors still didn’t bother him as much as the revelations surrounding that incident.
“Right,” Ron winced. “Yeah.”
Harry moved to the second bed and sprawled himself over it. “So where the heck are we?” he asked as he tucked his hands behind his head and closed his eyes, letting himself just bask in the magic surrounding him. Merlin, he could live here.
“Oh, this is Sirius’ house,” Ron answered. “The Black family townhouse. That’s why it’s so creepy. Did you see the house-elf heads on the wall?”
Harry frowned a little but didn’t open his eyes, “No, I guess I missed that,” he admitted. It was difficult to imagine finding the place creepy, though he did know that people with very Light magic would feel that way surrounded by so much Dark magic. Just like Harry could never fully relax surrounded by Light magic. Not that he’d even realized that until he’d had Knockturn Alley for comparison. “What’s the Order of the Phoenix?”
“Dumbledore’s group,” Ron said, his voice moving back to his bed. “They’re a resistance group against You-Know-Who, since the Ministry’s completely useless. Won’t even admit he’s back.”
“Huh,” Harry muttered, unimpressed. Staying at the Burrow for the summer was one thing. Being stuck in Dumbledore’s vigilante lair was something else. Granted, given the magic here, Harry wasn’t eager to complain about being here. He could deal with Dumbledore’s pack of loyal dogs if it meant he got to stay here. He’d never been able to spend so much time surrounded by Dark magic before. After the unsettled sleep he’d been suffering all summer, he expected this was going to be a wonderful change.
“I wanted to tell you about all this sooner,” Ron continued, “but Dumbledore made me swear not to tell you anything about it. In case the owls were intercepted.”
Harry huffed a humorless laugh, “Really. Any idea why he didn’t just have you pass the letters through an Order member, instead? Seems to me they’ve been between this place and the Dursleys’ house all summer. They could have just handed them off. No chance of interception then.”
“…I didn’t think of that,” Ron said after a minute. “Have you really been watched all summer?”
“Oh, yeah. I don’t think I was supposed to know about it, but Figg let it slip after the dementors.” And no, he didn’t think he’d ever get over learning about Figg’s involvement with Dumbledore. That was just… too much. It would have been one thing if she’d just been secretly watching over him, but she’d known about how awfully they’d treated him and instead of helping, she’d contributed. He’d never forgive her for that. Or Dumbledore, who’d very clearly been pulling the strings. She’d made it clear that she did nothing without his orders.
“Dumbledore doesn’t trust me,” Harry said, mostly to himself.
“What?” Ron asked, surprise in his tone. “That’s mental, mate.”
“He’s gone out of his way to keep me ignorant all summer. Why would he do that if it’s not mistrust?”
“But why wouldn’t he trust you?” Ron pressed. “What could he think you’re going to do? Run off and join You-Know-Who?” He laughed at the absurdity of his own statement.
And Harry didn’t think that Dumbledore thought that. If only because he didn’t believe Harry was stupid enough to think Voldemort would welcome him. “I don’t know,” he sighed in frustration. Truth was, he worried that Dumbledore had found out about the raising the dead bit in the graveyard. If Snape was really a spy, it was very possible that he’d learned of it from Voldemort or someone in his camp and passed it back to Dumbledore. But Harry wasn’t about to mention it to Ron. “I don’t know,” he repeated, frustrated.
A long moment of silence passed before Harry questioned, “So what’s this Order been doing this summer? I haven’t heard of Voldemort doing anything, so what’s the Order doing to fight him?”
“Oh. Well, we’re not supposed to know anything, of course,” and Harry could hear his eye roll. “Mum doesn’t want us anywhere near the Order meetings. ‘Course, Fred and George aren’t standing for that. They’ve got these extendable ears, they call ‘em. Lets you eavesdrop past silencing wards and everything. Only we’ve had to stop using them lately because mum found out about them and went mental – tried to destroy the whole lot. We got a good bit of use out of them before that though, so we know a little.
“Some of the Order have been following known Death Eaters. Keeping tabs on them, like. Some are working on recruiting more people to the Order. And some are standing guard over something. They’re always talking about guard duty.”
“Probably me,” Harry sighed. He was already tired of this bullshit, and he’d just started learning about it.
“Oh, yeah,” Ron said in tones of dawning comprehension.
Harry laughed quietly.
Another few silent moments passed before Ron inquired, “Did you really get the dementors with accidental magic? Like in third year when your magic went nuts protecting you and Hermione and Sirius?”
And that had been the story. It hadn’t been all that far off at the time considering how little control he’d really had over his magic back then. “Yeah,” Harry sighed. “I think my magic just recognized them and it already knew how to protect me from them, so it just went nuts when they got too close.”
“Huh,” Ron muttered. “Crazy how powerful you are. For most people, accidental magic is rare after their first year at school. It gets used to working through a wand and stops just flaring like that when emotions are high. Not uncommon for really powerful people though, I guess.”
Harry tensed as he suddenly felt a swell of magic in the room with them. He was halfway to sitting up when the twins appeared in the room with a crack.
Ron shouted in surprise, which set the twins off laughing at once.
“Hello, Harry,” George beamed at him. “We thought we’d heard you were here!”
“I see you passed your apparition tests,” Harry grinned at the pair. He was feeling far too good to be annoyed by their scaring the daylights out of him.
“With distinction,” Fred said with a half bow.
“It would have taken you about thirty seconds longer to walk down the stairs,” Ron complained.
“Time is galleons, little brother,” Fred admonished even as he kept his attention on Harry, lifting in his hands a very long, flesh-colored string of some kind. “We’re trying to hear what’s going on downstairs.”
“Be careful,” Ron advised. “If mum sees one of them again…”
“It’s worth the risk, that’s a major meeting they’re having,” Fred said.
The door opened and Ginny swept into the room with a cheerful smile, “Oh, hi, Harry!” then turned toward Fred and George, “It’s a no-go on the extendable ears. Mum’s gone and put an Imperturbable charm on the kitchen door.”
“How’d you know?” George asked, visibly crestfallen.
“Tonks told me how to find out,” Ginny said. “You just chuck stuff at the door and if it can’t make contact, the door’s been Imperturbed. I’ve been flicking dungbombs at it from the top of the stairs and they just soar right away from it, so there’s no way the extendable ears will be able to get under the gap.”
Fred heaved a deep sigh. “Shame. I really fancied finding out what old Snape’s been up to.”
“Snape?” Harry asked quickly, feeling his heartrate pick up a little. He was the most likely to get Harry in trouble. “He’s here?”
“Yeah,” George said, closing the door and moving to sit at the foot of Harry’s bed. “Giving a report. Top secret.”
“Git,” Fred idly added.
The conversation turned to Weasley family drama from there. Apparently all the adult Weasleys had joined the order with Bill working for the goblins in London and Charlie recruiting from abroad. Percy was the only exception, despite having a cushy ministry job. Apparently, Dumbledore’s name in the Ministry was mud and Percy had cut himself off from their whole family in order to distance himself from Dumbledore.
The lack of family loyalty was galling, as was the insinuation that Percy was doing it all to suck up to his superiors. Harry couldn’t rightly blame him for being well quit of Dumbledore in general though. As far as Harry was concerned this revelation with Figg was the last straw for his being willing to give Dumbledore any benefit of any doubt. Or possibly the time of day.
Being loyal to the Ministry though was just about the dumbest thing Harry could imagine. From what he’d gathered thus far, the Ministry was both inept and corrupt, which was an awful combination to have to deal with, but to throw your full loyalty behind them? And over people who would die for you? Because the Weasleys were that kind of family. No matter how much they teased each other, any one of them would step in front of a Killing Curse for any other one of them, Harry did not doubt for a moment.
Except, apparently, Percy.
And then it managed to come back around to Harry. Because apparently Percy believed everything printed in the Prophet.
Harry grimaced at that and shifted uncomfortably when everyone looked at him. He ran a rough hand through his hair and nodded, “Yeah, I noticed that,” because he’d been just skimming most of the paper, but he had picked up on the negative light it had been turning on him. The insinuations ran from a bit mentally deranged to hints that he was succumbing to Dark Arts and his mind was going off because of it. It was… alarming, but not surprising after Fudge’s suggestions.
People in Diagon Alley tended to give him wary looks, which is why he’d taken to keeping his head down as much as possible when he was there. He honestly felt more welcome down Knockturn. He was sure plenty of people recognized him on sight now thanks to all the crap in the Prophet during the tournament in the last year, but he suspected that the previous two summers had made him a known enough face down the alley that people weren’t sure what to believe about him, especially with the Prophet calling him Dark.
“Everyone with a brain knows it’s mental that you could be Dark,” Ron assured with confidence.
Harry carefully swallowed down the snort that comment tried to elicit, and nodded instead.
Further discussion was prevented by the sound of quick footsteps coming up the stairs.
“Uh-oh,” Fred and George chorused before vanishing with a pair of cracks.
Seconds later, Mrs. Weasley appeared in the bedroom doorway to usher them all down to dinner. As Harry got up, his eye caught on the empty picture frame on the wall. “What’s that?” he asked Ron.
The redhead stopped on his way to the door and looked back. He spied the frame and shrugged, “Dunno. It’s always empty.”
“Right…” Harry said doubtfully. He examined the frame for a clue and quickly found the name plaque. Phineas Nigelus Black. “Well, whoever he is, I don’t fancy being spied on when I’m changing,” he announced and pulled the small blanket off the foot of his bed, draping it over the frame and tucking the edges securely around the fancy gilt corners. It wouldn’t block sound, but at least he could be sure some creepy Black ancestor wasn’t going to be watching him sleep.
On the way down to dinner, Harry inquired as to who this “Kreacher” was that Mrs. Weasley had mentioned and Ron explained that it was apparently Sirius’ totally mental house-elf. As they neared the entry, he also explained why it was so important to whisper in the hall. Apparently, Sirius’ mother had a portrait there and if anyone woke it up, it would start screaming bloody murder.
“Charming,” Harry couldn’t help but whisper back before they entered the kitchen.
They were barely two steps into the kitchen when there was a crash from the direction of the front door followed by an unholy screeching.
Sirius, who’d just looked up and begun to smile at Harry, suddenly scowled and rushed back out of the kitchen.
Harry peeked back out to watch as Sirius and Remus worked together to silence the howling portrait by tugging shut the ugly curtains hung over it.
When that insanity was over, Harry returned to the kitchen, where Sirius soon joined him. The man was quite bitter and morose and Harry got only a half-hearted greeting combined with a complaint about being useless to the Order.
Harry didn’t personally consider that a great failing, but knew better than to say anything about it.
Mr. Weasley greeted him with considerably more warmth than Sirius, Harry was slightly bitter to note. Bill was in the kitchen as well, busy with rolling up a length of parchment that must have been used somehow during the meeting. Harry wondered what it was – duty roster? Maps? – but he didn’t catch so much as a glimpse before it was rolled up and out of sight. Mundungus was slouched at the end of the table and had to be woken to be informed that the meeting was over.
Harry found himself wondering if the man served an actual function to the Order or if Dumbledore was just scraping the bottom of the barrel for bodies and not any too picky.
The Weasley parents set about finishing up the meal while Harry was ushered into a seat, rather wishing he’d been left upstairs until the food was actually ready. Especially when Mundungus began apologizing and making excuses for leaving Harry unsupervised on the night the dementors had shown up. Harry did his best to dismiss the man’s concerns. It really was fine. And Harry couldn’t say as much, but he’d quite appreciated the man’s lack of attentiveness to his guard duties. It had allowed Harry a much easier time to getting away without concern for being noticed this summer.
Sirius then set about complaining about being stuck inside all summer, even waxing poetic about how much fun a dementor attack would be by comparison.
“Haven’t you been wandering the country for the last two years? Why the sudden concern for hiding out indoors?” Harry wondered.
“Well, it’s not just the ministry now, is it?” Sirius groused. “Voldemort, too.”
“Okay, fair,” Harry allowed, “but Voldemort’s followers aren’t likely to be wandering the muggle world, are they? Surely you could take walks in your animagus form there? Provided you watch out for dog catchers, anyway.”
Sirius opened his mouth as though to counter that, then closed it again with a thoughtful frown.
“Don’t give him ideas,” Molly scolded. “It’s not safe for him to go wandering around anywhere. Dumbledore told you to stay inside for a reason, Sirius.”
Harry waited until she’d turned around, then offered Sirius and eye roll that almost made the man smile.
The conversation wandered a bit to Snape’s apparently baiting Sirius during Order meetings, then to the craftsmanship of the silverware that Mundungus looked to be pricing to the knut.
Then Mrs. Weasley shouted at Fred and George and Harry looked around just in time to see an iron cauldron full of stew, a large flagon of butterbeer, and a heavy wooden breadboard with knife come hurtling through the air toward them. They ducked under the table, but Harry’s hand remained braced on the edge and he felt the solid impact of the corner of the breadboard slam right into his knuckles.
Blessedly, it didn’t hurt, though he thought it might have broken something had he been less durable. He yanked his hand back and looked around, but no one seemed to have noticed.
Mrs. Weasley, expectedly, ranted at the twins at full volume until she accidentally brought up Percy and fell abruptly silent.
Bill quickly urged everyone to begin eating and Mrs. Weasley settled down without another word.
During the course of the meal, Harry learned that Mrs. Weasley quite detested Mundungus, and – from Sirius – that the man’s role in the Order seemed to be listening to gossip among petty crooks, mostly. And that he was trusted because Dumbledore had got him out of a “tight spot” once and now he owed him.
It made Harry start to wonder how many other people in the Order were similarly indebted to Dumbledore. Hagrid and Remus, certainly. And Snape. Harry wondered if Dumbledore really helped them out of the goodness of his heart or in hopes of favors returned on his investment.
“Molly hasn’t forgiven him for slipping off duty when he was supposed to be tailing you,” Sirius explained.
That comment settled heavy in Harry’s stomach and didn’t help his appetite at all. He really didn’t understand why everyone seemed to think it was perfectly okay to spy on him. Sure they said it was for his protection, but then why would he not be informed? It felt much more like they were trying to catch him at something rather than protect him from attack. And if Dumbledore knew that Harry had performed a feat of necromancy…
When the meal was concluding, Mrs. Weasley began talking about bed and Sirius stalled her, turning to look at Harry.
“You know, I’m surprised at you. I thought the first thing you’d do when you got here would be to start asking questions about Voldemort.”
Harry’s brow rose and he blinked at his godfather, “I’d just assumed you’d all pat me on the head and assure me that that was all grownup business,” he said rather sourly.
It was clear that Sirius had just started a fire in the room and Harry’s comment had thrown petrol on it. The relaxed, sleepy atmosphere turned abruptly tense. Mrs. Weasley sat up extremely straight in her chair, fists clenched.
Harry sat back and watched with wary eyes as the argument broke out. He did his best to catalog each person’s reactions and attitudes toward him and his right to know anything about the people trying to kill him.
Mrs. Weasley, obviously, was sternly against. Harry did feel quite resentful though, when she started insinuating that Sirius – Harry’s godfather – had no right to make any decisions for Harry. Apparently, that was Dumbledore’s job. The argument soon devolved into Molly obliquely accusing Sirius of using Harry as a surrogate James or something of the sort. She eventually entreated her husband for support and was quite disappointed when Arthus, calm and level-headed as he always seemed to be when there weren’t muggle gadgets about, advised that Harry should probably know at least a little now he was staying at Headquarters.
Then Remus suggested that Harry was better off getting a rough idea of things from them than in relying on rumors.
Mrs. Weasley finally saw her defeat coming and began lamenting Dumbledore’s edicts not being followed to the letter. And she dared to say, “…speaking as someone who has got Harry’s best interests at heart,” which managed to turn Harry’s stomach.
“He’s not your son,” Sirius gently admonished.
“He’s as good as,” Mrs. Weasley countered fiercely. “Who else has he got?”
“He’s got me!” Sirius pronounced hotly.
“Yes,” Mrs. Weasley sneered, “the thing is, it’s been rather difficult for you to look after him while you’ve been locked up in Azkaban, hasn’t it?”
Remus interjected then, pushing Sirius back into his seat and admonishing Mrs. Weasley, “You’re not the only one at this table who cares about Harry.”
Harry watched it all with anger simmering in a festering pit of disgust in his belly. All of these people who genuinely thought they cared for him. That they deserved to dictate his life because they had the best of intentions. All of whom seemed content to outsource to Dumbledore.
“I think Harry ought to be allowed a say in this,” Remus continued. “He’s old enough to decide for himself.”
And they all looked at Harry, surprising him in that they didn’t seem to consider that suggestion rhetorical. Did they really expect him to pipe up with, Gosh, no. I’d like to remain in ignorance, please. The world’s just too scary for youngsters like me to handle.
He cleared his throat and choked down the sarcastic response for fear they’d decide he really was too childish and change their minds. “Er, I’d like to know what’s going on, yeah.”
Mrs. Weasley acted like he’d just offered his innocence up to the guillotine or something the way she seemed about to start crying.
She then moved to evict all of her children, which resulted in universal objections from all four of them. Fred and George, Mr. Weasley decided, would stay because they were of age. Ron loudly objected to being kicked out when Harry got to stay, but a glance at Harry’s face and Ron sagged and let himself be ushered out with Ginny.
When Ron and Ginny were gone, followed by Mrs. Weasley, Sirius addressed Harry. “What do you want to know?”
Harry blinked a bit. Apparently, they were going to expect him to ask the right questions if he wanted answers. “Do you know what Voldemort’s been doing?” he chose to start.
The following questioning informed him that Voldemort had been laying low, taking advantage of the Ministry’s denial of his return. Dumbledore reckoned – and they weren’t clear if that was known from Snape’s spying or just Dumbledore guessing – that Voldemort was recruiting. And the Order was trying to counter it by spreading word of Voldemort’s return, though the Ministry were blocking them at every turn because Fudge was terrified that Dumbledore would run for Minister and his term was nearly up. Dumbledore had spies in the ministry and they suspected that Voldemort did as well.
And apparently Dumbledore was making waves about Voldemort’s return such that the Ministry was working to discredit him toward the possibility of locking him up in Azkaban.
It was all rather terrifying given that the Ministry seemed to like him no better. He was certainly less of a threat given his age – and probably harder to send to Azkaban for the same reason – but they were already slandering him in the Prophet. And two dementors had attacked him in his muggle neighborhood. Dementors that were supposedly controlled entirely by the Ministry.
Lovely.
Then Sirius began hinting about Voldemort searching for a weapon of some kind. Something he didn’t have last time when he was at the height of his power. When – by all accounts – he hadn’t needed such a weapon because he’d been winning the damned war before his encounter with Harry.
Mrs. Weasley intervened then and insisted that they’d heard enough. Lupin agreed, advising, “There are dangers involved of which you can have no idea. Any of you…”
Harry rolled his eyes, but he didn’t think anyone noticed. Lupin was sure that even he had no idea how dangerous it could be. Like he hadn’t faced Voldemort more times than anyone else in the damn room. He didn’t try to fight though. He was growing weary of listening to these people debate about his life like they’d a right. Of them all, Sirius had the most. Not only was he Harry’s godfather, but he was the only one of them with a decent excuse for ignoring Harry for ten years after his parents were killed. True, Sirius had gotten arrested while prioritizing revenge over Harry, but at least that had been just one dumb choice that he couldn’t take back. Everyone else had abandoned him quite willingly. Lupin included, and he was meant to have been closest to James and Lily of everyone else.
He did stop on his way out to comment to the room in general, “You know, keeping me ignorant isn’t the same as keeping me safe. You can all keep your secrets about this weapon Voldemort is seeking, but I’m very sure that it’s going to end up pointed at me. All you’re doing is ensuring that I can’t prepare to face it.” He didn’t want to hear their arguments and he knew he wasn’t going to win them over, so he left immediately after saying so.
When he crawled into his bed that night, he did his best to ignore such thoughts for the moment and just let the soothing blanket of Dark magic lull him into the most peaceful rest he’d maybe ever had.
Trust
Harry’s first morning at Grimmauld Place, he told Ron and Ginny everything that had been discussed. He saw absolutely no point in keeping them ignorant of it. He’d barely been told anything anyway. Certainly nothing that they could use to get into trouble. Nor was it any more alarming than knowing that Voldemort was back and having no idea of what he was doing or if the Order was countering any of it.
They talked in hushed voices while cleaning various parts of the house and killing various pests that had infested the place. It was unpleasant work and surely would have been much more easily accomplished with magic than by hand. Fred and George agreed that they’d gotten very little information, particularly given the way Mrs. Weasley had acted like they might as well be inducted into the Order as they knew practically all of their secrets. Harry rather hoped that wasn’t true or he’d be forced to think very poorly indeed of the Order. They could have, after all, guessed most of that information just from knowing about Voldemort’s return and then reading the newspaper.
While cleaning out the drawing room cabinet, Harry felt completely horrified by some of the things they were throwing away. Maybe it was a result of growing up with practically nothing that he could actually call his own, but throwing away things that looked valuable was galling. Allegedly, it was all infested with Dark magic, but it couldn’t be all that dangerous, surely, or they’d not have let the children handle them.
There was one bit that he came across that was absolutely choked with Dark magic. It was, to Harry’s senses, practically bleeding Dark magic all over the place. There was something about it though… It looked like a fancy antique locket. Given where he found it, he very much doubted it was made of painted steel or colored glass.
He ran his thumb lightly over the S-shaped collection of gems, struggling to understand what it was about the magic in it that was giving him pause.
Eventually, dissatisfied, but unwilling to give up, Harry slipped it into his pocket for later inspection, then went back to work. Several more bits and bobs ended up joining the locket in his oversize pockets before that cabinet was emptied. Not only did they look expensive, the magic on them appealed to him in some way. Only the locket had magic that he didn’t like, but it was just too powerful for him to toss it out with the trash. There was something going on with it that needed to be investigated. It was almost… familiar in a strange way.
A few days of cleaning and pest control later, Sirius drew Harry into an empty room for a private talk – or the silencing ward he cast would suggest at much, at least.
“So, listen, I’ve been thinking a lot about what you said,” he started. “About keeping you in the dark when it comes to Voldemort. I think you’re right. You’re not a child and you deserve to know.” He took a bracing breath, then rushed on, “There was a prophecy made about you and Voldemort. It was before you were born. Only Dumbledore knows the full wording, but Voldemort is trying to get his hands on it. Dumbledore thinks it’s really important that that doesn’t happen.”
Harry took a deep breath as he absorbed that. Yet another prophecy about him. And one that only Dumbledore knew the full wording of. Fucking perfect. He turned away from Sirius and walked halfway across the room, fisting his hands in his hair in sheer frustration. His magic felt a bit like an agitated porcupine, flared and waiting for an attacker to make a move and regret it.
“Shit,” he heard Sirius mutter behind him. “Are you okay? Are you panicking? Should I not have told you that?” Sirius seemed to be the one panicking.
Harry forced himself to let go of his hair and face his godfather again, “I’m fine, Sirius. Just fucking frustrated.”
“That’s understandable,” Sirius commiserated, and he got points for not giving Harry a lecture on his language. “I know that none of this is fair, Harry. And I’m sorry that no one’s telling you anything. We’re just worried about you, and Dumbledore thinks-“
“I don’t fucking care!” Harry shouted, no longer able to hold his temper. “I don’t care what Dumbledore thinks, Sirius! He abandoned me with the Dursleys when I was a year old and encouraged his spy to treat me poorly so that the Dursleys would like her more! Then I went to his school where I’ve nearly been killed by Voldemort three times! I almost lost my soul to dementors twice! I’ve been attacked or nearly so by a teacher there every single year! I was nearly eaten by a basilisk and a dragon! And again and again, I have only survived because of luck and my own abilities. Not Dumbledore. Not even Dumbledore’s teachers or his fucking followers! Why the Hell any of you trust Dumbledore with my life is completely fucking beyond me! Why any of you believe that I trust Dumbledore with anything is more than I can grasp!
“The man is like some distant shadow cast over my life, pulling strings and watching me dance. I’m completely helpless against him and I have to watch all of you take his side while telling me to be fucking grateful that you all care so much. How dare you!” Harry was screaming by the end, and he breathed hard when he finally ran out of words.
Sirius, he noted, looked like the Knight Bus had just appeared in the room and run him over.
Harry turned away from him and took several steps toward the other side of the room, running his hands roughly through his hair again. His magic was humming so hard around him that his hair wasn’t quite lying down like it should. And, he realized, the old tea service in the cabinet on the far wall was trembling faintly. He took a deep breath and concentrated on bringing himself under control. He couldn’t afford to lose it. Who knew what his magic might get up to and he didn’t need to be answering those kinds of questions.
“Okay,” Sirius finally said, how voice slow and cautious. “All right. That was a lot all at once. Can you… can you tell me more about what you mean? What all has happened at Hogwarts? Wait, what about the spy that knew the Dursleys?”
Harry shook his head with a bone-weary sigh, “It doesn’t matter,” he dismissed as he sat down, leaning forward to rest his elbows on his knees and his face in his hands.
“I think it does,” Sirius said after a moment and Harry heard him drag a chair closer and sit down in front of Harry. “This is clearly something that you feel strongly about.”
Harry dropped his hands and leaned back in his chair, looking at Sirius regretfully, “No, I mean it doesn’t matter because nothing I say will change anything. You’ll hear me out and maybe even say the right things. Then you’ll run back to Dumbledore to talk it all over with him and he’ll convince you that he only wants what’s best for me and that he’s smarter than everyone and you’ll come back and tell me that I should be grateful or something like that.”
“I won’t!” Sirius protested, visibly stung by the accusation.
“You always do!” Harry countered. “Every time I talk to you about anything, your advice comes in the form of, ‘Dumbledore thinks-“. Or else you interrupt yourself in the middle of telling me about how you and my dad ignored all the rules to remind me to toe the fucking line.”
Sirius reared back as if slapped and turned his gaze away. Harry watched him swallow, then take a few deep breaths before he looked at Harry again. “I don’t know how to take care of anyone, Harry,” he said baldly. “I wouldn’t know what I was doing if your biggest problems were acne and dating. But you’re the boy-who-lived, and that sucks so much, but it means that your problems are more often how to deal with people trying to kill you, and that… It’s so much pressure, pup. I’m so afraid that I’ll give you the wrong advice and get you killed!
“So, yeah. I’ve been asking Dumbledore’s advice. Because I know he’s a lot smarter than me.”
“Except that I don’t trust him,” Harry said gravely. “I can’t think of a single thing he’s done for me, specifically, that would make me trust him.”
“He’s had the Order guarding you all summer,” Sirius offered.
“Spying on me, you mean,” Harry frowned. “Guards don’t need to hide from the person they’re guarding.”
“He wanted you to be able to have a normal summer.”
“Really,” Harry said darkly. “A normal summer locked in a hot room without enough to eat?”
“What do you mean, not enough to eat?” Sirius asked warily.
Harry shook his head and looked away, studying the ugly wallpaper intently.
“Pup, what do you mean?” Sirius pressed after a long moment of silence.
“I’m not having this conversation with you,” Harry met Sirius eyes again and spoke very firmly. “I’m never going to matter as much to you as Dumbledore does, so there’s no point.”
“Harry, that’s-“ Sirius looked blindsided. “That’s not even close to true! I’ve loved you since you were born. I would die for you without blinking!”
“Would you?” Harry couldn’t help but ask snidely. “What if Dumbledore didn’t give you permission, though? What if he thought it was best that I be left alone all summer? What if my magic hadn’t gotten the best of those dementors? You weren’t fucking there! No one was! I was alone. On Dumbledore’s orders.”
“He put a guard on you! It’s not his fault that Dung left-“
“Isn’t it?” Harry laughed. “He trusted my life to someone like Mundungus Fletcher and you’re trying to tell me he couldn’t have – in all his vaunted wisdom – foreseen me not being properly protected?”
“Fine!” Sirius snapped suddenly, lurching to his feet.
Harry quickly leaned back, and his magic reared defensively as Sirius drew his wand, but the older man only held it straight in front of himself.
“I, Sirius Orion Black, do hereby swear that no one and nothing in this world, living or dead, will ever hold my loyalty above Harry James Potter! So mote it be!”
Harry felt the man’s magic swell and contract, binding him to the vow and he could only stare in bafflement. Sirius had just… Even Harry’s magic had gone still.
After a moment, Sirius returned to his seat in front of Harry and looked at him with sad eyes, “You okay?”
Harry shook his head and swallowed several times before he could speak, “No one… no one’s ever put me first before,” he admitted quietly. “Not really. They might say it, but they don’t act like it. That was…”
“James and Lily did,” Sirius said softly.
Harry shook his head again and blinked against the stinging in his eyes, “I don’t remember them.”
Slowly, gently, Sirius reached out and pulled Harry into a hug.
Harry breathed out and let his forehead rest on his godfather’s shoulder. He knew that Sirius was still far from perfect, but the man had just magically bound himself to Harry above everyone else in the world and that was… It was so much more than Harry had ever expected of anyone barring maybe a future spouse.
“Will you trust me now, Harry?” Sirius asked when they eventually parted.
Harry wiped surreptitiously at his inconveniently damp eyes. He thought about it a minute, then posed, “Will you… will you swear that you won’t just go telling my secrets to Dumbledore? Not even if you think it’s for my own good?”
Sirius sighed and rubbed at his face a moment before nodding, “Yeah, pup. I promise.”
Harry looked away at the discordant note in that promise. Sirius wasn’t lying specifically, but he wasn’t telling the whole truth, either. Like it came with provisos that he wasn’t sharing.
Still, the man had promised that his loyalty was to Harry first. Harry wasn’t going to tell him anything truly sensitive, he decided, but he could give him at least a measure of trust.
And so they ended up spending the next couple of hours with Harry explaining the insane things he’d survived at Hogwarts against all odds and the Dursleys treatment of him, including Figg’s participation at Dumbledore’s orders.
Sirius got angry about a lot of it, but Harry urged him to let it go. At least for now.
“But why?” Sirius demanded.
“Because it wouldn’t change anything,” Harry pointed out. “I asked Dumbledore to let me stay at Hogwarts my very first year and he didn’t even want to know why. He just told me no and sent me back. How many times have you honestly argued something with him and had him change his mind? How many times has anyone managed that?”
Sirius frowned as he thought about it.
Harry nodded without waiting for his godfather to finish his mental tally. “Yeah. I’m betting that number is zero or very close to it. Dumbledore’s smart and he’s got something to hold over the heads of most of you, I think.”
Sirius sighed, “You really don’t like him, huh?”
“I can’t trust him. Not based on his actions toward me my whole life.”
“All right, kiddo. But I’m going to work on him about you staying here next summer. We’ll see if I can’t prove you wrong about no one being able to change his mind.”
“You’re welcome to try,” Harry allowed. “Just please don’t go spilling all my secrets to him in the attempt.”
“I promised,” Sirius reminded him.
“And you sort of meant it,” Harry rolled his eyes.
Sirius huffed, then relented. “Fine. Barring life and death situations, I won’t share with Dumbledore anything about you without your permission. Satisfied?”
And that did sound like the truth, so Harry nodded and even mustered up a small smile, though a large part of him still had reservations. After all, life and death for Harry happened usually a couple times a year, at least, and was open to interpretation. After all, one could make an argument that Harry studying Dark magic could turn into a life and death situation. Or just about anything Harry did considering that he had a madman slavering for his blood.
So he let Sirius know that he appreciated the promise even while promising himself that he wasn’t going to go telling him any real secrets.
Notes:
Yeah, so I’ve given up trying to keep Sirius canon. I’m not good at writing him as that much of a berk. So, moving forward in this story, Sirius is going to start turning over a new leaf and not being a total arsehole to Harry or generally useless as he mostly seemed to be in the books.
*headdesk* So far we’re doing great for staying on the chapter count that I estimated. That is, the pessimistic estimate. I managed exactly half the scenes I was hoping to fit into this chapter.
Anywho! I hope you enjoyed. I’d love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 21: Year Five - part 3
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The Attic
On the fourth day of endless chores, Harry was getting fed up. He had a bag full of books that he wanted to read and homework still to do and he was stuck cleaning a decade’s accumulated filth without magic while the absolutely useless damn house-elf insulted them and the adults all mostly stood around and watched.
At least Hermione wasn’t here, because the one thing that could definitely make things worse would be listening to her defend the demented elf.
Today, Harry finished his breakfast early, then slipped upstairs before they could be given orders to begin cleaning. He didn’t go to his room where he’d immediately be found. Instead, he ventured up higher, looking for a room to explore where he might not be found right away. He’d brought both of his book vaults – his old one containing all the books that he didn’t think anyone would care that he had. And his newer one, which contained only “questionable” reading material plus a couple of harmless quidditch books that he could disguise as the cover while the pages were filled with Dark Arts and such.
The first three doors that he opened on the top floor were a cluttered storage room, a totally empty room caked in layers of dust, and a moderately clean bedroom that one of the Order members must have been using recently. Then he came to a narrow door almost tucked into a corner. He reached for the knob slowly, wary of either an occupied room or some sort of magical pest infestation. The knob refused to turn at first, obviously locked, but his magic leapt to his aid without any input from him and the lock clicked open barely a second later. He eased it open slowly and peeked inside, but it was completely dark. There must have been no windows. He pulled the door open a bit further and a lamp set into the wall suddenly lit itself, casting a gentle light over… a steep staircase leading up.
Harry’s brow rose in surprise. He was on the top floor, so this could only be an attic. He debated the possible danger inherent to exploring the attic in a house like this – hadn’t Ron said that the Burrow had some kind of magical creature living in the attic? A ghoul, wasn’t it? Something like that. Then he heard someone call his name from a lower floor and he figured it was worth the risk. He slipped inside and quietly closed the door behind him.
The long, narrow stair led into an obvious attic space with ceilings that ran the same angles as the sharply slanted roof. He actually suspected that the space was likely expanded just as the rest of Grimmauld seemed to be. The truly interesting thing about the room were the runes carved into every centimeter of space on the walls and ceilings. The room was dimly lit, not by sconces like in the stairway or chandeliers like in much of the house, but by the faint glow coming from the runes themselves.
The only piece of furniture in the room was a pedestal right in the center, which held a single, thick book bound in some pale-colored leather.
Harry approached it curiously and found that the title of the book was “12 Grimmauld Place” penned in a reddish brown ink. He reached for it cautiously, letting his magic examine the magic in the room to be sure it was safe to touch.
He closed his eyes and tried to just focus on what he could feel. He was coming to learn that he could feel a lot these days when he let his magic loose. The runes in the room were obviously the house wards – their magic flowed through the very bones of the house. And the book… was connected to the runes. It didn’t seem dangerous, so he cautiously closed the remaining distance to open the book. The pages were inked in that same reddish-brown ink. Did people really use blood as ink? The first page was titled “Fireproofing”, followed by a description of a ward that would prevent the house from catching on fire without impeding the fires one wanted to light within the house. Following the description was line after line of runes that he understood only a little bit thanks to two years taking the class. These were clearly very advanced wards.
A few more pages in was another section, this one titled, “Unmouldering”, which seemed to be a ward that prevented mold from attaching to any part of the house, which was odd because Harry could have sworn he’d cleaned up more than one patch of mold in the last few days, and the whole house kind of smelled like it.
He ran his hand over the runes in the book and he noticed a bit of the runes carved into the walls suddenly glowed a little brighter. He moved his hand away and looked again and he realized that the “unmouldering” runes did seem to be barely glowing at all. Perhaps they were failing. He touched the runes in the book again, then concentrated on feeding just a faint trickle of his magic into the book.
Almost instantly, the runes on the wall flared brighter and when he pulled back his hand, they continued to glow more brightly than anything else in the room.
Harry pursed his lips as he stared at the runes. He hoped that he hadn’t done anything too drastic. If every scrap of mold in the place had just shriveled up and turned to dust or something it was very likely someone may have noticed, after all.
Before he could worry too much, there was a pop and the mangy house-elf was suddenly stood before him. His large eyes were opened wide, his mouth gaping as he stared at Harry, then he promptly dropped to his knees. “Kreacher did not know that nasty master’s heir was a proper wizard! You is being a good Dark wizard and Kreacher was not knowing! Kreacher is a good and loyal servant of the Dark! Please be forgiving Kreacher, young master! Kreacher is being a good elf!”
Harry stared in shock at the elf apparently losing his mind at the thought of having offended a “good Dark wizard”. So apparently the elf wasn’t entirely insane. Just really unhappy with all the Light wizards in the house.
“It’s okay, Kreacher,” Harry said cautiously. “I’m not angry with you, but… Perhaps you could work on cleaning up the house a little. Maybe not the bedrooms that the Order are using,” because, seriously, they could clean them up themselves, “but the common spaces. And my room,” because it would be nice if it smelled less like dust and mold in the room he was sleeping in.
Kreacher readily gave assurances that he would do so and popped away.
Harry shook his head after the elf, then turned his attention back to the book. There were a lot of wards in it, though he noticed that the majority of them seemed to be either quite low on power or virtually powerless. He considered adding more of his magic to them, but then decided he’d have to be careful about that if he didn’t want to raise too many questions. He’d have to do it a little at a time. And probably when everyone was sleeping if possible. Maybe the Order would think the wards were just getting charged because of all the magic now being used in the house. Like a side effect to it being occupied.
Harry spent the next hour studying the rest of the wards in the book. There were… a lot of rather unpleasant ones beyond the basics at the beginning that protected it from the things muggles homes had to fear. There were general security wards as well. Then there were the… well, rather unpleasant wards. Kind of terrifying, actually. Wards that would make the inhabitants nearly helpless against the one holding the wards, or tell the ward holder things people may well wish to keep private. Wards that could immobilize and imprison and render unconscious. Wards that could detect the alignment of magical cores, identify curses whether active or not, even to assess the physical health conditions of people within the house. Like detecting allergies, diagnosing pregnancy or illness, detecting inebriation. And then the outright violent wards that could injure, maim, or even kill. He was certain those must be illegal, but it didn’t surprise him that the house had them anyway.
He suspected that someone as powerful as Dumbledore or himself could likely escape through the wards, but most people would probably find themselves helpless. It made Harry want to learn more about wards. Both using and overcoming them. And it convinced him that he would think very hard before entering the house of an enemy in the future.
When he was done going through the wards, Harry noted happily that he’d not been found and decided not to mess with a good thing. So he settled down on the floor and found a book to read.
When lunchtime came around, he figured he was probably going to raise alarm if he didn’t turn up, so he reluctantly stowed his book back in his book vault, which in turn went into the hidden storage space on his wrist. He made his way down to the kitchen where he was abruptly hounded as to his whereabouts all morning.
“I found an empty room to do some reading in,” was his defense. “I haven’t even been able to start on my summer homework yet, you know?”
This got a reaction out of Mrs. Weasley, who promptly scolded him for not telling her that sooner, then insisted that he should sit out the cleaning until he’d finished his homework. Which was a pleasant surprise that allowed him to retire to his bedroom to do homework after dinner while the Weasley children were ushered back to cleaning.
Once he was reasonably sure that he would remain alone, he called for Kreacher.
The elf didn’t belong to him and thus could have easily ignored him, Harry was sure, but he appeared almost instantly with a deep bow. “How can Kreacher be assisting the good heir of no good master?” was how he phrased his greeting.
Harry smiled a little in bemusement, “Hello, Kreacher,” he started because politeness couldn’t really hurt, he didn’t think. “Have you been given any orders with regard to the things that are getting thrown away here?”
Kreacher immediately began to wring his hands, ears drooping and face falling, “Kreacher is being told he cannot take these things. They is being stolen and Kreacher cannot stop it,” he despaired.
Harry winced, sympathizing more than he liked. He had seen these things being thrown away and the sheer waste had offended him. But for Kreacher, these were the artifacts of a family he had loved and lost. It had to be a million times worse for him. That sympathy only reinforced the decision Harry had already made. “Okay, you can’t take the things, but could you point them out for someone else to take?”
Kreacher’s eyes burned with intensity, “Kreacher can. Will good master Harry be wanting to see them?”
Harry shook his head, “Not me.” Then he took a breath and called, “Dobby!”
The elf appeared with an excited bounce, “Master Harry is calling Dobby!”
“Dobby, I need you to go to Diagon Alley and buy a trunk. Something with expanded storage space. Bring it back here as soon as you get it, but make sure no one sees you, okay?”
Dobby bowed and popped away to do as commanded and Harry turned his attention back to the elder elf.
“Does anyone ever go into the attic, Kreacher?” he questioned the hopeful-looking elf.
Kreacher immediately shook his head so hard his ears flapped. “No one is being in the attic since Mistress Walburgha died. The door is not being letting in anyone who is not being both Dark and Black.”
Harry frowned a little at that. “I’m not a Black.”
“Yous is being Bad Master’s heir.”
“Wait, you’re saying that I’m actually Sirius’ heir? Like, magically speaking?”
Kreacher nodded emphatically. “Filthy Blood Traitor Master is doing the blood ritual before he is letting nasty Order wizards into Mistress’ house.”
“Huh,” Harry said softly, wondering if his blood had been involved in this ritual. It seemed the only thing that made sense from what he knew of blood magic. Then another thought occurred to him. “So Sirius really isn’t Dark?” His own sense of magic had seemed to suggest that, but the man was hardly Light either, so he hadn’t been sure.
“No good master is being born with Light magic,” Kreacher said with distaste. “Mistress Walburgha tried to fix him, she did, but he never got better.”
Harry winced at the idea of what might have been tried to “fix” an apparently defective child. Maybe there was a decent reason Sirius hated his family so much beyond a mere difference of opinion politically.
“Okay,” Harry decided to move forward with this conversation before they got interrupted. “Well, I’m going to have Dobby put the trunk in the attic. I need you to enlist Dobby or Winky whenever something in this house is getting thrown away that shouldn’t be. Show them what and where and they will move it up to the attic for safekeeping. Can you transfigure some basic replicas of everything so it won’t be obvious that it’s missing?”
“Kreacher can,” the elf nodded, “but not everything is to be thrown away. Sometimes it is being stolen.”
Harry furrowed his brow in concern, “Someone’s stealing? It’s not just Sirius giving things away?”
“No good master is giving things to the blood traitor headmaster, but the smelly one is also stealing when no one is being looking.”
Harry didn’t need a better description to know who he meant. Mundungus, it had to be. In retrospect, not all that surprising. Given his general lack of scruples about “business opportunities” and the way he’d clearly been pricing out the silverware at dinner. “Yeah, feel free to do the same with anything that’s being stolen. Or just take it back yourself if you can, just try to make sure you’re not caught. We don’t need Sirius getting suspicious and asking you any unfortunate questions.” It was stomach-turning the way the elves were unable to disobey direct orders, when Harry stopped to think about it. At least human slaves had some capacity for rebellion or escape. House-elves had no such luxury.
It made Harry wonder if there was a way to give a house-elf the bond it needed to a wizard without restricting its autonomy. Winky might put up a fuss about it, but Dobby would probably go for it. And he could work on Winky. Harry wouldn’t ever give them horrible orders, but he’d feel better if even the possibility of it was removed.
Dobby returned very shortly after that, and Harry found that he had to go up to the attic and call Dobby to him there before the elf could get in. Happily, once he’d been invited in, Dobby seemed able to get in without assistance.
With the trunk in place, Harry happily transferred the Dark objects he’d already liberated into the trunk as Dobby and Kreacher popped away to rescue anything else that had already been bagged up. Harry could appreciate Sirius’ wish to disrespect his family by tossing their heirlooms into the bin, but what the man didn’t know wouldn’t hurt him, surely. He still got the satisfaction of chucking it all out and Kreacher got to keep his precious family treasures close to him. And Harry didn’t have to suffer the watching of valuable things thrown away. Win-win-win.
Gringotts
A few days before returning to Hogwarts, Harry finally decided that it couldn’t be put off any longer. In the letter from his mum that he’d received the summer before his first year, his mum had said that he could access the family artifact vault when he turned fifteen. That he would find her journals there with more information about his birth father and the events following that. As much as he craved that knowledge, he was equally wary of it. What he was and what he could do frightened him. His father terrified him. He had no idea if learning more about things from his mum’s perspective would make any of that better or worse.
Still, he did want to know.
So he waited until the house was asleep, then called Dobby to pop him to Gringotts. The bank was, thankfully, open twenty-four hours a day, probably to cater to the less legal or less human patrons that preferred to show up in the middle of the night. Or maybe it was a reflection of goblin physiology or culture. Harry honestly didn’t know if they were diurnal creatures or not.
At the counter, he asked to see his family artifact vault, and, after an inspection of his key, he was taken back without comment, thankfully.
The cart ride was longer than he was used to. This vault was deeper than his personal vault. The goblin took his key and opened the door for him, then stood back to let him enter alone.
Harry’s breath caught as he stepped inside. It was… massive. Nothing like the small room that housed the piles of gold coins in his vault. This was more like a cavern lined with shelves, each fitted with a sliding ladder as the only way to access the upper half of the tall shelves. There were sections that held many thousands of books, some with fancy gold leaf and others so worn they barely looked in one piece. Other sections looked like a junk shop with random bits and bobs piled together. Here, a doll with painted a ceramic face leaned against a globe that looked to be made of gold with gemstones making up the landmasses. There, an ornate set of what looked like marble knitting needles sat on top of a scuffed old letterbox.
Wonderingly, Harry wandered through the shelves, struggling to take in the sheer scope of the place. It made him think of the antique shop that Petunia used to drag him along to when Dudley was with his friends for the day. Dudley definitely couldn’t be trusted in the cluttered store, but Harry got to help her carry her purchases. This was much like that, just… a lot bigger. And the contents likely a lot more valuable.
He stopped and stared a moment at a set of full plate armor at the end of one shelf. It was polished to gleaming and fitted with an ornate, gem-studded sword.
A little further on, his attention was captured by a section of shelf that looked like it might have held the crown jewels. Some of the gems certainly seemed large enough. There were various forms of tiaras and circlets and crowns and such. There were also necklaces and earrings and rings and bracelets and broaches and more. It had to be worth a fortune if it wasn’t fake and he didn’t suspect that it was.
Hell, he’d known he wasn’t poor, but could he really be this rich?
Shaken, he continued on, attempting to focus on what he was looking for instead of trying to take everything in. Eventually, he came to a section of shelf labeled with names and dates. The shelves seemed to contain journals and wands along with a few other personal items, such as what were probably wedding rings and other precious jewelry. These shelves dated back to the time of the founders though there were gaps in places. It didn’t seem that everyone had left something of the sort.
Finally, he came to the end of the section. Or the last of it that was filled and found James Potter and Lily Potter nee Evans. James Potter left only three journals whereas Lily had left eight, each neatly labeled with a year starting in 1973 and continuing until 1981.
Harry collected all of his parents’ journals and lamented that there was nothing else to find, but he supposed that there had been no one alive after their deaths to desposit any of their belongings in the vault. He was a little surprised that the 1981 journal was even here, but then his mum had been a charms genius by all accounts. Perhaps she’d spelled it to come here if she died. She’d been concerned enough about his knowing things to leave the letter for him, after all.
With the small pile of journals tucked under his arm, he left the vault without taking the time to examine anything else. There would be time enough to explore this place in the future. With Dobby’s help, it wasn’t as though he couldn’t come back during the school year if he wished.
He found the goblin waiting somewhat impatiently outside his vault and returned to the surface with him, where he called Dobby to take him back to Grimmauld. He then took the time to add each journal to his secondary book vault – the one for his Dark Arts books. If any of the journals mentioned Harry’s birth father, then they needed to remain private.
Which, come to think of it, might have been an incentive for his mum to enchant hers to go to the vault. It wouldn’t do to have it laying around the house for looters to find if they were killed. Not if she truly believed that the secret was as dangerous to him as her letter implied. And given what he’d seen of the wizarding world so far, he had to agree. These people did not do well with things that were different or dangerous and he was certainly both.
Once they were secure, he changed into his pajamas and went to bed. He could put off reading them a little longer.
Hogwarts Letters
Harry had carefully worked out how slowly he had to work through his homework to make it last the rest of the summer to ensure he wouldn’t get stuck with any more cleaning. Ron was a little resentful of his avoiding the work, but Harry had just shrugged. It wasn’t like he could lend Ron some of his homework, after all. The twins had been quite impressed by how neatly he’d maneuvered their mum, though Harry had admitted that he hadn’t known it would work so well.
When he wasn’t working his way slowly through his homework, Harry tended to hide in the attic. It was the one place in the house he felt secure reading his Dark Arts books. And he had a goodly number of them now. That bookstore owner had had another couple of books to pass on to him through Dobby every week and Harry was of no mind to ask him to stop. Rather he’d asked him to widen the subjects he was setting aside for Harry. Not only were they interesting and potentially valuable for future use, but given what his magic had done with Viktor, Harry was quite keen to have a better idea as to what kinds of Dark Arts his magic might decide to spontaneously enact. There was also, admittedly, something he found generally fascinating about the advanced forms of Dark magic that these books described. Of course, some of it was quite horrible, but he had enough life experience by this point to know that there was very little of it that he would say with certainty that he would never use. Mostly that involved sacrificing innocents and such. The rest of it… well, there were some people that the world was better off without. He didn’t see why he shouldn’t benefit in the process of making the world a better place.
At least in theory.
Necromancy, not surprisingly, seemed to mostly involve using death or dead things to increase magical power, typically by way of a ritual. Conversely, it could also be used to simply bring death to living things, generally via spells.
Soul magic, on the other hand, was about using the soul to empower magic, or using magic to empower, augment, understand, or alter the soul. The possibilities were staggering, but so were the potential pitfalls if one made a mistake or an unwise alteration to the soul. Very high risk, high reward. It seemed to be mostly ritual magic, though there were a few spells. The Killing Curse, most notably. It killed the way it did because it didn’t truly affect the body. Rather, it worked by severing the soul from the body so violently that the body failed. It made him wonder how that would work on someone that was maybe immortal. Maybe his soul was different enough from a normal soul that it couldn’t be cut off the same way. Or maybe his soul was connected to his body in a different way. Learning about how the Killing Curse worked honestly made it almost not surprising that he’d survived it. Not that he was eager to see if the phenomenon would work a second time.
He also spent some time looking through the artifacts that he and Kreacher had squirrelled away in the attic, but he didn’t have enough understanding of runes and arithmancy to really trust his assessments at this point. His magic went a long way to telling him whether something was dangerous to investigate, but it didn’t give him quite enough confidence to want to try to use any of these artifacts.
The locket was by far the Darkest and the most dangerous according to his magic. It was also the most complicated according to his rudimentary ability to assess it the way normal people would.
So he decided that he’d just leave the stuff be for now, though he did instruct Kreacher that, should anyone be about to discover the trunk for any reason, he was to have Dobby or Winky pop it to Gringotts and deposit it in Harry’s vault for safekeeping. Surprisingly, Kreacher didn’t seem to mind that idea even though it would put the items beyond his reach. Harry supposed the elf would rather they were gone from his reach than destroyed.
The Hogwarts letters finally arrived the very day before school was to resume, which seemed ludicrous. Mrs. Weasley demanded his vault key so that she could go and pick up his things. Apparently, she was unwilling to brave the no doubt heaving Alley with any children along. Harry could understand that for her own children, but he was a little indignant at not being allowed to spend his own money. Still, it obviously wasn’t optional. He made a mental note to never store anything private in his personal vault lest someone invite themselves into it like this. He’d have to amend Kreacher’s instructions regarding the trunk to send it to his family artifact vault instead.
And so he handed over his key and let her go. Annoyingly, it wasn’t among the things she passed over to him on her return and he had to actually request it back. She didn’t protest, at least, and gave it back readily enough, but it galled that she hadn’t done so automatically.
Ron made prefect for the fifth year Gryffindor boys, which was surprising given his general laziness and mild bullying of the younger years, but Harry supposed it was mostly about who you knew. And the Weasleys were close with both Dumbledore and McGonagall. He thought he remembered that Bill had been headboy in his day, though he had no idea if he’d deserved it. He did seem to be quite smart. Regardless, Harry chose not to mention any of that, instead just congratulating Ron. Maybe it would help him with his jealousy.
That evening, Harry snuck away from the party thrown for Ron’s getting prefect early. He’d stayed long enough to give Ron his congratulations again, but he wasn’t having all that much fun surrounded by all the Order members.
He ended up sitting on his bed rereading the handful of letters Blaise had sent him over the summer. Unfortunately, Blaise had returned to England only a day before Harry had been taken to Grimmauld Place and they’d had no chance to meet up. They had exchanged long, thoughtful letters about once a week, discussing what they’d been doing and whatever else came to mind. Harry had reread them each an embarrassing number of times. Blaise had ended each letter with the same line that made Harry squirm with pleasure every time he read it.
I count the days until I will see you again.
A silly and not particularly original line, but Harry could almost feel the sentiment behind it. Perhaps because it was a common thought in his own mind.
“Zabini, huh?”
Harry startled and looked up from the letter that he’d probably been smiling at like an idiot. His godfather was standing in the doorway and Harry was pretty sure he’d closed that door.
“You didn’t answer my knock,” Sirius explained in response to Harry’s look. “I can see that you were distracted.”
Harry felt his face heat a bit as he folded the letters together in a stack and stuffed them under his pillow. “What’s up?”
Sirius sighed and stepped all the way inside, closing the door behind him, then flicking his wand to raise a silencing charm. He stepped over to Harry’s bed and sat down at the foot, facing Harry. “Okay, don’t get mad, yeah?”
“Well, that’s an ominous start,” Harry frowned. They’d come a long way in their relationship since Sirius had sworn his mad vow. Harry still didn’t fully trust him, of course, but he had let the man in a lot more than he’d ever opened up to any adult.
Sirius held up his hands in supplication, “Look, you’re going to do what you want. I’m not going to try to demand anything. I learned my lesson.”
Harry allowed a weak smile, which was clearly what the man was angling for.
“So, I looked into the Zabinis and I’m a little worried. Now, hear me out,” he added quickly as Harry felt his face harden. “I don’t know if you’re aware, but the family is definitely Dark, though I haven’t found any proof that they’re aligned with Voldemort. He doesn’t usually recruit women and it’s just Blaise and his mum in this country, so it would make sense if they weren’t connected before. But there’s a good chance Blaise is on a list of recruits this time around.”
Harry took a breath and looked toward the window, though he let Sirius continue. He could hear him out, at least, before telling him that he was wrong.
“And, I don’t know if you’ve heard, but his mum is a suspected black widow. She’s been married eight times now, Harry. That’s so far beyond coincidence that I can’t believe they can’t arrest her on plausibility alone.”
Harry sighed. Blaise had basically told him that she had killed at least one of her husbands, if not all. Harry also knew that Blaise loved his mother dearly. Harry wasn’t entirely sure if he could excuse her murderous tendencies for Blaise’s sake, but Blaise had also insinuated that there had been extenuating circumstances. Maybe she was deliberately marrying men who deserved it so she could do the world a favor while inheriting their estates. He could forgive that.
“Look,” Sirius entreated when Harry must not have given the response he was hoping for, “I’m just a little concerned, Harry, because… Well – and I’m not saying this is the case – but the Boy-Who-Lived would be… I mean, if you died, your spouse would be set to inherit an awful lot…”
“Blaise isn’t planning to marry and off me,” Harry snapped, his annoyance overcoming the patience he was trying to have with the man who was obviously trying to look out for him in this misguided way. “Look, I know when I’m being lied to, okay? If it was like that, I’d know.”
Sirius sighed and shook his head, “All right, prongslet. All right. I don’t want to fight, it’s just… I remember what romance was like at fifteen. And with you being the Boy-Who-Lived… I worry. I just want you to be careful, okay?”
Harry huffed a humorless laugh, “Trust me, Sirius. Blaise isn’t a threat.” Harry had so many real threats in his life, it seemed plainly silly to even discuss this non-issue.
Sirius left him alone shortly after and Harry watched after him with the sober reminder that, despite his vow to Harry, Sirius still loathed Dark wizards.
Notes:
It was tempting to have Harry find the Black library, but I wanted to do something a little less cliche in this fic.
The next chapter is about 5/6 of the way done, so with luck that will be up pretty soon.
Chapter 22: Year Five - part 4
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Back To Hogwarts
“I need to go to the prefect meeting,” Ron said awkwardly as they boarded the train. “Hermione’s probably already there. We’ll come find you when it’s over though,” he promised.
Harry shook his head, “That’s okay. I think I’m just going to sit with Blaise and his friends. He sat with us at the end of term. And I’ll have a chance to catch up with Hermione at dinner.”
Ron grimaced and looked momentarily irritated before giving a conceding nod, “Yeah. Right.”
He moved ahead faster, not saying another word.
Harry sighed after him, then shook his head. Their friendship wouldn’t ever be what it was, but maybe that wasn’t that odd. They were getting older. It probably shouldn’t be surprising that they couldn’t go back to the relatively carefree friendship they’d had when they were younger. People changed and circumstances changed. It was just part of life.
Blaise wasn’t difficult to find as he was standing in the doorway of his compartment, grinning at Harry when their eyes met. Harry returned his grin, more excited than he’d expected to be on seeing him. Damn, he’d missed him. He didn’t hesitate to step right into Blaise’s space and wrap his arms around him. Warm arms immediately returned the embrace and Harry happily breathed in the by-now familiar scent of him, now accented with a new perfume. It brought to mind the scent of the air after a heavy rain and a forest at springtime and something faintly of citrus. He liked it.
“Missed you,” he said just loudly enough for Blaise to hear, and he felt the smile on Blaise’s lips as a kiss was pressed to his temple.
“You, too,” Blaise replied just as quietly and held him another long moment before releasing him.
Harry reluctantly stepped back and accepted the wordless invitation into the compartment. He found Tracy Davis grinning brightly at him while Theordore Nott studied him with a blank face. “Hello,” he greeted them politely.
“Harry, you’re familiar with Tracy Davis and Theodore Nott, I presume,” Blaise introduced as he joined him in the compartment and closed the door.
“Of course,” Harry nodded amiably.
“So nice to finally meet you!” Davis declared cheerfully. “Blaise has been keeping you all to himself for far too long.”
Blaise slipped his hand into Harry’s as he passed him, then drew him down onto the vacant bench with him. Harry very happily leaned into Blaise’s side and smiled when an arm draped around him. He’d missed Blaise entirely too much for it to have been only two months.
“So, Harry,” Davis began at once, “I feel like I don’t know anything about you and you’re my best friend’s boyfriend, so that won’t do. So let’s start with the hard questions. Favorite color?”
Harry laughed a little, though he was feeling quite wary. There was something about her tone that was ringing slightly false. He suspected that she wasn’t actually as friendly and welcoming as she was making herself out to be at the moment. The fact she was a Slytherin was a good hint in that direction, after all. As was the way Blaise was sitting slightly tensely next to him.
“Er… green,” Harry admitted, “but very dark green.” Which had absolutely nothing to do with Blaise’s Yule ball robes, even if he’d been a little more fond of the color since around that time.
“What about favorite foods?” Davis pressed.
And so began an interrogation that probably left the Slytherins knowing more meaningless details about him than Ron or Hermione had learned in the last four years. None of the questions felt dangerous to answer. Indeed, they seemed tailored to be harmless. But there were an awful lot of them, and he was left feeling slightly like he’d divulged too much by the time the snack trolley came through and interrupted her.
He gave Blaise a slightly nervous look as they all rose to buy snacks and Blaise gave him a commiserating look and a kiss on the head that wasn’t all that reassuring.
When they’d all bought something and settled back down, Blaise spoke up before Tracey – and she had insisted he call her that somewhere in the midst of her interrogation – could begin again, if, indeed, that was her plan. “How about a game of rune dominoes, Tracey?”
She looked slightly put-out, but agreed readily enough, and they settled down to play with minimal talking.
Relieved, Harry retrieved this year’s defense text to read. Nott had spent the whole ride thus far reading a book that looked like arithmancy by the cover. He had appeared entirely focused on the book, though Harry could feel the boy’s attention on him, so he was definitely paying attention.
Fifteen minutes later, Harry closed the book in disgust.
“Tired of reading?” Blaise inquired.
“Of that, yeah!” Harry sneered at the offending book.
Blaise lifted his eyebrows in surprise.
“It’s total rubbish!” Harry exclaimed.
“He’s not wrong,” Nott spoke up for the first time.
“What’s wrong with it?” Blaise wondered.
“It’s completely passive bullshite that won’t help you defend yourself against a schoolyard bully, much less a hostile creature or wizard!” Harry disdained.
“Unfortunately,” Nott concurred.
“Defense is going to be a nightmare this year,” Harry realized.
After that, Harry turned his attention to other textbooks, which he found far less distressing. Theory probably wouldn’t ever be his strong suit, but he didn’t think any of it looked too terribly difficult, at least.
They arrived at the school without any great calamity. Malfoy didn’t even visit the compartment, which was a strange new development that Harry could only credit to the Slytherins sharing the compartment with him. Harry wasn’t sure if Malfoy didn’t want to find out if the other Slytherins would side with Harry against him, or if he was just trying not to start anything with them. Slytherins never did seem to quarrel. At least not openly. Surely they couldn’t all get along all the time. They weren’t nearly friendly enough for that.
The ride up to the school was again in Thestral drawn carriages. Harry was quite intrigued to find that Tracy and Nott could both see them as well, as was evident when they both patted the beasts as they passed them. He wondered about that, but didn’t dare to bring it up.
In the great hall, Harry split from Blaise with a perfunctory kiss that he liked all the better for just how rote it felt. When he reached the Gryffindor table, Hermione stood to greet him with an excited hug, which Harry returned happily. He’d missed Hermione as well, he realized, though nowhere near the way he’d missed Blaise.
When Dumbledore stood to give his announcements, there thankfully weren’t any revelations of more tournaments, though the new professor did have the gall to interrupt him in order to give a ridiculously long and meandering speech that seemed to boil down to the ministry sticking their corrupt paws into the running of the school.
“Fucking great,” Harry muttered as the food finally appeared, and he began dishing up.
“Language,” Hermione scolded, though her heart clearly wasn’t in it.
He just lifted his eyebrows at her, and she subsided.
“So how was your summer?” he prompted as they began to eat.
And just like that, her mood completely changed as she grinned hugely. “Really great,” she exclaimed with enthusiasm. “Viktor’s parents are really lovely. We took trips around Bulgaria every weekend that I was there! It’s a beautiful country. They hope that I’ll agree to move there if Viktor and I decide to get married, and honestly, I’m not completely opposed to the idea! Though, of course not until things have calmed down around here. I’m not going to just take off if we’re in the middle of a war.”
Harry smiled and listened to her rapid explanation of the last month that she’d clearly enjoyed very much. Harry wondered if it would be possible to change her mind about leaving despite the war. As much as he’d like to have her around, he’d like even better to know she was somewhere safe. He decided not to bring it up just yet. He’d let things between her and Viktor progress a little further first. Maybe she’d end up wanting to leave to be with him enough that Harry would only have to give her assurances that he didn’t mind.
When they were dismissed to their common rooms, Harry went to bed right away. He closed himself behind his bed curtains and spelled them sealed and silenced, then called out Kaa. He was going to need the company.
As Kaa wrapped himself around Harry until he was comfortable, Harry focused on the first of the three journals he wanted to read. 1979, 1980, and 1981 were his first focus. All were inside his secondary book vault, which he kept always on his person via the enchanted wrist cuff.
Kaa stopped moving and Harry pulled himself from the errant wonderings. “These are your mother’s writings?” the snake inquired.
Harry nodded. “Yeah. Should be everything she had to say about my dad in these. My birth father, I mean.” Harry had been procrastinating actually reading them, but it was starting to feel more like cowardice than anything, and he didn’t care for that trait in himself.
“You fear him,” Kaa observed.
“Yeah,” Harry admitted. Because fear and cowardice were very different things. Fear was what any intelligent being felt when threatened. Cowardice was succumbing to fear. That was a distinction he hadn’t understood when he’d first been sorted into Gryffindor, but he’d figured it out over the years.
“Then knowing more about him can only help,” Kaa reasoned.
Harry huffed a deprecating laugh, “Yeah. That’s… that’s good advice.” So, with a deep breath, he cracked open the earliest volume and started to read.
Admittedly, he skimmed the first half of the year, not all that interested. He was sure he’d go back and read with more attention later. Right now, he just wanted to know about his father.
The fighting between his mum and James seemed to be picking up that summer. Most of the fights centered around the war or complications due to it. Lily wrote about James spending so much of his time running errands for Dumbledore when he wasn’t working. She bitterly complained about him spending the little time they had free goofing off with Sirius instead of the date nights she kept trying to set up with him. She felt like an afterthought in his life and she hated it.
James was graduating auror training early along with half of his class as, apparently, the ministry needed aurors too urgently to wait and they were fast-tracking the top half of each class. The transition to more responsibilities led to longer hours and more stressful assignments which not only took up more of James’ time, but also made him even more inclined to want to spend his free time having juvenile prank wars with Sirius rather than spending time with his wife. And both of their time was further pared down by Order meetings and the assignments that came out of them.
She felt like a stranger to her own husband and utterly at the bottom of his priorities. James was not, according to her entries, at all patient with or sympathetic toward her complaints when she voiced them.
And then, finally, came the one he’d been waiting for. The entry was written in haste, the penmanship sloppier than most entries, ink spots more prevalent.
6 November 1979
I’ve made a terrible mistake. I feel like I’ve done nothing but fight with James for months, and then last week I tried to have a serious conversation with him, and he wouldn’t even listen. He said he was late to meet Sirius. Something for Dumbledore, and he was gone. I was so angry with him.
I just wanted to get out. I wanted to get away from the war and magic completely. I apparated to London. I transfigured my clothes, and I went to a club. I just wanted to drink and dance and lose myself for a little while. I wanted men to notice me. I wanted to feel admired. And I was. It was such a relief to just feel wanted by someone as I haven’t felt with James in so long. There was one man, in particular. He was… incredible. He was beautiful. Tall, dark, handsome… And so charming.
He made me feel beautiful and cherished. Desirable. He was intelligent and an incredible dancer.
But I let things go too far. I only wanted to dance, but I haven’t felt desired in so long and I didn’t want it to stop. I didn’t tell him that I was married. When he made advances, I should have withdrawn.
I didn’t.
I slept with him. I was unfaithful to my husband. I left as soon as it was over, but it was too late by then.
I still made it home hours before James, but I waited up for him. When he got home, I told him what had happened. It’s so painful how shocked he was. As though, despite everything, he’d never doubted my faithfulness for a moment. Even though he clearly should have.
The fight that followed was terrible. He yelled. I screamed. I cried. He threw things. It was ugly. He didn’t speak to me for days afterward. I’m still mad at him for how he’s been treating me, but I know that I stepped so far over the line. He’s every right to be far angrier with me.
Last night, he finally sat down and talked with me. Rationally, this time. I cried again and he hugged me of all things. He said that he wants to forgive me, but he needs time. I… completely understand. We’ve taken mutual vows of fidelity going forward. As long as we are married, we won’t be able to be unfaithful. I’d have probably slapped him if he suggested such a thing when we were first married. The pride of inexperience, I guess.
I wouldn’t have ever done something like this again. I’m certain of that. I wouldn’t ever put myself in such a position again, knowing my weakness. But I’m glad for the vows. I can’t ask him to trust my word after what I’ve done. Now we can move forward with at least that much trust renewed.
We made love last night
Harry cringed and looked away for a moment, then skimmed forward a bit and decided that there was nothing more pertinent in that entry. At least she’d not gone into any detail about the event that ended in his conception. She hadn’t truly gone into gory details in the last bit either, he didn’t think. Just lots about physical love and intimacy that he didn’t want to associate with his mother or adoptive father.
With a bracing breath, he moved onto the next entry. For a while, she just talked about rebuilding her strained marriage. At least it seemed that her infidelity finally shocked him into realizing that he couldn’t go on treating his wife like something he’d get around to if he ever managed to find the time.
In stark contrast to that summer, she wrote now about James making a real effort. There was still some lingering stiffness between them after her infidelity, but they made steady progress.
The hiccup came about a month later when she realized that her monthly was late. She and James hadn’t been together for several weeks before her infidelity and only a couple of times in the weeks after as they worked on their marriage. The odds weren’t nearly as high as they would like that James was the father.
Still, they continued to build the strength of their relationship through the following months. It was clear that James had matured a good bit in the course of things, and he seemed much more willing to put work into their marriage after than he had been before.
Then Lily hit her fifth month and Harry’s accidental magic had begun. It started as extreme and sudden bouts of sickness, then progressed to bruised organs by the time Lily managed to figure out the right charm arrays to keep the baby calm and content inside her. She still suffered occasional difficulties, including more than one cracked rib and a cracked vertebrae at one point as well as a collapsed lung in addition to less dangerous things like spontaneous levitation and a whole day in which her skin kept randomly changing colors.
It sounded harrowing and made Harry grateful that his mum had apparently been a master of charms because it might have saved her life.
There came a time, shortly before his birth, when Dumbledore had informed them of a prophecy pertaining to their son and Voldemort. A prophecy that Voldemort had learned of, and they were sent into hiding with Sirius as their Secret Keeper. The move had been difficult for Lily in her condition, and it was why they’d rushed to use the charm.
When she finally went into labor – apparently a week after her due date – they’d been so worried about how his magic would react to the birth canal that they’d opted for a cesarian as soon as she’d gone into labor, which was apparently exceedingly rare in the magical world thanks to magic fixing most of the things that would cause muggles to take the baby out that way. At least magical healing meant that she’d easily recovered from it.
Then, after the birth had come a period of adjustment to the world in which his accidental magic had also been on the violent side. He would wake during the night and if he was alone too long, the whole house would start to shake with his temper. Or the temperature in the room would plummet as soon as his nappy was removed for a change.
Then, around four months, things had started to calm. He’d settled down and his accidental magic had dropped off to levels that could almost be considered normal apart from the rare instance of spontaneously resurrecting small animals or once transfiguring his crib into a pile of fluffy pillows.
Shortly after his birth, they’d done the heritage test and learned who his father actually was. James had immediately moved to quietly, but legally adopt Harry, ensuring that he was a Potter in all ways that mattered, and it couldn’t ever be contested. They’d sat down and discussed what it would mean for Harry to have what seemed to be essentially a deity of some kind as a blood father. They could obviously expect him to be powerful. They weren’t sure if he’d develop any non-human traits such as horns or wings. They even floated the possibility of a tail, which he hoped never came true. They agreed that his heritage would have to be concealed for his protection, at least until he was an adult. Ideally, throughout his entire life if he was to have any chance at a normal one.
He found the entry where she mentioned the letter she’d written and taken to Gringotts to be delivered to him if they didn’t make it.
And then she’d detailed what she knew about his father. He’d gone by Lucifer, which she’d found a quirky name, but she’d thought on it no further than that. Who honestly would have? They hadn’t exchanged surnames.
His breath caught when he turned the page and there, filling most of the page, was a full color, shoulder-up drawing of a man. A face that was not Harry’s but bore him a striking resemblance. They had the same curly black hair. A similar jaw, though Harry didn’t have a cleft chin. Their noses were similar and the way their brow cut low over their eyes. Their skin tone seemed identical.
“Holy shit,” he breathed. He didn’t know if his mum could draw that well or if she’d used a spell, but he felt incredibly grateful to her that she’d included the image. Even though the man scared the crap out of him, it still felt incredibly… grounding, to know what he looked like. If learning of Figg’s treachery had left him unmoored, this image made him feel like he’d got hold of something again. This was his father. He looked a great deal like his father. Far more than the superficial likeness to James that everyone seemed to find compelling – perhaps because it had been so long since they’d seen James.
The man looked maybe thirty, which Harry supposed he likely still did. Aging was undoubtedly something beyond the devil.
After studying the picture for a long time, he finally turned his attention to the text on the facing page. She mentioned a few more details, like his height. An impressive six foot three that Harry wondered if he had any hope of reaching. He’d always been short for his age, though he’d had a bit of a growth spurt this summer. Perhaps due to actually eating well. She also mentioned his utter confidence and his swagger, which… Well, when one is an immortal deity, probably not surprising.
Then she wrote that Sirius had had a close call with Death Eaters, and they’d decided that it was too risky for him to remain Secret Keeper. He would continue to be, outwardly, and take on the risk of being hunted. But secretly they would change to their friend Peter so that even if Sirius was taken and tortured, he would be incapable of giving up their secret. No one was likely to suspect Peter, so he’d be safe.
It was the last entry.
Harry closed the journal and just let his mind turn over what he’d learned for a long time. There was so much. Details about his father and his mum’s marriage and the fidelius that had failed to keep them alive. Immediately after they’d changed to Pettigrew. If someone would have found this journal, Sirius might not have done over a decade in prison. But it also seemed hard to believe that his mum wouldn’t have taken some kind of precaution with that given how she’d prepared for the worst with him. But perhaps it really had been just a terrible oversight. No one could think of everything, after all.
Detention
“What would any of you possibly need to defend yourselves from, Mr. Potter?” the horrible woman probed with faux sweetness that made him want to wring her fat neck.
“Oh, I don’t know,” Harry returned a grin just as fake, “how about Sirius Black?” Because that was the Ministry approved story, wasn’t it?
She clearly hadn’t been expecting that name to come out of his mouth as her smile hardened. “Detention, Mr. Potter. For trying to spread hysteria. The Ministry will handle Mr. Black.”
The new defense teacher, Harry decided, was the worst they’d had yet. And that was including an actual Death Eater, a man possessed by Voldemort, and a man who’s only magical skills were the obliviate spell and whatever magic he undoubtedly used to make his teeth shine quite so brightly when he smiled.
“You really can’t let her get to you, Harry,” Hermione said, half scold and half commiseration as they left the classroom.
“I do seem to recall that you started it, Hermione, dear,” Harry frowned right back.
She blushed. “Yes, well. I was arguing rationally.”
“Yeah, and she didn’t give me detention for losing my temper. She gave me detention for having a good argument,” Harry pointed out.
“Yes, I did notice that,” she sighed. “She’s going to make this year a misery.”
“Yep.”
Every class was pushing the importance of extra studying for the OWL exams at the end of the year, and they would be given extra homework all year to facilitate that, which was going to make this year even more dreadful, he was sure.
In transfiguration, they were practicing vanishing charms, which were apparently extremely difficult spells and some of the hardest they’d face on their OWLs. Harry managed it on the very first try even though he had very little grasp on the theory McGonagall had just gone over, but then he’d been teaching himself to do these wandlessly over summer. He hadn’t known enough about the theory of the spell then to realize that it was supposed to be so difficult.
“That’s just not fair,” Ron despaired, though Harry was sure he’d grown used to Harry doing well in practicals by now.
Hermione certainly didn’t help matters by telling Ron that he just wasn’t concentrating hard enough, then managing hers on the third try. Harry wondered if Ron would have been happier if he’d befriended Dean and Seamus back in first year instead of him and Hermione. The other boys were snickering at their own failed attempts the next table over.
In Care of Magical Creatures, they were studying bowtruckles under professor Grubbly-Plank. Hagrid was absent for reasons unknown. Harry suspected Order business of some kind. He would like to think someone would have bothered to inform him if Hagrid was actually injured or seriously ill or something. He’d write to ask Sirius about it, but he didn’t want to risk it given the current political climate.
The bowtruckles were surprisingly vicious little things, and Harry found himself grateful that he wasn’t so easily hurt anymore when one of them tried to slice open his thumb. He did take more care to avoid invoking any further violence for fear that someone would notice.
A fourth year herbology class was just letting out when they reached the greenhouses for their next class. Ginny tossed a cheerful greeting at them as she passed, but she didn’t stop to talk. After her came a girl with very large blue eyes and a pile of pale blond hair atop her head. She was wearing dangling earrings that looked like radishes, of all things, and a necklace made of what he thought looked like butterbeer corks. She saw them and made directly for them.
“Hello, Hermione,” she greeted politely.
“Luna,” Hermione replied stiffly. Harry threw her a curious look and she obliged. “Harry, this is Luna Lovegood. She lives near the Weasleys. We shared a compartment on the way to Hogwarts this year. Her father owns that gossip paper, the Quibbler.”
“O-kay,” Harry said uncertainly, mostly in response to Hermione’s barely tolerant tone. He sent a polite smile at the girl. “Nice to meet you, Luna.”
“It’s nice to meet you, Harry Potter,” she greeted in reply.
“Er… you can just call me Harry?” which came out a question because he’d never had anyone greet him with his full name like that. Well, anyone but Dobby.
“You’re nice,” she decided, then announced, “I believe you about He-Who-Must-Not-Be-Named, regardless of what the Daily Prophet says. They don’t often get things right anyway.”
Hermione scoffed something that sounded suspiciously like, “Pot-kettle.”
“Thank you,” he said, ignoring Hermione.
Luna just flashed him a bright smile and walked away.
“Huh,” he muttered after her before continuing into the greenhouse. As they sat down, he lifted an eyebrow at Hermione. “Is there a reason you don’t like her?”
“People call her Loony Lovegood, Harry. For a good reason.”
Harry frowned at Hermione’s uncharacteristically harsh pronouncement. “People say a lot of mean things, Hermione,” he pointed out gravely.
Hermione hunched a little under his stare. She glanced at Ron as though for support, but the redhead just lifted his palms in surrender and she sighed, “She insists on talking about creatures that don’t exist,” Hermione explained. “It’s annoying.”
“Then ignore her,” Harry chastised. “She doesn’t seem like she’s trying to upset you. You could return that favor.” Harry had let Ron get away with a lot of minor bullying when they were younger, but he wasn’t a little kid afraid of losing his friends anymore, and he wasn’t going to put up with it now.
“I’ll try,” Hermione said, and then Professor Sprout started the class, and the subject was dropped.
Umbridge scheduled his detention that night about as early as she possibly could. He barely had time to scarf down some dinner before he had to hurry to her office. Unfortunately, he was waylaid leaving the Great Hall by a loud and angry cry of, “Oi, Potter!”
With a long-suffering sigh, Harry turned to figure out who else was determined to annoy him today. And he found Angelina Johnson storming toward him in a towering temper.
“How come you’ve landed yourself in detention for five o’clock on Friday, Potter?”
Harry frowned uncertainly at the question a moment before recalling that he’d seen that she was holding tryouts for a new keeper for their team that afternoon. With a sigh, he supposed he shouldn’t put this off any further. “Look, Angelina, I’ve been meaning to talk with you. I’m not going to be playing quidditch this year, so you’ll have to find yourself a seeker as well.”
Angelina’s eyes bulged in horror. “What?! No! You can’t do that!”
Harry winced as her voice hit a painfully high frequency.
“Take it back, Potter!” she insisted.
He shrugged helplessly, “Sorry. It’s my OWL year. I need to spend more time studying this year.”
“No, Potter. You can’t do this to me,” she pleaded.
“I’m really set on it. Sorry,” he winced, then turned and beat a hasty retreat while she stood there looking like she was going into shock. He was going to miss quidditch like crazy this year. It was one of the few things at school that let him really just forget his stupid life and have fun. But he was getting to be too strong, too fast, and too durable. What he’d said to Angelina wasn’t a lie – he should spend more time studying this year – but it wasn’t the main reason he was quitting. He couldn’t risk people getting suspicious about him. Especially not with how against him the Ministry seemed right now. Any hint that he might be a creature would probably be enough to put him under investigation or something. And he couldn’t afford that.
He turned his focus back to making it to his detention on time lest she have an excuse to give him a dozen more. She’d already given him four detentions for the crime of making a good point. He’d rather not give her actually good reasons to punish him.
On arriving, he found the office even more horrifying than Lockhart’s winking portraits of himself. Umbridge had the whole place decked out in gaudy pink and mewing cute kitten pictures. Merlin, it’s like she was overcompensating really hard for the fact no one could ever describe her as “cute”.
He held onto his temper by his fingernails as she ushered him into a seat. “Now, you are going to be doing some lines for me, Mr. Potter. No, not with your quill,” she dismissed as he made to reach for his bag. “You’re going to be using a rather special one of mine. Here you are.”
She held out a long, thin black quill with an unusually sharp point.
Harry reached out to accept it from her and nearly flinched away as his hand closed around it. The thing positively pulsed with Dark magic.
“I want you to write, ‘I must not incite hysteria,’” she instructed.
Harry licked his lips nervously as he cautiously drew the quill closer to him. His magic had gone from ruffled with annoyance to flaring in defensiveness. “How many times?” he asked softly as his magic tried to make sense of what he was feeling from the quill beyond that it was Dark.
“Oh, as long as it takes for the message to sink in,” she said sweetly. “Off you go.”
She moved back to her desk and Harry cautiously adjusted his grip on the quill. The feeling it was giving him… like a tickle in his throat. Like it was… thirsty.
“Er, Professor? You’ve not given me any ink,” he pointed out with a sinking feeling that it hadn’t been a mistake.
“Oh, you won’t need any ink,” she said with a touch of a laugh in her voice.
What the fuck…
With a deep breath, Harry put the quill to the parchment and began to scratch out the first line.
He stopped when there was a sharp pain in his hand. He turned his hand and saw the lines he’d written cut into his skin. Then there was the faintest sizzling sound, and a sharp, acrid smell like sulfur and burning feathers. A very fine tendril of smoke drifted up from the quill. He glanced up to find Umbridge watching him with a hungry gleam in her eyes. A peek at his hand showed that the wound had healed, and he rubbed at it lightly, brushing away the blood. Hopefully she’d think it had broken before doing anything to him, because the magic of the quill was surely broken now. His blood did not seem to agree with it.
“Problem?” Umbridge asked in her faux sweet voice.
“Er, it does seem to need ink, Professor,” he ventured, cautiously putting the quill to the parchment again, but as he’d suspected, it did nothing more than an ordinary quill without ink would do.
With a scowl, the woman rose from her seat and stormed over to him, plucking the quill from his hand. She frowned at it, then drew her comically short wand and flicked it at the quill. Then she turned a deep frown on Harry. “What did you do?”
Harry carefully fixed his face into innocent confusion, “I just tried to write with it, Professor. Is it meant to be self-inking?”
She stared at him a moment longer, then spun and marched back to her desk, her short stride stiff and angry. “Very well, Potter. You will use your own quill tonight.”
Relieved that his magic had taken care of that, he bent to his bag to retrieve his own quill and ink and set about mindlessly scribbling lines about not inciting hysteria.
The horrible woman kept him there writing that stupid sentence over and over for hours. He couldn’t imagine the cramp he’d have suffered a couple of years ago. Luckily, he no longer seemed to suffer from such simple pains. It did mean that he had nothing to distract him from the tedium though.
The detention that followed the next night had her presenting him with another quill that felt just the same as the first. This time, she stood in front of him and watched intently as he began to write. He tried to keep his hand turned so she couldn’t see the back of it, and carefully withheld any flinch at the sudden pain, but just as had happened the last time, the Dark magic in the quill fizzled and burned away at the first touch of his blood.
Umbridge yelped and immediately yanked it out of his hand, apparently having seen the little tendril of smoke this time. “What did you do, boy?” she demanded.
“Only what you told me to, Professor,” Harry let himself sound a bit exasperated, but carefully contained his urge to snap at her. He hated to be called that.
Apparently, she was unable to find anything to berate him about in that because he was left to write lines with his own quill again. Though he imagined things would have been much worse had her quill worked on him, the sheer mind-numbing boredom of the detention that went on for hours and hours left him fantasizing about which Dark curses he’d like to use on her. It wasn’t just her blatant targeting of him that rubbed him the wrong way about her. He’d gotten used to that with Snape. No, it was that damn faux sweet manner that she had that made him fantasize about making her scream. At least Snape didn’t try to pretend to be anything but a sadistic arse.
For his remaining detentions, she did not attempt to force him to use a cursed quill, at least.
Exploration
Ron tried out for the Keeper position on the quidditch team that Friday while Harry was in detention, and he got it. Ginny got the Seeker position, too, which meant that more than half the Gryffindor team was now Weasleys, which was a little funny, though Harry supposed it owed to all the quidditch they’d played growing up.
Hermione, at least, had given up on her quest to trick house-elves into freedom after Harry had practically begged her to just write Viktor about house-elves and see if he could explain their situation better. She was still making hats, but she was leaving them out in the open now while she waited for Viktor to write back.
Harry suspected any accidentally freed elves would probably just go to Dumbledore and beg for their jobs back, but it still seemed horribly rude to try to trick them like that. Though it did seem unlikely to work. Surely house-elves couldn’t be assigned any laundry duties if picking up any clothes would free them. And he rather doubted that Filch was washing all the laundry in the castle.
It wasn’t until that weekend that he got any time with Blaise thanks to Umbridge’s absurdly long detentions. So it was right after breakfast on Saturday that Harry found Blaise at a table in the library where they’d agreed to meet. He immediately moved a chair so that it was right up against Blaise’s chair and settled into it, leaning against the taller boy quite happily.
Blaise chuckled quietly and wrapped his arms around him. Harry felt a kiss pressed lightly to the crown of his head and he sighed in contentment as his magic embraced the other boy. “How did detention with Umbridge go?” Blaise asked when Harry made no move to pull away.
Harry groaned, “She made me write ‘I will not incite hysteria’ for hours. I wanted to gouge out her beady eyes.”
Blaise gave a surprised laugh, “Harsh, but undoubtedly justified, I think.”
“Glad you agree,” Harry nodded/nuzzled Blaise’s neck. He felt a long-fingered hand thread into his hair and hummed in pleasure. He wanted to suggest they go somewhere else and just cuddle instead of studying, but he knew that he had a pile of homework to tackle, and he suspected Blaise likely did as well. So he reluctantly drew back and turned his attention to pulling books and parchments out of his bag.
As they started on their homework, Harry hooked his ankle around Blaise’s under the table and found himself grateful that it was just the two of them for the moment. He’d invited Hermione along, but she’d declined, insisting that he and Blaise should have some alone time. Ron was at his first quidditch practice.
After a couple hours of working mostly in companionable silence, Harry pillowed his head on the taller boy’s shoulder again.
“Taking a nap?” Blaise teased lightly.
“No,” Harry admitted, shifting his side more fully into his boyfriend’s, “cuddling.”
Blaise’s arm wound around him again and a smile-shaped kiss was pressed to his head.
“Missed you this summer. And this week. We need somewhere private to spend time together.”
Blaise’s arm tightened around him a little. “I like the sound of that,” he said softly. “Any ideas?”
Harry hesitated a moment before reasoning, “I’d say the Chamber of Secrets, but there’s no furniture or anything down there. And it’s rather wet.”
He felt Blaise stiffen under him, then hands gripped his shoulders and gently pushed him away until their eyes could meet, “Are you telling me that you actually know where the Chamber of Secrets is?”
“Yeah, I found it in second year. But it’s rather wet, like I said.”
“Harry,” Blaise gave him an exasperated look. “You realize I’m a Slytherin, right?”
Harry sighed, “Ugh, I suppose you want to see it, then?”
Blaise widened his eyes pleadingly.
Harry laughed and slapped his shoulder playfully, taking great care to make sure it wasn’t too hard. “Fine. Right now?”
Blaise glanced at the essay in front of him, “I can finish this later. You?”
Harry shrugged, “Sure.”
Blaise had a definite bounce in his step as Harry led him through the school, though he stopped with a curiously raised eyebrow at the girl’s loo.
Harry opened the door just a touch and knocked on it before calling out, “Hello? Anyone in here?”
There was no reply, which he supposed meant Myrtle was out as well, thankfully. He tipped his head toward the door, then led the way inside.
“We’re in a girls’ loo,” Blaise observed, looking around warily.
Harry could only shrug, “Yeah. Wasn’t my idea.” He moved over to the requisite sink and hissed it open.
“That’s incredible,” Blaise whispered in awe when all was still once more. “How do we get down?”
Harry gave him a grin, then jumped into the pipe. It was much less scary knowing what was at the bottom. Also, being much less breakable than he’d been at twelve. Harry managed to land on his feet this time and he immediately turned and waited a good dozen seconds before Blaise followed him. He positioned himself to catch the taller boy, assisting his landing so he settled on his feet rather than sprawling in the filthy skeletons that littered the floor.
“That was mental,” Blaise complained at once.
Harry laughed, “Yeah, in second year Ron and I shoved Lockhart down first, then jumped in after him.”
The look that Blaise gave him questioned his sanity and Harry grinned.
“Come on, then, if you want to see the chamber.”
“What in Salazar’s name is that?” Blaise breathed, grabbing Harry’s arm to pull him to a halt before they got too near.
“Just a shed skin.”
Blaise looked at him with wide eyes. “From what? A dragon?”
“I don’t think dragons shed their skin,” Harry frowned dubiously. Now he wasn’t so sure. Their scales were much larger than snake scales, but they were reptiles, so…
“Harry,” Blaise pleaded.
Harry chuckled nervously and rubbed at the back of his neck, “Well, you remember the part of the legend about Slytherin’s monster?”
“It’s real.”
Harry nodded, “Yep. Basilisk. Bloody big one.”
Blaise eyed the skin warily.
“It didn’t show up at all last time I was down here. Should be safe enough.”
“And if it does show up?”
“Well, it listens to me. Because I’m a parselmouth, maybe. I won’t let it hurt you,” Harry promised.
Blaise laughed a little and shook his head, his eyes straying to the skin once more. “Merlin. I’m probably crazy, but I believe you.”
Harry grinned happily and leaned up for a quick kiss, then resumed leading the way.
Harry hissed open the door with all the snakes, then lifted a hand to Blaise’s chest when the taller boy tried to step forward. “Let me make sure it’s safe,” Harry cautioned and stepped in first. The torches all flared to life in response to his presence and Harry looked around carefully, but there was no sign of a sixty-foot basilisk or homicidal memories or anything else. “Okay,” he called back.
“Sweet Morgana,” Blaise whispered, awestruck as he gazed at the massive statue at the far end of the room.
Harry shrugged and looked around. Maybe it had something to do with how he was first introduced to the room, but he didn’t find it all that impressive. Oh, it was grand and fancy, for sure, but not any more than the rest of the castle.
So while Blaise went to examine the statue up close, Harry found a loose stone and transfigured it into a sofa-sized cushion and made himself comfortable, though he did situate it next to Blaise. Just in case. When the dark-skinned boy started levitating himself to get a better look at the higher parts of the statue, Harry’s magic took to wrapping him with such care that Harry fully expected it to catch him without Harry’s input should it become necessary.
When a quarter hour had passed without Blaise seeming to grow the smallest bit bored, Harry removed his wrist cuff and fished inside for his book vault. After a moment of hesitation, he drew out the secondary one. He could trust Blaise with this, he thought. Still, he chose a book of questionable legality rather than obvious illegality. Specifically, blood wards.
He lost himself in the interesting book and so wasn’t sure how much time had passed when Blaise caught his attention once more by sitting down next to him on the oversized cushion. He looked up and found Blaise studying the cover of his book with an expression he couldn’t quite decipher.
“Everything okay?” Harry asked lightly.
Blaise blinked and focused on Harry’s face. “Blood wards?” he asked curiously.
Harry nodded, “Yeah. It’s both interesting and terrifying, some of the things that can be done with them.”
“I agree,” Blaise said, though it seemed to come a second or two later than it should have to be totally casual.
“You okay?” Harry asked.
Blaise nodded with another look at the book, then grinned and leaned in to kiss Harry, “Great. Thank you for bringing me down here.”
“Any time,” said Harry when their lips parted. “I’m glad you had fun.”
“Fun?’ Blaise laughed, standing again and lifting his arms to indicate his surroundings. “I’m in the Chamber of Secrets, Harry. This is the best date ever.”
Harry was in the process of laughing at his boyfriend’s dramatics when movement behind Blaise caught his eye and Harry turned his attention to a form slowly beginning to rise from the water. A… very large form.
Blaise must have noticed his focus because he was just starting to turn as her head emerged from the water, eyes glowing brightly in the torchlight.
Harry leapt to his feet and placed himself between Blaise and the basilisk before the taller boy could turn far enough to see the massive lizard. Harry immediately placed a hand over Blaise’s eyes and gently but firmly turned his face fully away from the basilisk.
“Harry?” Blaise’s voice trembled.
“Don’t open your eyes,” Harry cautioned as he warily moved his hand so that he could turn and face the snake. He found her coiled completely out of the water now, watching them but not looking ready to strike. “Hello,” he greeted in her language. “I hope you don’t mind us spending time here.”
“I do not,” she confirmed, eyeing Blaise curiously. “He smells of your magic. Is he your mate?”
“Yes,” Harry allowed as it was easier than quibbling over terminology with a massive lizard. Though he did wonder about Blaise smelling of his magic. He knew that his magic loved wrapping itself around Blaise and it was certainly doing so now that he felt the other boy in danger, but he hadn’t realized Blaise would actually smell of it. “You are not to hurt him,” Harry said firmly but politely. He didn’t want to insult her, but neither did he want there to be any question that it was a demand and not a request.
She dipped her head slightly, “I will not harm your mate, Serpent Master.” And then a pair of clear eyelids slid from the inside edge of each eye and all the way to the outer, leaving the vibrant yellow color muted. “He can safely look at me now.”
“You gaze won’t hurt him?” Harry took care to clarify.
“It is safe,” she reiterated.
And it sounded like the truth, so Harry took a breath, then stepped slightly to the side and turned to look at Blaise, “You can open your eyes now.”
“Is it still there?” Blaise asked tensely.
“Yes, but it’s safe. She’s covered her eyes.” For a moment, Blaise did nothing and Harry urged, “Trust me.”
Blaise gave a slightly hysterical little giggle, but he did open his eyes and turn slowly to face her. His eyes grew incredibly wide when he laid eyes on her. “Gods,” he breathed, but he was in no way harmed.
Harry looked back at the basilisk. “May I ask your name?”
“I am called Alayssa, Serpent Master.”
“It’s nice to meet you. I’m Harry.” A moment of silence passed between them, then Harry ventured. “Is there an exit through the water?”
“Yes,” she confirmed.
“Where does it go?”
“There is a pool within the forest. The hunting is good there. I must thank you for not locking my prison once more, Serpent Master.”
Harry smiled tightly. “You’re welcome,” he said for lack of other ideas. He’d certainly not meant to leave her free, but had just kind of assumed when she went back into the statue that she’d be locked back in. There wasn’t really any way to tell her that right after she thanked him though. Especially after she called it a prison. Then again, that was years ago, and he’d not heard about people suddenly disappearing or something. And there was actually a colony of people-eating spiders in there, so a basilisk probably wasn’t all that much more dangerous than the forest had already been. In fact…
“Do you eat the spiders at all?”
“They scream beautifully when I chase them,” she agreed quite emphatically. “I like them the best. The horse men attack me if I go too close to their villages.”
Harry winced. The centaurs could be dicks, but they didn’t deserve to be basilisk food. “Yeah, try to avoid them. If they start going missing, they will ask the headmaster for help, and he might bring others to hunt you. Same if humans start to die in there.”
“I will be careful, Serpent Master,” she promised, and Harry got the feeling that she thought he was only worried about her in this equation and was maybe touched by it. Harry didn’t see any point in challenging that.
“All right, then,” he nodded.
“If you’ve no need of me, Serpent Master, I wish to rest.”
“Of course,” Harry said quickly, drawing Blaise from in front of the statue so that she could stretch herself up to reenter the mouth.
“By all the Gods, Harry,” Blaise breathed when the basilisk’s tail was well out of sight.
“All right?” Harry asked warily.
Blaise’s incredulity did not fade. “All right? I don’t even… You’ve no idea how incredible you are, do you?”
“Er…” Before Harry could figure out how to respond to that, Blaise had firmly seized his head and fitted their mouths together, so Harry just hummed his approval.
Blaise was not content with the chaste kiss, however, pressing his tongue into Harry’s mouth and exploring with great intent. Harry could do little more than try to respond with equal fervor. He certainly had no complaints.
They didn’t linger much longer before they had to return to the school above lest they miss lunch. When they reached the pipe, Harry cast a lightening charm on Blaise, then mild sticking charms on his hands and knees and urged him to start the trek upwards. He grimaced, but didn’t complain. Harry used the sticking charms, but didn’t bother with the lightening for himself. He was sure he could have stuck Blaise to his back and crawled them both up the tunnel without the weight bothering him. Nothing much really felt heavy to him anymore, though he was becoming increasingly adept at correctly judging his strength for delicate things, like quills.
When they reached the top, Harry heard voices in the bathroom and realized that he’d left the sink open on the way down. Wincing and hoping they’d not been discovered, Harry all but threw himself up into the bathroom, relieved when he realized that Blaise was only speaking with Myrtle.
The moment she set eyes on him, the ghost squeaked fearfully and vanished through the floor.
Harry blinked a moment, then shrugged. He hadn’t seen her since her “peeping Tom” moment in the prefect’s bathroom last year when his magic had forcefully banished her. Apparently, she hadn’t forgotten that. He honestly wasn’t sad to not have to deal with her crush anymore.
“What was that?” Blaise asked warily.
Harry shrugged. “She was spying on me in the bath last year. I, er… chased her away a little aggressively. I guess she’d not taking any chances now.”
“How in Merlin’s name do you scare a ghost?”
Harry felt his face heat a bit with a blush. “Not totally sure, but I’m not going to argue with success.”
Blaise gave him a small, bemused smile, then caught Harry’s hand and lifted their joined hands to press a kiss to Harry’s knuckles.
Harry felt his face heat a bit despite himself, but he grinned and squeezed his boyfriend’s hand as they started toward the Great Hall.
Notes:
So I’m kind of merging the book and movie versions of the chamber. I like the pools of water from the movie, but I’m also fond of the towering columns wound with serpents described in the book, and the full body statue rather than just Salazar’s head.
And the 16th is my birthday, so this is my birthday posting! I hope you all enjoy, and I'd love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 23: Year Five - part 5
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Rebellion
The second Monday of term, Umbridge was appointed High Inquisitor by the Wizengamot, and she began inspecting classes in addition to teaching her own. Harry supposed she must have a time turner. If Hermione had been issued one to take extra classes, he couldn’t imagine why a Ministry enforcer wouldn’t be granted one to essentially work two jobs in the school at once.
“She was inspecting Divination,” Ron reported when he met up with Harry and Hermione before defense that afternoon. “Trelawney predicted that Umbridge was in grave danger. I really hope she was right.”
Harry huffed a laugh even as Hermione half-heartedly scolded Ron for the comment. “I don’t know, Hermione. I think I have to agree with Ron, here.”
She rolled her eyes, but then they were arriving at the dreaded Defense classroom. Harry let Hermione and Ron enter first while he took a deep breath and took a firm hold of his magic. It really hated Umbridge, and he dreaded what it might do if he didn’t keep a tight rein on it. Well, honestly he doubted that it would do anything he would find unpleasant, but the consequences were another matter. At fifteen now, accidental magic wasn’t much of a defense in any situation that wasn’t acutely life-threatening.
With a deep breath, Harry stepped into the room.
He might have made it through the class if he’d been allowed to just read – or pretend to read – the chapter in silence. But Hermione had to make a fuss, raising her hand and commenting that she’d already read the whole book and proving it by correctly answering Umbridge’s random question about chapter fifteen. Then Hermione had to assert her opinion as it differed from the author’s. Apparently Slinkhard believed that counterjinxes were actually just jinxes, seeming to indicate that neither should be used. Then Umbridge took five points from Gryffindor.
“Why have I lost points, Professor?” Hermione asked with admirable calm and poise.
“For disrupting my class with pointless interruptions,” Umbridge replied smoothly. “I am here to teach you using a Ministry-approved method that does not include inviting students to give their opinions on matters-”
And really, the snort just slipped out.
She stopped talking abruptly and turned her falsely sweet smile on Harry, “Do you disagree, Mr. Potter.”
Harry was unfortunately sure that withholding comment or – Heaven forbid – placating the woman would have been straining enough that his magic would have slipped his hold, so he commented as calmly as he could manage, “Not exactly, Professor. I just find it telling that the Ministry is so determined to ensure its citizens are incapable of defending themselves.”
“We’ve been over your need to cause hysteria, Mr. Potter,” she simpered at him, “but it’s clear the lesson didn’t sink in. Another week of detentions is in order, I think.”
Beneath the desk, Harry clenched his fists as hard as he could as he fought against his magic’s attempt to lash out at her. Still, the sconces on the walls all flared dramatically for several seconds before he could pull it back under control and there was a faint, lingering scent of sulfur in the air.
Hermione looked at him with wide eyes, but Umbridge seemed only confused, apparently not connecting it to Harry at all. Harry just turned his face toward his textbook and tried to remember to turn the page periodically for the rest of the class as his magic gradually settled down to a testy simmer.
As though the detentions themselves were not bad enough, McGonagall approached him at breakfast the following morning to scold him for having gotten them and to take points from Gryffindor since the detentions apparently weren’t having any effect on him.
Harry just stared at the floor as she berated him, concentrating on his breathing and keeping his magic calm as he silently moved McGonagall fully into the category of enemy in his mind. She was, essentially, taking Umbridge’s side in this without even giving him a chance to plead his case.
“Do you understand me, Potter?” she concluded when she’d finished berating him for not getting a better grip on his temper lest he end up in serious trouble.
“Perfectly, Professor,” he replied coolly.
And that seemed to be enough for she turned and strode toward the staff table.
Harry very deliberately sat down on the bench next to Ron, but when the redhead tried to commiserate with him for the rotten treatment, Harry just held up a hand and sat in silence as he tried to keep his magic calm. He wasn’t sure if his temper was getting worse or his magic more willful, but this was becoming concerningly difficult.
And then, because his day really could get worse, apparently, Umbridge was inspecting transfiguration immediately after breakfast. Thankfully, the awful woman mostly remained silent through the lesson after McGonagall snapped at her, though Harry found his irritation with McGonagall grew when she let her temper loose on the foul woman more blatantly than he had for this latest week of detentions and no worse than he had to get the first.
Part of him would have liked nothing more than to stay after class to urge McGonagall to get a better grip on herself lest she wind up in real trouble, but he knew the satisfaction would not have been worth the point loss and probably detentions she’d give him.
Also, Umbridge approached her desk as they were leaving, and Harry wasn’t going to spend any more time in her presence than absolutely necessary.
And if all of that were not bad enough, Umbridge then turned up at the Care of Magical Creatures Class. She made it very clear from her questions that she was preparing a case against Hagrid in case he came back. And, naturally, Malfoy and his little flunkies happily commented on Malfoy’s injury via hippogriff in their third year.
Thankfully, Blaise shared that class with them, and he’d wrapped an arm around Harry’s waist when he’d started to tense, and it had done a remarkable job calming his magic.
Now if only he could take Blaise with him wherever he went, he might have a viable solution to his unruly magic.
“Are you all right?” Blaise asked softly as they started back toward the castle after class. Hermione and Ron had gone on ahead to give him some time with Blaise, Harry was sure.
Harry shook his head and took a deep breath, “Well, I haven’t snapped and murdered her yet,” he said darkly.
Blaise huffed a small laugh, obviously unaware of how literally Harry was speaking. “Yes, try not to do that. Not to say that it wouldn’t be a public service, but I doubt you could convince the Wizengamot of that just now. You’re not terribly popular in those circles at the moment.”
“So you’re saying I should wait to murder people until I have more friends in high places?”
Blaise gave him a cheeky grin, “We’ll make a Slytherin of you yet!”
Harry shook his head, but he did feel a lot better.
That feeling, of course, did not survive his detention that evening, by which point he wanted to murder the foul woman again. Because Hogwarts had never been perfect, but it had been his escape from the Dursleys. His reprieve. And Umbridge was systematically destroying that.
It was nearly midnight by the time he made it back up to his dorm, which really shouldn’t be allowed. To keep him so long past curfew. Not that he was going to bother going to McGonagall about it. She’d made it clear which side she was on.
He was surprised, on entering the common room, to find Ron and Hermione had waited up for him.
“All right, mate?” Ron asked as Harry collapsed on the sofa in front of the fire.
“Just tired,” Harry sighed. To be honest, he was exhausted. His magic hated that woman so much at this point that even being in her presence was a struggle to keep it from affecting his surroundings. Then she started speaking and it was like holding the leash of a brassed off English mastiff. He could do it, but it was a constant struggle and a moment of inattention was all it took for it to slip enough to effect the fires in the room or suddenly drop the temperature. At least he was pretty sure that Umbridge hadn’t the slightest suspicion that he was responsible for that. She probably suspected the house-elves, given how xenophobic she was.
“We’ve got to do something about her,” Hermione proclaimed.
“I suggested poison,” Ron put in proudly.
Harry pursed his lips, because poison did have merit. The difficulty would be getting it to her without implicating themselves…
“No, I mean something about what a dreadful teacher she is, and how we’re not going to learn any defense from her at all,” Hermione interrupted Harry’s murderous plotting.
“Yeah, but what can we do?” Ron challenged. “It’s too late, isn’t it? She’s got the job. She’s here to stay. Fudge’ll make sure of that.”
“Well,” Hermione said tentatively, “You know, I was thinking today…” and she shot a nervous look at Harry. “I was thinking that maybe the time’s come that we should just… do it ourselves.”
“Do what?” Harry asked cautiously.
“Learn Defense ourselves.”
“Come off it, Hermione. You want us to do extra work? With all the homework they’re piling on us already this year?” Ron protested.
“But this is much more important that homework!” Hermione snapped.
Harry and Ron both stared at her in disbelief. Because there were obviously many things more important than homework. Most things, Harry would say. But he hadn’t thought Hermione would ever suggest such a thing.
“It’s about preparing ourselves,” Hermione said impatiently. “About making sure we can really defend ourselves. If we don’t learn anything for a whole year…”
“We can’t do much by ourselves,” Ron said, but he sounded defeated rather than dismissive. “I mean, we can go and look up jinxes in the library and try to practice them, I suppose…”
“No, I agree, we’ve gone past the stage where we can just learn things out of books,” Hermione interrupted. “We need a teacher. A proper one, who can show us how to use the spells and correct us if we’re going wrong.”
“Well, yes, Hermione. That’s what we’re missing,” Harry frowned at her statement of the very obvious.
“Oh, Harry. I mean you.”
He blinked at her. “Me?”
“Isn’t it obvious?” she insisted. “You’re easily the best in our year at Defense.”
“That’s not true!” Harry defended himself. “You’ve beat me on plenty of tests!”
“But never at practicals,” she challenged.
“That doesn’t mean I could teach it though,” he said firmly. He knew perfectly well that his success owed more to the strength of his magic than any amount of skill. He couldn’t very well teach anyone to just put more magic into it until it did what they wanted.
“Can’t we just try?” Hermione asked. “Please, Harry.”
“Fine,” Harry sighed. “If I can find a second between homework and detentions, we’ll give it a try.”
Hermione bounced excitedly at his acquiescence and Harry just grimaced at her and forced himself to his feet. “I’m going to bed,” he announced and made directly for the stairs. He heard Ron and Hermione whispering, and he could only shake his head. He honestly had no idea if he had any hope of teaching either of them, but whatever. If he was truly terrible, they’d give up the idea soon enough.
There wasn't much time over that week to work on any defense thanks to Harry’s ridiculously long detentions writing the same bullshit line over and over again while he struggled to keep his magic from lashing out at the vile woman.
Thus it wasn't until that weekend that they really got anything done, and Harry insisted on including Blaise if they were doing this. Ron had just sighed a bit resignedly, but Hermione had been happy with his inclusion. Thus they ended up in a vacant classroom on Saturday afternoon, the door locked and silenced to ensure their privacy.
"Okay," Harry said when they were all looking at him. "I'm not a teacher, so I have no idea what you all expect me to do. Maybe just cast spells that you have trouble with, and I'll see if I can correct you?"
"That sounds like a great place to start, Harry," Hermione said approvingly,
Harry sighed at her managing, but everyone soon picked a spell they found difficult, and Harry watched each of them as they cast the spell, studying their technique as well as the magic he could feel associated with it. To his surprise, he found that he was able to figure it out with a little observation. It wasn't so much about knowing all the theory just perfectly as he'd feared. It had, in fact, a lot more to do with the magic he could feel. He could tell whether the spell was struggling to form as it passed through the wand due to incorrect wand movements or if it was struggling elsewhere due to incantation or insufficient intent. It took a bit of observing with different spells, but the more he studied the three of them casting, the more he began to understand what he was seeing and the easier it became the next time.
If the wand movements were too big, for example, the spells tended to try to fill a greater area or flare out more. If they were too small, they became too narrow or condensed. If they were too imprecise, the magic tended to just sputter and fail as it left the wand. Incantations were more complicated, he suspected because they weren’t strictly necessary, at least not aloud. It had more to do with what was going on in a person's mind than just their vocalizations, which made it more difficult to categorize, but he was getting the hang of it.
"That was really incredible, Harry!" Hermione gushed as they packed up to head for lunch. "I mean, I didn't doubt that you could do it, but you were able to help so much quicker than I thought, and you explained it so well! We're going to be able to learn so much this way! I can’t believe that I didn’t know you were magically sensitive!"
Harry stopped what he was doing to look at her at that. “What do you mean?”
Hermione blinked at him incredulously, “Harry, did you not even realize that everyone can’t do that? Sense magic, I mean? Of course we can feel our own as we cast to some extent, but we can’t feel other people’s magic. Not, at least, without a great deal of study into the discipline.”
Harry swallowed and began to wonder if he’d given away far too much.
“But, of course, I should have guessed you would be. It’s terribly common among very powerful magicals. Almost universal, really, I think. But you have to be really powerful. Like once in a generation or less kind of powerful, but I think everyone knows you fit that bill. I mean, even people who don’t know you know that you’re the Boy-Who-Lived and that would be enough to guess.”
Harry calmed as Hermione spoke. It didn’t sound like it was anything specific to his heritage, but rather to his power level, which people wouldn’t find alarming. Dumbledore was that powerful, after all, and people loved him.
"Do you mind giving us a few minutes alone?" Blaise inquired before Hermione could gush anymore.
"Oh, sure! We'll see you at lunch, Harry," and she had the temerity to wink at Harry before leaving.
Harry just shook his head after her, wondering a bit as to what Blaise wanted to talk about. When the door closed behind his friends, he turned to regard Blaise only to stiffen in surprise to find him quite close and moving closer. Before he could wonder at what was going on, Blaise's large hands closed around each side of his face and drew him into a very intent kiss.
Harry very quickly got with that program, wrapping his arms around his boyfriend even as his magic wrapped itself completely around him. It went on for several minutes before Blaise finally drew back far enough to press his forehead to Harry’s as they both caught their breath.
"Er..." Harry ventured. "What was that for?"
Blaise shook his head a little, then pulled back enough to meet Harry's eyes, "You have no fucking clue how hot you are, do you?"
Harry blinked in surprise because... no. That's not a descriptor he'd ever attributed to himself. "Er... thank you?" he said uncertainly.
Blaise huffed in amusement before placing one more chaste kiss on his lips, then releasing Harry in favor of collecting his bag. "We'd best get to lunch before we're too late."
"Right," Harry agreed, moving toward his own bag. "Yeah." He wasn't entirely sure what he'd done to deserve that, but he hoped that he managed to do it again soon.
Meeting
"Harry, I really think that we need to do more than just practice Defense together," Hermione said firmly after their second successful weekend of it.
Harry sighed, somehow not surprised that Hermione had more ideas for this. "What do you mean?" he asked warily.
"Well, it occurs to me that we're not the only ones that aren't learning anything this year," she said firmly.
Harry tipped his head thoughtfully. "You think we should bring in more people? Like who?"
"Anyone who's interested!" Hermione said quickly, clearly encouraged by his lack of outright refusal. "It could be like a defense club. We'll just teach each other."
"Umbridge wouldn't like that," Harry said thoughtfully.
"Oh, hang her!" Hermione said.
Harry laughed, "I didn't mean that as discouragement, Hermione. In fact, I think it's an excellent reason to do this." Because maybe if he was defying her behind her back, he'd be able to hold his tongue to her face.
"Really?" Hermione asked excitedly. "Oh, Harry, that's wonderful! It really is so important that everyone learns defense. Especially right now with Voldemort being back. So we'll have to spread the word. Get a meeting together with everyone who's interested to discuss the particulars..."
"Discretely," Harry encouraged even though he didn't have much hope that it would be possible to entirely prevent Umbridge from learning of it. Not if they were going to include a lot of people. If they could get through the first meeting, he thought, they could enforce some secrecy measures.
Hermione began monologuing about lesson plans while Harry sat down in front of the fire and mused on security.
It ended up nearly a week later when the initial meeting was held. Hermione had thought to do it off school grounds to keep it further from Umbridge, but Harry had insisted on an environment that they could control and nowhere in Hogsmeade fit that bill. So instead, they ended up in one of many unused classrooms in the school, this one on the second floor, tucked back at the end of a corridor that hadn't been used for anything as long as Harry had been at the school.
Luckily, Harry had quite a few books on warding at this point, so he handled security for the meeting. The wards would have been stronger if he'd inscribed them with blood, but he wasn't sure if the Hogwarts wards wouldn't alert the headmaster to something like that. Instead, he just used a simple, ink-based potion that would carry the magic better than plain ink. He placed the runes around the outside edge of the door frame on the inside of the room, ensuring they would affect everyone who entered the room.
They'd used the last week to get the word around, stressing the importance of it remaining hidden from Umbridge. Since basically everyone hated her, that wasn't too controversial a request. The only people who seemed to like the woman were a small selection of Slytherins like Malfoy, whom she treated like Petunia treated Dudley because their parents were important in the ministry. Ron had suggested that they avoid spreading the news to Slytherin entirely beyond Blaise, but Harry had vetoed the idea. If they were inviting everyone else, then they were inviting Slytherins. If anything, a lot of them were even closer to the mess with Voldemort due to familial sympathizers and they needed the instruction more.
"Some of them are going to be Death Eaters, though," Ron had said grimly. "You know that, right? They'll use these lessons to hurt people."
"I know," Harry agreed, "but if we start treating them like they're already signed on, then we're just engraving the invitations, aren't we? At least some of them might choose to take the Mark only if they feel like they've no other option. We should at least give them a chance to choose differently."
And Ron had groaned dramatically in dismay, but he hadn't tried to argue his point any further.
Harry was honestly quite impressed by how hard Ron was obviously trying to be a better friend. He supposed that he'd have to mention it to him at some point, but he didn't want to embarrass him. Maybe in their dorm if they were alone.
Despite insisting on inviting people from every house and despite having okayed students third year and up when they were spreading the word, Harry wasn't prepared for just how many people showed up. There were dozens. He really wasn't sure how his teaching strategy was going to work with so many people, but he supposed some of them were probably just there out of curiosity All of these people wouldn’t sign up and of those who did sign up, a bunch would probably stop coming after the first meeting or so. It wasn't as bad as it looked, he promised himself as the number continued to swell as the hour drew near.
When it was finally time to start the meeting, Harry nodded to Ron, who closed the door, enacting the locking and silencing wards Harry had set on it.
Blaise had brought Nott and Tracy, Harry noted, then he noticed seven or eight other Slytherins. About half of them looked to be younger and the other half older. Harry really hoped that they were all just here to learn and weren't planning to make any trouble. He did recognize a couple of them from the Slytherin Quidditch team, but they weren’t smirking mockingly or threateningly at the moment – a first that he remembered.
"Hello," Hermione called to get everyone's attention. She blushed a little when everyone was focused on her, then plowed on. "Well, yes. Thank you all for coming. So Harry and I had the idea that it might be good to put together a group of people who actually wanted to learn Defense. It’s blatantly obvious that Umbridge doesn't want us to learn any actual self-defense, and I think that's a good enough reason to want to learn. And I do mean actual Defensive spells, not just in theory, but for actual real-life situations-"
"I bet you want to pass your Defense OWL too though, right?" Michael Corner cut in.
"Well, yes, of course," Hermione said with some exasperation. "But what I want more than that is to be trained properly in Defense because," and she took a deep breath, "because Lord Voldemort is back."
There was some shifting and muttering at this pronouncement and a lot of people looked at Harry.
Harry glanced around, but found himself focusing on the Slytherins. It probably shouldn't have surprised him that the group who looked the least skeptical of that claim were the Slytherins. They must know people whose fathers had been at Voldemort's little rebirthing party.
"So that's the plan," Hermione concluded. "If you're interested in joining, you can sign your name to the parchment at the front-"
"Is there any point in NEWT students signing up?" a sixth or seventh year Ravenclaw interrupted to ask, but she addressed the question to Harry rather than Hermione. "Can you really teach us anything?"
Harry's magic bristled a bit at suddenly being put on the spot, but he took a subtle breath and half a step forward. "Sure. How about a demonstration? Is there any spell that you haven't quite got down yet? That you're trying, but it's just not coming off right?"
She blushed a little and looked around, then straightened her spine and stepped toward the front. "Yeah. You can teach me to do it better? Any spell?"
"Let's find out," Harry shrugged. "Give it a try."
She eyed him a moment, then took a deep breath as she drew her wand. Her eyes slipped closed a moment, then she incanted firmly, "Expecto Patronum!"
It wasn't a spell that Harry knew, which just figured, but he paid close attention to her magic as she cast. The magic seemed weak and muddled from the very start. The magic itself felt very Light – enough that it grated a bit against his own magic. He hadn't studied much Light magic as it just made him a touch uncomfortable, but he knew enough to know that a spell that Light would require a positive emotion as part of the intent of the casting.
"Your concentration isn't good enough," he pronounced as the spell produced only a small cloud of fog that gave off a vaguely happy feeling.
"What?" she demanded.
"The spell isn't getting enough emotion. Happiness, yeah?"
"Do you even know what spell that is?"
"No," Harry dismissed. "Not really."
She stared a moment, then indignantly demanded, "You're magically sensitive?!"
"Sure," Harry shrugged as though it was the most normal thing in the world. As though he’d not just realized what it was himself.
She just stared.
"Oh, come off it, Sil," another upper year Ravenclaw chided. "He's Harry Potter. Are you really surprised?"
"Do you know how rare magic sensitivity is?" she countered.
"Almost as rare as extremely powerful wizards," one of the upper year Slytherins scolded irritably. Lucian Bole, Harry thought his name was. A beater. "Were you expecting anything else from Potter?"
She scowled at him, but retook her place next to the other upper year Ravenclaws.
"Yes," Hermione said after a moment of silence. "So, Harry can help you to figure out what you're doing wrong when you're casting. We will be learning defensive spells that will be new to some of you and not to others. Harry will help to make sure that everyone is able to cast them. Once you've got them down, you can move on to other spells, so everyone should have something to work on, no matter what year you're in. As I said, if you want to participate, the sign-up parchment is at the front of the room. If you don't sign up now, you can still attend a meeting later, but you will be required to sign before taking part."
A third year near the front moved toward the parchment and Harry spoke up.
"Word of warning. This room has been warded for secrecy. No one here will be able to speak about this meeting outside these wards. The sign-up parchment has also been warded to ensure your discretion. I can't imagine that Umbridge will be pleased that any of us might actually learn to defend ourselves, so this group will need to remain confidential. If you're not okay with that, then you're free to leave."
"You spelled us without our permission?" a younger Hufflepuff complained.
"Yes," Harry said without contrition.
Three or four people did choose that moment to turn and make their way out. Harry was slightly disappointed that it wasn't more. Ron opened the door for those who wanted to leave since he was keyed into the wards.
The Slytherin, Bole, was the first to step forward, and he commented as he signed his name, "You know, I wasn't going to sign up." He paused and signed his name with a flourish before turning to face Harry, "But you surprised me, Potter. This might actually work." Then he turned and handed to quill off to another Slytherin about his age.
And then everyone started moving, and it became a slow but steady procession of people stepping up to and signing the parchment,
Harry couldn't believe how many of them signed up and he held out hope that some might change their minds after the first meeting or two either didn't help them enough or proved to take up too much of their time.
When everyone that was going to sign had done so – and Harry thought it might have actually been everyone left in the room, but he wasn't sure – Hermione spoke up again. "So we're going to hold the first meeting next Sunday right after lunch. We're not totally decided on a location yet, but we'll pass word around no later than Saturday."
And Ron opened the door and poked his head out to look around, then stepped back and swung the door wide for everyone to begin filing out.
"Well, that was rather intense," Hermione spoke up when it was down to just the three Gryffindors plus Blaise.
Blaise coiled an arm around Harry and pulled him close – a gesture Harry was quickly coming to adore – as he commented, "It was interesting. Particularly the security. You lot really impressed the Slytherins with that. In fact, I think you'll likely get a few more looking to sign up at the first meeting. Some of them didn't see the point in coming because they thought you'd be shut down within a week.”
Ron snorted derisively and Hermione spoke up quickly, probably worried Ron was about to say something undiplomatic, “Well, that’s understandable. Slytherins are big on self-preservation and there is a lot of risk in going against Umbridge like this.”
Blaise gave a small nod as his thumb lightly rubbed against Harry’s side, “We’re also ambitious. None of us want to spend a whole year learning nothing in Defense, both for our exam scores and for more practical reasons.”
“Well, I shan’t hold my breath for Malfoy joining us,” Harry laughed lightly.
“No,” Blaise grinned in return. “I’m sure he’d rather fail every single OWL than take lessons from you.”
“I’m pretty okay with that,” Harry said.
Notes:
Blaise POV next chapter!
Hope you all enjoyed. Love to hear what you think!
Chapter 24: Year Five - part 6
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Hogsmeade
"So where do you want to go?" Harry inquired as they neared Hogsmeade.
Blaise licked his lips as he considered the question. He had a few places that he would like to go, certainly. Places that he'd not dared to take Harry last year. But he knew Harry better now. And he'd seen him reading about blood wards quite casually. It was possible that he'd not realized the subject was Dark, but Blaise rather doubted it. Harry wasn't dim by any means.
"I wouldn't mind checking out a junk shop or two if you're up to it," he said.
Harry nodded readily. "Sure. Sounds like fun."
So Blaise led Harry off the high street and to one of the Darker junk shops his mum liked to visit. Knowing for certain now that Harry was not only magically sensitive, but quite aware of his ability, Blaise was sure that he'd notice the magic of the wards on the place, though he wasn't certain if he'd recognize them as Dark. So he was watching Harry carefully as they entered the shop and the reaction wasn't overly blatant, but as he was waiting for it, he did notice. He was, in fact, pretty sure that Harry's shoulders actually relaxed as they stepped inside.
His mind spun with the implications of that. Could Harry's magic actually be on the Darker side? It seemed impossible, though he had to admit that that had a lot more to do with his preconceptions about the Boy-Who-Lived than with his familiarity with Harry.
He continued to watch Harry as they looked around the shop. There were a number of undoubtedly Dark artifacts lying around the place not even being subtle, but Harry didn't seem bothered by them. Indeed, he moved to curiously examine a talisman of shrunken human skulls as though it was nothing but fascinating,
"What is it?" Blaise inquired when Harry had stared at the talisman a little too long to ignore.
Harry glanced at him and smiled before looking at the talisman again. "Just interesting. The skulls are conquered foes. Trophies claimed in victory. I've read about this sort of thing, but I've never seen one."
"How do you know they're conquered foes?" Blaise posed, trying not to show too blatantly that he'd maybe, just a little bit, fallen in love. Because Harry read about necromancy?
Harry blushed a little and he shrugged, "Just feels like it."
Gods, he was so adorable. He was actually bashful about his enormous magical power and the magical sensitivity it gave him. "Huh. Brilliant," he said as casually as he could manage, hoping to put Harry more at ease.
They spent the morning wandering around a few such shops before their growing hunger led them to a restaurant he'd visited with his mum in the past.
The sign over the door read simply, "Cuisine."
Inside, the hostess took them to a booth, so Blaise slid into the same side as Harry, who smiled at the gesture and left almost no space between them. Harry’s attention was diverted when their menus were placed in front of them.
"This whole thing is the menu?" Harry asked, flipping through the dozen pages.
"They offer a selection from various countries around the world," Blaise explained. "The first half is European countries. The second half is elsewhere in the world."
"Oh," Harry breathed, apparently intrigued. "I don't even know where to start. If it's not served at Hogwarts, odds are good I've never tried it."
Blaise stared in surprise a moment before remembering that his poor boyfriend was raised by savages. Did muggles have no wanderlust in their tastes? "Well, then," Blaise decided, "We're coming here every Hogsmeade weekend from now on."
And Harry turned that beaming smile on him that always made him feel like some kind of hero from legend stepped right out of a story book. He was glad his blushes didn't tend to show as he returned Harry's smile, then set about questioning Harry on his tastes to find him something he'd like.
They settled on Asian food. Blaise got a Vietnamese beef pho – a kind of noodle soup. Harry got orange chicken and fried rice. Then they shared so that Harry could try both. Harry professed to like them both enough that he'd definitely get them again sometime and Blaise felt strangely accomplished for having given Harry such a small thing as this new experience with foods he liked.
Blaise paid for them both, and then they wandered a bit before Blaise suggested a bookshop, to which Harry assented readily enough. He might not have felt confident enough this morning to take Harry to this shop as it catered rather strongly toward Darker subjects, but after Harry's casual mention of reading about necromancy, Blaise figured it was safe. The shop was tucked under a rather ordinary grocer. One had to go around the back to find the discrete basement entrance, where a subtle, carved wooden sign on the left side of the door read "Tenebrae".
By the time they'd descended the stairs and stepped inside, Harry was grinning and looking around with real interest.
They spent a couple of hours in the shop, browsing and doing a bit of reading. Harry ended up purchasing three new books that he didn’t try to conceal from Blaise, so he was able to see that they were about warding possessions, the magic of Samhain, and familial magic, which was a form of blood magic.
Blaise couldn’t help but feel rather satisfied at how open Harry was being with him about these things. He knew that Harry was a person who valued secrets and the fact that he’d never heard so much as a hint of Harry showing any interest in the Dark proved that he considered this a secret. Blaise purchased his own book about ritual magic and they left the shop.
As soon as they were outside, Harry found a discrete place to take off his wrist cuff and transfer his new books into it. Blaise just placed his book in an expanded pocket.
It was beginning to get late, so they began to meander back toward the castle, enjoying the warm fall day and taking their time.
Shortly after they entered the Hogwarts grounds, Harry looked up sharply and Blaise followed his gaze in time to see a snowy owl swoop out of the sky and alight on Harry's raised arm. It wasn't an overly smooth landing, and Harry had to use his other hand to steady her.
"Is she okay?" Blaise asked cautiously as Harry moved them off the main path, getting a little distance from the trickle of other students making their way back toward the castle.
"No," Harry said, his voice tight. "What on Earth happened to you, girl?" he questioned as he examined her.
As though in response, the owl gingerly extended one wing just a little.
"Yes, I see," Harry said softly and lifted his free hand to touch her wing with the gentlest touch. "How did this happen?"
"She's carrying a letter," Blaise observed the scroll tied to her leg. He glanced around, but they didn't seem to be drawing attention from the few students in sight. "Do you suppose someone tried to read it?"
Harry nodded slowly, "I can think of at least one likely candidate." Harry looked coldly furious and growing more so as he considered how this had happened. "What did she do to you, girl?" he almost whispered.
Blaise flinched slightly as small flock of birds suddenly look flight from a nearby tree, and he realized as he looked around that the afternoon seemed to have darkened somewhat abruptly. His breath caught as he felt a faint tremor under his feet and the leaves of the nearest tree trembled audibly as several more small animals suddenly took flight.
Feeling somewhat alarmed, Blaise looked to Harry to see if he'd noticed, but Harry was entirely oblivious in his anger, and there was the hint of flickering flames within his pupils once more.
Blaise stopped breathing entirely as it occurred to him that all of this was Harry's doing. This was his magic making his anger felt in the world. Dear Morgana, how powerful was his boyfriend?
Then Hedwig made a faint sound, perhaps admonishing if Blaise was particularly fanciful in his interpretation.
And the world slowly righted itself as Harry blinked, then took a couple of deep breaths, as though to calm himself. He lifted his free hand again and ran it down her wing and this time, Blaise felt a sudden tension in the air for a moment before the owl stretched her wing, then tucked it back into her side as though it no longer pained her.
Blaise did his best to contain his astonishment, because had Harry just healed his owl without word or even spell? Blaise hadn't ever heard even the Dark Lord spoken of as this powerful.
As the owl took flight once more, now as smooth as can be, Blaise was hit all over again by how fortunate he was to have thrown that Yule Ball invitation at Potter that day. He'd not expected an acceptance. It had almost been a joke, though he'd not been disappointed by the reply he'd gotten.
"Are you okay?" he asked Harry as he watched the owl fly toward the owlery.
Harry shook his head minutely, his fist clenching until his knuckles whitened while his other hand tucked the letter into a pocket. "She hurt Hedwig," he said with such indignation it might have been funny in other circumstances. "She is a vile woman. She deserves-" he cut himself off suddenly and shook his head sharply. "Never mind. Come on. Let's get back."
Blaise paced Harry as they returned to the path and continued the trek back to the school. After a few moments, he reached out and cautiously slid his hand into Harry's, who looked momentarily surprised, and then grateful as he returned the grip and squeezed lightly.
It was a heady feeling to know how powerful Harry was, and to feel totally safe with him. Because Harry cared about him.
In that moment, Blaise made a decision. He was not going to let Harry get away from him. As soon as he left Harry's side, he had a letter to write and send to his mother.
Halloween
After Hedwig was hurt, Harry found a ward in his new book for warding possessions. Hedwig wasn't quite that, of course, but he did find a ward that would work. He even snuck out to the Shrieking Shack to create the ward in order to ensure the headmaster wouldn’t be alerted by the school wards. On a small strip of leather, he carefully inscribed the runes in his own blood, then chanted a long incantation that burned them right into the leather as it activated the ward.
Once he tied this to Hedwig's leg, anyone touching her with malign intentions would receive a shock they would not soon forget. He'd been half tempted to use a ward that would have caused permanent damage – that vile toad deserved to lose every finger she laid on Hedwig, after all – but he'd figured the odds of that blowing up in his face were too high.
The first meeting of the new defense group – officially labeled the Defense Association – went well. There were as many people as he'd feared, and Blaise's prediction about more Slytherins showing up afterward had proved correct. Apparently, the fact that no one could talk about it was a selling point for Slytherins. Shouldn't have been a surprise, really.
Despite the large numbers though, Harry had found it decently manageable. His magic had seemed rather keen on the challenge, actually. Over the few meetings they'd had so far, his magic had seemed to adapt to the challenge more all the time. Even with so many people practicing their magic in the room at the same time, his magic was getting better and better at analyzing and diagnosing problems even across the room. He'd also learned that he could identify the twins playing a prank across the room as his magic warned him when they started deliberately causing trouble.
Thankfully, Dobby had been able to recommend an ideal location for the meetings. The room had a magic about it that allowed it to be just the size and layout they needed, stocked with just the supplies that would make everything go more smoothly.
It even had the ability to provide doors that opened to different parts of the castle, so the students could leave the room by different routes, each close to their own common rooms. Unfortunately, they did have to enter through the main door, but it was still very helpful for them to leave from different locations. He'd also insisted the disillusionment spell be the first that everyone learned together. Another assurance that they could effectively escape should it become necessary.
As Halloween drew near, Harry found himself increasingly restless. Each Halloween since he'd started Hogwarts had been rather more intense than the last and this year proved to be no exception.
Harry was unable to sleep at all the night leading into Halloween morning. He just couldn't seem to get tired. His whole body felt awash with energy, with magic. He ended up sneaking out to the Room of Requirement to just cast magically demanding spells at dummies, trying to work out some of the excess energy.
Harry worried, if this continued to get worse, what next Halloween or the one after that would bring. Still, there was no use in borrowing trouble. Next year would be time enough to worry about next year. For now, he needed to focus on getting through this one.
The sounds of Hell had started even before midnight, though he was growing somewhat alarmingly accustomed to them by the time other people started rising for the day. He tried to imagine living in Hell, these sounds a constant background to every day and night. Tortured screams and sadistic laughter while trying to fall asleep...
Which made him wonder if people in Hell slept. Would he sleep in Hell?
With the distracting noises and the more distracting thoughts engendered by the noises combined with the way his magic seemed to be rushing through his veins at twice the speed of his blood, Harry was... a bit off all day.
"Are you okay?" Blaise asked worriedly when Harry rather vehemently rejected his suggestion that they go to the library.
Harry clenched and unclenched his fist a few times, doing his best to stand still. They'd just finished their last class and after a whole day of sitting in classes, he was ready to come apart at the seams. "Yeah. Of course."
"He's always like this on Halloween," Hermione offered with some amusement.
Blaise lifted a curious eyebrow at Harry, who shrugged and nodded, because it was true enough. He hadn't been this wired back in first or second year, but he had been very twitchy, still getting used to the things he could hear that no one else could.
"O-kay," Blaise said uncertainly. "Do you want to... I don't know, go to the Room of Requirement?"
"Yes!" Harry said at once.
"Well, I'm going to the library," Hermione said before Harry could rush off. "I want to get started on the Ancient Runes essay, which you should be doing as well, Harry, though I suppose it was too much to hope that you'd do anything productive today."
Harry sent a mild scowl at her, but didn't have the patience to defend himself. Particularly when she was actually right. "See you later, then," he said instead and turned toward the Room of Requirement, pleased when Blaise immediately took up beside him. He didn't really want anyone else around right now anyway. He didn't trust Hermione enough to be showing her what he was probably going to end up doing in the Room of Requirement.
Harry stepped into the Room he'd summoned, and he was pleased to find a long dueling hall, the far end lined with numerous dummies.
Blaise whistled appreciatively at the interior. It wasn't nearly as wide as the room they used for the D.A., but it was longer, the ceiling a towering twenty feet overhead.
Harry smiled at him and willed the room to make them secure against anyone else coming in or sounds getting out. "Sorry, I need to work off a little energy," he admitted. "Give me some space?"
"Sure," Blaise agreed easily and moved to lean against the wall, a touch behind Harry where he'd be safe from any spells he was sending downrange.
Harry took a breath to center himself as he drew his wand and his magic coiled in anticipation. Then, as he'd done that morning when he'd come here alone, Harry began casting at the dummies. He deliberately chose spells that required more energy rather than using the most efficient spells as one would actually want to do in a duel in order to conserve their energy. He overpowered weaker spells rather than using the best one for the job,
And the dummies were swiftly destroyed, one after another, stabbed, slashed, bludgeoned, concussed, lit on fire, frozen and shattered. And because they were in the Room of Requirement, more dummies rose as he was finishing them off and he could just keep going.
He had no idea how long he went, but he was sweaty and winded by the time he stopped, his magic singing joyously at the exertion. His ears rang a bit in the sudden silence.
"Harry?" he heard after a moment and remembered that he wasn't alone.
He turned to regard Blaise, and frowned warily as he realized that he had no idea what that particular expression on his face meant. Before he could start to worry, Blaise was swiftly crossing the distance between them and warm hands cradled his face while hot lips pressed against his own, a wet tongue swiftly invading his mouth in the very best way.
It was so sudden and overwhelming that he didn't realize he was moving until his back hit the wall and then Blaise was pressed firmly against his front while the cool wall framed his back and Harry wrapped his arms around the taller boy and pulled him closer, mindful enough to ensure he wasn't hurting him.
He lost himself in the kiss for a long moment as one of Blaise's hands released his face to slide down over his shoulder, his side, and his hip. That was when Harry's body really began to react. He felt himself start to harden and he wasn't sure if he should be more excited or embarrassed, but by the time that thought passed through his mind, it was replaced by a sudden, unpleasant shock as a bucket of ice water seemed to be upended over his head.
Blaise leapt back with a yelp and Harry cursed coarsely, looking up and around for an explanation only to find nothing. He wasn't even wet, he realized.
"Sorry," Blaise panted.
"Wait, was that you?" Harry asked, confused and then embarrassed as he wondered if Blaise had been trying to calm him down because he'd realized how Harry was reacting.
Blaise shook his head quickly. "No. Sorry. I forgot you wouldn't know. That was my chastity charm at work."
Harry stared a moment and ran those words through his head again, but he was pretty sure he'd heard them right. "Chastity charm?" he demanded incredulously.
Blaise laughed a little helplessly, "Yeah. Sorry. It's a pureblood thing."
"What?" Harry demanded because he was thoroughly confused.
"Er," Blaise said somewhat awkwardly. "Well, you see, marriage vows tend to be a lot stronger and more effective when performed on virgins and then consummated. So pureblood parents tend to use chastity charms to ensure their children don't get carried away at Hogwarts and mess that up."
Harry groaned in despair. "Are you telling me we can't do anything?"
"We can kiss," Blaise said apologetically.
Harry groaned again and sat down on the chair that helpfully appeared behind him as soon as he wanted to sit.
Blaise approached slowly and sat down next to him when the chair turned into a loveseat. "I mean... it's an incentive to get married?" Blaise offered cautiously.
"You purebloods are barmy," Harry said without looking up, though he did lean into Blaise when an arm was placed warily around him.
"Marriages performed between two virgins tend to create bonds strong enough to prevent a lot of minor friction between spouses. It makes for happier marriages even over many decades. There is a good reason for it."
Harry gave up being dramatic about it and sat up to properly lean against Blaise. "Oh, fine. Don't expect me to be happy about it though."
"I wouldn't dream of it," Blaise said softly and he pressed a sweet kiss to Harry's temple.
Harry kind of melted into the contact. He didn't feel worn out after all that casting, but he did feel less wired. Given he'd gone through the same thing that morning, he didn't expect the feeling to last, but it was nice for the moment. Relaxing into Blaise was nice too.
Animagus
That evening, Harry's restlessness had entirely returned by the time everyone else was sleeping. After pacing the empty common room for half an hour, Harry grabbed his invisibility cloak and ventured out.
He was sure that he was near to completing his animagus transformation and this seemed like the perfect opportunity to try his first shift. Surely all of this extra energy could only help, after all. He considered using the Room of Requirement again, but the itch under his skin was demanding that he just get out of doors.
This led him to wandering into the Forbidden Forest late on Halloween night. At least the moon was at about half, so no worry for werewolves for another week.
He no longer much feared the Forbidden Forest. Most creatures that relied on their instincts seemed to give him a wide berth when his magic was feeling testy. Most other creatures that would challenge him – such as acromantula – would flee quickly enough when he started casting. Especially tonight with his magic eager to do some damage.
He did make an effort to avoid both the acromantula colony and the centaur village. That latter he had only a vague idea of where it resided in the forest, but idea enough to avoid it.
He didn't go too far before he came into a small clearing under a particularly large oak. It seemed a good enough place. He took a few minutes to set some basic, short-term wards around the place that would let him know if anything approached.
Then he transfigured a stick into a stand mirror in hopes that he would manage the transformation and want to take a look at himself.
Finally, he settled down on the ground and carefully slipped into the necessary meditation.
He didn't know how long he sat there, but eventually, he felt the animal form he was seeking slip over his impression of what his form should be as a human.
There was a very strange sensation of his body rearranging itself to fit the new form, and he held his concentration carefully until that feeling ceased.
Finally, he opened his eyes. The world around him looked quite strange. He could make out colors just fine, but there was something else. Something more that was difficult to define. He looked at his own body and saw sleek black fur and four canine paws. He felt a surge of excitement at his success and his tail gave an involuntary wag. A huff escaped him in what would have been a laugh were he human.
Carefully, he put his paws under him and stood. It felt more instinctive to use his body in this form than he'd expected. He didn't feel unsteady on his feet. He looked toward the mirror and took a step that way only to stumble. His body knew what to do, but he was overthinking it. Trying to concentrate to move instead of concentrating on getting to where he wanted to be. Trying to adjust his mindset, he attempted again to approach the mirror.
This time, his body obeyed him.
He stopped before the mirror and stared. He was a fearsome-looking dog. Very short black fur. Small, pointed ears. What did they call that? Cropped? Strange that his ears looked like that if it had to be done surgically. Perhaps this breed of dog just had ears like that naturally?
He couldn't guess at the breed, though he was huge and powerfully muscled. He opened his mouth and marveled at the massive teeth. Though his lips had hidden them completely, with his mouth open, they looked quite intimidating. He didn't think it was normal for dogs to have teeth quite this large and sharp. Marge's bulldogs certainly didn't, nor Sirius' animagus form. His eyes remained green, though the color was a little lighter. A little brighter. Rather like the color of the Killing Curse, actually.
He looked around the clearing, appreciating his sight in this form, and it finally occurred to him what was different about it. He could see everything despite the weak moonlight coming through the leaves overhead. In his normal form, he had very good night vision. In fact, it had improved in recent years until he was fairly sure that it was better than a normal human's.
This though... This was an entirely new level. He could see everything.
He was pretty sure normal dogs didn’t have enhanced night vision, which reinforced his supposition that he was a magical form of dog.
When he was done examining his form, he took to walking around the clearing, getting used to moving around in this form and testing out his nose as he tried to identify the multitude of things that he was smelling.
After some time spent in this manner, he became quite suddenly aware of something approaching. A favorable breeze brought him the scents of sulfur and ash and stone. Hell. It smelled of Hell.
By the time it emerged from the bushes, Harry was crouched defensively, teeth bared in warning.
The figure was another dog that looked quite similar to himself, though not quite as large. And rather than green eyes, this dog's eyes burned red-orange, shimmering like hot coals. Despite its fearsome appearance, it didn't attack. It stopped at the sight of Harry and tilted its head curiously.
Harry let out a warning growl and it promptly dropped and rolled onto its back, tilting its head back to look at him.
Harry eased out of his crouch a little, startled by the submissive gesture from the fearsome beast.
It gave a little whine and wagged its tail.
His, Harry mentally corrected as he took a cautious step forward. Definitely a male dog. He took a couple of more steps and sniffed at the dog carefully, but that was definitely Hell that he was smelling.
And then he felt like an idiot because of course it was a Hellhound. Of course he was a Hellhound.
But how and why had it turned up as soon as he'd achieved his form? Had it sensed him somehow? Would other beings from Hell sense him as well?
He scanned his surroundings carefully, listening intently with his enhanced hearing in this form, but he could detect nothing that didn't seem to belong in the nighttime forest.
Then the strange Hellhound rolled back onto its belly.
Harry's attention snapped back to it, and he bared his teeth silently, but the other dog just dropped itself into a playful pose, tail wagging.
He probably should have been more surprised that a damn Hellhound was treating him like a playmate. Its tongue lolled out of its mouth and its tail wagged so hard that its whole butt was wiggling, like the happiest, friendliest dog imaginable. It gave a playful flinch toward him, then hopped back, then forward again, growling lightly.
Harry felt his own muzzle open a bit in what would have been a grin were he human. As much as he thought he should be wary of a random Hellhound turning up out of the blue, its body language was pretty convincing that it was just looking to play. And Harry's own animal instincts wanted to respond in kind.
The dog gave a few more playful lunges and a woof, and Harry finally couldn't take it any longer. He lunged at the Hellhound, who immediately turned and sprinted, leading him a merry chase.
Harry lost himself in the play for quite some time before their game brought them too near an acromantula, which foolishly tried to attack rather than fleeing. The play immediately turned to the thrill of a hunt and Harry and the hound worked together to distract and attack the giant spider. It didn't take long at all the take the thing down.
When assured that it was good and dead, the hound became playful once more, teasing Harry until he gave in and chased it some more.
When the sky began to lighten with the first hints of predawn, Harry figured that he really did have to get back to the castle. He returned to the clearing first. he couldn't just leave a stand mirror there, after all. The hound followed him, and Harry eyed it warily as he concentrated to revert back to his human form. He wasn't sure how the hound would take the shift, but the damn thing might not have noticed for all the reaction it gave.
With a shrug, Harry vanished the mirror, then started walking back toward the castle.
The hound followed.
"Yes, that was fun," Harry admonished, "but it's time to get back to real life. Go on home." He added a shooing motion to make his point extra clear.
The hound just tilted its head at him and wagged its tail.
Harry stared a moment longer, then sighed as he fished his cloak out of his pocket. "Fine, but if you get caught, I'm pretending that I never met you before," he warned. He wasn't entirely sure how much the dog understood, but he suspected that it was at least as smart as Hedwig.
Being the very early hours of the morning, the most determined hall monitors were already abed, the earliest rising teachers not yet out and about, so Harry had no difficulty in getting back up to the common room without running into anyone. He was not surprised when the hound followed him all the way up to his dorm, nor when it draped itself across the foot of his bed.
With a sigh, Harry drew his wand to enlarge the size of his mattress without increasing the footprint of the bed, it was a tricky but useful spell that allowed him more space without taking up more room.
With most of two sleepless nights finally beginning to settle on him as the magical high provided by the thin veil was finally beginning to recede, Harry fell asleep in moments.
He woke a few hours later to a cold nose pressed to his ankle and he flinched back to frown at the hound, who did not appear to have moved during the night. He felt surprisingly refreshed despite the few short hours he had slept.
"You're here to stay, aren't you?" Harry said to the hound even as he observed his magic all but claiming the beast, clearly already getting attached.
The hound just gave its tail a couple of thumbs against the bedspread.
"Mate, you up?" Ron's voice came from outside his curtains a moment before they were pulled back. Ron glanced inside and his eyes skated right over the Hellhound without any notice at all. "Did you make your bed bigger? Think you can do that to mine later? Anyway, we'll miss breakfast if you don't hurry," Ron warned.
"Thanks," Harry said. "Go ahead without me. I'll be down in a minute."
Ron shrugged and left, leaving Harry to consider the hound again.
"Invisible to everyone but me?" he asked curiously.
The hound gave a small huff and dropped his chin onto Harry's leg, gazing at him with those burning coal eyes.
"I hope you like snakes," he decided after a moment. And he rather hoped that Kaa liked dogs. He didn't need the drama if those two got jealous or something. "How's Dante sound for a name?" he posed the hound. "It's from a book about Hell."
The hound wagged his tail in what Harry took for approval.
"Dante it is."
Notes:
Omigosh! The animagus scene is one that I’ve been dying to write for AGES. It was somuchfun!
Thanks for reading! I'd love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 25: Year Five - part 7
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Thestrals
It wasn't until he got to breakfast that day that Harry realized his senses had not returned to normal after leaving his animagus form. He was still smelling everything and hearing way more clearly and – when he ducked into a loo and used a nox spell – also seeing in the dark almost perfectly.
At this point, he could only roll his eyes at himself. He had absolutely no expectation that the effect would fade. His magic had apparently just decided that it had found something better and taken steps to ensure he kept it that way. He knew that animagi did tend to have sharper senses as a human if their other form did, but it was generally a small improvement, not virtually the same as their other form.
He was just going to have to be careful to remember to act like he couldn't see when he was in the dark with others. And to try to ignore things he smelled or heard that he reasonably should not have. At least the canine instincts that he'd felt while transformed did not seem to have transitioned back with him.
Dante, it turned out, had decided that following Harry absolutely everywhere was essential. Happily, not only did no one else see the damn hound, but they seemed to instinctively move around him without a single one of them realizing that they were unconsciously avoiding a certain area.
Dante also seemed to sense how much Harry loathed Umbridge. While the hound didn’t try to do anything to the foul woman, he did make a habit of spending Harry’s Defense classes lying in the corner and staring at Umbridge with a malign intent that she seemed to feel as she glanced surreptitiously around the room quite frequently and was slightly twitchy.
Harry couldn’t help but be pleased with it, and it did help his magic to stay settled in her class. Though he did worry that the hound may do something difficult to explain if Harry ever really lost his temper with her.
Yet another reason to keep tighter rein on it, he supposed.
The first Quidditch match of the season was just days later. It ended with Gryffindor winning the match and Fred and George both getting kicked off the team for pummeling Malfoy after he started with disparaging comments about their mum. Probably the only reason Ron and Ginny weren't also part of that scuffle was that they hadn't been in hearing range of the comments. Luckily for Angelina. And fortunate for Malfoy as well. Having three Weasleys beating the snot out of him while Ginny threw her nastiest jinxes at him... He'd have been lucky to get out of it with his life. As it was, Harry was pretty sure that Ginny was plotting against the Malfoy heir still. Harry wished her luck, honestly. Malfoy needed to learn to mind his manners before he made an enemy that wouldn't stop with simple assault or schoolyard jinxes.
Hagrid returned that evening with bruises on his face that must have come from one heck of a blow. The kind of blow that would have taken the head off a normal human. Hagrid was very coy about the whole thing, refusing to explain anything at all and insisting that everything was fine.
A week after his return, Hagrid held his first Care of Magical Creatures lesson that year, which turned out to be on Thestrals.
Harry was pleasantly surprised by that. He found the creatures very enjoyable to be around. There was just something about them that his magic quite liked. They were very Dark creatures, but also pure. Innocent and uncorrupted. It was a beguiling combination.
Hagrid called his herd of thestrals once the class was gathered. They came out of the trees in a trickle, sniffing the air suspiciously until they seemed to scent Harry. Then they pushed right through the other students so that they could all sniff at him. He laughed awkwardly and began to pat the creatures as the students that couldn't see them cried out in alarm. It was an exact reversal of the unicorn debacle.
The thestrals, unlike everyone else, seemed to see Dante, but other than a little bit of wary distance, they didn't seem bothered by him.
This impromptu mobbing continued for a few minutes as Hagrid began explaining about thestrals.
Then Umbridge showed up and instantly began baiting Hagrid and making notes, which she voiced as she wrote, about everything she thought Hagrid was doing wrong, which just flustered him and made everything worse. It was blatantly obvious that he was on her list to oust, apparently next to Trelawny. Undoubtedly because of what had been written about Hagrid in the paper last year. Umbridge had made no secret of her distaste for "halfbreeds".
Harry found himself staring at her hatefully as he patted the thestrals that were periodically nibbling on his clothes and hair when he’d been ignoring them for too long. They'd been friendly at the carriages when he'd greeted them before, but they'd also been fastened up and unable to actually approach him. Now they were untethered, they were taking advantage of it to inspect Harry thoroughly and beg for attention.
Harry used the distraction they provided in order to keep his magic from doing anything precipitous to Umbridge. Dante bared his teeth at the woman when Harry began to fume, but Harry turned a stern frown on the hound, who seemed to sense it, for he immediately looked at Harry, then took on the posture of a chastised dog – head slumped, tail down – and then settled down to stare at her the rest of the lesson.
He really couldn't kill the woman, Harry reminded himself, even if he had a hard time remembering why that was so important whenever she opened her mouth. Or gave that infuriating little cough.
Promissory
Blaise participated in the D.A. meetings, of course. It wasn't a resource that he was about to ignore. As much time as he spent practicing spells though, he probably spent even more just watching his incredible boyfriend. Harry was so effortlessly, so guilelessly exceptional as to be all the more amazing for it. So many people – especially in Slytherin, but in all the Houses – worked so hard to appear powerful and competent and aloof, but Harry was so much more successful, and he wasn't even trying. If anything, he seemed to work at downplaying all of those things.
So, yes. Blaise spent more time than probably seemly just observing Harry. And, admittedly, thoroughly enjoying the position he had been allowed in Harry's life.
It was the last D.A. meeting before the winter break now and Blaise watched as Harry walked an upper year Ravenclaw through the precise wand movements of some advanced spell that he was struggling with. In the middle of what he was saying, he suddenly snapped his wand out and cast with a barely murmured incantation. The spell zipped across the room incredibly fast, slipping right between several people, and struck one of the Weasley twins in the back.
"Oi!" the Weasley in question complained as he began to uncontrollably float toward the ceiling.
"How many times have I told you to focus on your own spellwork and leave others alone?" Harry raised his voice to ask with a wry smile. He then went back to what he'd been saying while the floating Weasley seemed to decide that floating was fun. He adopted a lounged position, hands behind his head, ankles crossed, and just floated there contentedly, just high enough that he was above arm's reach of his brother, who was trying to snag his robe to pull him back down.
Harry left the twin to float there for the remainder of the meeting, which wasn't quite ten minutes. Further, every time the not-floating twin got close to grabbing him, he would drift a bit higher. And when he tried to use a spell to summon him or reach him, he swerved away from it until the twin on the ground threw up his hands and began composing his brother's eulogy in a loud and dramatic tone.
When Harry began dismissing people for the evening – in twos and threes so as not to draw attention – the floating twin just drifted back down to the ground without fanfare. It was... a very impressive spell if it was a spell's doing at all. Knowing what he did about Harry's power, Blaise suspected that may have been an ordinary levitation charm that his magic was controlling with barely a thought from Harry.
Harry was always the last to leave these meetings, so when it was down to the two of them with Ron and Hermione, Blaise wrapped an arm around Harry and quietly asked, "Can we stick around a little longer? There was something I wanted to talk to you about."
"Sure," Harry answered immediately, his expression curious. "You guys go on," he said to Ron and Hermione. "I'll be up later."
With murmured goodnights, the pair left.
"What is it?" Harry asked even as the room around them shrank rapidly down to a more comfortable size for two, the dueling room changing into a sitting room as the furniture just seemed to melt right into the walls and new ones spring forth.
It was always somewhat alarming to be in the room when it changed something major like that, but Harry seemed to instruct the room without any real conscious thought.
Blaise sat down on the provided loveseat and was pleased when Harry sat next to him. Blaise ran a palm over his thigh to clear the perspiration and mentally chastised himself for being nervous. He was pretty sure that he had no reason to be.
"So it's been about a year since our first date," Blaise began.
Harry's eyes immediately widened, "Oh, crap. Was I supposed to do something for our anniversary? Because I didn't even think about that," he said.
Blaise smiled, "No, don't worry. I wasn't expecting anything. It'd be different if we were married."
"Oh," Harry breathed with relief.
"Still," Blaise continued, "We have been together for a year and so I was thinking it's probably time we took our relationship to the next level."
Harry was frowning at him in confusion, so Blaise reached into his pocket and drew out the long box that had been sitting so heavily there all evening.
Harry took it cautiously and opened it like he wasn't sure what to expect. His eyes immediately softened when he got a look at the intricately carved wooden beads of the necklace. "Oh," he said, his tone a little hard to decipher.
"It's just a promissory necklace," Blaise said, not quite up to letting the silence linger just then. "It essentially means that we're considering each other exclusively..." He trailed off when Harry took the necklace out of the box and clipped it around his neck without hesitation. The magical clasp made it a simple process.
Blaise let out a nervous breath and smiled reflexively at the sight of it around Harry's neck.
Then Harry was kissing him, and Blaise let himself sink into it.
When Harry drew back, it was only enough to rest his forehead against Blaise's. "You know this is going to make you more of a target for Voldemort and the Death Eaters."
Blaise tensed at the Dark Lord's name, but withheld his flinch. He was becoming distressingly accustomed to hearing it. "I know," he answered, leaning back enough to look Harry in the eyes. "I actually wanted to do this a couple of months ago, but my mum wasn't too pleased about the danger it could put me in. She's been... resistant."
Harry stared at him a moment before cautiously questioning, "But you're sure?"
"Very much so," Blaise said. He hesitated to be more explicit, but reminded himself that Harry was a Gryffindor. He was a particularly sly Gryffindor, but he'd still probably prefer a certain amount of transparency in these matters. So he took a deep breath and forged on, "I don't like to think about my future without you in it," he admitted, and it was worth it when a brilliant smile immediately lit up Harry's face.
"Yeah?" Harry grinned. "That's good. I like thinking about my future a lot better when you're in it, too."
Just A Dream
The night after the last D.A. meeting, Harry jerked awake somewhere in the middle of the night, his heart pounding. He'd had the strangest dream. He was pretty sure that he'd been a snake given how he'd been slithering along the floor. And then he'd attacked Arthur Weasley, who'd been sleeping in a corridor using an invisibility cloak as a blanket.
It was all very strange.
He tried to remember any further details about the dream, but there didn't seem to be anything there. His magic felt rather ruffled, and he didn't care for it. He thought about getting up – a bit of a walk might help – but he was quite tired still.
With a sigh, he punched his pillow into a better shape and rolled over. It took an unfortunately long time to fall back asleep after that, but he didn't have any more strange dreams that he could remember.
The next morning, McGonagall bustled into the Great Hall, collected all four Weasleys without explanation, and ushered them out.
"That was weird," Harry said uneasily to Hermione as they began to select their breakfast.
"It must be some sort of family emergency," Hermione fretted. "I do hope everyone's okay."
Harry nodded and concentrated on his food, trying to dismiss that stupid dream from his mind. It was a bit odd that it came the night before this family emergency, but surely it was just a coincidence. Harry didn't take divination, but he didn’t think it likely that he'd started having some weird sort of premonition dreams. That just... seemed unlikely. Unbelievable, really.
So he put it out of his mind and just worried generally for his friends as they didn't return that day or the next before they had to catch the train back to London. Hermione postulated that they'd probably just been given early leave for the break, which made sense.
"Oh, I feel so guilty for not going to see Ron over the break," Hermione fretted as the three of them settled into a compartment on the train.
"He'll be okay, Hermione," Harry soothed. "If someone in the family was seriously injured or something, the family probably will want some privacy, anyway."
"That's true," Hermione sighed. "I just wish that I knew what was going on."
"I'll write you once I find out," Harry promised.
"Where are you going for the break, if you don't mind my asking," Blaise said.
"Oh, I'm spending the first week with my parents. We're taking a bit of a holiday to France. Then they'll fly back home while I go to spend the rest of the break with Viktor and his family. I've really been missing him and I'm quite looking forward to it."
"That's understandable," Blaise allowed. "I am very grateful that Harry and I go to the same school in the same year, so we won't have to deal with being apart for such a long time."
"Yes, you two are rather lucky that way. And don't think that I didn't notice that necklace you're wearing, Harry," she grinned at him. "I didn't want to make a big deal in front of everyone, but I'm very happy for you two. I'm not surprised, but I'm happy."
Harry couldn't help the huge grin that immediately settled onto his face at the reminder, and he leaned comfortably into Blaise's side, inspiring the taller boy to wrap an arm around him. He ran his fingers along the carved beads, thrilling at the subtle buzz of magic that met his fingers. This was obviously a family heirloom by the layers of aged magic that he could feel in it. It felt both protective and possessive and he rather adored the feeling. Knowing that Blaise wanted him. That he wasn't just an entertainment at school. That he wasn't just someone to keep around while it was convenient. He didn't really think that Blaise would think of him like that, but the unwanted little boy that the Dursleys had made him just luxuriated in this promise, the solidity of it.
In Blaise's comment that he didn't like to think of his future without Harry in it.
Malfoy made his appearance shortly after that, sticking his pointy head into the compartment to cross his arms smugly at Harry and go through the usual song and dance. Mudbloods, blood traitors, you're all going to die, blah, blah, blah.
Harry put up with it for about half a minute before he stood and approached Malfoy quickly enough that the blond took a reflexive step back, leaving him just outside the compartment. Harry then snapped the door shut in his face, fixed it there with a sticking charm, and silenced it to ensure they didn't have to listen to it if Malfoy decided to pound on the door or shout through it.
Harry then returned to his seat and leaned into Blaise's side, which was shaking slightly with his mostly suppressed laughter.
"I wish I could get rid of him that easily," Blaise lamented. "Alas, sharing a common room with him, I have to listen to that tripe all the time."
Harry tipped his head up to place a kiss to Blaise's jaw, "My sympathies. So glad I didn't go to Slytherin. I'd have probably cursed Malfoy bald and flatulent every other week and then Snape would have had ample excuses to never let me out of detention."
Blaise laughed aloud then. "Oh, but it would have been so much fun! And if you were doing that, I'd have definitely asked you out a lot sooner."
Harry muffled a snicker and they fell into silence for a short while before Blaise suggested rune dominoes and the rest of the trip was spent playing a few variations of the game. Some allowed three players. Others only two, in which case they took turns with the winner getting to play twice in a row while the others switched.
The three of them were evenly enough matched now in skill that the games were a lot of fun and kept them quite entertained through the ride.
When they arrived in London, Hermione gave Harry a hug and left first, giving Harry and Blaise a couple of minutes to say goodbye. It would only be for a couple of weeks, but Harry was used to seeing Blaise at least a few minutes every day now so he wasn't looking forward to the separation even if being away from Hogwarts and Umbridge was going to be a welcome relief. He hoped that he would be staying at Grimmauld rather than the Burrow. As much as he'd like to see Ron and find out what was going on, he could use a couple weeks of his magic taking it easy after months of restraining it against the need to maim Umbridge.
On leaving the train, Harry quickly located the werewolf waiting for him. The smell of him was quite distinctive, Harry couldn’t help but notice. A bit like a dog, but also of blood and madness.
And no, Harry had no idea how madness had a smell or how he recognized it as such, but that’s what it smelled like.
Remus looked exhausted. Considering it had been a good week and a half since the full moon, Harry found this somewhat alarming.
"Are you okay?" Harry asked cautiously as he approached the man.
Remus gave a humorless smile in return, "Hello, Harry. It's good to see you as well."
Harry blushed a little at the implied reprimand.
"We'll talk about it at Headquarters," Remus dismissed, then offered Harry a hand. "Hang on tight."
Harry did so and then he felt himself tugged along down a far too narrow path through something he couldn't define. He was deaf and blind and his magic bristled, but Harry managed to restrain it from fighting back. He didn't think that would be a good idea.
And then, thankfully, it was over. Harry stumbled as they landed in front of Grimmauld Place and shook himself free of Remus. "Merlin, that was awful!" he complained.
Remus looked somewhat apologetic, "Side along," he explained. "Believe it or not, it gets easier with practice."
"I'll go with not," Harry replied hotly.
"Come on," Remus urged. "It's not safe to hang about on doorsteps these days.
Harry allowed himself to be ushered into the dim and dreary entryway, his irritated magic seeming to breathe a sigh of relief once they were within the wards. Harry nearly sagged on his feet at the marvelous feeling of his magic settling down. He'd not realized quite how tense it had been at Hogwarts, but the contrast was enough that he really just wanted to curl up and take a nap right now.
Instead, he was led into the drawing room.
Harry noted as they moved through the house that the mold and dust both looked and smelled entirely cleaned up. So the wards he'd strengthened over the summer seemed to be working. Hopefully the inhabitants of the house just thought Kreacher was doing it.
In the drawing room, Sirius immediately jumped up and rushed to wrap his arms around Harry.
"Oh! Hi," Harry said in surprise as he returned the tight hug his godfather had surprised him with. He patted the man's back a few times when the hug went on longer than seemed normal.
"Okay, what is going on?" Harry asked when Sirius finally pulled back. Between Remus looking like death and Sirius acting like he was thankful to see him alive, Harry was starting to get worried. "What happened with the Weasleys?" he asked soberly.
"Have a seat, Harry," Remus encouraged, and Harry did so warily.
When they were all sitting, Remus on one love seat and Harry and Sirius on the one facing him, Remus cleared his throat, then said, "The night before last, Arthur Weasley was killed while on a mission for the Order."
Harry's breath caught in horror. The man was dead? That's why the Weasleys left early? Their father was killed? "How?" he found himself asking.
"It doesn't really matter-" Remus started.
"Voldemort's familiar," Sirius spoke over the top of the werewolf, who cast him a disapproving look, but didn't interrupt as Sirius went on. "He was on guard duty. None of us were expecting Nagini to show up."
"Guard duty," Harry repeated, his stomach turning because... Arthur had been killed by a snake... "Where?"
"The Ministry, but Harry I really can't say more. Dumbledore would have a cow at what I've already told you. He was under an invisibility cloak. He'd have been fine against a human, but the snake must have smelled him," he said bitterly.
Harry's magic was tense and still around him, like one massive white knuckle. Arthur Weasley had been attacked by a snake while under an invisibility cloak. But it hadn't needed to smell him, Harry wanted to say. He'd fallen asleep and the cloak had slipped off part of him.
He swallowed back the words and the panic with an effort. He couldn't say anything. Because this most definitely wasn't normal. Seeing visions of things happening hundreds of miles away wasn't normal. And why had he been the snake? Was it a Serpent Master thing?
Sirius pulled Harry into a hug as his mind continued to spin over what he'd just learned. It hadn't just been a weird dream. He'd seen Arthur Weasley killed. ...and he'd gone back to sleep.
He felt ill.
Harry flinched slightly when something heavy leaned against his leg. He turned his head to find Dante leaning on him, staring at him with soulful red eyes. He forced himself to look away and not draw attention to the hound that the others in the room clearly did not see. He had no idea where the damn hound had come from. He had noticed, at Hogwarts, that the hound had a skill for turning up in rooms he didn't remember him entering via the door, but he'd remained behind at Hogwarts, so turning up in a Fidelius protected house in London was quite a trick.
But one he'd deal with later because he was a little busy with his mental breakdown at the moment.
Sirius eventually withdrew, though he left a hand on Harry's shoulder, a strangely comforting weight. "Bill's made his transfer back to London permanent," he explained. "He's going to stay and look after the family, at least until the kids are all out of Hogwarts. Molly is..." he shook his head. "She's not handling it well. She's been on calming draughts since shortly after she got news.
"Bill called in some favors with some people in his line of work and they've warded the Burrow probably more effectively than this place now, so the whole family is going to be staying there for the holiday."
"Won't be much of a holiday," Harry breathed in extreme sympathy for his friends.
"No," Sirius said quietly. "No, it won't." He looked at Remus a long moment before adding, "This feels so much like the last war. A shroud of grief hanging over everything. The grim determination to keep fighting to honor those we've lost."
Harry sagged back against the sofa and resisted the urge to reach down and pet Dante. If this was just the first blow of many more to come, Harry truly dreaded the coming years. Part of him wanted to just pack up and flee the damn country, but he could hardly expect his loved ones to be equally as willing to abandon their country. This was their home. Harry had come to terms with the fact that he'd be leaving England when he was done with Hogwarts. There was no way he could stay here. Between the hero worship and the eagerness they had to vilify him, it just wasn't possible. And Hermione might go to Bulgaria after Hogwarts. But Ron and Sirius had deep roots here. Harry wasn't sure about Blaise. As far as Harry knew, he was set to inherit his family estate as his father was long dead, but he also had strong ties to Italy.
He shook his head and tried to focus. "I should write to Ron" he realized.
"That's a good idea," Remus agreed, "but don't expect a reply."
"Of course,' Harry said at once, because Ron might be too grieved to even read the letter, but on the chance that he would, Harry wanted to send it. Maybe Ron would even be grateful for the distraction.
And so, with one more hug from Sirius, Harry retreated to the room that he'd shared with Ron last summer. He immediately covered the empty portrait with a blanket from Ron's bed, then found his stationery and sat down at the desk to write to his friend. They weren't as close as they used to be, but Ron had been trying really hard to be a better friend this year and Harry thought he deserved a heck of a lot of credit for that.
Remembering his promise to Hermione, Harry found another piece of parchment and promised himself that he'd write to her immediately after Ron. She would undoubtedly send Ron a very long and thoughtful letter full of her condolences.
Headquarters was quite subdued as the holiday drew near. Sirius made a token effort to bring in the holiday spirit by decorating the house. And though no one was enforcing cleaning this time, Harry still took to spending a lot of time in the attic. It was peaceful up there, and he didn’t have to worry about stumbling across someone crying, which he did several times in the first few days. Also, he was able to read whatever he wanted without worrying about getting caught.
And Kreacher was very happy to go through the trunk of rescued items to proudly show Harry everything that had been saved thanks to his generous orders. Harry was pleased at most of it, genuinely appalled at some of the things they'd meant to throw out, and slightly curious as to why Kreacher didn't consider a few of the items to be trash, but he wasn't going to make a fuss if Kreacher considered things like a stained – hopefully clean – old handkerchief that had belonged to his mistress as being a treasure worth saving. Harry might just have to get a separate box for purely sentimental items. He could do without ever accidentally touching such a handkerchief again.
Harry still felt rotten about Arthur dying. Harry had liked the man even if he'd never known him well. He also couldn't imagine what his friends were going through. Harry had been so young when he'd lost his parents, it hadn't been the same. The hole they'd left in his life had always been a part of him. The Weasleys had just had that hole open up and they had to figure out how to live with it. Harry couldn't imagine how hard it must be.
He sent Hedwig out with Ron's gift on time. He had no idea if Ron was even going to be feeling up to opening his presents, but the last thing Harry wanted was to inadvertently make him feel worse by not sending it. It was an expert level chess board that would hopefully be able to actually challenge him if he played against it. It hadn't been cheap, but Harry thought Ron had more than earned it with the effort he'd been putting into being a good friend this year. Maybe it would give him some measure of distraction right now.
Harry chose to distract himself by focusing on learning spells that might keep him alive. Him and those he cared about.
Sleeping had become difficult. He kept jerking awake mid-dream, his mind spinning over the contents of the dream and trying to figure out if it was real or just a dream. So far, he didn’t think he’d had any more real dreams, but the idea that it was possible was leaving him very sleep-deprived. He was incredibly grateful that the Dark magic saturating the house had such a calming effect on his magic and he dreaded returning to Hogwarts if he didn’t have this dream situation figured out.
He did make one trip out, his second evening back. He had Dobby pop him to Diagon Alley a little while after claiming that he was turning in for the night. Most of the Alley was closed or closing up for the evening, but Knockturn was in full swing when he put up his hood and made his way down the Dark alley. He'd had Dobby picking up some special stock the bookseller set aside for him every other week. He'd gotten a number of rather illegal books that way so far, but Harry wasn't looking for anything necessarily Dark today. He just wanted books on all kinds of defensive and offensive magic. If this war was going to get bloodier, Harry fully intended to be able to spill more than his fair share.
He picked up a dozen books that evening and received a perfectly respectful greeting from the beady-eyed man that ran the store. Harry was likely one of his best customers, so he supposed it wasn't surprising.
Dante seemed to like Grimmauld Place, which wasn't a shock given a Hellhound was definitely a Dark creature. The hound seemed to particularly enjoy stretching out flat on his side and taking long naps in the attic while Harry read.
It was during one of these times that Harry introduced Kaa to Dante. The snake clearly saw the hound as an inferior form of familiar since he couldn't live within Harry's magic, nor could Harry speak his language, to which Harry spent several minutes assuring his snake that Harry was not trying to replace him and that of course he loved that they could speak the same language.
Dante, thankfully, hadn't taken offense to any of it.
Harry did figure out how the hound was getting around one evening when he was spending a bit of time in the drawing room a couple days before Christmas. He couldn’t very well hide in the attic all the time if he didn’t want to raise too many questions. He happened to glance up at just the right moment to see Dante walk casually out of a shadowed corner.
"How are you doing that?" Harry complained. He glanced at the door, but he didn't hear anyone moving around in the house. Sirius was in the kitchen with Remus, trying to put together some sort of dinner. Cooking was not Sirius' calling, but with Molly out of commission, needs apparently must. He certainly didn't trust Kreacher with his food. Which was honestly fair. That house-elf really hated him.
Figuring that he was safe enough for the moment, Harry set aside his book and stood, transforming reasonably smoothly into his Hellhound form. He'd been practicing in the attic since he'd got to the house. He'd not been quite confident enough to risk it in his bedroom. If there was a portrait in there to spy on him, who knew if his little blanket thrown over it would entirely protect him. He wasn't taking chances. Not with Dumbledore.
He was taking a small chance by changing now, but there weren't any portraits in the drawing room, and he figured he'd only be a minute or two.
Though he could see in the dark and hear and smell better now even in his human form, there was something extra about this form. Like a sense for the veil itself. There were places where it just felt a touch thinner. And sure enough, that dark corner that Dante had come from felt like that.
Harry approached it warily, immediately getting what felt like a metaphysical draft of Hell from it. He crouched slightly, his muscles tense as he approached it.
Dante moved to flank him, his posture also becoming somewhat wary, as though he was looking to back Harry up but hadn't figured out what the danger was.
Harry crept cautiously closer, his hackles rising when he heard a faint, tortured scream.
And then a noise behind him had him spinning around, teeth bared in a snarl...
Only to find himself facing a confused werewolf, who looked around the room without seeing Harry or Dante. He lifted his head and seemed to sniff the air a bit, then shook his head and walked back out.
Harry sagged in relief. He'd been such an idiot to not notice the man had left the kitchen and was approaching the drawing room. All of his senses had been totally focused on the apparent portal to Hell. Thank goodness that Harry was apparently invisible in this form just like Dante. He wondered if he could make himself visible. Because there were undoubtedly many instances in which being invisible in this form would come in handy, but there were others when it could be inconvenient.
Harry listened to be sure that Remus was well away – it sounded like he was going to check Harry's bedroom – then he transformed back and made his way down to the kitchen. He presumed Remus was looking to inform him that dinner was ready by the smell.
Sure enough, Sirius was just plating dinner as he entered.
"Where's Remus?" Sirius inquired as Harry took a seat.
"How should I know?" Harry asked innocently.
"He went to tell you the food was ready."
"Oh. I must have missed him. I was just in the loo and then I smelled the food and thought I should come see if it was ready."
"Well, he'll find his way back down," Sirius dismissed, sitting down to dig into his own food.
Remus did, indeed, make his way back down shortly and accepted Harry's loo excuse without suspicion.
Harry claimed exhaustion and retired early for the night, though sleep was the last thing on his mind. Instead, he spent the hours trying to puzzle out how to make himself visible. Problem was that he had no idea if it worked. He thought that he could feel something change, but it was subtle and he wasn't sure if it wasn't his imagination. Or something else entirely.
The last couple of hours before he fell asleep ended up occupied with a fierce mental debate that ended up transitioning into a pros and cons list that was fed into the fire when he was done with it.
In order to figure out if he could make himself visible to normal people, Harry needed to tell someone about his animagus form. There were only two people he'd really consider telling. Sirius and Blaise. He could trust Blaise with this, he thought. Sirius had sworn loyalty to Harry and this was a subject that the man was predisposed to be favorable toward.
He went back and forth for ages on whether or not it was stupid to tell Sirius. Part of him still loved the idea of Sirius, and he wanted to be closer to him. This seemed like a fairly safe way to offer the man something. That loyalty oath Sirius had made was far from perfect, but neither could it be discounted.
Telling Blaise, well... Harry was surprised to realize that he considered it only a matter of time before he informed Blaise. He wasn't sure if he was ready to do it immediately, but maybe it would be easier with practice. No matter what, he expected that he would tell Blaise eventually. Blaise had given him the promissory necklace, after all. Harry wasn't the only one hoping that they would stay together for the long haul.
No matter how much part of him liked the idea of telling Sirius… He just couldn’t actually picture himself doing it. Even when he tried to imagine it in his head, he kept freezing up and changing the subject.
Maybe in summer, if he spent more time with Sirius. Maybe he’d tell him then.
Notes:
Obviously Harry’s dream of Arthur being attacked felt much less real than in canon due to his nature, so it really did just seem like a very strange dream to him and not something to raise alarm over.
I am struggling to come up with a Marauder name for Harry. If you’ve any suggestions, I’d be delighted. Harry will probably veto anything that’s too on the nose about the Hellhound bit. If you have any ideas that Sirius might come up with and Harry might not hate, put it in a comment. I’d really appreciate the help so I don’t end up wasting any more hours of valuable writing time researching dog names.
Regardless, I'd love to hear your thoughts on the chapter!
Chapter 26: Year Five - part 8
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Christmas
Christmas morning, Harry woke early to a large dog jumping on his bed and licking his face. Luckily for Sirius, his magic didn't consider the man a threat because it was ruffled but not agitated when Harry woke. So instead of his magic throwing the animagus across the room, Harry just flipped his blankets over the dog’s head and didn’t argue when his magic decided to stick them there.
Sirius changed back then, laughing breathlessly and crying his surrender as he fumbled for his wand to end the sticking charm.
Satisfied, Harry kicked his godfather out so he could get dressed, dismissing Sirius' argument that pajamas were suitable present-opening attire.
As he'd suspected, it wasn't just the two of them that morning. Remus was there too, wearing a small, warm smile and sipping from a mug of what smelled like some combination of hot chocolate and coffee. Which Harry now kind of wanted to try.
Harry had gotten Sirius an oversize dog bone as a gag gift that had the man laughing. Harry had also given him a cooking spellbook. Harry still didn't know Sirius all that well, so he was hard to shop for. One thing Harry did know about him was that he was a terrible cook. And that he didn't trust Kreacher to cook for him. Of course, it had become more important since Molly had moved back to the Burrow, but he hadn't exactly expected that when he'd bought it.
Sirius had laughed, but also thanked Harry genuinely with a blithe, "It probably is time I learned how to feed myself."
Remus has gifted Harry with a defense book he'd not read before, for which he thanked the man politely and apologized for not getting him anything. Remus just waved it off, not at all concerned. If he was going to be around next year, Harry supposed he'd buy the man an industrial size chocolate bar or something. Special order it from Honeydukes, maybe.
Sirius had gifted Harry with a fancy new winter cloak lathered in warming charms that Harry didn't precisely need as his magic didn't tend to let him get cold. It was still nice, and he knew he'd use it. He'd also gotten him a cloak pin with the Potter family crest, which was thoughtful of him and admittedly choked Harry up just a little.
He had also gotten Harry a new dragonhide messenger bag for school, the interior enchanted to hold much more than it should without getting any heavier. And new winter gloves and hat. And a sampler subscription to Honeydukes, so he'd receive a sampler box each month filled with goodies.
"Sirius," Harry complained. "I don't need more than one gift. Honest." As nice a feeling as it was that someone wanted to spoil him, he felt uncomfortably Dudley-like to be opening so many presents.
"Harry, I have a lot of Christmases to make up for missing. Let me spoil you for one decade and then I'll stop."
Harry laughed helplessly and shook his head at his godfather's impressive puppy-dog eyes.
Hermione had sent him a book all about the history of Yule and traditional magical ways to celebrate, which was interesting. He wondered if Viktor had recommended it to her. Ron hadn’t sent anything, but Harry was neither surprised nor upset about that fact.
Order members were in and out all day, starting just after breakfast, and Harry did his best to hide out between his bedroom and the attic. He wasn't honestly fond of most of the Order members and he'd just as soon avoid them.
Between lunch and dinner, he called his elves to him in the attic and asked Kreacher to join him as well. Kreacher did consider Harry his master because he was Sirius' heir, but Harry was a little murky on how much the elf was actually bound to obey him. "I've got you all Christmas presents," he informed them firmly. Dobby, of course, was delighted and gifted Harry with another couple of knitted socks, one of them in Kaa's black and bright blue colors with little snakes on them and the other black and red with little dogs that looked remarkably like Dante knitted into them.
"Thank you, Dobby. They're lovely," Harry smiled as he carefully folded them and set them aside to wear later. Dobby clearly didn't understand the concept of wearing a matching set of socks, but the obvious time, effort, and love he put into them made Harry cherish them.
"Now, Winky. I've gotten you a pin like Dobby's," Harry explained, offering the little crystal lightning bolt he'd made for Winky. It was imbued with as much protective magic as he'd been able to push into it. She took it silently, her eyes suspiciously wet, then gave a very deep bow and popped away. Harry suspected she was overwhelmed and needed a little time.
"Kreacher, this is for you," Harry offered the other pin he'd made. This one was in silver and bore the Black family crest on it.
"Good master Harry is being too kind," Kracher croaked as he accepted the pin and examined it intently.
"And for Dobby," Harry smiled and offered him the very soft blanket that he'd picked up last time he was on Knockturn Alley. It was a pale, silvery blue shot through with the occasional silver unicorn hair. It was a baby blanket meant to bestow peace on the baby. Or in this case, house-elf.
Dobby accepted the blanket with a trembling hand and watery eyes. "Master Harry is giving Dobby a blanket," he whispered in awe.
"Happy Christmas, Dobby," Harry smiled.
The elf's chin trembled a bit and then he threw himself on Harry in a desperate hug.
Harry’s heart broke a little as he rubbed the elf's back. "You're part of the family, Dobby. Don't ever doubt it."
It took several more minutes before the overwhelmed elf was able to pry himself free and pop away. Kreacher watched it all disapprovingly, but Harry noticed that he kept touching his pin, as though to remind himself it was there.
Dante picked that moment to make his way up the stairs - the bottom of which was the only part with dark enough shadows to travel through, Harry thought. Kreacher eyed the dog a moment before giving a small bow and a murmured, "Good master's Doggy," then popping away.
Harry smiled after the elf as Dante dropped into a sprawl pressed against Harry's leg. He pet the dog lightly and picked up his book again. The elves had gotten used to Dante and they all treated him with respect. Because of the way Harry's magic had very clearly claimed the hound as his familiar at this point, Harry suspected.
The Episode
There was an Order meeting on boxing day. It was quieter than Harry was used to without any of the Weasleys present, and everyone was more sober than usual. Of course, it was scheduled right after dinner, so Harry was unfortunately not able to hide away before everyone started showing up as they weren't finished eating.
Most of them were present and Harry was just getting up to show himself out when a sudden wave of dizziness crashed over him. Harry's world seemed to pitch, and he hit the wall hard, and then his head exploded in agony. He clutched at his head as his magic tensed in search of an enemy, but there was no one. He could feel the foreign magic, but not where it was coming from. He had a vague awareness that he was on his knees, people hovering over him, but the pain was blocking out most else.
He screamed, the pain unendurable. He'd not felt anything like this since he was in the graveyard with Voldemort. He heard the man's high-pitched cackle ring through his head, and then, with another fit of dizziness, the sensation was completely gone.
Harry gasped for breath in the sudden absence of pain and let Sirius help him to sit against the nearest wall.
"Harry, what happened?" Sirius looked panicked.
Harry half wanted to pretend it had just been a headache, but he didn't think that would be very believable. He felt a trickle of sweat on his brow, but when he wiped it away, his hand was red with blood. "Fuck," he breathed and dropped his head back against the wall. "Voldemort," he shook his head weakly. "I don't know what that was. I heard him laughing," he whispered, wincing as he took in the veritable crowd of gawking Order members, Dumbledore right in the middle, looking particularly grave as he stared at Harry's forehead, then looked toward Sirius.
"Sirius, why don't you stay with Harry," Dumbledore suggested. "I don't think he should be alone just now, but we do need to get the meeting underway."
Sirius helped Harry up and got an arm around Harry's shoulders to lead him up to the drawing room.
Harry felt weak and shaky, his magic tense and practically snarling at anyone that came near him. Luckily, Sirius' vow meant that Harry’s magic didn't consider him much of a threat or Harry probably would have been forced to crawl upstairs on his own. He didn't think he could handle any other Order member touching him just then.
"Are you okay?" Sirius asked softly when Harry was lying down on the sofa.
"Yeah," Harry sighed. "Just a bit of a headache now."
"Master is needing cold for his head," Kreacher popped in with a small, folded towel.
"Don't touch him!" Sirius snapped.
"Sirius, it's fine," Harry protested, extending his hand toward Kreacher. "Thank you, Kreacher."
Kreacher gave a small bow and glared murder at Sirius before vanishing again.
The towel must have been spelled cold because it was nicely chilly as Harry pressed it to his bleeding head.
"Did you befriend that crazy elf?" Sirius said in tones of complaint.
"He's not so bad," Harry smiled a little. "He's had a rough life."
"He's not the only one," Sirius bitched under his breath.
A long moment of silence passed before Sirius asked, "Has anything like that ever happened before?"
"My scar hurt just like that in the graveyard," Harry admitted. "But other than that, no." He thought of the dream he'd had of Mr. Weasley, but he couldn't bring himself to mention it. Because if he'd realized what was happening, maybe he could have raised the alarm. And maybe Arthur would have been found in time to save him. Anyway, there had been no pain then, so maybe it wasn’t related to this at all.
Harry fell asleep shortly after that and dozed an unknown amount of time, both exhausted and on edge at the same time, meaning he tossed and turned and woke frequently, then fell asleep again quickly.
This lasted until his magic all but jabbed him awake and he startled halfway to a sitting position, opening his eyes to meet Dumbledore's solemn blue ones. His magic all but hissed at the man because, really, in his current state, Dumbledore was the person he least wanted to be near in this house.
Dumbledore looked away after just a second, then took the seat Sirius had vacated. "Good evening, my boy," he said, though his eyes were focused on his hands folded in his lap.
"Headmaster," Harry replied evenly, pushing himself up to sit, thankful that his head was feeling better and the exhaustion had mostly faded.
"Can you describe for me what happened earlier?" Dumbledore requested.
Harry sighed, but he didn't suppose there was any way to politely decline. He hated talking about anything unusual about himself or his magic, but there wasn't a lot he could do about this being as it had happened where everyone could see. So, reluctantly, he explained the dizziness and the pain and the laughter and then the dizziness again before the pain was gone.
"You said that you felt the pain in the graveyard," Dumbledore mused, still not looking directly at Harry, "What about the dizziness?"
"No, that's new," Harry admitted, wondering at the significance of that. "Sir, do you know what happened to me? How could he do that when he was nowhere near me?"
Dumbledore stared blankly across the room over Harry's head, his eyes troubled. "I cannot say for sure, my boy. I suspect it is related to that mark on your forehead. It created a connection between you. I had hoped that the connection was benign, but it appears that Voldemort has discovered how to make use of it. I believe, my boy, that it is time you learned occlumency."
"What's that?" Harry questioned, though he was sure he'd heard of it. Some kind of mental magic?
"It is a mind art," Dumbledore explained. "It will teach you to guard your mind against intrusion. Severus has agreed to teach you as soon as classes resume."
"Wait, what?" Sirius' sharp tone came from near the door behind Harry. "Snape? He hates Harry. How is that going to work?"
"Severus has agreed to do his best to instruct Harry, Sirius, and I trust him."
As the argument continued in that vein, Harry absently noted the way Dumbledore said "I trust him" as though that should put an end to questions. Because Dumbledore's opinion was obviously to be respected above all logic.
Dumbledore eventually won the argument with, "There is no one else, Sirius. I cannot undertake such a task. I do not have the time, nor do I believe it would be helpful to Harry. Voldemort hates me above all others. Given the nature of this connection, it would not go well, I think, if I should attempt to teach him."
That night, when Harry was sure the house was down for the night, he called Dobby for a trip to Knockturn Alley. At his favorite bookshop, he found one book on the mind arts and got a promise that the bookseller would try to hunt down some more of them for Harry, which Dobby would come by to ask after in a few days.
Harry then went into the attic and searched through the trunk of rescued items because something was niggling at his memory. The locket was near the bottom, having been one of the first items recovered. As soon as Harry's hand closed around it, he knew that he'd been right. He held it for a moment, letting his magic examine it in as much detail as he could manage.
That locket felt like Voldemort's magic. There had always been something that felt wrong about it, but after that day's unpleasant refresher on Voldemort's magic, Harry understood what it was.
He called Kreacher to him. "Can you tell me anything about this locket?" Harry asked. "Where it came from or what it's for?"
Kreacher looked at the locket and immediately seemed to droop. He was silent a moment before quietly explaining. "Master Regulus was giving Kreacher the locket. He was ordering Kreacher to destroy it, but Kreacher tried. Kreacher could not."
"Wait, Regulus wanted it destroyed? Why? Why didn't he do it himself?"
And then the whole story came out. How Kreacher had been loaned to Voldemort and taken to a seaside cave. How he'd been forced to drink a terrible potion that had some sort of despair effect by the sound of it. He'd then been left to die, but Regulus had ordered him to return when his task was done, so he'd gone back and Regulus had nursed him back to health. How he'd told Regulus about what Voldemort had used him for. Then Regulus had taken him back there, but this time Regulus drank the potion and ordered Kreacher to destroy the locket. He'd been forced to leave Regulus there to die and he hadn't even been able to carry out his final orders.
By the end of it, Kreacher was a sobbing wreck and Harry felt bad for making him tell the story.
"I'll find a way to destroy it, Kreacher," Harry promised quietly, looking at the locket a moment longer before he closed the chest. It was as safe as he could make it here. No one should be able to get into the attic, but if anyone did, Kreacher would get Dobby to take the chest to Harry's vault at Gringotts.
"Good Master Harry will help Kreacher to fulfill Master Regulus' last order?" the elf said with painful hope.
"Yes, Kreacher," Harry said solemnly. He didn't know what the locket was, but Regulus had thought destroying it was worth dying over. And seeing as it contained Voldemort's magic, Harry was generally inclined to think destroying it was probably a good idea. "What have you tried so far?"
And Harry listened with some disbelief as Kreacher detailed the dozens of ways he'd tried to destroy the thing. Most of which should have worked at least to some extent. It shouldn't have looked totally unharmed. There had to be some serious magical protections on it.
"Okay," Harry said when Kreacher finally wound down. "Well, we have time. It's not going anywhere from here. I'll look into it when I'm back at Hogwarts, okay?"
The last two weeks of the break, Harry studied his books on occlumency, of which he got three more before returning to Hogwarts. Thankfully, he'd found in the very first book that it was traditional for master/apprentice pairs in the mind arts to exchange oaths first thing. Apparently, some sharing of memories both ways was basically guaranteed at some point in the training, with the master seeing many more than the apprentice. For this reason, given the high likelihood of sensitive, or at least embarrassing, memories being seen, the pair would take an oath to keep each other's confidence.
Harry absolutely intended to enforce that, or he'd find another way to learn this.
He read through the books and the meditation he'd learned for his animagus form was definitely going to assist in this, he thought. Still, it seemed to be a discipline requiring both time and practice. Not something he could pick up before dealing with Snape, and not something he could master without a teacher. Unfortunately.
Kreacher, since that night, had taken to treating Harry with almost reverence that he didn't try to hide from anyone else. He was constantly fetching Harry his favorite tea and snacks. If Harry mentioned that he had to run to another room to grab something, Kreacher tended to just pop in with it for him.
Sirius was baffled by the elf's behavior. "I haven't seen him act like this with anyone since Regulus," he complained. "What did you do?"
Harry just shrugged. "I like him, and I treat him that way." Which wasn't a lie. He did like the elf. He pitied him, too, but there was no need to voice that part. And yes, Kreacher would never have given him a chance if he wasn’t Dark, but he didn’t need to mention that either.
The first few days after his... episode, Sirius had watched him worriedly, but when nothing had happened, he'd started to calm down.
The morning Harry returned to Hogwarts, Sirius gave him a hand mirror. "It's linked to one I've got. Just say my name into the mirror and you'll be able to talk to me through mine. In case you need anything. Or if you just want to talk. Your dad and I used to use them when we were in separate detentions."
Harry laughed a little, wondering how many detentions the two must have had. "Thank you," he sighed, honestly a little touched by the gesture. And, considering Umbridge, it may well be the only way to talk to Sirius the rest of the year.
Though thinking about Umbridge did not make him eager to return to the school, even if he did miss Blaise.
Still, when the time came, Harry allowed Sirius to hug him and even patted the man on the back.
Severus
Severus stared at Potter, holding on to his temper by his fingernails. Albus had asked a lot of him over the years, but this one was pushing it. The foul brat had come into his office to receive free lessons in a very delicate art, and he'd had the gall to make demands. He was presently standing there, arms crossed, waiting for Severus to concede.
Severus would have suggested such oaths himself if he'd thought there was any chance the blasted boy would agree, but the very fact that he'd come in here making demands as though he'd a right made Severus dearly wish to refuse on principle. When he played the scenario through to conclusion in his mind, however, he knew there would be no point. He would refuse, Potter would leave and run to Albus. Albus would then call Severus to his office and insist all over again. Severus would resist as long as he was able, but he would end up capitulating in the end, as he always did when Albus was set on a plan. Better to save what dignity he still had.
"Congratulations, Potter. That may be the first intelligent thing that has ever come out of your mouth," he sneered instead. He then put quill to parchment and wrote out an appropriate oath that they could take. He thrust it at the boy without giving him the chance to suggest any alterations.
Potter accepted the parchment and scanned over it. He thought about it for a time, doubtlessly attempting to wrap his tiny mind around it. Then he nodded, as though his agreement had been solicited.
When the vows were taken, Severus began as he'd attempted to before Potter's demand. "Very well, Potter. If things are now sufficiently to your satisfaction..." he lifted his eyebrows and made a mockery of waiting for input.
Potter, somewhat disappointingly, just stared at him, though his hand did clench into a fist at his side.
"Delightful," he said in his most disdainful tone. "The mind, Potter, is a complex and many-layered thing... or at least, most minds are," he smirked vindictively at the brat. "It is true, however, that those who are have mastered legilimency are able, under certain circumstances, to delve into the minds of their victims and to interpret their findings correctly. The Dark Lord, for instance, almost always knows when somebody is lying to him. Only those skilled at Occlumency are able to shut down those feelings and memories that contradict the lie, and so utter falsehoods in his presence without detection."
Severus went on, attempting to explain an incredibly advanced and delicate art to Potter, of all people.
"So does Dumbledore have a theory on what happened to me?" Potter asked when Severus paused. "On how Voldemort affected me like that?"
"Do not say his name!" Severus snapped at the moronic child.
The brat had the temerity to roll his eyes, "Dumbledore uses it all the time," he said as if that proved some point.
"Dumbledore is an extremely powerful wizard," Severus sneered. "While he may feel secure enough to use the name, the rest of us..." he rubbed at the mark burned into his arm. The mark of his servitude to the madman.
Potter rolled his eyes and looked away, but didn't press the point, "Does Dumbledore have a theory?" he asked again instead.
"The particulars of your situation are unique," Severus said, valiantly holding onto his temper and silently vowing to find a way to make Albus pay for this. Stinksap in the man's lemon drops for a month, perhaps. "There is a connection between yourself and the Dark Lord, of which he unfortunately appears to have become aware. He seems to have been testing the connection between you this time, but next time..."
"He might try controlling me," Potter finished when Severus hesitated. "Making me do things." The boy frowned deeply, apparently at least intelligent enough to find that concerning.
"Which brings us back to occlumency," Severus drawled, drawing his wand. Severus was oddly both looking forward to getting a look at the boy's incomprehensible thought patterns and dreading to spend any time in such close proximity to what would undoubtedly be the painfully inane ramblings of a hormone-driven mind. "Stand up and draw your wand, Potter," he ordered as he rose and moved around his desk.
Potter did so reluctantly, suddenly looking quite nervous.
"You may use your wand to attempt to disarm me, or to defend yourself in any way you can think of," he instructed the boy.
Potter raised a dubious eyebrow in reply. "Any way?"
"Yes, Potter," he said impatiently. As though the boy had any chance of actually harming Severus. What a fool. "Now, I am going to attempt to break into your mind. We are going to see how well you resist. I have been told that you have already shown aptitude at resisting the Imperius Curse. You will find that similar powers are needed for this..."
"Oh, good," Potter muttered dubiously under his breath.
Severus ignored him. "Brace yourself, now..." He hesitated just a second for the boy to actually attempt to do so, then cast the spell.
And Severus felt almost no resistance before he was able to slip into the boy's mind. He was planning to pull memories at random, even very old ones, to prove just how vulnerable the boy actually was.
But his plans flew from his mind almost instantly, because the mind he'd entered was nothing like any he'd ever been in before. Nothing like any he'd so much as read about before. The mind was disorganized. Chaotic, even, which was to be expected of someone with no knowledge of the mind arts.
Yet that is where it ceased to meet any and all expectations.
There was a weight here... an... enormity unlike anything Severus had ever heard of. And there was an... awareness that wasn't quite Potter, at least not consciously. It obviously wasn't Voldemort, either. In fact, he very much doubted that it was human.
The mind around him was massive and powerful and... not at all fond of him. The memories here were wreathed in shadow. And he got the sense that something within those shadows was watching him.
He froze, feeling entirely too much like a mouse that had just wandered into the owlery.
Harry
"Brace yourself... Legilimens!"
Harry flinched as Snape struck well before he could marshal his mental fortitude. Harry had, of course, read about the mind arts fairly extensively since the "episode", but that didn't mean that he was at all ready for this. Given at least ten minutes of meditation, perhaps, he could have been. But Snape obviously wasn't going to give him that. The man was probably getting off on the opportunity to make Harry’s life harder however possible.
The spell hit him, and his vision swam as he felt his magic immediately rise in offense at the intrusion.
And then it was over, and Snape stumbled back a step, blinking rapidly.
Harry had no idea if his magic had expelled the man or if Snape had left willingly. Had he done well or terribly? He had no frame of reference to begin to answer that question. He did notice that Snape looked quite a bit paler than he had a minute ago. Perhaps the spell had taken a lot out of him.
But... no. Snape wasn't just pale. He was looking at Harry very, very oddly. Almost... Well, on anyone but Snape, Harry might have called it fear, but... What the fuck could Snape have seen in his mind that would cause him to look at Harry with fear?
Snape's throat bobbed with a swallow before he seemed to make an attempt at pretending nothing untoward had happened. "Well, Potter, it is clear that you have no shields at all. As such, I think it is prudent that we begin by building them. We will give you time to make progress before we attempt this again. Sit down."
And he went back behind his desk and took his seat.
The rest of the lesson passed with detailed instruction on how to train his mind to resist penetration. It was... oddly civil. Snape still threw the occasional disparaging remark in his direction, but his heart no longer seemed fully in it.
Notes:
*diabolical cackling* Oh, good lord, that was fun to write. Poor Snape.
Love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 27: Year Five - part 9
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Spring
The whole school was a touch tense when news came out in January that a bunch of Death Eaters had escaped Azkaban. The top dozen or so Death Eaters had been pictured in the paper. Voldemort's Inner Circle, or at least the ones who'd been arrested were now free again. And they were among the most dangerous and infamous of the lot. There were a lot of students who had lost loved ones to one of those Death Eaters, which had a lot of students weepy or snappish or both. The Slytherins, contrarily, had grown rather smug as many of them were related to the escaped Death Eaters.
Neville, in particular, was taking it poorly. The story of his parents' situation and exactly how they'd gotten that way had circulated the school within the first week. Same with Susan Bones and a few others who had been most personally affected by those Death Eaters.
Of course, the official story was that Sirius Black had broken out his fellow Death Eaters and that Voldemort definitely was not back.
The Weasleys had come back after the break quiet, sad, and angry in general. Harry tried to be there for Ron as much as he could, but Ron wasn’t talking much. He seemed to spend most of his time in thought, and not happy ones by the frowns he usually wore. He’d also become much more protective of his family, and not just Ginny. He used to trust the twins to handle their own affairs and half the time he even figured they deserved what they got. Now anyone speaking even slightly ill of any member of his family earned his ire.
The twins still made an effort to put on their usual cheerful attitude, but it was clearly strained. Harry didn’t think one had to be him to see that. They also clearly blamed Dumbledore for their dad’s death. Though they didn’t speak out openly against him, they tended to change the subject or leave the area whenever anyone started speaking well of the headmaster. And Harry had caught them pranking the most outspoken Dumbledore supporters.
“Stay out of it, Harry,” Fred said with alarming seriousness when Harry caught them boobytrapping a forgotten bookbag in the common room one evening after said bookbag’s owner had given an impassioned speech on Dumbledore’s virtues.
“We don’t want to have to prank you, too,” George said with the ghost of a grim smile.
Harry watched them a moment before saying quietly, “He got my parents killed, too, guys. Don’t expect me to defend him.”
The twins paused in what they were doing and exchanged a look before regarding Harry again.
“You never do sing his praises,” Fred noted thoughtfully. “How did I never notice that before?”
“Harry Potter is Dumbledore’s man,” George said. “Everyone knows it, so it doesn’t matter if you ever say it, I guess.”
Harry grimaced with distaste. He honestly didn’t know how people got that notion, though he supposed Dumbledore did go out of his way to favor Harry publicly. That was apparently enough to convince everyone that it went both ways just because Harry wasn’t obviously against him. “Yeah, well I can’t afford to speak out against him openly,” he admitted. “I don’t have any parents or older siblings to defend me from him, and the muggles certainly couldn’t do anything even if they wanted to. Which they don’t. He controls my life completely.” Insofar as Harry could be controlled, at least. But sneaking about was easier when the headmaster didn’t suspect him of it, so he would play the obedient child as long as he could.
Fred and George exchanged another look, then George clapped a hand on his shoulder. “Well, we’re in your corner, Harry.”
“Thanks, guys.”
Ginny was perhaps the most concerning of the Hogwarts-age Weasleys with her reaction. She’d grown quieter and sadder, but it was the anger that was worrying. She got a dozen detentions in the first month back at school for hexing other students. And Harry suspected that less than half of her attacks had been actually caught. Her temper seemed to dance always on the edge of exploding and people had begun to walk very carefully around her. She’d taken to openly sneering at any mention of Dumbledore – who had apparently not seen fit to explain to any of them exactly what Arthur had been doing for him when he was killed or why it was even important – and viciously scorning any mention of Voldemort or his Death Eaters, but she was equally likely to hex people for stopping suddenly in front of her or laughing too loudly while near her.
Umbridge’s reaction to the breakout and the tension it brought to the school was to push even more draconian control on the staff and students at Hogwarts. As though she could make everyone forget her boss’s incompetence if only they couldn’t talk about it.
Harry had taken to dealing with this via DA meetings, which were progressing quite well. The first meeting after the Azkaban breakout had been more than a little tense with the prickly students with a personal grudge against the escaped Death Eaters being in proximity to the Slytherins that took part in the DA.
Harry had been working with a seventh year Slytherin who was struggling with his silent casting on some of the more power-intensive charms when he felt the sudden burst of malicious magic. Harry’s head snapped around just in time to see a powerful cutting curse leave Ginny’s wand and Theodore Nott just barely get out of its way.
By the time the curse missed Nott, Harry was already moving, his magic slapping down Nott’s retaliatory curse even as Harry threw himself bodily between the combatants. “Stop!” he commanded, looking back and forth between them. Ginny’s face was hard, her expression twisted with hatred while Nott looked both angry and defensive. “The Hell, Ginny?” Harry demanded.
"He's a Death Eater!" she snarled. "He was praising their escape, Harry!"
"No one in this room is a Death Eater!" Harry said firmly, because he would have noticed if there were any Dark Marks in the room. Since his "episode" and discovering Voldemort's magic on the locket, Harry had become somewhat... sensitive to the feel of the man's magic. He could certainly feel it whenever he was near Snape. "No one, Ginny. I swear it," Harry said earnestly.
She stared at him a long moment, then calmed slightly. "He's still glad they're out," she said hatefully.
"That's not what I meant," Nott said very stiffly and very angrily. "Even if it was, though, you just tried to fucking kill me!"
“Like it would be any great loss,” she spat.
“Ginny!” Harry chastised. “Murdering classmates is not the proper response to differing opinions.”
She looked away, finally starting to look a little chastened.
Harry turned his attention away from her to look around the room. He realized that this needed to be addressed and raised his voice. They already had everyone’s attention. "I know tensions are high right now. I know that there are people in this room who have lost relatives to the relatives of other people in this room. But this does not make you enemies. Enemies of their relatives, possibly. It's even possible that you'll end up on opposite sides of a battlefield someday. But that day is not today."
He looked around at the faces staring back at him. Many looked disturbed. Some looked angry. A few, like Susan, just looked terribly sad.
"I'm not prepared to judge any of you on the actions of your relatives or on actions you may choose to take in the future. I realize that some of you may be my enemies in the coming years, but I'm not willing to condemn you before you've taken any action to deserve it. I can't control any of you. If you choose to judge and condemn each other, I can't stop you. What I can do, is stop you from acting on it here. So, from this moment on, anyone who takes any action designed to bring serious harm or death to anyone else while here will not be welcome back ever again."
He let that sink in a moment, then turned to look at Ginny. "You get one chance, Ginny, because I hadn't made this clear to this point, but you won't do anything like that again."
Ginny’s jaw clenched, but then she gave a sharp nod. “I won’t.” And she meant it. Hopefully she wouldn’t change her mind later.
Harry nodded. "From now on, I'd like you to practice on the opposite side of the room from Nott."
Ginny gave a sharp nod and hesitated a moment to look at Nott and stiffly say, “Sorry.” Then she stormed off to the other side of the room.
Nott stared after her, expression hard, but he didn’t look like he was plotting murder, at least.
“You’ll leave her alone if she does the same?” Harry asked Nott quietly.
The other boy stared at him a long moment, then gave a small nod.
“I’d like to hear you say it,” Harry pressed, because a nod wasn’t enough for him to be sure it was truth.
Nott raised his chin and stared at Harry for a moment before speaking. “If she attacks me again, I will retaliate, but… If she leaves me alone, I will leave her alone. Because she’s your friend, Potter. That’s the only reason.”
And that all sounded true. “Thank you,” Harry acknowledged.
Nott then turned away to continue his practice with Tracey.
Blaise stepped forward and wrapped an arm around Harry, pressing a reassuring kiss to his temple.
“What on Earth did he say?” Harry asked Blaise when the attention had sufficiently drifted away.
“We were talking about how fucked up Azkaban is,” Blaise admitted quietly. “Theo just said that ten years in there should be enough to pay for any crime and that the Ministry should just leave them alone.”
Harry sighed heavily, thinking of Sirius, and nodded. “I agree,” he admitted. “Not so much that they should be free, but that Azkaban is ridiculous. We have magic, for Merlin’s sake. We should be able to find a humane way to house prisoners.”
Blaise smiled at him, then leaned in to put his lips by Harry’s ear and said fervently, “I adore you.”
Harry felt his cheeks heat a little as he smiled involuntarily, but then someone was calling him over to help them and he left Blaise with Theo and Tracey again.
After that incident, Harry was more careful of watching what was going on during the meetings and the Slytherins took to remaining in their own corner of the room rather than the small amount of mingling they'd been doing before. Harry hated to see the regression, but he understood it. With political tensions as high as they were in the country, it wasn't unreasonable.
As the lessons continued, Harry noticed that he was starting to get more respect. People seemed to be getting more comfortable accepting him as an authority figure in the meetings – even the students that were older than him by a year or two. It was both gratifying and useful. And an unexpected bonus of these meetings. Previously, he'd been a known entity in the school due to his fame/notoriety, and his magical prowess and power was fairly well known. But, due in large part to his hesitance to socialize outside of his small friend group, there weren't that many people in the school who really knew him. And very few who actually respected him.
It could prove useful to him in the future to have so many people who looked on him as deserving respect. Especially if the Ministry continued to treat him like a criminal.
Thankfully, he had no further issues with Voldemort invading his mind while awake or dreaming so far as he could tell. Perhaps the man had discovered their connection and responded to it by blocking it securely from his end. Harry wasn't sure, but he was relieved.
He was making steady progress in his Occlumency. Organizing his mind was a chore and a half. It was such a mess. It was like trying to clean a room that was absolutely trashed, but he couldn't just put things where they belonged. First, he had to identify and categorize each thing. Then figure out where it belonged. Then actually build a place to put it. And there were about a million things laying around a room big enough to drop Hogsmeade into.
And in the midst of this, he had to learn to understand his own emotional ups and downs and figure out how to control them within his own mind by sort of building channels in his own head that he could open or block or redirect on command. Oh, and he had to construct shields to keep people out of his mind. And traps and misdirects in case people got in anyway.
And he had to do all of these things simultaneously, and so that they would work together.
And all his books on the subject offered more guidelines than actual direct instructions because everyone's mind was different and therefore there was no one way to do all of this.
It was maddening. The only saving grace was that Snape was continuing to be weirdly civil and taking a great deal of time and effort to help coach him through the techniques and make sense of how his own mind could be adapted to them with very little actual invasion of Harry's mind. Harry was certain that the man was doing this for his own reasons rather than Harry's benefit, but it was working out in Harry's favor, so he wasn't going to complain.
Snape spent very little time actually invading Harry’s mind, and when he did, it tended to only last a second or two and then they were back to lectures.
The man continued to be strange with Harry after that first occlumency lesson. Harry had no idea what Snape had seen in his mind, but it seemed to have shaken him. He still put in an effort to rise to all of his old vitriol, but it didn’t come off quite as earnest anymore. Whereas before, his hatred had been palpable, it now felt like a mask. Harry wasn’t sure if anyone else would be able to notice the difference or if it was something to do with his ability to hear lies, but it felt obvious to him.
He wasn’t sure how to feel about the change. He wasn't under any delusion that Snape suddenly liked him, but the hatred had let off. If anything, Snape seemed somewhat wary of him now, which was... strange.
Dante continued his practice of following Harry around, invisible and undetectable to anyone but Harry. He tended to nap in the corner during most of Harry’s classes, though in Defense he always remained alert from start to finish, his eyes never leaving Umbridge.
Harry took to talking with Sirius one evening a week on the enchanted mirrors, and they’d slowly grown a little closer. A little more comfortable with each other. Mostly, they just talked about what they’d done that week. Nothing with deep emotions or innermost thoughts, but it was nice to have someone to talk to who seemed to actually care about the minutia of his day. Well, an adult. He did have Blaise and Hermione. And Kaa.
Harry and Blaise continued to spend time together regularly, and Blaise continued to be the greatest source of comfort in Harry’s increasingly difficult existence at Hogwarts.
Valentine's day that year fell on a Saturday, meaning Harry spent the whole day with Blaise, with no classes to get in the way. They spent a good portion of it wandering around Hogsmeade and they had lunch at Cuisine, which Harry still adored, then wandered back to the castle and spent the rest of the day in the chamber of secrets on a conjured cushion just cuddling and reading. They started reading separately, but once Blaise realized that Harry was reading about the mind arts, he'd started reading along with him, interested in the topic. Harry had ended up lending him the books on the subject that he'd already gone through. Blaise was interested in learning Occlumency himself and Harry had promised to work on it with him when they had time.
The basilisk, happily, had not made an appearance this time.
Taking Umbridge
Umbridge continued to grow worse as time passed until, at the beginning of April, they all came down to breakfast one morning to find the wretched woman sitting in the headmaster’s seat at the professor’s table, looking unbelievably smug.
When most of the students had gathered for breakfast, she stood and tapped at her water glass, slowly drawing the attention of the students. She gave her vile little cough, then began. “As you will have noticed, Albus Dumbledore is not here. Yesterday, he was charged with acting as a vigilante, among other crimes, and chose to evade arrest. He is presently a wanted fugitive. Minister Fudge has appointed me to replace him as Headmistress of Hogwarts. If anyone has any information on Dumbledore’s whereabouts, you can bring it to me. I will be conducting some interviews with certain students in the coming days in hopes of learning more about Dumbledore’s illegal activities here within the school and how it has affected the student body. I’m sure that I can count on all of you to make the right choices for your future.” And she gave a faux sweet smile and a girlish giggle, then dismissed them to their classes and waddled her way out of the room.
“Dumbledore’s gone?” Hermione gasped, quite pale at the thought. “A fugitive?”
“I’m not surprised,” Harry admitted quietly as they gathered their books and stood to leave the hall. “This has been coming since Voldemort’s return.” He took a breath and hitched his bag higher on his shoulder before admitting, “I just hope I’m not next.”
Hermione’s eyes widened further, “Oh, Harry!” Then her face hardened and she nodded decisively, “I’m going to write to Viktor. I’m sure his family can get you an emergency international portkey to get you out of Britain if that happens.”
And that… would be a relief to have, even if he was reasonably certain that he could escape Azkaban if necessary. He’d honestly rather not have to test that. “You’ll have to sneak out of school to send it,” he advised softly. “Umbridge has already been intercepting mail. I wouldn’t put it past her to search all mail coming and going from myself and my friends.”
“Good idea,” she agreed. “I’ll get it sent before dinner tonight. I can just sneak out to the Shrieking Shack. Can I borrow Hedwig?”
“Of course.”
By the next day, Umbridge had instituted the Inquisitorial Squad, which was a collection of mostly Slytherin Students, especially those with parents highly placed in the Ministry, who were able to take points and assign detentions to any other student in the school. And, of course, Malfoy was their foul leader, taking points so rapidly from everyone who wasn’t a Slytherin that he was sure the point system had just become useless as a tool for incentivizing and disciplining students. Slytherin was going to win the Cup and Gryffindor would be near zero at the end of the year. It didn’t matter if the Gryffindors were suddenly infused with Whit Sharpening potions for the rest of the year and they all become model citizens or if the Slytherins all stopped attending classes and ignoring curfew.
Fred and George didn’t take well to the Inquisitorial Squad, having stuffed one of them into a broken vanishing cabinet when he tried to take points from them.
“You’re going to be in so much trouble when he gets out though!” Hermione despaired.
“If he remembers how he got in there,” Fred said rather nastily.
“Or anything else,” George added in an undertone that only Harry caught, though he didn’t think anyone was meant to. He wondered what exactly they’d cursed him with before stuffing him in there. This darker side of the twins was honestly somewhat alarming, but Harry wasn’t sure he could blame them. It felt like the whole world was getting darker and they all had to go with it or get devoured by it.
And then Filch collected Harry before lunch and escorted him to speak with Umbridge, all the while practically creaming his shorts in raptures at the idea of whipping children and hanging them from their ankles. Which was apparently going to become allowed with the next educational decree.
Harry followed Filch with his magic all but growling at the man, and Dante baring his teeth, hackles raised in a great physical representation of what Harry was feeling at that moment. Harry was thoroughly disgusted that Dumbledore had employed this man for so long. Doubtlessly it was out of pity for the poor squib, whom he surely considered harmless since he didn’t have magic. But the mere idea of having a man that got off thinking about torturing children as a permanent part of the staff at a school was just horrifying. What the fuck was wrong with Dumbledore?
Harry was very suddenly feeling quite jealous of the Weasley twins, who were just going to do whatever they could to cause chaos for Umbridge until she expelled them. Without OWLs, they’d snap his wand if he was expelled, which was the only thing preventing Harry from going the same way. He did know that he wouldn’t submit to corporal punishment. If Filch tried to whip him, Harry was going to make him regret it.
But what about all the other students? What about the first years? Surely the pureblood parents wouldn’t stand for that. Umbridge might be able to screen the mail, but she’d have to let the kids go home in a couple months. How did she think there wouldn’t be backlash?
Unless she only allowed muggleborns and halfbloods without influential wizarding parents to be targeted. Their parents had no power and could only pull their children from Hogwarts to protect them. Which is probably what Umbridge wanted anyway.
Fuck, Wizarding Britain was fucked up. Harry’s plans to flee the country after graduation were starting to look more like something he wanted to do than something he felt he had to. He knew that if he ever had children, he’d never send them here. Not unless there was a total overhaul of the British Ministry of Magic.
He was drawn out of his thoughts when they arrived at Umbridge’s office. Which was not the headmaster’s office, because the castle had refused her entrance, according to gossip spread by the ghosts.
The horrible woman made him wait several minutes while she finished whatever she was writing. He spent it with his eyes closed, focusing on keeping his magic in check so it didn’t attack her. He wasn’t entirely sure what it would do if he just let it have at her, but he wouldn’t be totally surprised if she ended up reduced to a fine mist. He really loathed this woman.
Dante had taken a position in the corner behind her desk and was staring at her with bared fangs and raised hackles. It would honestly have been pretty terrifying even if he’d been an ordinary dog. But from a dog that was invisible and could travel through shadows… Yeah, she’d be dead the second Harry gave the word and there was nothing she could do and nowhere she could hide that would save her.
Finally, the foul woman looked at Harry and asked him what he wanted to drink. His first suspicion was honestly poison, but when she started asking him pointed questions, he revised to veritaserum. He obviously did not drink the offered tea, no matter how many times she urged him to “drink up!”. Instead, he pretended to sip while willing his magic to vanish a little of the tea at a time, which thankfully worked.
When he seemed to have drunk, yet couldn’t answer her questions about Dumbledore or Sirius’ whereabouts, she finally accepted that he didn’t know and gave up. Though she did make sure to warn him about how powerful she was and how much he didn’t want to cross her. She admitted to monitoring all communication in and out of the castle, and that she was just waiting to catch any shred of evidence to use against him so that she could expel him.
Then they were interrupted by what felt and sounded like an enormous explosion.
She waddled out to find the source as fast as her fat legs could carry her and Harry followed at a wary distance to find that one floor below her office, someone had set off an enormous crate of magical fireworks.
The sight managed to bring a small smile back to Harry’s lips and helped his magic to settle back into a safe resting state, though it remained somewhat riled. Harry was beginning to think it would be a miracle if he made it through the rest of this year without killing Umbridge. And all bets were off if she came back next year.
It took three days for Montague to turn up after Fred and George stuffed him in that vanishing cabinet, and the news was all over the school by the next day. Apparently, he’d come out with no memory. Like, of anything. A complete obliviate, though not a botched one like Lockhart’s, which prevented him from making new memories. Montague apparently just had complete amnesia.
Harry didn’t say anything, but he suspected that that hadn’t been accidental on the twins’ part.
The Krums did get back to Hermione with an international portkey for Harry in the form of a plain silver ring. It was actually a permanent portkey directly to their home, which was terribly kind of them, but not surprising given that they credited him with saving Viktor’s life. It was self-sizing, so he took to wearing it always on his right pinkie finger. It was an appreciated added security for himself should he ever end up in real trouble. Seeing as he was basically considered an enemy by most of the ruling body of his country, it was hard to ever really feel safe.
When the career counseling sessions came up, Harry had all he could do not to snort at the mere idea. As though he was going to graduate and get a job… First, he was stupidly wealthy and wouldn’t need to work. More importantly, he wasn’t going to be staying in Britain at all. Likely he wouldn’t even stay in the magical world if moving to America panned out.
Not that he planned to live a life of leisure off his bank account, of course. That would be dreadfully boring. But there were plenty of things he could do to entertain himself without a single NEWT to his name. Especially if he was living in the muggle world. He could open a store selling restored antiques, maybe. A good reparo would handle all the labor, after all. Or he could open a coffee shop and infuse all his caffeinated beverages with a mild pepper-up potion. People would love it. And there was no magical government in America, so there wouldn’t be any aurors showing up to get mad about it.
Still, it wasn’t optional, and he wasn’t about to tell anyone of his plans to flee the country upon graduating if not sooner should it prove particularly prudent. So, he turned up as ordered and sat awkwardly in front of McGonagall with Umbridge sitting behind him, taking notes of all things. Somehow, he was not at all surprised that the horrible woman was spying on the career ambitions of the students.
“Have you had any thoughts about what you would like to do after you leave Hogwarts?” McGonagall asked him, very determinedly ignoring Umbridge’s presence.
“I thought maybe Auror,” Harry threw out because it’s what everyone expected, and it would get him the fewest questions. Since he wasn’t planning to do anything that required NEWTs, he may as well take the path of least resistance here.
McGonagall quickly went into the requirements for such a career path. Minimum of five NEWTs of exceeds expectations or higher and a stringent series of character and aptitude tests. “It’s a difficult career path, Potter. They only take the best,” she warned. “In fact, I don’t think anybody has been taken on in the last three years. I’d say your chances of succeeding are very high, however, given your always exemplary marks.” She then went on to detail the classes he would need to take to have a good shot at becoming an auror.
Umbridge interrupted to question Harry’s aptitude for being an auror, which McGonagall did her best to dismiss and ignore as the woman pressed harder and harder, pointing out his low Defense marks this year, as though that had anything to do with his skill in the discipline when she graded only on understanding of a single defense text and allowed no practical at all. Even her essays only sought knowledge of ministry approved defensive actions in any situation, which seemed to mostly entail crossing your fingers and hoping that the aurors showed up quickly.
It soon after turned into a loud and rather entertaining argument between Headmistress and Deputy Headmistress regarding Harry’s chances of becoming an auror. It quickly devolved into Umbridge accusing McGonagall of wanting to replace Fudge with Dumbledore and take on the Senior Undersecretary position and Headmistress of Hogwarts for herself.
McGonagall dismissed him at that point and Harry excused himself, dawdling just a little to enjoy more of the undignified shouting match, but he did make sure to leave before either of them could remember him and start assigning detentions.
That evening, Fred and George dropped out in rather dramatic fashion when Umbridge agreed to sign permission for Filch to whip them. It was entirely epic and would probably live in Hogwarts lore for the next century. And watching Umbridge losing her mind was eminently satisfying.
The whole school had been inspired by Fred and George's rebellion and taken to making Umbridge's life harder in any way they could manage without getting expelled.
Someone left a niffler in her office and it had apparently trashed the place and tried to chew off her fingers to get to her rings when she'd entered the office. Dungbombs and stinkpellets were thrown around so thick that students had taken to wearing bubble-head charms at all times in the corridors. The Inquisitorial Squad were getting hexed at every turn, and Umbridge struggled to keep anyone in her classes with how many skivving snackboxes Fred and George had left behind.
And, of course, she'd alienated all of the staff badly enough that only Filch was exerting himself to assist her with everyone else generally taking what opportunities they could to make things harder on her. It was an unprecedented amount of collaboration between students and teachers.
During the final quidditch match of the year, Hagrid showed up and lured Hermione and Harry into the Forbidden Forest to meet his half-brother Grawp, whom he'd apparently abducted from his home with the other giants because he was getting bullied. And he was now holding him hostage here in the Forbidden Forest. It's why Hagrid had been turning up with injuries all year. The giant apparently didn't know his own strength.
Curiously, Dante didn't seem to mind the big guy, sniffing at him and wagging his tail with mild enthusiasm.
Harry wasn't thrilled with the wrongful imprisonment stuff, honestly, nor with Hagrid's complete failure to understand that a hit that gave Hagrid a black eye would almost certainly kill Hermione – or Harry as far as Hagrid could know. Still, what were friends for, he supposed, but to help each other commit crimes?
Then Hagrid went to wake the giant so that he could introduce them. The giant was truly massive and alarmingly fast when he wanted to be. Hagrid was massive and his brother positively dwarfed him.
Hagrid went about explaining that Harry and Hermione were friends, and that Hagrid might have to go on a little trip, but it was hard to tell if the giant was actually understanding anything he was saying. He did finally manage to get Grawp to notice them, which was a somewhat alarming prospect as the giant lowered himself to the ground so that he could more easily peer at them. They must look tiny to him.
When Hagrid got around to introducing Hermione, Grawp immediately reached out with that shocking speed as though to grab her. Harry immediately snatched her up and spun them both behind a thick tree trunk while Hagrid went about scolding the giant. Hermione was shaking and breathing heavily as she clung to Harry behind the tree, and they listened to Hagrid's scolding until it cut off with an exclamation of pain.
Harry kept a hand on Hermione to keep her where she was as he leaned back out around the tree to find Hagrid lying on his back, his hand over his nose.
Grawp seemed to lose interest in him and straightened up again to play at pulling the pine tree.
Hagrid got up with a bloody nose and Harry took a steadying breath, wondering a bit hysterically why he was friends with this man. The hit that Hagrid just took would have undoubtedly killed Hermione and Hagrid didn't seem to understand that.
Hagrid must have been hurting as he quite briskly started them back toward the castle and no one spoke for quite some time. And then Harry caught the musky, equine scent that could only be centaurs. He was slowing as Hagrid knocked a bolt in his crossbow.
They came through the trees to see half a dozen centaurs looking none too pleased to see them. "I thought that we told you, Hagrid, that you are no longer welcome here?" the leader addressed him.
"How are you, Magorian?" Hagrid greeted warily.
Magorian and the foul-tempered Bane that Harry remembered from his first year were foremost among the centaurs. Both spoke to Hagrid, yet gave Harry and the area occupied by Dante frequent, uneasy glances. The centaurs hadn’t seemed any too wary of him when he’d been a first year, but he supposed he’d come a long way in his inhumanness since then. Also, Dante. And the fact that Harry could assume a similar form to the hound. He wondered if they could sense that.
Magorian declared that they would let Hagrid go this time because he was accompanied by "young". Bane didn't look happy about it, but with many nervous side-eyes toward Harry, he kept his mouth shut. He did snort rather disbelievingly at the "innocent" monicker that Magorian attributed to both Harry and Hermione, which... Well, it wasn't like Harry's hands were clean, so whatever. Probably fair.
By the time they emerged from the forest, Hermione looked frightful, bits of leaves and twigs in her hair, her robes ripped in several places, and numerous scratches on her face and arms. Harry frowned unhappily at that and glanced down at himself to find a totally different story. He didn't seem to have a stitch out of place. He supposed his magic had been protecting him from the brambles. He wondered if he could figure out how to extend that protection to Hermione. And Ron, probably, if they were really going to end up spending the rest of the school year making trips to visit Hagrid's brother.
Merlin, the crap Hagrid got them into...
Hermione fumed about Hagrid talking them into this nonsense all the way back to the castle, and that evening, they pulled Ron aside to fill him in. Gryffindor had won the match, in large part due to Ron, who'd apparently played his best game ever at Keeper. Strangely, the boy wasn't celebrating with everyone else. He'd just settled down in front of the fire and stared moodily into it. When they explained the situation with Hagrid, he hardly even seemed bothered that they'd missed his big win, just shrugging it off without much apparent care, which was... understandable, but worrying. He agreed to help out with the newest Hagrid situation with some exasperation and only mild reluctance.
"Okay, but you guys have to promise me that you will never go to see Grawp without me, right? Not even into the forest. Please?"
Hermione and Ron exchanged a look, but then Hermione nodded, "Of course, Harry," she agreed. "With your magic, you're obviously much more able to keep anything from going wrong."
Ron tipped his head in agreement. "Yeah, mate."
Harry nodded in satisfaction since they both seemed to be telling the truth. He just hoped they wouldn't find any pressing reasons to change their minds at any point. Hermione could have died today had Grawp gotten his hand around her. And if either of them ran into Bane, there was no telling if he'd stick to Magorian's decision about foals.
And then it was time to begin their OWLs, which was just... It felt like the last thing they should really be worrying about. Which, considering that this was a school, was very backward, but Hogwarts always seemed to work out that way, somehow. That there was always something more important than school to be about.
Hermione, of course, had her focus on her schoolwork, but Harry was having a hard time worrying about OWLs while living in a police state headed by someone who had a personal grudge against him. Not that he cared much about his OWLs anyway, since he wasn't planning on staying in the wizarding world after graduation. Or, if he did, it certainly wouldn't be in Britain. And it wasn't like he was going to get your regular sort of job, either. He'd do something that put his ridiculous magical core to work or he'd just study magic and live off his family wealth.
Ron continued to worry Harry and Hermione when she took her head out of her own books long enough to pay attention to him. He seemed... depressed, honestly. It wasn't that he wasn't doing anything. He attended quidditch practices with a single-minded determination. He paid attention in class. More or less. Probably more than he did before. He sat down for homework and studying, but seemed to spend most of his time just staring into space. He didn't talk all that much. He played chess against the set Harry had gotten for him, but he never asked anyone to join him.
He was just... worrying.
For his part, Harry put in some effort when it came to studying for his OWLs. He wanted to be sure to score highly enough to continue in the classes that he wanted to keep taking. He'd continue with the auror-requirement courses that McGonagall had mentioned because it would be best if people like Dumbledore went on believing that Harry wasn't planning on fleeing the country. Harry didn't think the headmaster would approve, and as he'd told the twins, it was in his best interests if Dumbledore didn't realize that Harry might not follow orders. The man had far too much control over Harry's life while he was a minor. Beyond the classes needed to be an auror, Harry planned to continue in Runes, because it was just really useful. He was dropping Care because animals were increasingly skittish around him, and he didn't need to be displaying his oddities any more than he could help.
So the OWL exams passed fairly similarly to any other end of year exams for Harry, apart from sitting with Ministry examiners rather than professors. Most of them were terribly impressed by his practicals, at least. He was confident that he did well on all the subjects he wanted to continue in. Even potions, which was sure to annoy Snape, even if the man probably wouldn't say much about it. Not anymore.
Potions went well, Harry thought. He'd studied all weekend for the theory portion, and he'd put his full concentration into the practical, which he rarely did in class since Snape was such a berk that it was hard to care that much. Even if it meant dealing with Snape for another two years, Harry did want into the class. Potions were useful and if Harry was going to live mostly in the muggle world after school, it would be handy to be able to brew most of his potions himself as getting to an apothecary if he was living in America would be a pain.
The Astronomy exam turned out to be the most exciting of the lot, though that had nothing to do with the exam itself and everything to do with the fact that Umbridge led a half dozen aurors to apparently arrest Hagrid going by how he picked up his dog and ran for it, stunning spells bouncing off his thick hide. When McGonagall showed up and tried to defend him, she ended up hit by so many stunners, she may not survive it.
Dante peered over the side of the tower with Harry and growled so low that it was more felt than heard until Harry motioned him to silence when those nearest began to look a little terrified. Harry's magic was prickly and on edge, but Harry held it back from trying to intervene in what was happening below. Hagrid looked to be fine and as for McGonagall... Well, Harry honestly didn't like her well enough to risk his Secret on her account. She was a decent head of house, but she'd never done anything for him or his friends, even when they'd tried to go to her for help. He hoped that she survived, but he wouldn't risk himself for her.
The spectacle no doubt hurt everyone's marks on that exam since it so thoroughly distracted them, but it wasn't a class Harry planned to continue, so he wasn't overly fussed about it. It was also easy enough to self-study via books later if he decided that he wanted to.
The final exam for Harry was History the day after Hagrid was chased away and McGonagall viciously attacked. There was no word on her condition beyond that she'd been taken to St. Mungo's, which was chilling. Madam Pomfrey could handle a great deal of injuries and illnesses. For it to be serious enough to require the magical hospital, she must have been in real danger of death or serious complications.
It was after dinner that night that Malfoy's little Inquisitorial Squad showed up to "escort" Harry to Umbridge's office. Inside, Harry was manhandled into a seat facing the vile witch while her loyal lackeys arrayed themselves against the wall behind her, smirking at him smugly.
"Is there a problem, Headmistress?" Harry asked as politely as he could manage while keeping a firm hold of his magic as it was doing a good imitation of Dante, who was baring his terrifyingly large fangs at the group arrayed against him.
"Yes, Potter," she said in her faux sweet voice. "There is a problem. You are, by all accounts, a confidant of the fugitives Dumbledore and Hagrid as well as far too close to McGonagall and other suspected conspirators, including Sirius Black himself. You have been given ample time to speak up and you have chosen not to take it. So I'm afraid the time has come to force your compliance," she gave that revolting girlish giggle as though this were the highlight of her year.
"How do you plan to do that?" Harry asked tightly.
"Mr. Malfoy. Go and fetch Professor Snape for me," she said with her amphibian grin. She waited for the blond git to leave the room before she continued. "Now, Mr. Potter, I believe that I will hold onto your wand for now," and she held out her fat digits expectantly.
Harry gritted his teeth and drummed his fingers on his thigh a moment before reluctantly drawing his wand and handing it over rather than cursing her. He was pretty sure that his wand wouldn't be necessary if she meant him real harm. Or if he decided to do her harm. His magic was eager to take a crack at her. Harry just wasn't sure if she'd survive it and he'd be in trouble if he let it loose. But fuck did he want to.
She closed her fat claw around his wand and walked back to her desk, sliding it into her robe, then folding her fingers in front of her while they all waited in silence until Malfoy returned with Snape in tow.
"You wanted to see me, Headmistress?" Snape inquired, glancing at Harry with near perfect indifference, broken only by the ever-present wariness that he had for Harry.
"Ah, Professor Snape," the toad smiled widely, standing to her unimpressive full height. "Yes, I would like another bottle of Veritaserum. Quick as you can, please."
"You took my last bottle to interrogate Potter," Snape replied cooly. "Surely you did not use it all. I told you that three drops would be sufficient."
Umbridge flushed.
Harry was thankful he hadn't drunk that tea. That much of an overdose could have been fatal. Well, maybe not for him, but in general. What a lunatic.
"You can make some more, can't you?" she demanded in that sweet, girlish voice that made Harry want to gag.
"Certainly," Snape said, his lip curling, "It takes a full moon cycle to mature, so I should have it ready for you in around a month?"
"A month?' she demanded. "But I need it this evening, Snape! Potter has withheld his knowledge quite long enough!"
"I see," Snape said coolly. "Well, as I have already told you, I have no further stocks of Veritaserum."
"You are on probation!" she snapped. "You are being deliberately unhelpful. I expected better of you. Lucius Malfoy always speaks most highly of you! Now get out of my office!"
"Very well," Snape said smoothly and turned for the door, casting one last, lingering look at Harry, and then he was gone.
Harry took a deep breath and blew it out slowly, struggling to control his temper while Umbridge muttered nonsensically to herself, clearly trying to work her tiny brain around an alternate plan of action. Snape had been afraid, Harry thought. He hadn't been able to see it, but he could hear it the way he could hear lies. He could almost feel it. Too bad no one currently sharing the room with him had that kind of instinct when Harry's magic was looking to do murder.
Umbridge was muttering now about how she had no other choice and this was a matter of more than school discipline, but Ministry security as she drew her wand.
Harry's apprehension rose as his magic tensed further. She seemed to be talking herself into something and he doubted it was going to end well for him.
"You are forcing me, Potter," she informed him. "I do not want to."
She was lying.
She continued muttering while Malfoy looked on rather eagerly. That boy had issues.
"The Cruciatus Curse ought to loosen your tongue," Umbridge said at last and Harry's eyes widened because... what?
There was a nasty, eager look on Umbridge's face. Excited as Harry had never seen before. What was with this school and hiring psychopaths for teachers?
"Cornelius will understand," she muttered rather mentally to herself. "They're all bleating about silencing you, Potter – discrediting you somehow – but I shall be the one to succeed. The dementors didn't work, but this shall."
Harry felt a chill despite the fact that he'd mostly already known. The way she spoke of people – presumably at the ministry – wanting to silence and discredit him... Yeah, this country was fucked up and he couldn't wait to leave. He half wanted to let Voldemort have it. If not for his friends, he might. They fucking deserved him.
Then Umbridge took a deep breath, pointed her wand square at Harry's chest, and cried out, "Crucio!" rather exultantly.
And the pain was excruciating. There was no question about that, but it wasn't on Voldemort's level.
And as the pain sliced through his entire body, his magic would no longer be contained. It burst from him and everyone in the office slammed against the nearest wall behind them.
The pain was gone instantly, and Harry lurched out of the chair. He lunged across the room to where Umbridge was held against the wall, staring at him in shock and fear. He wrapped his hands around the sides of her face and stared directly into her eyes, pressing his magic on her.
Her wide mouth opened and closed repeatedly, as though she wanted to speak, but couldn’t find the words.
"You will feel every hurt that you have ever caused another," Harry snarled at her. "You will never willfully harm another person again." He didn't know fully what he was doing except that he was pressing his magic on her and demanding that his words be enforced. It seemed quite... gleeful to obey.
The woman immediately began moaning and writhing as though the pain she'd inflicted on others was beginning to come back to her already.
Good.
Harry stepped back and pulled his magic back by degrees, allowing her to slump to the floor. He then looked around at the Slytherins in the room.
Crabbe and Goyle had both sunk to the floor was well. Goyle had his arms over his head as though to shield himself. Crabbe was sobbing rather pathetically. Pansy was staring at him like he was her nightmare come to life. Warrington seemed to have frozen like he thought he might go unnoticed if he was still enough. Draco was so pale he looked like he was going to faint.
Every one of them would love to ruin his life. The question was whether he'd frightened them enough that they wouldn't dare. Well, he supposed he could try pressing his magic on them as he had on Umbridge.
His magic snapped to obey, clearly weary of the leash he'd kept it on all year. "You will never speak of what happened here today," Harry said forcefully, sharing a threatening look around all the Slytherins. "Tell me that you understand."
He got a lot of various nods and snapped, "Verbally!" which resulted in a lot of simultaneous agreement. He didn't hear anything that sounded like a lie in it, though that could just be because they were momentarily terrified. He supposed it was the best he would get.
Harry forced himself to take a breath and draw his magic back further. It was... an effort. His magic had enjoyed being put to use and wasn't eager to go back to sitting quietly, but it did obey, if somewhat sulkily. Feeling as put together as he was going to get, Harry snatched his wand back from Umbridge’s pocket, and let himself out of the room without looking at anyone else.
The sound of Umbridge’s weeping followed him down the corridor.
Notes:
So I didn’t want to linger over the second half of the year since I’m trying not to draw this story out to lengths that I shall never be able to finish, but I hope I didn’t rush it too much. I think I still touched on all the important events and character development. Sixth year is going to end up a good bit longer, I think, so if you’re disappointed by the pace of this year, I’ll linger more on things in the next year.
Also, I had another scene that I wanted to add to this chapter originally, but it was getting way too long, so it’s been moved to the next chapter, which will probably also be on the long side.
I hope y’all enjoyed this chapter. I must have gone over and reworked it at least half a dozen times. I’m still not completely satisfied with it, but I may never be because I’m a perfectionist. Anyway! Love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 28: Year Five - part 10
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Year End
After the scene in Umbridge's office, Harry went to bed early. He wasn't remotely tired, but he needed to not deal with people anymore. Dante settled on the foot of Harry's bed and Harry called out Kaa, who quickly wound his way through Harry's limbs until he decided that he was comfortable. If he lived in the wild, Harry suspected that Kaa would be the sort of snake that hung out in trees. He certainly enjoyed being tangled around Harry's limbs, anyway.
Despite a marginal amount of faith that his magic had adequately enforced secrecy about the entire affair, Harry was a little worried that he would go down to breakfast in the morning to find half the auror corps waiting to arrest him.
"They will not be," Kaa informed him with certainty. "Your magic will have done as you commanded."
"Okay..." Harry let himself believe that for the moment. "But even so, what if they notice that Umbridge was attacked and the aurors can trace my magical signature or something. I didn't even think about that."
Kaa adjusted his coils so that he could put his face right in front of Harry's and tap Harry's nose with his tongue, "What will you do if it is so?" the snake posed. "If they are waiting for you in the morning?"
Harry frowned and let himself consider. "Well, I could let them take me in and escape from custody once they left me alone. I'm pretty sure Dante could lead me through the shadows. And even if not, I think my magic could probably overwhelm and destroy any wards they set, though it might take me a while." He thought about it a minute, then glanced at his wrist cuff. "Of course, if they search me, they'll steal all my stuff, including the library of Dark Arts books I've been collecting. That would be... frustrating. So I guess the best thing to do would be to just evade arrest like Hagrid and apparently Dumbledore have already done. They'd certainly let me hide out at Headquarters as long as necessary. And if all else fails, there’s the portkey to Bulgaria." Harry preferred not to use it. No matter what the Krums believed they owed him, Harry preferred not to be a burden on anyone. And surely if he turned up on their doorstep as a fugitive, it would be inconvenient for them.
"There, you have a plan. Now you have no need to worry further," Kaa declared with finality.
Harry chuckled quietly and gave the snake the scritches that he liked best. He did actually feel better having thought through the worst case scenario. He was fast and strong these days. He was confident that he could evade capture if necessary. And even without shadow traveling, he had his invisibility cloak and his broom. He'd be able to get to Grimmauld Place just fine. He knew that Sirius wouldn't hesitate to take him in. He'd undoubtedly love the company. And as for his legal status... Well, Harry wasn't planning to stay in Britain anyway. Maybe he'd try to talk Sirius into going to America with him. They got along pretty well these days and then Sirius could be free as well.
When morning came, Harry made sure that everything he cared about keeping was in his wrist cuff, including Sirius' communication mirror. He went down to breakfast tense, his magic coiled to strike. Dante slunk along in his shadow, fur slightly ruffled, though Harry was certain the hound had no idea what the danger might be. Only that Harry was ready for something, and he was going to back Harry up,
He really did love that Hellhound.
He wasn't sure if he was surprised or not when he entered the Great Hall to find nothing at all unusual. Well, apart from a few flinches at the Slytherin table when he glanced that way. Even if they couldn't talk about it, they could clearly still draw attention to the fact that something had happened. Though he supposed maybe he could play dumb in general. If his friends pressed, he might suggest it was accidental magic. It was sort of true.
Relaxing by degrees, Harry moved to the Gryffindor table and sat down with his friends for breakfast. There was a little talk about the fact that Umbridge was missing from the head table, but that was all and Harry relaxed further.
Before the bells rang to send everyone to their first class, Snape rose from the head table and called for everyone's attention. "Headmistress Umbridge's classes are cancelled for the day. If you were scheduled to attend one, please take it as a free period today." And then he turned and left the room.
There was a round of spontaneous applause in response to this news and a few scattered cheers as people began to rise and head toward their morning classes. Harry, thankfully, hadn't told his friends about being anywhere near Umbridge the previous evening, so he didn't have to face any pointed questions about whether she was fine last he saw her.
He did notice that the Slytherins that had witnessed his little display seemed too terrified to even look at him and tended to flinch whenever he got too close. But the rest of the Slytherins did not react in the same way. He got some wary, considering looks from them, but not like they knew what he'd done. More that they suspected he'd done something.
They ended up in the library during their Defense period, and Blaise didn't say anything, but he did draw Harry aside for some privacy as they were leaving. He led them into an unused classroom and warded the door before asking, "Any idea why the majority of the inquisitorial squad came back to the common room last night looking like they'd barely escaped with their lives? I ask, because they have neither spoken of nor even looked at you since."
Harry ran a hand nervously through his hair and paced away from Blaise across the room while he considered how to answer that.
"You don't have to tell me," Blaise said when Harry's silence went on too long.
Harry sighed heavily, frustrated with himself. "I love that you respect my Secrets, Blaise, but I think I'm using that as an excuse to keep you at arm's length, and I don't want to do that."
"You don't keep me at arm's length," Blaise frowned.
"No, I do," Harry countered. He thought a moment before explaining, "I've not had many people in my life that I really trusted." He considered that for a long while and amended, "No, really, I don't think I've ever fully trusted anyone. Not as long as I can remember. You're definitely the closest, and I want to trust you. I really, really want to trust you with everything, but-"
"Stop," Blaise interrupted, crossing the room quickly to cradle Harry's face in his hands and meet his eyes directly, "I am honored that you trust me so much. I don't need you to trust me with everything right now. When we're married, yes. I will expect that level of trust. But we're not even engaged yet. We have plenty of time to get there, okay?"
Harry took a deep breath and let it out slowly. "Right. You're right," he allowed, feeling incredibly relieved.
Blaise wrapped his arms around Harry and drew him close and Harry let himself melt into the embrace. "You're perfect exactly as you are, okay?" Blaise breathed against his hair. "Don't go changing for me."
Harry blushed and his chest felt warm and his tense magic just wrapped itself around Blaise like it would be happy to stay there forever. Which was probably true because Harry certainly would. "Please don't ever get sick of me," he found himself saying. "Just, warn me if I'm getting annoying or frustrating or something, okay, because I don't know if I'll notice, and-"
"Hush, love," Blaise said softly, running one hand soothingly up and down Harry's back. "Never going to happen, but if It'll make you feel better, I promise. If you should ever manage to annoy me, I'll let you know."
"I can be very annoying," Harry warned.
"I'm not convinced," Blaise countered with a smile in his voice.
They just held each other for several minutes in companionable silence before Harry broke it to say, "Umbridge was convinced that I could tell her where Dumbledore and Hagrid are hiding. Snape told her he didn't have any veritaserum, so she used the Cruciatus Curse on me."
Blaise went very tense and slowly drew back to meet Harry's eyes, his expression something between shock and utter rage. "She what?"
Harry nodded stiffly, averting his gaze. "It, er... It was only for a second or two, then my magic... It sort of snapped. Threw everyone in the room around like ragdolls." He glanced briefly at Blaise to gage his reaction, but it hadn't changed much. Maybe it was slightly happier? "And, er... Yeah, so I may have... turned it on her. To ensure she wouldn't ever do it again. ...and then on the Inquisitorial Squad to ensure they wouldn't talk about it."
Blaise let out a slow breath, then pulled Harry into his arms again. "Good," he pronounced after a long moment. "That's good. Sounds like she deserved far worse than she got."
Harry relaxed in relief. He hadn't really expected Blaise to be upset with what he'd done. It was more his magic in general that Harry was worried about bothering the other boy. It wasn't normal, and he was sure plenty of people would be freaked out about it.
It was several more minutes before they reluctantly separated. "We'll miss lunch entirely if we don't hurry," Blaise lamented.
Harry nodded quickly in agreement, and they left the room, though their hands remained firmly linked all the way down to the Great Hall. Before going in, Blaise pulled him close for a kiss. "I adore you," he said again, fingers lingering gently against Harry’s cheek before parting from Harry to enter the Great Hall.
Harry took another moment to gather himself because Blaise was just... So much to handle. In all the very best ways. Parting from him was always unpleasant.
As he hurried to the Gryffindor table and scooped up some food before it could disappear, he found himself daydreaming about a time when they were married, and they could spend so much more of their time together. It was a pleasant fantasy that lasted until Snape called for attention just before lunch ended. Harry looked up to the head table and was surprised to realize that Snape was standing in front of the headmaster's seat.
"It is my duty to inform you that Delores Umbridge has suffered a sudden and violent mental breakdown, for which she has been moved to the long-term ward at St. Mungo's Hospital."
Before he could continue further, a riotous cheer went up from the student body, who quickly rose in a full-hearted standing ovation at the news.
Harry smiled and tried his best to participate as if he was not just learning that he was responsible for apparently doing a lot more damage than he'd imagined or expected. He wasn't sure which part of his commands had broken her mind. Was it the pain of her victims? Had she inflicted that much? Or was it the command to cause no harm that was so opposed to her personality that her mind couldn't reconcile it? Or some combination of the two?
Luckily, the cheering settled down quickly as Snape raised his hands for silence and the students were generally unwilling to risk his wrath by defying him.
"Your heads of house and the staff in general will be available to speak to you if any of you feel... distressed," he delivered so completely deadpan that Harry wasn't totally sure if he wasn't serious, though Harry doubted anyone on the staff could be ignorant of the almost universal hatred for Umbridge among the student body. "For the remainder of the school year, I will be serving as acting headmaster."
That wiped the smiles off a lot of faces, but even the Gryffindors didn't seem to find Snape as objectionable as Umbridge had been, which was... really saying something about Umbridge. Even Harry preferred Snape to Umbridge.
"I see no pressing need for the Inquisitorial Squad to continue their duties and it is thus disbanded forthwith," Snape continued. "Further, in absence of their progenitor, we will be ignoring all educational decrees that have been passed during Madam Umbridge's tenure in this school. You are all dismissed," and he flicked a hand negligently before leaving the Great Hall to the rising roar of excited students gossiping.
The final week of the school term was filled with much enthusiastic gossiping and many outlandish theories as to what had happened to Umbridge. The leading theory seemed to be that Snape had finally gotten fed up with her and poisoned her tea that he might take her place. No one seemed to believe she'd just succumbed to stress or something. When someone solicited Harry's opinion, he tended to just shrug and say that he was just glad she was gone, which was a fairly universal sentiment.
McGonagall came back a few days later, but she didn't take Snape's place as interim head, much to many students' dismay. She was walking with a cane and generally looked too pale, so Harry wasn’t surprised that she wasn't up to taking on any additional responsibilities at the moment. It wasn't like there was much of the year left anyway. Switching again would probably be more hassle than it was worth for the last few days of term.
When it came time to take the train back to London, Harry told Blaise that he wanted to sit with Ron and Hermione. "Ron's not been doing great," he offered as explanation.
"No, I understand," Blaise assured him. "I can't even imagine what I'd do if my mother was killed," he almost shuddered at the thought. "I'm very glad she's got nothing to do with this war. And a house in Italy if things get bad."
On the train, Harry curled into Blaise's side, and they all read in silence for a while, though Ron rather spent the time staring out the window, which kept distracting Harry as he really was worried about his friend.
Eventually, Hermione put her book away and asked with cautious brightness, "So, what's everyone's plans for the summer? I'll be spending the first half with my parents and the second half with Viktor's family again."
"I will be in Italy with my mother until August. We will return just after the harvest festival," Blaise offered, turning inquisitive eyes on Harry.
Harry shrugged, "I expect I'll be locked up with my relatives until sometime in August. Hopefully then I'll be able to get out of there for the rest of the summer."
Harry finished and they all turned cautious eyes toward Ron, who shrugged and looked back out the window.
"We'll be at the Burrow," he said gravely. "Probably listening to my mum cry herself to sleep every night again."
An awkward silence followed that proclamation, but Ron didn't seem to mind it.
Harry soon after invited Ron to play some chess with him, to which he got a disinterested shrug.
"Not really in the mood," was his reply.
Harry shared a mildly alarmed look with Hermione, because when was Ron ever not in the mood for chess? The rest of them eventually settled on rune dominoes, which didn't seem to bother Ron as he continued watching out the window as though they might go off course if he wasn't keeping an eye out.
Arriving in London was almost a relief after that train ride, even if it did mean that he had to go and spend weeks with the Dursleys. At least he wouldn't starve anymore. And he suspected that the Dursleys would continue to leave him alone after his little display with Vernon the previous summer. And he had plenty of books to read and magic to study, so he wouldn't be too bored. And he had Kaa and Dante and Hedwig to keep him company, so he wouldn't be too lonely.
Really, thinking about it, his experience at Privet Drive was so improved from the first couple summers there after starting Hogwarts as to be barely recognizable as the same place.
And so he was rather cheered by the thought as they stood to retrieve their luggage and exit the compartment. Harry and Blaise took their time, letting the others leave first. When Harry had closed the door behind Ron, Blaise immediately crowded him against it and kissed him thoroughly. "I’m going to miss you," he admitted when they separated.
"Me too," Harry sigh. "We should definitely try to meet up in London this time. I've gotten pretty good at sneaking out after everyone else goes to bed."
"I'll try," Blaise allowed. "It will depend on how bad things are getting politically whether my mum will put up wards to ensure I can't sneak out."
Harry sighed again, aggrieved at the idea of another whole summer without seeing Blaise, though he supposed he'd survive if it came to it. It was just this summer and next and then they wouldn't have to worry about it anymore. Assuming they were still together, and that Blaise was okay with leaving Britain with Harry, at least.
A Waking Nightmare
Harry's first couple days at the Dursleys passed as anticipated. The Dursleys seemed intent on pretending that he didn't exist. They continued to give him small portions of food each meal and he continued to vanish them and eat the food supplied by Dobby instead.
The spies also returned almost immediately, and Harry despaired of getting a good night of sleep as long as he remained that summer.
On his second night back at Privet Drive, Harry lay awake in bed for a long time, staring at the ceiling and trying unsuccessfully to avoid focusing on the spy he could feel watching the house. It was Tonks, he thought, by the feel of her. He wasn't sure if it was her magic that he was sensing or just her lifeforce. There was no way to know, and it honestly freaked him out a little to consider that he was feeling people's lifeforce, so he didn't spend a lot of time dwelling on it. Anyway, Tonks was outside the Dursley's house, parked under the tree on the lawn. He assumed that she was under an invisibility cloak or possibly disillusioned. And she was unfortunately diligent to her task, meaning that it was difficult to ignore her presence.
It was nearly two in the morning, the last time he looked at his bedside clock, and he must have dozed off at some point after that, because then he was flinching awake at the searing pain in his head. He lurched up in bed, clutching at his head as he heard Voldemort's malevolent laugh echoing around his brain.
And then he was looking through the eyes of someone who blasted open a door and barged into a bedroom in a muggle house. Harry was horrified to recognize Hermione flinching awake in the bed even as Death Eaters crowded into the room around Harry. One of them yanked off her covers and another hit her with a binding spell just as she was trying to lunge out of the way, launching rope from his wand that forcefully wrapped around her body and bound her arms to her sides and her ankles together. They laughed as she began to struggle, and another spell wedged a gag into her mouth when she began to scream.
She flailed in helpless panic as one of them dragged her out of the bed by the ropes binding her and slung her over his shoulder.
Harry could only watch as his bound and screaming friend was hauled down a stairway and into a muggle living room that was absolutely dripping in blood. Hermione went quiet and still at the sight and Harry realized that there were two bodies among the bloodshed, vaguely identifiable as a male and a female. Both were very obviously dead, their faces still distended in rictus snarls of agony and terror.
And Hermione went absolutely berserk, shrieking and thrashing like a madwoman.
The Death Eaters laughed and disapparated.
The next moment, Harry and the Death Eaters appeared in a huge room that he realized must be the Ministry atrium when he got a look at the gaudy fountain of all the creatures gazing adoringly on a wizard. He’d seen it in a book when he’d been researching the Ministry since learning how much they apparently wanted to ruin him.
He was unable to move freely about the memory and was instead tugged along, forced to watch through someone’s eyes as Hermione was hauled through the empty atrium and down a lift to the ninth floor, then down a staircase to a yet lower level. They passed through a room of doors, which spun around them. When the spinning stopped, they opened one of the doors like they knew where they were going. Then they moved through a room containing just an archway with a tattered veil hanging in it, then through a room full of clocks, and then entered a massive hall filled with shelves that contained fist-sized glass orbs. Thousands upon thousands of them lining huge shelves.
They moved to row 97 and dumped Hermione at Voldemort's feet. The Dark Lord laughed as he shoved her onto her back with his boot, then he seemed to focus on Harry and smirked evilly. "Come alone or she dies, Potter. And you'd better hurry. Your friend will entertain me until you arrive."
And then, with a sudden wave of dizziness, the pain and Voldemort's presence were gone.
Harry jolted and rolled out of bed, landing hard on the floor. He gasped for breath and rubbed at the phantom pain lingering in his scar as he tried to think rationally. He didn't know if this was real. Voldemort had obviously sent it to him, but had he showed Harry real events or was it made up?
It had certainly felt real. Hermione had looked and sounded very real. Harry’s magic was a writhing mess between Voldemort’s invasion into his mind and his emotional upset.
Harry shoved himself to his feet and opened his trunk. The first thing he grabbed was Sirius' communication mirror. He wasn't going to risk calling anyone just yet, but he'd hopefully get a chance to call the cavalry when Hermione was safe.
He honestly didn't know if the vision was real, but he couldn't take the chance. He had no reason to believe that it was false and if he ignored it and he was wrong... No. It didn't bear thinking about.
Worst case scenario, he got killed. And he obviously didn't want that to happen. He really, really didn't want that to happen. But he'd rather die than hide here while Hermione was tortured to death. If he died tonight, he'd deal with it. Hopefully his father could be bargained with if he ended up meeting him tonight.
Harry closed his eyes and took a moment to steel his nerves, then he let out a sharp breath as he opened his eyes and nodded firmly to himself. He draped his invisibility cloak around his shoulders, snatched up his broom, and started for the door. "Find me when I land," he instructed Dante, who was watching him with tense focus, then he let himself out of the Dursleys' backdoor since Tonks was still in the front.
He mounted his broom and concentrated on drawing up his magic and willing it to do his bidding. He wasn't too surprised when he felt the disillusionment charm splash over his body. It was a little scary how good his magic was getting at doing as he wished without need of wand or even spell. He was grateful for it tonight, though.
He pushed those thoughts from his mind as he drew up the hood of his cloak for an extra layer of coverage and took to the sky.
The flight to London was not long in this manner. Not with his Firebolt at full speed. His magic served to keep the wind from bothering his eyes or chilling his body. It was a little tricky to find the Ministry building. He’d looked it up on a map before, but he still landed in the wrong place twice when he mistook another building for the one he was looking for.
So it wasn’t too long of a trip, but with thoughts of Hermione’s situation at the forefront of his mind, it still felt like far too long before he was landing at the street entrance to the Ministry of Magic. Harry had never been there, but the method of entrance had been listed in the book he'd read. Hopefully, it was accurate.
Dante slunk out of a shadow just as Harry was entering the telephone box and they managed to fit into it together. The box was subtly larger on the inside than it should be, Harry thought. He dialed MAGIC on the phone keypad. When the automated voice asked his name and business, he hesitated a second before shrugging. "Harry Potter. I'm here to rescue my friend..."
And that seemed sufficient as it spat out a badge with "rescue mission" listed below his name.
Shaking his head, Harry stuffed the badge into his pocket and drew his wand as the box began to descend. He had no hope of getting through this without using his wand. He could only hope that it wouldn't register since he was within the Ministry itself. Would they even monitor for underage magic here? He wasn't sure, but he was sure that he was going to use it regardless. He could do a lot with wandless magic, but he wasn't going to try to face Voldemort with nothing more than that. It wasn't nearly fast enough or reliable enough, and he did hope to live through the night if he could manage it.
If nothing else, he had Dante and Kaa, neither of whom would be expected.
The telephone box stopped in an eerily empty atrium, and Harry cautiously surveyed the area, then removed his wrist cuff and widened the opening until he could slide his broom into it. He replaced that on his wrist, then took a moment to call out Kaa. Though the snake's body could be destroyed, he could not be killed. Destroying his body would just send his soul back into Harry and it would require another effort of Harry's magic to manifest him a new body, but the snake would be fine. Harry was not certain if a hellhound could properly die or not. Would he just go back to Hell, or would he like cease to exist? Harry didn't know. He could only trust in Dante's invisibility and shadow travel to keep him safe.
He kept a careful eye on his surroundings and his magical senses attuned for anyone, but he remained alone, so he took a moment to explain the situation to his two familiars, hoping that Dante understood, though the hound did seem very intelligent. And he seemed to understand Parseltongue as well as English – which was maybe a hellhound thing or maybe the hound's ability to understand him just wasn't rooted in language.
"I need to go and find Hermione," he explained. "It's obviously a trap and I don't know for sure if she's really here, but we have to go and check. I need you two to stay out of sight and back me up. When I find Hermione – if I do – I'll grab her and run for it. You two do your best to distract any pursuit, but be careful. Don't die," he directed at Dante. "Once I'm safe, if I don't have a chance to grab you, Kaa, let Dante bring you to me, all right?"
"We will devour your enemies, Master," Kaa promised.
"Just don't get caught," Harry cautioned. "I don't need to be rescuing either of you from the Unspeakables."
With no more reason to hesitate and far too clear an idea of what Hermione could be going through if Voldemort was really keeping himself entertained by tormenting her, Harry followed the path that the Death Eater's had taken.
In the lift, he took a moment to cast an impervious charm on Sirius' communication mirror and to ensure that it was safely ensconced in a pocket that it wouldn't fall out of, while still being simple enough to access in a hurry. He then cast a disillusionment charm on Kaa, since the snake did not have the benefit of natural invisibility like Dante. And though Harry could no longer see the snake, he found that he could still feel his general location.
Harry half expected to find himself confronted with Death Eaters when the lift opened, but the ministry continued to appear deserted.
With a steadying breath, Harry followed the path he'd seen in the vision, down the stairwell and into what could only be the Department of Mysteries. When the circular room spun around him, he let his magic examine the doors available to him. There were two that his magic straight up shied away from, which was worrying, but they were easy enough to avoid. Of the remaining, two of the doors seemed equally promising. After a moment of deliberation, he chose the one to the left and stepped through into a large room, the center of which was occupied by a very large glass-walled tank filled with what appeared to be brains with tentacles.
Harry found himself frozen for several long moments, just staring at the horrifying things. What the fuck even were those things? And what else might he find down here?
Shaking himself, he stepped back out of the room since it was not the one he'd seen the Death Eaters take. He didn't bother closing the door, just quickly moving to the second door that his magic had seemed to like. This time, he saw the room he'd been hoping to find. The large room held at its center a single stone archway carved with runes. And within the arch hung a tattered old cloth.
Harry had barely taken a step into the room when Dante suddenly sprinted past him and directly to the archway, stuffing his head through the veil and wiggling his whole body in irrepressible excitement.
Harry stared a moment in surprise before cautiously following the hound, who pulled his head out to give Harry an open-mouthed, tongue-lolling, canine grin for a moment before looking through again.
The veil swayed on an unfelt breeze and Harry suddenly caught a very familiar scent. Sulfur and ash. He looked at the veil in shock as he faintly heard tortured screaming and mad laughter. "Is that... is that home, boy?" he asked warily of the excited hellhound. The hound wiggled even harder, and Harry's magic wrapped itself around the archway.
It was... definitely Dark. And there was something almost alarmingly... beckoning to it. Like it wanted Harry to press closer.
Cautious but incredibly curious, Harry warily placed a hand on the archway. The moment his hand touched the stone, he felt a rush of what he could only describe as... welcome. It was Grimmauld Place times a hundred. He shuddered at his magic's complete contentment in response to that feeling.
Slowly, Harry reached out to push aside the veil and peer beyond. He was wary of being spotted by anything on the other side, but he relaxed on realizing that the arch seemed to look out into an impossibly massive cavern, but there was nothing close by.
He could hear the screams and the laughter distantly, from many different throats, like a constant background ambiance. And so many Halloweens of hearing it must have desensitized Harry because the sounds didn’t bother him nearly as much as they used to. The air smelled strongly of sulfur and ash, undoubtedly a result of the massive lake of hot lava that he could see glowing on the other side of the cavern. The temperature was quite warm – again likely for obvious reasons. The floor of the cavern below looked like some kind of city, filled with uncountable stone buildings of various sizes, separated by dark, narrow streets. Some parts of the city looked to be crumbling into ruin while others might have been new construction. The walls of the cavern itself seemed to be dotted with innumerable caves, some appearing rough and natural looking while others were carved and some even had balconies.
And on the far side of the cavern, beyond the lake of fire, stood a massive stone palace that must have been many times the size of Hogwarts and considerably more elegant in design. But then, Satan was said to be both arrogant and hedonistic, so probably not a surprise that his palace was... well, monumental in scope.
As for visible life, there was certainly movement on the streets, though no sign of any kind of vehicle or even carts that he could make out. There were a lot of things flying around, as though a considerable portion of the populace must have wings. Something like dragons were occasionally visible, though far more common were the man-sized things. Most had leathery wings like a bat or dragon, and some had tails while others did not – demons, Harry supposed. A few had feathered wings, which were perhaps the fallen angels. There were also many smaller creatures, the size of birds or actual bats, with leathery wings and most seemed to have long tails, though the shape of the tails varied.
His magic was eager to explore beyond the arch, but Harry held it back quite firmly. He wasn't going to risk spilling his magic out into actual Hell. It was far too likely that he'd catch someone's attention.
Harry allowed himself no more than perhaps a minute to appreciate the view of what could only be Hell, before he forced himself to step away from the arch. It really didn't appear to be as bad as he might have feared. If he could work out a deal with his father and hopefully not get on the bad side of any other residents, it might not be a terrible place to spend his afterlife. His magic, at least, seemed very fond of it.
It was a heartening thought, particularly as he turned his attention back to the night's mission. Though he did wonder just what the Department of Mysteries was doing with a doorway to freaking Hell.
Dante whined in protest when Harry began to turn away and he patted the hound's shoulder consolingly, "We're not going there tonight, buddy." Turning his attention to the door across the room, he couldn't help but add, "I hope."
The door led into the room filled with clocks that Harry remembered from the vision, though as he moved through it now, he realized that it wasn't just clocks. It was rather time devices. He was very tempted, when he passed a rack of time turners, to appropriate one, but the odds of getting caught seemed too high. And he really couldn't afford to give the Ministry a legitimate reason to chuck him in Azkaban.
When he opened the door on the other side of that room, he was confronted with the shelves lined with orbs. He took a shaking breath, knowing that he was close, and though he’d never been much for it, he had the bizarre urge to say a prayer. He resisted, since he wasn’t entirely sure that God wouldn’t rather seek to hasten Harry’s demise given his prophesized destiny.
"Keep a bit of distance," Harry murmured to Kaa and Dante as they paused in the doorway of the room where Voldemort had told him to come.
The room was massive, he noted as he slowly stepped into the space. It felt more like a cavern than a room, really, though it was filled with shelves that towered nearly to the ceilings and stood in orderly rows down the massive length of the room.
Heart pounding, magic writhing around him, Harry saw nothing of his quarry, but his hearing picked up multiple low voices and one person with labored breathing, releasing occasional, very quiet whimpers.
She was here, he was now certain.
Row 97 if the vision was to be believed.
He kept his pace measured and his eyes open for any sign of a surprise trap. Kaa was invisible, but he could feel the serpent slightly behind him on his right. Dante was ahead of him on his left, visible to Harry but naturally invisible to the rest of the world.
As he drew closer, he began to make out the quiet words ahead of him. The voices were low, presumably low enough that they believed themselves inaudible to him.
"Poor little baby mudblood," a woman crooned mockingly. "Does it hurt, little baby? Does it hurt?"
"Bella, be silent," a voice that was almost certainly Lucius Malfoy chastised harshly.
There was a wordless hiss that was presumably a reply, and then they fell silent once more, aside from a little shuffling and the continued labored breathing and almost silent whimpers.
When he came to row 97, he found a full dozen robed and masked Death Eaters surrounding Hermione's crumpled and bloody form on the ground. She was trembling violently, clearly having felt the Cruciatus curse, likely more than once. Her nightgown was torn to the point that she was using her arms to try to maintain some degree of modesty.
Harry's magic positively snarled at the sight of her. The one who must have been Bellatrix burst into maniacal laughter. Voldemort, himself, did not seem to be present, which Harry decided to take as a good thing.
"Potter," the masked Death Eater with long blond hair falling around his mask spoke in what Harry had suspected was Lucius Malfoy's cold drawl.
Hermione gasped and jerked to look at him and Harry felt his anger burn hotter at the sight of tear tracks on her bloodied face. "Harry, no," she breathed.
Harry forced himself to focus on Lucius instead of Hermione, "Malfoy," he greeted in reply as his magic burned like an inferno around him.
The aristocrat seemed to hesitate a moment before he pointed a finger at one of the orbs on the shelf across the aisle from Hermione. "Take the prophecy, Potter."
Harry's brow furrowed slightly as he looked at the orb in question. That's what this was all about? That fucking prophecy that Sirius mentioned?
Harry glanced at Hermione, then around at the waiting Death Eaters, their wands all drawn, then at the prophecy, and finally at Lucius. He suspected that the plan was the drag him to Voldemort once the prophecy was secured. Hermione would likely either be killed or dragged along to torment him with/force his compliance. In the end, though, he was sure they were both meant to die.
Luckily, he had two companions that his would-be captors knew nothing about. Kaa was creeping up behind him while Harry knew that Dante had continued down the next aisle to flank the Death Eaters. Harry just needed to buy him a little more time.
And so Harry slowly stepped forward and reached for the orb labeled S.P.T. to A.P.W.B.D. Dark Lord and (?) Harry Potter. He hesitated to actually touch the orb and Lucius barked a quick, "Now, Potter."
Harry clenched his jaw, but didn't outwardly react before reaching out to grasp the orb.
"Very good, Potter," Lucius said lowly. "Now turn around, nice and slowly, and give that to me."
Harry did turn slowly, his magic wrapping itself around each of the foul souls sharing the aisle with him, memorizing the feel of them to be sure that he could make them pay for this eventually. Today was going to be about survival rather than revenge, unfortunately.
"Give it to me, Potter," Lucius said more firmly.
"And then what?" Harry asked to waste time as he mentally ran through the makings of a plan. Kaa and Dante were nearly in place. They would attack on command and cause chaos. Harry would then have to grab Hermione and get to a safe distance. He could maybe use the shelves as cover, but it would slow down his route to the exit, and it's not like they didn't know where he was going. There was a good chance they could get ahead of him if he took too long...
"That's not what you need to be concerned about," Lucius snapped coldly. "You need to worry about what happens now if you don't comply."
And he turned his wand on Hermione.
Harry felt his fury burn down to an icy rage as he flashed Lucius and ugly smile and then hissed in parseltongue, "Now!"
And Harry lifted a shield around himself and Hermione as he stuffed the orb into a pocket. The Death Eaters very quickly grew distracted by the invisible beasts attacking them, and Harry didn’t waste a moment, immediately scooping Hermione into his arms and fleeing back toward the exit.
“Harry!” he heard Hermione gasp, but ignored her in favor of giving all of his attention to their flight. He cradled Hermione’s body in front of him, shielded from the spells sent after them. He trusted to his magic and his durability to keep himself safe as he ran. He changed direction as often as possible, cutting between the shelves to avoid letting any of the Death Eaters keep him in their sights as much as he could.
He felt more than one spell redirected by his magic so that it just skimmed by him instead of striking him. By the malevolent burn of the magic, he knew that he was lucky to have been saved whatever effect they were meant to have.
For once, he didn’t worry at all about concealing his Secret, choosing instead to use every bit of his superhuman speed and strength. It was an advantage that swiftly put distance between himself and his pursuers, but that only seemed to make them more reckless. The spells became larger as their distance behind him grew – spells that targeted an area so that they did not have to hit him precisely.
A massive ball of fire blossomed so close in front of him that he had no chance of avoiding it, and Harry instead curled himself more tightly around Hermione and willed his magic to protect her as he charged directly through the brilliant flame. Amazingly, the flames licked at his skin without effect as he sprinted through them. It felt hot, but not unpleasantly so. Some part of him made note of something else he’d have to investigate to determine if it was a momentary effect or a new quirk of his body. Most of him was more worried about the way his clothing had caught fire in more than once place.
He didn’t have time to try to figure out how to douse the flames without slowing or relinquishing his hold on Hermione, because he was not two steps beyond the flames before one of the massive shelves was crashing down onto him.
Harry did his best to catch and hold himself over Hermione as the weight crashed down on his back, but he didn’t have much time and he heard her cry out, though a quick check assured him that her head and torso seemed to be safe beneath him, so he hoped the damage was superficial. The orbs shattered on impact, scattering glass everywhere, which may have been what was hurting Hermione, though the shards crunched beneath his hands and knees without cutting his skin.
He knew that every second he wasn’t moving, the Death Eaters were going to be closing on him, so he wasted no time in working to free them. He pushed up, testing the weight, and found that he could move it, but not easily. With a deep breath and willing his magic to help, Harry gave a shove. The heavy wood above him cracked and splintered, as he forced his arms straight and got his knees directly under him. His magic put in the extra effort then and the wood broke the rest of the way, allowing him to stand. The sharp edges of the wood tried and failed to gouge his skin as Harry got himself standing, then stooped to lift Hermione into his arms once more. She screamed as he lifted her, then moaned in agony as he settled her in his arms, but she quieted against as he began running as quickly as he could manage over the remains of the damaged shelf.
He could feel Dante and Kaa among the pursuing Death Eaters, keeping them distracted so he only dodged a handful of spells before he was able to make it through the door back into the room of time devices. He kicked the door closed, but wasted no more time before throwing himself toward the other door out of the room. He truly did not want to know what kind of things could befall them if the Death Eaters started throwing around spells with such abandon in this particular room.
He did not slow in the next room, taking no time to even glance at the portal to Hell, though a part of him did wonder if he could return to the land of the living that way if he were to die. It was an experiment that he hoped he wouldn’t have to conduct tonight.
A few more spells narrowly missed Harry just as he was reaching the door back into the room of spinning doors. He leapt through and kicked the door closed, which set the room to spinning around him. Thankfully, his magic seemed to know exactly where he needed to go, so he didn’t have to hesitate on his way. As soon as the room stopped spinning, he moved to the correct door and hurried to close it behind him. With luck, the death eaters may be slowed down.
He gave a passing thought to hoping Kaa and Dante would get out okay, but he didn’t have time to wait around and make sure.
From there, the run back up to the lift was made without challenge, and he got the grate closed and the lift moving back to the atrium without any sight of his pursuers.
“Can you walk?” he asked Hermione over the soft music that filled the lift.
He could feel her shaking in his arms as she shook her head. “I could limp, maybe. I think I broke my ankle when the shelf fell,” she whispered, but Harry could still hear the tremble in her voice.
“No, I can carry you,” he said.
“Are you sure?” Hermione asked.
“You’re not heavy,” he said, because she really wasn’t. He wasn’t feeling any strain at all from carrying her weight.
“You’re stronger than you look,” she joked weakly.
“I think my magic’s helping,” he offered as explanation. Luckily, everyone had long ago accepted his magic’s strength and would thus dismiss a lot of his oddities as simply being due to the simple size of his magical core.
And then the lift was announcing the atrium level and Harry stepped out. A glance at the other lifts showed that another had just started up and Harry immediately began to sprint toward the Floos. Hermione gasped in his arms, doubtlessly not appreciating the jostling, but she remained otherwise silent.
Harry stepped into the nearest floo and carefully lowered Hermione to balance against the wall on one leg so that he could get the floo powder. Unfortunately, the thing wanted two knuts before he could get the powder he needed. Fortunately, his magic didn’t even wait for him to will it to do anything before it was attacking the thing, and the mechanism was dispensing the powder as if he had paid.
Harry heard the shouts of the Death Eaters leaving the lift just as he got the powder in hand, but before he could step back into the floo with Hermione, his magic screamed a warning and Harry spun around just in time to dodge the acid green of a Killing Curse.
His eyes lifted to find Voldemort had arrived. He was standing across the atrium as though he’d just stepped out of one of the floos there.
With only a second of thought, Harry slipped the communication mirror out of his pocket and handed it back to Hermione. He felt her trembling hand grasp it as she softly objected, “Harry, no!”
Harry didn’t heed her protest as he tossed the floo powder at her feet and called out, “St. Mungo’s!”
There was a flash of green flame as Harry drew his wand and stepped away from the floo to face Voldemort once more.
“How heroic,” Voldemort sneered.
Harry glanced obliquely toward the lifts where the Death Eaters were approaching. They slowed as they neared, clearly unwilling to get in their Lord’s way.
“Nothing to say, Potter?” Voldemort drawled. “You have caused me no end of trouble, boy, but it ends tonight.”
The Death Eaters reached them and began to fan out around them in a loose circle, leaving room for a duel but making it difficult for Harry to escape. Lovely.
“You should be joining me rather than fighting me, Potter,” Voldemort went on. “You do seem to have quite the skill with Dark Magic. Even as recently deceased as Krum was, bringing him back as swiftly as you did, without a ritual or components was very impressive. I can only imagine that you are quite the necromantic practitioner. Dumbledore would not approve, though I imagine that you know that. You did manage to conceal your deed from him, did you not?”
Harry responded with a tight smile and with deliberately overdone modesty, then lifted an eyebrow. “You can’t possibly expect me to incriminate myself in the atrium of the fucking Ministry.”
Voldemort’s eyes narrowed slightly. “Join me, Potter. I would make use of your talents. Talents that Dumbledore and the Ministry would condemn you for. The practice of necromancy will earn you a lifetime in Azkaban, Potter, even if you’re only using it to save an innocent life. Surely these are not the people you wish to fight for.”
“I’m not interested in fighting for anyone!” Harry said, annoyed. “I don’t want to be your puppet any more than Dumbledore’s. I just want to fucking graduate and get the Hell out of this mad country!”
Voldemort’s brow rose in apparent interest, “Then perhaps a truce would be more to your liking, Potter,” he said smoothly. “A sort of… non-aggression pact between us.”
Harry barked an incredulous laugh, “After what Hermione went through tonight on your order? You expect me to just turn the other cheek after you murdered her parents and tortured her?”
“You should consider your options carefully, Potter,” Voldemort snapped. “It would be entirely too easy for me to pass word to the Ministry that you are a very Dark young wizard. Perhaps I will allow them to take care of you for me.”
Harry felt a chill fall down his spine despite being relatively sure that he could break out of Azkaban with minimal difficulty. Animagus forms worked in Azkaban, after all, and he was pretty sure that he could manage Dante’s shadow travel in short order if he was sufficiently motivated. He was not, however, entirely sure if it would be necessary to travel through Hell to use it, which was why he had yet to try it.
Of course, he did first have to survive tonight, which was not entirely assured at this point. Perhaps very far from assured, honestly. His best bet was probably to buy time for Hermione to send help his way via the mirror. “Why would you think that I would trust you to stick to any deal we made, anyway?”
“What choice do you honestly have, Potter?” Voldemort laughed derisively.
And Harry knew that he wasn’t helpless, but he hated the insinuation anyway. His extremely highly strung magic lashed out, knocking Voldemort back several steps and Harry was lifting his wand and casting before the Dark Lord could recover from the unexpected attack. And despite being in the ministry atrium, Harry didn’t hesitate to use his Darker spell repertoire. He was at a great enough disadvantage in this fight without pulling his punches. So it was a spell meant to stop the heart that Voldemort deflected at the last second.
And Voldemort was, of course, a much better dueler than Harry. He immediately moved from the deflection into a Crucio – suggesting that Harry had brassed him off – before following with a Killing Curse, the pair of them coming horribly quickly.
The back and forth took on a frenetic pace. Voldemort was unbelievably fast in his casting, the spells flying one after another much more quickly than Harry could hope to return, leaving him to dodging and diving as often as shielding and he still wouldn’t have been able to avoid getting hit if not for his magic helping to nudge some of the spells wide and sometimes swallowing them entirely if Harry didn’t manage to otherwise avoid them. And the shields that Harry did erect were incredibly powerful, absorbing numerous, highly powered spells before cracking.
Voldemort was clearly incensed by Harry’s continuing to avoid him, and he didn’t realize that an invisible hound was sneaking up behind him until Dante was already lunging to take a chunk out of his leg.
At the last possible moment, the Dark Lord snapped off a shield nearly point-blank to intercept the invisible beast. He gave the empty air a wary look, then let out a short shout of surprise as Kaa struck while he was distracted, sinking fangs into Voldemort’s flank. An instant later, a severing curse slammed into the snake and Harry gasped at the sudden tug on his magic.
Kaa’s body seemed to evaporate into a swirl of gray smoke that rapidly darted across the room and right up Harry’s sleeve. He felt the snake settle back into his skin and tried to shake off the unsettling feeling of the serpent’s… death or discorporation or whatever the proper term would be.
Harry lifted his wand to cast another spell but the fight abruptly ground to a halt as floos around the room began flashing with green flame and Order members began pouring out into the atrium, Dumbledore among them.
Voldemort immediately turned his attention to Dumbledore and watching the two of them duel was both awe inspiring and terrifying.
As the Death Eaters were occupied by the Order members, Harry seemed to have been momentarily forgotten, and he took the opportunity to extract another handful of floo powder and step into a fireplace. “St. Mungo’s!” he called out, the words easily swallowed by the general din of the battle taking place in the cavernous hall.
With a swirl of green flame, he was whisked away from the battle.
Notes:
Chapter 28 at last! I had mentioned to my patrons that I intended to post this a day or two ago, but I wanted to give it a couple of days to settle in my brain before editing, so I worked on my original work in the interim.
I obviously took some creative license with describing Hell. I could find very little in the way of imagery in either Lucifer or Supernatural canon, so I borrowed some from various fanfics that I’ve read, and I filled in the rest with what suited this story the best. As to it being considerably less awful than Lucifer tends to describe it… Well, Lucifer cut off his own wings because he hated them so much, just because he'd gotten them from his Father. I figure he’d hate Hell on the principle that his Father had sent him there… So I’m writing it as not terrible for the non-inmate residents, though I imagine that the politics are… unpleasant among them.
I will not, of course, be following Lucifer canon exactly with regard to that universe. I’ve combined it with HP and Supernatural and I will be using my own creative license as well, so fair warning if that sort of thing bothers you. Also, I’ve only watched like season 1 of Lucifer, so I don’t even know much of the canon that comes in later.
Chapter 29: Year Five - part 11
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Aftermath
Harry stepped out of the floo into some sort of waiting room. Harry approached the reception desk and smiled nervously at the woman seated there. She had black hair in a large bun on top of her head and alarmingly long eyelashes that must have been transfigured or something. Her eyes widened as she looked him over.
Harry glanced down at himself and winced. His clothes were burned through in places, and he was covered in soot and had smears of blood in places. “Er, hi,” he greeted awkwardly. “My friend Hermione came through a couple of minutes ago. She was hurt. I’m fine, though. The er… The blood’s not mine. It’s my friend’s, so…”
“Oh… Right. Your name?”
“Harry Potter.”
Her eyes widened a bit and she stared for a long moment before turning her attention down to her books, then she glanced up at him again. “Go on down that hallway until you see the waiting room on the left. Someone will come and get you when Miss Granger can have visitors.”
“Thanks,” Harry said, relieved that she didn’t seem intent on questioning his appearance or asking uncomfortable questions.
He found the waiting room easily enough. There were a couple of stressed-looking people already in there, and Harry got more wide-eyed looks for his appearance. Happily, there was a restroom just across the hall, and Harry closed himself inside it quickly.
He laughed in surprise at the sight of himself in the mirror. He recalled now that he’d been sleeping before all of this started. His hair was going in every direction, and his clothes had been rags before the fight. They looked frightful now. His face was streaked with both soot and blood, probably from when he’d been carrying Hermione as she’d had a lot of it on her.
He sobered abruptly at the reminder of Hermione’s condition, and he had to take sharp hold of his magic when the mirror began to rattle slightly on the wall. His magic was still extremely tense and ready to fight, not at all fatigued from what he’d just been through, it seemed.
“Shit,” Harry cursed softly as he finally realized that he wasn’t wearing his glasses. He’d not even picked them up from the bedside table. Before his magic had miraculously fixed his eyes, he’d not have been capable of forgetting them. He tried to think of the people that had seen him without them. There was Voldemort and the Death Eaters, of course, but considering that they knew he used Dark magic quite adeptly, the glasses issue wasn’t probably worth thinking of.
The Order members had more important things than him to focus on when they arrived, so they might not have noticed. Hermione was likely the only one he’d have to worry about.
While Harry turned on the faucet and did what he could about his appearance, he considered what to do about the glasses situation. Remaining without his glasses was out of the question. He really didn’t want to have to explain to all and sundry that his magic was so powerful that it had spontaneously corrected his eyesight in a moment of stress. That left the option of just leaving and going back to Privet Drive the same way he’d come to London, but that wasn’t something he wanted to do either. He couldn’t just leave Hermione alone here and spend maybe days wondering what was happening to her.
So he supposed he could transfigure himself another pair of glasses. With plain glass lenses, it wasn’t an overly difficult transfiguration to manage, but he wasn’t sure if he wanted to push his luck by casting more spells out of school. Or he could ask Dante to go and fetch them…
He glanced around the brightly lit bathroom. Too bright for the kind of shadows that Dante would need to travel to him. The room was lit by two oil lamp sconces on opposite walls of the room. Hoping that they weren’t enchanted to remain burning, Harry lifted the glass of the nearest one and blew out the flame. He waited a moment, but it remained extinguished. He then repeated the procedure with the second sconce and marveled for a moment at how well he could see in the room that was now presumably almost pitch black but for the thin sliver of light coming in under the door.
He could tell that it was a lot darker, but he could still make everything out well enough that he didn’t really need the light.
Dante arrived while Harry was marveling over his night vision, and Harry went down to a knee to give the hound lots of pets and ear scritches for having done such a good job of distracting the Death Eaters and Voldemort during the fight. “Yeah, you’re a good boy,” Harry grinned as the dog leaned heavily into his hands.
After a minute of that, Harry looked the hound in his glowing red eyes. “Can you go back to Privet Drive and get me my glasses off the bedside table?”
Dante stared at him and slowly wagged his tail.
“But be careful with them, please. They’re fragile.”
Dante gave a low woof and then turned and disappeared into a dark corner.
Harry spent the wait at the mirror, doing what he could about his hair. He’d gotten his face and hands clean, at least. There wasn’t, sadly, anything to be done about his horribly scorched and ripped up clothes. Not without casting spells. If he managed to get through this awful night without getting expelled, he’d honestly be a little surprised. There wasn’t any reason to make matters even worse though. He didn’t think that Dumbledore wanted him expelled, so he was counting on the man to fight to prevent that, at least.
Dante returned after only a few minutes, Harry’s glasses held every so gingerly in his jaws.
Harry grinned and slipped them on before showering the hound with even more praise. He was truly a remarkable familiar and Harry was so glad that Dante had found him that Halloween night.
Harry was standing up to leave the loo when he felt the orb in his pocket. He’d entirely forgotten about the prophecy that Voldemort had apparently lured him to the ministry to retrieve.
Harry smiled a little meanly as he took it out of his pocket. He did enjoy foiling Voldemort’s plans.
He studied it for a moment, but he wasn’t sure how he was meant to make it play. He pressed his magic at it carefully – his magic was still a bit touchy, and he didn’t want it to explode the orb or something – and the contents of the orb swirled, then settled into a vaguely familiar-looking woman with very thick glasses.
She opened her mouth and an eerie voice emerged, “The one with the power to vanquish the Dark Lord approaches. Born to those who have thrice defied him. Born as the seventh month dies. And the Dark Lord will mark him as his equal, but he will have power the Dark Lord knows not. And either must die at the hand of the other for neither can live while the other survives. The one with the power to vanquish the Dark Lord will be born as the seventh month dies.”
Harry stared at the orb, then prodded it to repeat that again.
Finally, he gave a bone-weary sigh and dropped it back into his pocket. “Well, it’s definitely not as bad as my other prophecy,” he told Dante, scratching at his ears again when the hound nosed at his hand. A battle to the death against a Dark Lord wasn’t much when contrasted against challenging God himself for his throne. Not that he wanted anything to do with God’s throne.
Harry had no intention of seeing that other prophecy through unless Fate made it absolutely impossible for him to do otherwise, in which case… No point dwelling on it.
He was slightly more keen to see this one through. Voldemort was a scary fucking dueler, but no one said he had to defeat the man in a duel. He wondered what it would take to assassinate the Dark Lord. And he’d have to make sure that he stayed dead this time, or that would just get tedious, killing him once every decade or so.
Harry continued to turn that around in his mind as he finally left the bathroom and returned to the waiting room. Hopefully no one had come looking for him while he was in there, but he thought it would probably be a little while. Hermione wasn’t in good shape when he’d sent her through, and it couldn’t have been more than ten or fifteen minutes before he’d followed her. Likely even less, though it had felt like an age.
Dante sat down next to Harry in the waiting room and, as other people came and went while he waited, no one sat anywhere close to Harry. Though that might have had something to do with his ragged appearance.
Harry considered the new prophecy while he waited. Neither can live while the other survives sounded pretty definitive. At least there wasn’t anything in the prophecy that was telling toward his Secret. There was the Power the Dark Lord knows not, but it wasn’t like someone was going to hear that and make the leap to Antichrist.
Harry honestly wasn’t opposed to the idea of killing Voldemort. The man was a monster, and Harry had a lot of advantages that most people didn’t. Like being stronger and faster and more durable. He also had incredibly powerful magic and two highly useful animal companions.
Harry didn’t feel at all inclined to help magical Britain’s government. It was a cesspit of bullshite that would honestly benefit the general populous if it went down in flames. But Voldemort very much was not the solution. No, Harry would kill Voldemort if he could manage it, but he wasn’t sticking around to see if the Ministry would venerate him for it or imprison him for not bending the knee to their regime. Given the last year, he strongly suspected the latter. They were just lucky that he wasn’t interested in leading a revolution.
“Mr. Potter?” a timid voice finally drew Harry from his reverie, and Harry saw a couple of people across the waiting room start at his name and give him wide-eyed looks.
Harry turned his lips in the direction of a smile as he stood.
“Are you okay, Mr. Potter?” the young man in bright green robes asked as he looked him over.
Harry nodded, “Yeah, I’m fine. How’s Hermione?”
“Right this way,” the young man said uncertainly.
Harry followed the young healer – or maybe apprentice? – down another long corridor, through two pairs of doors, and finally to a patient room. Hermione was curled in a ball of the bed sobbing, and Harry hurried to pull her into his arms. She clung to him and cried for a long time before she finally began to calm.
“They’re dead,” she finally said. “Those fuckers killed my parents,” she gasped the words out.
“I’m so sorry,” Harry whispered and rubbed her back. He hoped that he was doing the right thing, but it wasn’t like he’d been in this situation before.
From the corner of his eye, Harry noticed Dante slide out from the shadows under Hermione’s bed. The hound lifted his nose to sniff in their direction, then wagged his tail and moved to sit in a corner of the room, his eyes on the door.
“How?” she finally drew back to look at him. “How did you know that I was there? How did you get there?”
Harry took a breath and explained about Voldemort sending him a vision and then taking his broom into London.
“And you came alone?” Hermione cried, aghast.
“So he wouldn’t kill you. Yeah. I brought the mirror to call for help as soon as I could.”
“Merlin, Harry,” she wiped roughly at her face. “When I saw you there, I thought we were both going to die.”
“It worked out,” Harry reminded her.
“What happened after you sent me away?”
“Voldemort mostly just monologued at me, and then Dumbledore showed up with he Order, and I got out of there.” That was true. Ish.
“Oh. Oh, that’s good,” Hermione sagged a bit in relief. “I was so afraid…”
“I’m fine,” he promised.
Her eyes narrowed a bit at that, and she looked him over properly. “You are,” she conceded. “But, Harry… How? You put yourself between me and the Death Eaters. And that shelf fell on you. It just hit my ankle, and it broke it in three places, but it fell right on your back. And that fire… We went right through it! And look at your clothes!”
Harry blushed a bit and picked at a piece of lint on Hermione’s blanket. “It’s really not that big of a deal, Hermione. My magic protected me.”
“Yes, but how?” Hermione complained. “Surely you realize that it doesn’t really work like that right? Not for normal people.”
Harry blushed brighter, and silently cursed himself for it.
“Please don’t call me a freak, Hermione.”
Her mouth fell open. “Harry, Merlin, no! That’s not what I meant! Maybe I should have said ‘ordinary people’. Because I know that you’re extraordinary, Harry. Everyone knows that. Your magic is incredible. I just… I’ve never heard of anything like what you’re describing. Your magic just… protecting you… without you using any spells… I just don’t understand it.”
Harry sighed and let go of the mild affront he’d been feeling when Hermione had started calling him abnormal. The Dursleys had always valued normalcy above everything. To be abnormal was to be a freak. He wasn’t entirely sure what to do with Hermione’s definition.
“I don’t understand it all, either, Hermione. I just know how it works for me. When I really need something, my magic usually helps.”
Hermione stared at him, her brow furrowed for a long moment. “You weren’t wearing your glasses. Aren’t you almost blind without them?”
Harry sighed again. “My magic helps me when I need it.” He left it at that.
Hermione nodded slowly.
Before any more could be said, the door opened once more, and another healer entered. This one was a middle-aged man with black hair gone gray over his temples and dark blue eyes. He gave a restrained smile at the two of them.
“Hello, Miss Granger. My name is Healer Grayson. I am the senior healer on shift. I believe you told Healer Smythe that you were attacked. Is that correct?”
Hermione sat up straighter and nodded gravely, “Yes, sir.”
“It is hospital policy to summon aurors whenever a patient reports injuries are due to any kind of attack. Are you ready to speak with them now?” he asked kindly.
Hermione’s chin quivered and she blinked rapidly, but she nodded. “Yes, please,” she said quietly.
“Very well. I’ll tell them that you’re ready.” And he let himself back out of the room.
Hermione immediately reached for the bedside table and pulled open the drawer. “Here,” she passed him the communication mirror.
“Thanks.” Harry tucked it back into his pocket.
Hermione immediately took his hand when it was free and gripped it hard. “Please, don’t leave,” she entreated.
“I’ll stay,” Harry promised.
Hermione took a deep breath, and the door opened once more.
The aurors were wearing their bright red uniforms as they entered. First was a tall, thin man with sandy brown short hair that was neatly combed, and behind him came a much younger man with long black hair clipped back.
The elder man consulted a clipboard he carried before greeting Hermione, “Hello, Miss Granger. I am Auror Greengrass. This is Auror Wilkins. Who’s with you today?”
“Oh, this is Harry,” Hermione said. “He’s my best friend. He can stay, right?”
“If you’re comfortable with it,” Auror Greengrass assured. “St. Mungo’s contacted us because you reported that your injuries were due to an attack. Do you know who it was that attacked you?”
“Death Eaters,” Hermione said quietly.
Both aurors started a bit at hearing that. “Can you describe what happened from the beginning?”
Hermione took a breath, then went on to describe the scene that Harry had been privy to in his mind. She was woken up to men in Death Eater robes and masks barging into her bedroom. They bound her in ropes, and she was then carried out over one of their shoulders. She faltered when she got to the part when they carried her downstairs.
“My parents,” she whispered, and tears streamed from both eyes when she blinked. She had to take a slow, deep breath before she could continue. “They must have silenced the room because it didn’t look like it had been quick.” She paused again, clearly fighting to keep her composure.
Harry let her squeeze his hand as hard as she could, though he was glad that he was durable, or he suspected that it would have hurt. He moved his free hand to clasp the back of her hand as well and just hoped that he was helping.
“They were both dead,” she finished, then shook her head and bit her lip as her chin trembled again. “I think,” she forced herself to go on, “I think they must have wanted me to see. There’s no other reason for them to carry me downstairs before apparating.”
“Take your time, Miss Granger,” Auror Greengrass said compassionately.
Hermione nodded and looked down for a long moment. Finally, she swallowed and lifted her head. “They apparated with me into the Ministry atrium, then they took me down to the Department of Mysteries. I didn’t see anyone but Death Eaters in the ministry the whole time.”
The aurors exchanged grim glances, but didn’t offer an explanation, though it made Harry wonder where they’d been when Death Eaters were invading the building that held their offices. Had the aurors on duty overnight been killed? Or called off site for something?
“They took me to the prophecy room,” Hermione went on. “To row 97. Then they dropped me on the floor and surrounded me. They took turns cursing me, but they didn’t do anything to cause serious damage.”
When she trailed off, Auror Greengrass pressed, “How did you escape, Miss Granger?”
Hermione looked at Harry.
Harry sat up a little straighter when the aurors likewise looked at him. “Voldemort sent me a message that he had her and that he’d kill her unless I showed up alone.”
Both aurors started at Voldemort’s name, though the elder didn’t look frightened so much as startled that someone had actually said it.
“You’re Harry Potter,” the elder man realized aloud. “How did he send you the message, Mr. Potter?”
Harry shrugged, “Dark magic, probably. It came like a vision. Woke me up.”
“So you went to the Ministry. You didn’t try to call anyone for help?”
“He said that he’d kill her,” Harry said firmly. “I wasn’t willing to take a chance on her life. So, no. I didn’t go for help. I got on my broom and put on my invisibility cloak, and I flew to the ministry. I followed the trail Voldemort had shown me down to where they were holding her.”
“And how did you get away?” he pressed.
Harry sighed, really not happy with how much scrutiny he was enduring here. Dante seemed to notice Harry’s growing tension. He’d been watching the newcomers since they’d entered, but now he stood, watching them in utter stillness. Luckily, Harry had seen worse from him around Umbridge, so he trusted that the hound wouldn’t act without his permission. “I distracted them, then picked up Hermione and ran for it,” he explained.
“How did you distract them?” he pressed.
Harry frowned, but he supposed that he was probably going to be best served by giving them something sensational enough to distract them from the even more damning truths. “I have a spirit animal tattoo,” he admitted. “I disillusioned him and sent him to distract them.”
The aurors exchanged looks again.
“Can you manifest the animal for us?” Auror Greengrass asked.
Harry sort of wished that his spirit animal was anything but a giant snake. Well, no, he didn’t wish that Kaa was different. He just wished that Magical Britain didn’t have such ridiculous prejudices against snakes. He lifted the arm that Hermione wasn’t clutching and called for Kaa.
Though he believed, intellectually, that Kaa was fine, it was still a relief to see the snake slither out of his skin again, apparently totally unharmed.
“Master, we are not alone,” Kaa informed him as soon as he was free. His tone indicated that Harry was being very stupid.
Harry just pet the snake on the head, not sure that he wanted to add parseltongue to the situation right now, even though the Prophet had already run stories about it in their quest to discredit him over the last year.
Both aurors took a step back as Kaa wound himself around Harry’s torso and settled on his shoulders.
“I can see how that would be… distracting,” Auror Greengrass said, making a note of something on his clipboard. “So you picked up Miss Granger and ran. Then what happened?”
Harry briefly explained the rest of their flight up to the atrium. “So I set Hermione in the fireplace, then went to grab the floo powder, but the dispenser slowed me down. By the time I got back to her, Voldemort had arrived. I knew that he was after me and not her, so I threw down the floo powder and called for St. Mungo’s, then focused on Voldemort.”
Auror Greengrass was staring at Harry in disbelief now. “How did you survive that?”
“Well, he’s big on monologuing,” Harry shrugged. “I mostly just kept him talking until Dumbledore and some other people showed up to fight him.” It wasn’t as though Harry had actually dueled the man for that long. No point mentioning it at all, probably.
The aurors both were looking at him like he was mad, which confused Harry for a moment until he realized that it might have just been for the familiar way he spoke of Voldemort. The man had lost much of his mystique for Harry by this point, if absolutely none of his scariness. The scariness might be getting worse as Harry saw more of what he was actually capable of. Then again, Harry was a lot more capable of facing him now than he’d been as a first year, so maybe things evened out.
Harry didn’t leave Kaa out for much longer, not wanting more people to see him if a healer were to walk in or something. The snake grumbled a bit, but slid back into Harry’s skin without a fuss. Harry would call him again when he was alone later and explain things.
The questioning went on a little longer as they sought to clarify certain points, but as it wound down, Hermione finally asked, “What will happen to me now? I’ll be seventeen in September, and I can stay with friends until then…”
Auror Greengrass shook his head, “I will send someone from the Department of Child Welfare to speak to you as soon as the office opens this morning.”
Harry blinked, startled to realize that it wasn’t even morning yet. It felt like days since he’d woken to that vision.
“Do you have any family?” Greengrass asked Hermione.
She shook her head, “Not really. Some cousins in France, but I’ve only met them a couple times in my life.”
The aurors exchanged thoughtful glances, then the younger auror spoke for the first time, “Are you betrothed?”
“Yes,” Hermione said. “I am.”
The young auror nodded firmly, “Your betrothed’s family should be your next of kin, then.”
“Oh,” she breathed, and Harry could see some of her tension drain away with that realization.
Harry was very glad that Viktor had wanted the formal betrothal. Blaise had told Harry that the wizarding world took care of its children, but Harry honestly didn’t trust the magical British government to do anything by this point. Hermione was definitely lucky to have somewhere to go with people that she trusted in a place that she was comfortable. She was going to need all the support that she could get right now.
And, Harry realized, Hermione had just lost both of her parents and Ron had lost one of his barely six months ago. And why? What reason did Voldemort and the Death Eaters have for causing so much suffering? They didn’t even pretend that it was for the Greater Good. They were just sadists who wanted free reign to hurt and control everyone around them.
Merlin, that prophecy was sounding better and better.
Before the aurors could leave, there came another knock on the door, and this time it opened to reveal Albus Dumbledore, looking none the worse for the fight Harry had last seen him waging.
The old man greeted both aurors by their first names and bid them a good morning before turning his attention on his students. “Ah, Miss Granger. Mr. Potter. You have had quite the night, it seems. Miss Granger, I believe that you will be spending the night here?”
“Yes, sir,” Hermione said quietly.
“Mr. Potter, I will take you home by way of Hogwarts if you feel up to humoring an old man a discussion after such a trying night. I believe that it is long overdue.”
Harry wished that that was actually optional, but he very much doubted that it was. He turned first to Hermione, “Are you going to be okay without me?”
“Yeah,” she said with a slight hitch in her breath. “Yeah, I’ll just sleep a while.”
Harry didn’t need to hear the lie to know that there would be very little sleep for her this morning. Still, he hugged her again and stood.
Dumbledore gave him a sad smile and led the way back out to the public floos, where he directed Harry to use the address, “Headmaster’s office, Hogwarts!”
Harry stepped out into the office and tried not to shiver at all of the eyes watching him. Roughly half of them were sleeping, or feigning sleep. The rest were staring at him with varying degrees of pity or judgement. Merlin, he didn’t think he’d ever hold this job just for that. He didn’t feel the portraits’ stares as acutely as living people, but it still tingled at his awareness with a faint itch that would drive him batty after a while.
He stepped aside and Dumbledore promptly followed him into the office and invited him to sit as he moved to take his own seat. “Lemon drop?” he offered immediately.
“No,” Harry sighed and took the seat, at least. Amazingly, he didn’t feel physically tired, but he was becoming emotionally exhausted. He didn’t want to deal with Dumbledore, too. He really didn’t. “Sir, are you not a wanted fugitive anymore?” he had to ask first because the aurors hadn’t blinked at the sight of him.
Dumbledore looked momentarily surprised, then gave him a pleased smile, “Minister Fudge arrived with a large retinue just as I was concluding my confrontation with Voldemort. Consequently, the ministry has chosen to immediately drop all charges against me. I believe he reasoned that the public backlash against him would be even worse if he continued to prosecute me in light of Voldemort’s return.”
Harry rolled his eyes, though he honestly wasn’t surprised. He would be equally unsurprised to learn that there had been threats or blackmail from Dumbledore involved. Dumbledore seemed the sort to understand that morals became somewhat flexible when dealing with empowered criminals such as those running Wizarding Britain.
“Now,” Dumbledore went on when Harry didn’t question his explanation. “If you would be so kind as to explain how you found yourself in the situation in which I came upon you this morning?”
So Harry sighed and went through the whole thing again, telling Dumbledore as much as he’d told the aurors. He suspected the man may end up acquiring the auror report anyway, given the aurors that were part of his little club. Though Dumbledore didn’t need an explanation for how Voldemort had sent him the vision, at least. The old man probably knew more about that subject than Harry did.
“And the prophecy?” Dumbledore asked at last, apparently much less interested in Kaa than the aurors had been.
Harry fished it out of his pocket and set it on the desk between them.
Dumbledore eyes focused on it a moment before he looked at Harry again. And he was looking him in the eyes now, Harry noted. Something he’d not done for some time. “Did you listen to it?”
Harry nodded.
“Will you tell me your thoughts?” Dumbledore asked, watching him rather intently.
“I wish you would have told me sooner,” Harry frowned. “Like in first year. When I asked.”
“Should I have?” Dumbledore asked gravely. “Were you prepared to handle it?”
As though Harry hadn’t handled much larger realizations with much larger consequences at that age. “Yes,” he said definitively.
“Maybe you were,” Dumbledore allowed with a definite undertone of doubt.
“I don’t see what the big deal is,” Harry explained. “Voldemort’s been trying to kill me since I was a baby. All the prophecy really says is that I have a chance of being the one to survive between us. If anything, that’s encouraging.”
Dumbledore leaned back and seemed keen to really turn that over in his mind. “That is…” he decided, “a rather inspired way to look at it, Harry.”
Harry just shrugged, not entirely sure how to respond to that. He didn’t have a great track record with authority figures, and authority figures genuinely complimenting him was uncharted territory. Dumbledore genuinely complimenting him was, in Harry’s opinion, suspect.
Dumbledore having heard this prophecy did explain much of Harry’s life, however. Like why Dumbledore had so much to do with it. He wasn’t just protecting a war orphan. He certainly didn’t try to hover over Neville or Susan and worry for their summer plans. No, this had nothing to do with Lily and James or the last war. This was all about the next war. Voldemort’s ultimate defeat.
Merlin, it didn’t matter how awake he felt, he was bloody tired.
Harry hated having Dumbledore so focused on him. He didn’t trust the man as far as he could throw him. Dumbledore had his own goals that had nothing to do with Harry living a long or happy life.
“If you knew this since I was a baby, why not give me extra training so that I could be ready for it? Why dump me with muggles and ignore me for a decade, then let me just muddle through school with everyone else. Did you think Voldemort would wait until I could graduate and get through auror training before coming after me?” Harry couldn’t help but ask.
Dumbledore steepled his fingers on the desk in front of him. “I understand how strange it must seem to you now, my boy, but you must understand how little we knew at the time. Voldemort was gone, and though I felt certain that he would return, it wasn’t as though we knew when or how. Would my actions have been justified if I’d raised you like a child soldier and perhaps Voldemort didn’t return until you were in your thirties? The future was as uncertain then as it is today.
“At the time, I could only try to do my best for you. I couldn’t predict what would happen in ten or twenty years, but I could affect what would happen in the next year or two. I judged the best thing that I could do for you would be to give you a real childhood. Away from both the fame and the inevitable assassination attempts. No child should have to go through that. Yet my options were so few.
“As I said, we did not know where Voldemort had gone or when he would return, nor even for certain who were all of his agents that had evaded arrest. The safest place for you, then, was in the muggle world.”
Harry’s magic was still on edge from the night, and it was bristling now as Harry listened to the old man natter on about this bullshite. “Fine,” he interrupted before his magic could do it for him. “You left me with abusive muggles for my own good. Thanks.”
“Abusive?” Dumbledore asked, his brow lowered, and his eyes darkened with concern that Harry almost believed. Maybe it was even real, but Harry didn’t think for a second that the old man would do anything differently if given the chance.
“Yes,” Harry sighed for what felt like the thousandth time tonight. How he wanted to give the old man a list of grievances, but he restrained himself. Firstly, because it wouldn’t do any good. It wasn’t like he’d get a genuine apology out of it, and it was too late for him to need rescue. At most, he’d get relocated to somewhere more secure where he couldn’t as easily sneak about. Which also wasn’t something he needed right now.
“What do you mean, Harry?” Dumbledore pressed when Harry didn’t go on.
Harry scoffed in disbelief, “Oh, now you want to know?” He shook his head as his magic bristled. “Now that I’m nearly sixteen and they’re leaving me alone because I’m old enough to fight back? I needed you to ask that question when I was eleven. Or better, before I started Hogwarts, you might have checked on me once.” Harry cut himself off and took a breath as his magic started to grow concerningly agitated. He winced slightly as one of the trinkets on the desk rattled a bit.
Dumbledore’s eyes fell on it for just a second before returning to Harry. “It seems that I may have made more mistakes regarding your life than I was aware,” he said gravely.
Harry looked away and sighed. “Look, I’m tired. Can I just go to bed now?” he complained.
“Soon,” Dumbledore placated. “We do have a few more things to discuss first, my boy.”
“Such as?” Harry asked, tightening his grip on his magic as much as he could.
“Have you not wondered why Voldemort chose to lure you to take the prophecy?”
Harry took off his glasses for a moment so that he could scrub a hand down his face. “Do you know?” he prompted.
And so Harry found himself forced to endure Dumbledore’s extremely long-winded explanation of how he originally heard the prophecy from Professor Trelawney – which explained why the Seer had looked familiar to Harry – during a job interview that he was holding in a private room at the Hogshead of all places.
That someone – a young Death Eater who would, apparently, remain unnamed – had heard the first part of the prophecy and taken it to Voldemort, setting the Dark Lord on the path to kill Harry’s parents when Harry ended up being born at the end of July.
Dumbledore then belabored the mistakes that he had made with Harry in not being more honest with him. That perhaps he should have told him the truth sooner. He confessed that he’d guessed at Harry’s connection to Voldemort when Harry was one. That he had guessed that Voldemort would try to lure Harry into the Department of Mysteries. Apparently, Dumbledore knew everything, but chose to keep it to himself. And he was so fucking good at interweaving truth and manipulation that even Harry couldn’t fully sort out what parts of it reflected Dumbledore’s true feelings and which bits were told just slant enough to deceive without outright lying.
“Did you not wonder why it was not I who told you about my suspicions regarding your connection to Voldemort. Why it was not I who taught you occlumency?” Dumbledore probed.
“I assumed that you were busy,” Harry said, because he could lie without lying, too. His tone might suggest that he meant the statement innocently, but Harry truly had assumed that Dumbledore was simply too busy to bother with Harry when he could delegate. Because he knew that Dumbledore didn’t truly care about him. He never had. That bullshite with Figg had proved that more effectively than anything else could have.
Dumbledore didn’t seem to notice anything amiss as he went on to explain that he’d kept his distance because he suspected that Voldemort would soon be playing around in Harry’s mind, manipulating and misdirecting his thoughts, and Dumbledore was really doing a service by just ignoring the whole situation. So as not to encourage Voldemort to start any sooner than he otherwise might. That Voldemort might possess Harry in Dumbledore’s presence in order to encourage Dumbledore to kill Harry in hopes of getting Voldemort, too.
What a fucking joke. Harry didn’t doubt that Dumbledore would have arranged exactly that situation had he thought it would work. He didn’t believe for an instant that Dumbledore cared more about protecting Harry than about killing Voldemort, but again, it was phrased in such a way that he couldn’t be completely sure.
Dumbledore continued to explain in much greater detail than was really necessary, presumably to give himself more opportunity to skew the tale in the direction that he wanted.
“From the comments of some of the Death Eaters during and immediately following the battle,” Dumbledore went on, “I believe that Miss Granger was taken directly from her home and that her parents were killed?”
“Yeah,” Harry said hoarsely. The sense-memory of Hermione sobbing on his shoulder was still entirely too fresh. It was almost enough to make him glad that his parents were dead – or his mum and step-dad, at least. He’d never feel such pain in the way that his friends did. He’d been too young to understand at the time, and he’d had a lifetime to get used to their absence in his life by now. Even if he did eventually grow close to his real father, the man was immortal, so that shouldn’t be a problem.
“I am sorry, my boy. Your friends have suffered much in the last year,” Dumbledore said with watery blue eyes.
Harry nodded at his lap. He didn’t need Dumbledore’s sympathy, but he wasn’t prepared to totally alienate the headmaster just yet either.
“Miss Granger will be looked after,” Dumbledore promised.
“I know,” Harry nodded. He didn’t mention the betrothal. If they were lucky, she’d be long gone before Dumbledore could send someone to take her in. He didn’t know if Dumbledore would actually try to prevent her from going to Bulgaria with the Krums, but he didn’t trust the old man enough to risk it.
“I cannot say for certain how the Death Eaters tracked her in the muggle world, but I suspect that one of the Slytherin students may have pointed her out to their parents on the train platform in London. A simple tracking spell cast on her trunk or clothes would have been enough to let them follow her to her home at their leisure,” Dumbledore said.
“Why didn’t anyone think to prevent that?” Harry asked. “Why didn’t we think that she’d be in danger even outside the wizarding world?”
Dumbledore shook his head, “We thought that Voldemort would focus on you, I’m afraid. On the ministry and on ministry personnel and on the order. It seems obvious in hindsight, Harry, but so do all things.”
The floo flared green, interrupting the conversation, and Harry turned to see Sirius stumble out with wide, wild eyes, “Where’s Harry?” he demanded a moment before his eyes fell on Harry and he rushed forward to all but drag Harry out of his chair and into a tight embrace. “Harry,” Sirius gasped. “You’re okay.” He drew back suddenly and held Harry at arm’s length, scrutinizing his face intently. “You’re okay?” he made it a question this time.
“I’m fine, Sirius,” Harry tried to soothe the man. “I didn’t even get cursed this time.”
Sirius sighed like he was deflating and pulled Harry in for another hug. “Please stop scaring me like that,” he whinged. “My heart can’t take it, pup.”
Harry patted his godfather’s back somewhat awkwardly. First Hermione and now Sirius. Harry wasn’t equipped for comforting people. It wasn’t as though he had much experience with people comforting him. When he was upset around Ron and Hermione, Ron would just tell him that everything would work out and Hermione would usually just give him fretful lectures, which, though well-intentioned, didn’t make him feel any better.
“Sirius, perhaps you can return Harry to Privet Drive? I believe he’s quite ready to rest at this point,” Dumbledore said after giving them a few moments.
“Yeah,” Sirius said with a frown. “Yeah, all right. Are you ready to go, Prongslet?”
“More than,” Harry said. He glanced down at his clothes and winced slightly. Hopefully it was still early enough that no one on Privet Drive would be looking out their windows to see him show up like this.
Harry followed Sirius to Grimmauld Place via the floo. The moment that the floo released its hold on him, Harry felt the soothing Dark magic of the wards around him and his magic finally began to relax. He dragged his feet as much as he could while Sirius led him out of the house.
They stepped off the stoop and Harry felt the soothing magic of the wards fall away.
Sirius cast a discrete notice-me-not around them to ensure there wouldn’t be any muggles looking as Sirius took his hand and apparated them.
It only took a moment for Harry to recognize where they’d landed. It was Mrs. Figg’s garden. Harry clenched his jaw and felt his magic flare right back up in irritation at the reminder of Dumbledore’s actions against him growing up. To not only leave him with the Dursleys, but to set a spy on him who actively worked to make his life worse to please the Dursleys.
With the notice-me-not still active, Sirius led the way back toward Number 4 Privet Drive. “I wish that you could stay at Headquarters with me,” Sirius said as they walked. “Dumbledore says that you need to recharge the wards, though, and that’s going to take at least a couple of weeks. I wish that you didn’t have to be cooped up here after what you went through tonight.”
Harry shrugged, forcibly ignoring the “Dumbledore says” in Sirius’ sentence, “It’s not that bad anymore.”
They walked a bit in silence before Sirius said, “Promise me that you’re not going to do this again, pup.”
“I can’t do that, Sirius,” Harry said. “If I need to risk my life to save a friend, I’ll do it every time. Sorry.” And he was sorry that he was giving his godfather stress. That certainly wasn’t his intention.
Sirius groaned, but after a few moments, he nodded. “Yeah, I guess I can’t blame you for that.”
They stopped on the walk in front of Number 4 and Sirius pulled Harry into another tight hug. “Don’t be stupid, Harry. And for Merlin’s sake, use the mirror before you run into danger next time.”
Harry laughed quietly and patted Sirius on the back. “I’ll see what I can do.”
Sirius pulled away and gave him an exasperated look, but he didn’t press the issue.
Harry let himself into the still-sleeping house and heaved another weary sigh. He went to his room and gathered a clean set of clothes, then headed for the bathroom.
He nearly ran into Petunia as he stepped into the hallway and he realized it must be later than he’d thought if she was already up, though she was typically the earliest riser in the house. “Good morning,” he said neutrally.
Petunia’s very wide eyes ran down and back up his scorched and bloodied clothes.
“You really don’t want to know,” he said with an insincere smile when she met his eyes again.
He brushed past her into the bathroom before she could decide whether to comment or flee.
He supposed that he’d need to shower and then write to Blaise. He may have to send him a quick note via Dobby, then write him a longer one for Hedwig to deliver. He didn’t want Blaise reading about this in the morning paper before Harry could tell him that he was just fine.
Harry started the shower, deliberately turning it hotter than necessary. He was in the mood to leave Vernon with a cold shower before work.
Notes:
I find Dumbledore incredibly irritating to write. He's such a long-winded berk. Never use ten words when five paragraphs will do. The man can natter on for pages without actually coming out and saying anything definitive. I hope that I did him justice in this chapter. I pulled out OoTP and read through some of that last scene with Harry and Dumbledore to get a feel for it.
Anyway. There's one more Year Five chapter after this and then we're onto Year Six! Love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 30: Year Five - part 12
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Visiting Hours
When he’d finished writing his letters to Blaise, Harry also wrote one to Ron to fill him in on what had happened overnight. Once the letters were sent off, Harry laid down and managed to pass out for a few hours.
He was up before noon, and he called Dobby to pop him to the Diagon Alley apparition zone, from which he went to the Leaky Cauldron and floo’d to St. Mungo’s. There was a different witch at the desk, but she didn’t more than glance at him before pointing him back toward Hermione’s room when he asked after her. Now that he was clean and dressed decently, he didn’t draw much attention.
Happily, no one seemed to be expecting him to show up, so he supposed that Hermione’s being here hadn’t made it into the Daily Prophet just yet.
He entered Hermione’s room cautiously, not sure what to expect after last night, but he found her seated in front of the little window in her room. She was dressed in what he guessed were hospital-issue robes, and her eyes were very red and puffy. She quickly wiped at her cheeks as he entered, then stood to greet him with a hug that was very subdued from the enthusiastic ones he was used to her bestowing on him.
“I didn’t expect you to come back today,” she greeted. “Didn’t you go back to the Dursleys?”
“Sure did,” Harry said lightly, “but it’s not like I’m locked in. And I couldn’t not come and see you.”
Hermione managed a weak smile. “The social worker came by early this morning. She contacted Mr. and Mrs. Krum. I haven’t talked to them, but she said they’d be by to pick me up and take me home. Probably quite soon now.” She pinched her lips together and fought for composure a moment before she continued. “I assume that they’ll help me to plan the funeral and take care of the house… I don’t… I’m just so glad that I’ve got them.”
“So am I,” Harry gripped her hand and squeezed gently. “I don’t mind if you cry, you know. I think you’ve plenty of right.”
Hermione gave him another pale shadow of a smile and shook her head, “No. I mean, yes, I’m sure I do, but… I need to get through the day. I cried for hours and I’ll cry hours more tonight, I’m sure, but I need to get through the day. I need to know that I can.”
Harry nodded. He understood, but he wasn’t sure what to say.
Hermione breathed carefully for a moment, then leaned in and hugged him again, holding him tightly. He felt her chest hitch a few times with stifled sobs, but she didn’t begin crying.
A knock on the door drew them apart and Harry turned with Hermione to see Mrs. Krum open the door enough to see in.
“May we come in?” she asked.
“Of course,” Hermione said quickly, drawing away from Harry, and moving to welcome the Krums into the room.
Mrs. Krum gave her a gentle hug, and then Mr. Krum gripped her shoulder supportively. Finally, Viktor entered the room and lifted her right off the ground into his arms.
Harry looked away and smiled a little to himself, momentarily aching to be in Blaise’s arms again. He pushed the thought away quickly to focus on the room.
“The social worker did not say what happened,” Mr. Krum spoke up when Viktor and Hermione finally parted. “He said that your parents were killed and you in the hospital, but he did not give any particulars.”
Hermione sent Harry an agonized glance.
Harry nodded and began to explain while Hermione hid her face against Viktor’s chest. “Death Eaters went to her house and abducted her,” Harry said gravely. “They killed her parents first, while she was still sleeping. They took her in order to lure me to the Ministry to try to kill me.”
“And Harry showed up alone and saved my life,” Hermione finished firmly.
Harry gave her a weak smile. “Of course, I did.”
“Harry,” Viktor drew his attention. “My debt to you is greater than I can ever repay. You have saved my life and now the life of my intended.”
Harry awkwardly rubbed the back of his neck. “Well, really saving Hermione was completely selfish on my part. She’s my best friend.”
“Even still,” Mr. Krum spoke up. “Our family owes you much, Mr. Potter.”
Harry wasn’t sure what to do with the extremely sincere declarations, so he ended up just nodding awkwardly and getting out of there. He gave Hermione another hug, then shook hands with both male Krums, gave Mrs. Krum a nod, and finally made it out the door.
“Blimey,” he sighed as he made his way back out of the hospital. Genuine gratitude, like comfort, was something he’d not experienced enough to quite know what to do with. He did appreciate their acknowledging that he’d done something they appreciated, but he didn’t know how to respond once they refused his trying to brush it off.
He’d have to write to her in the next few days and ask her to pass on the funeral plans to him. He’d do his best to sneak away to attend.
Contingencies
It was the second day after the ministry debacle that the Prophet gave the names of the Death Eaters arrested at the Ministry. There were about half a dozen. The rest, presumably, having gotten away.
The most amazing story that Harry found was about Lucius Malfoy. According to the story in the Prophet, Lucius Malfoy had been a victim that night who had managed to survive against all odds. After having been Imperiused into taking the Mark and working as a Death Eater in the last war, the Death Eaters had targeted him again, abducting him and dragging him to the Ministry to get them through nighttime security.
Harry found himself something between in complete disbelief and utterly unsurprised. It was hard to believe that people were that stupid, but he wasn’t actually surprised that they might be that corrupt. Malfoy had been the ringleader that night, and he was apparently coming out of this looking like some kind of hero.
This country didn’t deserve to have someone sweep in and save them. They’d elected this corrupt cesspit calling itself a government, after all.
It was in reading that article that Harry really started thinking about Voldemort’s threats in the Ministry. Someone like Lucius Malfoy would be ideally placed to start spreading rumors about how Harry was using Dark magic into the right ears. Harry wasn’t sure if it was really possible for them to be out for him more than they’d been in the last year when they’d actually sent Dementors to his home in hopes that they’d take his soul.
Still… Putting into place a contingency or two to fall back on in case he was arrested would probably be a good idea. Like a way to access his Gringotts vault if he was a fugitive.
So Harry called Dobby as soon as he’d finished his breakfast and was quickly popped to Diagon Alley once more.
He went directly to Gringotts and at the teller, he asked after his account manager. He was taken down a hallway off the back of the lobby and led to an office, where he was introduced to his account manager, Oreblok.
“Do you ever work with muggle banks?” Harry asked once the bare minimum pleasantries had been accomplished and he was seated in front of the goblin’s desk.
“Of course, Mr. Potter,” Oreblok replied.
“What about in America?” Harry ventured, though he wasn’t hopeful.
The goblin paused a moment in well-banked surprise, but then responded, “We are entirely capable of providing you with a muggle bank card that will work anywhere in the muggle world. There is a small annual fee for the service, of course, and you will not be able to access your primary family vault until you turn seventeen.”
Harry blinked a little. He hadn’t really thought about the family vault before, though of course there must be one. Given the riches in the family artifact vault, it wouldn’t make much sense for Harry’s personal vault to be the extent of the family wealth. “I am allowed to know how much is in the family vault?” he asked, since his future plans would be influenced by that number. He expected that it would likely be enough that he’d never have to work in his life. Just given the looks of the artifact vault. But he didn’t want to make assumptions. For all he knew, the artifacts were retained from prior generations and the actual family wealth had dwindled.
“Of course,” Oreblok answered, standing to move to the back wall and retrieve a black leather-bound book. He placed it on the desk as he resumed his seat, and he opened it to the first page, then turned it around for Harry to view.
Harry’s breath caught a little at the sight of the number. Wow. Yeah, okay. He’d never have to work. That security was an amazing feeling. Particularly since he wasn’t sure how well he’d do at trying to settle down somewhere. If he ended up moving around a lot due to enemies or stalkers or anything, then this bank account was going to be vitally important.
“Some of this, as you can see,” the goblin pointed a clawed finger at the lines above the one that Harry had been most concerned with, “has been willed to you since your parents’ death. There is also the interest accrued,” he indicated another line.
“That’s great. Thank you.” Harry waited until the goblin put the book away before asking, “Okay, I’m not sure how it works in the magical world, but I know that, in the muggle world, there are circumstances in which the government can lock someone out of their account or even seize everything in them. How does that work here?”
“That is not a problem that Gringotts’ clients suffer,” the goblin said rather smugly. “Due to the treaties between the Ministry of Magic and the goblin nation, Gringotts bank is considered sovereign ground. Any attempt by the Ministry to influence or access our client accounts would be considered an act of war. Should that occur, our clients would suffer a little inconvenience in accessing their accounts due to increased security, but the accounts would still be available. There is a reason so many magical humans trust Gringotts with their wealth,” he goblin added with satisfaction.
Harry nodded, impressed. It was very good to know that this didn’t seem at all negotiable. Harry was not a trusting person by nature, and leaving all of his wealth in the hands of anyone that wasn’t him didn’t sit quite right, but between that assurance and knowing that his elves would be available to run to the bank for him, if necessary, Harry felt quite reassured.
“That’s great!” he smiled. “I’d like to get that bank card then. And is it possible to link it to my family vault so that I can access it as soon as I turn seventeen, even if I can’t get to the bank?”
Oreblok agreed and Harry was swiftly set up with the sleekest-looking bank card that he’d ever seen. It was plain matte black on both sides with no raised numbers or company symbols or anything. Just his name in a shiny gold that looked like it might actually be gold leaf and the faint outline of the magnetic strip. “It can be used at any business that accepts any kind of muggle card anywhere in the world. It can also be used in ATMs to withdraw funds in any muggle currency the machine allows. The machines will ask for a pin number. Simply select all zeros. The card will only work if you have just touched it.”
Harry thanked the goblin and pocketed the card. On his way out, he requested a trip down to his artifact vault, where he regretfully parted with the majority of his Dark Arts books collection. He liked having them with him to reference whenever the mood struck, but he couldn’t risk the whole collection getting confiscated if he did end up getting arrested. He could always send an elf to retrieve a book if he really needed to look something up. He kept the books that he hadn’t had a chance to read yet.
When he left the bank, Harry headed directly for Knockturn Alley. He may as well stop by the bookshop before going back to the Dursleys. He didn’t want to push his luck by sneaking out too often this summer. The guard on him had likely been increased after what had happened to Hermione, and Harry didn’t want to risk getting caught.
The less rebellious Dumbledore believed him to be, the more privacy and freedom he was likely to get, after all.
Knockturn Alley was a little darker and a little livelier than the last time he’d been there, he noticed right away. Voldemort was back and people knew it now, which was making Diagon more gloomy, but having the opposite effect in Knockturn. It wasn’t surprising. The Ministry had been violently repressing all things Dark since Voldemort’s fall. It had to feel liberating to have him back, even if most of these people probably had nothing to actually do with him.
Or rather because these people had nothing to do with him. Harry was rather certain that Voldemort’s direct followers weren’t feeling liberated right now.
Harry did notice that he was getting more dirty looks than he was generally used to in Knockturn, but he supposed that wasn’t surprising. Most people still saw him as Harry Potter, Vanquisher of You-Know-Who.
Harry ignored them and let himself into the bookshop that he’d come to like so much. The owner roused himself so far as to mutter a gruff greeting when he recognized Harry, but Harry just gave him a smile and retreated into the stacks. He’d ask after any books the man might have set aside for him when he checked out. At the moment, he just wanted to browse and do a bit of reading in the relaxing Dark magic that permeated the Alley.
Funeral
It was three days after Harry had last seen Hermione that the funeral took place. Harry, of course, had to sneak out to attend. He didn’t want to use Dobby or Winky to get out. There was a high chance that he’d be found out for this trip, and he didn’t want to give up the secret of his elves. It would be better if there was a traceable path that didn’t include them. Just in case anyone decided to trace it.
He could tell where everyone was in his vicinity thanks to his ability to sense people’s life force or whatever it was, so it wasn’t overly difficult to sneak away. His minder was under the tree in the front yard, which was a sensible place for him to be as the backyard was surrounded by a two-meter privacy fence. And they weren’t expecting Harry to be actively trying to sneak away, particularly not as he didn’t think he was supposed to realize that they were there.
Harry went into the back garden and grabbed the top of the fence, pulling himself up enough to peek into his neighbor’s yard. Finding that it looked empty and there were no faces at the windows, Harry easily pulled himself up and over the fence. With his ridiculous strength these days, lifting his own body weight wasn’t enough to cause him any strain.
He crossed quickly to the next street before anyone could notice him wandering around on private property, then just strolled in the direction of the train station. With his new bank card, it was nothing to purchase a train ticket into London. The taxi ride that followed was equally simple.
Harry tipped the driver, then entered the cemetery on foot. He kept his wits about him, wary for any Death Eaters who might have been planning to crash the party. Or even waiting to see if he would show up specifically, but he didn’t sense anyone suspicious around.
The gathering was easy enough to find. There were about thirty-five people and a corresponding collection of vehicles parked nearby. Harry suspected that most, if not all of the guests were muggles based on the fact that he didn’t recognize anyone and that they were all dressed quite appropriately.
Hermione was seated front and center with Viktor on one side of her and his parents on the other.
Harry stayed at the back, leaning against a tree and watching without going close enough that anyone would feel like they could talk to him.
It was a pretty nice ceremony. Several different people stood up to talk about their memories of the couple. A pastor gave a nice speech. Then the coffins were lowered into the ground together. Hermione seemed to spend a lot of time crying into Viktor’s shoulder.
When it was over, Hermione stood and endured condolences from the attendees as they slowly made their way to their cars and left. Harry did notice an invisible watcher arrive shortly after the funeral started, but he recognized Tonks by the feel of her, so he ignored it. He supposed that she was here in case any Death Eaters showed up – probably tasked with sending a message to Dumbledore if that happened.
When most of the muggles had left, Harry finally approached Hermione, who turned to him with an extremely strained smile, which melted into surprise when she identified him. She immediately threw herself into his arms and cried on his shoulder for a minute before she managed to pull it together.
Viktor placed a clean handkerchief in Hermione’s hand the moment she drew back from Harry, and she quickly wiped her face and blew her nose, then shook her head ruefully. “I’m sorry!” she said when she was done. “I didn’t expect you to actually show up, Harry. It means so much to me that you came.”
“Or course, I did,” Harry smiled softly, his brow furrowed in sympathy. “You’re my best friend, Hermione. They’d have had to lock me up to keep me away.”
“You idiot,” Hermione chastised with a weak smile. “You’re lucky nothing happened.”
“You’re worth the risk,” Harry said firmly.
Hermione sobered into sad fondness at his words.
Harry glanced at the grave. “So how are you holding up?” he asked.
“Okay,” Hermione admitted. “As well as I can be, I think. I’ve been talking to a mind healer. Just trying to come to terms with everything. It’s been… helpful.” She looked at her shoes a moment, then took a breath and said, “I’m not coming back to Hogwarts. Mr. and Mrs. Krum don’t think it’s a good idea.”
“I agree,” Harry said firmly.
She looked up with surprise, as though she’d actually expected him to be angry about it.
“I’m selfish, Hermione,” Harry shrugged. “If it was up to me, I’d ship everyone that I care about far away. I am incredibly grateful that you won’t be in the middle of what’s coming.”
Hermione sagged at the reminder, “But what if you die because I’m not here to help?” she whispered.
“If I die, it won’t be your fault,” Harry said firmly, because that was a real possibility, and he hated the idea of Hermione thinking it was somehow her fault. “It’ll be the fault of whoever killed me and please don’t ever believe otherwise.”
Hermione hastily wiped at her eyes again.
“And it’s not like I can’t write and ask you questions,” he tried to soften the blow.
“I have an idea for that!” she said quickly. “I think I can make us notebooks connected with a protean charm so that we can write back and forth instantly.”
Harry grinned. “That would be great! I’m sure you’ll get it figured out.”
Hermione seemed to wilt again a moment later, her eyes drifting back toward the grave. A moment of silence passed before she quietly confessed, “My parents aren’t in there. They’re going to be interred on Krum land, for security.”
“Probably a good idea,” Harry acknowledged. He knew enough Dark magic to know how much could be done with the corpse or even skeleton of a direct blood relation. It made him wonder where his parents were buried. He’d probably have to ask Sirius when his sentence at the Dursleys was complete for the summer.
“This was just for my neighbors and my parents’ friends and colleagues. It would have been too strange otherwise. And they deserved a chance to say goodbye, too. We just told everyone that it was a home invasion gone bad.” She looked exhausted just talking about it. She glanced back at Mr. and Mrs. Krum, who were standing a respectful distance away now, letting her talk to Harry.
“Well, I suppose we need to get going,” Hermione said regretfully.
Harry nodded. “Yeah, you go ahead. Write to me when you feel up to it, okay?”
Hermione hugged him again and Harry said goodbye to the Krums, then turned back the way he’d arrived.
He wasn’t surprised when he felt Tonks join him as soon as they were firmly out of earshot of everyone else.
“Wocher, Harry,” she said when she was right next to him.
“Hello, Tonks,” he smiled a little.
“How’d you know I was here?” Tonks asked with a pout in her voice.
“You’re not that quiet,” Harry said. It wasn’t a lie. Her stumbling over everything and nothing was the furthest thing from subtle, though of course it wasn’t he main reason that he’d known she was there.
He heard a huff, and then, “I could have been a Death Eater. You should have run away.”
Harry smiled at where he could feel her, “I don’t think the Death Eaters are quite that clumsy.” Harry laughed and dodged the swat that she aimed at his shoulder.
“No fair!” Tonks complained when she missed. “You couldn’t have seen that coming.”
“Intuition.”
“Whatever. Come on, Potter. Head to that little shed to your left. I’ll apparate you back to Privet Drive. Albus isn’t going to be happy that you snuck out.”
Harry shrugged. “Then he should have arranged for someone to bring me. It’s not like I was going to miss this. And you were obviously coming anyway.”
“True,” Tonks allowed. “I suppose he thought you might want some peace and quiet for the rest of the summer.”
“And his tendency to assume instead of ask is the reason that I had to sneak out.”
“Fair enough,” Tonks sighed, “but you didn’t hear it from me.”
Notes:
Okay, so when I was plotting this, I thought the second scene was going to be quite a bit longer. Then I went to start writing it, and I realized how incredibly boring it was going to be if I fleshed out every little detail. We've all read "Harry goes to Gringotts to speak to his account manager" like a hundred times at this point, right? So I did my best to just tell all the boring bits, so it turned out really short. And then the whole chapter was short. Normally, I'd just add a scene from the next chapter, but this is the last Year Five chapter, so we're just going to have a sub-4,000 word chapter. It'll be fine. The world will not end. People will not unsubscribe. Everything's going to be okay.
ANYWAY!
So we've got Hermione headed to Bulgaria and dropping out of Hogwarts. We've got Lucius holding on to his freedom and even improving his reputation after leading Death Eaters into the Department of Mysteries and torturing a teenage girl. We've got Harry just ready to wash his hands of magical Britain entirely if only he didn't have a personal bone to pick with Voldemort at this point. Things are going great!
Love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 31: Year Six - part 1
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Live Bait
Harry was surprised when he received a letter from Dumbledore informing him that he’d be picked up right in the middle of July. He was used to waiting another three or four weeks to be relieved of the muggle tedium.
Of course, he wasn’t about to complain. Not when he’d have more time at Grimmauld Place surrounded by those lovely Dark wards. Sneaking out was slightly more difficult at Grimmauld and his free time was more curtailed as he was around people who actually wanted to see him, but it was a fair trade just for the unparalleled restful sleep.
Whenever he settled down as an adult, he knew that putting up wards like that on his house was going to be a high priority, and not just for security.
Harry did wonder a bit if the early extraction from the Dursleys was due to what had happened at the beginning of summer. If maybe someone was acknowledging the fact that he wasn’t all that safe here in the muggle world and so they were only having him stay long enough to recharge the alleged wards.
Harry did take his glasses off and pack them in his trunk. He was sick of wearing the things, and he was ready to risk getting caught out in a lie about muggle contacts in exchange for not having to wear them anymore.
With how much his magic had grown in the last year and now with Dante and his animagus form, Harry was much more willing to risk going on the run if it became necessary.
Dumbledore, of course, arrived punctually at eleven p.m., which seemed rather late, but he supposed it was when Dumbledore could squeeze him into his schedule.
Harry hadn’t bothered to warn the Dursleys of Dumbledore’s planned arrival since he saw no need to either extend them the courtesy or to speak to them at all when not absolutely required. He suffered enough of their voices now that his hearing had improved so much in the last school year. And their voices definitely weren’t the worst of the things he’d heard in this house thanks to that particular ability. He was very, very ready to leave.
From downstairs, Harry could hear Dumbledore greet the Dursleys at the door, realize that he was not expected, and invite himself inside.
Harry hurried down the stairs with his trunk, quite ready to be out of this place, even if the price was spending a bit of time with Dumbledore.
The Dursleys looked rather comical, standing around in their pajamas, staring between Dumbledore and Harry with some combination of terror and outrage. Harry flashed them a smile and all three averted their eyes.
Dumbledore introduced himself to them and mentioned that he had corresponded with Petunia. Because of course he had. It was as though Dumbledore didn’t even realize that mentioning that could in any way upset Harry. As though there was no reason that he might be angry to know that he as purposely raised in a bubble of ignorance while everyone around him knew about the secrets shaping his life. Dumbledore then went on to assume that they’d invited him in to sit.
Reluctantly, Harry put down his trunk and followed him to the living room. “Sir, are we not leaving?” he asked hopefully.
“Ah,” Dumbledore smiled as he took a seat on the sofa. “Indeed, we are, but there are a few matters we need to discuss first. And I would prefer not to do so in the open. We shall trespass upon your aunt and uncle’s hospitality only a little longer.”
Harry held in a highly aggrieved sigh only through extreme willpower, firmly reminding himself that he was not meant to be alienating the headmaster at this juncture.
With an alarmingly quick draw and flick of his wand, Dumbledore had levitated the other sofa to zip across the room and sweep all three Dursleys off their feet and onto it. He then deposited it back where it came from and had the gall to tell them that they should be comfortable.
Harry couldn’t help but slightly admire the way the headmaster hid his torment under a friendly, genial veneer, though he did wonder if he was meant to be entertained rather than reasonably unnerved by the casual cruelty. Harry also noticed the blackened, shriveled appearance of Dumbledore’s hand. He tried to remember if it had been the way the last time he’d seen Dumbledore, but he didn’t think so. If it had been, then Dumbledore had taken pains to conceal it, for he certainly would have remembered had he seen it. There was a strange feeling to the man’s… aura or whatever. It felt… tainted. Sickly. Withering, almost.
Was Dumbledore dying?
Cautiously, Harry took the remaining seat and waited for Dumbledore to get through whatever it was that he wanted to say.
Dumbledore, of course, was probably physically incapable of just getting to the point. So he first had to take time to chastise the Dursleys for not offering him a drink, then to summon his own from who knew where. He pronounced it Madam Rosmerta’s finest oak matured mead, and proceeded to fill five glasses. As though the Dursleys wouldn’t sooner die than drink something he offered to them.
Harry accepted his own glass and held it without any desire to drink it – though he honestly didn’t know if his body or magic would be susceptible to poison or mild-influencing potions at this point. Best not to risk it.
The Dursleys were trying to ignore the offering, but Dumbledore continued to torment them by letting the glasses continuously levitate over them, bumping them repeatedly on the head.
“First off, I imagine that Miss Granger has informed you that she has gone to live with Mr. and Mrs. Krum in light of her parents’ murder. I wanted to be sure that you were aware that she has been withdrawn from Hogwarts for the coming year.”
Harry nodded.
Dumbledore replied with a terribly sad smile, then turned his attention to the Dursleys. “Now, as you are no doubt aware, Harry comes of age in a year’s time-“
Petunia immediately broke in to argue that it would be two years as Harry was a month younger than Dudley. Dumbledore corrected her about the age at which wizards were considered adults.
“Now, as you already know, the wizard called Lord Voldemort has returned to this country. The wizarding community is currently in a state of open warfare. Harry, whom Lord Voldemort has already attempted to kill on a number of occasions is in even greater danger now than the day when I left him upon your doorstep fifteen years ago, with a letter explaining about his parents’ murder and expressing the hope that you would care for him as though he were your own.”
Harry did his best to keep his magic contained as it grew increasingly agitated in response to fucking Dumbledore’s bullshite. Who leaves a baby on the doorstep? What if they’d decided not to keep him at all? He could have ended up anywhere.
That thought made Harry wonder if he’d left a compulsion charm on the basket.
Dumbledore was busy pausing in his speech to give the Dursleys a mild look that nonetheless intimated his anger.
Harry couldn’t resist rolling his eyes at that, though he was pretty sure that no one was paying him any attention, so he doubted that it mattered. He just couldn’t believe Dumbledore coming in here at the eleventh hour and playing white knight.
“You did not do as I asked. You have never treated Harry as a son. He has known nothing but neglect and often cruelty at your hands. The best that can be said is that he has at least escaped the appalling damage you have inflicted upon the unfortunate boy sitting between you.”
Harry wondered if this was meant to be Dumbledore’s way of apologizing for his mistakes regarding Harry’s childhood after Harry had mentioned them on their last meeting. If so, he was hitting wildly off the mark by so blatantly illustrating how much he could have helped Harry if he’d ever bothered to turn up at any point in the last fifteen years. The Dursleys were cowards. It wouldn’t have taken much to intimidate them into treating Harry decently. Hell, if he’d bothered to ring the doorbell instead of leaving Harry on the doorstep that night, he could have taken five minutes to add a threat regarding his care and it would have changed everything.
Vernon sputtered a bit over the idea that he might have mistreated his son in any way, but Dumbledore ignored it as he went on to explain that Harry had powerful protection while he could call the Dursleys house “home”, however miserable his time there.
Harry found himself glaring at the far corner of the room, clenching his fists and breathing carefully as he worked to keep his temper and thus his magic in check. Dumbledore congratulating himself on protecting Harry while blaming any mistreatment on the Dursleys as though he had no culpability was enraging.
The old man went on to explain that Harry would need to remain with them the following summer just until his birthday. Harry privately wondered why he had to stay that long next summer when two weeks seemed to be enough this summer, but he didn’t bother to ask. He was absolutely certain that Dumbledore would do whatever he had decided to do, and no amount of logic or pleading was going to help. Not to say that Harry was entirely resigned to coming back the following summer. After all, he need only disappear for a few weeks and then he’d be seventeen and no one could do anything about it…
Finally, they were on their way out of the dreaded fucking house. For the last time, if Harry was lucky.
Dumbledore sent Harry’s trunk and Hedwig’s cage away with a flick of a wand and an explanation that they would be waiting for him at Grimmauld Place once they were done with whatever errand Dumbledore had planned.
Dumbledore then side-along apparated Harry, who found the experience pretty much the worst thing ever. It was nothing like apparating with Sirius had been because his magic did not trust Dumbledore and it was already riled by the conversation with the Dursleys. Harry had everything he could do to keep his magic from attacking the man mid-trip, which he knew enough about apparition to know would be a Very Bad Thing.
Harry was a little surprised that Dumbledore had underestimated him enough to risk it. Surely the man must know that Harry was magically powerful, even if he didn’t realize how much. How had he thought that was a good idea? Maybe he just severely overestimated Harry’s trust in him.
“Are you quite all right, my boy?” Dumbledore asked with evident concern.
“Fine,” Harry groaned. Hopefully his magic would be more prepared for the trip to Grimmauld and wouldn’t take it quite so personally. When he felt capable of it, he resumed his feet and looked around rather than looking at the headmaster. He wasn’t sure that he could keep the hatred out of his eyes just then.
Dumbledore advised Harry to keep his wand at the ready and, should they be attacked, he gave Harry permission to use any counterjinx or curse that might occur to him.
Harry manfully didn’t laugh. Dumbledore clearly had no idea the kinds of curses that would occur to him should they be attacked.
Dumbledore then led Harry down the street in the village of Budleigh Babberton according to the headmaster, for the purpose of recruiting an old colleague to come out of retirement and fill the vacant professor post at Hogwarts.
“How can I help with that?” Harry wondered.
“Oh, I think we’ll find a use for you,” Dumbledore twinkled mysteriously.
And, when they finally confronted the elusive man, Harry discovered that his use in this was apparently to act as a sort of live bait. Slughorn collected powerful, influential, and talented young people, helping them go far in their lives in exchange for the understanding that they would give some small kickbacks of favors and influence to him. Harry found the whole thing a little bit gross, and he thoroughly resented his place in this whole farce.
Still, he reminded himself repeatedly, no good would come from alienating the headmaster. Or probably this Slughorn chap either, given how many powerful friends he undoubtedly had. Harry was sure that he had no need to kiss the man’s sizable behind in hopes of favors as he didn’t plan on staying in Britain that long, but outright offending him wouldn’t be ideal.
So Harry put on a charming façade and did his best to be interesting while Dumbledore disappeared to the loo for an extended period of time.
In the end, Slughorn played coy, and Dumbledore made as if to leave. Slughorn finally caved and agreed to come back and teach.
Harry was thankful enough to be returning to Grimmauld Place by the time that was over that his magic was much better behaved during the apparition, and it was helped by stepping into Grimmauld Place immediately after landing. His highly agitated magic seemed ready for a nap, and it pulled sudden fatigue into Harry’s body.
Sadly, Dumbledore apparently wasn’t done with him yet, and he drew Harry into the drawing room, and closed them in alone for a few more words before departing.
“I assume, if you have been getting the Daily Prophet these last two weeks, that you are aware that there have been not so much leaks as floods concerning your adventure in the Hall of Prophecy,” Dumbledore began.
Harry sighed heavily and nodded. Of course, he’d noticed.
“Now, Harry, there are only two people alive who know the full contents of that prophecy and they are both standing in this room. However, many will have guessed correctly that Voldemort sent his Death Eaters to steal a prophecy and that the prophecy concerned you. Am I correct in saying that you have not told anyone that you know what the prophecy said?”
“No,” Harry admitted.
“A wise decision on the whole. Although, I think you might relax it in favor of your friends. Mr. Weasley and Miss Granger. I think they ought to know. You do them a disservice by not confiding something this important to them.”
“I think they have enough to worry about right now,” Harry sighed, wondering what on Earth Dumbledore thought to gain with this advice.
“Or perhaps,” Dumbledore said, “you do not wish to confess how this has affected you?”
Harry looked away and refused to respond. He wasn’t going to made Hermione feel worse about not being here. And Ron had been struggling with what Harry thought was depression after losing his dad, so he didn’t need this either.
“On a different, though related matter, it is my wish that you take private lessons with me this year.”
Harry frowned at that, “What kind of lessons?”
“Oh, a little of this and a little of that,” Dumbledore replied airily.
Harry’s magic managed to flare in irritation again despite the soothing magic of the wards. Dumbledore and his fucking secrets. Hopefully they wouldn’t end up putting him in mortal danger again, but he wasn’t counting on it.
“You will also be continuing your lessons with Professor Snape,” Dumbledore went on when Harry didn’t respond. “They seem to have gone quite well last term. I had suspected that the two of you could manage to get along in a setting where neither of you had to project an image for onlookers.”
“Yes, sir,” Harry said simply, though he was fairly certain that the only reason the lessons had gone well was because something about his mind scared the crap out of Snape. He wouldn’t complain though. The lessons weren’t especially pleasant as Snape was there, but they were helping him to better organize and defend his mind, which could only be a positive life skill.
Dumbledore then went on to tell Harry that he was to keep his invisibility cloak on him at all times going forward, even at Hogwarts, and that Harry was to respect Sirius’ concern for him and not do anything stupid while he was staying here.
Harry highly suspected that making nighttime trips to Knockturn Alley to shop for books or meet his boyfriend would definitely fall into that category, but what Dumbledore didn’t know…
“I understand,” Harry promised. And he did understand. That didn’t mean that he agreed, but Dumbledore took it as such.
Before leaving the room, Dumbledore paused to finally ask, “What happened to your glasses, my boy?”
“Muggles have an invention called contact lenses,” Harry offered. “They are tiny, and they sit right on the surface of your eye, so you don’t have to wear glasses.”
Dumbledore nodded thoughtfully, then twinkled appreciatively, “Quite industrious, muggles.”
Harry nodded his agreement and Dumbledore let himself out. And so Harry was finally released from his company.
The house was quiet, so Harry assumed that Sirius was probably in bed. Harry moved quietly through the house to the room he’d used the last time he was here. He found his trunk and owl cage already in there, so he locked the door and took a moment to drape a blanket over the portrait. This time, he cast a silencing charm on the thing as well. If anyone asked, he could claim that he’d charmed the blanket that way before leaving Hogwarts. He had no desire to have that portrait reporting anything it heard back to Dumbledore.
Satisfied, Harry laid down, immediately sliding over when Dante invited himself up and sprawled out next to Harry’s legs. The hound put his chin on his paws and gazed at Harry with burning hellfire eyes.
Harry smiled a little and pet the hound on his head. Then he closed his eyes and let the Dark magic surrounding him lull him into a peaceful rest.
OWLs
The next morning, Harry made his way down to the kitchen for a cuppa to find Sirius and Remus both already nursing their own. Remus smiled and got up to fix Harry a cup while Sirius commented on Harry’s missing glasses.
Harry gave the same explanation that he’d given Dumbledore, which was just facts about muggles and not actually a statement that he’d gotten contacts, but of course it was taken that way. As intended.
Harry had barely taken two sips of his tea when Kreacher popped in and presented Harry with a full English breakfast. “Thank you, Kreacher,” Harry smiled appreciatively as he dug in. He ignored Sirius’ grumbling about crazy house-elves and not getting any breakfast himself. Remus clapped Sirius on the shoulder, then got up to prepare a quick breakfast for himself and Sirius.
Just as Harry was finishing his breakfast and Sirius and Remus were starting on their own, Kreacher popped in again, this time with a letter. “Master Harry is receiving mail,” he announced and exchanged it for Harry’s dirty dishes.
“Is that your OWL results?” Sirius asked excitedly as Harry flipped it over to examine it.
It was definitely from the ministry, so Harry suspected that it was, indeed, his OWL results. He was curious as to how he’d done, but not at all invested in his scores. It wasn’t as though he planned to get any job that required them, after all. That would necessitate remaining in this awful country.
He tore open the seal and drew out the parchment, scanning it quickly while ignoring Sirius’ whining to be told how he’d done.
O’s in Defense, Charms, Transfigurations, Runes, and Potions. That was expected apart from the potions. He’d thought it more likely he’d get an E in potions, but he was pleased that he’d done so well, if only because Snape would be irritated. He’d gotten an E in Herbology, Astronomy, and Care of Magical Creatures. And, not at all surprisingly, a D in History.
He wasn’t at all fussed at the failing mark. He didn’t honestly care about that class at all. Given that this was wizarding Britain, he was relatively certain that the material in the curriculum was probably far from accurate anyway.
“Five O’s and three E’s!” Sirius crowed where he was reading over Harry’s shoulder, having apparently given up on waiting for Harry to share. “Pup, that’s incredible!”
Harry laughed somewhat unwillingly as Sirius wrapped an arm around his shoulders and shook him in his excitement.
“This calls for a celebration! Mooney, we’re going to need cake! And gifts! And… and… party poppers! And maybe live music!”
“Sirius!” Harry interrupted. “Calm down. No parties! It’s not that big a deal.”
“Not that big a deal?” Sirius gasped, clearly scandalized by the suggestion. “Remus, back me up! These scores must be what? Top ten percent of his class?”
“Possibly,” Remus said quietly. “Would be more like five if not for that History mark.”
Sirius waved him off, “You and Lily were the only ones in our year who didn’t sleep through that class, Remus. I doubt Harry’s year is any different. Top five percent, then. It’s decided! And that deserves a party!”
“Don’t I get a say in this?” Harry complained. “If we’re celebrating me, then I should get to decide what we do!”
That seemed to stump Sirius, and he hesitated a moment before cautiously inquiring. “Okay… What do you want to do? And don’t say nothing. That is an invalid answer and will be ignored!”
Stymied in his original plan, Harry considered the next best option. “What about a nice dinner and some treacle tart? We can order out for something, maybe?”
Sirius slumped and pouted. “Okay, fine, but I’m also getting you a present! Hard work deserves gifts!”
“It wasn’t hard work, I promise!” Harry laughed. “I hardly paid attention all year.” It was something of an exaggeration. Magic came naturally to him, after all, not theory. He had done some studying as the OWLs approached, but he’d certainly not driven himself to distraction over it like Hermione.
Sirius ruffled his hair in retaliation for that, then rushed upstairs with a vague explanation of owl order catalogs.
“Congratulations,” Remus offered with a small, genuine smile when they were alone.
Harry shrugged dismissively and stood. “It’s really not a big deal,” he insisted and left the room. Remus was family, in a way, but Harry still didn’t like him very much.
He didn’t know how to not judge him for never visiting when Harry was growing up. Not even checking up on him without introducing himself. He’d either trusted Dumbledore’s word that Harry was happy and healthy, or he’d just never cared.
He and Sirius were clearly dear friends again, but Harry preferred to treat the man as a former professor and friend of his godfather rather than as family. He hadn’t earned that.
The promised dinner was nice. Remus made a trip to Diagon Alley and brought back something from a more upscale restaurant by the looks of it. The food was good, but Harry had virtually no standards when it came to food, not after how he’d grown up. Anything fresh was good enough.
Of course, the treacle tart dessert was nice. Treacle tart was always nice.
And while they were eating the dessert, Sirius seemed to reach the end of his patience and he eagerly handed over a small, wrapped gift.
Harry couldn’t help but sigh and roll his eyes, but he took the gift from the excitedly bouncing man and examined it. The wrapping paper was a generic red that Harry recognized from last Christmas’s gifts. It was clearly sealed with sticking charms as there was no sign of tape.
“Harry!” Sirius whined.
Harry couldn’t help laughing a little at his godfather, who was doing an incredible impression of an excited puppy while still in man form. “Okay, fine,” he sighed and tore into the paper. His brow rose when he uncovered a fancy-looking tooled, leather belt. It was black with a large silvery belt buckle inset with sapphires larger than his thumbnail on each end.
“I know it’s a little Ravenclaw-ish,” Sirius said quickly, “but it was super short notice, so there wasn’t time to have it altered-“
“It’s great, Sirius!” Harry interrupted. “Really. It’s…” he turned his attention back down to the belt buckle. “It’s way fancier than anything I’d probably ever buy for myself.”
“It gets better!” Sirius cut in, all but bouncing in his seat again. “Put it on, Pup! I want to show you something!”
Harry laughed at his godfather, but he stood and did as he was bid. He wasn’t presently wearing a belt, so it didn’t take long to slide the belt through the loops on his trousers. It took a little longer to figure out how to fasten the buckle. Harry hadn’t ever had a belt this fancy before.
“Okay!” Sirius said excitedly, standing and coming around the table. “Now, grab the buckle like this,” and he mimed it with his own hand to show the angle he wanted Harry to use, “and pull.”
Confused but willing to play along – hoping that Sirius wasn’t pranking him – Harry did as he was instructed.
To his complete shock, the belt buckle came loose in his hand and something the color of bright steel followed it. He kept pulling at Sirius’ urging and when it came entirely loose, Harry realized that he was holding a small sword.
He blinked at the blade, then looked at the belt again. Then he laughed. Magic never stopped impressing him.
“Great, right?!” Sirius crowed. “So you can look stylish and always be armed! The blade is enchanted to never need sharpening or polishing, of course, and you can turn the belt around if you want to draw with your left and keep your right free for your-“
Sirius cut off suddenly when Harry turned into him and wrapped him in a one-armed hug. Sirius drove him crazy sometimes, but then he did something like this. No other adult in Harry’s life would have gotten Harry a weapon. Harry hadn’t missed Remus’ frown when Harry had bared the blade. No doubt everyone else in the Order would feel the same. They all saw him as a child to be sheltered, willfully ignoring it as he was forced to fight to keep himself alive year after year.
“Thank you,” Harry said with quiet sincerity.
Sirius recovered from his surprise quickly and hugged Harry tightly, “Of course, Prongslet.”
Out of the Attic
Harry loved Grimmauld Place. The magic had felt incredible the first time that Harry had stepped under the wards, but since he’d spent so much time in the ward room, ever so gradually feeding magic into the wards, this place truly felt like home. At least, the magic did. Being surrounded by Order members wasn’t so comfortable, but it seemed like a fair enough trade.
Unfortunately, having his magic so relaxed and at home, did have a downside. It lowered his guard. Which he found out on his second day at Grimmauld Place, when he opened the door and stepped out of the attic only to come face-to-face with a wide-eyed Sirius.
Harry instinctively pushed the door closed behind him, wanting to ensure that it locked to keep anyone else from getting inside. Then he glanced around. Sirius was alone, at least. If anyone had to discover him coming out of a door that could only be opened by someone with a Dark magical core… well, he’d rather it was the only person who’d actually sworn their loyalty to him.
“That’s where you keep disappearing to,” Sirius said in a sort of horrified whisper.
Harry sighed and firmly grabbed his godfather’s wrist to lead him back to Harry’s room. He was sure that there was a whole talk that needed to happen now, and he wanted it as contained as possible.
When they were closed inside, he politely asked, “Can you silence the room?”
Sirius blinked at him several times as though his brain wasn’t working very fast. Then he nodded and drew his wand. Harry took the moment to let his magic prod at the silencing spell over the portrait and ensure that it was intact, which it was. When he’d cast his spell, Sirius sat down on Ron’s bed and just sort of stared at Harry.
Harry sighed again. “I guess you have questions,” he eventually prompted.
“Harry…” Sirius said, and he truly looked confused and saddened. “Pup, why didn’t you ever tell me?”
Harry lifted an incredulous eyebrow. “Why didn’t I ever tell you that I’m a Dark wizard? Sirius, I have heard you condemn your own brother for being a Dark wizard. Why would you think that was something I ever planned on telling you?”
Sirius seemed to sag at that reminder. “I didn’t mean you,” he whispered. “My brother joined the Dark Lord. I just… I’ve never known a Dark wizard who was good…”
Harry shook his head and moved to the window to look out at the back garden. “Well, I am a Dark wizard, Sirius,” Harry said when Sirius didn’t speak for a long while. “I’m very Dark, in fact.” He turned to look at his godfather, then.
Sirius just looked lost.
“Are you going to tell Dumbledore?” Harry asked, bracing himself for the worst.
“What?” Sirius asked, then seemed to understand the question. “No, Harry. Why would I?”
“What about Remus?” Harry pressed.
Sirius frowned. “You don’t want me to tell Remus, either?”
“No,” Harry said very firmly. “He’d run straight to Dumbledore with it.”
“Harry,” Sirius complained. “Remember that Remus kept the secret of my animagus form for twenty years, even when he thought I was a fugitive.”
“No,” Harry corrected coldly, “he kept the secret of his shamefully running around and risking people’s lives on the full moon a secret. And that’s a secret that he kept even knowing that it might get me killed. Forgive me for not trusting that he cares about me at all.”
Sirius looked disappointed, but he didn’t press the point. Instead, he took a deep breath and seemed to be trying to collect his thoughts. “Okay. Okay, so how long have you known? That you’re… Dark.”
“Since the summer before my third year,” Harry admitted. “That’s when I finally found a book that explained why I felt different when I went down Knockturn Alley.”
Sirius took that like a blow, but he nodded, “Of course, you’ve been down Knockturn Alley.”
Harry almost wanted to laugh at his poor deluded godfather, but it would have been a bitter laugh and so he held it back.
“Since you were thirteen, and every time I said bad things about Dark wizards…”
“Yeah,” Harry agreed, because it hadn’t ever felt good to hear his godfather speak of Dark wizards as universally evil.
“Fuck,” Sirius breathed quietly enough that he probably didn’t expect Harry to hear it. “Okay,” he sat up straighter and seemed to brace himself. “What kinds of Dark magic have you experimented with?”
Harry felt his temper rise a bit at the patronizing question, but he kept a firm hold on it. He was getting pretty good at that by this point. Sirius didn’t rank anywhere in the same hemisphere as Umbridge when it came to brassing him off, after all. “Curses,” Harry shrugged. “I haven’t used any Dark rituals, don’t worry.”
“It’s not just rituals that you need to worry about, Harry,” Sirius cautioned. “There are forms of Dark magic that will twist your soul.”
“I know,” Harry frowned. “I’m not stupid, Sirius. I did my research.”
Sirius stared a moment, then ran a hand roughly over his face. “Of course, you have. I don’t suppose that I want to know how often you’ve been down Knockturn Alley, do I?”
Harry thought that was best considered a rhetorical question and didn’t give any form of response.
Sirius finally looked away from him, shaking his head, “I just don’t understand how this happened. Both your parents were so Light…”
“It’s not a sure thing that you’ll follow your parents,” Harry reminded him gently.
Sirius winced a little. “Right, I know. I just…” He looked so lost.
Harry sighed softly and moved to sit on the bed next to his godfather. “You realize that I haven’t changed just because you know this,” he said gently.
“I know,” Sirius turned to frown at him.
“You seem really distraught,” Harry pointed out.
“I should have… Merlin, I should have at least considered the possibility. I’ve been… All this time you’ve been listening to me…” He trailed off, then said under his breath, “What the hell were you thinking making me godfather, James?”
“I know that you had a lot of bad experiences with Dark wizards and witches,” Harry said softly. “I don’t blame you for having a negative opinion of them.” Not after some of the things that Kreacher had hinted at Sirius’ parents doing to him for being born with Light core. “I forgive you for anything you’ve said before today,” Harry said firmly, needing Sirius to understand this. “But now you know. I won’t be so quick to forgive you if you don’t stop.”
“Harry, of course I’m not going to go around saying bad things about Dark wizards now I know you are one. Shit, I shouldn’t have been talking like that before, but I’m an idiot-“
“Sirius.”
“Right.” He shook his head irritably. “No more. Got it. You’re so much more forgiving than I deserve.”
“I won’t be if anyone else finds out about this, Sirius,” Harry said gravely. “This cannot get back to Dumbledore or into the Daily Prophet. I don’t think Dumbledore really trusts me as it is, and I imagine that the public would turn on me in seconds should they learn of it. I’d go from Voldemort’s prophesized vanquisher to his fated rival in the time it took to send out one Special Edition.”
Sirius eyes grew distant as Harry talked and then he nodded. “Yeah, you’re right about the public. I don’t think Dumbledore would judge you that harshly, but I know you don’t like him, Pup.” He drew his wand and Harry sat back in surprise. But sure enough, Sirius raised the wand and gave another of his barmy, spur-of-the-moment oaths. “I, Sirius Orion Black, do hereby swear that I will not divulge the secret of Harry James Potter’s magical alignment to anyone for any reason without his direct and specific consent, so mote it be.”
Harry dropped his face in to his hands. “Sirius,” he whined. “You can’t just go around making oaths like that. You’re going to end up losing your magic!”
“It’s more than worth the risk where you’re concerned, Harry,” Sirius said gravely, tucking his wand away and wrapping an arm around Harry’s shoulders to pull him into a hug.
Harry let himself be hugged. He didn’t know how to deal with this man. Sirius obviously cared about Harry more than any other adult in the world. He was crap at being a responsible adult most of the time, but then he did things like this and reminded Harry that his heart, at least, was in the right place.
Notes:
It's my birthday again, y'all! I went back and forth a bit on what I wanted to post today, but in the end, this was the chapter that wanted to come together on schedule, so this is the one you get!
Dumbledore continues to prove that he's a berk, but Harry's back at Grimmauld Place! And Sirius is proving himself a halfway decent godfather. Finally! I'd love to hear what y'all think!
Chapter 32: Year Six - part 2
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Harry's Birthday
Harry’s birthday was, perhaps predictably, incredibly overdone. Sirius dragged Harry out of bed at six in morning and spent the whole day hopping around like an over-excited puppy, shoving gifts at Harry randomly throughout the day though Harry and Remus both tried more than once to get the man to wait until after supper.
At breakfast, Harry opened a new jumper that was, impressively, not red. Rather it was a dark, charcoal gray, and Harry suspected that he’d get a great deal of use out of it.
An hour later, Sirius interrupted Harry’s reading to toss another gift at him. This one turned out to be a leatherbound journal with a set of charcoal pencils and a small booklet on spells that could be used to preserve the drawing either temporarily or permanently to ensure the charcoal couldn’t smudge, and also the spells that would make it move.
“I’m not really much of an artist, Sirius,” Harry complained.
“You don’t know until you try, do you?” Sirius had archly pointed out before flouncing away to whatever else he did all day.
At lunch time, Harry was presented with another gift. He laughed a little as he took in the large package. “Is this it, then, Sirius?” He asked hopefully.
“It?” Sirius frowned in overacted offense. “Harry, we’re not arguing about this again. I have years of gift giving to make up for. I will not be talked down. Maybe, in a decade, I’ll let you make your case, but I’m not making any promises.”
Harry sighed and shook his head, but opened the gift. This one was a truly beautiful black cloak with a silk lining that was also black but seemed to have an almost silvery sheen when the light hit it just right. And over the breast, in brilliant silver thread, was the Potter crest.
“Sirius,” Harry complained fondly as he got up to hug his godfather again. “You’re spoiling me,” he accused.
“Good,” Sirius said firmly. “That’s what I was going for. You’re way behind on spoiling.”
Harry rolled his eyes, but he also slung the cloak around his shoulders and didn’t take it off again as he sat down to resume his meal. It had to have temperature control charms because he didn’t get too warm beneath the heavy fabric, but stayed exactly comfortable.
Just before supper, Sirius ambushed Harry with another package as Harry left the loo, bouncing on his toes as he waited for Harry to open it.
Harry’s breath caught a little when he got a look at the contents. It was a pair of small daggers, each about as long as his forearm including the grip. The handles and cross guards were fairly small and flat, which made sense when Sirius explained that the included sheaths were meant to strap to his wrists or ankles.
“They’re weighted for throwing, too!” Sirius said enthusiastically.
Harry looked at his godfather in surprise. “More weapons?” he asked curiously.
Sirius sobered a little. “Well, I’d like for you to have the best odds of surviving another year. And you’ve made it very clear that you’re not going to just avoid danger, so…”
“Thanks, Sirius,” Harry said affectionately. It was starting to feel like he actually had an adult that he could count on. The feeling was both heady and nerve-wracking
At supper, Sirius unveiled a twelve-layer cake. Twelve. And each layer was a different flavor with a different frosting.
“Sirius, you are unhinged,” Harry complained. “Wait, you didn’t make this, did you?” he asked suspiciously.
“No!” Sirius laughed. “I wanted it to be edible. I was going to order it, but Kreacher saw me filling out the order form and he insisted on making it for you. He promised that he wouldn’t poison it even though you weren’t going to be the only one eating it.”
Finally, shortly after supper, Sirius knocked on Harry’s bedroom door, and, when he was invited in, he locked the door, then presented Harry with another wrapped parcel.
Harry sighed, but he was curious about why his godfather had chosen to lock the door, so he set aside the book he was reading – a Dark Arts book made to look like an ordinary advanced Defense text – and picked up the package. It was heavy and rectangular with solid, evenly distributed weight. When he peeled back the wrapping paper, he found five books. All looked rather old.
He flipped them to look at the titles and his breath caught when he realized what he was holding. These were books about Dark magic. All five of them. It was probably Dark theory rather than spells or rituals, but that hardly mattered. Sirius tolerating that Harry was a Dark wizard was something that he’d considered possible. But this… it was almost embracing it.
Harry felt a tear fall down his cheek and he hastily wiped it away, but Sirius had clearly seen it as he sat down on the bed and pulled Harry into a hug.
“Oh, Pup,” he said sadly.
Harry could only cling to his godfather and try to breathe and hold back further tears.
“They were Regulus’ books,” Sirius said softly when they drew apart, kindly not mentioning Harry turning his face away to wipe his eyes. “Between them, they cover all the basics and most of what you should know about the dangers. I’m sure that you already know some of it, but these are a good comprehensive resource. I know that you’re not going to just not use Dark magic, so I wanted to make sure that you had all the information you might need.”
“Thank you,” Harry breathed. He honestly couldn’t believe that Sirius had done this. Harry didn’t feel ready to start spilling all of his secrets to Sirius, but he was starting to realize that he was really going to be able to someday.
Diagon Alley
It was three days after his birthday that Remus escorted Harry to Diagon Alley for school shopping. It was nice that he was actually permitted to go this year, at least, though he didn’t comment on it.
They met Mrs. Weasley and Bill with Ron and Ginny in the Leaky Cauldron. Mrs. Weasley looked terrible. She’d lost a great deal of weight, and she was incredibly pale with dark circles under her eyes. It was very apparent that she wasn’t doing well as a widow, but she seemed intent on pretending that nothing at all was wrong, so Harry did his best to play along.
Her greeting hug was a little tighter than usual, and lasted a little longer before she pulled back to look at him. “You’re so thin, dear. Are you getting enough to eat?” she fretted.
“Yes, I’m fine,” Harry said, politely not turning that comment and concern around on her. He was sure that Bill was doing his best to look after her.
“Oh, where are your glasses, dear?”
So Harry went into his explanation of muggle contact lenses again, which had Mrs. Weasley about as dubious as Sirius had been about the safety of such a thing without magic, but she didn’t dwell on it overmuch before she was leading them into the alley.
Diagon Alley looked much the same as Harry’s last trip here. People finally knew that Voldemort was back and now they were scurrying around like terrified sheep. Maybe Harry wasn’t being fair. People were dying, after all, like Mr. Weasley and Hermione’s parents. It just irked him because nothing had changed except Prophet Headlines and Ministry statements. These people had no real grasp on what was happening in the world around them but what was spoon-fed to them by their government. Harry had no idea how to not judge them stupid for that.
Of course, Harry kept his observations internal as Mrs. Weasley, Bill, and Remus discussed splitting up. They ended up deciding that it would make more sense to split up than to have everyone standing around waiting for robe fittings. So Harry, Ron, and Ginny were thus sent to Madam Malkin’s while Mrs. Weasley went to Flourish and Blotts for their books, and Bill went to Gringotts, presumably for something related to his work. Remus was just going to linger outside Madam Malkin’s and keep an eye out for any trouble.
Immediately after stepping into the robe shop, they could hear a familiar whine coming from behind some shelves. “…not a child, in case you haven’t noticed, Mother. I am perfectly capable of doing my shopping alone.”
Ron and Ginny immediately tensed. Ron drew his wand as Draco Malfoy stepped into view. Ginny just clenched her fists and glared with alarmingly dead eyes.
Draco, comically, went still at the sight of Harry, very much like a mouse that had just sighted an owl. He swallowed visibly and his eyes never strayed to Ron’s wand.
“Ron,” Harry cautioned, putting a hand on Ron’s wrist and gently easing it down. “You’ll get expelled,” he reminded him.
Ron reluctantly allowed his arm to be lowered, though he glared at Malfoy like he’d like to set him on fire with his gaze alone.
Then Narcissa Malfoy came around the shelf behind her son. She placed a hand on his shoulder and glanced over the Weasleys before focusing on Harry with a politely neutral expression. “Miss Weasley, Mr. Weasley… Mr. Potter,” and she said Harry’s name with a faint dip of her head.
Harry narrowed his eyes warily, but he decided that it couldn’t hurt to return her courtesy. Perhaps Lucius had cautioned her about Harry given what he’d seen in the Ministry. Or maybe she was responding to Draco’s fear. “Lady Malfoy,” he said neutrally.
With that acknowledgment, the tension eased enough that both groups were able to continue about their business, though Ron was rather violent when he began flicking through a rack of robes without seeming to see any of them. Ginny just wandered toward the far side of the shop and stared blankly at her feet.
Concerned, Harry placed a gentle hand on her shoulder.
She flinched a little, but didn’t look at him.
“Are you okay?” Harry asked quietly.
She did look up at him then, her face set in a glare, her eyes wet. “No,” she said waspishly, then stalked away from him to look at robes.
Harry sighed and whispered, “Good talk,” to himself, before trying to get about his own business. He had grown a good bit in the last year and could really use some new robes. Harry was actually rather impressed with how much he’d been growing the last year. He might be able to hit 5’8” if it kept up. Average height would be considerably more than he’d ever dared to hope in his first or second year when he’d been the shortest in his year. It wasn’t much compared to his dad’s purported 6’3”, but he’d definitely take it.
It wasn’t too long before the Malfoys finished up their business and left the shop. Ron and Ginny both remained quite taciturn as they took their turns getting measured and ordering their robes. Harry ordered some extra robes as well. He wanted some more options for robes that weren’t school uniforms. Contrary to previous years, Ron honestly didn’t seem to even notice what Harry was purchasing for himself, so Harry didn’t feel as awkward about the extra purchases as he might have in the past.
Once their robes were purchased, they met up with Mrs. Weasley and went on to the apothecary. Ron hadn’t gotten high enough marks to take potions this year, but Harry and Ginny both needed supplies. Then they went to Eeylops Owl Emporium to get treats for Hedwig and Pigwidgeon. Finally, they stopped by Fred and George’s new shop, Weasleys’ Wizard Wheezes.
The shop was… quite impressive. It was impossible to miss on the Alley. There were incredible moving displays in the windows and signs that made light of everyone’s fear of Voldemort. It was… rather brilliant. If incredibly ballsy.
Mrs. Weasley immediately began to fret about the twins endangering their lives by rhyming You-Know-Who with U-No-Poo. Remus put a hand on her shoulder and began consoling her. At least Ron and Ginny looked a little bit brightened by the sight of it.
Harry led the way into the shop and found the inside scarcely less garish and eye-catching than the outside had been, and it was positively packed with customers. Harry’s inner businessman sort of sat up and grinned at the evidence of his good investment. Hopefully Voldemort wouldn’t burn it down before Harry at least made back what he’d put into it.
He chose to dismiss that unfortunately mercenary thought without examining it further.
Fred showed up quickly to greet everyone and soon swept Harry off for a private tour. George joined them and they took Harry into the back to view their more serious line of products, which apparently came about when they realized the number of adult wizards who couldn’t cast a decent shield charm. Even Ministry employees. Harry was not surprised, but he was entirely disgusted. He just couldn’t understand how people could be so casually dismissive of their own safety that they wouldn’t learn basic self-defense. Yes, the class at Hogwarts was generally useless and apparently had been that way for decades, but why did their parents not teach them? Or why did they not look into it themselves after graduating? Especially considering that the last war hadn’t been that long ago.
They showed him some of their defense line of products, then assured him, “Of course, we couldn’t have done it without your investment, Harry!”
“We’ve started depositing your cut into your vault at Gringotts,” George added with a slap on Harry’s back.
“And feel free to help yourself to whatever you like in the shop. Free of charge,” Fred agreed.
“Thanks,” Harry grinned as an employee stepped into the back and drew Fred and George back into the front to deal with customers.
Harry took a few minutes to peruse the products. He did wonder about the Peruvian Darkness Powder. Whether it would actually be able to make it dark enough that he wouldn’t be able to see anything. He grabbed a couple packages, for research purposes. The decoy detonators looked interesting, but not the sort of thing that he needed. He had Kaa and Dante if he needed a distraction of some sort, anyway. He didn’t think any of the shield set would be helpful for him either. Mostly his magic seemed to just swat away low and mid-level hostile magic that was coming toward him.
He looked around a bit more but didn’t find anything that looked particularly interesting.
Back out in the main part of the shop, Harry found George trying to interest Ginny in love potions. Fred quickly popped in to assure her of the efficacy of the products.
Ginny rolled her eyes and showed no interest in the love potions or the pimple vanisher. She didn’t thaw at all until she saw the pygmy puffs, at which point her icy exterior cracked enough for her to pick one up and the thing even managed to draw a tiny smile.
“Mum, can I get a pygmy puff?” she asked when Mrs. Weasley joined her.
“A what?”
Harry watched as the small spark of life in Ginny seemed to fizzle toward dying entirely when Mrs. Weasley began fretting about the cost.
Harry moved closer to get a look at the cost. “Fifteen galleons?” he demanded of Fred. “For a ball of fluff?”
Fred immediately straightened up and began explaining the delicate cross-breeding that went into producing the little critters and their twenty to twenty-five year lifespan and their resistance to common pet maladies.
“Fine, fine,” Harry relented. “I’ll take one.”
Fred grinned. “I knew you’d see it my way, Harry. Now which one would you like?”
“Whichever one Ginny wants,” he smiled at the girl.
Her jaw dropped and she snuggled the one in her arms closer, “Really?”
“Of course,” Harry promised. “And whatever supplies you need for him.”
“Oh, Harry, dear. I can’t let you do that!” Mrs. Weasley immediately fretted.
Harry waved her off, “Nonsense! It’s an early birthday present… Late birthday present? Ginny, why don’t I know your birthday?”
She managed a small laugh. “It’s August 11th.”
“That’s why,” Harry nodded. “I don’t usually see you then. Well, that’s perfect, since it’s next week. Happy birthday, Ginny.”
Mrs. Weasley fretted a little more, but she could hardly deny Harry the right to buy Ginny a birthday present.
Harry just clapped a friendly hand on Ginny’s shoulder and went to pay for everything. He hoped that she wouldn’t rekindle her crush on him because of this, but he was pretty sure that she understood the importance of the necklace he was wearing. And everyone at Hogwarts probably knew that he’d been dating Blaise for a year and a half at this point. He just hated seeing Ginny drowning in her grief and anger the way she had been and if that little fur ball could lighten her burden even a little, it was well worth fifteen galleons.
Of course, when he got to the counter, George stepped in before Harry could actually pay. He leaned over to whisper in his employee’s ear, “That’s Harry Potter, see? He’s a business partner, and he doesn’t pay for anything in this store. Not ever. Just give him a receipt.”
Harry frowned at George, but he put away his money and accepted the receipt. “It feels a little cheap to give someone a birthday present that you get for free.”
George waved dismissively. “Those pygmy puffs only exist because of your financial contribution to the shop. So, if you think about it, you deserve far more credit for that gift than a mere fifteen galleons.”
Harry sighed and gave up.
Really, he was incredibly grateful that he’d managed to set up a stream of income via the twins’ shop. Though Harry’s trust vault had been flush with wealth when he was eleven – or even fourteen – the last half year of buying the illegal books that the bookshop was setting aside for him had made a concerning dent. Without a decent income, Harry would have had to start curtailing his book buying habit or start selling family artifacts. At least with regard to the illegal books, because the illegality and scarcity of them raised the price a lot.
The twins’ shop was the last stop of their Diagon Alley trip, so they made for the apparition zone as they left the shop. The number of adults managed to be equal to the number of students, so they were able to apparate away.
Unlike Dumbledore, at least, Remus was kind enough to give Harry a warning to brace himself before apparating, which allowed Harry to pull his magic in tight and keep it from getting aggressive about being dragged along with someone that he didn’t fully trust.
But, of course, they arrived just in front of Grimmauld Place and Harry’s magic settled down happily when they stepped inside.
Blaise
Blaise felt a little guilty as he floo’d from his mother’s manor to the Leaky Cauldron. He knew she’d be very unhappy with him should she learn of his little excursion, but she was away visiting friends for a couple of days, so hopefully she’d never find out. He hadn’t seen Harry in over a month and a half and he felt like an addict in need of his fix. He’d do a lot worse than displease his mum to get that fix.
He stepped out of the floo in the Leaky Cauldron and primly straightened his robes, content in the knowledge that they were charmed to shake off the ash even when he wasn’t able to cast the spell thanks to the ridiculous underage magic laws in Britain.
Blaise looked around the pub, which was fairly busy. Not surprising as it was nine in the evening. Harry wasn’t able to get away during the daytime. Apparently, whoever he was staying with was under the impression that Harry had gone to bed for the night at this point. Blaise stepped away from the floo and moved toward the exit to Diagon Alley. As soon as he stepped into the courtyard, his eyes alighted on his boyfriend and Blaise grinned at the sight of him. Merlin, but he was gorgeous.
Then Harry looked up and Blaise’s breath caught as he realized that Harry wasn’t wearing his glasses. Harry’s eyes were always beautiful, but without that shielding layer of glass they were…
He didn’t get a chance to finish the thought as Harry spotted him then. A bright grin lit up his face and he quickly closed the distance between them, wrapping his arms around Blaise’s neck and pressing as close as he could get. Blaise chuckled breathlessly and put his arms around Harry in return. He turned his face down into the shorter boy’s neck and inhaled his scent with relish. Merlin, it had been far too long since he’d had Harry in his arms.
“Missed you,” Harry breathed against Blaise’s collarbone and Blaise held on tighter.
“I missed you, too,” he admitted.
Their moment was broken when someone rather rudely jostled past them where they were not quite blocking the doorway. Blaise quickly shuffled them aside even as Harry glared after the man who was letting himself into Diagon Alley.
“Where are your glasses?” he asked, drawing Harry’s attention back to himself.
Curiously, Harry just gave him a mischievous smirk and held a finger to his lips. So apparently, his misses glasses was a secret? Then Harry’s hand slid down his arm until he could lace their fingers together. “Come on,” he urged and turned toward the once-again closed portal into Diagon Alley.
Blaise reached for his wand since Harry’s wand hand was employed in dragging Blaise after him, but before he could draw his wand , the portal was opening for them. Blaise mostly expected to see someone coming through from the other side, but there was no one anywhere near it.
Harry didn’t seem to notice the anomaly as he led the way through.
Blaise stared at the back of Harry’s head, a tingle of fascination curling up his spine at the realization that Harry’s magic must have opened the portal without Harry drawing his wand or even gesturing toward the gateway.
Sweet Morgana, but Harry was powerful. Most of the time, Blaise was convinced that he didn’t even realize how powerful he actually was. Or maybe he just didn’t realize how comparatively weak the rest of the human race was.
Due to the hour, most of Diagon Alley was closing down for the evening, which Blaise had wondered about when Harry had scheduled this, but Harry didn’t even slow down, so he clearly had a plan. Blaise’s heart picked up when he realized that Harry was making directly for Knockturn Alley. He slowed down and tugged Harry to a stop just before they entered the Dark alley.
Harry stopped and looked back at him with confusion in his eyes. He clearly couldn’t guess at why Blaise might be stopping him.
“Are you sure that’s safe?” Blaise asked warily. “Given who you are, I mean?”
And Harry smiled at him like he was doing something adorable, which was exasperating, but then Harry stepped forward and tipped his face up to press a light kiss to Blaise’s lips. “You’re sweet, but don’t worry. I’ve been down here a few times already this summer. It’s fine.”
“Isn’t the Dark Lord sort of out for your head though?” Blaise asked in an undertone.
Harry rolled his eyes with supreme unconcern, “Don’t worry, if he shows up, I can get you out of here.”
And then he turned around and continued leading the way. As though that settled the matter. Blaise chose to trust Harry and followed him without further complaint, but he was tense and kept a weather eye on everyone else in they alley. He noticed that Harry got some hostile looks, but no one seemed brave enough to approach them.
Thankfully, they didn’t go too far before Harry led them into a bookshop.
The inside of the shop smelled pleasantly of parchment and leather. The stocky man behind the counter glanced up from the book he was reading and there was recognition in his eyes when they landed on Harry. “Evenin’,” he greeted.
“Good evening,” Harry smiled in return.
The shopkeep immediately turned his eyes back down to his book and Harry led the way into the stacks.
“Come here often?” Blaise asked curiously, his tone low in deference to the quiet of the shop.
“Yeah,” Harry smiled in return. “I found this place before third year. It’s really great. I stop by whenever I can.”
Blaise turned a bemused smile on the back of Harry’s head as his boyfriend focused his attention to the books in earnest. It was hard to believe that Blaise had thought Harry entirely Light not that long ago.
He’d apparently been coming down Knockturn Alley since he was thirteen. How had no one murdered him yet? Oh, right. He was scary powerful.
They soon split up to look through the stacks separately, falling easily into the rhythm of shopping together as they often did on Hogsmeade weekends. They stayed maybe twenty minutes and Blaise found a couple of books that looked fairly interesting, then he went to find Harry.
“Found something?”
Blaise nodded and turned the books so that Harry could see the titles. He’d found a general Dark Arts theory book that had looked to be somewhat whimsical philosophy on Dark magic that had seemed interesting. The other was a manual on Dark countercurses.
“You didn’t find anything?” Blaise asked.
“Oh, no,” Harry shrugged. “Not tonight.” Then he led the way up to the front.
When the shopkeep noticed them coming, he nodded to Harry and ducked into the back.
Blaise looked after him curiously, but he was back a moment later with a pair of what looked to be quite old books in one hand. He offered them to Harry, who looked them over and opened each one to read a bit of it. He made no attempt to conceal the contents from Blaise, so he was able to determine, to his shock, that one of the books was on necromancy and the other one blood curses. Both were not just frowned up, but actively illegal in Britain and most civilized parts of the world. There weren’t many nice things that could be learned on either of those topics.
“How much for both?” Harry asked when he was apparently satisfied with the contents.
“Six,” the shopkeep replied coolly.
Harry looked at the man thoughtfully for a moment, then countered with, “Four and a half. Surely I deserve a frequent customer discount by now, right?”
The man pursed his lips and eyed Harry almost threateningly for a moment before he finally gave a small incline of his head. “Four and a half,” he allowed.
Harry immediately flashed him a smile and drew a coin purse from his bag. The shopkeep placed the requisite weights on one side of the scale and Harry upended his bag over the other side until they tipped to a perfect balance. By the amount, it was clear that four and a half meant four hundred fifty galleons. And Blaise didn’t think that was an unfair price for those books.
The shopkeep dumped the coins into a box behind the counter and gave Harry a genial nod, “Pleasure,” he said, then looked at Blaise.
Blaise quickly offered the pair of books and talked the man down from a dozen to ten galleons for the pair. Neither were anything rare or even new, but they were skirting the spirit of the law closely enough to warrant the price.
“You shop there a lot,” Blaise observed as they stepped back into Knockturn Alley.
Harry nodded with a curious look.
“Are you usually buying books like that?” he nodded toward the presumably expanded pocket where Harry had tucked them.
“I have a standing order for books like this,” Harry said with a dark smirk. “I don’t come from a family with access to those kinds of books. I have to educate myself somehow.”
Merlin, Blaise loved this man. He just grinned at him now, then looked around. “So, where to next?”
Harry shrugged. “I thought we’d shop a bit, then head to a pub for a while?”
Blaise nodded his agreement and Harry led the way down the alley.
Blaise had never been down here without his mum before, and it struck him all over again as he watched Harry navigate the alley with familiarity and confidence, just how different their lives had been. Whereas Blaise had always had his mum, Harry had been alone most of the time. He knew that Harry was younger than him by several months, but it honestly felt like Harry was at least a couple of years older most of the time.
They wandered through a couple of junk shops next. In the first one, Blaise found a palm-sized clear crystal sphere with a little brass stand. According to the shopkeep, it was meant to sit on your desk like an ornament, but whenever someone lied near it, it would darken with the severity of the falsehood. But only the one linked to it would be able to see the change.
“Does it work?” Blaise wondered.
Harry ignored the shopkeep insisting it’s efficacy as he scooped it into his hand and examined it for a long moment. Then his brow rose and he nodded, “I think it actually does.”
“Huh,” Blaise smiled. His mum would love to have Harry around when she went shopping. He could only imagine that it was Harry’s ridiculous magic that was able to assess the crystal and convince him that it would work. After haggling the price down a bit, Blaise purchased the orb and they moved onto the next shop.
At this one, Harry very quickly gravitated to a set of wind chimes carved out of what Blaise quickly realized was bones.
“They’re human bones,” Harry commented quietly when Blaise came to stand at his shoulder.
“Are they cursed?” Blaise wondered.
Harry nodded, then tipped his head to the side, “Sort of.” He closed his eyes and seemed to be concentrating for a long moment, then reach out and ran a finger lightly down one of the chimes. “They will bring calm and comfort to allies and spread terror amongst enemies… It’s activated by the chimes, but it’ll linger.” And he reached out to take them in hand.
He managed to talk the store owner down from thirty galleons to eighteen by arguing at the relative impracticality of the enchantment until he almost seemed to be doing the man a favor by offering to pay him even that much. It was rather impressive to watch, actually. Harry had clearly taken to Blaise’s instructions to haggle with gusto.
They window shopped a little more after that, and then Harry led them into a tattoo shop of all things.
Blaise felt slightly nervous as they entered his shop. His mum had certainly never taken him into a place like this before, but Harry seemed quite at ease.
Blaise let himself borrow Harry’s calm as he took in the vast array of artwork all over the shop.
Shortly after they entered, a woman emerged from the back. She had tawny skin and straight white hair and her bare arms and neck were a complete canvas of artwork.
“Welcome back,” she greeted Harry warmly.
Blaise felt a shock of surprise and a curl of excitement at the thought that Harry might have tattoos. It wasn’t something that he’d ever considered before. What would they be? Where would they be? He couldn’t help his eyes running over the parts of Harry always covered by clothes as he wondered.
“Hello, Andira,” Harry responded with a smile.
“Are you interested in anything specific today?” she questioned.
“Well, I thought we might browse a bit, but I was wondering if you had any books about runic tattoos?”
Her brow rose in surprise, but she nodded. “I do, actually.” She turned around and examined the large bookcase behind the sales counter, which was filled with books. After a moment, she selected one and turned to offer it to Harry. “It’s your general introduction to the subject. It will explain what you need to know to choose a runic tattoo and the possibilities that can be accomplished with them.”
“Perfect,” Harry grinned, enthusiastically stepping forward to look it over.
Blaise moved to observe it over his shoulder. It looked to be mostly blocks of text interspersed with diagrams of runes and various artwork comprised of runes or incorporating runes. It was an interesting idea, combining runework and tattoos. He was already thinking of some interesting possibilities for long-term or activatable enchantments. He wasn’t sure if they would work, but he supposed that was what the book was for.
Harry didn’t even haggle on the price this time.
They spent a few minutes looking at the various tattoos, then left the shop.
“So pub?” Blaise asked as they stepped back into the alley.
When Harry didn’t answer right away, Blaise looked over at him, only to tense when he noticed that Harry was frozen, face set in a scowl.
Blaise followed Harry’s eyes toward a collection of men blocking the alleyway to the right. He glanced in the other direction and found more of them watching he and Harry with wands drawn and unpleasant expressions. His breath caught as he realized that they were blocked in between the two groups.
Notes:
It's a cliffhanger, I know! I don't usually cut chapters in the middle of a scene and leave cliffhangers because I feel it's the least I can do considering my sometimes unpredictable updating, but this scene was really long. And I'm getting better at regularly updating! So I'm going to shoot for posting the next chapter in two weeks, but by the end of March for absolutely sure. Barring catastrophe or extremely poor health.
So we got Sirius being a good godfather, things in Diagon Alley taking a turn from canon, and some Blaise POV. I would love to hear your thoughts on it!
Chapter 33: Year Six - part 3
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Blaise
Blaise’s heart leapt into his throat. His first thought was Death Eaters, but they weren’t wearing the cloaks and masks of Death Eaters. Granted, that didn’t meant that they weren’t. It probably did mean, at least, that they weren’t here as part of a planned attack, but perhaps more a crime of opportunity.
That didn’t make him feel any better, actually.
“Harry,” Blaise whispered. Harry had said that he could get them away even if the Dark Lord himself showed up. And Blaise didn’t think he’d been lying. Harry didn’t much like lying, and he didn’t think he’d lie about something like that.
Harry glanced back at him and offered him a small, reassuring smile. That would be more reassuring if Blaise was privy to the plan here. There was also the fact that Harry’s eyes did not match his smile. His eyes weren’t conveying gentle reassurance, but rather something almost… feral. It was alarming, but not altogether unwelcome under the circumstances.
“Can we help you, gentlemen?” Harry asked, and his tone had a dangerous edge to it that Blaise hadn’t ever heard before. Not even when Harry had been dealing with Malfoy at his most obnoxious or Snape at his most taunting.
“You’re Potter,” the apparent ringleader spat on the ground. He was tall and slim with a weathered face, graying brown hair, and a cruel smirk. “The Dark Lord’s looking for you. Seems to me he’d be pleased with whoever brings you to him, right? So why don’t you come quietly and we’ll let your little friend go, see?”
Blaise’s heart felt like it might pound it’s way right out of his chest. He wanted to ask Harry about the plan, but he didn’t want to distract him right now.
Harry looked from one group to the other, and Blaise felt the hair on his neck stand on end as the air around him seemed to grow heavier. The street lamps began to dim, lantern flames guttering for a long moment before, one by one, they winked out, plunging the alley into semi-darkness. There was enough light coming from the windows lining the alley that it was easy enough to make out where everyone was, but the details were indistinct.
Something solid hit Blaise in the back and he gasped in shock before realizing that he’d backed into the wall behind him without even realizing that he’d been moving.
He jerked his gaze back to Harry as he heard him hiss something brief that might have actually been parseltongue, and barely a second later, the ringleader screamed. The sound was unlike anything Blaise had ever heard before. Something borne of both agony and terror. And when Blaise’s eyes settled on the man, he could well understand why.
The man was knocked to the ground by an unseen force, and then long gashes ripped themselves down his chest and stomach like two sets of massive claws were raking at him. Then gouges tore into his arm and his body was wrenched around even as the sounds of bones breaking echoed in haunting accompaniment to the screams. It was as though he was being brutally savaged by an invisible beast.
Strangely, no one else moved to attack or defend their comrade. Everyone seemed frozen in terror as they watched the scene. And then something invisible closed around the man’s throat, and with a horrifying crunch and gurgling of blood in a ruined throat, the man thrashed violently and fell still.
Terrible, unnatural stillness fell over the alley in the wake of the instigator’s death, as though no one dared to so much as breathe heavily.
And then Harry spoke, his voice colder and harder than Blaise would have imagined possible. “Whose next?”
The question hung in the air for a long moment, and then one of the men managed to master himself enough to turn and flee. That seemed to break the stalemate and the remaining wizards likewise turned and fled from Harry as quickly as they were able.
Harry turned around then and Blaise could only stare at him in disbelief. Because he’d known that Harry was frighteningly powerful. And he’d known that he wasn’t exactly Light, but…
Blaise’s eyes drifted back to the corpse. Because Harry had just killed that man. Brutally.
Blaise flinched a little as something touched his face, but then he realized it was just Harry’s hand. Gentle as ever. He met his eyes. Warm and worried.
Harry glanced back at the body then as well and grimaced slightly before gently taking Blaise’s hand. “Come on. We should go.”
Blaise let himself be led away from the scene. He swallowed repeatedly and didn’t look at the body as they walked around it. He was working hard to keep it together, but there was so much white noise pounding through his head that it nearly drowned out his thoughts entirely. He did notice, vaguely, that the alley seemed suddenly more empty than it had been. As though everyone had cleared out of the area. Which made sense, his mind supplied after far longer than should have been necessary. Because this wasn’t Diagon Alley, where people would try to help or at least call the aurors when someone was clearly being brutally murdered. Here, people just got themselves to safety and pretended they hadn’t noticed anything.
The next thing Blaise was really aware of was being led into a pub. Harry approached the barkeep and spoke to him quietly. Gold changed hands, and then Harry was taking his hand again and leading him up a flight of stairs and into a small room.
Harry let go of him and Blaise caught his breath, jarred to be alone. Dimly, he realized that the room had a table surrounded by four chairs and a settee up against one wall.
The sound of a door closing behind him made Blaise jump and he spun around to realize that it was just Harry, closing the door they’d just come through. And of course he was still there. Harry wouldn’t leave him right now.
Harry looked at him with very worried eyes and led him over to the settee. He sat down and gave Blaise’s hand a gentle tug.
It took Blaise a long moment to realize that he was asking Blaise to join him. Only asking now rather than directing him as he’d been doing. Slowly, aware that he was trembling, Blaise sank down onto the seat and leaned forward to rest his head on Harry’s shoulder.
Harry’s arms came around him, one hand rubbing soothing circles in his back while the other ever so gently cupped the back of his head. “Are you okay?” he finally asked.
Blaise had no idea how to respond to that. Their lives had been threatened and then he’d watched a man brutally murdered… It wasn’t as though he’d never seen someone die before. The first had been when he was seven. His stepfather had tripped down the stairs and Blaise had been unfortunate enough to have stepped into the hall just in time to see the whole thing. And then when he was thirteen, another stepfather had had a violent allergic reaction during dinner. His mum had continued eating quite placidly, her eyes never straying from the man’s face as he’d gasped his last breaths.
But neither of them had been bloody. This had been… Blaise honestly hadn’t known that there was that much blood in a human body. And he’d never heard anyone scream like that.
He must have been silent too long because Harry drew away far enough to fix his worried eyes on Blaise’s face. With a frown, Harry lifted a hand to Blaise’s face again and brushed at his cheek. When he drew his hand back, Blaise realized that there was a smear of red on it.
There was blood splattered on his face, Blaise processed distantly.
“You remind me of my mum,” Blaise heard himself say without realizing that he’d meant to speak at all.
Harry’s frown turned a shade toward uncertainty. He didn’t seem to know how to take Blaise’s comment.
“It’s not bad,” Blaise said slowly, noting that his lips felt a little numb.
Shock, he recognized. Both of the previous deaths he’d seen had had the same effect on him. He wondered if he’d ever get used to watching the people he loved killing.
“You’re so calm,” Blaise tried to explain. “My mum’s like that, too.”
“Oh,” Harry said. He still looked a little worried, but less so. “I wasn’t always,” he offered after a moment. “But I’ve fought people who wanted to kill me a lot of times by now. And it’s not the first time I’ve killed someone,” he said the last carefully. As though he somehow expected judgment from Blaise of all people.
With a deep sigh as the shock finally began to fade, Blaise wrapped his arms around Harry again and pulled him into his lap so that he could properly wrap himself around the smaller man.
Harry easily melted into him, and Blaise felt a massive surge of affection. Because no matter how terrifying Harry could be, Blaise didn’t fear for a second that he would ever turn that on him.
“I love you so much,” Blaise breathed into his hair and Harry squeezed him more tightly. Tightly enough that it seemed incongruous to have come from such a compact frame, but it didn’t hurt and Blaise didn’t comment.
“I love you, too,” Harry spoke against his neck where he’d tucked his face.
For a long while, they held each other in silence. Blaise finally felt his heart beginning to calm down and he tried to ignore the little involuntary twitches in his muscles as the adrenaline faded.
Blaise had long known that Harry hadn’t had an easy life. Of course he hadn’t. His parents had been murdered when he was a baby, he’d been left to be raised by people who sounded absolutely horrible from the bits Harry had shared with him, and he’d had a Dark Lord and his followers trying to kill him since he started Hogwarts. Knowing that, intellectually, was different from watching him put those hard life lessons into practice though. It was really just hitting him that his boyfriend was the kind of person who could viciously gut a man and not be at all affected by it. At least not outwardly.
He’d heard the old adage that people tended to marry those who reminded them of their parents, even if not consciously, but he hadn’t guessed that it would be so true. Particularly not for him. He loved his mum, but he’d never thought of her as a model for a spouse. For anyone. Considering how her spouses tended to end up.
But Blaise found that he wasn’t afraid. He knew on a deeply instinctual level that Harry would never hurt him. He felt entirely confident that, even should they have a truly vicious argument, there was nothing that Blaise could say that would make Harry physically or magically assault him.
That knowledge settled comfortably in his chest and he smiled a little into Harry’s hair.
His mum was not going to be happy with him as she already believed that he was moving too quickly in his relationship with Harry, but he was going to convince her to initiate a betrothal for him. He didn’t ever want to imagine his life without Harry, and his mum was just going to have to deal with that. If she refused him, he’d just elope with Harry as soon as the younger man turned seventeen, and he knew that his mum would much prefer a formal contract and a proper wedding ceremony and venue, so she would come around.
“What spell did you use?” Blaise finally asked, morbid curiosity drawing the words from him.
Harry started slightly as though he might have been on the verge of dozing off. He was silent for a long moment, and then he slid carefully off Blaise’s lap. He looked nervous now, which was bloody odd to think about after seeing him face down a group of half a dozen grown men with a smile.
“Er… It wasn’t a spell,” Harry finally said. “I try not to trust my life to wandless magic if I can help it. It tends to be a little hit or miss without a lot of time to concentrate on it.”
Blaise frowned in confusion and waited for Harry to elaborate. He wasn’t actually surprised that Harry was capable of wandless magic with a bit of concentration.
Harry twitched a little and opened his mouth and closed it again without speaking twice before he finally spoke. “It was my familiar,” he finally said, looking like he was waiting for Blaise to react unfavorably.
Blaise took a breath and processed. If that had been a familiar, then it was a fucking terrifying familiar. “Is it a nundu or something?” he joked cautiously.
Harry’s return smile looked a little sickly as he turned his gaze across the room, looking at something that Blaise couldn’t see.
And Blaise felt suddenly cold at the realization that the creature was in this small room with them. The beast that had so viciously ripped a man apart was hiding invisibly just a meter or two away…
“Dante, let Blaise see you,” Harry said softly.
Immediately, the room seemed much smaller as a massive black canine appeared barely more than a meter away.
Blaise instinctively shrank back in his seat, pressing his back hard into the settee that unfortunately did not have much give. He might have panicked but that Harry had said it was his familiar. Which meant that it wouldn’t hurt him any more than Harry would. It kept him calm long enough for him to process the extremely friendly body-language the beast was giving him.
It was a huge dog. Pure black and powerfully muscled with very short fur and frankly terrifyingly huge and sharp-looking claws for a canine. And it’s eyes were unlike anything Blaise had ever seen before. They were the color of glowing hot coals and they seemed to fluctuate as though they actually were hot coals. But for all that it looked like a monster out of nightmares, it’s tail was wagging so hard that it’s whole butt was swaying, it’s head down submissively. Thankfully, it wasn’t covered in blood, though Blaise wasn’t sure why. Surely the thing should have been dripping in it. Perhaps Harry had managed a wandless cleaning charm on the way here?
“He won’t hurt you,” Harry nervously promised.
With a glance at Harry, Blaise tried to calm down. It was clear that Harry wanted them to get along. And Blaise wanted to make Harry happy. So, with another deep breath, Blaise leaned forward slightly and dared to extend a hand toward the dog in a friendly overture.
The dog immediately accepted, almost leaping forward with terrifying speed to cover Blaise’s hand in saliva.
He gasped at the heat of the tongue. It seemed far too warm to be natural for any beast. Just on the point of painfully hot, but not quite.
And Harry was grinning like this was the best day of his life, so Blaise carefully didn’t draw his hand back and cradle it to his chest, but instead risked giving the dog some pats on the head, which were eagerly butted into. Blaise couldn’t help but smile slightly. For all the dog was fucking terrifying, it was hard to stay afraid of an animal that so clearly wanted ear scritches.
“Good boy, Dante,” Harry said proudly, leaning forward to scratch the dog’s neck, then gently wrestle with it when Dante started leaning into him too heavily.
“Where did you get him?” Blaise asked curiously.
“I found him. Or I guess he found me. Last Halloween, I couldn’t sleep, so I was out in the Forbidden Forest and this guy tracked me down. We kind of bonded that night and he just refused to leave after that.”
Blaise stared at Harry in some disbelief because… He had no idea why it surprised him that Harry went for walks in the Forbidden Forest in the middle of the night when he couldn’t sleep. No wonder he wasn’t afraid of anything. Merlin, what even…
“Do you know what he is?” Blaise wondered. Because he obviously wasn’t a non-magical creature.
“Er…” Harry hesitated, then almost sheepishly said, “I’m pretty sure he’s a Hellhound.”
Blaise’s breath caught. He’d heard about them, of course, but they were almost more myth than fact despite their existence being documented. Tracking down unicorns was easier. And they were supposed to be one of the Darkest creatures that existed in nature. For one to have bonded to Harry has his familiar, Harry’s magic had to be incredibly Dark.
“He tracked you down and let you see him?” Blaise asked in astonishment.
And just like that, he could practically see Harry clamming up as he sometimes did when a conversation edged toward a subject that he wasn’t ready to discuss. And really, Harry had been so incredibly forthcoming tonight. The amount of effort that he was putting into opening up to Blaise was incredibly apparent. And Blaise didn’t doubt for a second that Harry trusted him more than anyone else alive.
It was that knowledge that helped Blaise to tuck away his curiosity and resist the urge to ask any further probing questions. Harry would tell him when he was ready.
“Did you want to get something to eat while we’re here?” Blaise prompted instead.
Harry visibly relaxed at the change in subject and he moved over to the table to collect the menus left there.
There weren’t any fancy meals here. Just basic pub fare, but that was okay. It wasn’t he right time of day for a big meal, but something light would likely help the aftereffects of the shock that Blaise was feeling, mostly shaky and fatigued and slightly nauseous.
Harry placed their orders by tapping his wand on the menus, then settled back against Blaise’s chest while they waited, his head settling on Blaise’s shoulder quite comfortably.
Blaise buried his fingers in Harry’s hair and tried to breathe and think. “Okay, so should we be staying here? Won’t the aurors find the body soon?” he thought to ask.
“I doubt it,” Harry said dismissively. “By now it will have been picked clean by scavengers and more than likely dragged away by some denizen of the alley that prefers to eat human flesh. The locals will hear about what happened to him, but no one around here is going to call the aurors.”
Blaise processed that and conceded that it was probably true. No wonder his mum didn’t want him in places like Knockturn Alley without her.
“You don’t think anyone might call the Dark Lord and tell him that you’re here?” he asked as his worries moved on.
Harry shrugged. “I doubt it. I guarantee that those idiots have never met Voldemort.”
Blaise tensed slightly at the name, but Harry had desensitized him enough by now that he didn’t flinch.
“Any real Death Eater would have known that I wasn’t that easy to capture,” Harry said as simple fact without any boastfulness.
Blaise let himself believe that they were safe and slowly began to properly relax for the first time since those men had cornered them. And they obviously had been idiots. Six against two was clearly not nearly enough when Harry was one of the two. Merlin, and that had been without ever drawing his wand. Dante may have killed the man on Harry’s order, but something had held those men frozen in place to watch.
Their food appeared on the table, and they reluctantly separated to eat. Though as soon as Blaise was seated, Harry slid his chair over until it bumped against Blaise’s then sat down and pulled his plate toward him.
Blaise smiled down at his food and looped his free arm around Harry’s waist. They didn’t have that much more time together, so he wasn’t going to complain about any extra contact.
The Hellhound, Blaise noted cautiously, moved around the table and tucked himself under the settee where his dark coat blended him into the shadows, only his glowing eyes making his presence there known. Blaise tried not to focus on it.
As he glanced at Harry between bites, he realized that, like this, Harry looked pretty harmless. No wonder the world was so fooled about him. Harry looked like an average, slightly short, very attractive teenager.
He could be a little shy in some situations, but he could also be incredibly confident and competent, such as when he stood before their defense group and flawlessly held everyone’s attention or when he shamelessly haggled merchants down probably far more than was reasonable.
But for all of that, Blaise would never guess to look at him that he could coldly order his familiar to brutally murder a man and then just look around at the dead man’s friends and ask who would like to go next.
“You look different without your glasses,” he noted when he’d been staring long enough that Harry was frowning curiously at him.
“Oh,” Harry blinked as though he’d forgotten that he wasn’t wearing them. He looked down at his food, slightly shy again. “I don’t actually need them anymore,” he admitted, peeking up at Blaise through his lashes while he picked at his food.
“Why not?” Blaise prompted cautiously when Harry didn’t elaborate. He wasn’t sure if this was sensitive territory for Harry or not.
Harry shrugged. “My magic fixed my eyes, I guess? It was, er… actually during the First Task in fourth year. My glasses came off while the dragon was trying to kill me. There was a moment or two where I couldn’t see much of anything and then…” he shrugged again. “And then I could. And my eyes stayed that way after that. I didn’t know how to explain it, so I transfigured a copy of my glasses with clear lenses and just kept wearing them.”
Crazy powerful fucking magic. “But you decided to stop wearing them now?” Blaise wondered.
Harry nodded, mostly to his plate, “I’m sick of wearing them. Muggles have an invention called contact lenses. They’re tiny and they sit right on the surface of your eye to correct your vision. I’ve never worn them. From what I know, they can irritate the eyes a bit, but they’re almost invisible. You have to look really close to make out if someone is wearing them. And since most people in the magical world wouldn’t know that…” he shrugged again.
“You’re telling people that you got these contact lenses,” Blaise surmised, feeling a swell of pride at being the person that Harry chose to tell the truth.
“Well,” Harry smiled conspiratorially. “To be accurate, I haven’t told anyone that I got them. I just happen to explain that they exist whenever anyone asks where my glasses are and let them draw conclusions…”
Blaise laughed in surprise and tightened the arm around Harry’s waist, then leaned closer to press a kiss to his temple. “You’re utterly delightful.” Harry was blushing when Blaise drew away, and he marveled all over again at the dichotomy of this young man verses the one that had faced those men in the alley.
When they finished their light meal, Harry led Blaise back out of the pub. Blaise was tense and twitchy the whole way out of Knockturn Alley, but they faced no further opposition. Indeed, no one even looked at them directly.
Blaise couldn’t help but wonder what kind of reputation Harry might have had down this alley before tonight. And what kind he might have going forward.
When they reached the Leaky Cauldron, Harry gave Blaise a goodbye kiss in the courtyard and remained there — presumably to call for his house elf to take him back — while Blaise entered the pub to use the floo.
Blaise’s mind was still entirely lost in Harry when the floo dropped him back home, so it took him three steps out of the fireplace before he realized that he wasn’t alone in the room. He froze mid-stride upon catching the movement from the corner of his eye, and then his shoulders slumped. Merda.
He turned slowly to face his mother where she was reclined far too casually at the little side table.
Vita Zabini was only sixteen years older than Blaise and she could easily pass for ten years younger than that. Her skin was much darker than Blaise’s, her waist-length hair always elaborately styled in a combination of elegant weaves and tiny ringlets. A small smile graced her lips despite the icy chill in her nearly black eyes. “My son returns,” she proclaimed, her Italian accent heavy with her refusal to ever fully acclimate to the culture she’d married into even after spending half her life in it.
She rose from her chair in one fluid movement and Blaise noted that she was barefoot despite being otherwise still dressed for the day in an elegant beaded robe. Without shoes to give her more height, the top of her head barely reached Blaise’s collarbones.
He stiffened as she hugged him tightly, because he knew that she was genuinely relieved to see him. She was also furious with him.
She drew out of the hug and immediately latched one hand around his jaw in a grip just shy of painful as she looked into his eyes, her smile gone. “Where did you go?” she demanded.
“I was visiting Harry,” Blaise relented, his heart pounding. His mother would never physically hurt him, but her disapproval was almost worse.
“Where did you go?” she asked again, her words slower, her tone harder.
Blaise hesitated for several seconds, but he could think of no way to get out of telling her the truth. He wished that she would at least let him turn his head away as he admitted, “We went to Knockturn Alley.”
She let go of him as though she’d been burned and prowled away across the room before turning back to face him, her eyes blazing, her lips pinched. “You foolish child!” she spat at him. “You take Harry Potter to Knockturn Alley in the middle of the night. You are courting death!”
Blaise resisted the urge to tell her that Harry had been the one to take them there. He didn’t want to encourage her anger any further onto Harry. Because she’d never hurt Blaise but the same could not be said for anyone else in the world, the love of his life included. Instead, he spread his arms in demonstration and said, “I’m fine, mamma!”
The look that she gave him at that was black, “You have dried blood splattered under your chin,” she said in a tone both cold and deadly. So like Harry’s had been tonight.
Blaise met her eyes without flinching. “Harry is one of the most powerful magicals in the world, mamma. We were fine.”
Her eyes narrowed slightly and her chin tipped up further so that she seemed to look down on him from below. “Blaise, my love,” she said at last. “The next time you leave this house without my permission I will drag you home by your ear. Do you understand me?”
“Yes, madre,” he relented. There were only a couple of more weeks until school resumed anyway, and next summer he’d be seventeen.
She lifted her hand again, this time to pat at his cheek in a way that was more condescending than affectionate. Then she curled her hand behind his head and dragged him down so that she could kiss his forehead. “My stupid, stupid, child,” she pronounced, then turned with a dismissive wave and left Blaise alone in the reception room.
Blaise sighed heavily into the silence of the empty room.
Notes:
And finally the continuation! I'd hoped to post this sooner, but my health was poor this week.
Fun Fact: The last bit of this chapter was not in the outline at all. It was meant to end with Blaise flooing home, but someone had commented last chapter about Blaise getting home to his mom waiting for him and I loved that image so much that I had to add it.
I hope you all enjoyed Harry being a badass. Love to hear your thoughts.
Chapter 34: Year Six - part 4
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Back to Hogwarts
Even though it had only been two weeks since he’d last seen him, Harry couldn’t wait to throw himself into Blaise’s arms when he found him on the train. Blaise laughed softly into his ear and held him back just as tightly. He looked like he was doing better, at least. Harry had been so worried about him after what had happened in Knockturn when they’d last met. Honestly, Harry kind of wished that he could have killed all of those arseholes after their interruption had affected Blaise so badly, but he was pretty sure that doing that would have just made things worse for Blaise.
When they finally pulled apart, Blaise gave him an affectionate peck on the lips, then led him into the compartment where Tracey and Theo were already seated. Harry greeted them both politely. He still didn’t know either of them very well, but he wanted to like them since he knew they were Blaise’s closest friends.
He cleared his throat a little nervously as he sat down at Blaise’s side. “So Blaise never told me how long you all have been friends.”
Theo’s brow rose in mild surprise at the question, but Tracey didn’t hesitate to answer.
“Oh, Blaise and I have been friends since we were both in nappies. Our parents have been friends since we were born.”
Blaise nodded in corroboration, “It’s true. I got no choice in the matter.”
Tracey gasped in mock offense, “Blaise Zabini, how dare you speak that way to your best friend!”
Blaise just grinned unrepentantly.
Harry smiled at them, then glanced at Theo in hopes of getting his answer.
Theo stared at Harry for a long moment before quietly saying, “We saw each other occasionally growing up — at parties and such — but we didn’t really become friends until we started Hogwarts. There are five of us in our dorm and neither of us was interested in befriending Draco, Vince, or Greg, so…” He gave a small, graceful shrug.
“Huh,” Harry muttered thoughtfully. “That’s a bit like how Ron and I became friends, I guess. We just came together on the train and got along all right, and then we ended up in the same dorm and it was just… easy. Not that there haven’t been some bumps since then, but…” He found that he wasn’t quite sure what to say from there. He didn’t want to disparage Ron in front of the Slytherins, after all. And Ron had gotten a lot better since fourth year. He was nearly unrecognizable since what had happened to his dad.
A moment of silence passed and Harry swiftly realized that no one was going to ask for more. Because Slytherins seemed to have a weird understanding for privacy that Gryffindors did not. Not a lack of curiosity, certainly, but more an acknowledgment of the value of secrets.
“So, how was your summer, Harry?” Tracey finally asked, her seemingly ever-present cheer vibrant.
Harry sighed, feeling a little awkward to admit, “A bit stressful, I guess,” he said. “My best friend’s parents were murdered, so…”
Tracey widened her eyes at Blaise in a silent communication that Harry cautiously interpreted as non-verbal chastisement. Perhaps for not warning her of that conversational land mine.
“Oh,” Tracey said after a long moment. “I’m so sorry.”
Harry gave her a sad smile in return. “Thanks,” he acknowledged, even though he was fairly certain that she didn’t care about a couple of murdered muggles. The statement had sounded sincere enough that he figured she was at least legitimately sorry for how it affected him. “Hermione is going to finish school in Bulgaria, so she won’t be coming back to Hogwarts,” Harry offered.
Tracey shook her head, “I still can’t believe that she’s actually betrothed to Viktor Krum…”
“Hermione has a lot going for her,” Harry said, a touch of warning in his tone.
Tracey lifted her hands in surrender, “I didn’t say otherwise. Honestly, I’d have been shocked by anyone in our year managing to land Viktor Krum. It’s nothing against, Granger.”
And that sounded completely honest, so Harry relaxed and smiled at her. “Sorry. I guess I get a little defensive.”
Tracey gave him a broad smile. “Fine with me, Potter. I could use a friend who defends me even when there’s no chance I’d ever find out about it if he didn’t.”
Harry’s smile turned a little bemused. Slytherins were so strange. It was hard to believe that something that he considered so baseline would be seen as extraordinary to these people. Not that he’d grown up with an abundance of friends, but he’d always thought it was how friends should act and he’d never considered acting otherwise when he finally had friends. Stranger still because they clearly saw value in having a friend who acted that way.
And then Tracey began describing the trip that she had taken with her father over the summer, and Harry let himself sink back into Blaise’s side and listen to her describe the Dark magical district of Yogyakarta. She was passionate and intense in a way that sat more naturally on her than the bubbly grins she usually turned on him. He wondered if she was starting to trust him with more of herself, and he tried to just enjoy making new friends.
He also enjoyed learning about a foreign magical marketplace. It sounded fascinating and he would like to visit it one day. Maybe whenever he finally left magical Britain for good.
It wasn’t too long before the compartment door opened and Ron stepped inside.
Harry blinked at him in surprise. He’d honestly thought Ron was going to sit with Ginny and Neville or something, but they hadn’t really talked about it. Ron didn’t even pause to assess his welcome. He just slid into the seat next to Harry.
A moment of silence passed as everyone stared at Ron and he pretended not to notice.
“So, how was the meeting?” Harry finally asked.
Ron shrugged. “Fine. Lavender’s taken Hermione’s place.”
Harry’s brow rose in surprise. He hadn’t even thought about that.
Ron didn’t offer anything else as he took the chess set Harry had given him out of his pocket and resized it. He tapped it with his wand and it’s legs extended so that he could set it up in front of himself. He didn’t ask anyone to play, just setting it up and beginning a game against the black pieces.
Theo stared a moment longer, then went back to his book. Tracey looked at Ron as though he was a very interesting form of creature that she’d never seen up close before. Luckily, Ron either didn’t notice or chose to ignore it.
Before Harry could figure out how to continue the conversation, the compartment door opened again, and a breathless-looking third year girl stepped into the doorway. “I’m supposed to deliver these to Blaise Zabini and Harry P-Potter,” she faltered, her face going scarlet as her eyes met Harry’s. She was holding two scrolls of parchment tied with violet ribbon.
Harry heard Blaise snort quietly behind him, and then Blaise was standing up and reaching for the scrolls. Harry’s magic beat him to it, ascertaining that there was no harmful magic on them before Blaise’s skin could touch them, so he didn’t try to intervene.
Blaise sat back down as the girl scurried out. He passed one to Harry.
It had his name scrawled on the outside, he noticed before untying the ribbon and unrolling the scroll.
His mood immediately soured when he read the short message. Just great.
“What is it?” Tracey asked curiously.
Blaise shook his head, “Who’s Professor Slughorn? Is that Horace Slughorn? Is he teaching us this year?”
“Yes,” Harry confirmed. “Dumbledore talked him into coming out of retirement.”
“What happened to Professor Snape?” Tracey asked, and she looked legitimately worried.
“Snape?” Harry wondered. “What’s he to do with it?”
Blaise raised an eyebrow at Harry. “Slughorn is a potions master. What would he be teaching us but potions?”
Harry gave that a moment of thought. He was sure someone would have said something if Snape was seriously injured or killed. He was a member of the Order, after all. Unless… “Maybe Snape’s finally getting the defense position?”
“Oh, that could be fun!” Tracey said excitedly.
Ron snorted.
Tracey frowned at him. “Do you have something to say Weasley?”
Ron looked up from his game, met her eyes, then shook his head and looked down again.
Harry cast his friend a worried glance. It really wasn’t like him to turn down an argument with a Slytherin.
Tracey seemed a little stumped by the lack of response as well, but she shrugged it off quickly. “So what’s in the letters?”
“Just an invitation to join him in his compartment for lunch,” Blaise shrugged. “I’m sure he just wants to make sure that my mum doesn’t think he’s slighting her by excluding me.”
Harry sighed. No question why he’d invited Harry. “I guess we’d better go,” he said, standing. “I’d rather not get on his bad side just yet.”
Tracey laughed out loud. “Harry, you would have to seriously insult the man to get on his bad side given your reputation right now.”
Harry rolled his eyes and clapped Ron on the shoulder before making his way out. “Hopefully he won’t keep us too long.”
Ron just nodded vaguely without looking up.
They passed the walk to the compartment in silence, though Harry noticed more than one person staring at him as they passed. He honestly thought he preferred the way everyone hated him last year. This Chosen One worship was miserable.
In Slughorn’s compartment, they found that it must have been expanded as it was quite a bit larger than the width of the train would suggest possible and it was full with Slughorn on the far side and the benches lined with other students from all years.
“Harry, m’boy!” Slughorn greeted enthusiastically. “Good to see you! Good to see you! And you must be Mr. Zabini!”
There were only two seats left and they were on opposite sides of the compartment. Harry glanced from the open space next to Ginny to the open seat next to Malfoy.
Malfoy went pale as milk when Harry looked at him and he quickly stood. “You can have my seat, Blaise,” he said, quickly moving to sit next to Ginny.
Harry supposed that he’d rather sit next to a Weasley than take the chance that Harry would have chosen to sit next to him. “Thanks, Malfoy!” Harry acknowledged brightly as he was able to slide in next to Blaise.
Malfoy flinched a little when Harry said his name, but refused to meet his eyes again. Ginny was frowning at Malfoy like she was thinking about cursing him, but he didn’t seem to notice.
Slughorn quickly made introductions around the compartment. Harry wasn’t familiar with either Belby or McLaggen, but he greeted them politely. “And I believe Mr. Longbottom is in your year.”
“Hey, Nev,” Harry greeted.
Neville looked sick with nerves about being here. Poor guy.
Then Slughorn came to Ginny. “And this young lady tells me that she knows you!”
Harry nodded at her. “Hey, Gin. How’s the Pigmy Puff?”
She cracked a small smile at that. “She’s doing good.” Her smile turned a touch mischievous as she added, “I named her Hairy. Y’know, because she’s so fluffy.”
Harry felt his face heat a little. “Nice,” he said begrudgingly.
“Well, now. This is most pleasant!” Slughorn declared. “A chance to get to know you all a little better.” He started with Belby, by explaining to him how he’d taught his uncle, who’d apparently gotten an Order of Merlin.”
When Belby admitted that he didn’t know his uncle well because he and his dad didn’t get along, Slughorn seemed to entirely dismiss him from his attention. Charming.
Slughorn then turned his attention of McLaggen, who passed the test that Belby had just failed by dropping a couple of more famous names, including the newly elected Minister for Magic, Rufus Scrimgeour.
Slughorn offered around the food that he’d brought with — pheasant, apparently — and continued to question his invitees on the influential people in their lives that had gotten them invited. He, of course, mentioned Blaise’s mum, though he got a little too clever with his insinuations to her late husbands and Harry felt Blaise tense next to him, though he kept a polite smile on his face. Neville seemed to have mostly been invited because his parents had been in Slughorn’s group in the past. He seemed to be reserving judgment on whether Neville would be worth cultivating by the time he was done talking to him.
“And now,” Slughorn said, shifting his focus to Harry with more excitement than he’d displayed for any other the others. By a somewhat embarrassing margin. “Harry Potter! Where to begin? I feel I barely scratched the surface when we met over the summer! The Chosen One, they’re calling you now.”
Harry gave him a smile that he didn’t even try to make touch his eyes.
Slughorn studied him. “There have been rumors for years, of course. I remember when… well. After that terrible night. Lily. James. And you survived. And the word was that you must have powers beyond the ordinary…”
Harry stopped trying to smile, not at all comfortable with the direction of the conversation.
Across the compartment, Malfoy was not looking at Harry so hard he might as well have been staring.
“This summer though,” Slughorn went on when Harry didn’t respond. No one else seemed willing to interrupt. “Such rumors this summer… Of course, the Prophet has been known to print inaccuracies, make mistakes. But there seems little doubt, given the number of witnesses that there was quite a disturbance at the ministry… that you were there in the thick of it.”
Harry’s stomach turned unpleasantly. Why did this man think that he wanted to talk about his friend being abducted and both of them almost getting killed. “Yeah,” he said at last when it seemed that Slughorn would wait indefinitely for a confirmation or denial.
“So modest!” Slughorn declared when Harry apparently fell short of his expectations for boasting. “So modest. No wonder Dumbledore is so fond… You were there then? But the rest of the stories… so sensational! Of course one doesn’t know quite what to believe. This fabled prophecy for instance…”
This man truly had no shame. “I don’t put much stock in divination,” Harry said dismissively.
“No, of course not. No. But… There have been documented cases of true prophecies. It’s hard to doubt that they’re real.”
“You should meet Professor Trelawney,” Ginny cut in with an insincere smile. “She could convince anyone that the whole of divination is rubbish!”
Thankfully, that was enough to divert Slughorn from his interrogation of Harry, though he was sure that man was far from done with him. Slughorn drifted off into anecdotes about various famous witches and wizards that he’d taught over the years, who had all been delighted to join his Slug Club at Hogwarts.
Harry hoped that they would be dismissed after the meal was finished, but Slughorn showed no sign of slowing his tales as the minutes ticked on.
“Well,” Harry interrupted eventually. “I’m sorry to run out early, Professor, but I’m afraid Blaise and I were counting on the train ride to finish up some last minute homework, so we’d better be going.” He barely managed to keep a straight face through the lie.
“Oh!” Slughorn looked disappointed, but then he laughed heartily. “Of course, m’boy! Of course! Why I remember those days. Best get a move on then!”
Harry gripped Blaise’s hand and all but ran out of the compartment. Blaise waited until they were in the next car to pull Harry into a hug, “You’re brilliant, you know that?”
Harry full-body shuddered. Damn, that might not have actually been worth it. It had been a long time since Harry had told an outright lie and that sensation had definitely gotten worse. Hell, that was awful. His father was the Prince of Lies. Why did he have problems with lying? Was it something to do with Lucifer’s original angelic nature?
“Are you okay?” Blaise asked, drawing back to look at him with concern.
Harry sighed and ran a hand over his face. “Yeah. I just hate lying.” It clearly wasn’t that he couldn’t do it. It was just a lot like listening to nails on a chalkboard or teeth on a fork. If the sound was ringing out inside your head.
Blaise studied him curiously, but did not ask any more questions.
When they got back to their compartment, Harry paused in surprise in the doorway, because somehow Ron and Theo had ended up across the chess board from each other. Theo must have been good, too, because Ron looked like he was really concentrating. Tracey was slumped in the far corner of Theo’s bench with her nose in a book. There must have been some kind of spell on the book because Harry’s eyes wanted to skate away before he could focus to read the title on the spine.
Blaise sat down first and Harry joined him, leaning into the warmth of his side. He forced his focus past the distraction charm on the book and then he could make out the title. The Forbidden Art Volume II. His brow rose sharply and he glanced up at Tracey. She was watching him with suspiciously narrowed eyes.
Though there were many forbidden magical disciplines in Britain, there was only one that Harry knew of that typically went by that moniker. Was Tracey really reading about necromancy on the train to Hogwarts with only a flimsy distraction ward to conceal it?
When Harry didn’t say anything, she turned her eyes back to the page.
Harry retrieved his own illegal book to read — though his book on blood wards was concealed by the cover of a potions book via the magic of his book vault — and settled in to focus for a while. He supposed that the ward on Tracey’s book probably wasn’t all that flimsy for normal people.
Instead of absorbing the words on the page, Harry found himself contemplating what had happened when he’d lied. Though Harry hated to lie, it had long been just a preference. He didn’t lie because he hated being lied to, and the uncomfortable feeling of it had been added incentive. Had the sensation changed that much, or was it his sensibilities about it that had grown more sensitive?
He honestly wasn’t sure which it might be or if it was some combination of the two. It had been quite some time since he’d told an outright lie. Maybe he’d just forgotten how much it bothered him. Or maybe the lack for so long had made the sensation more stark.
While part of him was curious enough to want to experiment with the phenomenon, most of him just wanted to avoid doing it again. It wasn’t as though it was that difficult to go through life without lying, after all. The situations in which lies were actually necessary were extremely rare. Particularly when he had his magic to handle potentially volatile situations that couldn’t be deescalated without lying. Dumbledore was a master of obscuring the truth without lying, after all, and as much as that was not a man that Harry sought to emulate, he thought he could probably learn from his example in this one instance.
With that resolution in mind, Harry was finally able to turn his attention to the book that he was reading. He’d decided to turn his studying to wards recently because he had realized that he needed to make himself some kind of safe house. Planning to leave Britain after the war was all well and good, but what if he needed somewhere safe to retreat to during the war.
Sirius was turning out to be surprisingly trustworthy, but Harry didn’t want to completely rely on the man. For one thing, he house doubled as headquarters for Dumbledore’s Order. It was entirely possible that he would want to avoid them at some point in the future.
And if he decided not to go back to the Dursleys next summer as he was mostly resolved, then he might have to put himself beyond Dumbledore’s reach for at least a few weeks.
And maybe Blaise’s mum would give him refuge for that time, but he didn’t want to count on it.
So he would have to figure out how to get his own place before turning seventeen. And when he did, he wanted to ward it so thoroughly that neither Dumbledore nor Voldemort have a hope of showing up uninvited.
The train ride, surprisingly, managed to pass without incident despite Ron’s presence in the compartment with three Slytherins. Ron seemed absolutely determined to pretend like there was nothing unusual about it, and the Slytherins seemed willing to play along for Harry’s sake if nothing else.
Theo and Ron ended up finishing that game of chess and playing through two more that took almost the entire train ride to complete. Ron had won two of the game and Theo the other, so it seemed they were pretty well matched. Harry was glad that they shared skill in the hobby as it was likely to make things much smoother when they were forced together like this.
And Harry suspected that this train ride would not be a one-off. With Hermione gone from Hogwarts, Ron didn’t seem willing to let Harry drift out of his life as well. Even just occasionally to spend time with Blaise and his friends. And if he kept behaving like this, Harry was honestly just fine with that.
They rode up to the castle together. Ron was the only one of them who couldn’t see the thestrals. It made Harry feel a pang of sadness for the fact that it probably wouldn’t be that way much longer now that Voldemort was openly back.
The five of them parted ways at the Great Hall to sit at their respective house tables and Ron sighed heavily as he settled in.
“So how was your summer?” Harry asked softly as they sat down. He hadn’t wanted to bring that up in front of the Slytherins given the sensitive nature of the Weasley family situation since Arthur’s death.
Ron shrugged, “Not much change. Mum still cries at night and tries to pretend nothing’s wrong during the day. Bill’s still living at home, though he’s started dating Fleur.”
Harry blinked in surprise, “Wait, Fleur Delacour? From the tournament?”
Ron nodded tiredly, “Yep. Apparently she’s working at Gringotts. Mum and Ginny don’t like her much.”
Harry couldn’t fault them for that. From what he remembered of Fleur, she was a spoiled, entitled brat. He hoped for Bill’s sake that she’d grown up some since then. “Bill’s what? Like six years older than her?”
“Something like that,” Ron shrugged.
The sorting started then and Harry noticed how tiny the first years looked this year. Merlin, what a time to be starting Hogwarts. He felt bad for the kids and he hoped that they all survived what was coming.
He dutifully clapped for every Gryffindor that was sorted. When the Sorting was finished, Dumbledore stood up and said a few words about the importance of uniting in the face of common enemies.
As the feast started, Harry looked across at the Slytherin table and thought that the problem wasn’t that they needed to unite. It was that they needed to get everyone to agree on who the enemy was. And that wasn’t likely to happen anytime soon. A gulf stood between the Light and the Dark politically, with no way across. Individuals could cross it, sure. Just look at their ride to Hogwarts this year. But politically… The Light held power and they oppressed the Dark. Creatures like Remus barely had rights. And if the Dark took power, they’d probably flip it and do the same to the Light. There was no political movement, to Harry’s knowledge, that espoused a world everyone could live in happily.
Damn, Harry wanted to get out of this country. Away from wizarding politics entirely for preference.
“I, er…”
Harry glanced at Ron as the other boy hesitantly started to speak.
“I made Quidditch captain,” Ron said somewhat sheepishly, like he thought Harry might be upset about it.
Harry grinned, surprised but pleased, “Ron, that’s amazing! Congratulations.” He patted him firmly on the back.
Ron blushed and grinned at his plate. “Yeah. Yeah, I couldn’t believe it when I saw the badge.”
“Quidditch captain and prefect,” Harry observed. “Pretty close to what you saw in the mirror first year!”
Ron’s smile faded at the reminder. “Yeah,” he sighed. “But I’ve learned better since then. If I looked in the mirror today, I think it would look a lot more like what you saw.”
Harry sobered at that and nodded. “Yeah.”
They didn’t speak further as they finished the meal.
Notes:
Okay, so here's chapter 34. Finally!
I took the last couple of weeks and went through to completely rework and expand on the outline that I had for sixth year... Having done so, I think sixth year might actually be in danger of doubling the length of this story, y'all. The outline is 32,600 words long. So... I mean, buckle up. Apparently we're going to be here awhile. Parts of it will follow HBP sort of closely. Other parts will be entirely original. So far, it's looking like seventh year might be completely original... ish? I will borrow a few bits from canon, but more concepts than scenes.
This chapter was on the shorter side, but I don't expect any more long gaps in posting anytime soon. Barring some unforeseen event in real life. So the next chapter should be out, ideally, within like a week.
I'd love to hear what y'all thought of this chapter!
Chapter 35: Year Six - part 5
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Back to Class
The start of sixth year turned out to be very busy for Harry. Ancient Runes first thing in the morning was fine except for the small mountain of reading they were assigned. Then came Defense Against the Dark Arts with Snape teaching.
Happily, the man still seemed extremely wary of Harry. He was the only one not a part of it who knew that Harry had been in Umbridge’s office the night that she’d had her little mental breakdown, so Harry supposed it made sense that Snape was cautious of him.
They were beginning the year with silent casting in all the casting classes this year. Naturally, Harry was pretty good at it. He’d started practicing it in fourth year, after all. And his magic often seemed keen to do what he wanted with hardly a flick of his wand these days anyway. Especially with these simple spells that they were doing in class.
Harry paired with Neville so that he could help him with it. The larger portion of the students in the room had been in the D.A., so when Snape wasn’t looking, people kept asking Harry to tell them what they were doing wrong. Snape took points twice when he caught Harry explaining, but always from the person that Harry was advising rather than Harry himself.
When the class ended, Snape ordered Harry to remain behind.
“We will be resuming our occlumency lessons immediately,” Snape said from his desk where he was arranging papers. He didn’t even look at Harry as he spoke. “Wednesday evenings at seven and Saturday mornings at nine. Be certain that you are practicing your occlumency before bed every evening and do not be late.” He glanced up to meet Harry’s eyes as he finished speaking.
“Yes, sir,” Harry agreed easily enough. He was quite good with occlumency, but he wouldn’t mind continuing. Snape was a master and Harry would like to get as close to that level as possible. And working with the man hadn’t been terrible since their first lesson where something in Harry’s mind seemed to have unnerved the man rather severely.
Snape simply gave a sharp nod and flicked his hand toward the door as he returned his attention to the contents of his desk.
After lunch was potions class, which felt entirely odd without Snape stalking about the room. He was used to the defense teachers changing every year, but potions had always included Snape in the past.
There were twelve of them in the potions class. Five Slytherins, four Ravenclaws, two Gryffindors, and a Huffelpuff. Malfoy paired with Daphne and Tracey with Theo, which left Blaise to claim a place next to Harry. Harry looked at Ron with some concern, but he just shrugged and settled in next to Ernie. Harry didn’t think he was particularly happy about it, but he was also resigned.
Slughorn started the class and Ron sheepishly raised his hand. “Yes?” he asked. “Weasley, was it?”
“Yes, sir,” Ron said. “I, er… I don’t have a book. I didn’t think I’d be able to take the class, so…”
“Oh, yes. Yes, of course. Professor McGonagall did say… Not to worry, though. Not to worry. There are some old books here that you can use. We can loan you scales and such until you can get your supplies sent to you.” He retrieved a random book from the pile of very weathered books, and slapped one down in front of Ron before beginning his lesson.
Ron frowned at the heavily damaged old book, but only sighed as he opened it.
Slughorn asked them to identify the potions that he had prepared at the front of the class and Harry’s magic poked at them curiously. The clear one, he suspected was veritaserum. It had a feel of truth about it. And compulsion. The one next to it was obviously polyjuice. Harry had intimate experience with that one thanks to their little ill advised trip to the Slytherin common room in second year. The last one, he wasn’t sure. It made his magic recoil with distaste so he didn’t spend too long poking at it.
When Slughorn asked students to identify the potions, Harry let Malfoy answer the first one. Harry was surprised when no hands went up for the second. It had been the most obvious to Harry, but then why would anyone else have had cause to know it. He looked at Ron, who was looking back at him. Harry gave him an encouraging nod and Ron cautiously raised his hand.
“Er, it’s polyjuice potion, sir,” he said.
“Excellent! It is indeed. And you know what it does?”
“It causes your body to turn into a replica of someone else. If you add a bit of their hair or fingernail to the potion. It lasts for an hour for every sip.” He cleared his throat and added. “It only works for humans though. You can’t use animal bits in it.”
“Indeed, you cannot. Very well said, Mr. Weasley. Five points to Gryffindor. Now, how about this last potion?”
Again, there was a moment where no one volunteered an answer. And then Blaise raised his hand almost reluctantly. “Amortentia,” he said quietly. “The most powerful love potion in the world.”
Ah. Harry understood the hesitation. Between his mother’s reputation and his relationship with Harry, he probably didn’t want to encourage people to think he had some first hand knowledge of the potion.
Harry frowned at the potion as Slughorn awarded Blaise points for getting it right. No wonder that potion felt awful. Love potions were vile things. Harry wasn’t sure why the wizarding world by large didn’t seem to take them seriously, but Harry thought they were worse than muggle date rape drugs. Because sex was only a small portion of what they could extract from the victim.
“It is probably the most dangerous and powerful potion in this room,” Slughorn pronounced, and Harry thought he might have been the only one who didn’t look skeptical. Which was maybe because he was the only muggle-raised wizard in the room.
Slughorn then introduced the final potion, which was Felix Felicis. Liquid luck. And Slughorn was going to give it to one of them as a prize. Damn, but that would be a thing to have. Slughorn said that they couldn’t use it during quidditch or exams and thus would have to pick an ordinary day. Harry found that extremely short-sighted. Much better to use it the next time he had to fight Voldemort. With an advantage like that, he might even win.
And so everyone set about brewing their very best Draught of Living Death. Harry thought his own came out well enough, but it wasn’t as good as Malfoy’s, for certain. Great, just what they needed. Malfoy with unnaturally good luck.
Surprisingly, however, it wasn’t Malfoy who won. It was Ron.
“Incredibly well done, Mr. Weasley!” Slughorn all but cheered. “I did hear that your brothers before you have been incredibly talented, and it’s clear that you continue the tradition! Here you are then, here you are! One bottle of Felix Felicis, as promised. Use it well!”
Ron took the little bottle with a look of astonishment.
“Have you brewed that before?” Harry whispered to Ron as they left the room.
Ron shook his head quickly, then held up his tattered potion book. “It was all in here. Someone scribbled better instructions on it. I just did what it said!”
“Hey,” Blaise interrupted, stepping forward from where he’d been talking to his friends. “Theo, Tracey, and I found an old classroom down here last night and cleaned it up a bit. I thought maybe we could spend some time there together instead of always going to the library. You’re invited too, Weasley, if you don’t mind hanging out with Slytherins.”
Harry blinked in surprise, then looked at Ron.
Ron frowned a little, but then just shrugged like he honestly couldn’t care less.
With that not quite ringing endorsement, Harry asked Blaise to lead the way. It was a bit off the beaten path, but not so far that they were in danger of getting lost.
It was a smallish classroom that had probably been a potions room at one point given the impressive stains on the ceiling stones. It had been kitted out with two loveseats and a sofa that did not match. They were arranged in a U shape around a long, low table.
“This is brilliant!” Harry said at once. They’d be able to work on homework here or play chess or just have a nap between classes. Like their own little common room just for them.
Harry claimed the loveseat nearest the door and Blaise settled next to him. Tracey and Theo took the loveseat across from them, though with much more space between them. Ron shrugged and sprawled across the long sofa.
“Hey, Dobby?” Harry called.
The elf popped in immediately and gave Harry a deep bow. “How can Dobby be helping Master Harry, sir?” he asked excitedly.
“Can you get me a cup of tea? Maybe Jasmine?” He didn’t want anything with caffeine. Sleep had been increasingly elusive lately and he didn’t want to do anything to make it worse. “Do you guys want anything?”
Blaise and Theo ordered Earl Grey while Tracey asked for something fruity. Ron sat up eagerly to request Earl Grey and a plate of scones and some chocolate biscuits.
Harry couldn’t help but chuckle as Dobby eagerly popped away. “You’ll spoil your dinner, Ron.”
“Not likely!” Ron protested.
Harry chuckled and began fishing in his bag for the Ancient Runes books he needed to start reading.
“So,” Tracey said after a moment of shuffling books and parchments. “How’d you win that potion, Weasley? Did you have a tutor in potions this summer, or is there a reason you learned to brew that particular potion? Because if you have been secretly dosing your brothers when they annoy you, I win five sickles.”
Ron sputtered a bit and blushed. He bit his lip and frowned between the Slytherins. Then he sighed and pulled his potion book from his bag. “No, it’s this book. There’s extra instructions written in it.”
That prompted everyone to lean in to get a better look.
The scribbles were everywhere in the book. Thick enough to make it a chore to read, though if they all produced results like that, then it was definitely worth the squinting that would be necessary.
“Blimey, Weasley, I think this might be Professor Snape’s old book,” Tracey exclaimed after several minutes of flipping through the book.
“What? No,” Ron said.
“No, it looks like his handwriting!” she insisted. “Just wait until we get our first essays back from him and compare the writing. It looks so similar, and if the changes are so good, it would make sense.
Ron frowned at the book like it had betrayed him.
“I mean, he’s a berk, but no one would question his skill,” Harry pointed out. “Might as well use it.”
Ron frowned thoughtfully, then gave a shrug and turned his attention back to flipping through the book.
Tracey hopped up from her place next to Theo and settled in next to Ron to better read along.
Ron cast her a somewhat alarmed looked, but when she didn’t do anything else, he grudgingly looked at the book again.
Harry couldn’t help but smile happily. He was so glad that Ron was figuring out his jealousy and irrational distrust of Slytherins. Combined with Hermione living with the Krums, Harry was really starting to feel like he might not lose his long-time friends if they learned more about him. It had been a really long time since he’d been optimistic about that.
Harry toed off his shoes and curled his feet up on the sofa, leaning fully into Blaise as he focused on his Ancient Runes book. He’d have to have a look at that potion book later, but he had enough to do for now.
He felt Blaise’s arm tighten around him and a kiss on his head, and he really couldn’t be blamed for the smile that tugged on his lips as he read. Maybe, just maybe, this would be a good year.
Later that evening, Harry closed himself behind his bed hangings and spelled them for silence. Then he called for Dobby and Winky.
They both appeared on his bed with soft pops. Luckily, the space was still expanded from the normal-sized beds so that he could more comfortably share with Dante.
“Do either of you know how to go about buying land in the wizarding world?” Harry asked without delay. “I mean, are there listings or anything?”
Dobby and Winky exchanged looks, then both shook their heads.
Harry sighed irritably. He hadn’t really wanted to tell anyone about what he was doing just yet, though he supposed Blaise would probably be safe to tell.
“Kreacher may know. Dobby will ask him!” And Dobby popped away without waiting for Harry’s opinion on it.
“…okay,” Harry said. “How have you been, Winky?” he asked, leaning back against the headboard while they waited. Dobby was his first elf and he’d cared about Harry without ever having met him, so Harry tended to default to calling for him when he just needed a little something. He made a mental note to call Winky more often so she didn’t feel left out.
“Winky is being well, Master,” she said diffidently, a faint blush darkening her cheeks. “Hogwarts is being a good place to work, though Winky looks forward to serving in Master’s Harry’s house when he gets one.”
“It might end up being sooner than I thought,” Harry sighed.
Dobby popped back in then, a huge smile on his face. “Kreacher is being knowing!” he declared triumphantly. “He is telling Dobby to tell Master Harry that the best place to look for land to buy is at Gringotts.”
“…the bank,” Harry said. “They do realty, too?”
“Kreacher is saying that Gringotts buys and sells land, but doesn’t tell the Ministry because of their treaties.”
Harry’s eyes widened. Of course. Oreblok had mentioned that the Ministry had no control over the contents of the vaults in Gringotts because of the treaties, which was why everyone trusted their money to the goblins. Though it did say a lot about people’s trust in the Ministry that they’d rather leave their money with a species prone to starting wars with thier government.
If he could buy property from Gringotts without involving the Ministry, that would be ideal.
“That’s perfect,” he said. “I’ll write to my account manager and see about setting up a meeting to talk about it. Thank you both. And thank Kreacher for me, Dobby. You can both go, but I’ll call you again shortly, Winky. You can take the letter to Gringotts for me. I don’t want to risk Hedwig getting intercepted by anyone.” He was honestly mostly worried about Dumbledore if he sent her off from the school.
When the elves were gone, Harry fished into his wrist pouch to find writing supplies. He would send the letter to Gringotts tonight.
First Lesson
The first week back at Hogwarts reminded Harry a lot of the first week of his first year. Now the whole Chosen One business had made everyone fall all over themselves in awe of him again. It was honestly more annoying than when everyone had hated and mistrusted him. The idiots actually seemed to think that he would step up and be their savior just because he was destined to defeat Voldemort. If he had more ambition, he’d be taking him out to take his place, in all honesty. Magical Britain was corrupt and backward and could do with better leadership.
But he was not ambitious. Not for those sorts of things. All he wanted was to be able to live his life how he chose without his options being strangled by the public’s unrealistic expectations. That wouldn’t ever happen in Britain. And becoming a Dark Lord certainly wouldn’t achieve that. He could well imagine a life of paperwork and sniveling yes-men tripping over his robes. Spending his days between quashing rebellions and making public appearances.
He truly could not imagine why anyone would aspire to such a thing. What was the upside?
Harry and his newly expanded friend group spent a lot of time in their dungeon room. Harry put up some wards to ensure that no one could spy on them there, and he even worked out a simple access ward that he was able to tie to a simple tattoo placed on each of them courtesy of the book he’d purchased from the tattoo shop over the summer. It wouldn’t keep out Snape or Dumbledore if they were determined to get in, but it should keep out most, if not all, of the student body while letting the five of them pass through without hindrance.
The tattoos themselves weren’t difficult. Just a small symbol drawn onto their skin in an inconspicuous place. When they didn’t need them anymore, they could split the cost of a single bottle of the tattoo removal potion and take them all off.
Ron’s potion book continued to be brilliant. Though their homework kept them busy, the group of them had unanimously decided to spend a few hours every week reading through the book and studying better techniques for brewing upcoming potions.
Slughorn, at the last potions class, had been very impressed with them all.
Occlumency lessons with Snape resumed without much deviation from last year. Snape tested his barriers as briefly as he could possibly manage, and then they sat down to talk through techniques and practice meditation.
Saturday afternoon, after his second occlumency lesson, Harry had his first mysterious lesson with Dumbledore. Harry still had little hope of the lessons turning out to be overly useful. Dumbledore had never before been keen on giving Harry any actually useful information. It was hard to believe that he’d truly decided to start now. From what Harry could tell, even the Order didn’t get all that much information from Dumbledore. They got enough to make them feel like they knew what was going on, and to carry out their assigned tasks, but that was all. Just as much as necessary.
Dumbledore either enjoyed the power he felt in being the only one fully privy to what was going on, or he just didn’t trust his own people.
Or, Harry supposed uncharitably, it just made it easier for him to manipulate people when they were forced to simply assume that he was doing everything for a good reason.
And so it was with such meager expectations that Harry knocked on Dumbledore’s office door that evening.
“Come in!”
Harry touched the door handle and his ears picked up a faint whoosh of flame within. He entered the office in time to find Dumbledore frowning worriedly at the large bird perch situated behind him. Dumbledore shook his head slightly, then brightened as he looked at Harry again. “Ah, good evening, Harry! I hope you’ve had an enjoyable first week back at school?”
“Well enough, sir,” Harry replied, hoping that they weren’t going to linger on small talk. He glanced at the perch as well. He knew that Dumbledore was said to have a phoenix, though Harry had never properly seen it before. The damn thing never seemed willing to stay in a room with Harry. He wondered how much that worried Dumbledore, and what conclusions he might be drawing from it.
Harry noticed Dante in the far corner of the room and he desperately hoped that the hound wouldn’t do anything to alarm the old man. He was undoubtedly the most likely to notice something off and not dismiss it out of hand of everyone that Harry spent time around.
“So, Harry,” Dumbledore said after a moment. “You have been wondering, I am sure, what I have planned for you during these — for want of a better word — lessons?”
“Yes, of course,” Harry said as neutrally as he could manage.
Dumbledore went on to explain that the information that he would be imparting in these lessons was based on his very good guesses, but it wasn’t necessarily completely accurate. Harry manfully did not roll his eyes at Dumbledore’s propensity for patting himself on the back for his own genius. Personally, Harry was not all that impressed by the man’s supposedly vast intellect. He had a wide range of sources and a lot of magical means of gathering information, maybe, but Harry had seen no evidence that the man utilized his superior knowledge to any particularly brilliant effect.
Regardless, Dumbledore, in his self-professed great wisdom, had deemed this the moment to tell Harry some things. Now that Harry had found out about the prophecy due to no intervention from the old man.
“So it’s to do with the prophecy,” Harry concluded.
“Oh, yes. It has a very great deal to do with the prophecy,” Dumbledore confirmed as he got to his feet. He moved around his desk and removed a large, shallow bowl from a cabinet. As he placed it on the desk, Harry recognized the runes carved into it.
“Do you know what this is?” Dumbledore asked, and he was watching Harry closely enough that he suspected the old man had already ascertained the answer by the expression on Harry’s face.
“A pensieve,” Harry said. “I’ve read about them, but I’ve never seen one before.”
“A remarkable device,” Dumbledore commented as he retrieved a crystal bottle full of, presumably, a memory from his robe pocket. “Tonight, you will join me for a trip down Bob Ogden’s memory lane.”
Dumbledore explained that the man was employed by the Department of Magical Law Enforcement at the Ministry. He’d died some time ago, but Dumbledore had apparently persuaded him to confide these recollections first.
Something in that wording struck Harry as a bit alarming, but he dismissed the concern for now in order to focus on more immediate matters.
Dumbledore attempted to open the memory vial with considerable difficulty given his damaged hand, and it drew Harry’s attention to it again. His magic prodded very carefully at the blackened flesh and Harry concealed his frown at the sensation that he got from it. It honestly felt like the hand of a corpse, which… could not be a healthy thing to be attached to a living person. It had to be the result of some kind of curse. It affected the non-wand hand, which suggested that perhaps Dumbledore had touched something that he really shouldn’t have.
The headmaster ended up using his wand to remove the cork instead, and he poured it into the pensieve.
At Dumbledore’s urging, Harry led the way into the memory.
It was a very strange sensation. It felt like he was physically falling into the memory. He felt the gravity pulling at his body. He felt the ground beneath his feet. He couldn’t feel the breeze on his skin even though he could see it moving leaves and fabric in the memory. His ears felt stuffed full of cotton and his eyes seemed a touch blurred. The colors all had a strange, muted quality, and he could barely hear a thing.
Perhaps even more alarming was how much he could not feel. His magical sense was totally numb to his surroundings, and he did a double-take at the man standing near them as it was bizarre to realize that the man was there and not be able to feel anything about him.
It took him a long moment to process the disorientation enough to comprehend that he was presumably perceiving the world more as a normal person would. Well, apart from the wind and such. That might have been the effect of the pensieve, but it struck him just how deaf he was. How nothing had any scent! Did pensieves not include scent or was this how normal people smelled the world all the time?
It was somewhat alarming. Harry knew that his senses had improved a lot over the last couple of years, but he didn’t think that he’d ever been this numb to the world around him.
Normal people, he supposed, relied mostly on their senses of sight and sound. So the pensieve focused on passing on these sensations, but Harry had apparently come to rely on his other senses more than he’d realized because this felt surreal. In a very uncomfortable way.
“We had best follow, Harry,” Dumbledore interrupted Harry’s minor internal crisis.
Harry startled and hurried to follow where Ogden had already gotten a little ways ahead. They followed the man to a rundown shack, where he encountered a horrifically shabby man who’d apparently been climbing in the tree. The man appeared physically deformed and certainly not all there mentally. Then the man spoke in parseltongue and Harry did a double-take. Surely not…
“You understand him, I’m sure, Harry?” Dumbledore said quietly.
“Yes,” Harry said just above a whisper. Were these the last of Slytherin’s descendants? Could the man’s condition be the result of many generations of preserving the bloodline? They’d clearly taken the idea of blood purity much too far. Hell, what a legacy. He couldn’t imagine that the proud Founder was doing anything but rolling in his grave at having his bloodline reduced to this.
The memory ended with Mr. Bob Ogden fleeing down the lane in terror.
“I think that will do, Harry,” Dumbledore said as they watched the man flee. He took Harry’s elbow with his good hand and Harry did his best to keep his magic in check as Dumbledore pulled them both out of the memory. They landed back in the headmaster’s office and Harry felt very relieved to have his senses fully returned to him.
“I presume that you figured out why we watched that particular memory?” Dumbledore asked as he moved around his desk to resume his seat.
“Voldemort’s parents,” Harry presumed.
“Very good, Harry,” Dumbledore said as though he was genuinely impressed that Harry was able to make that leap of logic, which was a little insulting, honestly. No wonder the man considered himself so very clever if he thought that was impressive.
More likely, of course, he was just trying to manipulate Harry with praise.
“What happened after that?” Harry asked rather than respond to the praise.
Dumbledore explained that Ogden returned within a quarter hour with reinforcements and arrested Morfin and his father as well when Marvolo attempted to fight them.
“So Merope was left there alone. How did she manage to get that man’s attention?” He certainly hadn’t seemed in any way favorable toward the Gaunts by the way he’d spoken of their shack. In fact, he’d seemed quite stuck up. He was rich and attractive, while Merope was… “A love potion?” Harry concluded with some dread.
“That is my suspicion,” Dumbledore said. “I am inclined to think that she would find it more romantic than something like the imperius or another powerful compulsion. And I do not think it would have been overly difficult, some hot day, when Riddle was riding alone, to persuade him to take a drink of water. In any case, within a few months of the scene we have just witnessed, the village of Little Hangleton enjoyed a tremendous scandal. You can imagine the gossip it caused when the squire’s son ran off with the tramp’s daughter.”
Marvolo apparently disowned his daughter for running off with a muggle, and died before Morfin was released from Azkaban three years later.
“How did Merope die?” Harry wondered. “Or did she abandon her son?” He knew that Voldemort grew up in an orphanage as he had said as much during his monologue after the Third Task. He hadn’t paid it much mind at the time as Viktor had been dead just then.
Dumbledore explained that Tom Riddle returned several months after his marriage with tales of being hoodwinked and taken in by his wife, which probably made him sound marginally less insane than using words like bewitched and bespelled.
“So the love potion stopped working,” Harry tried to reason out.
“Again, this is guesswork, but I believe that Merope, who was deeply in love with her husband, could not bear to continue enslaving him by magical means. I believe that she made the choice to stop giving him the potion. Perhaps besotted as she was, she had convinced herself that he would have by now fallen in love with her in return. Perhaps she thought he would stay for the baby’s sake. If so, she was wrong on both counts. He left her, never saw her again, and never troubled to discover what had become of his son.”
Harry tried to imagine int. He was shaken by the very idea of potioning Blaise to remain with him if he ever decided to leave. He could not fathom it. “She didn’t love him,” Harry said with certainty.
“Oh?” Dumbledore asked curiously.
“Love is selfless,” Harry said definitely. “If she had loved him, she would have been satisfied with a lifetime of watching him from afar so long as he was happy. Instead, she controlled and raped him for months. Of course he left. Of course he never looked for his child. She’d probably ruined his prospects to ever get married and have a family with someone he actually loved. His reputation was likely irrevocably damaged. She quite possibly ruined his entire life. It wasn’t the baby’s fault how he was conceived, but it wasn’t really Riddle’s fault for how he reacted either.”
Love potions were horrible things. Harry was incredibly relieved that he could count on his magic to warn him about things like that, because he was certainly in a position to be dosed.
Dumbledore, when Harry focused on the man again, was twinkling at him in clear delight. “I am heartened indeed to know that you comprehend the subject so well, Harry. Particularly as you have made certain promises of the heart,” and he nodded pointedly at the wooden beads that Harry still wore around his neck.
“Yes, sir,” Harry said somewhat stiffly, hoping to convey that he would not discuss Blaise or their relationship.
Dumbledore seemed to understand as he didn’t press the point. “Well, I think that will be all for tonight, Harry. You had best get on to bed.”
Harry was very happy to let himself out of the office, though sleep would be a long time off yet. He found his mind spinning with the horror of love potions and the tragedy brought to so many by one woman’s selfishness.
Notes:
I have so many fun things planned for this year. You have no idea how many times I have squealed with excitement while working through the plot.
This chapter was a bit of a struggle for me to write for some reason. When I was writing it, it just felt clunky and stiff and awful. I was convinced that it was total garbage and I'd have to rewrite half of it to make it readable. So I finished it and moved on and it just sat ignored for most of a week. I was dreading the reread this morning and seeing how bad it was. Except it wasn't that bad at all. Some of the wording was kind of clunky, but it took me like an hour to edit and it was fine. Sometimes I'm just own own worst critic.
Anyway! I hope you enjoyed the chapter! I tried to cut out as much of the canon rehash in the last scene as I could manage, but I hope it wasn't too confusing for anyone who might not remember the canon scene really well. If you would appreciate a little more of a summary of canon scenes that are relevant to this story in the future, let me know. I can do that!
Either way, I'd love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 36: Year Six - part 6
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Real Estate
The second Monday of term was when Oreblok scheduled Harry’s appointment to speak about real estate. Per Harry’s request, it was taking place late in the evening so that he could sneak out after curfew and no one would miss him.
Harry planned to dress for the occasion in a heavy black robe with a deep hood to conceal his features. He was honestly much more concerned with being spotted by Order members or other people friendly to Dumbledore than he was about Voldemort or his followers. If someone tried to kill or kidnap him, then he could fight back or just run away. Dumbledore was a much more complicated problem.
So Harry changed into his pajamas and said goodnight to his roommates. Then he got into bed and spelled his curtains sealed and silenced. And then he had the awkward task of changing out of his pajamas and into the robes while on his bed.
When he was ready, he called for Dobby and asked him to pop them to Diagon Alley. He then dismissed the elf, straightened his robes, and made for the bank. It was rather late by this point and there were few people out and about on Diagon Alley, so there was little enough attention to be drawn as he approached the bank.
Inside, he stepped up to the first teller and mentioned his appointment. He was quickly escorted back to a conference room very similar to the one that he’d visited before his first year to read his mother’s letter. When he was closed inside with the goblin, he lowered his hood.
“Good evening, Mr. Potter,” the unfamiliar goblin greeted. “My name is Grittik. Oreblok informed me that you had interest in procuring some undeveloped land.”
“That’s right.”
“Very good. I have put together our selection at present. Before we begin, however, I thought it prudent to ensure that you are aware we do not sell to minors directly. The land may be purchased in trust for you, meaning that ownership would transfer to you upon your seventeenth birthday, if that is your wish, but you must have the consent of your guardians.”
Harry nodded, “I thought that might be the case. My guardians are muggles, is that okay?”
“Perfectly fine, Mr. Potter.”
“Then it won’t be a problem.”
“Well enough. If you can give me some parameters on what you are looking to purchase, I can narrow down your options. Is there a specific size range you are looking for? Or a price range?”
“Nothing too large,” Harry admitted. He would need to ward it himself, which meant that he needed to be able to walk the perimeter in a reasonable amount of time. “Not too big, but not really small. Um… Rural? I’d prefer to spend around ten thousand galleons. Or less.”
The goblin didn’t seem overly impressed with Harry’s descriptive skills, but he shifted his scrolls around to select out half a dozen. He tapped each of them with a claw and they obediently unrolled themselves and laid flat so that Harry could look at them. Each one seemed to contain a drawn map with some writing underneath it. There was acreage listed for each property, but Harry couldn’t actually picture the size of an acre, so that wasn’t much help.
He ended up choosing three that seemed plausible.
“Would you like to schedule a time to view the properties?” Grittik asked.
“Oh,” Harry faltered. “Can we not go now?”
The goblin paused in the process of gathering the scrolls that had not been selected and looked at Harry. “You wish to view them in the dark?”
Well, maybe the skepticism did make sense, but Harry would have a Hell of a time getting away during the daytime. And it wasn’t like he couldn’t see just fine in the dark. “Yes,” he confirmed.
“Very well,” the goblin concluded. He took a few moments more to gather the scrolls into a bag that must have been expanded on the inside, and then he produced what appeared to be an iron skeleton key. “This is a portkey. If you would take the other end, we can view the first property.”
Each of the properties was, indeed, rural. They were all three wizarding land, which the muggles ignored without realizing it.
If the goblin had any particular thoughts on Harry’s apparent ability to see in the dark, he made no comments on the matter. After the first property, Grittik seemed to just accept that Harry could see well enough.
Harry ended up settling on the second property. It was a little over ten acres with a small river running through it. It sat within a small wooded area that was much larger than the muggles realized, situated in northern Wales. The woods shrouded it from view on all sides and part of the land was wooded while part of it was open grassland. It was perfect, though slightly more than he had been hoping to spend.
As it was, Harry was going to have to be careful about the back room book purchases he was making. He didn’t want to empty his vault entirely before his birthday, though the installments from Weasley’s Wizard Wheezes were definitely helping.
The goblin returned them both to the bank with another portkey and he retrieved another scroll. He bent over the table to make some notes on it. “Very well, Mr. Potter. Gringotts will draw up the necessary documents for the land to be purchased in trust for you to transfer directly to your ownership on your turning seventeen. It should be ready to be signed by tomorrow evening.”
Harry thanked the goblin and left. It seemed that he would be visiting the Dursleys tomorrow night.
Privet Drive
The morning after his trip to Gringotts, Harry called Dobby before getting out of his bed in the morning. “I need a wizard tent,” he explained. He recalled the tents at the World Cup and that seemed the perfect solution to the problem of needing to live on undeveloped land. “It’s got to have one bedroom and a full kitchen and bathroom. And the… entrance? I want to be able to walk into it without crouching down too much. Can you buy something like that for me?” He remembered the Weasley tent from the World Cup had required them to crawl into it on hands and knees and that would get tedious in what was essentially his house. Hopefully it would be too expensive or he might have to wait until his birthday to actually purchase one.
“Of course. Dobby knows just where to buy!”
“Thank you, Dobby.”
Harry gave him a price range and sent him on his way. His bank account was straining, but he only needed to make it until his next birthday and then he would have access to the family vaults and all the money that he expected he could need for the rest of his life.
Well, assuming that he lived a normal wizard lifespan, which was probably an unreasonable assumption given his heritage. He might. Or he might live a thousand years. Or he might live forever if nothing killed him.
He really wished that this whole Antichrist thing came with a manual.
He went through his classes without giving them as much attention as the professors would no doubt prefer. It was difficult to focus on lessons when his mind was pulled in so many different directions. What did he care about turning vinegar into wine when he could be learning about how to ward his property securely enough to keep himself and his loved ones safe? And half of the lessons were focused on casting silently, which came pretty easily to him, so he often found himself tuning out in classes and sometimes when he started paying attention again, he realized that he’d missed more than just that.
McGonagall had definitely noticed that she didn’t have all of his attention. She’d taken points from him more than once and sent him a lot of disapproving looks, but none of that really made him more focused.
He spent most of his evenings in the dungeon room with Ron and the Slytherins. Ron was doing really well with the Slytherins. He’d come a really long way since fourth year. Losing his dad had made Ron grow up a lot very quickly. Harry hated the reason for it, but he greatly appreciated the man his friend was becoming.
He was somewhat less sure that Ginny was recovering. She’d seemed somewhat okay when he’d seen her over the summer, but she was clearly still not doing well this year. From what he could tell, she was still avoiding the girls in her year that she used to spend time with, and she remained a little trigger-happy with the jinxes and hexes on anyone who annoyed her. Harry promised himself that he would keep an eye on her this year and intervene if necessary. Hopefully he’d be able to figure out what kind of intervention might actually be helpful by the time he needed to implement it.
That night, Harry changed into his pajamas, and crawled into bed at his normal time. Then he retrieved a set of nice robes from his wrist cuff and changed into them. When he was ready, he called for Dobby.
“Did you get the paperwork from the goblins?” Harry asked as soon as the elf appeared.
“Yes, sir! Dobby has it.” The elf produced a scroll from somewhere and offered it to Harry.
Harry quickly unrolled it and scanned through it. He was no expert in magical legal contracts, but it all looked legit to him. It needed to be signed by his guardians. Technically, the Dursleys would own his land until he turned seventeen, but then it would automatically transfer to him.
Satisfied, Harry rolled the scroll back up and tucked it into his pocket. Then he turned his attention to the elf once more. “Can you pop me to the back garden at number four Privet Drive?”
Rather than answering, Dobby simply took Harry’s hand.
Harry’s magic was quite comfortable with Dobby by this point. The way that the elf was magically bound to him seemed to make Harry’s magic quite content with his form of transportation, which was a relief because it was his primary form of transportation until he could get his apparition license after he turned seventeen.
They landed in the garden and Harry frowned at the back of the house that he’d grown up in. He hated this place. He truly did.
No, he decided. He would not come back and live here for even one more day. Never again.
With a sigh, he started for the back door. It was locked, but he only knew that because he heard the lock click in the instant that he touched the knob. It was open before he could try to turn it. His magic was helpful like that.
It was late in the evening, but not so late that the Dursleys would be in bed. He stepped into the living room and found the elder Dursleys both sitting in the living room watching the telly.
Vernon’s face immediately began turning red. “Boy! What are you doing here? Did you get kicked out of that school of yours! Don’t think that we’re going to take you in all year again just because you can’t behave-“
“I didn’t get kicked out,” Harry rolled his eyes. Even if he did get kicked out, he wouldn’t come back here. “I just have something that I need for you to sign.”
Vernon faltered a little at that. He was all puffed up and ready for a fight, but this wasn’t a large request. And as much as the Dursleys enjoyed making Harry’s life more difficult, this probably wasn’t worth fighting over. Not when Vernon was still more than a little afraid of Harry.
Harry unrolled the bottom of the scroll and placed it down on the coffee table. “Just sign here.”
“Now wait, just a minute!” Vernon blustered. “What exactly are we signing?”
“I just need your permission to purchase something,” Harry explained. “I am paying for it. It has nothing to do with you and it never will. Just sign the paper. The day that I turn seventeen, this will cease to matter.”
“If you think I’m going to sign that without reading it-“
“Read it if you like,” Harry said impatiently.
Vernon went still at Harry’s tone and watched him warily for a moment before he picked up the parchment and unrolled it.
Harry waited as patiently as he could manage while Vernon read through it. He wasn’t worried that his uncle would decide not to sign it. Harry would resort to threats if necessary. And of course he didn’t want to lie, so he would follow through on those threats if needed.
“What is this ‘galleons’?” Vernon demanded. “How much is a galleon supposed to be in real money?”
“It’s magical currency,” Harry frowned at him. “It has nothing to do with you.”
“If it needs my signature then it has to do with me!” Vernon said stubbornly.
“It is my money,” Harry said forcefully. “You never had any right to it. You never will have any right to it.”
“Ungrateful brat,” Vernon spat at him. “After we took you in out of the goodness of our hearts! After we raised you all these years without any compensation. Taking food from our son’s mouth!”
Harry couldn’t help but snort. If he’d taken food from Dudley’s mouth, they should be thanking him. He gave his fuming uncle a half smile, “Vernon, sign the document and I’ll leave you alone. Continue brassing me off, and I will make your life increasingly difficult until you change your mind. The choice is yours.”
Vernon was turning fully puce. Harry wasn’t certain whether it was the ultimatum or the casual disregard, and he didn’t really care. Vernon was a complete non-entity to Harry at this point. He could no longer hurt Harry physically, mentally, or emotionally. He was vaguely annoying and marginally useful for the moment. Nothing more.
“Vernon, please,” Petunia finally spoke up, wrapping her bony hands around his fat arm. “Please, just sign it and he’ll go away.”
“For how long?” Vernon demanded, rounding on her. “How long before he comes back wanting something else.”
“I cannot imagine you having anything that I want after I turn seventeen,” Harry said.
Vernon narrowed his beady eyes and looked between Harry’s bland expectation and Petunia’s pleading eyes. Finally, he stuck a fat finger in Harry’s face. “This is it! We will sign this and then we’re done. You leave us alone. You don’t come back and ask for anything. You don’t come back next summer. We’re done.”
“I would love nothing more,” said Harry.
Vernon took that as a confirmation and slammed the parchment down on the sofa table. Petunia hurried to the writing desk to fetch him a pen. He signed where indicated and Petunia followed suit. Vernon then thrust it back at Harry.
“Ta,” Harry said cheerfully as he rolled the parchment back up. He ignored his uncle’s continued blustering and ultimatums about if he ever darkened their doorstep again as he let himself out the back door and called for Dobby to take him to Gringotts.
Completing the purchase was a pretty simple process. The signed paperwork and the transfer of funds from his trust vault was completed easily enough and then Harry was given the deed and the portkey to the property, which was named Cedar Hill. Harry saw no reason to change the perfectly serviceable name. It was suitable anyway since there were a lot of cedars in the surrounding wood and a particularly large one standing alone in a clearing near the center of the land. It spread majestically near the river bank, and it was here that Harry planned to set up his tent.
He used the portkey to go directly to the new property. It was quite late by this point, but he wasn’t tired in the least. It was becoming increasingly apparent that his body was changing again. Sleep had seemed less necessary since that night with Hermione at the Ministry. Again, it would seem, his magic had decided that this trick that it did in a moment of stress was a good thing and it was just going to make it permanent.
It felt very… abnormal, when everyone else was getting tired and he wasn’t. He could still sleep if he laid down, but he’d found that he didn’t feel more rested in the morning if he slept eight hours or four. Happily, he did still need to sleep some. Something like four hours seemed to be about right now.
He was mostly resigned, at this point, to his magic being weird and his body surprising him with new tricks every year or so. He still struggled with the implications of it, but he was getting used to adapting to the oddities.
So long as he didn’t need the sleep, he was going to take advantage of the extra time to get some things done. Particularly things that he couldn’t do in front of his friends. This meant practicing the really dark magic that he was learning and working on his new property.
Tonight, he spent most of the time just walking the perimeter of the land, identifying the wardstones and figuring out exactly what they were doing. He had some ideas of what he wanted to add to them, but he had a lot more research to do to ensure that he got it all just right. While Harry walked the property, he noticed Dante from time to time, sometimes close by, other times in the distance. The hound seemed to be stalking the property as though performing his own inspection. Or perhaps he was just peeing on as many trees and rocks as he could manage.
Did Hellhounds pee?
Wait, did they eat? Harry hadn’t ever fed Dante. After some reflection, he assumed that either they didn’t need to eat like normal animals or maybe Dante just used his shadow-travel ability to slip off into the Forbidden Forest or something and hunt his own food when he was hungry. He was certainly more than capable of it.
It was nearly three in the morning before Harry crawled into bed that night… morning. He felt pleasantly tired and very pleased with his accomplishments. He now had land of his own. He didn’t have any kind of shelter or provisions there just yet, but it was his and it was a place to which he could retreat if the Ministry tried to arrest him or Dumbledore tried to force him back to the Dursleys or his heritage came out and he needed to go into hiding. Even without anything on the land yet, it was such a relief. The land did have trees. Even if he didn’t know a lot about magical construction, he was sure that he could create a suitable dwelling for himself if he had to retreat there today. It also had the river, which wasn’t huge, but certainly would have some fish in it. An accio should get him food. And he could always use his animagus form to hunt if necessary. He was sure that he’d be more than a match for rabbits, at least.
These comforting thoughts accompanied him into slumber.
Long Distance
It was a few days after purchasing Cedar Hill that Harry received the package from Hermione at breakfast. He’d immediately tucked it into an expanded pocket and only read the attached letter at the table. He knew how many people paid him various amounts of attention in the Great Hall. He could feel their attention on him like a constant faint itch in the back of his mind.
He read through the letter quickly. It was remarkably short for Hermione, but that was understandable when the contents were considered.
Dear Harry,
I hope you’ve been well. I’m sorry that this took me so long to get finished. The enchantments were simple enough to do. The complication came in the selective aspect. Never mind that. I’ll explain further when we speak in person. I know that you’re probably busy with schoolwork after dinner — at least, I hope that you are — so I thought that we could chat at eight o’clock tonight, your time. That’ll be two hours later for me, so I don’t think it’s wise to push it any later than that.
I’ve included one for you and one for Ron. You’ll find your names inside as it is important that you get the right ones. Forgive me for being terribly cryptic, but I thought it best if we use some degree of discretion on this matter.
We will talk soon.
All my love,
Hermione
Harry opted to leave the package from Hermione in his pocket until he and Ron were in their dorm that night. Then he opened it to find two identical black, leather bound journals inside. As promised, Harry found his and Ron’s first names written on the inside cover. The first page of the journal was also already full of script. It appeared to be the same message to each of them.
While Ron took his journal to his own bed to look it over, Harry sat down on his bed and read Hermione’s first message. It turned out to be a detailed explanation of how the journals worked. The three of them were linked together so that any of them could speak to any other one of them privately or they could write into a group chat that would appear in both other journals.
Harry tried to puzzle through the spellwork needed for that kind of thing and he had a vague idea, but it would take a lot of research to actually make it work. He was quite impressed with Hermione’s accomplishment.
It’s equipped with some basic privacy charms, Harry, but you should probably add some more wards to them. I know that you’re much more accomplished with warding than I am. It’s not so important for me here, but you and Ron will be much more at risk of having yours stolen or even confiscated.
Curiously, Harry prodded at the journal with his magic and found precisely what Hermione had said. Basic privacy wards. It would be enough to keep out all of the younger year students and most of the upper years, but maybe those that were taking arithmancy and ancient runes. He didn’t think that any of the teachers were likely to struggle with it overmuch if they decided to look, and of course Death Eaters and Order members would have an easy enough time getting through them.
Hermione was also right that he’d become rather skilled with warding. At least for a student. He was sure that he had nothing on the likes of Bill Weasley, but he felt confident that he could put together something that would give even Dumbledore pause, though part of that would be due to his magic rather than the brilliance of his wards.
After reading the rest of Hermione’s letter, he found a quill to add some runes inside the cover of the journal, then used some spells to activate those runes and empower them into sturdy wards. It wasn’t anything particularly fancy, but it would serve well enough for now.
“Can you do mine, too?” Ron asked when Harry lowered his wand.
“‘Course,” Harry agreed and reached to accept the journal. He took a few more minutes to put the wards on Ron’s journal as well, then handed it back with the advisory, “Give me a day or two to have a think and look up a few things, and I’ll add some more to that.”
“Cheers,” Ron grinned, then returned to his own desk to fish out a quill and begin writing in his journal. As nothing appeared in Harry’s he suspected that Ron was writing to Hermione specifically. Which made sense. He and Harry talked all the time, after all, whereas he didn’t think Ron had seen Hermione at all since last school year.
It was nearly eight o’clock anyway, so he they would all speak then.
When the time rolled around, words began to appear on the page in Hermione’s small, neat script. First were just both of their names. The selective magic worked by writing the name or names of the people you wanted to reach in the little box at the top corner of every page. Then that page would send to both of those people for the whole of it, front and back. When you wanted to move onto a new page, you needed to address it thus again.
HG: Hello! I’m so glad that we can finally talk in real time. I’ve missed you boys so much!
RW: Hello, ‘Mione.
HP: We’ve missed you too. How are things going with the Krums?
And Hermione was off. The next ten minutes was filled with only minor interjections from Harry and Ron as Hermione gushed about how sweet and understanding Viktor’s parents had been with her. She was still seeing the mind healer, who was honestly helping her so much. And she was working with tutors this year rather than going to a magical school. They said that it was because Durmstrang didn’t take muggleborns and they weren’t going to send her to a lesser school, but Harry highly suspected that it had a lot to do with Hermione’s mental state and her not being in the best position to be in as impersonal of an atmosphere as a school surrounded by a bunch of strangers with no friends and teachers who didn’t know her at all.
He was very grateful to the Krums. No matter what they claimed to owe him, Harry felt indebted to them for what they’d done for Hermione.
She then asked about how their year had been going and Harry told her about getting to know Theo and Tracey this year and how awesome Ron was being about getting along with them. Ron blushed bright red over on his bed and chucked a pillow at Harry for the gushing comment, but Harry could tell that he was quite pleased to be so complimented, no matter how uncomfortable he found the experience. Hermione also gushed with praise, which only made Ron redder.
When the conversation came back around to Hermione, she admitted that the Krum’s had been very impressed by her little notebook project. Though she seemed almost guilty in the way she phrased it, she was thriving with adults who understood magic well enough to appreciate her accomplishments, though Harry suspected that she felt guilty for being happy with her future parents-in-law so soon after her real parents’ deaths.
It made Harry wonder at the morality involved in leaving muggleborns to grow up in the muggle world with their muggle parents. Surely it would be more humane to alter the memories of the muggles and just take their children into the magical world before they were old enough to build memories of their muggle parents or that world. Let them grow up in magical families. The magical birth rate was so low, surely it couldn’t be that hard to get them placed here. And it would eliminate situations like with the Dursleys. They couldn't be the only muggles to hate the magical child in their midst, after all.
And it would serve the muggles as well. How much less bitter might Petunia have grown up if it wasn’t in the shadow of her magical little sister?
But it would entail kidnapping small children from their biological parents…
Morality was hard.
After nearly two hours of catching up, Ron bid them both goodnight and got ready for bed.
When it was just the two of them, Hermione started a new page that wouldn’t send to Ron’s notebook.
HP: Are you sure that you shouldn’t be getting to bed, Hermione? Isn’t it nearly midnight there?
HG: I’ll go to bed soon, but I had some questions for you, first, Harry Potter.
HP: Uh-oh…
HG: I’m glad my tone is coming across in my writing. I’ve been dying to ask you this since summer, but why didn’t you ever tell us about your snake tattoo?? When did you get it? Why did you get it? I wanted to ask you right away, but of course I was a little busy just then. And a little distracted the next couple of times that I saw you. Did you think that we wouldn’t understand? I didn’t want to mention it where Ron could see because I think you still haven’t told him, right?
Harry watched the writing appear very rapidly and he frowned at the hurt that he was sure was behind her words. When she finally paused, he responded.
HP: I’m sorry, Hermione. I got it the summer before third year when I was staying in the Leaky Cauldron for so long. I loved the idea of a familiar that I could keep with me at all times. That couldn’t die so long as I live. So I had a test done to figure out what the animal would be for me and where the tattoo would go and all that. When I saw that it was a snake, I got excited because that meant that I’d be able to really talk to it. So I decided to get it. I didn’t tell you and Ron because I wasn’t sure how you would react. I’ve loved you guys since first year, but I wasn’t all that secure in our friendship. I was still afraid that I’d do or say something wrong and you’d both realize that I wasn’t the kind of friend you wanted after all.
HG: Since third year??
HP: Yes. And if you’ll remember what happened Christmas of that year? I got a Firebolt as a gift and you went to McGonagall and got it taken away from me.
HG: We thought there was a madman out for your blood and you didn’t want to tell anyone that you’d gotten a broom anonymously in the mail, Harry! It could have been cursed. Maybe you’d be a hundred feet in the air going a hundred miles an hour and it would suddenly dive straight into the ground! You couldn’t know and you weren’t interested in checking! You could have died.
HP: I know, Hermione! I just wish that you’d have been more persistent in making me see that instead of going behind my back to a teacher. Do you see how I couldn’t trust you with my secrets if that was how you’d react? What if I told you about Kaa and you went and told McGonagall?
The page remained blank for a dozen or so very long seconds before she responded.
HG: I suppose that I wasn’t all that secure in our friendship back then either. I didn’t know how to make you listen without making you hate me, so I went to a teacher and made myself believe that you would understand and forgive me afterward.
HP: Well, I did understand eventually. And I did forgive you. But I didn’t forget it.
HG: I understand. I suppose that I’m as stubborn and difficult as Ron in my own way.
HG: Oh, that reminds me! The Krums keep house-elves! It bothered me so much that I finally worked up the nerve to question Mrs. Krum about it. And Harry! You and Ron kept trying to tell me and I wouldn’t listen! Did you know that the house-elf bond to a wizard is actually vital to keep them alive? They even get some of their magic from that bond, so without it, they die really young and they have barely any power!
HP: I did know that, Hermione.
HG: But why didn’t you tell me?! I made such a fool of myself with S.P.E.W.! And those poor elves! They must have hated me! I thought that they were just brainwashed, but of course it was me who didn’t understand rather than them.
HP: I did try to tell you Hermione. Like you said, you didn’t listen. And you’re a bit terrifying when you have a cause.
HG: Oh, I’m so embarrassed now. Please apologize to the Hogwarts elves for me. But Harry, how did you find out about this? You didn’t grow up in the magical world.
HP: I asked Dobby and he explained it in second year after I saved him from Malfoy Senior.
HG: Oh, I forgot about that! Is Dobby okay? Did he get a bond with Hogwarts?
HP: …no?
HG: You’re making me suspicious, Harry Potter. What happened?
HP: Well… So I didn’t really free Dobby. I just… took his bond for myself. He’s been my bound house elf since second year. Please, don’t kill me.
HG: Oh, Harry, you idiot! I just told you that I understand the need for the bond now. And I’m sure that you’ll be so much better for Dobby than the Malfoys were. Is he just working at Hogwarts until you get your own house?
HG: Oh my gosh! I just remembered Winky! Is she still alive? She’s been without a bond for so long!
HP: Winky is fine. I bonded her to myself almost right after we first met her at Hogwarts. I wanted to make sure that she didn’t wither away.
HG: Oh, thank goodness! Merlin, I have to learn to do better research before I decide to take a side in every cause that I come across.
Harry couldn’t help but laugh out loud at that statement. First Ron and now Hermione. At this rate, they were all going to end up adults before they graduated!
Notes:
That last scene sort of got away from me, y’all! It ended up a little “talking head”, so I hope that it wasn’t too boring! I tried to trim as much unimportant conversation as I could manage!
Anyway, I hope y'all enjoyed the new chapter. I'd love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 37: Year Six - part 7
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Slug Club
Ron held quidditch tryouts the day after they received their journals. And Harry had no idea if McGonagall had figured out that Ron’s love of quidditch and his love of chess might combine to make him a phenomenal quidditch captain or if she’d just wanted to give him something good in his life after his father’s death, but after watching the tryouts, Harry was cautiously hopeful that both might come of it.
He’d been a hit or miss player last year, but he seemed to blossom in this role in a way that Harry had never seen before.
Harry went to the tryouts mostly as moral support since he would not be playing again this year as his reasons for quitting last year certainly hadn’t changed except perhaps to become more severe. Of course, the moral support didn’t prove to be very necessary. Ron had been a little nervous before it started, but once he got going, he seemed to forget all about his nerves.
Ginny would be seeker again, of course, and Katie would continue as Chaser. The beaters were new and quite young, but Harry was sure that Ron would have them trained up in no time.
The Slytherins also did not make an appearance, which did not surprise Harry. He suspected that Ron would find a total lack of razzing this year from that quarter. Most of the Slytherins either respected Harry or feared him after last year. Or they respected the opinions of the students who fit into one of those categories. And they all knew that Ron was his best mate, so Harry strongly suspected that they would be leaving him alone.
Without the Slytherins and now being totally in charge, Ron seemed to really be in his element on the quidditch pitch and Harry had a very good feeling about their chances this year.
After quidditch practice, Harry and Ron made their way down to Hagrid’s for a quick visit. Sadly, they found the giant in a rather sorry state. Apparently, Aragog was dying. Harry was proud of the job that Ron did in hiding his happiness at this revelation.
Harry had some concerns. “Hagrid, do you think the colony will behave without him there? They’re not all that far from school grounds…”
Hagrid, unfortunately, waved off Harry’s worries. “Oh, don’ worry about that, Harry. They wouldn’t hurt anyone.”
Harry exchanged an absolutely incredulous look with Ron, which Hagrid totally missed.
Harry supposed that at least there was a basilisk keeping their numbers in check. She’d probably been gorging herself after so long hibernating in a state of mild starvation and feeding on nothing but rats and whatever other small rodents she could reach in her prison.
By the time they left Hagrid’s hut, Harry was a touch alarmed to realize that he was running late for the dinner party that Slughorn had bullied him into attending.
Ron had frowned at the reminder, but only nodded and walked away as Harry set off at a jog. Harry did wish that Ron didn’t feel jealous of something that Harry detested so much, but he supposed his friend would just like to detest it with him. Harry would gratefully switch places with Ron if he could. There were probably plenty of ambitious social climbers who would be delighted to be singled out by Slughorn, but Harry was neither ambitious nor any kind of social climber and so this was just annoying.
He was fully ten minutes late when he arrived for the dinner party and he immediately apologized for his tardiness.
“Harry, m’boy! Come on in! Come on in! So glad that you could make it. Don’t worry at all about being late, Harry! Perfectly understandable. I’m sure you’re busy — homework is steep in your sixth year. Have a seat. Have a seat.”
Harry blushed a little at the overly-enthusiastic dismissal of Harry’s apology. A glance at the others in the room suggested that they were either amused by Harry’s embarrassment or irritated by his special treatment. Harry was so entirely sick of people getting angry at him for the way that he was treated. As though he did anything to encourage it or had any control over it.
Resigned, Harry sat down next to Blaise and scooted his chair a little closer to the other boy. At least Blaise was at these dinners as well or Harry didn’t think that he’d actually bother to show up at all. It was hard to say that an evening was totally wasted when he got to spend it sitting next to Blaise.
Finally, he glanced around at the other attendees. Ginny was here, as was Theo. Draco was seated at the opposite side of the table from Blaise, likely in anticipation of Harry sitting next to him. McLaggen was in attendance. Harry didn’t recognize the others, but then Slughorn was making introductions. Apparently, the youngest girl was Melinda Bobbin, a third year Ravenclaw. And the other unfamiliar girls were Hestia and Flora Carrow, Slytherin twins in their fifth year.
With introductions handled, the extravagant meal was served and Slughorn began telling tales that amounted mostly to name dropping. Stories about things that he’d arranged for that had made people’s careers, and the gifts they showered on him in return. Harry did his best to tune out while he ate the meal. The food, at least, was good. Slow roasted lamb shank, apparently, with some deliciously grilled vegetables that actually made him want to eat vegetables after a lifetime of trying to survive off the scraps that Dudley rejected, which were mostly vegetables.
Unfortunately, Harry’s strategy of ignoring the conversation to get through it hit a rather significant snag when Slughorn kept finding unsubtle ways to bring the conversation back around to Harry in order to attempt to pump him for information about what had happened at the ministry last summer, and to get his opinion on the whole Chosen One thing, apparently in hopes of ascertaining the validity of the rumors.
Harry did not want to outright lie again. He could. It wasn’t as though it was physically painful for him. It just felt a bit like having a kip on the floor of a public loo. Right under the urinals. In other words, disgusting. It wasn’t something he wanted to go through for the sake of Slughorn of all people.
After the third time that Slughorn made comments about what had happened in the Ministry, Harry just came out and said, “It’s not something that I really want to talk about, sir.”
“Oh, of course not. Of course not, m’boy. Yes, I’m sure that it was… traumatic. Your friend — Miss Granger, was it? — she was nearly killed that night, wasn’t she?”
Harry let his face harden this time as he met the professor’s eyes. “I don’t want to talk about it,” he said very firmly this time.
Slughorn sort of froze under the stare and swallowed visibly before giving a forced laugh, “Yes, you said. Yes. My apologies.” And then he changed the subject entirely, addressing McLaggen about some friend of the boy’s father who was evidently important for some reason.
Blaise’s hand closed around Harry’s under the table and he glanced at the other boy, who looked a little concerned.
Harry gave him a wan smile and squeezed his hand lightly.
Thankfully, Slughorn did not try to turn the conversation back to the ministry and the Chosen One business again during that dinner, though Harry wasn’t going to hold his breath for that remaining true at the next dinner party.
Throughout the rest of the dinner, Slughorn mostly focused on other people, leaving Harry free to observe his dinner companions. Of most interest was Ginny, who ate her food with minimal interaction or attention to her surroundings, and Malfoy, who looked unusually pale with noticeable circles under his eyes. His refusing to meet Harry’s eyes was not unusual, but he was starting to look pretty unhealthy.
Despite himself, Harry was a little worried about the git. His father had come out of the ministry fiasco smelling like roses, so that couldn’t be the reason for his ill health. And Harry wasn’t harassing him or anything, so he didn’t think that it had anything to do with him. All he could think was that he wasn’t so happy to have the Dark Lord back as his behavior in previous years would have suggested. Which would honestly make him smarter than Harry would have credited.
Overall, the meal was a chore to get through. McLaggen loved to brag and Slughorn loved to encourage it, meaning that that is was what dominated the majority of the meal once Harry had managed to make his objections to talking about himself clear.
When the plates were finally taken away, Harry wanted to heave a sigh of relief. At least, he did until he realized that Slughorn showed no sign of releasing them anytime soon. Apparently, dinner was to be followed by more chatting.
He gave it about five more minutes and then he just gave up. He rose from his seat, interrupting Slughorn in the middle of a story about a now famous author that had once been part of the Slug Club.
“Harry?” the man looked at him in surprise.
“I’m sorry, sir,” Harry said without much sincerity, “My study group and I usually meet about now to go over our homework, so I really need to be going.”
“Oh, study group? Well, that’s a great idea, Mr. Potter. Just great. Is it a large group?”
“Just myself and my friends Ron and Tracey along with Blaise and Theo here,” he nodded to them. “So we’d all best be going, I suppose.”
And Slughorn blustered a bit, but he ended up letting them go with good cheer.
Harry waited until they were far enough away to be sure that they wouldn’t be overheard, then glanced at Theo, who had followed him and Blaise out of the room. “Sorry about that.”
“About what?” Theo raised an eyebrow.
“Er. About pulling you both out of there. I know Slughorn helps people out after Hogwarts, so if you’d prefer to stay, I won’t do that again.”
“You think that injured us in Slughorn’s eyes? Potter, you can do no wrong in his eyes and you just made sure that he knows we are part of your exclusive study group,” Theo said mildly. “Slughorn chooses most of his group based on connections, and I don’t think there’s a more impressive connection than you right now.”
Harry sighed, but nodded. He was glad that he hadn’t made his friends look bad in front of Slughorn, but he honestly didn’t think that Slughorn was going to appreciate having put such time and effort into Harry when he just up and disappeared one day. Especially if America worked out because Harry didn’t think that the magical world kept up with things that happened in America much at all. He wouldn’t be much of a contact worth retaining then.
Blaise wrapped an arm around Harry’s waist, likely aware of his wool-gathering, and Harry flashed a smile up at him. He fit himself more comfortably against his boyfriend and tried to put Slughorn out of his mind for the rest of the day. Though he’d used their study group as an excuse to get away from Slughorn, he hadn’t lied about them usually meeting around this time. And they did need to work on homework. There was always something that needed to be studied this year, and that wasn’t even factoring in any extra curricular studying that he wanted to get done.
Vita Zabini
Blaise settled his arm comfortably around Harry’s shoulder and drew him close to his side as they made their way down the well-trodden path to Hogsmeade. Harry snuggled into his side as he always did and Blaise couldn’t help but smile as he pressed a kiss to Harry’s temple. Merlin, but he loved this man. Harry was such an amazing wizard, and he still treated Blaise as though Harry was the lucky one in this relationship. That kind of humility was almost astonishing, but he had learned over the years that it was absolutely authentic. Somehow, Harry seemed to understand that he was crazy powerful, and yet he wasn’t overly impressed by it.
As they drew nearer to the village, Blaise began to notice that Harry was growing increasingly tense under his arm.
“Are you nervous?” he asked quietly.
Harry huffed a distinctly tense laugh. “Your mum sort of terrifies me, Blaise.”
Blaise frowned at that and glanced down at Harry, “Why? You’ve literally dueled the Dark Lord, Harry.”
Harry glanced up with a sickly smile, “Well, sure. But I can’t exactly curse your mum. What if she hates me? I mean, why wouldn’t she hate me. I’m putting you in danger just by talking to you, much less dating you!”
“Hey, calm down,” Blaise said, pulling Harry to a stop and placing his hands on Harry’s shoulders, turning him so that they were facing each other. “I promise that no matter what my mum thinks of you, it won’t affect how I feel about you. Okay?”
Harry bit his lip and gave a small nod.
“My mum can be difficult sometimes, but she will accept you because she loves me. And I’m not giving her any other choice.”
Harry glanced up with a watery smile. “You’re sure? I don’t want to come between you and your mum. She’s your family. There’s nothing more important than that.”
Blaise’s heart broke a little bit for the sweet man who would value Blaise’s family over his own happiness. He kissed him softly, then pulled him into a tight hug. “And that is why I’d pick you if she ever made me choose. But don’t worry. She wouldn’t ever actually cut me out of her life.”
Harry held on with his slight-too-strong grip for a minute more before he finally nodded and pulled away. He wiped discretely at his eyes, then reached out to claim Blaise’s hand in his own and start walking again.
They continued in silence, and Blaise silently mused on the sensation of Harry’s hand in his own. Harry had always run hotter than him. Quite possibly hotter than anyone Blaise had ever touched. It wasn’t enough to feel unnatural, necessarily, but people weren’t normally so warm all the time. Whether Harry was climbing stairs or cuddling in the chilly chamber of secrets or walking outside in the cold, he was just always really warm.
Blaise wondered whether that was something to do with his crazy powerful magic. Though he’d never heard of such a thing before, it wouldn't entirely surprise Blaise to learn that Harry’s magic just kept him warm in almost any environment without him needing to cast any spells.
“So where is your familiar?” Blaise asked after a while.
Harry looked at him in surprise, then blushed a little. “Dante?”
Blaise nodded, absently wondering if Harry had more than one familiar. It wouldn’t be unheard of, but it was very rare.
“He doesn’t usually come with when I’m going somewhere,” Harry admitted. “I’m sure he’ll meet us there.”
Blaise ran that back in his head and decided that it truly did not make any sense. “What?”
Harry pursed his lips and looked away and Blaise got the sense that this was pushing up against one of the secrets that Harry was not yet comfortable sharing with him. He opened his mouth to retract his question, but Harry spoke before he could.
“He can travel through shadows,” Harry said, almost too softly to make out.
“Shadows?” Blaise asked, intrigued, though he pitched his voice as low as Harry’s with respect for the secret they were sharing.
Harry glanced at him, but nodded.
“I hadn’t realized that Hellhounds could do that,” Blaise said after a minute. “But then I guess that’s not surprising. Very little is known about them. And if they’re generally invisible, who would be able to tell how they got into the room?” He mulled that over curiously. “The only being that I know of that can shadow travel is vampires-“ He stopped when Harry suddenly stopped walking.
When he glanced back, he found Harry staring at him with a strange expression on his face. Something like contemplation and concern. “I didn’t know that vampires can shadow travel. All vampires can?”
Blaise shrugged, “Possibly. They’re not very forthcoming about their strengths and weaknesses, for obvious reasons. Some suggest that it’s only old or powerful vampires that can do it, while others insist that any of them can.”
“Huh,” Harry said after a long moment of what seemed to be deep thought. “I guess that I need to read more about vampires.” Then he ran a hand over his face. “When I can afford it,” he added with some consternation.
“Are you short on money?” Blaise asked, surprised. With the way Harry was always spending, Blaise had assumed that he was set quite comfortably, and he knew that the Potters were wealthy.
Harry shook his head, “It’s a long story.” And he glanced back toward another group of students who were getting somewhat close to them since they’d been stopped. Probably not close enough to overhear yet, but Blaise took the hint and started walking again. He’d ask Harry some time when they had more privacy. He could only hope that Harry felt comfortable talking about it. He wouldn’t push, but he was curious. And slightly concerned. Harry didn’t seem the type to fall victim to gambling or frivolous spending. Had he been shorter on funds than Blaise had assumed or had he gotten carried away with those illegal book purchases?
As they entered the village, the number of people around increased such that Blaise didn’t try to start any more conversations. Also, Harry’s nerves seemed to ramp back up despite Blaise’s reassurances.
Given his mother’s reputation, Blaise didn’t think it odd when people were nervous to meet his mother in general. Coming from Harry though, who was ridiculously brave even for a Gryffindor, and who had dueled the Dark Lord more than once at this point, he found it somewhat humorous. He was careful to conceal his humor as he didn’t want to make Harry feel mocked, however.
Blaise led the way to the Hogshead and didn’t pause at the bar, but made straight for the back rooms where he knew his mother would already be waiting. And sure enough, one of the doors had a black ribbon tied loosely around the knob. He felt his fingers tingle with his mother’s magic as he slipped it free, but he paused before opening the door as Harry’s grip on his hand was verging very near to painful. He flexed his hand a little in Harry’s hold as he glanced back at him.
Harry’s eyes widened and he dropped his hand immediately, “Shit, did I hurt you?” he asked, visibly alarmed.
“No. It was getting there, but I’m fine,” Blaise assured.
Harry looked extremely relieved as he snatched up Blaise’s hand again as gently as if he were holding a delicate butterfly and pressed several kisses to his knuckles as if in apology. Then he just slumped forward and let his head rest on Blaise’s shoulder.
Blaise wrapped and arm around him, curious about the reaction.
“I’m so sorry,” he murmured into Blaise’s robe.
“You didn’t hurt me,” Blaise reiterated.
“But I could have,” Harry said almost too softly to hear. “I don’t ever want to hurt you.”
“Then don’t,” Blaise said softly.
Harry pulled back enough to look up at him and he laid a warm palm against his cheek, “You are to curse me if I ever do,” he said fervently. “Something powerful from close range is your best bet.”
Blaise stared a moment, then huffed in some disbelief. He thought about arguing, but his mother was waiting for them and she would know that he’d removed the ribbon, so now was not the time. Instead, he just pressed a kiss to Harry’s lips, then turned to open the door before his boyfriend could get any more nervous.
His mother was, of course, waiting inside. She’d clearly transfigured one of the simple wooden chairs into a more comfortable armchair in which she was reclined. She was dressed today in a typically resplendent dress. It was a combination of black and burgundy in a heavy velvet with trailing sleeves and black embroidery crawling up from the hem of the skirt. A touch dramatic for a meeting like this, but that was exactly his mother’s style.
Her dark eyes met his for a moment before she turned her attention entirely to Harry.
Blaise reached behind Harry to push the door shut since Harry seemed to have forgotten about it entirely under his mother’s stare.
“Er. It’s a pleasure to meet you, Lady Zabini,” Harry said nervously.
“At last I meet the young man who has designs upon my son,” she said softly, the dangerous purr of her tone intended to unnerve.
But, of course, Harry was a Gryffindor. And so he responded by straightening his spine and meeting her eyes without flinching.
“Mamma,” Blaise said, unable to keep the reproof from his tone.
“Hush, piccino,” his mum said without taking her focus from Harry. “Tell me, Mr. Potter. What do you intend to come from your liaison with my son?” She deliberately over-pronounced the French word, making it sound particularly scandalous.
Blaise stiffened a little. He opened his mouth to dispute the implication, but Harry was already responding.
“I love your son, and I hope to marry him someday if he’ll have me,” Harry said firmly.
Blaise looked away in a vain attempt to hide his reflexive smile. Merlin, he loved Harry so much. He was beyond delighted to hear him come out and say that as it wasn’t something they’d ever properly discussed. With a pureblood, Blaise would have felt assured that it was assumed, but Harry was raised by muggles and they seemed to have a very different idea of courtship.
Vita stared Harry down a moment more, then relaxed her posture slightly and finally looked away from him. “Sit,” she said, indicating the remaining chairs at the table with a gesture of her chin.
Harry glanced at Blaise, clearly unable to tell whether or not Vita’s reaction had been positive or negative.
Blaise gave him an encouraging smile because that utter lack of censure was definitely approval from her.
Blaise waited for Harry to take the chair across the table from his mum, and then settled himself in next to him.
Vita poured them each a cup of tea from the pot already sat on the table.
Blaise reached for his and Harry’s cups, discretely taking the cup that she’d meant for Harry for himself. He didn’t think his mum had potioned it, but better safe than sorry. He knew that she caught what he’d done and would stop him from drinking if it was anything dangerous.
She merely lifted an eyebrow at him that said she’d not done anything, but she found it interesting that he had done that.
Harry, bless him, didn’t seem to have noticed anything as he picked up his cup and took a small sip.
“So what do you want to do when you graduate, Mr. Potter?” Vita asked almost casually.
“I hope to do some traveling, actually,” Harry said.
She lifted a rather judgmental eyebrow, “So you will run away from the brewing war?” Which was definitely a trick question because she constantly advised Blaise to stay out of anything involving that war.
“Oh, I mean after the war,” Harry admitted.
“You expect the war to be over before you graduate?”
Harry looked a little flustered. “No. I mean… You asked what I wanted to do. I want to do some traveling. Of course, that will have to wait until the war is over though. I mean, I do hope that it won’t take too long.”
Blaise withheld any reaction to the way Harry spoke of ending a war with the same sort of expectation that others might their N.E.W.T.s. As though it was just a difficult challenge to overcome before moving on to the things they wanted to do with their lives. As though he was certain that he’d come out on top eventually.
Blaise honestly believed it was very likely given what he knew of Harry’s power, but his mum never seemed to believe that he wasn’t exaggerating when he mentioned that.
She certainly didn’t seem to believe it now as she cast Blaise a subtle look that nonetheless conveyed disdain.
He returned her look with the hardest one he could muster.
She pursed her lips faintly and looked at Harry again. “Where do you want to travel?”
“Er.” Harry hesitated. “I suppose just away from Britain is the most important part.”
“Why?”
“Well, I don’t care for how people treat me here for that whole ‘Boy-Who-Lived’ thing. I’d very much like to get away from that.”
“You do not like to be adored and celebrated?” she asked skeptically.
“No,” Harry said flatly. “I’d much rather just be left alone. And they might be celebrating me this year, but last year they scorned and vilified me. I know for a fact that at least some members of the Ministry wanted to see me arrested when I was fifteen. What happens when they decide to hate me again once I’m an adult? Will they chuck me in prison?
“Even when they love me, it’s not like they love me because I’m a swell bloke with talent and charm. No, they love me because some fool printed an article that said I’m prophesized to rescue them. They wouldn’t love me so much if they found out that I don’t give a toss about rescuing any of them!”
“You don’t plan to rescue them?” Vita asked, apparently unfazed by Harry’s passionate rant. “You seemed to suggest that you planned to do just that.”
“No,” Harry corrected. “I plan to kill Voldemort because he’s hurt my friends and because he’s an arsehole. I don’t honestly care about the rest. Most of them are too stupid or cowardly to fight for their own lives and would rather shove a child in front of the monster instead. They don’t deserve my defense.
Blaise very carefully did not laugh at the subtle widening of his mother’s eyes when Harry not only used the Dark Lord’s name but called him an arsehole. She was going to leave this meeting convinced that Harry was off his bloody rocker, but it was so worth it to see that look on her face.
Whether she was processing or if she’d decided to give Harry up as a lunatic, Vita turned her attention to Blaise for a short time, inquiring after his classes this year and asking as to how Tracey and Theo were doing. Then she turned her attention back to Harry.
“And how about you, Mr. Potter? How are your classes going this year?”
For some reason, Harry didn’t seem to have expected the question to be turned on him. He faltered briefly before admitting, “They’re, er… going all right, I guess. A little boring.”
“Boring?”
“Well, the professors are just focusing a lot of wordless casting this year, and I’ve had that down for a while, so it’s hard to stay focused when they’re talking about it.”
“You’ve learned wordless casting already? Well enough that you don’t feel you could benefit from further instruction?”
“Er. I guess so. It’s just, I started learning it in fourth year. For the tournament, you know? So I’ve gotten pretty good at it now.”
Vita leaned back in her seat, her expression doubtful but curious. “What would you say is the most difficult spell that you can cast wordlessly?” she posed.
“Er…” Harry seemed a bit surprised at her asking, but he gave it some thought. “It’s a little hard to say exactly what’s hardest… There are more advanced spells that are actually easier to cast silently in my opinion because they tend to be more internally focused to begin with, like transfigurations. Defense spells are some of the most important to cast silently, along with offensive spells, so I think I’ve put a bit more attention into them, which makes them at least seem easier to me.”
Harry was just nervously rambling, but Blaise could see that his mother was reluctantly impressed. Someone who had just been practicing silent casting on spell after spell would undoubtedly know which one gave him the most trouble. Harry had been doing it long enough that he couldn’t honestly think of a specific spell that had given him trouble.
“Yes, I understand,” she mercifully let him off the hook.
“Well,” Blaise decided to interject before his mother could make Harry’s life any harder than it was today. “This has been fun, but I think we should get going, mamma. We have some shopping to do before we head back to the school.”
“Very well, Blaise,” she allowed, standing as Blaise did.
Harry hopped from his seat a second later, clearly trying to hide how relieved he was feeling.
Vita extended one hand toward Blaise and he stepped forward to hug her. She tipped her face up toward his ear and said very quietly, “You cannot be serious.”
Blaise drew back enough to meet her eyes and responded just as quietly, letting her read his lips more than hear him. “Dead serious.” He made his face as grave as possible as he said it.
She pursed her lips, but said no more.
When Blaise stepped back, Vita focused on Harry once more and demanded, “You will protect my son, Mr. Potter.”
Harry met her eyes and gave his words all the gravity of a vow, “With my life.”
Blaise saw the flash of surprise in her eyes followed by grudging respect. Because Harry was the dramatic kind of lunatic that said things like that and meant them from the very depths of his soul. The kind of conviction that no discerning individual could possibly mistake.
Vita acknowledged Harry’s statement with a small, approving dip of her head, and then Blaise was ushering Harry out of the room and out of the pub entirely.
Harry waited until they were out of sight of the pub to slump against a wall and press his hands to his face.
Blaise gave him a moment before he gently inquired, “Are you okay?”
Harry laughed humorlessly. “She really doesn’t like me, does she? I totally messed that up. I knew that I would! What do I know about meeting someone’s parents? It’s not like I have any of my own for reference. And the Weasleys are hardly normal. Mrs. Weasley sent me a Christmas present before we’d even been properly introduced! If your mum sends me something I think I can be sure that it’s cursed.”
“Harry, calm down,” Blaise said, stepping forward and reaching for Harry’s hands.
Harry jerked back before Blaise could touch him, then blushed and looked away. “I’m sorry. I’m just stressed, and I’m not sure that I should touch you when I’m stressed. I don’t want to hurt you by accident.”
Blaise gave that ominous statement a moment of thought, then cautiously placed his hands on Harry’s shoulders instead, relaxing slightly when Harry allowed it. “My mother has had seven very unpleasant marriages. Her first, I think, was a nightmare. She does not trust romantic attachment to be safe. And she loves and worries for nothing in the world so much as me. She will come around in time, but that was not your fault. She would have found a reason to distrust or dislike you no matter what.”
Harry slumped a little more and let his head thunk rather loudly against the wall.
Blaise flinched slightly at the sound and worried for Harry’s head, but Harry didn’t seem to notice.
“That woman is going to murder me with stress alone.”
Blaise chuckled sympathetically and drew Harry fully into his arms. Harry slumped against him, but hesitated a moment before returning the embrace. It made Blaise wonder just how strong Harry was. He always seemed a little too strong for his size, but the idea that he’d squeezed Blaise’s hand too hard earlier really seemed to have scared him. Was he really strong enough to do Blaise serious harm by accident?
If so, one had to wonder how. And why.
Even if that was true though, Blaise didn’t feel afraid. He just didn’t believe that Harry would ever hurt him. He couldn’t see Harry losing control enough to accidentally break his bones or something. Even when he’d been in a mild panic about meeting Blaise’s mum he’d not squeezed nearly hard enough to do real damage.
And Harry’s distress over that small loss of control only made Blaise more certain that it wouldn’t happen.
Not that he planned to tell his mum about the possibility or Harry’s worry. She definitely wouldn't take it very well since she worried about him at least as much as Harry did. Probably more.
After a long moment, Blaise drew back so that he held Harry by one arm around his waist and he started directing them to move. He did have some shopping that he wanted to do today. “You did impress her at the end,” he offered.
“I did? How?” Harry asked, and he clearly meant it. He genuinely had not said that he would protect Blaise with his life with the intention of winning her favor. And apparently hadn’t even noticed that it had worked.
“You told her that you’d protect me with your life.”
Harry just looked confused, “That impressed her? Really? I’d already told her that I loved you.”
The two statements were clearly synonymous in Harry’s mind.
“One does not necessarily follow the other, love,” Blaise explained.
“Yes, it does,” Harry said with certainty. “Love is selfless. If you truly love someone, you’d do anything to ensure their happiness. Why would you do less to preserve their life?”
“Not everyone loves selflessly,” Blaise tried.
“I don’t believe that,” Harry said stubbornly. “You can like spending time with someone selfishly. You can be infatuated or obsessed with someone selfishly. You can covet or possess someone selfishly. But none of those things are love.”
“Well,” Blaise allowed, “then perhaps your statement merely convinced her that you truly love me, and that you weren’t mistaking a more selfish interest for love.”
Harry nodded as though he was finally making sense. “Well, that’s good then.”
“Please try to avoid giving your life for me,” Blaise squeezed Harry slightly. “I’d much rather we both live.”
Harry smiled sweetly up at him, “Yeah, me too. I make no promises, but I’ll always try to survive.”
Blaise kissed his temple as they walked and he bloody well hoped so. He wanted to live a long life with Harry.
Notes:
Another new chapter! I'm having so much fun with this story and there are so many things coming up in sixth year that I am so excited about!
I did promise my patrons that this would be out by yesterday, so... Sorry. Real life so rudely intruded. My daughter and grandbaby were visiting and little baby Sky was deploying weapon's grade adorableness every time that I tried to write. Even if I'm not looking at her, she just coos until I am forced to look! And then, obviously, I must play with her... Simple reality of the universe.
Anyway, I hope that you all enjoyed Harry and Vita's meeting! She is not yet part of his fan club, unfortunately... I'd love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 38: Year Six - part 8
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Trust
Things calmed down somewhat in the week following the meeting with Blaise’s mum. Harry still felt a little unnerved by the memory of it. That woman was unlike anyone Harry had ever met before and he’d had no idea how to handle her. Blaise didn’t seem to think that Harry had done that bad, but Harry couldn’t get over the feeling that she despised him. He wasn’t even sure what he could have done better apart from just being someone else.
He didn’t honestly blame her. Who would want their beloved child dating Voldemort’s prophesied enemy, after all?
Her words had been damning. You cannot be serious. She’d certainly not been impressed, though he presumed that she had meant for that to be too quiet for him to hear. It was sometimes hard to judge what normal people were able to hear.
Part of Harry couldn’t shake the feeling that he was being unforgivably selfish to be dating Blaise at all given that anyone aiming for the massive target on his back was unfortunately likely to hit Blaise in the process.
He’d taken his worries to Kaa as his most trusted adviser — even if the snake often didn’t understand human customs all that well — and the snake had managed to put it into better perspective for Harry. It wasn’t quite what the snake had meant, but it had gotten Harry thinking of it in a different way.
After Harry had spent a few minutes ranting at him about how irresponsible it felt to be putting Blaise in danger and how the right thing to do was surely to leave him for his own safety, Kaa had asked, “Is your mate afraid to stand at your side?”
“Well, that’s not really the point…” Harry had tried to argue.
“Is it not?” Kaa asked, confused. “Why do you worry about the danger if he does not?”
“That’s not the point!” Harry said, exasperated. “I don’t want him to die!”
“So it is about what you want and not him?” the snake asked, apparently genuinely confused about just what Harry’s argument was.
But he hadn’t needed to explain it any further for Kaa’s question had made Harry realize that he wasn’t worrying about Blaise getting hurt. He was worrying about himself losing Blaise. Put that way, it was suddenly apparent that it was a selfish impulse rather than a selfless one. He was worried about Blaise’s life, of course, but more about his own happiness should Blaise be killed.
The selfless thing to do — the right thing to do for Blaise — was to let him make the choice. And Blaise wasn’t an idiot. He knew that there was danger in dating Harry.
So Harry was doing his best to remember and respect that, though he was sure that it would continue to be a struggle for him. Especially as things only grew more dangerous with time.
School continued as it had begun, with Harry spending more time thinking of Cedar Hill work that needed to be done or on spells that he wanted to practice or books that he wanted to read rather than the classes or what he was meant to be learning that day. McGonagall continued to resent it and take points every chance she could get. Harry was sure he would have cared a whole lot a few years ago, but it really just didn’t matter now. He had much more important things to worry about than whether his house would win the house cup at the end of the year. And he’d learned to weather the disdain of his housemates long since, so he wasn’t worried about that either.
He continued writing to Hermione regularly. They often exchanged messages every day even if they didn’t have a chance to write in real time, and Hermione had instituted a weekly block of time for the three of them to chat together, which would be on Friday evenings. They had their second of those since getting the journals and it seemed to be largely comprised of sharing the events of their week with each other, but Harry didn’t mind. It was nice to speak with Hermione regularly again. It was a relief to know that she was getting by okay after the events of the summer.
The five of them — three Slytherins and two Gryffindors — had come to spend most of their downtime in the dungeon classroom. The Halfblood Prince book was a godsend that they’d all taken full advantage of in their studying for the class.
Ron and Theo were getting along surprisingly well, as they seemed to be bonding over the chess board even though they didn’t talk all that much during their games. Harry supposed it must be a mutual respect born of appreciating each other’s skill. Whatever it was, Harry was glad for it. This year would have been much more complicated if he’d been torn between wanting to spend time with Blaise and not leave Ron totally abandoned now that Hermione wasn’t in the school anymore.
Tracey was at least outwardly friendly with Ron from the beginning, but she’d seemed to warm to him more with time, to the point that she even sat next to him half the time now. She didn’t play chess, but she often seemed to enjoy observing their games.
It was in late September that Harry decided that reading about magic was all well and good, but he really needed to practice more if he was going to have a chance of standing against Voldemort any better the next time than he had the last.
He put his book away and stood up. “I think I’m going to go up and see if I can get into the Room of Requirement if no one is already using it,” he announced.
“What? Why?” Ron looked up from the essay that he’d been working on.
“I just want to get in some casting practice. Voldemort is an incredibly fast caster. I need to get faster.”
“Can I join you?” Blaise asked hopefully, rising from his seat as well.
“Er, sure,” Harry said, surprised at the request. “It probably won’t be very interesting though.”
Blaise laughed and wrapped his arms around Harry, “Watching you cast is always a treat,” he countered.
Harry gave him a skeptical look for that comment as he tried to figure out what it was about his casting that was particularly interesting. Nothing came to mind.
“May I join you as well?” Theo asked, surprising Harry even more.
“Er. I mean, yeah,” Harry shrugged. He wouldn't want to cast really Dark spells with an audience, but general casting practice was the most important part. He’d worry about practicing those spells in the middle of the night sometime when everyone else was asleep.
Maybe he could set up a place for spell practice at Cedar Hill. Not immediately though. He wanted to make sure that his wards were formidable before he started casting a lot of really Dark magic there lest he draw the attention of the Ministry.
“Let’s all go!” Tracey declared, standing and stuffing her book into her bag.
Ron looked around in surprise. “I have to finish my essay.”
“Well, bring it with!” Tracey encouraged. “The Room can make a study area, right?”
“Yeah, of course,” Harry said, trying to figure out how his decision to spend the evening working alone had turned into a group activity. He really didn’t mind though.
The five of them trooped up to the seventh floor and Harry paced in front of the proper stretch of wall until it turned into a door. It was certainly more likely to be occupied this year than last, but thankfully it seemed that there weren’t too many people who had taken to using it regularly as it was often open.
Harry led the way inside the room that had become a long hall with targets at the far end. Near the door were sofas and lounge chairs with a study table in the corner. There was even a bookshelf full of books. Study materials, Harry supposed, as he couldn’t imagine what else their purpose would be given what he’d required of the room.
Once they were all inside and the door closed, Harry called for Winky to bring them some refreshments and the others settled in the seating area while Harry moved to the casting lane. Since he doesn’t want to cast anything too obviously Dark with Ron in the room — even if most of his attention was on his essay, Harry would rather not chance it — he decided to work on his speed. Voldemort was stupidly fast at casting spells, and if Harry was going to end up facing him again in the future, then he wanted to get faster too.
It was damnably hard. He could see how just casting the spells like ten thousand times could maybe help him to get a little faster. And perhaps if he could work on making the wand movements as economical as possible, that would speed things up. Obviously they had to be nonverbal since most of the incantations took longer to say than Voldemort took to cast anything.
The afternoon was frustrating as he struggled and failed to figure out how Voldemort was able to cast so ridiculously fast. At the ministry, Voldemort had been firing off at least two spells to every single one that Harry cast.
When he heard the others beginning to pack away their things, he finally cast a tempus and realized that it had been more than two hours. Merlin, that had gone quickly. He put away his wand and made his way over to the sofa where Blaise was sitting and slumped down, leaning against his side.
Blaise chuckled and wrapped an arm around Harry’s shoulders. Harry slumped more fully into his hold and smiled when he felt a kiss pressed to his head.
“Have fun?” Blaise asked.
Harry shook his head. “I’m still casting much too slowly. I think that I just need a lot more practice.”
“That was slow…” Tracey commented.
Harry glanced up at her and nodded. “Compared to Voldemort, yeah. He casts so much faster.”
Tracey and Theo exchanged some kind of meaningful looks that Harry didn’t understand.
“So, wait,” Tracey said after a moment. “The Prophet said that you dueled the Dark Lord over the summer. Is that actually true, then?”
Harry nodded, then shrugged and sat up a little more. Blaise’s arm slipped down to his waist and tightened a little. “I mean, I guess. Technically. It wasn’t for very long and I had some help, but yeah. He’s wicked fast.”
“I suppose that I never thought to measure my own casting ability against the Dark Lord’s…” Tracey commented.
“Well, hopefully you’ll never have to duel him, so it won’t matter,” Harry laughed a little.
“Yes, I should hope so,” Tracey said a little faintly.
“Don’t worry,” Harry tried to reassure her. “I suspect that’s my job alone.”
“Your job?” Theo questioned.
“Well,” Harry shrugged, a little awkward now.
“It’s Dumbledore’s job, mate,” Ron spoke up. “No one will judge you for hiding behind him.”
Harry looked at Ron is surprise.
Ron scowled at him, “Don’t look at me like that. I’m not a kid anymore, Harry. And I don’t want my best friend to die fighting a dark lord!”
Harry glanced around at the group. Ron hadn’t always been the best friend, but he was getting better. And they’d been friends through so much. Blaise was the love of his life who would hopefully someday know every single thing about him. Theo and Tracey he didn’t know as well yet, but he was quickly coming to enjoy spending time with them, and he knew they were important to Blaise.
Harry sighed heavily and admitted, “Over the summer, I learned that there’s a prophecy about me and Voldemort.”
Tracey gasped, “Wait, that’s true, too? Are you actually the ‘chosen one’?”
Harry grimaced at the stupid title the Prophet had given him. “Sort of? I mean… Well, I didn’t read all the stories, but I’m sure the Prophet made it into something more ridiculous than it really is. But yeah, there’s a prophecy.” Harry wasn’t going to go shouting it from the rooftops, but he didn’t think it was such a massive secret that it would be dangerous if it got out. Voldemort and he were already planning on killing each other. And they obviously knew that one of them would survive and the other wouldn’t. So Harry didn’t feel that concerned about telling Theo and Tracey.
Why Dumbledore thought it such a vital secret, Harry did not understand.
“Can you tell us what it says?” Theo asked slowly, each word pronounced with care.
“Basically that we’ll have to fight and one of us will end up dead,” Harry admitted, leaning a little more heavily into Blaise’s warmth. “It doesn’t come out and say which of us will win. Just that I’ll have a chance.”
There was a long moment of very charged silence as the others exchanged looks.
“Bloody hell, mate,” Ron said at last, his words hushed.
“I’ll second that,” Tracey nodded with the trace of a smile, though her eyes were a bit too wide.
“So I’ve got to practice and get better this year,” Harry concluded as casually as he could manage in the hope of deescalating the situation so they’d stop looking at him like that.
Blaise suddenly wrapped his other arm around Harry and pulled him fully into an embrace.
Harry startled a little, but hugged him back.
“You’d better practice a lot because you’re not allowed to die,” Blaise said adamantly. His voice was low, though Harry couldn’t judge whether it would be too low for the others to have heard. Either way, he nodded.
“I don’t plan to,” he promised, pitching his voice to match.
“Well, it’s nearly curfew,” Tracey’s comment is what finally prompted Blaise to loosen his hold on Harry.
“You guys go ahead,” Blaise said, his voice tight.
Theo and Tracey exchanged looks, but neither argued as they packed up their things. Ron likewise collected his own belongings. He gave Harry a reassuring pat on the shoulder before he followed them out.
As soon as they were alone together, Harry willed the room into a small, dimly lit study with the sofa they were sat on in front of a large burning fireplace. Once the room was settled, Blaise dragged Harry into his lap and hugged him tightly again.
Harry hugged back, and they just remained like that for a while.
Eventually, Harry heard Dante collapse in front of the fireplace with a gusty sigh and he felt Blaise flinch, so perhaps the hound was visible to him.
“I’m not that easy to kill, remember,” Harry said encouragingly, gently rubbing Blaise’s back.
“I know,” Blaise whispered, and he loosed his hold on Harry enough that he could sit back and meet his eyes. “I know that you’re not, but… We’re talking about the Dark Lord.”
“Yes,” Harry said quietly. “And I’m a lot younger than him, but…” Harry hesitated, but he wanted to give Blaise some reassurance, even if he didn’t think that he was ready to tell him everything. He took a bracing breath, and reminded himself that he did trust Blaise. “I have a few tricks up my sleeve.” He couldn’t help but smirk a little at the turn of phrase as he lifted his left hand and tugged back his sleeve so that Blaise could see Kaa’s head.
Blaise’s eyes widened. “You do have a tattoo!”
Harry’s smile tugged a little higher as he nodded. “Yeah, but it’s not just a tattoo.” He focused his magic on the tattoo. “Kaa,” he called.
Blaise jerked as the massive snake began to slither out of Harry’s skin, and Harry felt a little bad for not moving out his of lap before he called the snake, but there was nothing for it now. Kaa was already curling himself around Blaise’s shoulders.
“Master, we are not alone again,” the snake chastised. “These are your rules.”
“I know,” Harry replied, and he could feel his face heat with a blush when Blaise’s focus snapped from the snake back to Harry’s face at the sound of the parseltongue. “But this is Blaise. I thought it was time you two finally met.”
“Yes, I know that he is your mate.” Kaa turned his face toward Blaise and flicked out his tongue. “He smells of your magic.”
“Does he?” Harry asked, intrigued. Hadn’t the basilisk said something similar? It wasn’t terribly surprising, he supposed. His magic had taken a liking to Blaise during the Yule ball and had long since become rather possessive of him. The fact that magical creatures could smell it sort of made sense.
“Er… What’re you saying?” Blaise asked, his voice coming out hushed.
Harry met his eyes again and he was sure that he blushed even darker. He was not explaining to Blaise that Harry’s magic liked him so much that he just smelled like Harry now. “I told him before that he shouldn’t let anyone see him. He was scolding me for calling him out in front of you.”
Blaise smiled bemusedly in reply, and warily turned his focus back to the snake. “Can it understand me?” he whispered.
“He,” Harry corrected. “And… I honestly have no idea. I’ve not made a habit of having him around people speaking English.” He looked at Kaa. “Can you understand English at all?”
“Why would I know your human tongue?”
“That’s a no,” Harry concluded.
“How are you a parselmouth?” Blaise asked curiously, flicking glances at Harry but keeping most of his attention on the giant snake that had coiled himself around Harry and Blaise’s shoulders so that they couldn’t separate if they wanted to.
Harry cleared his throat nervously, “Er, well… It’s… hereditary, I think.”
“The Potters are related to Slytherin?”
Harry shifted a little, uncomfortable. “I think it might be more like a creature inheritance…”
Blaise continued to stare intently at him, and Harry was sure that he had a dozen follow-up questions, but he gave voice to no more, giving Harry the opportunity to tell him or not.
At the show of understanding, Harry couldn’t help but lean forward to kiss Blaise. No one had ever understood or accepted him as wholly that Blaise did. He kissed him firmly and lingered for long moments, relishing in the sensations of soft lips against his own, the scents that he carried from his cologne and his soap mingling so well with his natural musk.
“Anyway,” Harry said briskly, ending the kiss before he accidentally set off that damn chastity spell. “You can see how Kaa is an advantage in a fight. He got his fangs into Voldemort the last time we fought. Unfortunately he’s not venomous, but still useful.”
“He bit the Dark Lord?”
“I had him disillusioned and Voldemort didn’t know that he existed, so yeah. And Voldemort did cut him in half for it,” he winced, “but Kaa is a spirit animal. His soul is tied to mine. So if his body gets destroyed, it just tugs a bit on my magic as he returns into me and I can call him out again.”
“He can’t die,” Blaise observed, clearly impressed as he regarded the snake again.
Harry nodded. “Not unless I do.”
Blaise flinched at the reminder and Harry mentally kicked himself for bringing that back up.
“And Kaa’s not my only advantage,” he added impulsively, desperate to make Blaise worry about him less. He lifted the snake over their heads and tossed him onto the other side of the sofa so that Harry could stand up.
Blaise was more than slightly wide-eyed as he regarded the irritated snake.
“Don’t worry about him,” Harry dismissed. “He’s fine. But you know that I’ve got Dante looking after me.” He glanced back at the hellhound, who was still sprawled lazily in front of the fire. “And, er…” he hesitated, then dropped to his knees so that his transformation would be slightly less dramatic. “Don’t freak out, okay?”
Blaise only stared at him with wide eyes as Kaa draped himself over the back of the sofa with a series of hissed complaints that Harry mostly ignored.
Harry felt the change rush over him. It was always thrilling as his senses sharpened even further than normal. He realized his mistake, however, when he saw Blaise looking around in confusion rather than focusing on the new hellhound in the room. Harry hadn’t ever gotten around to figuring out if he could truly make himself visible to people the way that Dante could.
Well, no time like the present.
He closed his eyes and focused his magic on how much he trusted Blaise and on wanting Blaise to see him.
The shift was nearly imperceptible, and Harry wasn’t sure that he would have even noticed were he not looking for it. It felt a bit like his fur was heavier. Like if he was standing outside too long on a misty day or something. He instinctively shook out his fur in response to the feeling, opening his eyes to see Blaise focused on him now with very wide eyes. His eyes flicked back and forth between Harry and Dante several times before he dared to speak. “Harry?”
Harry did his best to nod, which felt quite unnatural in this form, but it clearly got the message across as Blaise relaxed significantly at the confirmation.
Harry stepped slowly forward and when Blaise didn’t try to retreat, Harry let his chin drop onto Blaise’s thigh.
Blaise flinched a little, then cautiously lowered his hand to touch the top of Harry’s head. “Merlin,” he breathed. “You’re so hot.”
Harry had noticed how warm Dante felt, so he wasn’t surprised by this. He turned his head enough to gently lick Blaise’s wrist and the other boy flinched at the contact, then rubbed the spot with his other hand.
“Okay, that was a little too hot,” he commented.
Harry whined a little, worried that he’d hurt him.
“I’m okay,” Blaise promised.
Harry’s magic didn’t seem to believe him — though it sounded true — as it was rushing to soothe the overheated skin before Harry could even wonder whether or not he should allow it.
If Blaise noticed the sudden balm, he didn’t mention it. He just kept staring at Harry with wide eyes. “You’re an animagus,” he said with a shake of his head.
Harry took a step back and returned to his human form so that he could actually talk to Blaise. “Yeah. For almost a year now.” He sat down next to Blaise, close but not touching yet.
Blaise glanced at Dante again. “It makes more sense now that you made friends with a hellhound.” He laughed a little. Then he laughed harder.
Harry frowned a bit in concern as Blaise curled his arms around his stomach, doubled over, and laughed somewhat hysterically. He rubbed Blaise’s back gently and tried to wait it out.
It didn’t last too long before Blaise was leaning against the backrest again. His head came to rest on Kaa, but he didn’t seem to notice and the snake clearly didn’t mind, so Harry made the executive decision not to draw attention to it. “Are you okay?” he asked gently instead.
Blaise took a slow, deep breath, and seemed to consider the question. After a longer time than Harry would have honestly liked, he nodded. “Yeah. I’m… good. I’m… Bloody Morgana, Harry… Do you even know that you’re like a literal character out of a storybook?”
Harry’s brow rose and he opened his mouth to refute it, but… Well, he was Lucifer’s son… There had been many stories written about him over the centuries since Revelation was written. Most of them didn’t paint him in a particularly good light, but he supposed that he couldn’t refute that he was… unusual.
“Well, at least you’re not totally hopeless,” Blaise said when Harry had closed his mouth once more. He reached out then to rest his hands on Harry’s waist and leaned forward until his forehead rested against Harry’s shoulder.
Harry placed his own hands on Blaise’s shoulders and held him gently.
“I love you, you know?” Blaise said at length.
Harry felt warmth kindle to life inside him at the words, and he smiled reflexively, turning his head to kiss Blaise just behind his ear where he could most easily reach. “I love you, too,” he whispered.
“I understand now why you’re never afraid to go anywhere,” Blaise said. “If I could turn into a five-X Dark creature, I don’t suppose I’d find Knockturn Alley or the Forbidden Forest too intimidating.”
Harry nodded, encouraged by the direction of Blaise’s thoughts. “And do you understand why I’m not too afraid of Death Eaters? And why I can hold my own against Voldemort if I need to?”
Blaise didn’t respond right away, so Harry continued.
“I know that I’m still not a match for him in a duel, but I have a lot of advantages that he doesn’t know about. He doesn’t know that I’m an animagus, which means that he doesn’t know to guard against it. If I get in a really sticky spot, I can always transform and run away before he knows what’s going on.”
Blaise nodded minimally without lifting his head.
“I can’t promise that I won’t die,” Harry finally whispered. “But I can promise to do my very best to stay alive. Can you trust me that much?”
“I’ll try,” Blaise finally said, and Harry knew that it was the most he could hope for. He knew that he was the lucky one in this situation. If Blaise was the one Voldemort was targeting, Harry didn’t think he’d handle it very well at all.
Notes:
And here's chapter 38! Harry and Blaise being sweet, and the stress of the war beginning to creep in. But Harry told Blaise multiple secrets! He's come so far.
I took like a month off fanfiction to work on my original fiction, so I felt a little uncertain coming back to this. I ended up going through my whole outline for this year again to get into the right headspace, and oh my gosh... I had forgotten how many exciting things I have lined up for this year. I'm so excited to write at least a dozen different scenes.
So it is once again my birthday. I have aged again. It seems to happen every single year... This story is officially four years old today! I hope you all enjoyed the chapter. I accept presents in the form of comments. 😉
Chapter 39: Year Six - part 9
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Intervention
“All right, we need to talk,” Harry declared, taking Ginny firmly by the arm and steering her into the nearest empty room, which turned out to be a storage room of some kind. Harry closed the door and cast a quick, silent privacy spell.
“What the hell, Harry?!” Ginny demanded.
“I’m worried about you!” Harry snapped back.
“Well, I’m fine! I don’t need your managing!”
Harry encroached on her space and gently poked a finger into her shoulder to emphasize his points. “You’re antisocial. You’re moody. Your marks are falling in class. You look like you barely sleep. I let it go last year after what happened to your dad, but you don’t seem to be getting better and I. Am. Concerned.”
She scowled at him and turned to stalk a few paces away from him. “I said I’m fine, Harry. Just leave it,” she said coldly.
“No.”
She spun back to him, eyes blazing with fury.
“You’re acting kind of like you did in your first year,” Harry intercepted her rant before it could get started.
She deflated at that statement and turned her eyes down to the floor. She was silent for long enough that Harry started to think she wasn’t going to answer. At last, she took a slow, deep breath, and spoke. “My dad is dead,” she whispered without looking up. “He was murdered by Voldemort or his Death Eaters while he was doing something for Dumbledore. And we don’t even deserve to know what it was that got him killed.” Her volume picked up as she spoke until she was spewing them in a venomous snarl. “That senile old bastard might have killed dad himself for all I know, and Bill insists that we can’t leave the Order because killing Voldemort is more important than any grudge! Every day I wait to hear that Bill is dead, too! Supposedly killed on some mission for Dumbledore! Or Fred and George, murdered in their own shop for mocking Voldemort! And I’m stuck here in this stupid school learning to turn ferrets into feather dusters, and I can’t stand it!”
Harry frowned in concern when tears began to fall freely down her face. He took a cautious step closer and warily placed his hand on her shoulder. He wasn’t entirely sure if she wasn’t more likely to punch him or hex him at this point, but he had to at least try to offer some comfort.
Thankfully, she did neither, but instead let out a heart-wrenching sob and lunged forward, snaking her arms around his middle and burying her face in his shoulder.
Harry swallowed hard and did his best to hold her firmly — always conscious of his strength accidentally hurting someone — and lightly rubbed her back with one hand. When a minute or so had passed without any progress, Harry tried soothing words. “There, there…” He didn’t want to tell her that everything would be okay because he truly could not promise that. He couldn’t tell her that it wasn’t that bad, because it was. “Er… There, there,” he repeated lamely.
Thankfully, Ginny gave a wet laugh and drew away from him. She turned away and brought her sleeve to her face. “Merlin, you’re awful at this, Harry.”
He smiled weakly. “Well, you’re smiling. So I can’t be doing too bad.”
Her smile faded then, her eyes still wet and reddened from her tears. “I’m not fine,” she finally admitted. “I’m not doing very well, at all.” She only seemed depressed by the admission.
“How can I help?” Harry asked hopefully.
Ginny laughed bitterly. “There’s nothing you can do.”
Harry considered for a moment, then suggested, “What if I teach you to fight?”
Her eyes shot back to him, wide and startled. “What?”
“What if I taught you how to fight?” he reiterated. “Then you’d not just be stuck here waiting for news. You’d be actively preparing to enter the fight when you graduate. Or sooner if the fight comes to you.”
“You’d do that?”
“Yes, Ginny,” Harry said, slightly exasperated. “You’re as good as my own sister as far as I’m concerned.”
Ginny smiled a little and looked away, “Yeah, you too, Harry.”
“I hope you mean brother,” he joked.
She laughed a little bit, then bit her lip and eyed him shrewdly. “You’d really teach me? Actually useful things and not just defense or something?”
“Defense is a necessary part of fighting, but I’ll teach you offense, too.”
She nodded slowly to herself, then looked at him again. “Thank you, Harry.”
“Of course,” he smiled. “Come on. I was going to meet the others in the Room of Requirement for some spell practice. Might have well start your first lesson.”
Ginny smiled more broadly as she accompanied him out of the room, and Harry marveled as he made small talk during their walk that he didn’t think he’d seen her look so cheered since Arthur was killed. He was glad for his impulsive offer. It seemed to be already doing her some good.
He was slightly less impressed with his critical thinking skills when they entered the Room of Requirement to find his friends already waiting. Theo, in particular, did not look impressed to see her.
Harry had sort of forgotten that she’d tried to murder Theo in a fit of pique last year.
Ginny seemed to be having the same sort of revelation as she met Theo’s eyes.
The moment of silence dragged on for an uncomfortably long time while Harry tried to think of a way to break the tension without accidentally igniting it instead.
“I’m really sorry for what I did last year, Nott,” Ginny was the first to speak, and she had real regret in her eyes now. “I wasn’t thinking very clearly at the time.”
Theo stared her down without expression for long enough that she started to fidget, shifting her weight and fiddling with the strap of her bag. “Apology accepted, Weasley,” he said at last. “If it happens again though, I will return the favor.”
Harry saw the muscles of Ginny’s jaw clench and faintly heard her teeth grind, but she only gave a stiff nod in reply.
That seemed sorted, so Harry smiled broadly. “Well, I’m going to give Ginny some dueling lessons.”
“What?” Ron protested. “Why? Is someone bothering you, Ginny? Why didn’t you come to me?”
Ginny rolled her eyes and Harry interjected before they could start bickering.
“I actually tracked her down and badgered her into it,” Harry said, which was close enough to true. “Come on, Gin.” He led her over to the dueling hall part of the room. “Let’s start by going through the spells that you know.”
Ginny turned out to be a fast learner with the sort of single-minded work ethic that had her casting without complaint for an hour and a half straight. Harry finally called a halt to it when Ginny was breathing heavily and faintly sweating from exertion. He complimented her on how well she’d done and made plans to meet up with her for more training the next day.
When he and Ron got back to their dorm that evening, Ron pressed him, “What was that with Ginny really about?”
Harry sighed. “I was worried about her, so I sort of ambushed her. She seems like she’s just really worried about this war and losing anyone else. So I suggested giving her some training. It’ll keep her busy and make sure she’s better prepared if — more likely when — she gets more involved in the war.”
Ron scowled, “She shouldn’t have anything to do with it.”
“And maybe she won’t. Maybe it’ll be over before she’s out of school and it’ll never touch her directly.” Harry paused significantly before adding, “But I’d rather not bet her life on it working out that way.”
Ron was silent for a long moment before grudgingly nodding. Then he grabbed his toilet bag and retreated into the bathroom without another word.
Harry just sighed and found a book to read before he settled down on his bed to kill a few hours until everyone was asleep so that he could sneak out to Cedar Hill and get some more work done on the wards. His day was far from over, but he did look forward to the peace and tranquility of his time at Cedar Hill. Maybe he’d take an hour tonight to just play with Dante in his animagus form — run off some energy. He usually always felt better after he took time for that.
A Letter
Ginny had taken to joining them several times a week when they met in the Room of Requirement. While the others mostly worked on homework or read or played chess, Harry and Ginny spent their time in spell practice. Harry taught her spells and had her going through drills at casting them until it was second nature. Then he began teaching her to cast them silently as it would be a massive boon to her in an actual fight, and it would help her to eventually learn to cast faster.
Her stamina for steady practice was nowhere near Harry’s, of course, but when she was too tired to cast anymore, she just moved to the study area with the others and worked on her own homework, or — more often — read whatever book Harry had most recently recommended that she study.
Theo and Tracey were still wary of her, but Blaise was making an effort to engage with her and Tracey was slowly beginning to thaw. Theo had been fairly resistant to warming up to Harry, so it wasn’t surprising that he was more so with Ginny. Harry hadn’t ever tried to kill him, after all.
Ron seemed content to have her there in a way that Harry was sure he wouldn’t have been before Arthur died.
It was a week and a half after offering to train Ginny that the letter arrived. It didn’t reach him in the Great Hall during breakfast as all mail typically did. Instead, the owl swooped out of the sky one night while Harry was at Cedar Hill. The great horned owl probably would have smacked him in the face if he’d been a normal human as it was nearly silent and the night was dark, but his magic alerted him to its approach in time for him to look up and spot it. He lifted his arm instinctively and the owl alighted on his forearm and settled its wings at its own pace before sticking out its leg in offering.
Harry relieved it of a tiny envelope, which enlarged automatically as soon as it was free.
The owl then spread its wings and took flight once more, obviously not in need of a reply.
Harry flipped the envelope in his hands and stared in surprise at the crest pressed into the wax.
“Malfoy?” he said in disbelief.
He let his magic probe cautiously at the parchment and wax for any hint of curse or charm or compulsion. Surprisingly, there was nothing that felt dangerous. He drew his wand and cast every detection, diagnostic, and revealing charm that he knew. The only thing that registered was a minor curse that would ensure only he could read it. Anyone else trying to open it would incinerate the letter.
“Huh,” he voiced when he was convinced that Malfoy just had something to say to him.
Incredibly curious, Harry opened the letter right where he stood near the wardstone on the far side of the property from where the tent was set up.
His eyes flitted first to the sign off on the bottom and he wasn’t sure if it was more or less surprising to find it signed by Lucius Malfoy.
Mr. Potter,
I am certain that you must be very surprised that I am writing you. I can only hope that you have not incinerated this letter without reading it. I would like to speak with you in person to discuss the possibility of arranging a binding alliance between our families. I do not believe that the goals and ambitions of my family continue to align with those of the Dark Lord. It is my hope that your own may be more suited.
Please forgive the forward nature of this correspondence, but I did not believe that a more subtle approach would be enough to tempt you to meet with me.
If you are open to considering such a possibility, I request that you join me at O’Brien’s Meadhall on Knockturn Alley at eleven o’clock this evening. Come alone and I shall do the same. If you do not arrive, I shall consider this matter closed.
Mostly sincerely yours,
Lucius Abraxas Malfoy
Lord of the Ancient and Noble House of Malfoy
It wasn’t quite midnight at this point, so Harry assumed that he meant tomorrow night. Doubtless he was expecting the owl to have to fly all the way to Hogwarts.
Harry placed the letter into his wrist cuff and turned the idea of an alliance with the Malfoys over in his mind while he went back to work on the wards. He wasn’t honestly repulsed by the idea. Draco was a brat, but Lucius had always struck Harry as at least highly competent. He’d managed to come out of the first war with everyone convinced of his virtue. He’d been arrested at the ministry surrounded by Death Eaters when the Dark Lord himself had made an appearance and he’d still come out smelling like daisies. The man would undoubtedly be a useful friend to have.
Of course, Harry wasn’t planning on sticking around too long, so his use would be somewhat limited. On the other hand, he was a fairly highly placed Death Eater. Having him as a spy would be helpful. Simply taking him away from the Dark Lord would also be helpful, though Harry wasn’t sure which option Lucius had in mind.
It didn’t surprise Harry that Lucius was assuming that Harry could both sneak out of school and reach Knockturn Alley with minimal forewarning. Harry would likely not be a very enticing ally if he couldn’t manage that much.
There was, of course, the possibility that this was a trap. Perhaps he would arrive there to find Voldemort and the whole Inner Circle there waiting for him — he couldn’t tell if words on parchment spelled out a lie, after all. He wasn’t overly concerned though. If he was paying attention, he was sure that his magic would alert him well in advance of any actual ambush. And while he wasn’t yet a match for Voldemort, he was confident in his ability to get away. Voldemort still didn’t yet understand what he faced in Harry. He had a better understanding after their last run-in, but Harry’s strength and durability were not known. Not in their full extent, at least. And he didn’t know about Dante despite having sensed him last time. He had probably thought it a spell or something. Temporary. And then there was Harry’s animagus form.
He still had a lot of advantages that would give him enough of an edge to flee if he found himself in that situation again, so he wasn’t too worried.
By the time he finished up for the night and had Dobby pop him back to Hogwarts, Harry had decided that he would meet Lucius that evening and hear what he had to say. He had a lot to potentially gain and fairly minimal risk. It was certainly worth the trip.
Rendezvous
Harry made the executive decision to not mention the meeting with Lucius to any of his friends that day. Ron would likely be unreasonably against it due to the feud between their families. And Harry didn’t want Blaise to worry about him.
Eleven was a bit earlier than he typically sneaked out, so rather than waiting for everyone to go to bed, Harry just announced his intention to go to sleep a bit early. Then he sealed and silenced his curtains, retrieved the robes he intended to wear from his wrist cuff, and got changed. When he was ready, he called for Dobby to pop him to Diagon Alley.
When the elf was gone, Harry opened up his senses as much as he was able, actively using all of his physical senses and letting his magic range as far from himself as possible in search of any sign of Voldemort or the key Death Eaters that Harry had encountered and made note of in the Department of Mysteries. If this was meant to be an ambush, he hoped to find that out before he was standing in the middle of it.
When he didn’t sense anything alarming, he began to make his way toward Knockturn Alley. His heart was beating faster than normal with anticipatory adrenaline, his senses piqued for any indication of trouble.
So it was somewhat anticlimactic to enter O’Brien’s Meadhall unmolested, to find nothing that seemed out of the ordinary. It was about half full of people who didn’t seem to have any particular interest in him. The only soul in the place that felt familiar with the one he was meant to be meeting. Harry had taken the time to memorize the… resonance of the souls, for lack of a better descriptor, of every single Death Eater that had been in the Ministry that night, so he had no trouble navigating the unfamiliar establishment.
Up a stairwell, he found a block of private rooms. Malfoy seemed to be in the room in the furthest back corner.
Remaining wary for anything he might have missed, Harry approached the room slowly and let his magic brush over the door latch before he touched it. The door swung open and Harry stepped cautiously into the opening.
Malfoy was seated at the table inside. He did appear to be alone, and he was watching Harry with nearly as much wariness as Harry felt.
That actually calmed Harry slightly, as stepped inside and swung the door closed. A silencing spell swam over the room the moment that it was closed, but it wasn’t anything Lucius had done. It seemed rather an inbuilt function, which perhaps explained why Lucius had chosen this particular establishment for this meeting.
Remaining wary for any traps, Harry cautiously crossed the room and drew out a chair. Lucius waited for him to settle into it before he spoke.
“Mr. Potter. Thank you for meeting with me.”
“You said that your goals no longer align with Voldemort’s.”
Lucius flinched slightly at the name.
“Explain what you mean,” Harry directed.
Lucius eyed Harry intensely, though what he was looking for, Harry could not guess. “The Dark Lord,” he began at last, “used to speak of liberation for Dark Magicals. When I was growing up, he espoused bringing back religious practices and stopping the vilification of Dark magic in Hogwarts. He wanted to separate us further from the muggles. Now he speaks only of vanquishing his enemies and oppressing all who oppose him. Even those mostly highly placed beneath him must worry that a fit of temper might end our family line. A world cowering beneath his boot is not what I pledged to fight for. When he returned, I did not believe I had a choice. For all his faults, I would stand with the Dark Lord before I would embrace Dumbledore’s ideal world.
“But I have come to believe that you may present a third option, Mr. Potter. If I am wrong, then I apologize for wasting your time.”
He did not seem concerned that he was wrong in this, but he waited for Harry to respond anyway.
“Well, ‘third option’ might be a bit of a stretch,” Harry allowed. “I am not looking to rule the world or shape to my design. I have no grand political aspirations.”
Lucius’ brow lowered slightly in what might have been displeasure.
“I do plan to kill Voldemort,” Harry clarified, ignoring Lucius’ slight twitch at the name. “He’s hurt too many people that I care about. I just don’t plan to try to fix the mess or the corruption and oppression that is our government when I’m done. I don’t plan to stay in Britain at all.”
Malfoy leaned forward slightly. “I see. I suppose that shall be left to those of us who remain then.”
Harry got the impression that Malfoy hoped to be a large part of that. Harry didn’t honestly care all that much. If they worked together, Malfoy should learn not to mess with the people that Harry cared about. Beyond that… Well, he was unlikely to make the government that much worse than what they had now.
“Right,” Harry nodded dismissively. “So what is it that you hope to get out of this alliance you’re proposing?”
“First and foremost, Mr. Potter, I would like for you to protect my son. I understand that you have not always gotten along, but this point is not negotiable for me. Draco cannot return to the manor again. He will be remaining at Hogwarts over the winter holidays, but he will need somewhere else to go when the spring term ends. Do you have a place that he could stay? Preferably where he will not be beneath Dumbledore’s thumb.”
Harry nodded. “Yes, I have a place.”
Malfoy relaxed slightly. “Beyond that, I want only the Dark Lord’s downfall. My family will never truly be free of him so long as he lives. Is there anything that you would wish of me, Mr. Potter?”
“A few honest answers before I agree to anything,” Harry said. “First off, how were you involved in what happened to Hermione?”
Lucius leaned back in his seat and regarded Harry with a touch of wariness in his eyes. “I was given the task of retrieving the prophecy that night, Potter, but what happened to your friend and her parents was at the Dark Lord’s direction. Not mine.”
True.
“I did not retrieve her or harm her parents. When she was brought before me, I did what I could to minimize her abuse and suffering without implicating myself.”
True.
“Why?” Harry prompted, because it didn’t sound particularly in character for him from what little Harry knew of him.
“I do not like to see children hurt.”
True and yet, not quite. Harry considered it briefly and decided that Lucius probably, honestly did not like to see children hurt. But perhaps, at nearly seventeen, Hermione didn’t quite qualify for that mercy. Or maybe there was just something else that had mattered more.
“You don’t,” Harry agreed, “but that’s not the reason.”
Lucius stared for a long moment, a single nervous swallow betraying him. “In your fourth year, you returned to Hogwarts with Viktor Krum alive, though I had seen his corpse with my own eyes. Last year, Madam Umbridge actively fought you, and she will spend the rest of her life in Saint Mungo’s due to a psychotic break without an apparent trigger. Since his first year at Hogwarts, my son has returned home every break with a long list of complaints about you. This last summer, he refused to speak of you at all. In fact, he became quite nervous whenever you were mentioned. These facts also gave credence to rumors of your frequenting Knockturn Alley.
“I had begun to believe that you may be a better ally than enemy before the confrontation in the Ministry. It was an avenue that I hoped to leave open.”
That rang true.
“And why did you decide to approach me for an alliance?” Harry pressed. He thought that he had a pretty good idea, but he wanted to hear Malfoy say it. He wanted to know that it was true.
Lucius lifted an eyebrow, but responded, “You escaped the Dark Lord’s trap. You rescued your friend and held your own against the Dark Lord before you turned sixteen. You are an incredibly powerful and capable young man, and you grow more so each year. I do not wish to be your enemy. Given your exchange with the Dark Lord, it seemed clear that you did not detest the Dark in general. I believe the odds in this war tip ever more in your favor.”
Again, that was true, but… Harry nodded, but prompted, “And?”
This time, a muscle in Malfoy’s jaw ticked. “And,” he added with slight reluctance, “the Dark Lord Crucio’d my son for the crime of being too near to him when the Dark Lord was displeased with me.” He held his composure well, but Harry could see the rage in his eyes at even speaking of it. “I made my decision that day. Then I had only to decide when and how to approach you.”
Harry nodded again. “You’ve told me what you wish to get from this alliance. What do you intend to give me?”
“I will remain within the Dark Lord’s Inner Circle for as long as it is safe for me to do so. I will relay to you what information you may find useful during that time. Should it become necessary for me to go into hiding, I will provide you with all of the knowledge and insight that I have gained in my time serving him. We both wish to destroy the Dark Lord, Potter. I will aid you as well as I am able.”
Harry considered what Lucius was offering for a long moment, but there was much to be gained for very little effort on Harry’s part. He was already creating a safe headquarters for himself and likely Blaise should he wish it. It wouldn’t be a large imposition to have Malfoy there. Not against the benefit of a spy in the Voldemort’s ranks. And even should he deem it unsafe to remain, he would have valuable insight into Voldemort’s operation, having been involved in or at least in proximity to it for most of his life.
“I will give you a discrete way to contact me,” Harry decided. “I’ll use it to ask you any questions that I have. Should you come into possession of any knowledge that may help me, you will pass it on.”
Lucius dipped his chin in assent.
“I will, of course, require this alliance to be magically binding,” Harry added.
“Yes, of course,” Lucius said quickly and turned to retrieve writing supplies that had been waiting at the back of the room. “I thought a verbal oath so that there is no physical evidence.”
Harry nodded his agreement.
Lucius took up the quill and they began drafting the oaths they would exchange.
It took nearly an hour to settle it to both of their satisfaction. Harry would promise that Draco would be provided with a safe place to live and have all of his needs satisfactorily met to the best of Harry’s ability. He would also protect Draco if he was in trouble and Harry was able to assist. Lucius would promise to essentially function as both spy and counsel to Harry to the best of his ability. They both agreed that their ultimate goal was to permanently kill Lord Voldemort.
When it was ready, they each drew their wand and made their oath, then incinerated the parchment so there was nothing for anyone to dredge up outside their minds.
“I will send you a journal in the next few days,” Harry said when they were finished. “It will be linked to one in my possession, so that whenever anything is written in either journal, it will appear simultaneously in the other. That will be our primary means of communication.”
“It will not be safe for me to directly receive an owl from you,” Lucius cautioned.
“I will send Dobby to deliver it when you are alone.”
Lucius made a face like he’d just smelled something unpleasant, and Harry could not prevent himself from smiling just a little as he stood to leave.
“Mr. Potter,” Lucius said before Harry could reach the door of the little room.
Harry paused and glanced back.
“Draco was given a task to complete at Hogwarts this year. I do not know what it is. He was permitted to speak of it to no one and to ask aid of no one. I suspect that it is a task he is meant to fail that the Dark Lord might have an excuse to punish me through him. This is why he cannot return to the manor while the Dark Lord lives.”
Harry nodded a little and tried to think if there had been anything suspicious about Draco this year. Not precisely, though he had seemed pale and stressed, he recalled. “I’ll keep my eye out,” he allowed.
That had gone very well, Harry considered as he made his way back to Hogwarts. It felt slightly surreal to have an actual spy working for him now, but it was an encouraging development.
Notes:
Okay, first and foremost, y'all. FANART!
If everyone would please extend their thanks to the lovely RandomAssRaven for this beautiful artwork. It is absolutely gorgeous. Also thank them for this chapter, because I wasn't planning to post this today, but I was suddenly inspired!I'd love to hear your thoughts about what's going on with Ginny and Lucius! Also feel free to gush about the artwork because omigosh is so pretty!
Chapter 40: Year Six - part 10
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Repercussions
When Harry got back to Hogwarts after his meeting with Lucius, the first thing he did was write to Hermione via the journal and ask her to send him another set. Just two of them that linked only to each other. He assured her that he could pay for them if necessary. He almost left it at that, but he knew that she would ask.
So, he concisely explained that Lucius Malfoy had apparently decided that he’d like to see Voldemort dead after the Dark Lord cursed his son last summer. So he and Harry had made magical oaths to work together toward that end. So he needed to give Lucius a means of contacting him.
That done, he gratefully climbed into bed and soon drifted off to sleep.
When he woke the next morning, he checked his journal first thing and was not surprised to find that Hermione had replied. It was two hours later where she was, so of course she’d been up a little while.
She’d found some colorful ways to chastise him for having met with Lucius by himself in the first place. Reckless pillock was in there. Idiotically overconfident, he felt was a little harsh. It had worked out, after all. Surely overconfident implied otherwise.
Thankfully, she concluded her rant with a promise to send him the journals right away, though she did insist that he discuss it with her in real time that evening, which seemed fair enough.
He took a moment to thank her and promise to meet her that night, then put the journal away and turned his attention to getting ready for the day.
Honestly, he thought that had been the worst of it until he settled down next to Blaise in their little dungeon common room right after dinner. Ron came into the room shortly after him, carefully looked around the place — it was just the three of them for the moment as Theo and Tracey were in the library — then turned a glare on Harry.
Harry stilled at the look and tried to think of what he might have done to brass off Ron this time.
“Lucius bloody Malfoy, Harry?” Ron demanded, which at least answered Harry’s unvoiced question.
“What about him?” Blaise asked, sitting up a little to look between Harry and Ron.
Harry sighed heavily. “Been talking to Hermione?”
“Bloody right I have, mate!” Ron snapped. “What were you thinking?”
“Look, it worked out fine,” Harry protested, a little annoyed that Ron was doing this in front of Blaise, but he figured it was more than likely intentional.
“But what if it didn’t?!” Ron demanded.
“What happened?” Blaise interrupted.
“Well, see, Harry here got a letter from Lucius bloody Malfoy asking to meet him privately and Harry thought it would be a bright idea to actually do it!” Ron readily explained.
“When?” Blaise asked softly.
“Last night, apparently,” Ron supplied.
Harry winced as Blaise turned his eyes on him. He expected annoyance, but he saw hurt in his eyes too, which was harder to deal with. “Okay, please calm down,” Harry said. “Just… It wasn’t as big a deal as you’re both making it out to be. Lucius expressed an interest in discussing a possible alliance between us. Depriving Voldemort of one of his key lieutenants and putting him on our side. I couldn’t just ignore it!”
“You didn’t think it might be a trap?!” Ron snapped.
“It wasn’t,” Harry snapped back, a bit annoyed now. He stood up so he could stop looking up at Ron. “We did meet. We did agree on terms. It is magically binding. He’s on our side now. It worked.”
Ron threw up his hands. “Bloody Merlin’s sweaty balls, I can’t deal with you. Good luck, Blaise!” Ron said and stormed out.
Harry looked after Ron with his mouth open, shocked at his retreat. It wasn’t much like Ron.
“Why didn’t you tell me?” Blaise asked and Harry internally cringed at the slight waver in his softly spoken words.
Fuck. The last thing he’d meant is to hurt Blaise.
Harry turned back to face him. “I mean… I didn’t want you to worry, Blaise.”
“You didn’t want me to worry?” At least he sounded like he was becoming more irritated than hurt. Harry much preferred irritated.
“Right,” Harry agreed.
Blaise was silent for a long moment, just staring at Harry like he was trying to find words harsh enough to make himself clear.
Harry began to brace himself.
Blaise rose slowly to his feet. “Okay… Imagine for a moment that I decided to do something dangerous. That I thought it would be fine and I just wouldn’t tell you about it so you didn’t worry.”
His tone had a hard edge, but it was calm and rational. Harry kind of wished that he’d just shout like Ron.
“Imagine that something goes wrong, and I never come back,” his voice broke slightly on the last word and he cleared his throat before continuing. “I just disappeared one day and you never knew why I had left. Had I been angry at you for some reason? Had I not trusted you? Why hadn’t I come to you so that you could reason with me or offer to help me? You will never know, because I didn’t talk to you first.”
Blaise’s words made a hard pit form in Harry’s stomach and his magic seemed to snarl at the scenario that he was painting. “But it worked out fine,” Harry reminded him, surprised at how weakly it came out.
“This time,” Blaise said softly. “This time, it did. But now I’m going to have to worry every day that you might do something like this again. That I might be climbing into bed for the night, or settling into some study time in the common room, and you might be doing something stupidly reckless that you didn’t think I deserved to know about. You asked me to trust you, Harry. Do you see how it becomes hard for me when you do things like this? When you don’t trust me to be able to handle it when you tell me things.”
Harry swallowed hard and looked away, unable to meet Blaise’s eyes any longer. It had seemed like a mercy to keep it from Blaise at the time, but Blaise made it sound like betrayal. Harry never, ever wanted to betray his friends. And especially not Blaise.
He heard Blaise approaching and he closed his eyes in a vain attempt to hide. He felt a soft hand press against his cheek and he breathed in deeply, taking in the scent that he loved so much. He felt breath on his face, and then Blaise’s lips pressed against his own.
Harry gasped into it, and immediately pulled Blaise to him, winding one arm around his waist and lifting his other hand to cradle the back of his head, holding him in place and angling him just as he wanted him.
It was easily one of their most passionate kisses, but there was no danger of setting off the chastity charm at the moment because this wasn’t about lust. Harry just wanted to be closer. He wanted to climb inside Blaise so that they would never be apart ever again.
“Sorry,” he gasped the moment that he drew back enough to speak. “I’m so sorry.” He buried his face in Blaise’s neck. “Hell, I didn’t want to hurt you, Blaise. I was trying to avoid hurting you, but clearly I’m a bloody pillock.”
Blaise’s fingers threaded into Harry’s hair and he sort of melted into the taller boy. “Then don’t do that again,” he said softly.
“I won’t,” Harry promised, finally lifting his head to meet Blaise’s eyes. “I’ll try to be more honest with you.”
“I don’t need all of your secrets,” Blaise explained. “But I want to know when you’re in danger, okay? I know there might not always be time to warn me, but when there is…”
Harry nodded again and thought about the scenario Blaise had painted him. He didn’t want Blaise to feel like Harry didn’t trust him enough to tell him things. Not things like this. There was no trust-related reason that he didn’t tell Blaise. “It just seemed like it would be easier for both of us if I didn’t tell anyone.” He let go of Blaise and took a few steps away, running a hand roughly over his face. “I’m not used to telling people things like this. My friends…” He turned back to look at Blaise. “I love my friends, but until very recently, I knew that if I told them that I was involved in anything dangerous, they would both run and tell an adult to save me from myself. So I’ve been going to Knockturn Alley since I was thirteen, and I knew that I couldn’t tell anyone.
“This just seemed like more of that. But I’ve told you more about how I really am than I’ve ever told anyone, Blaise. Please, please don’t ever think that I don’t trust you. I trust you as much as I know how to trust right now.”
Blaise’s eyes were soft as he closed the distance between them again and pulled him into his arms once more, pressing his kiss to his temple. “I don’t need all of your secrets,” Blaise said again. “I feel honored by how much you trust me. Just… if you can… warn me before you do something dangerous. If you disappear, I want to know where to start looking. And whose death I need to start planning.”
Harry huffed a small, involuntary laugh at the last bit. “I’ll do my best,” he said after a moment. He wanted to promise perfect adherence, but he knew that would be disingenuous. He could promise to try. He couldn’t promise to always succeed.
Blaise tightened his hold on Harry a little more and Harry let himself just luxuriate in it for a long moment before he asked, “Will you tell Ron that you’ve talked sense into me so I don’t have to get yelled at again?”
Blaise chuckled lightly and something in Harry relaxed at the sound. They would be okay. He hadn’t totally ruined this. Thank God.
Lessons
Over the week following Harry’s meeting with Lucius, Harry tried to keep a discreet eye on Draco to see if he could figure out what it was that he was supposed to be doing for Voldemort this year. There didn’t seem to be much to see, unfortunately. Malfoy was clearly stressed. He was pale with dark circles under his eyes that varied from concerning to downright alarming depending on the day. He seemed to spend no time at all on his various hobbies of bullying people, lording his wealth over others, and bragging about his father. Harry saw him in classes, where he often was not paying attention. He occasionally saw him at meals, but Draco seemed to be skipping quite a few of those. Other than that, he didn’t see him at all.
He received the journals from Hermione via owl two days after asking for them and sent one of them on to Lucius by way of Dobby as he’d promised, with instructions to ensure that the man was alone.
Tonight, he had more urgent things to worry about. Dumbledore had scheduled another meeting between them in his office tonight. Harry spent the walk there organizing his mental shields to the best of his ability not just to ensure Dumbledore wasn’t picking anything from his mind, but also to make sure that Harry could keep his own temper in check. Dumbledore had a talent for brassing Harry off that even Snape could not equal. The only one that had done better was Umbridge, and after what happened to her, Harry didn’t want to take any chances that his magic would get out of hand with the headmaster. Not only would he struggle to avoid criminal charges, but he expected that Dumbledore would not be nearly so easily defeated.
Dumbledore answered his knock without delay and Harry settled himself into the chair in front of the man’s desk.
The headmaster, Harry noted, looked unusually fatigued, his hand as blackened and dead-looking as the last time Harry had seen it.
“What happened to your hand, sir?” Harry ventured to ask this time once the pleasantries were endured.
“Ah,” Dumbledore said, turning his bright blue eyes down to the appendage in question. “I touched something that I really should not have, I’m afraid. I was lucky enough that Severus was able to prevent it from spreading further.”
“You touched something?” Harry exclaimed in surprise. The words were out before it occurred to Harry that touching a cursed item might be a very real danger to normal people. Harry’s magic tended to inspect things before he could physically touch them, so any serious curse on it would probably be noticed. He had honestly thought that was just a powerful magic thing and that Dumbledore should therefore be capable of it as well.
But perhaps he was wrong in that.
“Impertinent,” one of the portraits on the wall grumbled.
Harry glanced up and nearly dismissed the portrait as unimportant, but something in the man’s features caught Harry’s attention.
“I would not have permitted a student to question me like that in my day,” the man said.
Harry took in the gray eyes and black hair and his eyes flicked down to the nameplate on the frame. Phineas Nigellus Black. The same name on the portrait that hung in Harry’s bedroom at Grimmauld Place.
There was no way it was a coincidence that he’d been given a room with a built-in spy.
“Yes, thank you Phineas,” Dumbledore dismissed. “Yes, Harry. I’m afraid that, at the end of the day, I am just as human as everyone else, and I make mistakes.”
Harry forced himself to nod and turn his eyes down to his lap as though he was ashamed to have asked the question. In truth, he’d been struck by Dumbledore’s phrasing. As “human” as everyone else. He wasn’t saved from making such mistakes because he was only human.
But Harry was protected from such mistakes…
“Now, I believe it is time we turned our attention to tonight’s lesson,” Dumbledore announced as he poured the memories into the pensieve.
Harry forced himself to focus on the present as Dumbledore began to explain how Merope had been left penniless and pregnant when her husband was released from the enchantment and fled from her. Apparently, she went to Borgin and Burke’s and sold a family heirloom. The locket that had belonged to Slytherin. A nearly priceless artifact that had evidently only earned her a measly ten galleons, because Burke was a crook.
As Dumbledore went on to explain that Merope was near enough a squib in those days, either because she refused to use her magic after her husband left her or because her grief had just sapped it right out of her.
Harry found himself marveling all over again at just how unnatural he apparently was. Harry was certain that he couldn’t stop using his magic if he wanted to. Even if he didn’t actively use it, his magic would probably just take offense and start tending to things on it’s own.
“Do not judge Merope too harshly, Harry,” Dumbledore advised as though imparting wisdom. “She was greatly weakened by her long suffering and she never had your mother’s courage.”
Privately, Harry resolved to continue thinking of the woman very poorly indeed. She had repeatedly raped and enslaved a man for something like half a year? And then when he’d gotten away from her, she’d been too weak to even keep herself alive for the sake of her child. Regardless of how she might have suffered in her life, there was no justification for what she’d done, and no forgiveness for the fact that she’d not done everything in her power to care for the child resultant of her actions. In her own way, she’d become as bad as, if not worse than, her father and brother.
He felt no guilt for thinking so poorly of a woman who’d caused so much pain.
Dumbledore then led the way into one of his own memories, in which he visited a London orphanage.
Harry watched with more than a little discomfort as the past Dumbledore seemed to compel the astute woman into drinking herself stupid so that he could interrogate her for information on a child that he should not have had any great interest in.
Was this how Dumbledore typically conducted muggleborn visits when he was deputy headmaster? If Tom had lived with a parent, would he have treated them the same way? Or did he have some prejudice against orphans? Was he hoping to find out if the orphan might have blood family still in the wizarding world?
Harry wondered why Dumbledore would have wanted to know that. Generously, he might have wondered about the possibility of finding the boy a home in the wizarding world. Cynically, it could be a sign of either blood prejudice or snobbery in wanting to know if the boy had pedigree or connections.
When she said the name Marvolo, Harry suspected that Dumbledore had figured out the boy’s wizarding relations within a couple of weeks if he’d put any effort into looking. It couldn’t be a very common name, and Marvolo Gaunt had neither wealth nor prestige, but he had enough pedigree that he wouldn’t have been unknown. Indeed, he’d had a criminal record.
As Mrs. Cole went on, Harry found himself paying less and less attention to Dumbledore as he got lost in her words. The way that she talked about Tom was almost worse than how the Dursleys spoke of Harry. They had hated him and never let him forget it. But Mrs. Cole was almost… indifferent toward Tom. She didn’t like him, but he didn’t much matter to her in the grand scheme of her life.
Somehow that seemed even worse than hatred. He couldn’t imagine dealing with that as a child. He had grown up knowing that the Dursleys would throw a party if he got hit by a car and killed. But Tom had grown up knowing that whether he lived or died didn’t much matter to anyone outside himself. Utterly insignificant.
And then Dumbledore was led to Tom’s room and left alone with the boy. Tom was clearly wary. Even afraid of him. He had learned the hard way not to trust anyone, especially adults.
It was obvious that Tom was using clumsy, instinctive magic when he tried to force Dumbledore to tell him the truth about his intentions. It had probably served him very well in the past, though it had no effect on Dumbledore but to make him dislike the boy more.
Harry felt a surprisingly strong surge of empathy for the boy with the way he lit up when he was told about a school of magic. Harry remembered that feeling. Tom looked like the weight of the world had been lifted from his shoulders at having it confirmed that he was special. He was someone. He mattered after all.
And in that moment, Dumbledore looked at the boy as though he’d committed some crime by being a child who wanted to feel special.
Harry could clearly see the differences between himself and the boy, of course. Tom was bold where Harry had been shy. He was arrogant where Harry had been convinced of his own worthlessness. Tom was so eager to start learning magic, though.
He was definitely afraid of Dumbledore, and Harry didn’t blame him for it. The old man didn’t even try to pretend that he thought kindly of an eleven-year-old boy that he’d just met.
Harry couldn’t know for certain, but he strongly suspected that Dumbledore’s childhood had been relatively comfortable. Certainly he’d never worried at whether his next meal would even come or whether he would be safe in his own house. He’d never been so desperate for a toy — for something of his own — that stealing had seemed justified. He’d never been hated or ignored by his caregivers. Harry knew this because Dumbledore, neither then nor now, had any pity for Tom Riddle.
He’d pitied Merope, a rapist, but not an orphan that indulged in petty theft.
When Tom admitted to being a parselmouth, Harry knew that Dumbledore probably knew that he had living relations in that moment. The Gaunts were incredibly ostentatious about their relation to Slytherin. There was no way that Dumbledore hadn’t at least heard of them.
He said nothing though.
Tom obviously said it in hopes of impressing the man, and Dumbledore deliberately downplayed the rarity of it.
Hell, Dumbledore was just kind of a dick, wasn’t he?
“He was quick to believe that he was a wizard,” Harry noted since it was clear that Dumbledore was waiting for him to comment.
“Yes, Riddle was perfectly ready to believe that he was — to use his word — special,” Dumbledore agreed, his tone subtly conveying his disapproval.
“Every kid wants to believe that he’s special,” Harry disagreed with that tone. “Normally they’ve got parents assuring them that they are. Tom didn’t. I wanted to believe it, but I’d spent my whole life being told that the world would have been better off had I died with my parents. I didn’t know how to believe that I could be different in a good way.”
Dumbledore’s eyes dimmed with sadness and regret. “Words can never express how sorry I am for what you had to endure, Harry.”
Harry shrugged to dismiss the topic of himself. No matter what Dumbledore said, Harry didn’t believe that he would do anything differently given the chance. He might genuinely feel bad about it, but he’d do it again.
“You didn’t seem to like Tom very much,” he said to change the subject.
Dumbledore’s brows rose at the comment. “Could it be, Harry, that you are pitying Lord Voldemort?”
Harry frowned at the way Dumbledore phrased that. As though the boy didn’t deserve pity because he would one day become Lord Voldemort. “I’m pitying a little boy who hadn’t done anything to deserve his suffering,” Harry corrected quietly.
Dumbledore tipped his head a bit as he seemed to consider Harry’s distinction. He didn’t seem to agree, but he didn’t argue his point either. Instead, he went on to point out the bits that he considered most important from that memory. What Tom had revealed about his distaste for his name as it was too common. He mentioned that Tom seemed antisocial. Content to be alone and friendless. And finally, he gave particular emphasis to the items that Tom had stolen. He called them trophies, which seemed a bit of a stretch to Harry. There were many reasons for a child to steal — even things that he didn’t want. Perhaps he was simply jealous of kids that he hated having nice things and thus he’d taken them to deprive the others of it. And he’d kept them because throwing things away was abhorrent when you had nothing.
Overall, Harry was highly dubious about Dumbledore’s conclusions, but unwilling to challenge them overly much. Dumbledore believed himself to be an unusually clever man. He was unlikely to take it well if Harry challenged his conclusions. He’d likely either dismiss the challenges out of hand or resent Harry for pointing them out.
And Harry had enough problems without making enemies with someone as powerful as the headmaster.
As Harry left the office that night, he understood that Dumbledore was hoping to teach him about Voldemort’s character and his past in case that came in handy later on in figuring out how to defeat him. What Harry was sure that Dumbledore did not intend was how much Harry was learning about Dumbledore’s character in the process.
And he was finding that there wasn’t much there that he liked or respected.
Notes:
Okay, that second scene felt a little clunky, but I think that's the nature of trying to modify/summarize a canon scene with minimal rehashing. I think it accomplished what I wanted it to. I am very proud of the first scene though. It ended up a lot deeper than my outline had actually called for, but I think it came out really well.
I'd love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 41: Year Six - part 11
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Pre-Halloween Syndrome
It didn’t surprise him when Halloween this year hit him harder than ever before. It seemed to get worse every year, so it was really to be expected. He still found it rather alarming when it started a full week before the day.
He lost the ability to sleep at all, but he never felt tired. Rather the opposite. He was jittery with excess energy, and twitchy because the screams and laughter he was used to, and the scent of sulfur and ash no longer bothered him. Catching glimpses of movement in shadows, however, was new. And concerning.
He took to spending all night at Cedar Hill, working on raising wards. His magic was so ridiculously juiced up that he was making a ton of progress, and that exertion was helping him to feel less like he wanted to fly out of his skin. He wanted to spend time in his animagus form burning off energy playing with Dante, but his first attempt had lasted barely a minute before he’d changed back, thoroughly spooked by the way that form was able to look right through the deepest shadows into Hell itself.
His occlumency lesson that week ended up being a bit of a disaster when Snape tried to check his barriers. Harry had barely felt the contact of Snape’s mind touch his own before Snape was violently recoiling in obvious pain. He’d clutched a hand over his eyes and fumbled hastily about at his pockets for a moment before producing a small potion vial, uncorking it with a flick of his thumb, and hastily drinking it down.
Harry had waited in tense silence for several long moments before Snape finally let out a long breath and slowly moved his hand away from his eyes. He glanced at Harry and away, not quite meeting his eyes, and said only a terse, “Dismissed, Potter.”
Harry had not wasted any time following that order. His lessons with Snape had been going well enough this year, but he wasn’t sure if they were going to continue after that. His magic had apparently given Snape a migraine from less than a second of contact.
By the time the day before Halloween rolled around, Harry was struggling to sit still long enough to make it through an entire class. He’d gone into the Room of Requirement that morning and done his best to exhaust himself before breakfast. He was making some progress on faster casting. He had finally determined that there was something of a trick to it beyond repetition and smaller movements. It involved choosing the order of spells with respect to the motion that ended one spell and began the next. If the first spell ended with a downward flick and the next began with the wand pointing down, then you will have saved yourself precious moments.
And so he had begun finding spell combinations that granted this advantage and started practicing them so that the combinations would come more naturally during the hectic moments of a fight when he would not be able to stop and think of such things.
Harry and his friends were collected in the room of requirement again since Harry was struggling to sit still for very long without tiring himself out with spell practice only a day before Halloween. He’d just finished an exhausting session and was finally feeling relaxed enough to just sit and read a little. So he was currently slumped against Blaise’s side with his nose in a book.
He was aware of Ron and Tracey’s voices, but he was tuning them out until Ron suddenly raised his voice.
“What the bloody hell do you want?!”
Harry’s eyes darted up to take in where Ron was now on his feet, looking at Tracey, who was sitting on the sofa Ron had just left. Tracey was frowning at him with some apparent annoyance.
“I’m trying to be friendly,” she said with forced patience.
“No, you’re bloody climbing all over me!” Ron protested. “Can’t you read your own book?”
Tracey opened and closed her mouth a few times, then her eyes darted around to take in the rest of them now watching the exchange. “Bloody hell,” she muttered under her breath as she stood to face Ron, her head tipped up almost comically with how much taller he was. “Look, Ron,” she said more crisply, “I have been trying to be blunt since I know that you’re a Gryffindor, but apparently I’m still too subtle.” She met his eyes determinedly and said very firmly, “I would very much like to snog you,” she said evenly despite faintly pink cheeks.
Ron’s face instantly went bright red as his eyes grew very large. He just stared at her for a long moment, then looked at Harry as though for help.
Harry stared back because… he had nothing. Was he a terrible friend for not seeing this coming? Was he just not paying any attention to his friends?
Harry sat up and looked at Blaise, who looked like he was trying very hard not to laugh, but he didn’t look surprised. So apparently he’d known. Theo was just watching it all without making his opinion apparent. Ginny, seated on the extreme opposite end of Theo’s sofa, seemed entirely caught off guard, her eyes darting between Ron and Tracey.
Ron finally focused on Tracey again, his face redder than his hair. He opened and closed his mouth twice, then turned and left the room at just short of a run.
For a long moment, they just stared after him.
Then Tracey threw up her hands in exasperation and turned on Harry and Ginny, “What does that mean?!” she demanded.
“Er, probably means he’d like some time to think about it,” Harry spoke up before Ginny could say something less complimentary about her brother.
Ginny snorted, “I’m sure he’s never even considered snogging a Slytherin.”
Tracey’s cheeks were still a little pink, but she didn’t seem too mortified about her advances being met with gobsmacked retreat. She just shook her head and sat back down. “Bloody Gryffindors,” she muttered as she picked up the book Ron had been reading.
“Oi!” Ginny complained without heat. “Most of us aren’t as thick as Ron.”
“I can’t imagine what you see in him,” Theo commented, his eyes already back on his own book.
“That’s my brother you’re disparaging, Nott,” Ginny snapped, immediately defensive despite having just done the same thing.
Nott actually looked up at Ginny, his icy blue eyes regarding her with intensity but no malice. “I meant no offense to you or your family in general, Weasley,” he said simply.
“No one’s asking you to snog him, Theo,” Tracey said with a frown. “I like him. He’s… not complicated. I could use more of that in my life. Also, he’s very pretty.”
Ginny and Theo wrinkled their noses almost simultaneously in response to that last bit and Harry dutifully did not snicker.
Harry did smile at Tracey though, because he could hear the sincerity in what she said that she liked about Ron, “Don’t worry. Ron’s still adjusting to the idea that maybe not all Slytherins are bad people. Give him a couple of days to adjust and I’m sure he’ll have an answer for you.”
Tracey flashed Harry a bright smile and a cheerful, “Thanks, Harry,” and they all went back to their own studies.
Harry isn’t sure if Ron would be comfortable with the idea of actually dating a Slytherin. And he was slightly worried that it’d all fall apart if Ron did try and then maybe Ron would be uncomfortable around her. It had the potential to make things more difficult, but Harry had never been one to shy away from risky things. And if Ron could really be happy with Tracey, then Harry certainly wouldn’t stand in the way. Harry had Blaise and Hermione had Viktor. Harry would love nothing more than for Ron to have someone like that in his own life.
Harry spent a few more hours in the Room of Requirement with his friends, though he did get up to cast more spells twice in that time because he was just too anxious to sit still. Ginny eventually joined him. Harry, other than just working off energy, was still trying to improve his speed. Ginny was more concerned with improving her spell repertoire, so he was teaching her some new spells in between his own casting, then letting her practice while he just cast chains of spells as quickly as he could manage.
When he got back to Gryffindor tower, there was no sign of Ron in the common room, so Harry went up to his dorm, where he found Ron sitting on his bed. He had some homework in his lap, but he didn’t seem to be paying it any attention.
“Do you want to talk about it?” Harry asked cautiously as he moved to his trunk to find his pajamas so that he could get ready for bed even though he’d not be spending the night in bed. Appearances needed to be maintained, after all.
Ron blinked and looked at him with obvious bewilderment. “Was she actually serious?”
“Yeah,” Harry nodded.
Ron just looked more confused. “But why?”
Harry briefly considered whether he ought to tell Ron what she’d said after he left, but then reminded himself that she was a Slytherin. She definitely wouldn’t have said anything in front of Harry and Ginny that she didn’t want getting back to Ron. In fact, she might have been counting on it. “She said that she likes that you’re not complicated. And very pretty.”
Ron’s blush came back in force. “Pretty?!” he sputtered.
“It’s what she said,” Harry shrugged.
“Bloody barmy woman,” Ron groused to himself. Then he entreated Harry, “What should I do?”
“Up to you. I don’t know her a lot better than you do, but she’s Blaise’s best friend, and you know how I feel about him.”
Ron nodded absently, his attention clearly still focused inward.
Harry got changed and brushed his teeth. He’d shower in the morning or he’d just end up needing another one after spending the night working on the wards at Cedar Hill. By the time he made it back to the dorm, Ron seemed to be making at least a token effort to actually do homework.
With great reluctance, Harry retrieved the essay that he needed to finish for potions and sat down on his bed to work on it.
Concentrating was a nightmare when he was sitting still. He felt so energized that he just wanted to go and run a couple laps around the lake. Or maybe a couple dozen. At a full sprint. His magic was all but buzzing with excess, and it was clearly leaking into his whole body.
After what felt like several hours, but his bedside clock informed him was only half an hour, the other boys finally started to filter in for bed and Harry gratefully announced that he was going to sleep. He put away his homework, then closed his curtains and spelled them so they would stay that way. He added a silencing charm, then called for Dobby to take him to Cedar Hill.
As soon as he arrived, Harry ducked into the tent and changed from his pajamas into the set of robes that he’d started keeping here for this purpose — or in case he needed to go to Knockturn Alley or something.
When he was dressed, he gratefully set to work on the wards, though he noticed Dante sprinting across the grassy hills nearby. The hound loved all the room to run in the wide open spaces when he didn’t have to worry for anyone observing his passing. And probably also because they were alone here so he didn’t feel the need to constantly guard Harry.
He turned his full attention to the wards. He wasn’t working on any of the fine detail stuff this week. He didn’t have the patience for it. He was just pouring power into the wards that he already had in place. Wards didn’t technically need to be charged, of course. Not long-term wards like this. They were designed to feed on the magic of their environment. Nearby ley lines were a huge boon, but not totally necessary. Any magical people or creatures living on the warded land also lent magic to the wards via their mere presence. The more magic that was done within the area, the stronger they would grow and remain — which was why Hogwarts’ wards were so formidable.
They didn’t need the boost, but new wards would take a long time to reach full potential without something to get them started. Given that no one was currently living here full time, and the scale of enemies that Harry needed to keep out, he wanted these wards charged as much as magically possible before he or anyone else had to depend on them.
Of course, with how much magic he had to spare this week, they might just be fully charged by November.
Halloween
By the time Halloween rolled around, all of his professors were getting annoyed with his inability to sit still and just how many long bathroom breaks he had needed. Thankfully, the only one who would really go out of his way to make Harry’s life harder seemed too cowed by Harry’s magic to actually do it these days, so Snape mostly just seemed relieved when Harry asked to leave the classroom.
He knew that the the essays that he’d done that week were probably terrible, but they were honestly the best that he could manage when his magic was all but writhing with impatience to do something, and his blood was pounding with unspent energy.
Harry really hoped that this whole Halloween situation resolved in some way once he was an actual adult, because this yearly escalation just wasn’t sustainable for the rest of his life.
In the early hours of Halloween morning, while pouring magic into the wards at Cedar Hill, a flash of movement in the corner of his vision caused Harry to turn and meet the eyes of one of the tiny winged creatures of Hell, who was hovering in midair within a dark shadow.
Harry flinched at the sight of it, which seemed to make the creature flinch as well. In hardly more than a blink, it had flown beyond Harry’s sight, presumably elsewhere in Hell.
Thoroughly spooked, Harry returned to Hogwarts. Suddenly, he no longer felt comfortably in the dark.
He went directly to the Room of Requirement — which manifested as his usual casting lane, but much more well lit than normal — and began taking out his nerves on the endless supply of practice dummies the room could provide.
After the week he’d had, he didn’t even try to go to classes that day. He just told Ron that he was taking a sick day, then holed up in the Room of Requirement all day. While he wasn’t actually “sick”, Harry did not consider it a lie to say that he was not feeling well. Because he very much was not. Dobby popped in with food at mealtimes without being asked, but Harry only picked at it. He wasn’t hungry. He suspected that his magic was just providing any needed nourishment, and he really hoped that it didn’t decide to make a habit of that as well.
At least as concerning as having denizens of Hell spot him through the veil was the fact that Harry got a backache over the course of the day.
It had been actual years since Harry had suffered any kind of achiness like that. He just didn’t get sore from strenuous activities or achy from bad posture anymore. Not since maybe second year? Definitely since third.
So that fact that his back was hurting now? In the region of his shoulder blades?
If he actually grew wings, he had no idea what he was going to do. Probably give up on Hogwarts and just flee to Cedar Hill, because he had no idea how he’d hide something like that. Some of kind glamor, maybe. Unfortunately, not only did glamors tend to be easy for those with training or powerful magic to notice, but they also wouldn’t help with the fact that they would still be tangible to anyone trying to, say… walk behind him.
And as much as part of him would be thrilled to have wings because flying was incredible, the logistical complications seemed insurmountable.
So he spent the whole day in an extremely well lit room with hardly any shadows at all, casting himself into what should, reasonably, have been exhaustion. He didn’t get tired though. He hadn’t slept in a week and he’d been expending enough magic to have probably killed a dozen powerful wizards from magical exhaustion.
And he still felt wired.
He was, at least, marginally distracted from worrying about what was happening to him and what it might mean for his future.
Though he did check his back in a mirror every couple of hours for any sign of change. Thankfully, it looked precisely as it always did despite the constant ache.
He’d just stopped putting his shirt back on after awhile, which only became awkward when Dobby suddenly popped in with Blaise.
“Master Harry, sir! Mister Blaise was worrying about Master Harry and asking to see him, so Dobby is bringing him to you!” Dobby declared, oblivious to the sudden tension in the room and clearly pleased with how helpful he’d been.
“Thank you, Dobby,” Harry said because he didn’t want the elf to think he’d done something wrong. Harry didn’t actually mind Blaise being here, and he hadn’t told Dobby that he wanted privacy. He did turn around and look for his shirt though.
He heard Dobby pop away and Blaise made a faint sound that had Harry glance over his shoulder to find Blaise staring very intently at his back.
Harry feared for a moment, but he’d just checked his back and it looked fine.
“I didn’t realize the tattoo was so big,” Blaise said when Harry only looked at him.
Harry blushed on realizing what Blaise meant. He’d had the spirit animal tattoo for so long that he didn’t think about it much anymore, but this was certainly the first time Blaise had seen more than Kaa’s head.
“Er, yeah,” Harry said, returning to this task of slipping his shirt back over his head and tugging it down. “Spirit animal tattoos are always life size and always the whole body.”
“It, er…” Blaise cleared his throat, but his voice still came out a little rough, “looks good on you.”
Harry blushed even more. “Thanks.” Blaise didn’t say anything else and Harry was feeling too awkward to think of anything to say, so he just turned around and started casting again.
“Are you okay?” Blaise asked a minute later.
Harry paused to turn back to his boyfriend curiously.
“I haven’t seen you all day and Ron said that you weren’t feeling well?”
“Oh. Yeah,” Harry sighed. “Just normal Halloween stuff,” he shrugged awkwardly, then grimaced and rolled his shoulders.
“Can I…” Blaise started warily. “Can I ask what it is about Halloween with you? You don’t have to tell me.”
Harry twirled his wand through his fingers a couple of times — a skill he’d learned during long nights alone at Cedar Hill, which had become something of a nervous habit of late — then slipped it back into it’s sheath as he considered how to answer. “I don’t really talk about it,” he admitted. “Ron and Hermione just sort of got used to it from first year, but I’ve never explained anything.”
“Okay,” Blaise replied, clearly prepared to let it go.
And maybe that was why Harry decided that he wanted to try to explain something at least.
“It’s… I mean, I’m pretty sure that it’s related to my animagus form. Or maybe more accurately, my animagus for is related to it?”
Blaise instantly perked up on realizing that Harry was sharing more secrets.
Harry took a deep breath and tried to steady his racing heart. He’d never come so close to telling someone the truth before. He wasn’t sure if he was more terrified or excited to do it now. “Halloween is when the veil is at it’s thinnest.”
Blaise nodded.
“Well, on Halloween, I can, er… I can hear what’s going on on the other side of the veil. And, er… this year I’ve been able to see through it sometimes, too.”
Blaise was staring with very wide eyes by the time Harry finished. It took an uncomfortably long time before he finally spoke. “You can see through the veil… Like, the veil between the living and the dead?”
Harry nodded jerkily. “Not… I mean, not constantly or anything, just… In the darker shadows.”
Blaise absorbed that for another long moment, then blinked and looked around the room — which was fitted with probably three times as many light sources as usual to ensure that shadows had nowhere to form. “Is that why you’re hiding in here?” he asked.
Harry gave a jerky nod. “Yeah. This morning… Something on the other side looked back and saw me looking at it. It… kind of freaked me out.”
“Understandably,” Blaise nodded.
Harry bounced a little on his toes and Blaise’s eyes narrowed.
“It… gives you more energy?” he wondered.
Harry gulped and nodded a little as his heart raced ever faster. “Yeah, it… It like… overflows my magic.”
Realization came to Blaise’s eyes, “That’s why you’re always casting like mad. You have been all week.”
“It’s been sort of… ramping up,” Harry admitted. “Today is definitely the worst though.”
“Huh,” Blaise said to himself. “Well, you can go back to casting if you want. Should I go, or…?”
“You can stay if you want!” Harry said quickly, then amended, “but you can leave if you’d rather.”
Blaise smiled a little, “I’ll stay,” he determined, and looked around for a seat.
Harry instantly required one of the room and it materialized against the wall by the door where he would be safe from Harry’s spell casting.
Blaise settled himself in and started digging in his bag for homework or a book to read or something.
Harry turned back to the casting lane, taking a very deep breath and letting it out slowly. He felt even more wired now, probably from all the adrenaline of coming so close to telling Blaise his Secret. He quickly fell back into casting the most draining spells that he could manage, trying not to feel self-conscious when he could feel that most of Blaise’s attention remained on him for a long time after he opened his book.
Notes:
I've been getting back into this story lately, so with any luck, there will be more of this to come soonish.
So Tracey's decided to try her hand at dating Gryffindors since it worked out so well for Blaise, and Harry's had his worst Halloween yet! He might be growing wings, but he's getting better at trusting Blaise. All the fun! I'd love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 42: Year Six - part 12
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Thankfully, things calmed down for Harry after Halloween. He continued to study with his friends, either in their dungeon common room or the Room of Requirement when they could get into it. Harry was grateful for the times that he could study with his friends because without it, he might have just stopped studying for classes at all. His personal studies just seemed so much more interesting and important than most of what they were being taught in classes.
Increasingly, he was finding that he already had a handle on things that they were learning in class due to studies that he’d had to get through to understand other things, like various Dark Arts that he’d learned or warding or defensive magic. Transfigurations and Charms featured in part in so many other things that he’d been learning advanced techniques for years without quite realizing it, it turned out. Ancient Runes was even more so. He’d gotten very far ahead in all of that when he started getting really interested in warding.
Still, he didn’t want to deal with the drama of suddenly failing most of his classes. He was certain that the teachers would want an explanation for that, which would just make his life more difficult. So he was glad to have the group study times.
As they went through Ron’s potion book, they soon discovered more than potion advice inside. There were, in fact, a number of spells that seemed to have been created by the previous owner of the book.
They’d mostly all accepted that the book had belonged to Snape by that point, and Harry found himself surprisingly impressed by the spells that he must have created when he was at school, if not sixth year or below. Flipendo was a fantastic option for a non-damaging spell. He could imagine a number of uses for it both in a duel and otherwise. Muffliato was a privacy spell that wasn’t nearly so obvious as a silencing charm, but even more effective. Though the fact that it blurred the lips suggested that Snape had identified that as a point of weakness of a silencing charm when he’d been in school. Which made Harry wonder if the man was adept at reading lips.
And finally, they came across Sectumsempra. As with all of the new spells, they cast them on dummies first. Harry was the first to get the spell to work, and they all stopped and stared in shock when a series of very deep cuts slashed their way across the dummy.
“For enemies?” Ron said in horror. “That’s bloody lethal!”
Harry nodded.
“Professor Snape invented this when he was our age?” Tracey said.
“Don’t sound so bloody impressed!” Ron snapped at her.
She lifted an eyebrow at him coldly. “It is impressive.”
“Harry, help me to figure out what I’m doing wrong. I want to learn this spell,” Ginny said before Ron and Tracey’s argument could get any more traction.
“Right,” Harry turned his attention to helping the others learn the spell. Ron was the only one who seemed hesitant to learn it after seeing what it could do, but he got it as well in the end. They were going into a war, after all. Knowing a spell didn’t mean that they had to use it, but not knowing the spell if they needed it could get someone killed.
Things took a happier turn during the first Quidditch match of the season. Gryffindor was playing Slytherin. With Ron’s leadership, even the liberal cheating the Slytherins engaged in was not advantage enough to come close. Gryffindor won decisively with Ron playing his best ever game as keeper and Ginny once again at seeker.
It might have been disheartening to their friend group — half of whom were Slytherins — except that none of these particular Slytherins were all that invested in their team.
The aftermath seemed to work out very well for Ron. By the time the redhead made it down to their dungeon common room, he had Tracey tucked firmly into his side and a smudge of lipstick at the corner of his lips that looked suspiciously identical to the shade Tracey was wearing.
Blaise had grinned at the pair as they sat down on the free sofa with Tracey snuggled into Ron’s side. “So, good game. Anything interesting happen afterward?” he asked with laughter in his voice.
Ron blushed bright red, but he looked entirely too pleased with himself.
Ginny rolled her eyes theatrically, but she didn’t really look bothered.
Theo just stared at them with a typically unreadable expression, then turned back to his book.
Harry gave Ron an approving grin and didn’t ask for any details. He could talk to him about it when they were alone.
“Slughorn caught me after the match,” Ron admitted. “He complimented me on the game and, er… asked me to join the Slug Club.”
Harry blinked, then grinned at his friend, unspeakably glad that Ron wouldn’t be left out of that anymore. Not that they were fun, but Ron deserved to be recognized on his own merits. “About time,” he said firmly.
Ron blushed more. “So, I asked Tracey to go to Slughorn’s Christmas party with me.”
She immediately leaned up and pressed a kiss to the underside of Ron’s jaw, looking pleased as punch about this turn of events.
“Well, congrats,” Harry offered to both of them. He had no idea if they could work out as a couple, but he was rooting for them.
It was the day before the Slug Club Christmas party that Harry was stopped in the Great Hall by a fifth year girl that he recognized but couldn’t immediately name.
“Hi, Harry!” she greeted casually, as though they were friends. “I got this for you! As a Christmas present!” And she all but shoved a box of chocolate cauldrons at him.
The second his hand closed around the box, Harry felt the same kind of nasty magic that he’d come to associate with love potions. His magic immediately lashed out, and Harry didn’t bother to try to pull it back as it manifested in a sudden burst of flame that almost instantly incinerated the box in his hand.
Romilda screamed and jumped away from him, her eyes huge.
“Oops,” Harry said insincerely, curling his lips into a cruel smile. “I guess I’m allergic to certain potions,” he said flatly.
Romilda went bone white and fled.
“Mr. Potter!” McGonagall’s voice rang out from the direction of the teacher’s table.
Harry sighed irritably, but fixed his face into a polite mask before turning toward where she was marching toward him.
She flicked her wand to vanish the smoldering remains, and gave Harry a highly disapproving look. “Ten points from Gryffindor, Mr. Potter. You are in your sixth year. I would expect that you would know better than to go burning things in the Great Hall!”
“It wasn’t his fault, Professor,” Neville stood up from his place across the Gryffindor table. “I think the box was jinxed to do that. Harry just touched it and it burst into flame,” he said, chin raised.
And the bit about the box being jinxed had been a lie, so he clearly knew that it hadn’t happened that way.
McGonagall pursed her lips, but she was already backing down from her confrontational demeanor. “Is that true, Potter?” she asked.
“I didn’t even draw my wand,” Harry lifted his empty hands as evidence.
She glanced around and a few other students nodded their agreement with that version of events.
She seemed to deflate with a sigh, “Very well. I retract the point deduction. You may go. I highly suggest that you spend some time on your studies. Your essays in my class have been abysmal this year.”
“Yes, ma’am,” Harry replied evenly. He glanced at Neville and sent him a smile and a nod before departing. He had a terrible habit of ignoring Neville since the boy was usually so quiet and reserved. But despite his timidness, Neville never failed to stand up for what he believed in, and Harry admired him for that. He’d have to make an effort to spend some time with him. Maybe partner with him in class sometimes.
Christmas Party
Harry and Ron made their way down to Slughorn’s office for the Christmas party together. They’d had two dinners since Ron had been invited to join, and he’d been right. The redhead enjoyed being included, but did not enjoy the dinners very much. Beyond the food, of course, which was, objectively, quite good. And Ron did love his food in general.
Tonight, they arrived to find Blaise and Tracey waiting for them near the door. Tracey was in a pretty black dress that went all the way to the floor and had a cape bit that went over just one shoulder. Her hair was done up in a fancy way. She looked very nice, but she didn’t hold much of Harry’s attention because Blaise was dressed up as well. He and Harry had been fitted for and purchased their robes from the same shop during a Hogsmeade weekend, but Blaise had been insistent that they not see each other in the robes before the event.
Harry had thought him silly at the time, but he thought that he could appreciate it now. There was something a bit special about seeing them for the first time like this.
They were black with accents in an incredibly dark red. The robes were clearly silk, but the cape was velvet.
Harry did not stop at a polite distance like Ron did. Instead, he stepped directly into Blaise’s space so that he could slide his hands along the smooth fabric and wrap his arms around him. “You look really good,” he said softly.
“And you look breathtaking,” Blaise returned as he enfolded Harry into his arms and leaned down to kiss him gently.
Harry blushed, not just at the words, but at how breathless he actually sounded.
By the time Harry drew back, Ron and Tracey had already entered the office. “I guess we should head in,” he smiled.
Blaise just looked very amused as he gestured for Harry to precede him.
The office was extravagantly decorated, draped with emerald, crimson, and gold hangings that made it look like they were inside a tent. Then again, this was the wizarding world. It was actually possible that this was so big because Slughorn had set up a magical tent with the door aligned to his office door. Harry looked back at it, but the hangings were arranged in such a way that he couldn’t be sure.
Despite the generous size of the room, it was crowded with a great many people — the majority of whom were obviously not students. This, Harry suspected, was a magnificent networking opportunity for the students that were invited.
“Harry, m’boy!” Slughorn was on him almost as soon as he was in the room. “Come in, come in! So many people I’d like you to meet!”
More like people that Slughorn wanted to show him off to. Harry contained his impatience with effort and tried to remind himself that there might be some use to this gathering even for him. He didn’t plan to live and work in the U.K. or even Europe, probably, after graduation, so it was highly unlikely that he would need any of these connections. On the other hand, it wasn’t impossible that he could meet people who might prove useful during the war.
Either way, there was clearly little to be done about it.
Slughorn’s first stop was an author, who’d apparently written a book about his life among the vampires. Almost as an afterthought, Slughorn mentioned his friend, Sanguini.
The author was a small, stout, bespectacled man who shook Harry’s hand rather more enthusiastically than seemed quite normal. Sanguini was tall and gaunt, pale with the signature red irises. He appeared rather bored. There was a gaggle of girls standing nearby and staring at him with curiosity and excitement.
What was actually wrong with girls? First centaurs and now vampires? They were all barmy.
Harry had an moment of horror at the image of such a group standing around giggling at him if he ever actually sprouted wings. What a ghastly thought. Well, if that ever came to pass, he could always ask Dante to make himself visible and growl at them until they fled. The hound would undoubtedly enjoy such an activity.
Still, he felt rather a strong surge of empathy toward the poor vampire. Not least because Harry’s back had been aching a bit on and off all day.
He realized suddenly that the author was talking. Had Slughorn said the man’s name? Probably. Oh well. He’d been distracted by the vampire’s name. Sanguini was a name he’d heard in passing more than once down Knockturn Alley, so he suspected that he was at least a relatively important vampire. The author’s name hadn’t been notable.
“I was saying to Professor Slughorn only the other day, ‘Where is the biography of Harry Potter for which we have all been waiting?’”
Harry laughed uncomfortably and leaned back just a little to put himself into firmer contact with Blaise, “I didn’t know anyone was waiting for that.”
“Just as modest as Horace described!” the man said cheerfully. Then he sobered very suddenly and went on, “But seriously. I would be delighted to write it myself…” Yeah, Harry didn’t doubt that.
Harry did his best to look attentive while tuning out what followed. The author tried to secure a series of interviews with Harry, while imploring him to seek Sanguini for a reference. Unfortunately for him, Sanguini seemed more interested in the giggling girls, though he looked mostly hungry. Harry would consider worrying for the girls if they didn’t look all too willing to be blood donors.
The author then started going on about all the money that Harry could make.
“I have quite enough money,” Harry said dismissively. “If you’ll excuse me.” With a firm grip on Blaise’s hand, Harry made their escape.
Slughorn, it seemed, had invited all the teachers. And he must have bribed or blackmailed them because Snape was even in attendance. Not that he looked in any way pleased about it.
Malfoy was in attendance, of course, with Pansy hanging off his arm. She didn’t seem to notice that he wasn’t paying her any attention. In fact, Malfoy seemed to be casting frequent looks at Snape. Looks that were almost… wary.
Surely whatever Malfoy was supposed to be doing for Voldemort didn’t have something to do with Snape… Right?
It wasn’t long before Snape noticed Malfoy’s furtive looks and he wasted little time in crossing the room to him, all but dragging Malfoy out the door with a quietly hissed, “We need to talk.”
Harry watched after them a moment, but with all the noise in the room, he had no hope of hearing their conversation outside. He listened to their footsteps retreat toward Snape’s office and handed Blaise his drink. “I’ll be right back,” he said, and followed the Slytherins out.
Malfoy had continued to look sickly this year, but Harry hadn’t devoted much time to investigating what he might be up to. There were just always a hundred other things calling for his time, and even if he was on orders from Voldemort, it was difficult to find Draco Malfoy threatening.
Once he was able to make out the voices that he was listening for, Harry slipped into the nearest loo, standing just inside to listen.
“I understand that, Draco, but you are going to get yourself killed! Let me help you!”
“It has nothing to do with you. He gave me this mission! Just me! You’re just trying to steal my glory!”
“Insolent, stupid boy, he gave you this mission because Lucius failed him. When you fail — and you are meant to — he will hurt you to hurt your father. Allow me to assist-“
“He told me that I have to do this alone!” Malfoy was clearly trying to be tough, but his voice trembled. “If you get involved, that alone is a failure!”
“I don’t have to be directly involved! Just tell me your plan. Perhaps I might know of a book that could assist you or-“
“It’s my job! He gave it to me and I’m doing it! It’d go faster if you would stop putting Crabbe and Goyle in detention!”
“If your friends intend to pass their Defense OWL, they will need to work harder than they are doing at present-“
“Who even cares?! Defense Against the Dark Arts? It’s all just a joke, isn’t it? An act? Like any of us need protecting against the Dark Arts!”
“If you truly believe that our enemies would never use Dark Arts against us, then you are a greater fool than I have ever credited, Draco! The aurors had special permission to use the Unforgivables against anyone so much as suspected of being a Death Eater in the last war. And I assure you, they were far from the only ones doing so.”
Neither spoke for a long moment. Finally, Draco’s voice rose again, “It doesn’t matter. It’s just a stupid class. My mission is more important.” His voice rang hollowly, and Harry felt an unwanted stir of sympathy for him.
“Then let me help you, you foolish child!” Snape was clearly at the end of his limited patience.
“I’m not a child anymore,” Draco hissed so lowly that Harry barely heard it. “I can’t afford to be,” he said, and then his footsteps began to move away, toward Harry as Snape cursed under his breath.
Harry stepped out of the loo just before Draco rounded the corner.
The blond stopped in his tracks at the sight of him and Harry realized that there were tears on his face. Draco instantly drew his wand while snarling at Harry, “Potter! What are you doing in there? Were you spying on me?!”
“From the loo?” Harry asked with as much incredulity as he could manage, though he did draw his wand. Just in case.
Draco might not have heard Harry’s response as he lifted his wand and cast a Dark curse meant to throw a person with force.
Harry deflected it into the wall with only a little difficulty. It occurred to him that he needed to put more effort into defensive casting. Draco wasn’t a real threat, but Voldemort was much more dangerous. Speed wasn’t the only thing Harry needed to improve. He couldn’t count on being able to dodge everything.
Harry’s wandering thoughts allowed Draco to get off one more minor Dark spell, which Harry blocked before Harry snapped out a nonverbal disarming charm, sending Draco’s wand clattering across the corridor.
That was when Snape came charging around the corner, surely having heard Draco verbalizing his spells.
“What is going on here?” he demanded, though Harry could feel the man go on edge at the sight of him.
“Nothing, Professor,” Draco said with a glare at Harry that warned him to keep his mouth shut.
Harry did his best not to let his amusement show.
“I just dropped my wand,” Draco continued, hurrying across the corridor to scoop up his wand.
“Potter?” Snape asked cautiously.
“Nothing worth reporting, sir,” Harry said helpfully, slipping his own wand back into its sheath.
The look that Draco sent Harry was some kind of triumphant, as though he actually thought he’d intimidated Harry into not telling the truth. He didn’t stick around to continue the conversation though.
There was a long moment of silence as Draco’s footsteps faded down the hall.
Snape eyed Harry with that understated wariness that he always wore around him these days. “Mr. Potter,” he said slowly, “If Mr. Malfoy were to come to any harm-“
Harry huffed a laugh before he could stop himself. Snape’s glare was fierce, but Harry only shook his head. “If he comes to any harm, it won’t be my doing. Though he does seem to need a minder.” He walked away without waiting for a response and Snape did not call him back.
He didn’t return to Slughorn’s party either, which made Harry wonder if he’d been there in the hopes of confronting Draco. Harry did notice that he hadn’t received a single point deduction for that, though he certainly would have in the past. There were definitely upsides to certain people finding him terrifying.
Now if only he could train some sense into Draco. He supposed the boy just wasn’t thinking beyond his pride tonight, but he was honestly a little shocked that Draco had attacked him. Perhaps getting Crucio’d this summer had made Harry seem less scary in comparison.
Oh, well. Harry wasn’t overly concerned with it. Draco didn’t even rank among the threats Harry faced at this point. Not with competition like Voldemort and Dumbledore.
Draco, Harry found, had not gone back to the party either. Pansy did not seem very pleased about it as she watched the door for a while before finally leaving in a huff.
Harry found Blaise speaking with Sanguini, who seemed to have detached himself from his author friend.
“Mr. Potter,” the vampire regarded Harry with an intensity that might have been alarming had Harry’s magic not felt totally unthreatened. “I had hoped, on receiving this invitation, that I might have a chance to meet you.”
“I’m flattered,” Harry said carefully. He hadn’t ever done that much research into vampires, but he did know better than to insult a vampire if it could be avoided. They tended, as a species, to hold onto grudges for multiple generations as a matter of course. “I hope I’ve not proved a disappointment,” he said with some humor.
“Quite the contrary,” the vampire said. “I had not believed most of the rumors that I had heard about you, but I see now that there must be some truth to them.”
“Oh?”
The vampire hummed his assent, studying Harry for another long moment before offering, “They say you are Dark.”
Harry smiled blandly while discretely drawing his wand and casting a silent muffliato.
Sanguini followed the motion, and his smile grew just slightly, exposing the tip of one fang. “I am pleased you do not deny it. Vampires of a certain age can sense these things.”
“I hadn’t heard that,” Harry admitted.
Sanguini hummed again. “Most of the information that we willingly spread is more misleading than not,” he said.
Harry couldn’t help but grin a little. “Which is why you helped that man to write about you.”
Sanguini neither confirmed nor denied that.
“So there are rumors that call me Dark,” Harry said thoughtfully. This didn’t really surprise him after what Lucius had said on the matter. It was slightly concerning to think that Dumbledore likely had enough connections — such as Mundungus — to have heard the same rumors, but there wasn’t much to be done about that. And he was getting increasingly confident in his ability to take care of himself as long as he was stuck in this country. Even against the likes of Dumbledore and the Ministry should they decide he was too dangerous to leave alone.
“There are whispers that you will defeat the Dark Lord only to replace him,” Sanguini offered with the air of a man fishing for his reaction.
And he was not likely to be disappointed in that, for the comment drew a reflexive snort of derisive amusement from Harry. He quickly shook his head, “No. I’ve no interest in becoming a Dark Lord,” he admitted. “Autocrat is not a career that appeals to me. It seems like it would be an awful lot of work for very little gain.”
Sanguini tipped his head slightly as he considered Harry. “I would think the power and respect would be the standard incentive.”
Harry shrugged dismissively, “Not my ambitions.”
“What are your ambitions, if it is not too bold to ask.”
Harry gave his response a moment of consideration before offering, “Freedom. Anonymity would be nice.”
“So you will not fight the Dark Lord?” he inquired.
“I will,” Harry said definitively. He didn’t want to risk encouraging the vampires to join Voldemort in the belief that it was a choice between him and the ministry or Dumbledore. “He’s made it personal between us, so I will fight him. I just don’t plan to rule afterward. Though I suspect that some of my allies are already making plans in that direction. I certainly have no loyalty to the Ministry or Dumbledore.”
Sanguini visibly turned that around in his mind for a moment before nodding slightly. “You are an intriguing creature, Mr. Potter. I am glad for the opportunity to have made your acquaintance.”
“Likewise,” Harry said politely.
Sanguini’s attention was again drawn to the ridiculous girls who were following him around and sighing at him. He smiled in their direction, again showing just a little bit of fang. “If you’ll excuse me.”
Harry watched him step toward the girls and gain their instant, fawning attention. He wondered if he should be worried for their lives, but he didn’t sense any malice from the vampire, so he decided not to worry about it.
“That was interesting,” Blaise said when Sanguini was comfortably outside the muffling spell. “Are you planning on recruiting vampires, too?”
Harry shrugged and smiled up at his boyfriend. “Just keeping my options open.”
“Uh-huh,” Blaise said dubiously.
“Let’s at least enjoy the food while we’re here,” Harry said, ignoring his boyfriend’s suspicion.
They made their way to the buffet table and filled plates, then found Ron where he was leaning against a wall with his own plate.
“Having fun?” Harry asked.
Ron rolled his eyes, “Bloody Tracey is trying to talk to every stranger in the room, I swear.”
“She’s networking,” Blaise shrugged.
Ron groaned expressively and shook his head, “At least she said I didn’t have to stay with her for it!”
Blaise lifted an eyebrow, but didn’t comment.
Harry wasn’t entirely sure what that meant, though he didn’t think Blaise was overly impressed. Harry jut really hoped that this didn’t end with a rift in their friend group.
“Did you want to do more networking or are you ready to get out of here?” Blaise asked when they’d finished their plates.
Harry glanced around the packed room. From what he’d seen and heard around the room, most of the other adult guests were quidditch players, ministry workers, authors, and similar. No one that Harry thought likely to be particularly useful to him. At least, not enough that he was willing to go out of his way to talk to them. So he shook his head, “No, I’m ready to go if you are.”
“I might sneak out, too,” Ron said hopefully.
“I wouldn’t recommend it if you don’t want Tracey very annoyed with you,” Blaise warned.
Ron sagged a little. “Yeah. All right. I guess I’ll see if I can find her instead.”
Blaise flashed Ron a smile for the concession, though it didn’t look overly sincere.
It took a little doing to actually make it to the exit as Slughorn intercepted and redirected them twice before they managed to escape.
They made their way to the Room of Requirement, and Harry summoned a small sitting room with a large bed in front of a large fire as the only source of light.
Blaise lifted an eyebrow at the bed and Harry blushed.
“Er… I meant to make that a sofa,” he admitted, though he’d been more thinking of a place for them to cuddle than what that place would look like.
Blaise grinned at him as he moved to sprawl across the bed.
Harry hesitated only a moment before joining him. He snuggled himself against Blaise’s side and buried his face in his chest. Okay, so apparently his subconscious knew what it was about. This was so much better than a sofa.
For a long time, they didn’t speak. Harry just held Blaise and listened to his heart beating while Blaise rubbed lightly at his back, which seemed to soothe the mild ache. Or maybe it just distracted from it. It was hard to tell.
“You said that you wanted to travel after the war,” Blaise said at last.
Harry blinked a few times as he was drawn from the meditative state he’d fallen into. “Yeah,” he said, then cleared his throat when it came out rough.
“Where do you want to go first?” he asked curiously.
Harry hesitated a second before admitting, “I wanted to see America, actually.”
“America?” Blaise said incredulously.
Harry leaned back and propped his head on his elbow so that he could see Blaise. “Yeah. I have a… theory that I could handle the wild magic there. Because of how weird my own magic is.”
Blaise nodded slowly. “I guess… But how am I supposed to go with you?” he asked, and he sounded almost hurt.
Harry’s heart soared at the evidence that Blaise expected to come with him, but he hurried to ease his worries, “I think I could protect you too, but if not then we’ll go somewhere else,” he said and Blaise relaxed. “I really like the idea of America because there’s no magical government at all there. We’d be totally free. We could do whatever we wanted with no one to judge or censure or restrict us.”
“It sounds…” Blaise took a deep breath and let it out slowly. “It sounds nice, but… It must be considered uninhabitable for a reason. Maybe you’re right and you could handle it, but I’m not sure about me.”
“We’ll take it slow,” Harry suggested. “Charter a boat from Greenland or something, so we can turn back if anything goes wrong, right?”
Blaise nodded slowly, then leaned forward to press a quick kiss to Harry’s lips. “Just so we’re together. I’ll try anything once.”
Harry beamed at him. “I love you, so much,” he said softly.
Blaise cupped Harry’s cheek gently. “I’m glad,” he said, just above a whisper. “I’m hoping that means you’ll be willing to initiate a formal betrothal with me.”
Harry’s heart rate instantly doubled as he quickly sat up and looked down at Blaise, “Wait, are you serious?”
Blaise sat up as well and scooted back until he was leaning against the headboard. He studied Harry and nodded gravely. “Very much so.”
Harry felt a grin stretch across his lips and he fought to moderate it. “Are you sure?” he had to ask. “I mean… are you really okay with leaving Britain, probably for good? Because I really don’t think I can live here.”
“There’s always portkeys,” Blaise said, watching Harry carefully. “Assuming they work from America, anyway. We can always visit our friends. I don’t care where we live as long as we’re together.”
Harry laughed a little hysterically, then made an effort to pull himself together. He bit his lip and nodded quickly, “Then yeah. Let’s do it.”
Blaise grinned wide. “I’ll talk to my mum over break and get a basic contract drawn up. We can go over any changes on the next Hogsmeade weekend.”
Harry didn’t even care that this meant facing Mrs. Zabini again. She was probably going to hate him even more for getting betrothed to Blaise, but he could not care less. Blaise wanted to start a betrothal with him. He felt happy enough to burst with it. Instead, he climbed into Blaise’s lap and kissed him until the chastity charm kicked in.
Notes:
I'm not totally excited about the first scene. It feels a little rushed. But that was kind of the point. I wanted to move things along a little bit to the more important scenes. Anyway! That ended up being a pretty exciting party! And afterward!
I do have the rest of year six plotted out for eleven more chapters. So lots of more things happening in sixth year. And it might end up longer because I will add scenes as I go if I realize that the story needs something I hadn't put in the outline. Also, I have started plotting year seven! And it's going to be much longer than year six, y'all. Like maybe double...
Anyway! Love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 43: Year Six - part 13
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Christmas at Grimmauld
The day after Slughorn’s Christmas party, they boarded the Hogwarts express back to London. Ginny joined the five of them in their compartment this time. She’d come to spend more time with them over the last couple of months, to the point that Harry had given her the little tattoo that allowed her entrance to their dungeon common room. He was pretty sure that she had no friends at all outside their group at this point given how assiduously she’d pushed away everyone else.
Things were still a little tense between Theo and Ginny, but they were getting better. Theo no longer bothered to glare at Ginny and she’d stopped watching him like a venomous snake, so… progress.
Ron and Theo spent half of the train ride playing chess. Ginny mostly stayed buried in the defense books that Harry had lent her.
Harry passed the ride snuggled into Blaise, trying to prepare himself for a couple of weeks away from him. It shouldn’t be that hard. He’d lived fourteen years without him, after all. Somehow though, the more time Harry spent with Blaise, the more time he wanted to spend with him. And after agreeing to the betrothal less than a day ago, Harry did not want to part from him.
He had, unfortunately, not suggested that they try to meet in Diagon Alley over break. He was sure that he wouldn’t have any trouble getting away, but Blaise had said that his mum caught him last time and had not been happy. Harry did not want to do anything else to make her dislike him right now when they needed her to sign a betrothal contract for them.
Tracey and Ron were, in Harry’s opinion, much worse than he and Blaise. They were very much in the honeymoon phase of their relationship, which seemed to include a lot of kissing. That might have been part of the reason that Ginny didn’t take her eyes out of her book.
They were bad enough that Theo won almost all of their chess games, not that he seemed to mind. Harry suspected that he was enjoying the advantage that Tracey was giving him rather than resenting the lack of challenge Ron was currently presenting.
When they arrived at the station, the Slytherins all headed directly for the floos as apparently none of them were expecting to find an escort waiting for them today.
The rest of them found Remus and Molly waiting together. Molly hugged both of her children a good bit longer than she used to. Then she pulled Harry into a hug as well and took a moment to comment on how much he’d grown, though he didn’t think it was all that much. Certainly not as much as Ron had grown so far this year. Or Blaise.
Molly still looked too pale and too thin as she said goodbye and ushered them toward the floo.
“Just you and me then,” Remus smiled. “Shall we?” he offered Harry his hand, so Harry supposed it would be side-along again.
Harry took a breath and pulled his magic in tight to his body before accepting the offered hand.
Remus tugged them both into the crushing darkness of apparition and Harry sternly resisted the urge to yank himself free. He suspected that would leave him in more than one piece.
They emerged on the front step of Grimmauld Place and Remus gestured for Harry to precede him inside.
“Harry!” Sirius greeted at once, rushing forward to hug him.
The curtains over Walburga’s portrait flew open at once, but she took one look at Harry and closed her mouth.
Sirius didn’t notice, but Remus eyebrows rose sharply. “I’m glad you’re here for the holiday, pup! Remus is abandoning me!” he complained dramatically.
Remus tore his eyes away from the portrait to roll them at Sirius, “Don’t be so dramatic,” he chastised. “I’ll be here plenty.”
“He’s spending Christmas day with his girlfriend,” Sirius stage whispered.
“Girlfriend?” Harry smiled, intrigued.
Remus honest-to-God blushed.
“Come on,” Sirius said, slinging his arm around Harry’s shoulders. “Let’s go talk somewhere else,” and he gave his mum’s portrait a nasty glance.
So apparently he had noticed.
He led the way into the drawing room and tugged Harry down onto the sofa with him.
“So Remus has a girlfriend?” Harry asked, since Sirius clearly wanted him to.
Sirius gave a dramatic sigh and wiped away imaginary tears, “My little boy’s all grown up and dating girls half his age.”
“Sirius!” Remus complained, blushing even more brightly. “She’s nowhere near half my age! Merlin!”
“Half his age,” Sirius assured Harry.
“Is she a classmate of mine?” Harry asked with amusement.
Sirius cackled while Remus sighed very long-sufferingly.
“I am dating Tonks,” Remus said with as much dignity as he could scrape together under the circumstances.
Harry’s brow rose. He had honestly not expected that. “Congratulations,” he offered sincerely. He didn’t know Tonks very well at all, and he honestly hadn’t given her a fair shake as she’d just blended into Dumbledore’s little coterie of yes-men. She’d always seemed nice enough though, and pretty enough. Definitely a lot younger than Remus, but nothing like half his age.
“Thank you,” Remus said politely. He was still blushing, but he also seemed quite pleased. “Anyway, what is going on with your mum’s portrait?” he asked in a clear attempt to change the subject.
Sirius shrugged, “Harry here went and made friends with Kreacher. I strongly suspect that he’s managed to convince my mum that Harry’s not that bad.”
Lie.
Harry glanced curiously at Sirius, but didn’t call him out on the lie, since he suspected it was likely for Remus’ sake.
“How did you manage that, Harry?” Remus asked. “I’d love to know the secret.”
Be able to get into the attic. Harry just smiled at Remus, “Sorry. Trade secret.”
Harry took pity on Remus then and did his best to divert Sirius’ attention from Tonks by asking about their Christmas plans.
Sirius eagerly dove into all his plans for decorating and the many presents that he’d bought for Harry, though he would have to wait to know what they were, of course. But they were amazing and Harry would love them, probably. And if not, there would definitely be time for Sirius to return them and get different ones before Harry returned to Hogwarts.
That evening as Harry was brushing his teeth before bed, he stood up from spitting toothpaste in the sink to find Sirius hovering in the doorway behind him. “What’s up?” he wondered.
Sirius gave him a small smile. “I noticed that you’re getting a little scruffy,” and he tapped his own chin.
Harry turned his eyes back to the mirror and examined his own face. He had recently started to grow some whiskers. He’d noticed and been pleased, of course, but he hadn’t given it too much thought beyond that. A lot of guys in his year were doing the same.
“Interested in learning the shaving charm?” Sirius offered.
Harry’s eyes widened. “Can I? I mean, since I’m not at school?”
Sirius waved a dismissive hand, “The Ministry can’t detect underage magic under wards this strong. Just do me a favor and don’t get caught using it. I don’t need lectures on raising you right.”
Harry smiled, “Got it.”
Sirius nodded firmly, then stepped into the bathroom and drew his wand.
He ended up teaching Harry three versions of the charm. One for a totally clean shave, one that would let him remove only sections in case he wanted to try a goatee or a mustache or something, and one that would just trim any facial hair that he decided to leave. Harry was fairly certain that a mustache was not the right choice for him. Ever. But it was good to have options.
He learned the spells quickly, of course, and Sirius seemed impressed. Harry did his best to shrug it off. Magic was just easy for him. No need to make a big deal of it.
Christmas morning started with the kind of charm that he’d come to expect when Sirius was involved. That being a grim jumping on his bed.
And though he’d never even hinted to Sirius that he had an animagus form, Harry found that he couldn’t quite resist retaliating in kind. Maybe it was easier now that he’d successfully told Blaise. Maybe it was just a moment of temporary insanity. Either way, with a mad little laugh, Harry transformed into his animagus form, willing himself to be visible as he pounced on Sirius and pinned him to the bed with a nip at his throat.
Sirius yelped and flailed and Harry growled.
Sirius went very still, chest heaving as he stared at Harry.
Harry transformed back to his human form and laughed at his godfather.
It took Sirius another long moment before he returned to his human form as well, though the wide-eyed look on his face remained very much the same. “Pup,” he breathed. “You…”
Harry just grinned at him. He was a little surprised at himself with how much he’d come to trust his godfather since Sirius had discovered that he was Dark and reacted as he had. It felt… surprisingly good to feel confident in sharing such a secret.
“You’re an animagus?” Sirius finally managed, and he looked both astonished and delighted. “When did that happen?”
Harry blushed a little and admitted, “Last year, actually.”
“And you didn’t tell me?!” Sirius complained. Then he frowned a little and said, “Though I suppose maybe that’s not surprising. Are you… I mean, am I completely mistaken here, or are you a Hellhound?”
Harry cleared his throat awkwardly and rubbed the back of his neck, “Er, yeah.”
Sirius blinked a few times and seemed to give that some thought. “Huh,” he said at last.
“Huh?” Harry asked warily.
“Well, you know what this means, right?”
“No…”
“It means that I was right all along. Dogs are the best animagus form.” A crooked smile pulled at his lips. “Take that Prongs,” he barked a laugh. Then a mischievous smile pulled at this lips. “Race you to the drawing room!” he said, then transformed and ran for the door.
Harry took a second to stretch out his senses, but they seemed to be alone in the house, so he decided to accept that challenge.
Harry had greater strength, but Sirius’ lighter frame made it easier to navigate the stairwells, which managed to give him an edge and he all but tumbled into the drawing room just ahead of Harry. He immediately spun around and dropped into a playful crouch.
Pouncing on his godfather was more entertaining than it probably should have been. Luckily, Harry had plenty of experience wrestling with Dante, and Sirius was so much lighter and weaker that it took him seconds to have his godfather pinned to the floor.
Movement in the corner of his vision had him glancing up to see Dante ducking out of a shadow, tail wagging hopefully. He clearly wanted to play, too. Feeling a little guilty, Harry transformed back and motioned Dante away. He’d exposed as many secrets as he was prepared to today.
Sirius was still panting when he transformed back. “It’s not fair,” he complained. “You’re half my age. Why are you twice my size?”
Harry gave him a wicked smile.
“No, wait!” Sirius interjected. “I retract the question.”
Harry chuckled to himself as he actually took a moment to look around the room.
“Okay. We have more important things to worry about this morning,” he said faux soberly, turning toward the pile of presents under the tree.
Sirius insisted that they sit on the floor in front of the tree rather than on the perfectly good sofa and chairs. Harry worried slightly for Sirius’ back since he wasn’t particularly young, nor in great health, but settled himself on the floor without complaint.
Sirius eagerly dug into the presents, clearly much more concerned with the gifts he’d gotten for Harry than any he had coming for himself.
Resigned to his godfather’s doting at this point, Harry began opening presents. There were many more than necessary, of course. There were a couple sets of nice robes, a set of very nice journals with HJP tooled into the leather and covered with gold leaf, a set of quills with a variety of exotic bird feathers, self-inking with fine metal nibs, a very nice pair of black leather boots, and then…
Harry blinked in surprise at the ring nestled into the small box. It had a frankly huge emerald cut diamond set into a gold band. And over the top of the stone was delicate gold overlay that made the stone look like a shield and the surface of the stone into the Black family crest. “Sirius,” Harry whispered in awe. Because Kreacher had said that Sirius had officially made Harry his heir, but this was an actual family ring.
“It’s not a great gift, maybe,” Sirius said, and he sounded a bit embarrassed. “But it’s yours. You’re rightfully the heir of House Black. You don’t have to wear it, of course, but you should have it.”
Harry took the ring out of the box in hopes of stopping his godfather’s nervous rambling. His breath caught a little when it touched his skin. It felt… It was layered in what was probably centuries worth of Dark magic enchantments. He could definitely feel the cold breath of necromancy as well as the hot pulse of blood magic.
He glanced up at Sirius and found the man watching him hopefully. Harry slipped the ring onto his right index finger, where it instantly sized itself perfectly, and he felt the Dark magic settle around him like a cape, soothingly protective. His own magic seemed to almost side-eye the newcomer suspiciously, but it didn’t balk, so Harry was taking that for an endorsement.
“Were you aware that this ring is saturated in necromantic magic?” Harry wondered.
Sirius blinked a couple of times, clearly caught off guard, then he grimaced, “I wasn’t, though I can’t say I’m surprised. I can look for a different one if you want.”
Harry shook his head quickly and drew his right hand closer to himself, “No, don’t. I…” He hesitated before admitting, “It’s soothing.”
Sirius gave him a thoroughly bemused look. “Necromancy,” he said blandly. “Soothing.”
Harry smiled a little self-deprecatingly and shrugged.
Sirius pursed his lips a little, then nodded to himself, “I’m going to let that one go.”
“Open your presents,” Harry admonished, because Sirius had insisted on Harry opening his own first while Sirius watched.
Sirius started with the gift that Harry had gotten him. It was a thumbnail-sized gold pendant, round and flat like a coin with tiny gold runes in a ring around a moonstone. It was strung on a thing gold chain. Sirius smiled at Harry, “Thanks, pup!” Then he barked a laugh. “You’re never getting away from the pup nickname now! Though we will have to think up a proper marauder name for you…”
Harry seriously considered just letting it be, but Sirius might not wear the necklace often if he thought it was just for looks.
“It’s, er… I enchanted that pendant,” he admitted.
Sirius paused and looked at it again. “What kind of enchantment?”
“Protective. It’ll let me know that you’re safe and uninjured, and where to find you if you’re not. It’s also charmed to not be overly notable, and so that only you can take it off once it’s on. Can you just wear it?” Harry asked hopefully.
Sirius frowned at the pendant, “I don’t know, prongslet… What’ll you do if I’m hurt or in trouble? I don’t want you running into danger to protect me.”
“Then stay out of trouble.”
Sirius sighed doubtfully.
“You’re the only family I have, Sirius,” Harry said gravely.
Sirius looked almost startled at the declaration, but then he softened and pulled Harry into a hug. “Yeah. Okay, pup.” And when they separated, he put the necklace on.
Harry relaxed considerably when he felt the magical assurance that Sirius was well and safe. The assurance that he’d know that from now on. It would be one less thing for him to worry about.
After that, Harry went back upstairs to get dressed before breakfast.
It had been a pretty good couple of days at Grimmauld so far. Harry had exchanged gifts with the house-elves. For Dobby and Winky, Harry had gotten them charm necklaces with a charm similar to Sirius’ pendant, to let Harry know where they were and if they were in trouble. He’d gotten Kreacher a new tea towel embroidered with the Black family crest.
Dobby had made Harry a new couple of socks. One was white with a pattern of what appeared to be tiny Blaises worked into it. The other one was gray with tiny Dobbys. Both were kind of adorable, if not at all fashionable. Winky had even made him a gift this year. A small pan of the best treacle tart that Harry had ever tasted. He wasn’t sure what she’d done to it, but he had told her, between bites, that he would be delighted to receive this every Christmas for the rest of his life.
Winky had beamed at him, blushed, and popped away.
Kreacher had even gotten him a present in the form of replacing the drapes, sheets, and blankets in his room with much, newer fancier ones. The sheets and blankets were silk and down, embroidered with runes for comfort. The curtains were embroidered with real gold thread and blocked the light completely when drawn fully shut. Harry suspected that the cost might have come out of Sirius’ vaults, but he chose not to mention it. They were for Grimmauld Place, after all.
Harry had spent some time in the attic and charged the wards more. Since he no longer had to fear it being too noticeable now that Sirius knew about him spending time in there, Harry had been more liberal with charging up the wards on the house, which thankfully seemed to have scared away or exterminated any remaining creatures lurking in the house, magical or otherwise. He could no longer hear the creeping, crawling sounds of insects and rodents and less definable magical pests, nor could he smell them, thankfully.
He and Sirius had also exchanged gifts with Remus on Christmas Eve. He’d gotten Harry a more advanced defense book than the previous year. Harry had gotten the man a gift this year. It had been about the size and shape of a large book, which was clearly what Remus was expecting when he’d opened it. He’d laughed when he’d seen the huge chocolate bar, but he’d thanked Harry genuinely.
When Harry made it back down for breakfast, he found Sirius glaring at Kreacher across the kitchen. Harry couldn’t help but smile when he saw the old elf in the pristine new tea towel. “It looks good on you, Kreacher!”
Kreacher turned to look at him and gave a small bow in between his preparations. “Master Harry is too kind to Kreacher,” he pronounced solemnly.
“Wait,” Sirius said. “Wait, wait, wait… Did you give him that, Harry?”
“Of course.”
“…but. Pup, did you give Kreacher a Christmas present?” Sirius asked incredulously.
“Yes, of course, I did,” Harry said firmly. “He’s my friend.”
Sirius just kind of stared at him with his mouth open.
Kreacher blushed faintly and gave Harry a bow, “Master Harry is Kreacher’s friend as well.” Then he turned a glare on Sirius before snapping his fingers to plate the food. “Breakfast for Good Master Harry is served,” Kreacher declared as the plate settled itself on the table.
“Thank you, Kreacher,” Harry smiled as he took the seat. “This looks great!”
Kreacher popped away and Sirius moved to the stove, grumbling all the way about barmy house-elves and barmy godsons who liked barmy house-elves.
Godric's Hallow
“Sirius, do you know where my parents are buried?” Harry asked after breakfast.
Sirius stared a moment, clearly caught off guard, then nodded, wiping his napkin over his face and dropping it on his plate. “Yeah. They’re in the Godric’s Hallow cemetery.”
“A cemetery?” Harry asked, a little alarmed. “A public cemetery?”
Sirius nodded.
“Are there protections on their graves at least? Wards?”
“On the caskets, I’m sure. So it’s impossible to summon any part of them without digging up the whole thing and breaking in first. Prevents them from rising if certain necromantic rituals are performed on the cemetery too, but I don’t think a ritual like that has been done in England in close to five hundred years.”
“Can…” Harry’s voice cracked and he had to clear his throat before he could go on. “Can we visit them? I’d like to add some more protections.”
“Sure, pup,” Sirius said compassionately. “Do you want to go now?”
“Please.”
So, Harry quickly ran upstairs to grab some supplies and then Sirius apparated them to the cemetery.
Harry looked around curiously. It was a relatively secluded space located behind an old church, clearly in a muggle area.
Sirius led the way to the graves. “I came here shortly after I broke out,” he said hoarsely as he crouched next to James’ gravestone and cleared away some rotting leaves near the headstone.
“I’ve never been,” Harry said without looking at Sirius. “No one even told me where they were buried.” He knelt in front of Lily’s gravestone and laid out a small bundle of supplies.
Sirius watched without comment as Harry sliced open his palm. The knife was enchanted to maintain an extremely sharp edge and Harry still had to push very hard before it would break his skin. He didn’t think, at least, that that would be overly apparent to Sirius, since Harry’s greater strength meant that he didn’t have to visibly strain himself.
He did notice Sirius wince a bit as the blood began to well, but he stayed silent as Harry put down the knife and picked up the little paint brush. He dipped it into the blood in his palm, then set about painting a series of runes around the base of the headstone.
He spent close to an hour painting the runes on both of the headstones, and he was sure that his magic was at work to keep the wound on his palm from healing long enough for him to do that. He normally healed much faster than that.
When all of the runes were in place, Harry went over them quickly to make sure that he hadn’t made any mistakes. Then he cleaned the brush and wrapped his palm before he spoke the brief Latin chant to activate the runes. With a powerful press of his magic, the runes burned themselves deeply into the stone, ensuring that the enchantments would be powerful and last a very long time.
“That was not your first time creating blood wards,” Sirius said while Harry packed up his supplies.
Harry glanced at him, but he didn’t seem angry or disgusted. Maybe a little concerned. “No,” Harry admitted.
“You’ve got a talent for it,” Sirius said thoughtfully.
Harry shrugged dismissively, “They’re useful.” Then he sat down on the grass in front of his mum’s gravestone. The grass was wet and cold, but it didn’t bother him.
Sirius glanced around, then conjured himself a small rug to sit on and cast a warming charm on himself. “You cold?” he offered.
Harry shook his head, hesitated, and then admitted, “My magic doesn’t really let me get cold.” He glanced at his godfather to find the man’s eyebrows very high.
“Wait, seriously? Without a spell or anything?”
Harry shrugged again.
“Huh,” Sirius said, then shook his head. “That’s definitely not normal,” he said with smile that took any sting out of it.
“Yeah, well… That’s pretty normal for me,” Harry joked.
Sirius chuckled a little.
Then they both fell silent, just gazing at the gravestones. It was crazy how young they’d both been. Just five years older than Harry was now.
Will I live another five years?
“Do you have any memories of them?” Sirius asked.
Harry shook his head. He hesitated a moment, then softly admitted, “Mum left a letter for me. At Gringotts. And she told me about her journals in the vault. They’ve helped me to get to know her a little bit.”
Sirius smiled wistfully, “That sounds just like her. She was always planning for the worst, even when James and I insisted that it was bad luck. Of course, she turned out to be right in the end. She usually was.”
“Can you tell me about them?”
Sirius’ smile grew a little. “Of course, I can.” His eyes grew distant as he thought for a moment before he began with a smile. “James first met Lily on the train to Hogwarts before first year. We’d played a prank on Snivellus, and Lily came down on us like an avenging angel. She managed to lecture and disdain and dismiss us extremely effectively for an eleven-year-old. James fell in love with her before the rant was done. It took another six years for her to stop looking at him like something scraped off the bottom of her shoe.”
Harry listened to most of it with pleasure, but there was one bit that bothered him, “I wish you wouldn’t call him that.”
Sirius blinked a few times and seemed to need to think hard over what he’d said to figure out what Harry meant. “Who, Snivellus? Harry, he’s such a berk to you.”
“It just… reminds me of the things Dudley called me growing up. And I know that you don’t get along, but you’re so far from that schoolyard feud. Can’t you let it go?”
Sirius looked greatly put-upon by this request. “You’ve seen us together, Harry. You know that I’m not the only one throwing insults around.”
“So be the bigger man,” Harry urged. “If he starts acting like a third year, you don’t have to sink to the same level.”
“I can… try,” Sirius said with considerable doubt.
Harry laughed a little, “Surely, it’s not that hard.”
Sirius scowled playfully at him, “Yeah, I’ll believe that when you befriend the little Malfoy.”
Harry actually laughed at that, “I will take you up on that, Sirius. I don’t know if I’ll befriend him anytime soon, but I think our animosity is just about over.”
“How?” Sirius demanded.
Harry shrugged, “I’ve taken to mostly ignoring him.”
“How’s he handling that?” Sirius asked after a moment.
“He seemed to be doing okay until recently,” Harry admitted. “He’s under a lot of stress this year.”
There was a long moment of silence before Sirius spoke again, drawing Harry’s wandering thoughts back to him, “Sometimes, pup, you remind me so much of your mum that it’s scary.”
“What do you mean?” Harry asked warily.
“She had empathy like that,” he said wistfully. “She even saw the good in someone like Sni- Snape.”
Harry smiled a little to think that he’d gotten something like that from his mum. Though it probably did make sense. Empathy wasn’t a thing that he would readily associate with his father. “Draco’s not that bad,” he sighed. “He’s a spoiled brat, but I genuinely don’t think he’s evil. He might be a bit of a bully, but we ran into him while the attack was happening at the World Cup. He looked disturbed by what was being done to the muggles.”
Sirius was quiet for another long moment, then shook his head, “A Malfoy with a conscience. Will wonders never cease.”
“Guess not,” Harry smiled. He looked back at the headstones, then asked, “Tell me more?”
Sirius leaned back with a smile and began relating more tales of the Marauders and James’ relentless pursuit of his Lily Flower.
They ended up staying for hours, leaving only when their stomach’s protested the missed lunch.
On the way out of the cemetery, Harry noticed a headstone for Ariana Dumbledore, who would have been born close to the same time as Dumbledore, though Sirius didn’t know anything about her. By the dates on the headstone, she’d died very young. Harry wondered if she was a cousin of Dumbledore.
When they got back to Grimmauld, Kreacher had lunch waiting under preservation for Harry, so he ate while Sirius went about making his own lunch with much grumbling about recalcitrant house-elves.
Afterward, Harry retreated to his room to open his gift from Blaise, which they’d exchanged before parting with promises not to open them early. Harry had gotten Blaise a necklace similar in function to the one he’d given Sirius. He was short on money, but a trip through the artifact vault had located the necklace.
It had a gold chain that was woven around itself as well as evenly spaced diamonds. It had had basic protection charms on it and Harry had added the same enchantments that he used for Sirius’ necklace, so Harry would be able to find him and know if he needed help. And also so that only he could take it off.
Harry opened the small box Blaise had given him and found a bracelet. It was wide, made of rough, matte gold inset with what he suspected to be obsidian. There was no hinge, but when he tried to slide it onto his hand, it easily enlarged, then shrunk to fit his wrist perfectly.
And when Harry ran his finger over the obsidian, his breath caught at the feeling he got from it. It felt like Blaise when he was looking at Harry like he was the most magnificent thing in the world.
He grinned hugely as he ran his finger over the stone again and again. He could already tell that this was going to be his new favorite thing.
Notes:
I hope that you all enjoyed some Harry and Sirius bonding time! I had fun with these scenes. I'd love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 44: Year Six - Part 14
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Shadow Travel
A couple of days after Christmas, well after Sirius had gone to bed, Harry finally decided that it was time to figure out if he could actually shadow travel like Dante. He’d been hesitant to try it in fear of gaining the attention of someone that he’d really rather not notice him — like his father — but his backaches had been getting worse. They didn’t come every single day, but when they did, they could make him just about useless, incapable of getting comfortable and using all his willpower to avoid anyone noticing that he was in somewhat severe pain.
He was starting to really worry about growing wings. If he did just sprout wings one day, he was going to need to be able to leave the area in a hurry. And wings might help with that — assuming that they were functional right off — but this was the wizarding world. Flight wasn’t as great an advantage as it would be among muggles.
He had somewhere to retreat to now, which was fantastic. But he needed a way to get there. Something that couldn’t be overcome by preventing him from calling his elves.
Was he maybe a little paranoid? Possibly. But better paranoid than calm right up until it got you killed.
And if anything was going to save him if he actually got chucked into Azkaban, it would probably be shadow travel.
So he scrounged up all the courage that he possibly could, and retreated to a room at Grimmauld that had no portraits at all. Phineas Nigellus was still covered and silenced in his room, but he didn’t honestly want to take even the smallest chance. And it wasn’t impossible that some other means of surveillance had been put in the room without him noticing since he’d started silencing the portrait.
He transformed into his animagus form because it was much easier to see into the Shadows in this form. Also, he figured that if anyone did see him and Dante in there, they’d just appear two hellhounds, and thus much less remarkable than an apparently human teenage boy.
The first attempt was just to go from one room to an adjacent room within Number 12.
He’d turned on no lights in the room, but some came in through the thin curtain over the window. There was a pretty dark shadow alongside the wardrobe. He approached it cautiously, sniffing at it. He could see the wall and the side of the wardrobe, darkened with the shadow, but he could also see something through it. A bit like looking through a gauzy curtain, or… Perhaps more like thick, black smoke.
It smelled of sulfur and ash.
He edged forward cautiously, body tense and ready to leap back at any sign of danger. His nose touched the smoke and he immediately began to hear the screams and laughter that he’d long come to associate with Hell.
He twitched a little, but did not withdraw. A moment passed and nothing changed. His magic felt cautious — probably in response to his fear — but it was not alarmed.
Finally, screwing up his courage, he dared to poke his head fully inside.
He was tense, ready for anything, but he stilled at the strange sensations that came over him. A wash of Darkness soothed his magic as the sounds shifted a bit queerly. It was a little like sticking his head underwater, the way that the sounds changed so dramatically the instant he crossed the barrier. There was an extremely unnerving sort of echo of sounds that he could not place. Faint screams and laughter from Hell, but also voices speaking and singing and chanting. Automobile’s honking. The roar of a jet engine. The pounding pulse of music. None of it was clear. Echoing snatches of sound that changed dramatically with the smallest tip of his head or flick of his ear.
He couldn’t tell if they were coming from a physical location or somewhere more ephemeral.
It might have been terrifying if he hadn’t spent so many years hearing snatches of sound from Hell with no visible source.
Scents were likewise strange. There was the sulfur and ash smell that permeated everything, but other scents lay under that. Many scents that shifted as rapidly as what he was hearing. Some he associated with the muggle world, like the pungent stink of automobile exhaust and the acrid burn of cigarette smoke. Others meant the magical world — potion fumes and the more herbal scent of people smoking pipes.
He was able to determine that no other beings appeared to be close to him, so he ventured to step further inside. He was so on edge, he could feel the fur around his shoulders and neck stood on end.
Somehow, he’d been picturing this place like a narrow corridor passing between the two realms, but that was nothing like what he found inside. This was… a whole world made of darkness. The very air here seemed to be thick with Dark magic. The whole place seemed made of shadows as the air hung heavy with the smoke that was not quite smoke. It didn’t have the welcoming feel of Hell, but he imagined that someone with a very Light core would find this place nearly unbearable.
He wondered, as he took a few steps, whether normal people would be able to see anything at all here, because this world was dark enough that he could barely see in places, and even the brighter areas would likely have been beneath the range of human vision, he assumed, though he often found it difficult to judge just how weak human senses truly were.
Harry’s magic felt alert here, but not agitated. Inquisitive and somewhat cautious.
A glance back confirmed that Dante was at his side. Harry was trusting in the hound to help him find his way out of here if he wasn’t able to.
As tempting as it was to follow the adventurous spirit his magic seemed to be exhibiting and just go exploring, this was just the trial run. First to make sure that he could get back out. Then he’d worry about going further.
So Harry turned from the tempting labyrinth of shifting shadows spread out before him and instead looked back the way he’d come. At first, it appeared unrecognizable, but as he stared intently into the shadow he’d emerged from, he was able to see into it. Or rather, through it.
He could make out the darkened room through which he’d come here.
Returning to the real world turned out to be as simple as stepping through that shadow.
He paused back in the deserted bedroom and just breathed. Relief and elation ran hot in his veins. He’d done it. He’d actually done it!
Delighted, Harry turned around and went right back into the shadow world.
He ended up spending the whole night investigating the shadow realm that seemed to exist within the veil — or maybe it was the veil? He could hear both Hell and the normal world from here, but in that strange, insubstantial way where sounds echoed one moment, whispered the next, and died away completely with a tilt of his head.
Eventually, things around him began to shift. The world seemed to contract. It still stretched on in every direction, but the depthless blackness of the sky stretching endlessly above just faded away until the sky seemed to come right down to the ground in places. The deep shadows became more shallow or disappeared entirely. He couldn’t look through them into the the real world as easily and often not at all.
It was alarming and it took an embarrassingly long time for Harry to realize that this was the shadow world reacting to the sunrise.
And that realization made him aware of the fact that he’d been here all night and he really needed to get back to Grimmauld.
Thankfully, he didn’t get lost. Much. Between Dante and his magic, Harry was able to find his way back to Grimmauld. Some of it was just following the scents, but there was also something about the magic here that his magic just understood on a level that he didn’t know how to put into words.
He managed to make it back to his bedroom only a little after dawn — well before Sirius would be up — and crawled into his bed without bothering to change clothes.
Sirius woke him a couple of hours later and teased him about sleeping in, as it was not something that Harry ever really did.
Harry found himself thankful for needing less sleep than he used to as he dragged himself out of bed and started the day after barely two hours of sleep.
Over the following days, Harry continued to spend hours exploring and learning the shadow world that he’d discovered. He managed to move between different rooms at Grimmauld. He’d even found that he could peer through the shadows and see his godfather asleep in his own room.
That discovery had led him down a bit of a spiral as he tried to figure out if there was a way to ward against anyone doing that to him that besides always being in brightly lit rooms. Unfortunately, he would need to do probably a lot of research to try to find the answer to that question. In the meantime, he’d just be more paranoid about shadows.
Because he didn’t have enough things in his life to be paranoid about. Great.
He also found that, like with so many other things, once he’d started exploring the shadow world, his magic had helpfully improved on his ability to see into it even in his normal form. So he could not only easily navigate it in his more human form, but he found himself looking into the shadow world whenever he glanced at a shadow.
He would have to take care to avoid meeting the eyes of anything that might be looking back at him, though he had not yet run into anything alive in there. Either it was sparsely populated or maybe it was just hard to run into someone else there.
When he tried looking into random shadows while exploring, he discovered that this world most definitely did not match up to the real world. Within just a few minutes walk of each other, he’d found exits to what seemed a tropical beach, a large city, and a mountaintop somewhere. Or maybe it was his perception of distances that didn’t match up?
Impossible to say for certain, but it seemed entirely likely that things just literally moved around. Finding things here did seem more about magic and intuition than geography, so it wouldn’t be that surprising.
He also discovered that he could not enter a warded area through shadows unless he’d already been welcomed into those wards. That, at least, was a relief for his growing paranoia. Now he just had to find a way of making it impossible to see or hear inside his wards without having been allowed into those wards. He imagined that it would be a difficult thing to figure out just because shadow travel was so rare, but Blaise had said that vampires could do it. Surely there were wizards who had figured out how to protect themselves from vampires spying on them?
Or did people just not even know it was possible? Vampires, at least, should know how to ward against it. He wondered if Sanguini would be open to talking about it?
A question for another time, unfortunately. Harry wasn’t about to expose his own ability to do it, and how else would he go about such questioning?
Knockturn Alley, at least, was very easy to reach, with deep shadows lurking everywhere. He took great pleasure in being able to get himself there without having to call on one of his elves to transport him.
It was on his second night in Knockturn Alley after he’d managed to get there without help that Harry was stopped cold by a very familiar scent that did not belong here.
His magic went on high alert as he slowly let his eyes roam his surroundings. He lifted his face a little and scented the air more deliberately.
Yes, he’d been correct. That was Ginny’s spicy clove scent.
It took less than half a minute following his nose before he saw her. She was wearing a heavy, hooded cloak, at least, but it clearly hadn’t been enough as there were a pair of men harassing her. Nothing about the men suggested that they were overly capable or important. Just a couple of everyday thugs looking for easy prey.
As he watched, the taller one crowded in close to her and grabbed her shoulder roughly.
With a silent snarl, Harry approached from behind them, grabbed a fistful of their robes in each hand, and yanked them away from Ginny, then put his back to her and drew his wand as he turned to face them.
Both were climbing back to their feet and drawing wands.
Harry gave them no time to try anything, simply flicking his wand out in a silent chain of spells as he’d spent so very many hours practicing this year. Within the space of a few seconds, he had disarmed both men and tossed them half a dozen feet back onto their arses once more. Another flick of his wand sent both of their wands tumbling back toward them. “Leave!” he snapped at them, making his voice as menacing as he could manage.
It took the two stunned men longer to gather their wits and their wands and run away than it had taken Harry to take them both down. He found that he was quite pleased with the progress he’d made this year. He knew that he wouldn’t fare nearly so well against enemies with actual dueling skill, but he still felt that he’d done well.
He wasn’t worried for the Trace since he knew it didn’t function in areas as saturated in magic as a magical district like this. More than one book he’d found in Knockturn Alley had assured him of that.
Harry cast his gaze around the alley in the sudden silence, but everyone else in sight was very pointedly going about their business as though nothing remarkable had just happened.
Satisfied, Harry turned back to Ginny, who was staring at Harry with very wide eyes and an open mouth.
Harry sighed and stepped closer to her, lowering his voice to keep the conversation between them, “Ginny, what are you doing here?”
“Me?” Ginny said in a shocked whisper. “What are you doing here?”
“I come down here all the time,” Harry said dismissively. “Come on. Let’s go and speak somewhere more private.” For all that the people around them were carefully not paying attention, he could feel how much attention everyone was actually paying to them.
Harry led the way to the nearest pub that he knew had private rooms, paid for one, and led Ginny into it. He felt the built-in silencing wards rise as soon as the door closed and his magic didn’t notice anything suspicious in the room, but Harry cast a muffliato around them anyway. Just to be extra sure.
“Now, why are you here?” he addressed Ginny again.
She was staring at him, still apparently in shock, “I… Shit, you’re scary when you want to be.”
Harry chuckled a little weakly. “Thanks?” Then he lifted his eyebrows and waited for her to answer his question.
Ginny sighed and grimaced before reluctantly admitting, “I was hoping to buy some books.”
“Books,” Harry said flatly. “In Knockturn? At night?”
She grimaced and fidgeted with her sleeves and shifted her feet a couple of times before finally looking him in the eye with a glare and just admitting, “Dark Arts books, okay? I know that Dark Arts are more powerful for fighting. That’s why the aurors are authorized to use certain ones in certain situations. I want to learn them, too, before people start casting them on me!”
“Where did you get the money for this?” Harry asked, clearly derailing her a bit when he didn’t start with admonitions or recriminations.
“I was working at Fred and George’s shop last summer. And they gave me some royalties on some products that I helped them come up with. It’s not much, but it’s enough to buy some books.”
“Do they know what you wanted the money for?” Harry wondered.
“They didn’t ask, and I didn’t bring it up,” she said, chin raised stubbornly.
“They’d probably approve if they knew,” Harry offered, which seemed to surprise her a little. “They’d probably escort you down here, too, so you don’t get yourself hurt.”
Her clenched her jaw and looked away, “I could have handled those two.”
“Maybe,” Harry allowed, “but anyone could see you were scared,” he added gently. “It’s dangerous to let people see that in Knockturn Alley.”
“Lucky for you that nothing scares you, then!” Ginny scowled.
“Lots of things scare me,” Harry corrected quietly. How many of his friends thought that he didn’t get scared? Blaise had said something similar after their encounter in the alley. “My relatives taught me when I was little that it’s not safe to let people see it when I’m afraid, so I do my best to hide it.”
“You were scared of those guys?” she asked doubtfully.
Harry shook his head, “I didn’t think they could hurt me, but I was afraid when I realized that you were in Knockturn Alley. I’m afraid whenever one of my friends is in danger.”
Ginny seemed to deflate, then heaved a big sigh. “So you’re not going to tell my mum I was here, right?”
“Of course not,” Harry said immediately. Molly did not need the stress, for starters. “Please don’t come down here alone again though. If you really want to, I’ll be happy to come with you. Or talk to Fred and George.
“As for learning Dark Arts,” he sighed heavily, “You understand that it’s dangerous?”
She watched him warily, but slowly nodded.
Harry watched her a moment more, then began removing his wrist cuff while he moved to the table. He opened the compartment in the cuff and drew his wand to summon the book vault that held fewer books. He then went through the process of taking the books out of it and moving them just into the general space of the wrist pouch. When it was empty, Harry transferred into it the five Dark Arts theory books that Sirius had given Harry for his birthday. Harry had already known most of what they contained, so they’d been quick for him to go through, but he did agree that they were good starter books.
Harry explained to Ginny how the book vault worked while he was doing this.
“These five books are a good place to start with Dark magic. You need to read and learn what they say. All five of them. Cover to cover,” he said very firmly.
She nodded quickly.
“This isn’t like the essays that you get at school,” he warned her. “You can’t just do enough to sound like you know what you’re talking about. You need to know these things if you’re going to learn Dark Arts, or you can end up worse than dead. You could twist your soul to the point that you lose your mind. To the point that you would slaughter your entire family and then suffer forever in the afterlife.”
Her eyes were very wide by the time he stopped.
“This is not a game,” he told her severely. “If I think for one second that you’re not taking this seriously, not only will I stop teaching you, I will tell Sirius what you’ve been doing. He has experience with the misuse of Dark Arts and would have a better idea of how to handle it than I do. I won’t go to your mum, but Sirius might, and I don’t want to think about what it might do to her to learn that you’re studying Dark Arts.”
“I understand, Harry,” Ginny said, and she was still a little pale, but she looked like she understood the gravity.
Harry nodded, “Good. I’d be the world’s biggest hypocrite to try to stop you learning Dark Arts, but I have a Dark magical core, so it comes more easily to me and has much less chance of twisting my soul.”
“You have a Dark core?” Ginny gasped.
Harry nodded, “Yeah. And you don’t. So you have to be careful, okay? I will teach you, but you have to listen to me. Don’t try to rush or jump ahead, all right?”
“All right, Harry,” she said quietly. “Thank you.”
“Of course,” Harry said with a sad smile. “I’m not upset that you want to learn all this, you know? Things are going to get worse before they get better, and I want you to be safe.”
Ginny blinked and looked away as her eyes grew shiny with tears. “I just don’t want anyone else that I love to die,” she said, her voice thick.
Harry pulled her into a gentle hug. “Neither do I,” he whispered.
When they separated, he gave Ginny a moment to collect herself, then addressed her, “Just be careful with those books, please. I know how invasive your mum can be, and we really don’t need her finding those.”
Ginny agreed and Harry accompanied her all the way out of Knockturn Alley. When they reached Diagon, he let her go on alone, then slipped back into the darker alley. After a glance around showed no one looking at him, Harry slipped into his invisible animagus form and then into a nearby shadow.
He would have to start teaching Ginny some practical Dark Arts when they were back at Hogwarts, though finding time for it would be tricky. He felt like he could probably do it in front of the Slytherins, but he was considerably less confident about Ron. Both because it was Dark magic and because it was Ginny.
Well, he supposed that he could find some time in the early mornings maybe. It was always easier to move about the castle before dawn than in the evening. He suspected that Ginny would be okay with the early wakeup calls. She seemed highly determined to learn all that she could.
Demonic Pixies
Harry spent most of his spare time for the rest of the break exploring the shadow world and learning how to traverse it.
He did find — and learn to avoid — the entrances to Hell from this place. So long as he was paying attention to his nose, they were easy to differentiate. He did wonder if Vampires could reach Hell via this form of travel or if that part was closed to them. And if they could, would they be able to come back from there?
Would Harry? He’d poked his head inside in the department of mysteries and again from the shadow world when he wasn’t paying enough attention to start with, and he’d felt nothing that would make him think the travel didn’t go both ways for him, but he couldn’t be totally sure. Perhaps he would step his entire body into Hell and that would be it. Effectively dead to the living world. Trapped in Hell forever.
It was Hell, after all. Easy to get in; impossible to get out, was sort of the whole schtick, right?
It was possible that his nature, his magic, his father — some combination of those — would make it possible for him, but he couldn’t be sure.
It wasn’t a theory that he was eager to test.
And that didn’t even take into account his father or other denizens of Hell that might not want to let him out.
Harry did get brave enough to try longer trips. He even made it all the way to Hogwarts, stepping out into the Chamber of Secrets.
He was entirely thrilled with this new ability and the greater security that it gave him in being able to get away from dangerous situations. Azkaban was much less scary now. He likely would not be able to pass the wards in order to just traverse shadows to a safe place, but he could certainly use it to leave his cell and likely the prison and then just swim to safety. And his strength and resistance to cold meant that the swim would be simple enough, however far he had to go to get beyond the wards.
He remembered when he was younger how the world had seemed to grow larger and more dangerous every year. Finally, he felt like he was beginning to grow into the world so that the trend was reversing itself to a place where he could feel somewhat safe and secure again. He wasn’t there yet, not by a long shot, but he felt hopeful for the future instead of afraid.
It was a good feeling.
So it was less than totally welcome when the world threw him yet another unsettling surprise.
Just as Harry was stepping back into the real world, he felt something touch his back. He spun around into the empty room at Grimmauld, hastily putting his back to the wall, drawing his wand as he turned to face whatever it was that had touched him.
He saw nothing, but he could smell it. The sulfur and ash scent of Hell in addition to a personal scent that was something musky and scorched. It was a faint scent, so Harry drew in a deep breath through his nose and his eyes turned toward…
No wonder he’d not seen it. He’d been looking for to something roughly man-sized, but this creature looked like the tiny flying thing that he’d seen on Halloween. It was crouched halfway behind the curtain rod, doing it’s best to hide in the drapes.
“Show yourself!” he demanded.
“Please, do not hurt me, Master!” the creature cried as it crawled on top of the curtain rod and sat down on it like a bench. “I do not mean you any harm!” It seemed to be maybe a foot tall with dark, green-tinted gray skin, huge ears and a pair of horns on top of it’s head. It was mostly human-shaped, but with clawed fingers and toes. It had huge, bright red eyes and the hint of a snout complete with sharply pointed teeth. It also had bat wings.
It looked, honestly, like a demonic pixie, which… was a terrifying thought.
Despite it’s words, it’s features seemed more appropriate for conveying mischief and malice than the pathetic entreaty it was clearly going for.
“What are you?” Harry demanded.
“I am Zazzeran, Master. A lowly imp.”
“Why did you follow me here?”
“I could not reach this world without assistance, Master.”
Harry narrowed his eyes, because that wasn’t a lie, but it was definitely an evasion. “Why did you want to reach this world?”
“Hell is a dangerous place for imps, Master. I wanted to be safe.”
Again, truth, but…
“Why do you call me master?”
“I wish to demonstrate to you, Master, that I acknowledge you as my superior. I am but your humble servant.”
Harry was starting to wonder if this thing was capable of just answering a question without evading or obfuscating. So far, evidence suggested not. “Answer me plainly,” Harry demanded. “What did you hope to gain by following me here?”
The imp squirmed as though speaking plainly was distressing. “Master demands much of me,” he lamented. “Master is crueler than he seems,” he whined dramatically.
“I’ve not been cruel yet, but I can be,” Harry snapped, his magic becoming agitated.
Dante rose to his feet and growled lowly at the imp.
“Answer my question, Zazzeran!”
The imp flinched a little, then answered in a supremely sulky tone. “Hell is dangerous, Master. Imps must seek the protection of those stronger than them to survive, but our masters are often a danger to us as well. When I noticed you on All Hallows Eve, I thought information about you might be valuable to me. After watching you, however, I decided that your protection would be superior to my former master, so I came to find you.”
“I can’t protect you in Hell,” Harry said. “I live here.”
“And I wish to live here as well!” the imp exclaimed excitedly. “It is safer here. And Master is kind to his servants. I will be the very best servant to you, Master. You will see!”
“I don’t need more servants,” Harry frowned. “What would you even do for me?”
“Imps specialize in discretion, Master,” Zazzeran said with a sly grin. “I have watched you since All Hallows Eve, and you did not notice, did you?”
Harry swallowed uneasily. He hadn’t. He could feel when someone’s attention was on him. He had exceptional hearing. He could see in the dark. He could see through the veil. He could smell when someone was nearby. He was not accustomed to being spied on without knowing about it.
“I will spy on your enemies, Master,” the imp said cajolingly.
That did sound… useful, but, “Can you turn invisible or anything? I can’t have you following me around or hanging about my bedroom if anyone will see you.”
“Worry not, Master,” the imp said with an undertone of triumph. “Imps cannot be observed in our true forms by mortals without some infernal influence. Most will overlook us entirely. Those who do perceive us will see only a bat — whatever form is most common in the area.”
Harry nodded slowly. “Fine, you can stay. But,” he added just as the creature began to truly grin, “only under oath to serve me loyally and be incapable of willfully deceiving me.”
Thankfully, the creature only appeared mildly disappointed about the caveat, so he probably hadn’t been planning on betrayal. Not as Plan A, at least.
It took nearly fifteen minutes for Harry to be content with the wording of the oath that he wanted. When it was ready, he pressed his magic on the imp powerfully enough that the little creature sagged beneath the weight as he spoke the oath. Harry felt his magic seal it, and he was confident that it worked.
When it was over, the imp had flown some excited circles around the room, urged Harry to call for Zazzeran should he need him, then disappeared through a shadow.
Harry sighed heavily into the empty room and shook his head. First a hellhound and now an imp. How many other infernal creatures were going to end up following him home?
Notes:
So I had meant to post this like... last month. But life got kinda crazy. For my patrons, I have made only small changes in editing this chapter, so it should read mostly the same. I will try to get the next chapter posted in the next week if life cooperates.
Anyway! Harry's finally learning shadow travel and Ginny's exploring Dark Arts! Oh, and demonic pixies. Because Harry's life wasn't complicated enough...
I'd love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 45: Year Six - part 15
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Third Lesson
Returning to Hogwarts was, as usual, a relief. Spending time with Sirius was nice, and Harry was glad that he had the chance to do that now, but he missed Blaise a lot. He spent the whole train ride snuggled into his side, his magic absolutely wrapped around the other boy.
Ginny sat on the other side of his bench, her nose tucked into a book that looked like the fifth year defense text, but held enough traces of Harry himself in the scent that Harry was sure it was actually the book vault he’d given her. It made him slightly uneasy to feel like it was so obvious, and he had to remind himself a few times that normal people couldn’t smell things the way that he could. He could probably find a spell to remove his scent, but it almost certainly wasn’t necessary. If someone like Remus did notice Harry’s scent on Ginny or her books, he’d probably just assume they’d spent time together or shared books.
Ron and Tracey likewise spent most of the ride cuddling, though she was reading a book while Ron mostly alternated between games of chess with Theo and gazing out the window with a pensive expression on his face. Theo, when not playing chess with Ron, was reading, as was customary for him.
Between all of that, the group did share periodic conversation about their holiday.
It was nice. Relaxing. Harry’s magic absolutely basked in being surrounded by so many friends. People that he was slowly learning to really trust. Despite everything still to be settled with Voldemort, Harry couldn’t help but feel a sense of optimism for his life.
It felt a touch dangerous to do so. Like he was setting himself up for disappointment, but it was hard to avoid when things finally, finally seemed to have maybe stopped getting progressively worse for a little while.
“What’s this?” Blaise asked midway through the trip as his thumb brushed over Harry’s new ring.
“Oh,” Harry lifted his hand to regard the ring. It was large and heavy, but the magic in it was so soothing that he’d very quickly become accustomed to the weight. “Heirship ring,” he admitted.
“That’s not the Potter crest,” Blaise said curiously. “It’s the Black family crest.”
Harry nodded. “Sirius Black is my godfather. He made me his heir since he doesn’t have any children.”
Everyone in the compartment had stopped what they were doing to watch them now.
“You’re heir to the House of Black,” Theo said rather intently.
“Yes,” Harry admitted.
Tracey scooted forward on her seat so that she could lean closer to Harry to get a look at the ring.
Harry obligingly lifted his hand for her inspection.
“Merlin,” she breathed as she stared at it. “It really is.” She looked away from the ring to give Blaise a speaking look that Harry could not interpret.
In response, Blaise just smiled, and this one Harry could read as smug and pleased.
Harry just shrugged at everyone still staring at him. Ron and Ginny, who knew, of course, about Sirius, did not seem very surprised by the revelation.
Harry settled back into Blaise’s side and pointedly went back to reading his book. Blaise’s arm tightened around him for a moment before he likewise went back to reading.
The rest of the compartment followed suit one after another, though it took a little longer before Harry really felt like none of them were overly focused on him anymore. He rather hoped that would be the end of it.
When they got to the school, Harry’s eyes were drawn to Malfoy at the Slytherin table. He’d stayed at the school during the break, Lucius had assured him, but the boy looked markedly worse than he had before the holiday. Whatever he’d been doing in the nearly empty castle when free of classes, it didn’t appear to have included resting or relaxing at all. Maybe little sleeping as well.
Harry felt a touch guilty to realize that he’d nearly forgotten about investigating what he was up to this year. There was just so much else going on with Cedar Hill and Harry’s friends and Ginny’s near breakdown and Dumbledore’s lessons, and… He’d been busy, but he’d also made a commitment to Lucius to look after his son and he’d not put much effort into that so far. It was true that Draco was likely safe enough here in the school, but something was obviously going on with him.
He promised himself that he’d put more effort into uncovering whatever was going on with the Malfoy heir in the coming months.
It was the night following the return to Hogwarts that Harry was again summoned to Dumbledore’s office for another lesson. Considering that the last one had seemed to do more to make him wary of Dumbledore than knowledgeable about Voldemort, Harry wasn’t sure what to expect.
He heard, as he was ascending the stairwell to the office door, the distinctive whoosh of a phoenix fleeing the room. He knocked moments later and Dumbledore bid him enter by name.
The old man was looking rather pensive and Harry wondered if that was in response to the phoenix refusing to be in a room with Harry yet again or if there was another reason.
“Ah, Harry, my dear boy. Thank you for arriving so punctually. Please, do have a seat. As ever, we have much to discuss and precious little time in which to do so.”
And so Harry sat and listened patiently while Dumbledore picked up the tale of Tom Riddle’s young life from his start at Hogwarts as a first year. Being sorted into Slytherin almost instantly. How his talent and good looks quickly earned him attention and sympathy. How he displayed no signs of arrogance or aggression, but rather seemed only polite, quiet, and thirsty for knowledge.
And how all of this total lack of anything suspicious had caused Dumbledore to keep a very close eye on the boy. The words of the matron at the orphanage had clearly been enough to poison Dumbledore so completely against Tom that even exemplary behavior must be viewed as nothing more than a ploy.
A neglected orphan wants to feel special, well, that’s clearly a sign of an over-inflated sense of self-importance! He shows no sign of arrogance or aggression, but is polite, quiet, and eager to learn? Now then, that’s clearly a plot!
It was difficult to think if Tom Riddle could have done anything to truly earn Dumbledore approval. Apart from maybe being sorted into Gryffindor, Harry was doubtful it would have been possible.
Everything Dumbledore said did seem fair in hindsight, but Harry couldn’t help but wonder how much of what the boy became was influenced by Dumbledore’s treatment of him.
Finally, Dumbledore came to the portion of their story that would include another memory. This one had apparently taken place the summer after Tom Riddle turned sixteen and had to do with his living family.
The memory dropped them back into the Gaunt House, which Harry was able to identify after several moments of getting his bearings in this strange not-place where his senses barely worked. It was incredibly strange to be in an absolutely filthy room full of dust and cobwebs and rotting food and dirty dishes and smell nothing. Surely even ordinary humans would be able to smell this.
The scene was completed by the filthy man seated amidst the mess.
The teenage Tom Riddle — who must be almost exactly the same age in this memory as Harry was now — let himself in and looked around with an impressive poker face.
Morfin Gaunt immediately confronted him, seemingly mistaking him for his father until Tom spoke in parseltongue.
Morfin was clearly drunk as he unthinkingly compared Tom to his muggle father, which was apparently the first hint of his father that the boy had had. He called him Riddle and spoke of his sister marrying him, so it could be no more plain that he was Tom’s father.
Then the memory faded abruptly to black and Dumbledore pulled them out of it.
“What happened?” Harry wondered.
“Morfin could remember nothing more,” Dumbledore said.
Harry found himself wondering if his own family reunion one day would make this whole thing look healthy in comparison. Of course, Harry’s father being the actual Devil, it seemed unlikely that he would be the one coming out on top in that encounter. He was unlikely to be disgusting or pathetic like Morfin, after all, but there was every chance that he may be displeased with Harry’s existence. Possibly to a homicidal degree.
“When he awoke the next morning,” Dumbledore went on, thankfully distracting Harry from his thoughts, “he was lying on the floor, quite alone. Marvolo’s ring was gone. Meanwhile, in the village of Little Hangleton, a maid was running along the High Street, screaming that there were three bodies lying in the drawing room of the big house: Tom Riddle Senior and his mother and father.”
Dumbledore went on to explain that Morfin had been the prime suspect, as all three had been killed via the Killing Curse. How they’d gone to question him and he’d confessed. His wand proved to have been used to cast the curses and he was sent to Azkaban.
Dumbledore’s theory, rather, involved Tom stunning his uncle and stealing his wand, then murdering his father and grandparents before returning the wand to Morfin and leaving him with a false memory of having done the deed.
Harry tried to imagine the scenario as Dumbledore seemed to have done. He tried not to let Dumbledore’s theories influence his own suppositions too much.
He could imagine Tom going across the way to find his other family. These ones were wealthy and upstanding citizens. Living in comfort. The kind of family he must have dreamed of as a child. What he’d probably imagined his wizarding family as being at some point.
And they must have taken one look at his face and known who he was. The child conceived by rape. His father was probably horrified to see him. His own face set with the eyes of the woman who ruined his life. Living proof of the horrors he’d endured. He’d likely hurled some unkind words at him. Called him a bastard, perhaps. Disowned him on the spot.
And Tom had killed them. Had he taken Morfin’s wand before going to the Riddle house? Just in case? Or had he let himself be tossed out of the Riddle house, only to go back across the way and steal Morfin’s wand, then return to take his vengeance?
It would explain why they were dead in the drawing room. Or perhaps a servant had answered the door and shown Tom into the drawing room for his initial encounter with them? If so, he’d clearly been kind enough to only use a memory charm on the servant rather than killing them too.
Harry found that he could not quite wrap his mind around it.
If Tom Sr. had truly abandoned his wife and child and then disowned the child when he came knocking as a teen, that would deserve some kind of retribution, certainly. Death? Probably not. Finding a way to ruin them socially and trash their business interests would probably have been sufficient. But Tom Sr. hadn't abandoned his wife. He’d fled from his abuser. And that put a whole different spin on things.
But did Tom Jr. even know that his father had been raped? He tried to think of how he might have learned that, but there was no way, at this point, that he had. Would he have reacted differently had he known? This was a young Voldemort, so quite possibly not, but they’d never know for sure.
The whole situation certainly wasn’t as black and white as Dumbledore wished to make it out to be.
“You’ve been very quiet, Harry,” Dumbledore observed at last. “I wonder if you would tell me your impression of these events.”
“I was wondering if Tom would have acted differently if he’d known his father was raped,” Harry admitted.
Dumbledore seemed to consider that for a time. “I suppose we shall never know,” he said at last, though his tone was a bit odd. Harry wondered if the man truly didn’t consider what had happened to Tom Sr. to have been rape.
The old man went on before Harry could press the point, explaining that he had later found Morfin in the last weeks of his life in Azkaban and extracted the memory “with difficulty” which painted a rather unsettling imagine in Harry’s mind. Harry also could not help but wonder if the man was already collecting memories of Harry’s life, perhaps toward a future case against him should it be necessary. He seemed to have been stalking Voldemort since long before he’d become a Dark Lord. Most of the people providing these memories had been dead a long time, after all.
Harry didn’t let himself look at the cabinet that he knew held all of the memories Dumbledore had squirreled away, though he wondered if there were any in there that the Dursleys had unwillingly provided. Or that Mrs. Figg had furnished on request.
Thankfully, Dumbledore distracted him again as he moved onto the next memory on the docket for tonight. By his own reckoning, the most important memory he had collected to date.
It turned out to be quite brief and painfully obviously altered. The memory belonged to Professor Slughorn and involved him talking to a young Tom Riddle after a Slug Club dinner.
“Sir, I wondered what you know about… about horcruxes?”
Harry was reasonably certain that he kept his startle internal and that if anything did slip, it might have appeared to be caused by the jarring alteration to the memory that immediately followed. Because Harry knew what horcruxes were. Of course, he did. One could not spend as much time studying soul magic via illegal books as Harry had without hearing the term. Harry had even learned how they were made.
The fact that Tom Riddle had been looking into them when he was, what? Fifteen or so? And that he’d later survived having his body utterly destroyed… It seemed obvious why Dumbledore thought this memory so important.
“As you might have noticed,” the headmaster said as he resumed his seat behind his desk, “that memory has been tampered with.”
Harry nodded as he took his own chair.
Dumbledore then explained that the sheer ham-handedness of the tampering showed that Slughorn did, in fact, remember what had really happened, even if he wished to avoid thinking of it.
“And so, for the first time, I am giving you homework, Harry. It will be your job to persuade Professor Slughorn to divulge the real memory, which will undoubtedly be our most crucial piece of information of all.”
Harry stared uncertainly. “Me?”
“Professor Slughorn is an extremely able wizard who will be expecting both legilimency and veritaserum, I’m afraid. He is much more accomplished at occlumency than poor Morfin Gaunt, and I would be astonished if he has not carried an antidote to veritaserum with him ever since I coerced him into giving me this travesty of a recollection.”
“But, er…” Harry wet his lips. “How do you expect me to manage it then?” There was a chance — maybe a good one — that Harry could force the man to tell him, Harry suspected. If he pushed hard enough with his magic. Rather like he’d forced silence on the Slytherins last year, but if Dumbledore was suggesting that, then he knew far more about Harry than Harry would have thought possible.
“He has weaknesses like the rest of us,” Dumbledore said mysteriously. “I believe that you are the one person who might be able to penetrate his defenses. It is important that we secure the true memory, Harry… How important, we will only know when we have seen the real thing. So, good luck… and good night.”
Thus dismissed, Harry left the office feeling a touch off balance. He hoped that Dumbledore was only suggesting that Slughorn would tell Harry because of his soft spot for the Boy-Who-Lived, Chosen One, whatever.
As he made his way down the stairs, he heard Phineas Nigellus’ portrait say, “I can’t see why the boy should be able to do it better than you, Dumbledore.”
“I wouldn’t expect you to, Phineas,” Dumbledore replied.
Harry did not see either. Why could the old man not just say what he meant? Why did everything have to be a riddle or a lesson? Why did he have to manipulate and maneuver everyone to his bidding instead of just explaining things and trusting that they could work together toward the same goal? Oh, right, because he was a control freak who didn’t want to give anyone the ability to disagree or argue with him.
Infuriating old man. He was going to get a rude awakening when Harry turned seventeen and stopped putting up with that. He definitely wasn’t going to just join the man’s merry band of lemmings, gratefully scooping up whatever rare crumbs of truth the man could be bothered to toss his way while risking his life in his service. No, sir. He was going to find out that Harry was not at all good at following orders.
Answers
That night, when Harry shadow-traveled to Cedar Hill, something small grabbed him on his way out again. He spun around and pointed his wand at another imp. This one looked similar to Zazzeran but that he had skin the color of dried blood and a tail with a stinger like a scorpion.
“Who the bloody Hell are you?” he demanded.
“That is Ugzigard, Master,” Zazzeran appeared near Harry’s shoulder, hovering in midair and clearly doing his best to look subservient. “He is looking for a new master to serve as well.”
“Did you…” Harry stopped and took a bracing breath. “Zazzeran,” he said firmly, “Did you invite your friend to join us?”
The imp was probably trying to look contrite, but he was obviously shit at it as he just came off looking smugly pleased while hanging his head and trying to hide that. “I mentioned to Ugzigard he may be able to find work here.”
“Why would you do that and have you told anyone else?” Harry snapped.
“I have not told anyone else, Master,” the imp promised. “I owed Ugzigard a favor and I was able to discharge it in this way. I do not owe such favors to anyone else.”
“You’d better not!” Harry glared. He hadn’t even determined if the first imp was useful yet, so he certainly didn’t need a second one! He turned his frown on the new imp, who had four horns instead of two, shaped a bit differently. He was also more slender than Zazzeran. More sleek and less muscled. And with that unnerving stinger of a tail. His eyes glowed faintly gold. Harry pressed his magic on the imp in hopes of stopping him if he tried to flee. “Well, you’re here now. Do you want to serve me, too?”
“Yes, Master,” the imp said and it somehow did subservient even more poorly than Zazzeran. He just looked blood-thirsty and a little mad. Lovely.
“Fine,” Harry sighed, because he didn’t want the thing leaving at this point, especially with a grudge for not getting hired or whatever. He swore the newcomer to the same oath Zazzeran had sworn, then sternly instructed them both that they were not to tell anyone anything about him without his direct and explicit permission, and he pressed his magic on them until they were both forced to stop flying and land on the ground, heads bowed beneath the weight of it.
He didn’t like exerting his will over sentient creatures like this, but he could already tell that the imps would end up much more trouble than they were worth if he didn’t make sure that they knew better than to cross him.
Looking at them both, Harry mentally scrapped his plans for the evening. He had more pressing things to see to. If nothing else, he could hope that these two could provide him with useful information about Hell and maybe even his father. He’d not immediately done so when Zazzeran had arrived as he’d still been wrapping his mind around even having a sworn imp servant all of a sudden, but if he’d just spoken to him to begin with, he might have been able to prevent him from inviting his friend to join them. He didn’t want to end up with more preventable surprises.
“What can you tell me about Lucifer?” Harry decided to start with.
Both imps shuddered at the name and glanced around as though he might appear. It was a bit eerily similar to the way that people responded to Voldemort’s name.
“Why are you afraid of his name?” Harry demanded without giving them time to answer the first question.
“We fear that you may draw his attention, Master,” Zazzeran supplied, his tone slightly hushed.
That answer surprised Harry. “Wait, do you mean that literally? Like he might overhear us if we say his name?”
Zazzeran tipped his head at Harry in a curious manner. “Yes, Master. Names have power. A very powerful being, like the Morning Star, may notice when his name is spoken anywhere, but especially when it is spoken by or near those who belong to him.”
The imp said all of that with a look that questioned Harry’s intelligence, so he supposed this was likely a well-known and universally understood concept in Hell. Great.
“So you call him the Morning Star?” Harry wondered.
“There are many names much safer to use than his true name,” Zazzeran said, “though listing many of them at once may also draw his attention.”
“Okay.” Harry took a deep breath, let it out slowly, and pressed on. “So, I assume that drawing his attention is dangerous.”
“It can be,” Zazzeran said. “None in Hell can challenge him. If he seeks to punish you, you can only submit.”
Ugzigard shuddered as though he was remembering something very unpleasant.
“But does he…” Harry paused to swallow. His voice still came out hoarse when he continued. “Does he just hurt people for fun, or what?”
“He can be… very cruel,” Zazzeran said softly, “but he is not unjust.”
“His purpose is to punish the wicked,” Ugzigard said with a strange intensity, “and all the inmates of Hell are wicked things.” He trailed off into mad little giggles.
Harry frowned at Zazzeran for bringing that crazy thing into his life.
Zazzeran did not appear contrite in the slightest, though he did twitch a little in apparent discomfort.
Harry noticed that the imps didn’t answer whether Lucifer punished beings for the fun of it. This was Hell they were talking about, after all. Perhaps there were just always enough bad people around that he could get his fun without being unjust. Still, it was encouraging. It meant that there was at least a decent chance that Harry could avoid being harmed by his father. If he was careful not to do anything to justify punishment.
“So,” Harry said cautiously, “Does he… have any children?” After all, maybe he had dozens of children and that whole antichrist thing could actually mean one of them instead.
Zazzeran shifted and his wings fluttered a little. “The Morning Star is only meant to have one child,” he said in a hushed voice. “He is not born yet.”
“When he is, we will know,” Ugzigard whispered, that mad light burning in his eyes.
“How?” Harry asked warily.
“There is prophecy,” Zazzeran said gravely. “The Morning Star will sire a child. And the child will conquer all the peoples of the Earth and then lead his legions to the Silver City. There, he will challenge the Almighty One for his throne.”
All the hair on Harry’s body seemed to stand on end as he heard those damning words. His blood ran cold and his magic drew in more tightly to his body, as though wishing to hide. Damn it all, but he hadn’t dwelt on that awful prophecy in years. He’d honestly let himself dare to hope that it was all rubbish. To hear it uttered from the mouths of denizens of Hell as though it was settled fact was more than merely chilling.
“So, you’ll know when he’s born because he’ll start taking over the world?” Harry asked, doing his best to give away nothing of his thoughts. These imps might be under oath to him, but he still wasn’t ready to trust them more than necessary.
“Yes,” Ugzigard said. “He is made for war. He will wear Death about his shoulders as a mantle, and at his feet will flow a river of blood.”
Harry blinked a few times at the less sane of his newly collected minions. “Right.” He scratched at the back of his neck. “What else can you tell me about Hell?”
They spoke for some time about the realities of life in Hell. He didn’t find most of it overly surprising. The politics in Hell were brutal and exceedingly dangerous to those who would tread in such waters. Equal parts deception and violence, apparently. Most of the denizens of Hell found protection from someone stronger, serving them in repayment while the real political maneuvering was among the upper echelon of the demons and the Fallen. They all sought for greater power beneath Lucifer’s command. Because Lucifer’s rule was absolute.
“The Morning Star spends less and less time in Hell,” Zazzeran explained. “In recent years, he has spent more time away from his throne than tending to it. This has left many of his responsibilities to the Lords of Hell. There are even rumors that some seek to overthrow him, though I do not believe that to be possible. Hell belongs to the Morning Star. It always has.”
“Time away?” Harry said. “Where does he go?”
“Earth. He is not welcome in the Silver City any longer.”
“Why does he go to Earth?”
Zazzeran shook his head, “No one knows.”
“He parties,” Ugzigard spoke up.
“What?”
“The Morning Star goes to parties when he is on Earth.”
“How do you know that?” Harry wondered, though it did make sense. Hadn’t Harry’s mum written that she met him at a club?
“I have been given many jobs on Earth,” was all the imp would say on the matter.
Did that mean that the imp had actually been given a job to spy on Lucifer himself? No wonder he wanted a new master. Whoever set him to doing that didn’t seem to have his longevity forefront in their minds.
So Lucifer was apparently spending more time partying on Earth than he was ruling in Hell. That seemed to suggest, at least, that he was not overly worried about preserving his dominion. Which hopefully meant that he wouldn’t see Harry as a threat.
Harry shook those concerns in favor of more immediate problems. “All right. Is there a way to make sure that nothing can just grab me and hitch a ride through the veil again?”
The imps exchanged a look that seemed a touch uncomfortable, but Zazzeran answered. “You must improve your awareness of your surroundings. To feel something coming before it touches you.”
Harry frowned, sensing that the imp was trying not to let on that he thought Harry a bit daft just then. After a moment of being frowned at, it’s ears twitched back a little. “Fine. We’re going to practice,” Harry decided. “And then you’re going to teach me how to notice when you’re watching me through the veil.”
Both imps seemed a touch unhappy about it, but they spent the night providing him with practice using his magic to better mind his surroundings. It wasn’t enough time to master the skill by any stretch of the imagination, but it was enough for him to begin to grasp what he needed to be doing. He mentally added an hour or two of practice three or four nights a week to his schedule.
These were skills that could save his life. He needed to learn them. And greater awareness of his surroundings be useful against Voldemort and Death Eaters as well as imps or other denizens of Hell.
Notes:
Here's the next chapter. Finally! I have been so blocked on writing in general the last month. It's been very frustrating. I keep trying, but I just wasn't making any progress no matter how many times I opened the document to write.
I'm very happy to say that I think I've pushed through and gotten back on track. I've written almost 1500 words on the next chapter today, so I hope that I can keep the momentum. For my patrons, I will say that I added a bit to the end of this chapter.
So Harry has survived Dumbledore's third "lesson" and gotten his homework to talk to Slughorn. And he's made a new friend! Against his will. He's also finally getting a few questions answered! I'd love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 46: Year Six - part 16
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Building Pressures
The day after his last meeting with Dumbledore, Harry stayed behind after potions to try to complete his “homework” from the headmaster, though he still wasn’t sure why the old man expected Slughorn to be so much more willing to give the memory to a favored student than an old friend.
“Harry, my boy!” Slughorn said enthusiastically when they were alone. “What can I do for you?”
“Professor, I wanted to ask you about the memory that you gave to Professor Dumbledore…”
Slughorn went very pale as Harry spoke and hurried to interrupt him, “Yes! I gave him the memory. And I’d really rather not talk anymore about it!” and he was rushing out the door before Harry could even try to make an argument.
Harry sighed at the empty room and slung his bag over his shoulder. This would seem to be yet another instance of Dumbledore being wrong then. Wonderful.
After a moment, Harry changed his mind and took the strap for his bag back off. He rolled his shoulders with a grimace. His back was killing him today. Even the minimal weight of his bag seemed to exacerbate it. This was just a bad day for it, it seemed. It had left him in a foul mood all day and dealing with Slughorn definitely hadn’t improved on it.
He made his way to Transfigurations next, and did his best to not completely tune out the lecture as he braced an elbow on the desk and his head on his elbow, slouching and trying to find a position that made the pain let up at all. McGonagall sent him numerous frowns and scowls, but didn’t interrupt her lecture to chastise him.
When the class ended, however, she did call for him to remain behind.
Harry closed his eyes and sighed, wrestling down the very real urge to snap at her or just leave the room anyway. He desperately wanted to just go and lay down for a little while and hope that the pain let up, but it seemed he would have to wait a little longer.
Yelling at McGonagall or leaving despite her orders was not going to make his life easier in the long run. For that, he was sure she’d give him detention and he had far too much on his plate to be dealing with writing lines or cleaning the trophy room.
When everyone else had cleared out of the room, he looked at the professor, who was standing near her desk and frowning at him.
“Did you need something, Professor?” he asked as politely as he could manage.
Her frown only deepened. “Mr. Potter, it is obvious to me that you are incredibly talented in your spellwork, but you will never truly excel if you don’t put the time and effort into the bookwork as well,” she said in her terse manner.
Harry exerted a tremendous amount of self-control to keep himself from rolling his eyes. This was all so exasperating. With all the time and effort that he was putting into preparing for the war, classes seemed incredibly useless. And it wasn’t as though he didn’t know that material. McGonagall was just mad that he wasn’t putting enough effort into the essays. He knew the material — generally learned in the course of other studies — but he wasn’t going to waste time digging through books he’d already read in order to find references for an essay that served no purpose but a grade that he would never use anyway.
So, Harry did his best to look attentive and polite as he let the lecture roll over him.
“Mr. Potter,” she almost snapped, so he must not have been looking attentive enough, “Can you explain to me why your essays have been steadily declining in quality this year?”
Harry drummed his fingers restlessly on his thigh. “I’ve just been busy with other things, Professor.”
“Busy,” she said doubtfully. “Most of your classmates seem to find time to complete their essays with some degree of attention. Can you tell me why you believe yourself to be different?”
Harry lifted his eyebrows incredulously and opened and closed his mouth twice as he struggled to find a reply that wasn’t inflammatory. “Well,” he said at last, his tone strictly measured, “I don’t think that most of them have a Dark Lord actively plotting their death.”
McGonagall’s hand fluttered to her chest as she paled a few shades, which was a reaction that Harry couldn’t wrap his mind around. “Mr. Potter,” she said somewhat breathlessly, “I know that you’ve had… difficulties, but you cannot let this impact you so greatly that you are falling behind in your studies. There are many adults who care a great deal for you. We are all working to ensure your safety. It is not your job to do that.”
The bitter, bark of a laugh burst out of Harry without warning, and Harry choked it off as quickly as he could, though by McGonagall’s darkening expression, she didn’t appreciate the effort.
“This is not funny, Mr. Potter,” she bit out.
Harry just shook his head, because it was actually hilarious. Not the situation, but the idea that he should just sit back and trust someone else to protect him. He didn’t even want to try to count how many times over he’d be dead if he did something that stupid. It was honestly as bad as Umbridge telling people that they didn’t need to defend themselves because the Ministry would protect them.
“Five points from Gryffindor,” McGonagall said in her most disapproving tone.
“Sorry, Professor,” Harry said peevishly. “The next time that I’m face to face with Voldemort, I’ll just wait for someone to show up and save me. That ought to work.”
“Five more points from Gryffindor,” she snapped.
Harry bit down on any more comments with great effort. He was not going to waste time in detention. Though he sort of wondered what they’d do if he just didn’t show up for detention. If he refused. Would they actually expel him? Somehow, he doubted that Dumbledore would allow that.
It would probably lead to a lot of lectures and maybe some kind of intervention though. And he didn’t need to be dealing with that. So he forced himself to be quiet and took a firm hold on his irritated magic lest it start snuffing out torches or something else telling.
McGonagall seemed at a loss now as she just shook her head at him. “Do you even care that your marks are falling in the middle of your NEWT years?”
“No,” Harry said succinctly.
She just stared at him for a long moment, brow furrowed and lips pursed. Finally, she closed her eyes, let out a long breath, and dismissed him with an air of defeat.
Harry gratefully left the room. He was beginning to wonder if he should even come back next year. He already knew that he wasn’t going to use the NEWTs for anything. And the lessons were becoming increasingly pointless as he already knew so much of it and was way ahead in certain areas, particularly related to dueling and warding.
It was a tempting thought, but he didn’t care for the idea of spending so long away from Blaise. Attending classes was probably worth it for the chance to see Blaise every single day.
As soon as classes let out for the day, Harry made his way down to their dungeon common room. He’d felt the indication that Lucius had written in his linked notebook during class and had had to resist the urge to either check it in the middle of Charms or take a bathroom break to do so. He was relatively sure that anything Lucius was telling him couldn’t be so urgent that it couldn’t wait half an hour.
Still, he was relieved to get into the room and pull out the journal. The room was empty at the moment — the Gryffindors hadn’t shared Charms with the Slytherins, and Ron had gone off to find Tracey as soon as class was out.
Harry found the missive on the first page in Lucius’ ridiculously elegant handwriting, but he didn’t dwell on the perfectly even, slanted letters or the extravagant flourishes, much more interested in the content of the words.
Mr. Potter,
The Dark Lord has tasked me with spreading rumors about you within the Ministry. Rumors insinuating that you practice Dark Magic. He also requires me to begin sowing seeds within the Ministry toward the idea that you will either join the Dark Lord or challenge him for the title.
Minister Fudge had considered both of these a possibility in the last year that he held the position and a number of people in positions of some authority at the Ministry still favor this idea. I do not believe that it will be overly difficult to turn these rumors into veritable paranoia.
I cannot fail to carry out this assignment. I am not the only Death Eater with contacts in the ministry, nor the only one that has been given this task. If I tried to mitigate the damage, my treason would very quickly be discovered, and the rumors would likely grow regardless.
I believe that you should, perhaps, prepare yourself for possible aggressive action by the Ministry within the next year.
Harry sighed at the message. He could have done without this complication, but he wasn’t all that surprised. And he was prepared to deal with it if trouble did come from that avenue.
He just hoped that they wouldn’t be in too great a hurry to arrest him. Hiding out at Cedar Hill would make it hard for Harry to look after his friends. And it would mean extended time away from Blaise.
Harry found a quill in his bag and penned out a reply to Lucius, doing his best to ensure that his handwriting was legible, though it looked even more awful than usual next to Lucius’ script. Someday, Harry decided, he’d put in the effort to make his handwriting a little neater. Probably not before the war was over though, because he definitely had better things to be doing at the moment.
Thank you for the information. I will deal with it if it becomes a problem. In the meantime, please keep me up to date on anyone who seems particularly inclined to take action against me, including spying on me or generally making my life more difficult.
Ron and the Slytherins entered the room then, and Harry slipped the journal back into his bag. Blaise sat next to Harry and wrapped an arm around him. Harry turned his face up for a kiss, which was quickly bestowed, and then Harry just let himself relax into Blaise. The ache in his back finally began to let up a little, as it usually did when he was cuddling with Blaise. Harry suspected that this was because he simply relaxed more and the reduced tension helped with the pain.
The relief was great enough that Harry spent more time than he’d intended lounging there. When he felt in danger of dozing off, however, he forced himself to sit up and dig in his bag for the Marauder’s Map.
Corresponding with Lucius had reminded Harry that he really should be more proactive about figuring out what was going on with Malfoy.
“What’s that?” Blaise asked as Harry murmured the password and began flipping through folds in the map in search of a specific name among hundreds.
“It’s a map of the school,” Harry admitted, feeling strangely easy about sharing this long-held secret with his new friends. “My dad made it with his friends when they went to Hogwarts. It shows everyone in the school.”
That explanation got all of the Slytherins to take a closer look.
“What are you looking for?” Blaise asked while Tracey marveled over finding all of their names in their little dungeon room just as they were.
“I’m trying to find Malfoy,” Harry admitted. “He’d been acting very strangely this year and I’m a bit concerned about what he’s up to.”
“Draco has been odd,” Tracey admitted.
“He’s been quiet and withdrawn,” Blaise agreed.
“He keeps disappearing with Vince and Greg for hours at a time,” Theo nodded.
“What do you think he’s up to?” Blaise wondered.
Harry shook his head. “I’m not sure. Whatever it is seems to be stressing him out.”
It took a few more minutes of searching to find Draco in a dungeon room much more remote than the one Harry’s group had claimed as their own. Curiously, while Draco was in the room, Goyle was standing just outside the room. Not moving.
Like a guard or a sentry.
And Crabbe was standing at the end of the hallway. Also not moving. Like a lookout.
“That’s strange,” Tracey observed.
Harry nodded.
“What do you think he’s doing in there?” Ron asked, peering over Tracey’s shoulder at the map.
“I don’t know,” Harry frowned. And he honestly could not guess. It was clear that he’d enlisted Crabbe and Goyle to keep a lookout so Malfoy wouldn’t be surprised by anyone. Which suggested that he was probably doing something in there that he wasn’t supposed to.
Was he practicing some kind of Dark spells? Or working with some Dark artifact?
There was no way of knowing short of asking Malfoy — which hadn’t worked for Snape and certainly wouldn’t for Harry — or just going in there to see.
“We’ll have to keep an eye on him,” Harry decided, and gave the password to deactivate the map before putting it away. Then, though he’d have loved to just lean on Blaise and take a nap, Harry fished out his homework. He didn’t think most of it required him to bother reading anything. He understood the lessons well enough that he could write the essays without references. They wouldn’t turn out exceptional, but he was really going for just enough to avoid failing, and he was sure that he could manage that much. With any luck, he could get the week’s assignments all done today and spend the rest of the week focusing on more important things. Like the dueling practice he was working on in the Room of Requirement, where he now had the Room sending spells back at him so that he could get better at shielding, deflecting, and dodging.
As for Malfoy, Harry would shadow walk into that room in the middle of the night and take a look for himself. He wasn’t quite ready to tell his friends about that skill, so he wouldn’t be able to explain how he’d gotten inside. Thus it was probably best that he not tell them about his plans. If he found something worth mentioning, he’d worry about it then. Maybe he could find a use for the imps if nothing else.
Betrothal
The next Hogsmeade weekend, Harry was once again faced with the intimidating specter of Vita Zabini, who looked no more impressed by him today than she had at their first meeting.
“Mr. Potter,” she said coldly once she’d accepted Blaise’s kiss on her cheek and they’d all resumed their seats, “Blaise tells me that you have agreed to a formal betrothal.”
“That’s right,” said Harry.
“Properly, your own guardians should be here for this,” she said with heavy disapproval.
“My guardians are muggles,” Harry said, trying not to grimace at mentioning the Dursleys even obliquely. “They have no say in my life.”
She pursed her lips slightly, but seemed to dismiss the topic. “Very well.” She unrolled a scroll on the table. A silent flick of her wand had the parchment lying obediently flat on the table. “A betrothal contract is a simple document,” she said. “Most of the precise expectations for the marriage will wait for the marriage contract. Here, we will only outline basic expectations of any future marriage.”
She picked up a quill and hovered it over the parchment. “As to children, you do plan to have them, yes?”
Harry couldn’t help but frown a little, as he was unsure as to how two males had children. “Do you mean with a surrogate…?” he asked warily.
Her lips pursed a little again and Harry suspected that that was disapproval. Thankfully, Blaise spoke up before Harry could make more of a blunder of things. “There are ways for men to carry babies in the magical world. The safest method is a semi-permanent gender changing potion, which would turn one of us into a woman long enough to conceive a child and deliver it. There are also potions that will allow a male body to carry a child, but it’s more dangerous for the carrier and the child.”
It was several seconds after Blaise stopped speaking before Harry realized how wide his eyes were and he worked to compose his face. He hadn’t had any idea that there were gender changing potions. Honestly, the idea of changing into a woman was alarming to him. Add to that carrying a child… Well, it’s not something that he’d ever thought possible for him, so of course he’d never thought about it.
He did rather like the idea of having kids of his own someday. But well into the future when he was able to settle down somewhere and not worry about anyone trying to kill him.
He cleared his throat and finally responded. “Er, yes. I’m happy to have children, then.” He hoped that Blaise wanted to carry them, because he honestly wasn’t sure how his body/magic would even react to a potion like that considering his heritage.
Vita nodded and wrote something on the parchment. “You said that you plan to travel in the future. That is still your intention?”
“Yes,” Harry nodded.
“And you agree to that?” she asked Blaise.
“Yeah. It’ll be fun,” he grinned.
Harry tried not to be too obvious as that grin made him melt just a little. Blaise was so gorgeous when he was grinning.
“And you agree to complete fidelity?” she asked somewhat sharply.
“Mamma,” Blaise said chastisingly. “We don’t need that in the contract.”
“You do,” Vita responded even more sharply.
“I agree, actually,” Harry said timidly. When they both looked at him, Vita with something like suspicion and Blaise with surprise, Harry explained, “It’s not that I don’t trust you, Blaise, but I’d feel more comfortable if there was a binding fidelity clause in the marriage contract. Just so neither of us have to worry about doing something stupid if we have a fight or something.”
Blaise was frowning slightly, but he nodded his agreement. “Of course, if you wish.”
Vita, despite the clause being her idea to begin with, looked like she was unhappy about something as she added that to the parchment.
Harry wondered if she would ever get over hating him. Maybe if he won the war and was no longer putting her son in danger.
“And you agree that the bonds between you will break should there be any physical or magical abuse between you,” she said and Harry didn’t doubt for a moment that the look in her eyes was a blatant threat. He got the sense that it probably wouldn’t matter as she’d murder him at the first sign of abuse to her son.
“Yes,” he said very soberly. A small part of him feared that he would accidentally hurt Blaise someday and then lose him, but if that happened, he would want Blaise to be able to leave him.
“He won’t hurt me, mamma,” Blaise chastised, though he sounded more tired and sad than upset.
“If you are right, then it will not matter,” Vita said coldly, then turned her attention back to Harry. “The contract will last until you turn seventeen, at which point it can be extended or renegotiated.” She pushed the parchment toward Harry. “If you wish to make it binding before you are seventeen, you will need your guardians to sign, no matter what you believe to be their business.”
“I can do that now if you don’t mind waiting,” Harry offered.
Vita pursed her lips a moment, then nodded. “I have no pressing engagements.”
Harry rolled up the parchment and stuffed it into a pocket even as he began running the logistics in his mind. He hadn’t, for some reason, considered that he’d need to seek out the Dursleys for this, but it shouldn’t be difficult. “I’ll be back shortly then,” he said awkwardly before letting himself out of the private room.
He made his way out of the building and into the alley next to it, paying careful attention to his ever-improving awareness to content himself that he wasn’t being observed before he slipped into a shadow.
Finding his way to Surrey was only a little tricky. He had the basic idea of how to find his way around here, but he had a tendency to overthink it and get himself turned around. He didn’t have time to waste just now, so he called on Dante to lead him to the Dursley’s house. The hound had no trouble with it, having been there plenty of times via the shadows.
Harry paused for a moment when he saw the darkest shadow in the house was the cupboard under the stairs. It wasn’t just unlit, but it writhed with the darkness inherent in suffering, which in this place was as apparent as light and shadow.
Gritting his teeth against that sensation, he stepped through the shadow. The space was smaller than it had felt the last time Harry had been inside it, but the cot bed was no longer in there. The cobwebs, he noticed, had been swept away at some point. Perhaps Petunia had hopes of using it as a storage space now that she hoped she’d never again be required to store her nephew or his belongings inside.
Forcefully shrugging off the bubbling anger, Harry stepped out of the cupboard.
The house was almost silent, so Dudley must be out and Vernon was probably at work. He often did half days of Saturdays to catch up on paperwork when it was quieter.
There was the sound of quiet breathing just audible in the kitchen.
Harry turned in that direction, silently pushing open the door.
Petunia was seated at the kitchen table next to an empty teacup, her attention on an open magazine spread on the table in front of her.
“Hello, Petunia,” Harry greeted softly.
The woman screamed and knocked her teacup off the table.
It shattered noisily on the floor and Harry smiled at his aunt. A small part of him felt guilty for finding her fear amusing, but he’d spent most of his life fearing her. It felt good to have finally turned that back on her.
“What are you doing here?” she asked hoarsely, one open hand pressed to her chest.
“I have something that I need you to sign,” he said, taking it from his pocket.
She gaped a moment before her eyes narrowed, “You said that the last one would be the last! You said that you’d leave us alone!” she accused.
“I said that I would love to need nothing further from you,” Harry corrected. “Unfortunately, I have one more need. It will not affect you in any way. Just sign it and I will go away.”
“Vernon’s not here,” she said cautiously.
“Right now, I just need for you to sign it,” he stressed, placing the parchment on top of her magazine.
She grimaced at the feel of the parchment beneath her hand as she flattened it out, but started to read. Then she flinched and looked up at Harry with wide eyes. “Betrothal?! You’re sixteen!”
“Yes,” Harry said icily. “Which is why I need to involve you. Sign it.”
Petunia looked down again. “What kind of name is Blaise?”
“Petunia,” Harry grated out.
She flinched and paled a bit as she looked up at him. Her throat worked on a swallow. “I need a pen,” she whispered.
Harry took one step to open the drawer where he knew she kept pens. He offered one to Petunia, who looked like she was afraid she might be in danger that close to him, but finally snatched it out of his hand to scribble her name on the correct line. Then she thrust the parchment back at him, her hand trembling.
“Thank you,” Harry said more neutrally as he accepted the parchment back.
“Just leave,” she whispered without looking at him.
Harry firmly crushed the small spark of guilt that he felt for tormenting her. She didn’t deserve his mercy as she certainly had none for those incapable of defending themselves against her.
Harry left the sunny kitchen and returned to the cupboard and the shadows there.
His next stop was slightly more difficult. He was sure that Vernon was at work at this time. He did know that Vernon worked at Grunnings in London. What he didn’t know was exactly where that was.
Harry gazed thoughtfully at Dante a moment before asking. “Can you find Vernon?”
The hound immediately began to wag his tail, then lifted his nose as though to scent the air.
Harry copied the gesture, but he couldn’t smell his uncle at all. He transformed into his animagus form and tried again. He didn’t smell his uncle’s musky scent, always overpowered with too much cheap aftershave, but Dante seemed to pick up the scent as he began a swift pace in a particular direction.
Harry followed, doing his best to try to figure out what the hound was sensing.
They were arriving before Harry could answer the question, but he did feel like he had smelled something, even if he couldn’t quite define it and he didn’t think it was actually his uncle’s scent.
Vernon was alone in his office, so Harry made his way to the nearest supply cupboard and returned to his human form before stepping out of the shadows.
Thankfully, the building was pretty empty on a Saturday, so he had no trouble traversing the small distance to Vernon’s office and letting himself inside.
The heavy man looked up sharply at the unannounced entrance. His first reaction of spotting Harry seemed to be simple shock, which was fair. Almost immediately, though, his face began to darken with anger and indignation.
“Hello, Vernon,” Harry said with the fakest possible smile as he closed the door behind him.
“What are you doing here?” the man demanded, keeping his voice down and looking around as though he might see an eavesdropper in the windowless room.
“I have something I need you to sign.”
Vernon sputtered in righteous indignation while Harry fished the parchment from his pocket again. “I told you, boy, we’re done with you. You’ll get nothing more out of me.”
“It’s nothing to do with you,” Harry interrupted, raising his voice over his uncle, who once more looked around nervously for listeners. “Unfortunately for us both, I am still technically underage and that means that, legally, I require your signature to conduct my business. No sign it and I will leave you alone.”
Vernon was still sputtering as he picked up the parchment and scanned over the document. After a moment, he choked. “Betrothed?! To be married? Of all the archaic… Who the bloody hell would want to marry you, anyway?”
“As I said, it’s nothing to do with you,” Harry said through clenched teeth. “Just sign the bloody parchment, Vernon, before I throw you through a wall.”
And something in Harry’s tone or perhaps the stifling way his magic was filling the room seemed to get through to Vernon, who eyed Harry like a dangerous animal. He finally returned to his desk without taking his eyes off Harry until he could snatch up a pen and scrawl his name on the bottom. He tossed the parchment back across the desk, clearly unwilling to draw closer to Harry again. “There. Take it and don’t ever come back,” he rasped.
“With any luck,” Harry muttered as he scooped it up, slipped it into his pocket, and left the way he’d come.
The walk back to Hogsmeade seemed to take no time at all and he didn’t even have to think about how to get there. With how agitated he was, he just wanted to get back to Blaise, and his magic seemed equally keen on that idea.
He returned as he had left, letting himself back into the private room to find Blaise and his mother both looking relatively relaxed as they seemed engaged in a pleasant conversation.
Blaise looked up with a smile that quickly faded to concern, “Are you okay?”
Harry rolled his shoulders, trying to relax. He hadn’t realized that he was visibly upset at all. “Fine,” he replied. He wanted more than anything to just crawl into Blaise’s lap and stay there, but he wasn’t comfortable showing that much weakness in front of Vita, so he stiffly retook his chair instead. He placed the parchment back on the table and pushed it toward the woman.
Vita eyed him a moment before unrolling it and scanning the signatures at the bottom. She looked, Harry thought, disappointed. “Very well, then. I suppose that I have no further objection, if you both still wish to sign.” She offered the parchment to Blaise with a look that Harry suspected was trying to convince him to change his mind.
Blaise just smiled at her and scrawled his signature, then offered quill and parchment to Harry.
Some of Harry’s displeasure at dealing with his aunt and uncle melted away at the reminder of why he was doing this. Because, against all odds, Blaise wanted to be betrothed to him. Harry would put up with much worse than Petunia and Vernon for that.
Harry signed his name, pleased that his hand didn’t shake despite how momentous the moment felt. Like he was turning onto a new path in the course of his life. Onto a path that hopefully had Blaise at his side for the rest of his life.
Vita didn’t look particularly pleased, but she supplied her signature on the final line and Harry pulled in a sharp breath when he felt the magic take hold, like a tightening in the air. He looked at Blaise to find him already looking back and Harry couldn’t help the wide grin that stretched his lips.
Blaise returned the grin, reaching across the table to take Harry’s hand in a gentle grip and lift it to his mouth. His soft lips brushed over Harry’s knuckles and Harry desperately wished that he wasn’t so aware of Blaise’s mum sitting right across from him because he could feel himself blushing.
Harry glanced at the woman, who was watching them with an unreadable look in her very dark eyes.
“Now that business is done,” Vita said, tucking the parchment into what must have been an expanded pocket in her form-fitting dress, “let us order lunch.”
Conversation flowed mostly between mother and son while they waited for their food and began to eat. She had many questions about all of his classes and some about how things were going with teachers or classmates.
Eventually, Vita drew something out of another hidden pocket in her dress. Harry caught himself leaning swiftly back in his chair before he even saw what it was. His magic immediately clocked it as necromancy. And somewhat hostile toward him, though not at all toward Vita or Blaise.
Vita’s eyes immediately clocked Harry’s movement. She turned her hand and rolled something small and thin through her fingers with deft ease before opening her hand so that Harry could more easily see it. It was white, and he quickly realized that it was actually bone carved into something like a thick pin, sharp on both ends. A line of nearly invisible runes were carved in a spiral down the length of it.
“Do you know what this is, Mr. Potter?” Vita asked, her voice low and dangerous.
Harry cleared his throat nervously as he set his magic to studying it more closely. “I’m not sure,” Harry ventured, “but I think it’s some kind of guardian shard. Probably tied to your bloodline.”
She stared at him with an unreadable look on her face as she rolled it between her fingers again. “Very good,” she said at last. “It is a shard of rib bone from my bisnonna.”
Blaise sat up straighter at her words. “Mamma,” he protested.
“Hush, piccino,” she said without looking away from Harry. “It will not harm him if he is not a threat to us.”
Harry watched as it turned effortlessly between her fingers. From what he knew about guardian shards, they were made with necromantic enchantments. Human bones. And in this case probably blood sacrifices. They were extremely poisonous, but would only cut one who was a danger to whomever — or sometimes whatever — they were enchanted to protect.
“Madre,” Blaise said more firmly, beginning to sound a bit angry.
“It’s okay,” Harry soothed, sending an imploring look at Blaise. He did not want to be the cause of strife between him and his mum. Harry suspected that the shard would be capable of cutting his skin as Pettigrew’s dark spell had managed it just fine and this was at least as strong an enchantment as that spell had been. Whether he would resist the poison, he had no idea. He shouldn’t need to worry about either though. Because of course he meant no harm to Blaise or Vita. Quite the opposite. He’d die for Blaise and he’d go nearly so far for Vita just because her death would devastate Blaise.
Vita abruptly stopped fiddling with the shard, instead extending it toward him where it was clasped delicately between two of her fingers.
“Harry, wait,” Blaise said, his voice tight.
Harry hesitated only a second to glance at Blaise before he reached out and took the shard from her hand.
Harry heard Blaise’s breath catch a moment before he was on his feet and leaning toward Harry, though he seemed unwilling to touch him while he held the shard.
Harry kept his focus on the sliver of bone in his hand. The magic was incredibly sharp and aggressive, but any hostility he’d felt from it toward him had vanished the very moment it touched his hand.
“Well, this has been fun,” Blaise said tensely, reaching out to carefully pluck the shard from Harry’s hand. He immediately dropped it in front of his mother, then pulled Harry to his feet. “We need to be going. Goodbye, madre.”
“Piccino,” was her mild reply as Blaise all but dragged Harry out of the room. She made no attempt to rise or call them back.
Blaise didn’t stop tugging on Harry until they were ensconced in the very alley that Harry had lately used to shadow travel. Blaise only let go of Harry’s hand so that he could wrap his arms around him and pull him close.
Harry held him back gently, but when Blaise showed no signs of letting him go, Harry patted his back comfortingly. “Hey. I’m okay.”
“Harry, I know that you know that thing could have killed you.”
Harry nodded against Blaise’s shoulder. “Technically, but it’s not as though I was any danger to you or your mother, so I knew it wouldn’t hurt me.”
Blaise finally drew away, holding Harry’s shoulders in his hands as he met his eyes. “Harry, what if you had just one moment of wanting to hurt my mum for being so judgmental toward you. That is all it would take.”
“I would never!” Harry protested, surprised by the suggestion. “Blaise, hurting her would hurt you and I will never deliberately hurt you!”
Blaise stared a moment more, then leaned forward to rest his forehead against Harry’s. “Merlin, Harry. You’re going to give me heart problems the way you keep scaring the crap out of me. Please stop that.”
Harry smiled a little as Blaise’s tone slid toward something more playful. He snuggled forward into Blaise’s chest again and luxuriated in the arms that came around him. “I’ll deal with your mother and her murderous toys as often as necessary, just so I get to have you,” he said softly.
Blaise’s arms tightened around him further. “Lunatic,” he murmured.
Harry tipped his head up to press a smiling kiss to Blaise’s neck, then snuggled in again. This was his very favorite place to be.
Notes:
Poor Harry's life is getting stressful. And that's before accounting for his future mother-in-law's murderous tendencies.
Thanks for reading. I'd love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 47: Year Six - part 17
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The Problem of Draco
Harry followed Zazzeran out of the shadows into the dungeon room that Draco had been using for whatever nefarious designs Voldemort had in mind at Hogwarts this year. The imp had been keeping tabs on Draco, but he hadn’t had a lot of insight to offer. Draco hadn’t spoken to anyone about what he was doing. Crabbe and Goyle kept watch for him and they knew that he had an important mission for the Dark Lord, but that seemed to be it.
Draco didn’t talk about what he was doing with anyone and he didn’t have any obvious manifesto laying around for the imp to read, so all Harry had really learned is that Draco seemed to be struggling with whatever it was he was trying to do.
The room was dusty, Harry noticed first by the smell of it. A glance around showed that the dust had all been shoved into the corners of the room rather than being cleared away — presumably because Draco didn’t know the right spell for that.
Draco’s scent lingered everywhere in the room, but it was strongest on the sole, dusty chair in the room and around the scratched up old wardrobe.
Harry didn’t feel any particular magic from the wardrobe, so he opened it and found nothing at all inside. He circled it a couple of times, looking for anything interesting about it, but it was not a particularly interesting wardrobe.
“What does he do in here?” Harry asked Zazzeran. The imp had been keep an eye on Draco for Harry.
“He reads,” the imp replied, perching atop the wardrobe. “He paces a lot. He casts spells at the wardrobe.”
Harry frowned at the furniture in question. What could Voldemort want Draco to do that would require a wardrobe?
Unless…
Harry stood quickly and approached the wardrobe again. He ran his hand down the side and then the door and then the interior.
There was the faintest hints of magic there. It hadn’t seemed significant at first. Wardrobes were often charmed to repel pests and prevent wrinkles and such.
But there was one particular enchantment sometimes placed on cabinets such as this that he could imagine Voldemort valuing. If Draco was trying to make a vanishing cabinet… Well, then Voldemort could walk right into the school. Or send in an agent to do something in the school or perhaps to steal something or abduct someone and slip right back out. Then he’d only have to disable the other end and no one could follow.
Harry wasn’t sure that’s what was going on, but it seemed the most likely.
Slowly, Harry returned to the chair and just stared at the wardrobe, considering his options. He could destroy it or just steal it, but Draco might just get another one. Or he might come up with another plan. Harry didn’t relish the idea of spending the next few months running around after Draco uncovering more plans.
After a few minutes of consideration, Harry decided that he had two choices. Either confront Draco and just tell him to give it up — that Lucius had effectively passed him off to the other side. Or. He could just set the imps to keeping tabs on Draco’s progress and then he could intervene if Draco actually got close to succeeding.
Honestly, the second one sounded far more appealing. Draco was a difficult person to deal with on a good day. Trying to convince him that Lucius had switched sides sounded… incredibly tedious. And odds seemed high that Draco would fail to get the wardrobe working anyway.
Harry nodded to himself as she stood. “I want you and Ugzigard both to continue watching Draco. If he seems like he’s making progress on this, inform me immediately.”
As soon as the imp gave his agreement, Harry slipped out of the room via the same shadows that had given him entrance. Draco had warded the door, but not any other part of the room, so getting in when he was already in the castle had been simple.
He was happy to put the whole mess with Draco back on the back burner. He had enough to worry about right now without dealing with Malfoy’s melodrama.
Apparition
On the first of February, the sixth years had their first apparition lesson. Harry was not particularly excited about gaining the skill. The few times he’d been side-along apparated, he’d not enjoyed the experience at all. And he was getting very comfortable with the shadow travel that he now used basically daily to visit Cedar Hill for hours every night when everyone else was sleeping. With the tutelage of the imps, he felt fairly confident that he wasn’t going to be endangered or tracked by anything in there without his knowledge.
So there really wasn’t any reason that he needed to be able to apparate. He was looking forward to having a license, however, so that he could use it as an explanation for how he got around.
He listened to the instructor go over the three D’s of apparition and then everyone began spinning on their heel. Many just spun in place. Some teetered. Some even fell down.
Harry watched his classmates for a moment before he concentrated on doing it himself. He was graceful enough to not fall over or flail about like some of the others, but that was the most that he could say for his first few attempts.
Then, as was often his strategy when learning new spells, Harry just pushed his magic at the problem and willed it to work.
And it did.
With an almighty CRACK like a lightning strike, Harry felt his magic wrap around him and yank him through that crushing tube very, very briefly and then he was standing in the circle while the thunderous report continued to echo around the Great Hall. He glanced around and realized that all activity seemed to have stopped so that everyone could stare at him.
“Excellent work!” the instructor’s voice cut through the sudden silence as he jogged between students to reach Harry. “Excellent! Truly exceptional! Oh, Mr. Potter! Why, I recognize you from the papers, of course. Very nice to meet you. Perhaps I shouldn’t be surprised that you’ve succeeded so quickly. Your reputation does precede you, after all. My best friend’s sister has a daughter who works with the Department of Education and she told her mother that your performance in your OWLs was quite exceptional! But regardless! Yes. Phenomenal that you managed it so quickly, Mr. Potter. Next time, try to focus on transporting only your own body and not all the air in the nearby vicinity with you and the noise will be quieter. It will also be safer for anyone standing near you! Now, go ahead. Give it another try! Though make sure you don’t forget to include all of your body parts, including hair and clothing!”
And so Harry spent the rest of the lesson learning to hone the skill until he could manage it with no more than the tell-tale crack like a car backfiring that he’d hear most adults make when apparating.
He was satisfied with that level of skill. He wasn’t planning on actually doing it all that often anyway. Only when he was with others and couldn’t get away with using the shadows without raising too many questions.
It didn’t feel as bad to do it as side-along had felt, but it still wasn’t particularly pleasant. He greatly preferred shadow travel.
Happily, the instructor did excuse him from any future classes after he had demonstrated his ability to apparate clear across the room without being unduly loud.
“Mate, do you always have to be bloody perfect at everything?” Ron grumbled as they left the Great Hall, though it was clear that he wasn’t really upset about it. Ron had, after all, been dealing with Harry’s propensity to learn new spells in the first class since they’d started Hogwarts. It wasn’t so much that Harry was mastering the spells that quickly all the time. It was just that his magic tended to simply force the issue when he got frustrated and then the spell worked, even if he was still doing it wrong.
Harry could only shrug in his own defense.
Tracey leaned into Ron, snaking her arm around his middle. “No worries, Ron. You’re just a mere mortal like the rest of us. Let’s not compare ourselves to the likes of the Great Harry Potter,” she said with a teasing glance at Harry.
Ron laughed and Harry felt a tremendous rush of gratitude toward Tracey. She was exceptional in her own way, Harry was certain, but she was so much closer to just normal than Harry or Hermione had ever been. Poor Ron wasn’t magically weak and he wasn’t stupid, but he’d probably felt like it often since the three of them had become friends. Like Hermione was the brains and Harry was the brawn and Ron was just left being normal and feeling useless.
It didn’t excuse the way Ron had sometimes treated them both, but Harry felt more sympathetic toward him when he thought of it that way. He was just glad that their friend group now included people who were less overtly exceptional so that Ron could feel less overshadowed.
Broken Pieces
Late that night, Harry visited Cedar Hill as normal. He settled into his tent for a few hours studying some new warding books, but he’d only been reading a few minutes when he noticed the arrival of one of the imps. Specifically, it felt like Zazzeran.
He followed the feeling to a shadowed corner across the room where the imp had just let himself inside. Imps, Harry had discovered, had an aura of sorts that he could sense, just as he could sense anyone else if he paid attention. The imps had taught him to recognize the feeling when he’d demanded that they help him to learn to avoid any future hitchhikers following him back from the veil without his permission.
It was much different from what people felt like, he’d discovered. Much more discreet and distinctly… scented — for lack of a better word — of Hell.
As Zazzeran settled himself atop a cabinet, Harry just examined that feeling. It was so strange. It felt… wrong. Not just different, like he was a different species. But actively wrong.
“Why do you feel like that?” he finally asked when his failure to figure it out grew too annoying to let pass. He’d noticed that Ugzigard had the same sort of wrong feeling to him even though the two were entirely distinguishable.
Zazzeran was silent for a moment before he flew down and landed on the back of a chair closer to Harry. “Imps feel different to others because we have souls. But not complete souls.”
Harry’s eyes widened. “What?” How did that even make sense?
“Imps were human once,” he explained more soberly than Harry had ever witnessed of him. He looked away, his eyes unfocused toward the wall of the tent. “We did… terrible things in life that left our souls in multiple pieces when we died. So broken that they could not hold together.”
“Do you mean horcruxes?” Harry asked, his voice hushed in numb horror at what he was learning about his new… minions.
Zazzeran shook his head. “Not necessarily. Deliberately splitting and keeping pieces of your soul separate would do it,” he confirmed, “but it’s not needed. Heinous sins, such as murder, they fracture your soul. Most humans who commit murder merely crack their souls. Souls are resilient and they begin to heal when the soul experiences true virtues. Love, generosity, kindness… Most souls are a mix of sins and virtues. But some…”
He trailed off and Harry watched him carefully. He didn’t appear sad or regretful so much as reflective. It struck Harry suddenly that, while Ugzigard had struck him as more than a little psychotic, Zazzeran might be more of a sociopath.
“Some souls,” the imp continued after a long moment of silence. “They are without redeeming virtue and they are content that way. Even revelling in their lack of empathy. Their freedom from moral restraint. When those souls truly embrace their baser desires and make it a lifestyle… Well, then the souls do not merely crack. Over time, they shatter. If they are not healed before death — and the vast, vast majority are not — then they reach Hell in multiple pieces.
“These pieces of souls cannot properly function in that state. And they cannot heal in Hell. They are, instead, lost in a world of nearly insensate agony.” His lip curled in the suggestion of a smile even as his eyes burned with past trauma. “The Mourning Star took pity on such souls and forged them into imps. He gave us some measure of reprieve. But a piece of a soul could only ever be small and weak. Thus imps seek protection from those stronger than us.”
Harry stared at Zazzeran for a long moment, but the imp didn’t seem to notice, lost in his own thoughts. It was… he wasn’t sure how to process the fact that Zazzeran and Ugzigard might have been a broken piece of Hitler or Jack the Ripper or someone even worse. They did, indeed, seem fairly harmless now, in all but perhaps their intellect. But they had once been people like Voldemort.
Then Harry wondered if the imp was right about Lucifer taking pity on their broken souls and turning them into imps to help them or if it was just a different form of eternal torment. Because Harry couldn’t imagine any fate that Voldemort would hate more than to spend eternity small and weak, constantly at the mercy of others.
“Are there many imps in Hell?” Harry asked eventually.
“Many,” Zazzeran confirmed soberly. “Imps outnumber all other denizens in Hell, not including the condemned souls.”
Despite Arthur’s fate and Hermione’s parents and Harry’s own parents, he found a small swell of pity in his heart for Voldemort. Because Harry would kill him one day in the not too distant future. And then Voldemort would meet this fate.
Notes:
Bit of a shorter chapter, but that's just how the scenes worked out this time! I'd love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 48: Year Six - part 18
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The Fourth Lesson
At the beginning of March, Tracey surprised Harry quite a bit by organizing a little party in their dungeon room for Ron’s birthday. He, Ron, and Hermione had never made much of their birthdays beyond exchanging gifts, even though they were all together at Hogwarts for both Hermione’s and Ron’s.
Tracey had arranged for a little feast to be provided by Dobby, which Ron had definitely appreciated, but she’d also brought in a wireless and tried to convince Ron to dance with her, which he’d blushingly refused. Tracey had clearly been a bit put out by that, but Blaise had dragged Harry up to dance, which had been a little embarrassing, but had clearly made Tracey happier that at least someone was appreciating her effort. And dancing with Blaise never got old.
Ron had received a new writing kit from Harry because his old one had been on it’s last legs. Hermione had sent Ron a book about the history of Bulgarian quidditch, which Ron had seemed intrigued by. Tracey had got Ron a couple of new school uniforms, which had just embarrassed Ron, unfortunately.
He’d excused himself to the bathroom shortly after that and then just not come back.
“What did I do wrong?” Tracey demanded when it became undeniable that Ron was not planning to return.
Harry sighed. “Ron’s sensitive about his family’s… er, situation. Financially,” he tried to explain without insulting Ginny, who was frowning at them from her own seat. “I think he probably feels like you were telling him that there’s something wrong with him for not having nicer robes.”
Tracey threw up her hands in exasperation, “He doesn’t even fit his robes! I was trying to help! And you bought him new quills, Harry! Why didn’t that make him mad?”
“That’s different,” Ginny frowned at her.
“Why?” Tracey demanded.
“Harry’s family,” was Ginny’s succinct explanation.
Harry felt warmed by that statement even as he watched Tracey take it like a blow. “Tracey,” he tried.
She just shook her head and walked out of the room very quickly.
No one spoke for a long moment. The song playing on the wireless ended and the DJ started talking.
Harry crossed the room to click it off.
Though Ron accepted Tracey’s gift, Harry wasn’t sure what he did with them because he never wore them. Which Tracey definitely noticed, though she didn’t comment on it.
Despite things clearly still being somewhat rocky with Tracey, Ron didn’t seem to have any trouble focusing on the quidditch match against Hufflepuff a week after his birthday.
He was really in top form leading the quidditch team and Harry found himself hoping that Ron managed to get himself on a team after the war. It truly seemed to be where his passion was, and he was phenomenal at it. The final score ended up 280 to 30 in Gryffindor’s favor.
A couple of days after the quidditch match, Harry made his way up to Dumbledore’s office for another “lesson” on Voldemort.
“Harry, my boy,” Dumbledore greeted cheerfully. “I don’t suppose I could persuade you to enjoy a lemon drop with me?” he brandished the bowl hopefully.
“No, thank you, sir,” Harry dismissed as he’d done every time the old man had ever offered him such a sweet.
“Ah, alas,” Dumbledore said rather dramatically before he turned more sober. “Now, before we begin, Professor McGonagall has informed me that your grades have been falling this year and that you’ve refused her attempts to help.”
Harry took a breath and resisted the urge to roll his eyes. “Writing essays just doesn’t seem a high priority this year,” he admitted.
Dumbledore nodded and he didn’t seem surprised. “Yes, I can understand that. I did find myself concerned that you were becoming distressed by our all that is happening. I know that you have many friends this year, and I do hope that you have found yourself able to rely on them for support.”
“Yeah,” Harry said. “I do.”
“And I hope that you know that you can always come to me as well, my boy.”
“Of course,” Harry smiled tightly. He was sure that this was, in fact, a possibility. It just wasn’t one that he would ever partake of.
“Well then,” Dumbledore said after a moment. “Let us move on to other matters. Firstly, have you managed the task I set you at the end of our previous lesson?”
“I tried. He’s not very receptive to the idea,” Harry sighed.
“I see,” Dumbledore said, peering at Harry over his half-moon spectacles in a way that Harry was sure he was meant to feel that he was being judged lacking. “And you feel that you have exerted your very best efforts in this matter, do you? That you have exercised all of your considerably ingenuity? That you have left no depth of cunning unplumbed in your quest to retrieve the memory?”
Harry’s magic was getting prickly as his temper rose. He badly wanted to turn these questions back on Dumbledore, because as far as he could tell, Dumbledore had literally just asked Slughorn for the memory, been provided with a fake, and thrown up his hands in defeat.
It was slightly concerning what Dumbledore might be suggesting about methods available to Harry, but hopefully he just meant using his fame and charm and not anything else.
Somehow, Harry doubted that Dumbledore would be as forgiving of this task as he was of essays if Harry just said that he had more important things on his mind.
“He’s been doing his best to avoid being alone with me ever since,” Harry said.
Dumbledore’s nod did not do anything to negate his frown. “That is, admittedly, not surprising, but I thought I had made it clear to you how very important that memory is. Indeed, I did my best to impress upon you that it is the most crucial memory of all and that we will be wasting our time without it.”
Harry took careful rein of his magic as he was so condescendingly dressed down. This was not the time for his magic to throw a tantrum. If that was truly Dumbledore’s best attempt to impress the importance of the memory upon Harry then he sucked at it. He hadn’t even told Harry why the memory was important. He was just expecting Harry to take his word for it. That was just… rude. And ill-considered given that they had never been any definition of close.
Still, as always, speaking his mind was very unlikely to do any good and extremely likely to create more headaches for him. So he swallowed down his rebuttal. “I’ll give it another attempt,” he allowed.
“Another attempt,” Dumbledore said. “I see.”
Silence fell and Harry’s magic desperately wanted to snarl at the old man for this guilt trip he seemed to be employing as though he had the right. He suspected that the old man was doing this just to see how strongly it would effect Harry. How much influence he had over him.
Well, Harry didn’t like to lie, and he wasn’t sure that he needed to in this case. “Yes,” he said coolly. “In between being scolded like an errant child for not putting enough effort into my essays, I will do my best to collect this vital piece of information that we absolutely need in order to win the war.”
Dumbledore just stared at him in silence for a long moment, the air of judgment shifted into something colder and more reserved.
I see you, Harry thought. Not the dotty, friendly, grandfather sort that he liked to portray, but the dangerous general that he really was.
“I see,” Dumbledore said again, and his persona slid back toward kindly old man. “Well, I do hope that you make this a greater priority going forward. There will be little point in us meeting after tonight unless we have that memory.”
Harry just nodded.
“Then we shall say no more about it just now,” Dumbledore decreed. “We shall continue with our story where we left off.”
And so they moved to the pensieve, where two bottled memories waited.
Harry tried to contain his grimace as he prepared himself to step into the pensieve once more. It was highly uncomfortable for his senses to feel so muted. And given how little he trusted Dumbledore, it was much worse than it would be if he was in there by himself.
Dumbledore introduced the memory by explaining that Tom Riddle — though Dumbledore called him Lord Voldemort, as though to reinforce his evil in Harry’s mind — had left Hogwarts. He had extremely high marks and everyone expected him to go into the Ministry or take an apprenticeship. Instead, he got a job at Borgin and Burke’s, though this was only after Headmaster Dippet had turned down Tom’s request to take up the Defense post at Hogwarts, where he had apparently wished to be teacher.
Dumbledore confided that he suspected Voldemort had wanted to use his position at the school as a recruiting ground to begin building himself an army.
Harry thought of the Order of the Phoenix and miraculously did not snort in amusement. Dumbledore was such a fucking hypocrite. Wasn’t there some saying about how it was thieves who expected to be robbed and killers who expected to be murdered?
Harry must have effectively contained his thoughts because Dumbledore went on without pause, explaining how Riddle had been tasked with using his charm to persuade people to part with their treasures to sell them to Borgin and Burke’s. And so they entered the memory of Hokey the house-elf and had the dubious pleasure of watching Tom Riddle charm Hepzibah Smith into showing him a goblet allegedly having belonged to Helga Hufflepuff, followed by a gold and emerald locket. The very same one that Merope had been wearing in an earlier memory.
As the foul hoarder woman bragged about having one of the last artifacts of Salazar Slytherin to Slytherin’s last descendant…
Well, it was hard to judge Riddle’s covetous reaction.
Though murder did seem excessive. A memory charm probably would have been sufficient.
Still, Smith was such an unpleasant woman that Harry found it hard to rouse his righteous anger too far on her behalf. She’d even called Riddle’s mum a thief, though it was unlikely Riddle could be sure that it had been his mother who had sold it.
“Now, if you don’t mind, Harry, I want to draw your attention to certain points of our story,” Dumbledore said when they had left the memory. “Voldemort committed another murder; whether it was his first since he killed the Riddles, I do not know, but I think it was. This time, as you will have seen, he killed not for revenge, but for gain. He wanted two fabulous trophies that poor, besotted, old woman showed him.”
Harry had to contain another laugh at the description of Smith. Really, the woman was lusting after a barely legal young man maybe a third her age. Dumbledore described her like a naive young girl that Tom had seduced with promises of marriage or something.
“Just as he had once robbed the other children at his orphanage, just as he had stolen his Uncle Morfin’s ring, so he ran off now with Hepzibah’s cup and locket.”
“He wanted that locket as his family heirloom,” Harry observed since Dumbledore clearly expected him to participate in this conversation.
“Yes, he did,” Dumbledore agreed. “I believe that he coveted the cup nearly as much, however, as it had belonged to another of Hogwarts’ founders. He still felt a great pull toward the school, I suspect, and he could not resist an object so steeped in Hogwarts history. There are other reasons, I think… I hope to be able to demonstrate them to you in due course,” he concluded cryptically.
Harry did his best to contain his frustration with Dumbledore’s obsession with beating around the damn bush all the time. Why could he not just state his thesis here and then try to prove it instead of portioning out breadcrumbs for Harry to scoop up as he meandered his way toward what Dumbledore doubtlessly hoped would be the same conclusion the old man had already drawn.
The next memory was Dumbledore’s own, and Harry was given no more preparatory information than that it took place ten years after the last. Ten years during which Voldemort’s whereabouts and actions were entirely unknown.
The memory took place in a version of Dumbledore’s office that wasn’t far removed from the one in which they currently resided.
When the past Dumbledore answered the knock at the door, Harry’s eyes widened as it was opened to reveal Tom Riddle. It was clear that the intervening decade had not been kind to him. Or perhaps it would be more accurate to suppose that he’d not been kind to himself in that time. He bore all the hallmarks of severe misuse of Dark Magic. His skin was waxy and extremely pale, his eyes bloodshot. His once-handsome features seemed almost to have begun to melt, like wax left too long in the sun.
Harry felt yet another shock of disorientation from the damn pensieve as he attempted to reach out to assess Riddle’s aura to see if it was in as bad of shape as his body. Instead of feeling the man’s magic, of course, he felt nothing but the magic of the pensieve. He would never get used to that.
Harry watched as the pair of them chatted amiably, as though they did not despise each other in probably close to equal measure. He watched this version of Voldemort closely. He reminded Harry a bit of Zazzeran. Eerie for how vacant he seemed in moments when Harry instinctively expected some kind of emotion.
Things went downhill quickly when Dumbledore decided they should speak “openly”. He threw down some accusations and Riddle lost his temper. Dumbledore concluded the meeting by reminding Riddle of how he’d chosen to frighten him with a burning wardrobe and force him to make repayment for his crimes the first time they’d met. A course of action that had been both cruel and useless. Dumbledore claimed that he wished he could still frighten and threaten him into good behavior.
Of all the useless, inflammatory nonsense to say just then…
Before Harry could think on it much more, Dumbledore was pulling them out of the pensieve again.
“Why would he even come here looking for a job?” Harry wondered aloud. “He must have known you wouldn’t hire him.”
“Likely,” Dumbledore agreed. “I have ideas as to his true motives.”
“Which are?” Harry prompted, though he had little hope the man would answer given how cryptic his statement had been.
“I shall tell you, Harry, when you have retrieved that memory from Professor Slughorn. When you have that last piece of the jigsaw, everything will, I hope, be clear. To both of us.”
Harry nodded and tried not to show how annoying he found all the cryptic nonsense. “But he was after the Defense job again?”
“Oh, most definitely,” Dumbledore said. “The aftermath of our little meeting proved that. You see, we have never been able to keep a Defense Against the Dark Arts teacher for longer than a year since I refused the post to Lord Voldemort.”
“He doesn’t look like that anymore,” Harry felt compelled to add. “His resurrected body looks perfect again.”
Dumbledore nodded thoughtfully. “Yes. Only time will tell whether his body can maintain that health.”
Harry nodded and let himself out of the office.
He found himself wondering, on the way down to meet everyone in the dungeon common room, whether the success of the resurrection ritual had been influenced by the inclusion of Harry’s blood. He was only half human, after all. As Voldemort had no way of knowing that, it can’t have been designed with a half angel — nephilim? — in mind, surely.
Had Harry’s blood made him stronger? Did Voldemort now have some of the same abilities that Harry had?
Notes:
Okay, so it was shorter than I thought it was going to be, but I guess I just didn't have much desire to write out these memories with Dumbledore in any detail at all. I hope that I summed up the contents well enough for those who don't have all of the books memorized. The next chapter is over 4k though and it just needs editing at this point.
Anyway! I hope that you enjoyed Harry's opinion on the memories and his gradually becoming less careful around Dumbledore as he starts to fear him a little bit less. I would love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 49: Year Six - part 19
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Slughorn's Memory
The month after Harry’s last meeting with Dumbledore, he did give more thought to getting the memory from Slughorn, since he suspected he was going to have to figure it out eventually to keep Dumbledore off his back.
Harry couldn’t help but notice the way Dumbledore seemed to watch him whenever they were in the Great Hall. Though he wasn’t overly obvious about it, Harry was extremely attuned to the feel of someone’s attention being focused on him. Whenever Harry actually glanced up at the head table, Dumbledore seemed to be looking back with impatient expectation and even chastisement.
It was annoying, but Slughorn was elusive. The man had taken great pains to avoid Harry, and the harder Harry tried, the more paranoid Slughorn seemed to become.
He still favored Harry in potions class, only a little more than he doted on Malfoy, who was honestly not looking great. He was paler than was healthy and he seemed to have lost some weight. He never seemed to relax. The imps had reported multiple failed attempts in his work on the wardrobe, which was almost certainly the cause of his stress.
Despite this, Malfoy had rarely failed to produce an excellent potion in class, and then he was out the door about as quickly as Slughorn was disappearing through the door to his office.
Harry grew increasingly annoyed with the Slughorn situation and Dumbledore’s clear expectation as time went on, but it wasn’t as though he didn’t have plenty of things occupying his time. He was out of bed by four in the morning most days to train with Ginny in the Room of Requirement. Her lack of a Dark magical core was readily apparent as she tried to learn the spells, but she was stubborn and persistent and Harry did not doubt that she would become a dangerously skilled practitioner by the time the war ended.
In between coaching Ginny in her practice, Harry spent the time running through his own casting and dueling drills to try to prepare himself for the next time he would face Voldemort.
Harry then had a full day of classes to attend, during which he filled any breaks with homework to minimize the time he would have to spend on it in his evenings. After classes until dinner was usually more essay-writing while trying to get a little quality time with Blaise. The group of them would sometimes use this time to study the marked-up potions textbook and make their own notes to get them through brewing the next potion as well.
Finally, after dinner, the group of them would gather either in the dungeon room of the Room of Requirement. Most of them just spent time together relaxing or playing games, finishing up homework or reading for fun. Harry spent most of his time reading advanced books on Dark Arts and defensive magic or practicing the not overly Dark stuff in the Room of Requirement.
He still wasn’t ready for Ron to find out the kind of Dark magic that he was practicing. Ron had come a long way from the boy he’d been in fourth year, or even the start of fifth, and Harry thought the redhead would probably come around to the necessity with time, but Harry honestly just didn’t have the patience to want to deal with the inevitable friction that would take place until Ron could wrap his head around it.
Harry wasn’t entirely sure if that spoke poorly of him as a friend or if it was more on Ron for being so difficult. Likely it was a combination of the two. Maybe it was another instance of them being poorly suited as friends.
Shortly before curfew, Harry and Ron would return to Gryffindor tower and get ready for bed. They’d usually spend at least a few minutes corresponding with Hermione. Then Harry would typically turn in a little earlier than Ron, which the redhead never questioned since Harry was always up before him.
Once he was sealed behind his curtains, Harry would shadow walk to Cedar Hill and spend few hours doing casting practice with the very Dark spells that he didn’t even much like practicing with Ginny and spending a little time running around as a hellhound with Dante or talking with Kaa. Then it was back to Hogwarts for a solid three and a half hours of sleep before he was getting up to meet Ginny.
Even the weekends didn’t offer much in the way of downtime as he filled most of it with more extracurricular studying and spell practice. He and Blaise usually found a couple of hours to be alone together either in the Room of Requirement or the Chamber of Secrets. Most of that was just spent cuddling and talking about things that they didn’t necessarily want to discuss in front of the others.
Such as the fact that his mum’s eighth husband was still alive and well, a fact that he had thought would make him happy but was instead making him slightly jealous of his mum’s affections, which she’d never genuinely given to anyone but him before.
And through all of that, Dumbledore’s little homework assignment was like a splinter beneath his skin that he could almost forget about until it was irritated again when Dumbledore started sending him disappointed looks across the Great Hall or bumped into him in a corridor and paused to ask how his homework was coming with a genial smile and judgmental eyes.
It was the second week of April when Harry finally decided that he’d had enough. He was going to get that damn memory out of Slughorn if he had to hold him at wandpoint!
Since Slughorn never lingered after Harry’s potion classes, Harry excused himself from his friends during a free period and waited outside the potions classroom for a third year class to leave. As soon as they were all gone, Harry stepped into the room and closed the door, casting a silent locking charm at it, then faced Slughorn, who was at his desk, looking through a pile of essays.
“Good afternoon, Professor,” he greeted amiably.
The man started and looked up, his eyes widening when he saw Harry. “Oh, Harry my boy! Well, this is unexpected!” He stood from his seat and started toward the other door out of the classroom. “I’d love to stay and chat, but I’m afraid I’m in quite a hurry-”
Before Slughorn could reach the door, Harry’s magic lashed out, slamming the door closed and locking it as well.
Slughorn stopped in his tracks and paled several shades as he slowly turned to look at Harry. “Ah… Oh, right. Was there… something you needed?” he asked with a sickly smile.
Harry sighed impatiently. “I need that memory, Professor.”
“Well now…” Slughorn stammered. “That’s not… I mean, it’s… None of your business, frankly! You can’t just go around demanding people give up their memories!”
“It’s important,” Harry said as patiently as he could manage when the man was honestly brassing him off. “Professor, I know that you didn’t mean any harm in telling Riddle what you did. He was just a student that seemed to be curious. You couldn’t have known what he would do with the information. You couldn’t have known that he would grow up to be a Dark Lord.”
Slughorn was nodding along, clearly approving of Harry’s framing.
“But, sir,” Harry said coaxingly, “the exact content of the information that you gave Riddle might hold the clue to defeating him now. That memory could be instrumental in ending the war.”
Harry’s magic was working just as hard as his words to convince Slughorn, pressing at him in the way that it’d done with the Inquisitorial Squad the previous year. Harry had no idea if it was capable of really affecting an occluded mind, but it was definitely worth a try.
After a moment of indecision, Slughorn seemed to deflate. “All right,” he said very quietly. He took a deep breath, met Harry’s eyes, and spoke more clearly. “All right, Harry. I…” he shook his head. “You’ve made your point.” He summoned an empty phial from a cupboard across the room, then placed his wand to his temple and closed his eyes. A few moments later, the silver strand of memory was pulled free and placed within the phial.
Slughorn stared at the memory for a long moment, his expression shamed. “I hope that you don’t think too poorly of me when you’ve seen it, my boy.”
Harry crossed the distance between them slowly, so as not to startle the man. He held out his hand and Slughorn reluctantly handed over the phial. “I won’t judge you for trusting Tom Riddle, sir,” he said sincerely, “but I do think more highly of you for letting me have this. You’ve really helped the war effort.”
Slughorn smiled weakly and patted Harry firmly on the shoulder. “You’re a generous soul, Harry. You’re much like your mother in that way.” Then he turned toward the door once more, and it opened easily under his hand. He closed the door behind himself without looking at Harry again.
Relieved that that was finally over and exasperated by how annoying the entire endeavor had been, Harry made his way directly up to the headmaster’s office to deliver the damn memory.
When he knocked on Dumbledore’s door, he almost immediately heard the whoosh of flame that signaled the phoenix’s departure. A moment of silence followed before Dumbledore called, “Come in, Harry.”
The old man regarded him questioningly as Harry closed the door behind him and Harry just lifted the phial of memory in explanation.
Dumbledore’s eyes immediately brightened. “You’ve got it! Excellent, my dear boy. I knew that I could count on you.” He moved quickly around his desk, taking the pensieve out of it’s cabinet and pouring the memory in at once.
Harry entered the memory with Dumbledore, very curious to see whether this memory would live up to the hype. Could it really be as important as Dumbledore had suggested?
The memory began much as the false one had, with the Slugclub dinner party. This time, Slughorn told Riddle that he expected him to be minister within fifteen or twenty years, and Riddle replied that he didn’t think politics would suit him, which Harry found interesting. He wondered what Riddle had been planning for his future at this point in his life if not something political.
Then Slughorn dismissed everyone and Riddle lingered behind to ask his question. Slughorn seemed immediately uncomfortable with the topic, but he didn’t try to shut it down, instead sort of hedging. He eventually settled on giving him general sort of information on the topic.
Harry did his best not to shudder as Slughorn explained how horcruxes worked. Splitting the soul and stashing pieces away so that the rest couldn’t move on if you died. Even though Harry already understood all of that, hearing it now that he knew what became of those who died with broken souls… It lent a new depth of horror to the situation.
It was clear that Riddle had more than an academic curiosity for the topic, which Slughorn obviously picked up on as the conversation progressed. He tried to dissuade Riddle while not acknowledging that he suspected anything untoward in Riddle’s motives. Riddle meanwhile did his best to rein in his obviously burning excitement for his answers in order to wheedle more from the increasingly wary man.
It was a delicate dance that Riddle performed very well, suggesting that he was, indeed, highly suited to politics as this point in his life.
Then Riddle begins pushing for answers on whether more pieces wouldn’t be better. Rather than one horcrux, what if you had six? A seven-part soul. Since seven was the most powerful magical number and all.
Slughorn was clearly horrified by the suggestion and finally seemed truly spooked about the whole conversation. He practically begged Riddle to convince him that they were speaking only in hypotheticals.
The conversation did not last much longer as Riddle provided the requested assurance and Slughorn told him to keep the whole conversation confidential.
As they left the memory, Harry found himself feeling more than a little ill. Voldemort was an evil man who had destroyed many lives and caused so much pain. He deserved his fate in Hell. But Tom Riddle had just been a kid. Too smart and too ambitious for his own good. He’d not had resources like Harry to purchase dozens of illegal books about any topic he found interesting so that he could properly understand the dangers inherent in some forms of magic.
Harry found it incredibly sad that no one had recognized Riddle’s potential and taken him under their wing. It truly didn’t seem that anyone had even tried to help the poor orphan despite his genius intellect and his powerful magic and even his angelic good-looks.
Then again, Harry was a legitimate heir of his own family and his parents had had many friends. Harry was the freaking Boy-Who-Lived and even he had only a single person who’d ever really tried to be a parental-figure to him — and even then not until he was nearly grown. Mrs. Weasley put in some effort when he was immediately at hand, but that was all. Remus was a vaguely responsible uncle-type figure, who also seemed to ignore Harry’s existence if they weren’t physically close. Dumbledore had only ever stepped into the mentorship role to further his own ends. Harry did not believe the man had ever truly cared for him. He certainly hadn’t put any time into it beyond what was convenient.
“I have been hoping for this piece of evidence for a very long time,” Dumbledore said, drawing Harry’s attention back to him. “It confirms the theory on which I have been working. It tells me that I am right, and also how very far there is still to go. I am sure you understood the significance of what we just heard. At the same age as you are now, give or take a few months, Tom Riddle was doing all the could to find out how to make himself immortal.”
Harry swallowed down bile as he nodded. “Yeah,” he whispered. He couldn’t imagine fearing death that strongly, but then Harry knew for a fact that there was an afterlife. And he had some idea of what to expect of it. “Do you think that he really made seven of them? Or six, for seven total soul parts?”
Dumbledore nodded, “You heard Voldemort. What he particularly wanted from Horace was an opinion on what would happen to the wizard who created more than one Horcrux. What would happen to the wizard so determined to evade death that he would be prepared to murder many times. Rip his soul repeatedly, so as to store it in many, separately concealed horcruxes. No book would have given him that information. As far as I know — as far, I am sure, as Voldemort knew — no wizard had ever done more than tear his soul in two.”
Dumbledore paused for a moment of thought, then said, “Four years ago, I received what I considered certain proof Voldemort had split his soul.”
“The diary,” Harry said gravely.
Dumbledore inclined his head in a solemn nod.
Harry took a slow breath at the confirmation of his own conclusions. “Then I’ve already killed him once.”
Dumbledore let a long moment of silence pass as the weight of that declaration settled over them. “What intrigued and alarmed me the most was that that diary had been intended as a weapon as much as a safeguard,” he said at last.
“And why would he be so careless with a horcrux unless he had plenty more,” Harry finished the thought.
“I did not wish to believe it, but nothing else seemed to make sense,” Dumbledore agreed.
“If it had worked as intended,” Harry mused, “the horcrux would have taken Ginny’s soul and been fully alive. I sort of wonder if it wasn’t Voldemort’s way of trying to create an heir. Another, younger version of himself.”
“Perhaps,” Dumbledore allowed, “but even with a living horcrux in the form of an heir, Voldemort would not have been satisfied. He could not have secured the horcrux well enough to truly assure his immortality. And given what you told me two years ago of Voldemort’s statement to his Death Eaters. ‘I, who have gone further than anybody along the path that leads to immortality.’ I thought I knew what that meant, though the Death Eaters did not. He was referring to his horcruxes, Harry. Plural.
“You heard him in that memory. ‘Wouldn’t it be better, make you stronger, to have your soul in more pieces… isn’t seven the most powerfully magical number…’ Yes, I think the idea of a seven-part soul would greatly appeal to Lord Voldemort.”
Harry nodded, unable to refute the statement.
“Lord Voldemort undoubtedly considered existence as a bodiless wraith infinitely preferable to death,” Dumbledore said, “but I suspect that he was very wrong in that.”
“Pain beyond pain,” Harry recalled. “Forcing himself to continue existing minute by minute.” He shook his head. “For what? Thirteen years?”
“Indeed,” Dumbledore said, and Harry got the sense that he was pleased by Harry’s conclusion.
“A horrible way to exist,” Harry said, “But it is probably preferable to death for the truly evil,” he added softly.
Dumbledore tipped his head curiously. “Why do you say that?”
“The afterlife would be far worse for an evil person,” Harry said with confidence. “I think he’s been right to avoid it at all costs.”
“Oh? Do you believe in Heaven and Hell then, my boy?” Dumbledore asked curiously.
Harry nodded and tried not to snort. It really went beyond mere spiritual beliefs for him. “Don’t you?”
Dumbledore seemed to consider his response before explaining, “I believe that, to the well-ordered mind, death is but the next great adventure.”
Harry couldn’t help lifting a skeptical eyebrow. That sounded to Harry an awful lot like something a particularly optimistic villain would say. “I believe there are consequences for the choices that people make in life,” he said firmly. “The evil will be punished and the good will be rewarded.” He kept it to himself that he was less certain that this applied to him, as the devil’s son. The happiness of his afterlife probably depended a lot more on making peace with his father than his actions in life.
Though he did plan to do everything in his power to ensure that there was no chance that he ended up landing in Hell as a collection of broken pieces.
Dumbledore seemed to muse on Harry’s words. “I see. Well, I suppose only time will tell which of us is right.” He smiled a small, kind smile before going on. “As to Voldemort’s horcruxes, we can expect that he made six. You have already destroyed one, as have I.” And he glanced down at his blackened hand.
Harry’s breath caught at the implication. “The ring,” he said, recalling that Dumbledore had been wearing it shortly after his hand was damaged. Perhaps it had taken him some time to figure out how to remove it?
“Marvolo’s ring,” Dumbledore agreed. “And a terrible curse there was upon it, too. Had it not been — forgive me the lack of seemly modesty — for my own prodigious skill, and for Professor Snape’s timely action when I returned to Hogwarts, desperately injured, I might not have lived to tell the tale.”
And how many secrets would the old bastard have taken to his grave, Harry couldn’t help but reflect.
“However, a withered hand does not seem an unreasonable exchange for a seventh of Voldemort’s soul. The ring is no longer a horcrux.”
Harry nodded slowly, but as his magic reached out to the cursed hand, he did not believe that that was all Dumbledore had sacrificed. This curse was still going to kill him. It was not fully contained in the hand as he seemed to want to convey. Harry considered pressing the matter, but he doubted that it would make any difference in Dumbledore’s plans even if he did make him admit it. And Harry would rather not let Dumbledore know that Harry’s magic was able to figure that out.
“As you know, for many years I have made it my business to discover as much as I can about Voldemort’s past life. I have traveled widely, visiting those places he once knew. I stumbled across the ring hidden in the ruin of the Gaunts’ house. It seems that once Voldemort had succeeded in sealing a piece of his soul inside it, he did not want to wear it anymore. He hid it, protected by many powerful enchantments, in the shack where his ancestors had once lived, never guessing that I might one day take the trouble to visit the ruin, or that I might be keeping an eye open for traces of magical concealment.
“However, we should not congratulate ourselves too heartily. You destroyed the diary and I the ring, but if we are right in our theory of a seven-part soul, four horcruxes remain.”
Dumbledore went on to explain his theory that Voldemort likely gathered artifacts of the other Hogwarts founders for more of his horcruxes, excluding Gryffindor, who had no real artifacts left beyond the Sword, which they had and which was not a horcrux. He believed that the sixth horcrux was likely Nagini.
Dumbledore believed that Voldemort had intended to use Harry’s death to make his final horcrux, but since that hadn’t worked out, he suspected that Voldemort had likely thought of using Nagini.
Harry did have to stop and wonder if Voldemort had actually started a ritual before trying to kill Harry. Interrupted rituals often had adverse consequences. That could very well be the explanation for the unusual connection that seemed to exist between them. He would have to do more research on the actual method of creating horcruxes to see if he could puzzle it out.
“I have, of course, continued my search for the remaining horcruxes,” Dumbledore went on. “I think, perhaps, I may be close to finding another one. There are hopeful signs.”
“Where?” Harry wondered.
“It’s not yet time to share that, I don’t think. But when I do find it, I would like for you to come along to retrieve it.”
Harry blinked. “Really?”
Dumbledore smiled and nodded. “Yes. I think you’ve earned the right to be part of this search.”
Harry looked away, hoping he only looked like he was thinking about it, but that had been the most blatant lie Dumbledore had probably ever told him. It wasn’t totally false. Maybe Dumbledore did think Harry had a right to take part. But that was more of an excuse than the true explanation.
Harry wasn’t sure what the true reason was, and he wasn’t going to push it — he’d rather not make it that obvious that Dumbledore couldn’t successfully lie to him. He wondered if this wasn’t just Dumbledore’s way of getting ready to pass the torch, so to speak. He was dying, after all, and these lessons made it clear that Dumbledore expected Harry to pick up the task of hunting down the horcruxes.
“Okay, then,” Harry agreed. “I’d like to come.” He was somewhat doubtful of how much Dumbledore actually planned to tell him — the man was damnably determined to continue keeping his secrets despite that curse and the dangerous nature of this work that might end his life even sooner — but Harry did want to kill Voldemort, so he would take whatever Dumbledore was willing to give him in the way of information.
“Do you think he knows?” Harry wondered. “That we’ve destroyed two pieces of his soul already?”
“No, I don’t believe he does. I think that Lord Voldemort is now so immersed in evil, and these crucial parts of himself have been detached for so long, he does not feel as we do. Perhaps, at the point of death, he might be aware of his loss…”
Harry could not help but think that if that was true, then Voldemort had truly destroyed himself.
“He was not aware, for instance, that the diary had been destroyed until he forced the truth out of Lucius Malfoy. When Voldemort discovered that the diary had been mutilated and robbed of all its powers, I am told that his anger was terrible to behold.”
Harry supposed that Snape had passed on that story. He wondered if that experience was part of what had pushed Lucius toward turning traitor.
“Though his soul may be damaged beyond repair, my boy, never forget that his mind and magic are all too intact. It will take uncommon skill and power to kill a wizard like Voldemort even without his horcruxes.”
“I suspect that’s why it has to be me,” Harry said grimly, thinking of how much work he’d been putting into becoming a better dueler this year. At least his magic had seemed much less volatile this year with all the exercise it was getting.
“You are a very powerful wizard, Harry,” Dumbledore agreed, “but do not lose track of the fact that magical might alone will not be enough. You have a power that Voldemort has never had.”
“Love,” Harry said with some skepticism. Not that he didn’t value his ability to love and the people that he loved. It just seemed somewhat lackluster as a weapon.
“Yes, Harry. You can love,” Dumbledore agreed. “Which, given everything that has happened to you, is a great and remarkable thing. You remarked yourself on how similar your upbringing has been to Voldemort’s. And yet where he grew cold and bitter and selfish, closing himself off from any affectionate connection, you never fail to seek it. You have, multiple times, risked your life for your friends and loved ones. That is something that Voldemort would not be capable of doing. It is an impulse that he would not even be capable of understanding. You don’t seem to realize how unusual you are, Harry.”
Harry frowned as the considered it. “I have noticed how many people don’t seem willing to risk themselves for others,” he admitted quietly. “Even those they claim to love.” It honestly baffled him.
Dumbledore dipped his head in agreement, then began expositing the self-fulfilling nature of the prophecy. That Voldemort had given it power by believing in it. By acting on it.
And that gave Harry so much hope with regard to the other prophecy about him. Maybe it would be possible for him to ignore that one into non-existence. If God had any mercy for Harry at all — which he was not sure that He did — he hoped that He would answer this one prayer. Let that prophecy not come true.
In comparison to that prophecy, this one with Voldemort didn’t seem all that dire.
“It is essential that you understand this, Harry. By attempting to kill you, Voldemort himself singled out the remarkable person who sits here in front of me as his downfall. Despite all of your considerable magical power and despite your ability to gather friends in the most unlikely of places, you have never considered joining Voldemort. Even when he made the offer more than once.”
“He offered a truce last time. In the Ministry,” Harry admitted.
“And were you tempted to take the offer?” Dumbledore asked.
“No. I was still covered in Hermione’s blood. He’d shown me what they did to her parents… And after what had happened to Mr. Weasley… No. I wasn’t tempted.”
Dumbledore smiled proudly. “That is my point precisely, Harry. You are protected by your ability to love! The only protection that can possibly work against the lure of power like Voldemort’s!”
Harry did have to wonder what it said about Dumbledore that he truly believed that one needed an ability to love to not join Voldemort. In Dumbledore’s mind, power seemed to be the ultimate lure, which seemed odd to Harry. Surely there were plenty of normal people who wouldn’t rate any amount of power as being worth regular exposure to the cruciatus curse? Or a willingness to kill innocent people?
Regardless of Dumbledore’s questionably oriented moral compass, however, Harry did think that his own ability to love was more of a motivation than a “power”, but Dumbledore was probably just grasping at the wording of the prophecy. Harry personally believed that the “power the Dark Lord knows not” was more to do with Harry’s bloodline and related abilities than it was the fact that he could resist the temptation to join Voldemort because he loved people.
Dumbledore went on to explain the way that he saw the prophecy. That, by believing in it, Voldemort would continue to seek Harry’s destruction. And that, as a result, Harry could do nothing but try to defeat Voldemort. And in the end, one of them would have to end up killing the other. Voldemort’s attempt to subvert the prophecy was what had empowered it. If he’d just ignored it, Harry would have grown up with his mum and James, probably a pretty happy childhood with parents who loved him, and if Voldemort had left the people Harry cared about alone, Harry may well have returned the favor.
It was impossible to really speculate with so many variables, but Harry did like Dumbledore’s estimation of things, if only because it gave him hope regarding the other prophecy.
Notes:
Sorry to be posting this a day later than I had hoped. I got really busy yesterday and spent half the day baking. The results were delicious though, and I found a few new recipes to add to my collection, so I have no regrets.
Regardless! Harry has finally gotten the memory. I would love to hear your thoughts on this chapter!
Chapter 50: Year Six - part 20
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Aragog
A couple of weeks after Harry got the memory from Slughorn, Harry received a letter from Hagrid. Apparently, Aragog had died and he was inviting Harry and Ron to a funeral for the acromantula.
Ron had been horrified by the mere idea, but Harry had felt that funerals were less about the deceased and more about supporting the loved ones left behind. And so Harry had used a combination of logic and guilt to convince Ron to accompany him to Hagrid’s hut for the funeral.
That was how they found themselves, just before dusk, making their way down to Hagrid’s hut to attend a funeral for a spider who had once tried to eat them.
“You came,” Hagrid greeted them, eyes red from crying, huge handkerchief clutched in his hand. “Knew I could count on you two.” He turned and moved back into the hut and Harry gave Ron a speaking look since they definitely would not have been here if it were up to Ron.
Ron cringed a little, but nodded as he followed Hagrid inside, looking around warily as though he thought the giant spider corpse might be inside.
“He’d have been touched you’re here,” Hagrid was going on as Harry closed the door behind them.
“Where are we burying him?” Harry asked warily. “The forest?” He wasn’t all that crazy about Ron going into the forest at night to be honest, but he was sure that he could protect him if necessary.
“Blimey, no,” Hagrid dismissed at once, wiping at his streaming eyes. “The other spiders won’t let me anywhere near their webs now Aragog’s gone. Turns out it was only on his orders that they didn’t eat me! Can you believe that?”
Harry made an effort to look sympathetic rather than exasperated while Ron, standing out of Hagrid’s eye line, looked plainly incredulous.
“Never been an area of the forest I couldn’t go before! It wasn’t easy getting Aragog’s body out of there, I can tell you — they usually eat their dead, see. But I wanted to give him a nice burial. A proper send-off.”
Harry nodded sympathetically and charitably didn’t point out that Hagrid’s decision to bring Aragog a mate had endangered a lot of people and created a portion of the forest that no one would be able to enter without serious risk. With the somewhat civilized hive leader dead, the spiders would probably continue to increase their numbers and grow their territory until they were at all out war with the centaurs and possibly until the Ministry had to step in when they started snatching students right off the grounds.
Well, scolding Hagrid wouldn’t help at this point and this certainly wouldn't be the time for it anyway.
“I thought we could put him to rest here,” Hagrid said, pointing out a window at the back of the hut. “Just beyond the pumpkin patch. I’ve already dug the… you know… grave.” He paused to sniffle as Harry moved closer to see the giant spider lying in the garden, eight hairy legs all curled up in death. “Just thought we’d say a few nice things over him… Happy memories, you know…”
Hagrid was obviously a bit drunk. His breath smelled strongly, as did the open bottle of fire whiskey still sitting on the table. He sobbed a few times and blew his nose loudly, then turned toward the back garden. “Shall we… shall we do it, then?”
Harry reached up as high as he could to give Hagrid a pat on his back in sympathy as they stepped outside.
Ron took one look at the dead spider, went very pale, and turned his back on it.
“Er, Hagrid,” Harry said carefully. “Maybe Ron should wait for us inside. He’s not very comfortable around spiders.”
Hagrid sniffled, but he nodded. “That’s fine. It’s not everyone who appreciates how beautiful they are. Means a lot that you came anyway, Ron,” he allowed.
Ron wasted no time in darting back into the hut and slamming the door closed.
Harry smiled a little after his squeamish friend before giving Hagrid his attention again.
The half giant hefted the massive spider and knelt at the edge of the hole before dropping him in with a horrible crunching sound. He then began sobbing again.
Harry hesitated, then took a step closer to the hole, looking down at the murderous beast and feeling nothing but a vague concern for what his absence from the forest would mean for the rest of the nest, he worked to dredge up something sympathetic to say for Hagrid’s sake. “Goodbye, Aragog,” he began. “You were a loyal friend to Hagrid. You’ll be dearly missed.” At least by Hagrid.
Harry couldn’t think of anything else to say, so he just looked at Hagrid hopefully.
“Here, here!” Hagrid managed to sniffle. “Thanks, Harry. That was real nice.” He then lost himself in sobs for a good while.
Harry tried to politely wait him out, but when it became apparent that that was going to take a long time, Harry finally moved to his side to help the giant back to his feet. “Come on, now, Hagrid. Let’s go back inside,” he encouraged, using far more strength than a human his size should have been capable of to get him up. As expected, Hagrid didn’t notice anything amiss. He often seemed to forget that everyone wasn’t as strong and resilient as him, but that worked to Harry’s favor at the moment.
When they got inside, Harry plopped the huge man down at the table again.
It took a moment, and then Hagrid seemed to remember that he was the host and roused himself enough to gather three of his massive mugs. He then divided the remainder of the whiskey bottle evenly between the three before passing them around.
Ron looked at his mostly full cup with wide eyes, but didn’t hesitate to lift it to his mouth. He grimaced at the taste, but quickly took another drink.
Harry smiled a little at Ron and tried his own. Neither of them had ever had firewhiskey before. Or anything stronger than butterbeer probably. Harry rolled the liquor around on his tongue. It was… potent. Almost astringent. Sharp and bitter for sure. He swallowed it down, not sure how he felt about it until he felt the heat spread all the way down his throat and settle in his stomach. That was… nice. He took another drink and let it slide down his throat right away.
The flavor was a bit much, but the heat of it was lovely.
“I had him from an egg, you know,” Hagrid sniffled into his cup. “Tiny little thing he was when he hatched. About the size of a Pekingese. Used to keep him in a cupboard up at the school until… well…”
Hagrid went on reminiscing with very little encouragement from Harry and Ron as they all drank their firewhiskey with varying degrees of enthusiasm. By Ron’s face, he hated the flavor, but he was determined to drink the whole cup anyway. Harry wasn’t crazy about the flavor himself, but the way it burned down his throat was nice enough that he’d finished the whole cup before he really noticed.
Eventually, Hagrid seemed to notice that their cups were empty and got up to fetch another bottle.
“Thanks, Hagrid, but I think Ron and I had better get back,” Harry interceded as Ron was looking more than a little unsteady and had begun fighting random bursts of giggles. “It’s getting pretty late.”
“Oh. Yeah. You’re right, Harry. You boys go on, then. Thanks again for coming.”
Harry gave Hagrid another pat on the shoulder, then caught Ron as he immediately stumbled on trying to stand.
The walk back to the castle was interesting as Ron couldn’t have walked a straight line to save his life, he seemed to be getting more drunk as they walked, and was entirely reliant on Harry to actually make it to the castle. He didn’t seem to notice as everything made him giggle like a lunatic.
Harry smiled in amusement at his friend even as he assessed his own state. He’d drank just as much as Ron. He felt no different than if he’d had a cup of pumpkin juice. Apart from the funky flavor now living in his mouth. Even Hagrid seemed more effected than Harry by the alcohol.
He decided to file this under an interesting thing to know about himself and otherwise ignore it for now.
When they got back to the castle, Harry cast a silencing charm around them to keep Ron’s giggles from alerting everyone to their wandering after curfew. Harry also reversed their course or took them along alternate routes twice when he heard someone patrolling. Thankfully, Ron was too far gone to even notice what he was doing, much less wonder how.
Harry gave up on the silencing charm as they stumbled through the portrait back into the tower. There were a few people still up, but most didn’t more than give them a curious look. Ginny was sitting alone by the fire until her eyes landed on them and then she gaped. “What’s happened to him then?” she asked as Harry poured his friend onto a free sofa.
Ron landed with a thump and giggled into the pillows.
Harry sighed and sat in an empty armchair. “It seems that Ron is a giggly drunk.”
“He’s drunk?” Ginny demanded. “Where did he get alcohol?”
“A funeral for a giant spider,” Harry deadpanned.
Ginny just stared at him, clearly waiting for a punchline.
“At Hagrid’s.”
“Oh.” She nodded, the world clearly beginning to make sense again.
Harry chuckled a little.
“You didn’t drink?” she wondered.
“It didn’t affect me as much,” Harry casually admitted, because he trusted Ginny quite a lot. “Thankfully one of us was sober enough to get us back.”
Ginny’s eyes widened. “Oh, yeah. I’d heard that powerful wizards didn’t get drunk as easy, but I didn’t know it was true.”
Harry shrugged. “Guess so.” Privately, he was incredibly relieved that there was some kind of precedent for this. He didn’t know if normal “powerful wizards” were virtually immune to alcohol as he seemed to be, but at least it was something. People wouldn’t think it too strange if he didn’t get drunk as easily as those around him.
“Huh,” Ginny said, then looked at her brother again as the redhead laboriously rolled onto his back so that he could stare at the ceiling. She laughed a little. “He’s gone.”
Harry nodded. “If Hagrid ever offers you firewhiskey, try to keep in mind that he’s pouring portions for himself and not for normal people.”
She snickered and shook her head.
Ron lifted one hand over his face and sort of waved it around. “All spinney,” he pronounced.
“Pillock,” Ginny said fondly.
“I’m going to take him up to bed,” Harry decided, standing up again. He tried to coax Ron into standing so that he could put a shoulder under his arm as they had on the way back, but Ron refused to cooperate. Harry finally just threw the larger boy over his shoulder.
Ron immediately erupted into peals of laughter and Harry just shook his head and headed for the dorm, tossing a, “Night, Ginny!” over his shoulder.
He dumped Ron on his bed and pulled off his shoes, then yanked the covers from under him and threw them over him.
Ron was still giggling, but being in his bed seemed to be enough for him to decide that it was time to sleep. He pulled the blanket around his shoulder and rolled over at once, giggles trailing off into incomprehensible mumbles.
Harry just shook his head and made for his own bed. He was honestly glad that he didn’t get drunk. Being that helpless and out of control kind of freaked him out. He’d just as soon avoid it.
He needed a shower and something that tasted better than firewhiskey, but he could get both of those at Cedar Hill, so he didn’t waste any time in sealing his curtains and stepping into the shadows.
Malfoy
The morning after Aragog’s funeral, Ron woke up with a pounding headache and immediately ran to the bathroom. Harry watched sympathetically from the doorway as his friend grew well-acquainted with the toilet. He really got concerned when Ron had declined breakfast and crawled back into bed.
Harry promised to let McGonagall know that he needed a sick day and left him to his misery, a million times more grateful that alcohol didn’t seem to affect him at all.
At lunch, Harry enlisted Dobby to bring Ron some broth and bread when he didn’t turn up to the Great Hall.
After dinner, Harry was on his way to check on Ron when his ears picked up someone crying. It wasn’t entirely unusual in a castle full of so many kids, but this didn’t sound like a homesick first year or a heartbroken girl. This sounded like an older boy, and his sobs sounded so weary that Harry felt a prickle of alarm run up his spine.
He changed course and made his way toward the source of the cries. It turned out to be a loo on the fourth floor.
“I can’t do it,” he sobbed, and Harry tentatively identified the voice.
Pushing the door open, Harry stepped into the room to find Draco slumped against the sink counter, every line of him telegraphing weariness and sorrow. A hot flush of shame burned through Harry at the sight. Draco was a prick, but Harry clearly should have intervened sooner. He’d known all year that Draco was struggling.
Before Harry could even open his mouth, a few things happened very quickly. Myrtle, who seemed to have been Draco’s confidant, squeaked and vanished in terror, and Draco became aware of him. The blond spun around, wand leading. His eyes widened at the sight of Harry and he snarled, “Crucio!”
Harry leaned to his right to avoid the curse as he drew his wand and flicked a silent disarming charm. Draco’s wand flew toward him and Harry snatched it out of the air with his free hand.
Draco just stared for a moment with very wide eyes and a very pale face. Then he just sunk to the floor right where he was standing and curled himself into a ball, obviously trying to muffle renewed sobs in his sleeve.
Harry grimaced faintly and put his own wand away. He averted his eyes from Draco, running a hand through his hair and scratching at the back of his neck. He desperately wanted to toss Draco’s wand at him and just leave, but he couldn’t. Thanks to Lucius, Harry had some responsibility toward Draco, and he hadn’t done great with that so far.
Not that Lucius had ever said that he had to tend to Draco’s mental health, but… Still. Seemed a shitty thing to leave him thinking he would have to face Voldemort this summer, especially since Harry knew that he was not succeeding in his mission.
After a long, supremely awkward moment, Harry blew out a measured breath and walked closer to Draco before sinking down to sit on the floor next to him.
“The torture curse seemed appropriate?” he asked when Draco began to calm down but still did not look at Harry.
Draco sniffled and turned his face away from Harry before lifting it and wiping his sleeve over it. “What do you want, Potter? Just take my wand to Dumbledore and get me expelled.”
“Nah. Here,” Harry offered the wand back.
Draco stared at it as though he was convinced that it was some kind of trick, but when Harry didn’t retract the offer, he very slowly grasped it and pulled tentatively, his frown deepening when Harry let go. Draco just stared at the wand for a long moment before looking back at Harry and demanding. “Why the bloody hell are you being nice to me, Potter? I just tried to curse you!”
Harry shrugged. “Well, I mean… You missed.”
“…missed? But I might not have missed! I was trying to curse you!”
“Malfoy, I dueled Voldemort last summer.”
Draco flinched, but Harry ignored it.
“I’m sorry if you’re not all that intimidating.”
There was another long moment in which Draco seemed to be processing, and then he started to look indignant. “So that’s it? You just face him and now everyone else is just nothing?” And then, as though it just occurred to him, “Is that why you’ve been bloody ignoring me all year?”
Harry wasn’t sure if Draco was the crazy one in this argument or if it was himself, but one of them seemed to have lost the bloody plot. “Er… yes? Sorry?”
Draco just kind of deflated again and Harry felt a little bad once more. “Whatever, Potter. It doesn’t matter. I’m going to die this summer anyway,” he said, so quietly that Harry may not have heard it were he normal, even as close as they were sitting.
Harry felt even worse. Had Draco been spending the whole year thinking that he was counting down the months until his death? Damn. He wasn’t sure if he was going to regret this, but he couldn’t let this go on. “You won’t, actually,” he sighed, drawing his wand and flicking it in silent locking and silencing charms.
Draco looked warily at his wand, then demanded. “Won’t what?”
“You won’t die,” Harry explained. “Your father made a deal with me. You’ll be coming to my place this summer.”
Draco jerked back at the mention of his father. “He… You’re lying. He would never join Dumbledore!”
“I didn’t say he did,” Harry said somewhat irritably. Bloody Hell, why was everyone so convinced that he and Dumbledore were a team? “The deal is with me. Just me. Dumbledore’s got nothing to do with it.”
Draco didn’t look convinced, but he looked slightly less skeptical. “He’d have told me.”
Harry's shoulder twitched in half a shrug, “Maybe he was worried about things getting back to Voldemort,” — Draco flinched again — “so he just wanted to wait as long as possible.”
“I… Even if that was true, Potter, why would you agree to this?”
“Because spies are handy, Malfoy,” Harry drawled.
“My father is spying for you?”
Harry lifted an eyebrow. “To keep you safe from ‘the Dark Lord’, yes,” Harry avoided the dreaded name in deference to Draco’s clearly frayed nerves.
“How are you supposed to keep me safe? You’re the one he is bloody after!”
“I have a warded property where you’ll be safe.”
“You have property?” Draco asked skeptically. “Not Dumbledore or someone else?”
“Just me.”
Draco eyed him skeptically for a moment before looking away and shaking his head. “I still don’t believe this. My father wouldn’t do this without telling me.”
Harry sighed and reached into the expanded pocket where he kept the journal that was linked to Lucius’ journal. He flipped to a blank page and found a quill floating around in the same pocket. He put it to the page and the enchantment on the quill supplied the ink.
He wrote a quick message to Lucius to inform him that he was with Draco, who was suspicious about his claim that they were on the same side.
“What are you doing?” Draco asked suspiciously.
“Asking your father to confirm this for you.”
“My father?” Draco demanded, sliding closer to Harry to see the page. “You’re going to send him a letter? Isn’t that dangerous?”
“This journal is linked to one that your father has,” Harry explained. “He should have already noticed the arrival of the message if he’s got the journal on him.”
Draco just looked more suspicious and Harry rolled his eyes.
Thankfully, Lucius did not seem to have been busy for he began writing moments later.
My son is with you now?
Draco’s breath caught audibly as his father’s flowing script appeared on the page.
Harry quickly replied in the affirmative.
I’ll give him the quill so that you can talk to him directly.
He then passed over the quill to Draco as promised.
The blond took the journal and quill and moved a little away from Harry for a semblance of privacy, which Harry allowed. It’s not as though he couldn’t read the exchange later when he got the journal back.
It took a good five minutes of correspondence before Draco finally offered quill and journal back.
Lucius’ final message seemed to be requesting for Draco to give the journal back to Harry. Then another line began.
Thank you, Mr. Potter, for your assistance.
Harry scribbled a quick. Part of the deal, and closed the journal.
“Satisfied now?” he asked.
Draco nodded to his knees. He appeared very exhausted by all of this. Then again, he looked exhausted most of the time this year.
“Don’t worry, Draco,” Harry smiled, earning him a sharp glance, “You’ll like my place. Are you a fan of camping, by any chance?”
Draco blinked at the question. “Do you mean in the woods?” he asked flatly.
Harry shrugged. “It’s on the edge of the woods. And I have a tent, though you might need to sleep on the couch. It’s not an overly large tent.”
“The couch?” Draco seemed horrified at the mere idea, which did make Harry’s smile widen.
The smile faded as he added, “You know that you have to make everyone think that nothing has changed, right? It could be dangerous for your father if-“
“Don’t bloody well tell me what’s dangerous for my father, Potter!” Draco snapped, suddenly furious. He wrenched himself to his feet and stalked a few paces away, his chest heaving.
Harry rose more slowly, watching Draco with pity. Harry couldn’t imagine the shape that he’d be in if he was expected to leave a loved one in Voldemort’s service while he ran to safety. “I’m sorry,” he ventured warily.
Draco was quiet a moment before speaking hoarsely, “What if they die because I ran away?”
“Your father is smart,” Harry found himself trying to console Draco by complimenting Lucius. Life certainly took unexpected turns. “I’m sure that he’s prepared. And he will come to me for refuge if he and your mother do need to leave.”
Draco sniffled again, and stormed toward the door. He pulled once and nothing happened. “Let me OUT!” he snarled.
Harry quickly released the spells on the door. It had been intended to prevent anyone from coming in, not to contain Draco.
The blond rushed out of the room and nearly slammed directly into Snape of all people.
“Draco…” Snape began, his tone worried, but Draco just pushed past him and kept walking.
Snape’s gaze immediately snapped back to the room Draco had just left and his eyes narrowed on Harry. “Mr. Potter,” he said with carefully banked fury. “What happened to Mr. Malfoy?”
Harry rolled his eyes. “Stress,” he said grumpily. “That was Voldemort’s doing, not mine.”
Snape bared his teeth at Voldemort’s name, but didn’t flinch or yell at Harry for it. He never did anymore. He also looked slightly less murderous at the suggestion that Harry hadn’t been the one to make Draco cry. “Pitying your enemy, Potter?” he drawled.
Harry just sighed and tried not to roll his eyes again. “Draco doesn't even rank among my enemies,” he said truthfully, stepping into Snape’s space to get around him out of the bathroom.
Snape held his ground, but he made no move to actually stop Harry’s leaving. Harry met his eyes when they were nearly chest to chest, daring the man to try something.
Snape merely stared back.
And then Harry was past him and on his way to his dorm again. As he walked, he couldn’t help but privately acknowledge that Snape wasn’t so bad now that he found Harry more frightening than detestable. The man was almost tolerable like this.
Notes:
So Draco is finally in the loop! And I know we've been missing Blaise, but don't worry. The next chapter has a chunky Blaise POV.
Also, I am on a roll with this story right now and things are just picking up steam as we approach the climactic events at the end of the year. We might do weekly updates through the end of sixth year. Or weekly(ish). Next weekend is crazy busy for me, but I'll try to get a chapter posted either Friday morning or Sunday evening (CDT), but it might end up Monday.
Anyway! I'd love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 51: Year Six - part 21
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Blaise
Blaise ran his fingers through Harry’s hair where his head rested in Blaise’s lap. They were in the Chamber of Secrets tonight, spending some time alone together. Harry was so busy all the time with his near-manic quest to make himself a dueler to match the Dark Lord that the time they did spend together was usually distracted.
Tonight wasn’t different, unfortunately. Harry normally put his reading aside when they were taking time to just be together, but tonight he’d almost immediately pulled out a book.
“What are you reading about?” Blaise wondered.
It took Harry a second to pull his attention from the book and focus on Blaise. “Hm?” He blinked. “Oh.” He sighed heavily, then admitted, “Horcruxes.”
Blaise frowned uncertainly. “What’s that?”
“Black magic,” Harry said grimly.
Concern kindled at that pronouncement. Dark magic tended to be violent and dangerous in nature, but “Black” magic in particular was only that which required human sacrifice.
“Voldemort used horcruxes to make himself immortal,” Harry explained without prompting.
Blaise contained the flash of alarm that always came at hearing the name, then spent a moment marveling over the mere fact that Harry knew how the Dark Lord made himself immortal. “How do they work?”
“That’s what I’m reading about,” Harry explained, sitting up and reclining next to Blaise on the overstuffed sofa he’d conjured for them tonight. “Essentially, you break off a piece of your soul by committing a murder. Then you contain the broken piece in an object of some kind. So long as that piece is contained, your soul is trapped in the living world. If you get killed, your soul just floats around until it finds a new place to take up residence. So you can easily be resurrected into a newly made body.”
“That’s…” Blaise was at a loss for words. “Breaking your soul…”
Harry nodded. “Yeah, it’s… He was a fool to tear up his soul.” He was silent a moment before he closed the book and slipped it into his expanded pocket. “I’m sorry that I’ve been distracted tonight. I’ve been trying to track down a book that actually explains how to create a horcrux and I’ve only just found this. It was… expensive,” he added with an almost-wince.
“Are you doing okay for money?” Blaise took the opening to finally ask the question that had been on his mind for months.
Harry sighed. “I’m pretty broke right now, but that’s just my trust vault. As soon as I turn seventeen, I’ll have the whole Potter fortune at my disposal, but right now I’m sort of relying on my investment in the Weasley twins’ shop.”
“How’d you empty your trust vault? Was it all those books you’ve been buying?” Blaise asked with some humor softening his curiosity.
“Well, they’ve not helped. Mostly, it’s the plot of land that I purchased.”
Blaise played that over in his head a couple of times to be sure he was hearing it right before he asked, “You bought land?”
“I need somewhere to live when I’m not here,” Harry shrugged. “I didn’t want to have to count on someone else to provide it anymore. So I bought some land through Gringotts and warded it. And I bought a tent and some supplies for it. It’s… An insurance policy, I guess.”
It struck Blaise all over again how much older than him Harry sometimes seemed. He knew that Harry was actually several months younger than him, but maybe because he grew up without his parents or any caregivers that seemed to like him — or maybe because the Dark Lord kept trying to kill him — Harry just seemed at least a couple of years older. And now he was talking about buying his own place.
Harry’s fingers began to drum on the seat cushion next to him and Blaise realized that his mind was probably still in his book even though he’d put it away. Harry could be extremely single-minded when he was working on something.
“So did you learn anything useful in that book?” he prompted.
Harry nodded immediately. “It’s soul magic rather than necromancy. The murder isn’t actually a part of the ritual. You simply need your soul to be recently fractured by a murder and not yet begun to heal, which I suppose makes it only sort of Black magic?”
“Souls heal?” Blaise couldn’t help but interrupt. He didn’t know of anyone who had delved deeply enough into soul magic to know much about it beyond the fact that your soul was who you truly were. Without the soul, the body had all the autonomy and cunning of a basic golem. There might be faint impressions of the personality that had existed there, but they were only echoes of what was lost.
“Yeah. Love, mercy, kindness… The warm, soft emotions heal a damaged soul over time. Anyway, ideally, the ritual would be carried out with the murder. Probably just to ensure no healing started, not that I think Voldemort probably had to worry about that. I doubt he ever allowed himself much in the way of the softer emotions.”
Harry seemed to easily slip into an almost lecturing tone as he bounced up from his seat and began to pace as he spoke. Blaise made himself comfortable. He loved watching Harry be passionate about anything.
“Voldemort used the ritual after the fact in at least two cases that I know of,” he went on, “but I think if he actually planned ahead of time to kill someone — an important enemy — he would have wanted to do it as precisely as possible. On the other hand, if he’s killing the enemy in enemy territory, would he have risked it? Or would he have just planned to do it as soon as he got back to wherever he was staying?” He paced in silence for a long moment before nodding to himself, “Probably the latter. He was cocky, but he didn’t take unnecessary risks. It’s why he was winning the war.
“So he would have been prepared to use the ritual, but I don’t think that anything actually got interrupted when he failed to kill me.”
Blaise felt a surge of alarm crash through him as he processed that and he missed whatever Harry said next. “Wait, you?” he interrupted. “You think he tried to create one of these when he killed you?”
Harry paused and turned to look at him, brow furrowed as though he wasn’t sure what had upset Blaise. “…yes?” he answered hesitantly.
Blaise stared at him a moment, then sighed. He loved Harry dearly, but the bloke could be an idiot at times. He opened his mouth, then closed it again when he realized that he wasn’t sure what to say. Instead, he just crossed the distance between them and pulled Harry into a tight hug. Harry’s arms wrapped around him as gently as always. As though Blaise was incredibly fragile and Harry was terrified of damaging him.
“Are you okay?” Harry asked cautiously after a moment.
Blaise smiled a little and pressed a kiss to Harry’s temple. “It’s hard to think about all the ways you’ve nearly died in your life,” he admitted.
Harry squeezed him a little more firmly. “But I didn’t die,” he promised. “I’m okay.”
Blaise did his best to let himself be comforted by that. Merlin, at this point, he wasn’t even sure if his life made sense without Harry in it. He really didn’t want to try to figure out what his future would look like if Harry wasn’t a part of it.
Eventually, Blaise made himself let go of Harry and give his betrothed his space. “Sorry,” he said as he drew back, feeling a little clingy.
Harry just caught his hand and smiled at him. “Never apologize for caring about me,” he admonished.
And damn Harry’s ability to melt Blaise’s brain with a smile and completely sincere remark. Blaise lifted Harry’s hand so that he could press a kiss to it, then tried to get back on track. Harry had been on a bit of a roll and Blaise had interrupted him.
“So, you were saying… The Dark Lord tried to create one of these soul container things when he tried to kill you? You mean, when you were a baby?”
Harry nodded, eyes going distant with thought again. “Yes. I’ve been trying to figure out if his failure to do so might have had any side effects. There is,” he glanced at Blaise from the corner of his eye for a moment, “…a strange connection between us. I can sometimes feel his emotional extremes. And he’s been able to send visions directly into my mind even over great distances.”
“He what?”
Harry grimaced and shrugged.
Blaise worked to stay calm. Harry wasn’t going to want to tell him things if he thought Blaise couldn’t handle hearing them. Blaise was already well aware of Harry’s self-sacrificing nature. He’d bottle up every thought and worry if he believed doing so would benefit the people he cared about. “So you think that the interrupted ritual could have created the connection?”
“Possibly,” Harry sighed, starting to pace again as he ran a hand through his hair. “But it doesn’t seem to make sense that he would have tried to start the ritual while he was there. It would make more sense for him to go home and do it right afterward.”
“But there has to be some explanation for that connection,” Blaise reasoned.
Harry nodded. “Dumbledore told me that it was something to do with the backfired killing curse itself — and I don’t trust Dumbledore in general — but it isn’t impossible. The Killing Curse is soul magic as well. Unfortunately, there aren’t any written accounts that I know of in which a Killing Curse backfired, much less that both parties would have survived, so there’s no precedent at all for what might happen because of it.”
“Okay…” Blaise said slowly, trying to reason out the possibilities without getting hung up on the fact that they were talking about how these horrible things affected Harry and not just as academic curiosity. “So maybe we can’t know too much about what the Killing Curse might have caused, but what if it was the the other… what did you call it?”
“Horcrux.”
“Right. What if the horcrux thing did go wrong. Is there any precedent for that?”
“I don’t think so,” Harry sighed. “Not that I have been able to find. I don’t think there have ever been many people who were bold enough or stupid enough to push these kinds of magicks as far as Voldemort has done.” He closed his eyes as he continued to pace, his balance apparently not at all affected. “Okay, so if we just reason through the magic involved… The Killing Curse works by violently separating the connection between the body and soul. The soul, ordinarily, crosses through the veil and moves on to the afterlife once it is untethered. The body ceases to function because of how violently the soul is torn out — unlike a dementor’s Kiss, which typically leaves the body functioning.
“The curse must have actually touched me, since I’ve got this curse scar,” he rubbed at his forehead briefly. “It reflected back on Voldemort and killed him instead…” He paced silently for a moment. “I don’t know why that would have created any kind of connection between us… I can’t completely rule it out, but it seems so unlikely…”
“What about the horcrux ritual?” Blaise prompted when Harry seemed lost in his thoughts.
Harry sighed and opened his eyes, but they remained distant as he paced. “The ritual works by moving a broken piece of your soul into an outside container that will hold it within the living realm. If it was interrupted, I suppose the most likely result would be that soul piece being detached from you but not protected within it’s new container.
“I’m not sure what that would mean for the soul piece. If the host soul can exist within this realm without a container, then the other pieces should as well. Theoretically, it would just float free until no other soul parts remained tethered. And then it would move on with the rest… The question is whether it would have any autonomy. Voldemort spent over a decade searching for a way to regain a body. Would this soul piece — or any others that had their containers destroyed for that matter — have the ability to search for a new body? I mean, that’s exactly what the diary did, but it was in a container…”
Blaise wasn’t following one hundred percent of Harry’s rambled monologue, but he didn’t want to interrupt with a bunch of questions. He could sort of guess from context anyway. “Could it…” Blaise hesitated before venturing the worst case scenario that he was able to imagine from what he was understanding, “Could it have attached itself to you in the aftermath of the Killing Curse?”
Harry’s face twisted with what looked to be an immediate dismissal of the possibility, but then he stopped walking and his expression smoothed into consideration. Slowly, something like dawning horror began to spread across his face. “I…” he closed his mouth and swallowed hard. His hand came up to rub at the scar on his forehead. “I was just a baby,” he said quietly. “I wouldn’t have had any ability to notice what was happening. If it tried to take over my body, my magic would have fought it, I’m sure, but…” His eyes flicked around without focusing on anything as he considered.
Finally, he brought a hand to his mouth in an expression of abject horror. “It… It would make sense,” he said at last. “If my magic contained the soul shard so that it couldn’t influence me, but if I grew up with that piece nestled in right next to my own soul… I… Hell, I don’t know for certain that it would cause the kind of connection that we have, but it definitely could.”
Slowly, Harry sank down to sit right there on the floor.
Alarmed, Blaise hurried over to Harry and knelt on the floor at his side. He cautiously placed a hand on Harry’s knee, but tried to let him work through what it might mean if this was true.
Harry
Harry’s mind spun around the idea that this could be the answer. He might actually have a piece of Voldemort’s soul inside of him. He was certain that his magic wouldn’t allow such a thing to happen to him now, but when he was a baby? That seemed all too likely.
If it had been there that long…
Hell, he didn’t want to think about this at all, but avoidance had never fixed anything.
He tried to remain rational about it. He could freak out later. Right now, he needed to try to figure out if it was true.
It could certainly cause a connection that would pass emotions through. As for the visions… He’d had the one that Voldemort had sent to lure him to the Ministry. There was also the vision in which Mr. Weasley was killed…
Oh… Voldemort hadn’t sent that one intentionally, Harry was sure. There was little to no tactical benefit to it. Sort of the opposite actually. But that one hadn’t come from Voldemort. He’d been in Nagini’s mind. Nagini, who Dumbledore thought was a horcrux.
Harry pressed his palm to his mouth again, fighting a sudden surge of nausea. That was… probably as close to a confirmation as he was likely to get.
“What would it mean if it was true?” Blaise asked softly.
Harry risked a glance at Blaise’s eyes. He looked worried, but not disgusted, thank God. Harry looked away again anyway. Just in case Blaise changed his mind about that. He wasn’t sure that he could handle watching it happen. Instead, he turned his attention to the question he had posed. “It would make me a horcrux. It would mean that Voldemort couldn’t be permanently killed so long as I live.” He considered briefly and amended. “So long as I remain in the living world.” Because he knew that he could step through the veil into Hell whenever he chose.
He just didn’t know if he’d be able to get back. But he could certainly take that soul shard with him.
Blaise’s hand tightened on his knee and Harry glanced up again. He froze when he saw the look on Blaise’s face. He looked… terrified.
“Shit,” Harry whispered before pulling Blaise into his lap and holding him tightly. “I’ll figure something out. Don’t worry. It’ll be okay.”
Blaise held Harry very tight, his face buried in Harry’s hair. “Don’t even think about dying over this, Harry, or so help me, I will follow you.”
That threat had the effect Blaise no doubt intended. The idea of dying — or losing his ability to enter the living world, or whatever it meant for him — was not nearly as frightening as the idea of Blaise dying. Even if Harry couldn’t be with him, he didn’t want Blaise to die. Especially because he’d almost certainly end up in Heaven, which was great for Blaise, but meant they’d never see each other again.
Harry gently pushed Blaise away from him enough that he could meet his eyes. “We’ll figure something out,” he promised.
Blaise kissed him hard and then hugged Harry tightly once more.
As Harry held him, gently rubbing his back in hopes of calming his fears, he found himself wondering if Dumbledore knew. Was that why he was so hesitant to tell Harry anything about horcruxes? For fear of him figuring it out?
Of course, Dumbledore could have figured it out just as Harry had. Surely, the man had done as much research into Horcruxes as Harry had done once he began to suspect that Voldemort had created even one of them. Harry’s “episode” with Voldemort getting into his head last Christmas must have been a confirmation for him. And then what happened with Hermione and the Ministry would have just been further proof.
And, it occurred to Harry, if he was counting on Harry sacrificing himself to defeat Voldemort when the time was right, it would be the power of Harry’s love that would drive him to do that.
Harry felt his stomach turn again as he accepted it as truth that Dumbledore was planning for Harry to die. Maybe by his own hand. More likely by Voldemort’s given the prophecy.
Harry’s magic was only marginally soothed by having Blaise in his arms as it really sunk in that Dumbledore wanted him dead. Not immediately, perhaps, but he rather doubted the man would be all that put out if Harry was killed ahead of schedule. Harry had always worried about Voldemort and his followers trying to kill him at Hogwarts — at least since the first attempt on his life when his broom was cursed in first year — but knowing that Dumbledore also wanted him dead made life at the castle suddenly seem much more perilous. His magic wasn’t going to relax again so long as he was in the castle, Harry didn’t think.
He turned his head to press his cheek against Blaise’s chest and breathed in his scent, silently giving more serious thought to just not coming to Hogwarts next year.
Acromantula
In the weeks following his revelation, Harry was grateful to receive no summons from Dumbledore. Discerning that he was very likely a horcrux was troubling enough. Concluding that Dumbledore was almost certainly plotting Harry’s death was something else entirely
With thoughts like that in his head, Harry was almost grateful when rumors of acromantula sightings on school grounds began to circulate in early June. According to rampant rumor, a first year Slytherin was nearly snatched right off school grounds when a spider tried to grab him after he wandered too near the forest. Apparently, it was only the quick spellwork of an upper year Slytherin that saved him.
Blaise confirmed the rumors, having heard about it first hand in the Slytherin common room. Apparently, the Slytherins had issued internal orders that no one was to wander anywhere near the forest. The other houses seemed to have varying degrees of belief that there was a danger.
Harry made his way down to Hagrid’s hut immediately after Blaise confirmed the rumors, and the half giant welcomed him inside as warmly as ever.
“Hagrid, I’ve heard that the acromantula have been venturing right up to school grounds. One of them almost snatched a first year,” Harry said while Hagrid fussed about with the teapot.
“Well, it’s true they’ve been a mite restless,” Hagrid conceded. “They’ve got to choose a new leader, see? It’s been stressful on them.”
“But, Hagrid, if they’re endangering students…”
“Well, I wouldn’t say they’re a danger. It’s true that one came near the grounds, but that seventh year chased him off easy enough. He didn’t try to grab anyone, I don’t think.”
“But…”
“It’ll be fine, Harry. Don’t you worry,” Hagrid gently chastised. “They’ll be sorted out soon enough.”
Harry suppressed the urge to scream. Hagrid was a good man at heart, but he could be damnably oblivious about the frailty of ordinary humans.
They spoke of more mundane topics, such as Harry’s classes, for a little while before Harry took his leave. Walking back up to the castle, Harry gave some consideration to telling McGonagall or even Dumbledore about his fears and trying to get them to do something, but he dismissed the idea before he even reached the castle. Hagrid had known about the incident. No doubt Dumbledore did as well.
But since when had the old man been all that concerned for the safety of his students? He put Fluffy in the school with nothing but a non-magically locked door to separate him from the students. And now the man was dying. He was running out of time to try to put all the pieces into place to win his war even posthumously if necessary. Harry seriously doubted that the running of the school and the safety of the students factored into even the top ten of his priorities as the moment.
Harry would just have to do what he could to protect people. He still had connections with a lot of students from all houses thanks to the DA. He could spread the word among them that this wasn’t just rumors but a serious threat and they could spread it within their houses. They could at least ensure that the younger years stayed well away from the forest. And even the upper years should only go in numbers.
Harry had just stepped into the entrance hall when he nearly ran into Jimmy Peakes, one of the Gryffindor beaters this year.
“Oh, Harry!” he said enthusiastically, immediately thrusting a rolled parchment at him.
“Thanks, Jimmy,” Harry said distractedly, unease already curdling in his gut. The only people who sent him notes like this tended to be Hagrid and Dumbledore. And he’d just come from Hagrid.
Harry,
Please join me in my office immediately upon receiving this missive.
Yours,
Albus Dumbledore
Notes:
Finally more Blaise! I know we've been on a long dry spell as I attempted to cover so many important plot threads in the last several chapters and there just wasn't much actually important happening between them at the moment. I didn't want to stick in a filler scene just for the sake of it. I hope y'all enjoyed it. And, y'know... Harry's revelation.
I'd love to hear your thoughts!
(also, sorry this is late. My busy weekend culminated in me feeling pretty rough for a couple of days, so it was hard to focus on editing and posting the chapter on Sunday or Monday as I had planned.)
Chapter 52: Year Six - part 22
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
The Cave
Harry’s magic was all but writhing around him as he made his way up to the headmaster’s office. Dumbledore had never before summoned him with such urgency. Was this the horcrux hunt that the old man had promised Harry could join? Or was it something else?
His stomach was in knots by the time he gave the password to the gargoyle and climbed the stairs to the headmaster’s office.
“Well, Harry, I promised that you could come with me,” was how Dumbledore greeted him.
Harry felt a cool rush of relief at finding that to be the cause of the summons, though he was far from calm. He was still going to be going who-knew-where all alone with a man who wanted him dead.
“If you still wish to accompany me?”
“Yes,” Harry said at once. Nervous though he was, he did want to get as much information out of Dumbledore as he could manage before the old man died. “Where are we going? Which one have you found?”
“I’m not sure which it is — though I think we can rule out the snake — but I believe it to be hidden in a cave on the coast many miles from here. A cave I have been trying to locate for a very long time. The cave in which Tom Riddle once terrorized two children from his orphanage on their annual trip. You remember?”
Harry nodded, marveling over how sentimental Voldemort seemed to be. If Harry were hiding precious items, he’d have found hiding places that couldn’t be traced back to him just by a little stalking. He supposed it was the perils of excess arrogance.
“Harry, I promised you that you could come with me, and I stand by that promise, but it would be very wrong of me not to warn you that this will be exceedingly dangerous.”
“I’m ready,” Harry said gravely. This is what he’d been training for, after all.
“Very well, then: Listen. I take you with me on one condition: that you obey any command I might give you at once, and without question.”
Harry stared at the old man, slightly incredulous that he would think Harry would agree to such a thing.
“Even such orders,” Dumbledore went on, “as ‘run’, ‘hide’, or ‘go back’. Do I have your word?”
Harry didn’t mind those orders so much. He was more worried about orders like, ‘you go first’ or ‘go ahead and pick that up, Harry’. “I’ll do my best,” he settled on, privately arranging the parameters of the promise in his mind. He’d do his best to follow orders that didn’t seem counter to his survival or the safety of his loved ones.
Dumbledore stared at him a long moment before asking, “If I tell you to hide, you will do so?”
Harry hesitated only a second before agreeing, “Yes.” He wasn’t much for hiding from danger, but if the only other one in danger was Dumbledore, he was sure that he could manage it.
“If I tell you to flee, you will obey?”
“Yes,” Harry agreed, even though the word “obey” rubbed the wrong way.
“If I tell you to leave me and save yourself, you will do as I tell you?”
“Yes,” Harry sighed.
Dumbledore eyed him another moment before nodding in apparent satisfaction. “Very good. Then I wish you to go and fetch your invisibility cloak and meet me in the entrance hall in five minutes.”
Harry, in fact, had the cloak in an expanded pocket, but he could work with five minutes. He nodded and jogged down the stairs. As soon as he was past the gargoyle, he closed his eyes and concentrated, willing his magic to find Blaise.
His magic already considered Blaise as Harry’s, so he wasn’t surprised when he almost immediately located him, probably in the Slytherin common room.
Well, that was unfortunate, but Harry wasn’t about to let it stop him. He broke into a sprint, leaping down entire staircases to reach the dungeons in probably less than two minutes. He slid to a stop in front of the stretch of wall that he knew, due to his polyjuiced excursion in second year, hid the Slytherin common room. He went with a hunch and concentrated on a snake for a moment to get the right mindset before hissing, open up.
And the stone door slid open without delay.
Relieved, Harry entered without hesitation. He honestly didn’t fear any of these students. His magic was on high alert, so he was sure that he’d have plenty of warning if anyone did try anything. Instead, though, he just got a lot of shocked looks and a few exclamations as Harry located Blaise lounging on a sofa in one corner of the common room, surrounded by his yearmates.
He was presently staring at Harry with his mouth hanging open. Harry jogged toward him and reached for his hand, which Blaise supplied blankly and let Harry tug him to his feet.
“Harry, how did you get in here?” he asked as Harry drew him to an empty portion of the common room.
“Parseltongue,” Harry said dismissively, flicking his wand to raise the muffling ward they’d learned from Ron’s potion book. “Listen, I only have like a minute. You wanted me to let you know when I was going to leave the castle and do something dangerous, right?”
Blaise pulled in a startled breath.
“Well, I’m leaving the castle with Dumbledore. We’re going to try to get one of Voldemort’s horcruxes. He only told me that it’s in a cave on the coast somewhere a long ways away from here. I should be back tonight, but I wanted to let you know.”
Blaise was silent for a long moment, presumably processing. Then he leaned down and pressed his lips to Harry’s firmly. “Be careful. And let me know when you’re back. There’s no way I’m going to sleep until I know you’re back safe.”
“Okay,” Harry agreed, giving Blaise one more quick kiss. “I have to go now.”
He jogged back out of the common room under the stares of all the Slytherins. When he was alone in the corridor, he looked around until he spotted Dante watching from just within a shadow. “Stay close tonight, in case I need you, but don’t interfere unless I tell you to. Or unless I’m almost certainly going to die if you don’t.” He glanced up at higher shadows where Zazzeran had taken to often hanging out and following him around. “You and Ugzigard as well,” he ordered. The other imp he didn’t see as often, but he was pretty sure that he was still around more often than not.
The hound tipped his head in acknowledgment and Harry took a breath, then sprinted for the entrance hall, taking a small detour via a secret passage so that if Dumbledore was waiting for him, he’d see him coming down from the first floor rather than up from the dungeons. He drew the cloak from his pocket and draped it over an arm before arriving.
Dumbledore was indeed already waiting by the doors, and he immediately said, “I would like you to wear your cloak.”
Harry nodded and pulled it on, trying not to think about the fact that no one would see them leave together. If Dumbledore was planning on doing away with Harry on this trip, he had a good setup. Granted, it would have been better if he hadn’t given Harry the chance to run back to his dorm. Even if he had needed his cloak, he definitely would have told one of his friends that he was leaving with the headmaster.
He didn’t really think that was Dumbledore’s goal tonight, and he was reasonably sure that he’d be able to escape if the old man did try. He had a lot of tricks that Dumbledore didn’t know about, like being able to slip into shadows and get away. And considering it was night time and they were going to a cave, he didn’t expect shadows to be in short supply.
Once Harry was concealed, Dumbledore led the way out of the school and toward Hogsmeade, explaining along the way that he often appeared to visit the Three Broomsticks or the Hogshead for a drink.
“You can apparate now, yes?” the headmaster questioned as they walked. “I believe I heard that you picked up the skill in your very first lesson?”
“Yes, though I’ve not had any chance to practice in real life,” he pointed out. He’d never tried apparating over any distance and wasn’t exceptionally confident in his ability to get somewhere that he didn’t know well.
“No matter. I can assist you,” Dumbledore said and Harry found himself slightly concerned as to what exactly he meant by that.
Twilight was fading into true dark by the time they reached the village. They bumped into Rosmerta ejecting what appeared to be a troublesome drunk, and Dumbledore took the time to comment to her that he was off “to the Hogshead”.
Harry, safe beneath his cloak, grimaced faintly at the sour note of the lie that Dumbledore so casually delivered.
They soon turned onto the side street on which the Hogshead stood, but they didn’t approach.
“It will not be necessary for us to enter,” Dumbledore said in an undertone, “so long as no one sees us leave. Now, place your hand upon my arm, Harry. I will be guiding you. On the count of three.”
Harry magic prickled in offense at the mere suggestion of throwing himself into an unguided apparition with Dumbledore in control of the destination, but he forced himself to go through with it. He did wonder how near the end of his life Dumbledore actually was if he didn’t feel up to side-along apparition.
The crushing darkness surrounded him and Dumbledore’s magic directed them. After what seemed a very long time, though he knew to be just a moment, the heavy weight pressing in on him released all at once and they were no longer in the village, but standing upon a bare rock surrounded by the sea.
A glance around revealed a cliff face directly behind them perhaps a handful of meters across the water. There was the dark mouth of a cave gouged into the stone nearby.
Dumbledore led the way to the edge of the rocky outcrop and down a steep descent, which Dumbledore accomplished only slowly and with great difficulty given his useless hand. Harry had no trouble following, his strength coming in very useful as well as his ability to see in the dark.
The lower ledge Dumbledore led them to was slippery with water and the salty spray sprinkled over them as the waves churned around them.
Dumbledore cast a lumos and Harry squinted against the light.
“You see?”
Harry tried to follow his direction toward the cave entrance, though it was considerably more difficult to make out with the light impeding his night vision.
“You will not object to getting a little wet?”
Harry shook his head, then added, “No,” since he wasn’t sure how well Dumbledore could see.
The headmaster instructed Harry to remove his invisibility cloak and follow.
When Harry had tucked his cloak away, Dumbledore stuck his lit wand into his mouth, held it between his teeth, and slid into the water, swimming toward the cave with a perfect breaststroke.
Harry sighed and slippped into the water after him. It must have been icy, but it felt only pleasantly cool to Harry. He found, as he swam, careful not to overtake the headmaster, that he wasn’t sure if the lack of cold was the work of his magic or just a quirk of his body at this point.
He decided that now wasn’t the time to dwell on it, and instead focused on following the headmaster at a reasonable distance, though his strength made it very easy to move through the water, even with the water pulling at his clothing.
The cave was a half-submerged tunnel that led deep into the rock face before it opened up into a larger cavern that rose above the level of the water. Dumbledore climbed out of the water up ahead and Harry soon discovered steps cut into the stone that ascended out of the water.
It made him wonder if Voldemort had carved the steps or if this cave had had some other use in the past.
As he climbed out of the water, Harry’s magic took the initiative to dry him. The water just slid right out of his clothes and off his hair and skin as soon as the air touched him, leaving him totally dry by the time he was out of the water.
Dumbledore, thankfully, appeared too distracted by shining his light on the wall ahead to have noticed.
After a few minutes of examining the chamber, the headmaster commented that he was sure they were in the right place because it had “known magic”.
Curiously, Harry tried to focus on their surroundings with more than his mundane senses, and then he felt it. There was magic here, and it felt like Voldemort’s, though it was subtle enough that he’d not noticed it until he looked for it.
After some examination, Dumbledore identified the entrance and concluded that it required a blood sacrifice to pass.
Harry did his best to study the magic that he was feeling so that he could understand how Dumbledore had determined that, but it was subtle. Had he been alone, Harry probably would have just shoved his magic at the problem until it broke the enchantment.
Dumbledore cut his own palm and wiped the blood along the stone and an arched doorway flashed white and then the stone within simply vanished, leaving an opening in the rock face for them to pass through.
As soon as it was open, Harry’s carefully searching senses were overwhelmed with a flood of heavy Dark magic.
They passed through the archway into a much larger cavern. This one was dominated by a massive lake, the water still as glass and utterly black apart from the faint reflection of Dumbledore’s lumos. A misty green light shone somewhere near the middle of the lake on what looked like a little island.
The Dark magic here wasn’t the calm security of the wards on Grimmuald Place or the heavy blanket of Darkness that lay over Knockturn. No, this was pungent and cloying — a rancid thickness that coated the tongue. It felt like… “Death.” The word slipped out before he could stop it.
Dumbledore looked at him, his expression grim. “Yes. It is necromancy you are feeling. Powerful necromancy. Be very careful not to touch the water, Harry. Stay close to me,” he said as he began to talk along the water’s edge.
They walked for a long time. Harry kept his senses open to the feel of the magic around him. He wondered if it was terribly unpleasant for Dumbledore here, given the inky blackness of the magic. It didn’t feel unpleasant to Harry, though it made him wary. He knew that it could be dangerous, but it didn’t grate at his nerves as Dark magic was said to do to Light practitioners.
He could clearly feel Voldemort in the magic here, familiar as he was with the Dark Lord’s magic. Of course the Death was impossible to miss. Not just necromancy, though it was certainly that. There was death here on a large scale. He wasn’t sure what that meant in practical terms. Perhaps a great deal of human sacrifice had gone into the spells here. There was a sense of restlessness to it that concerned him. It actually brought to mind ghosts. Restless spirits.
Was this place haunted?
Eventually, Dumbledore located a small boat sunken into the water, which rose when he pulled at a chain.
Harry was able to sense the concealment magic that had hidden the chain after his attention was drawn to it, but he doubted that he’d have found it on his own. It made him consider how he’d have surmounted this obstacle had he been here alone. Again, he’d have probably just drawn on his magic until it found something useful.
He was starting to feel a bit like a one-trick pony.
But, he consoled himself, he was only sixteen years old. He was sure that he would be able to do at least as much as Dumbledore if he’d been on the Earth over a century.
“Will that hold both of us?” Harry asked warily. It honestly didn’t look like it.
“I think,” Dumbledore said thoughtfully, “that this boat will not be affected by weight, but rather by the amount of magical power that crossed his lake. I rather think an enchantment will have been placed upon this boat so that only one wizard at a time will be able to sail it.”
Harry waited a moment before prompting, “But there are two of us…”
“I do not think you will count, Harry. You are underage and unqualified. Voldemort would never have expected a sixteen-year-old to reach this place. I think it unlikely that your powers will register compared to mine.”
Harry nodded slowly, feeling incredibly doubtful. Still, he wasn’t going to argue with Dumbledore about how powerful he was. He’d rather the old man not think of that anymore than necessary. So instead, he just pulled in his magic as much as he possibly could, making himself as small and insignificant as possible to any magical senses. It wasn’t necessarily comfortable, and Dumbledore sort of paused as Harry did this, looking at him curiously. So he’d noticed something at least.
Harry tried to pretend that he’d not done anything. Maybe Dumbledore would think it had been unconsciously done.
“You first, I think,” Dumbledore prompted, and Harry took a breath before he stepped carefully into the small boat.
Dumbledore followed him, sitting on the only seat in the boat. It left precious little space for Harry, but he just crouched carefully in the prow.
The boat began to move almost immediately and Harry held on carefully, peering over the edge at the water. They’d been moving a few minutes when he saw it. Sliding through the water, just beneath the surface. A ghostly white… corpse.
His breath caught as he finally understood what the feeling of death meant.
“There are inferi in the water,” he whispered.
“Quite so,” Dumbledore replied just as quietly. “I don’t suspect that we need to worry about them at the moment.”
Harry swallowed, but nodded. His magic wanted to writhe and stretch out to look for threats. It was taking all of his concentration to keep it contained.
“Like many creatures that dwell in cold and darkness, Harry, the inferi fear light and warmth, which we shall therefore call to our aid should the need arise.”
Harry nodded. “Fire spells, yeah.” They’d been learning about inferi in Defense this year.
“I am glad to know that you’ve been learning in your classes, even if your essays do not necessarily reflect it,” Dumbledore said with humor.
“For all his faults, Snape is actually a pretty good Defense teacher,” Harry found himself admitting as the boat finally came to rest at the shore of the little island.
“It shows great maturity that you would say so, my boy,” Dumbledore said as Harry practically hopped out of the boat and finally relaxed the hold on his magic a little. The old man sounded like he was smiling, but Harry chose to ignore it. He didn’t need Dumbledore’s approval.
The island was quite small. Maybe like a medium size room. It was a flat expanse of dark stone, remarkable only for the source of that greenish light. Harry wondered if it was merely a light source as he squinted at the glowing green liquid in the basin. It had a harsh, chemical smell rather like bleach or ammonia.
“I’m not sure I’d touch it,” Harry warned as Dumbledore drew back his sleeve so that he could reach toward the liquid with his damaged hand.
“I cannot,” Dumbledore said. “See?”
When prompted, Harry reached cautiously toward the liquid only to find that Dumbledore was quite right. His hand encountered an invisible barrier a couple of centimeters above the liquid.
Dumbledore stepped up properly then, ushering Harry back, and began casting various diagnostic and detection spells at the basin. Harry recognized perhaps half of them and decided that he needed to prioritize learning more such spells soon if he was to take up this task himself.
“You think the horcrux is in there?” Harry questioned. He reached out with his magic, but either it wasn’t there or the liquid was masking it.
“Oh yes,” Dumbledore confirmed, leaning down to peer more closely at the basin. He began muttering about all the ways that the liquid would not come out of the basin. Which seemed to be all the ways that Harry could think of removing it. “I can only conclude that this potion is supposed to be drunk.”
Harry turned wide eyes on the barmy old man. “Drunk?” he asked incredulously. It smelled utterly lethal. Harry would try knocking the whole thing into the lake and swimming down to it among the inferi before he would drink that shining green liquid.
“Yes, I think so. Only by drinking it can I empty the basin and see what lies in its depths.”
And it finally dawned on Harry. A seaside cave with a despair potion one is forced to drink… This was the cave Kreacher had been taken to. Which meant… Theoretically, that meant that the horcrux was already taken from that basin. Because Harry already had this one.
But he wasn’t completely sure. Voldemort might have put another one here. Regulus had died a long time ago, after all.
“It could kill you,” Harry pointed out, because that was still possible. Maybe this wasn’t even the same seaside cave. Maybe Voldemort hid all his horcruxes in seaside caves and this was a different one?
Harry didn’t think that there was any way to say for sure that this wasn’t the resting place of a horcrux. Even if he told Dumbledore what he knew, they’d still have to try, right?
“Oh, I doubt that it would work like that,” Dumbledore said easily. “Lord Voldemort would not want to kill the person who reached this island.”
Harry considered that and and to grudgingly admit that it was probably true. Voldemort would have a lot of questions for anyone who made it this far. “Even if that’s true, that potion could put you in a coma until he revives you,” Harry said, and maybe it was horribly selfish. Maybe he’d just been keeping secrets too long. Whatever the reason, he decided to keep his knowledge to himself.
“Perhaps,” Dumbledore allowed pensively. “It is undoubtedly meant to act in a way that will prevent me from taking the horcrux. It might paralyze me, cause me to forget what I am here for, create so much pain I am distracted, or render me incapable in some other way. Such as a coma. This being the case, Harry, it will be your job to make sure I keep drinking, even if you have to tip the potion into my protesting mouth. You understand?”
Harry stared at the man with a confusing combination of respect and contempt. It was a brave thing he wanted to do, but it also seemed a touch stupid. There were an infinite number of ways in which this could go catastrophically wrong. Then again, perhaps he simply felt that his life held little value at this point as he was dying anyway.
“You remember the condition upon which I brought you with me?” Dumbledore prompted when Harry had hesitated too long.
“I remember,” Harry sighed. “Fine.”
Satisfied, Dumbledore conjured a crystal goblet and lowered it into the potion. With this in hand, he was able to scoop the potion out.
“Your good health, Harry,” Dumbledore toasted, then brought it to his lips and drained it swiftly.
Harry grimaced and tensed for what was going to happen next.
Dumbledore shook his head briskly, eyes closed, then swiftly plunged the glass into the potion for another drink.
Harry watched in trepidation as the second goblet was drunk. And then a third.
Halfway through the fourth, Dumbledore staggered and fell against the basin, eyes clenched tightly, breathing heavily.
“Professor?” Harry asked warily.
Dumbledore did not respond. He was clearly experiencing extremely dark thoughts or horrible visions or something.
“Professor,” Harry prompted more firmly.
“No,” Dumbledore almost whimpered. He sounded terrified. “I can’t… I can’t drink anymore. Please. Please don’t make me.”
Well, shit. Harry didn’t like the old man, but this was not his idea of fun. Still, a deal was a deal. Or perhaps it would be more apt to say an order was an order.
“You’ve got to keep drinking,” Harry said, halfway between coaxing and commanding as he couldn’t quite decide which way to go with it.
Dumbledore seemed not quite able to fight either way, but he didn’t protest much as Harry refilled the goblet and tipped it to Dumbledore’s lips.
The next several minutes were unpleasant as Dumbledore became increasingly desperate to avoid drinking any more of the potion, begging and sobbing for mercy. He started desperately confessing to something horrible — though he didn’t elaborate on what exactly — and promising not to do anything like that again if only the torture would stop.
Harry’s stomach turned at inflicting this on anyone, but he didn’t stop.
“Please, please! No, no, no, no, no more! Please!”
“It’s what you deserve though, isn’t it,” Harry said lowly when it seemed it would be that or physical force to get it down his throat. “Don’t you want to make up for what you did?”
And Dumbledore sobbed, but he drank, apparently on the force of his guilt alone.
Harry felt shitty about it, but he also wondered just what Dumbledore had done that he seemed to think he deserved this torture. It might have been the potion talking right now, but Harry found it very easy to believe that Dumbledore had committed atrocities in his past. Likely in the name of the Greater Good. Harry felt a heavy swell of guilt in his own chest for not telling Dumbledore about Kreacher’s story. Maybe the old man would have decided this wasn’t worth it.
But it was certainly too late now. The only way forward was through.
So Harry continued coaxing Dumbledore to drink with increasingly heavy-handed guilt trips.
“Kill me!” Dumbledore finally begged before taking the last goblet. “Please, just kill me!”
“You need to drink this first,” Harry said forcefully, and used a bit of his strength to hold the old man still to pour the potion down his throat.
As soon as it was down, Dumbledore collapsed.
Harry stilled, briefly believing the man dead, but he didn’t feel dead. He still reached down and pushed aside his beard until he could check his pulse. Thus convinced of his survival, Harry turned back to the basin. Nestled within, next to the remaining drops of the potion, was a familiar-looking locket.
“Damn,” he muttered as he reach in and picked it up. This had to be the fake that Regulus left, which meant that this entire trip was for naught.
Which left him feeling rather awful for not speaking up.
Harry resolved right then that he wouldn’t ever tell Dumbledore about the real locket lest the old man blame him — rightly perhaps — for not divulging it sooner.
This locket certainly wasn’t a horcrux, a fact made obvious by the feel of it. Harry popped the clasp and found a tiny scrap of folded paper inside. He unfolded it carefully.
To the Dark Lord,
In know I will be dead long before you read this, but I want you to know that it was I who discovered your secret. I have stolen the real horcrux and intend to destroy it as soon as I can. I face death in the hope that when you meet your match, you will be mortal once more.
RAB.
Harry shook his head. Regulus had apparently had balls of solid steel. Harry could respect his willingness to sacrifice himself to destroy the horcrux. His plan might have even worked had it been the only horcrux, as Voldemort had been disembodied before ever discovering this.
Of course, it would have failed because Kreacher hadn’t been equipped to destroy a horcrux.
It was just poor planning. The situation didn’t seem like it should have been that time sensitive. Surely Regulus would have had time to figure out a better plan. Hell, he could have unleashed fiendfyre and then had Kreacher pop them both back to London.
Harry hoped that he never gave up his life because of poor planning.
Speaking of…
Harry startled as he realized that Dumbledore was no longer collapsed at his feet. Instead, the man seemed to have regained consciousness and was dragging himself laboriously toward the lake.
With a muttered curse, Harry leapt after the man and got a hand into the back of his robe to yank him away just before he could dip his fingers into the water. With the headmaster thus restrained, Harry managed to refold the note and close the locket with one hand so that he could shove it into one of his expanded pockets for safe-keeping.
“Water,” Dumbledore gasped desperately.
Harry snatched up the goblet from the basin and tried to fill it with conjured water, but the water vanished almost instantly. Because of course the potion would make someone desperately thirsty when the only source of water was the lake.
Dumbledore, it seemed, had been wrong about Voldemort not wanting to kill whomever reached this island. He just wanted them tormented with the potion before they fed themselves to the inferi.
It did make for a sort of darkly amusing punishment. He could sort of see why Voldemort had chosen it.
Harry turned away a moment to drop the goblet back into the basin, but his attention snapped back toward Dumbledore when he heard the old man begin casting a spell. His wand was pointed at the lake and it sounded like a summoning spell. Without thought, Harry’s hand snapped out and a wandless disarming charm had the headmaster’s wand jerk out of his hand and land in Harry’s.
“You’ll have to wait until we’re out of here,” Harry frowned, pocketing the headmaster’s wand. He was almost certain the man had been attempting to summon water directly from the lake, which seemed unlikely to be better for them than sticking a hand in.
“I’m not sure you’re in the right frame of mind to be casting spells anyway,” he sighed, stooping to wrap an arm around Dumbledore’s back and drag him toward the boat. Of course, he could have easily lifted the man entirely off the ground and carried him, but he was going to try to get out of here with as many of his secrets intact as he could manage.
Harry crouched in the prow of the boat again and it began to move, but almost at once, water began to slop over the sides as the boat sank.
Harry gasped as he realized that he’d forgotten to draw in his magic this time. Instead, he reached out desperately with his magic and took hold of the boat, forcing it to remain floating despite the pool of water in the bottom.
And then a pale hand latched onto the side of the boat and a corpse began to pull itself inside.
“Shit, shit, shit!” Harry cursed, reaching out to shove the inferi back off the boat, but two more were already pulling themselves up.
Dumbledore was hardly paying attention as he cupped a hand into the water and brought it to his mouth.
Harry shoved more of the dead away from the headmaster. A glance out across the lake showed that there were dozens if not hundreds of the dead rising from the water. Men, women, and children, all moving toward them now.
Harry felt nauseous as he pushed a small child off the boat. Voldemort so richly deserved his fate in Hell.
As the dead continued to rise, Harry noticed with some surprise that none of them reached for him. They were all going for Dumbledore, trying to bite him or yank him into the water. One of them tried to crawl directly over Harry to get to Dumbledore, but none came toward him.
Dumbledore cried out as one of the inferi sunk it’s teeth into his wrist, and Harry doubled his efforts to keep them off the man. He could have done much more, but he wasn’t willing to let Dumbledore see too much. The man might be out of it now, but Harry had no doubt that he’d be reviewing the memory in his pensieve later.
He was not willing to give up his secret to this man. Not even if it cost Dumbledore his life.
It took Harry longer than he wanted to admit to think of a fire spell that wasn’t Dark. It wouldn’t be nearly as effective as a Dark spell, but he wasn’t casting Dark magic in front of Dumbledore.
The incendio produced a small gout of flame into the face of any inferi attempting to climb onto the boat. It was enough to cause them to retreat voluntarily and did manage to slow the flow.
Even though the spell wasn’t Dark, Harry could have shoved more magic into it and likely gotten more flame, but he wasn’t sure that he could keep the boat afloat at the same time.
The trip across the lake had been long the first time. Now it seemed endless.
He felt the occasional bite close around his ankle or leg as the inferi tried to climb up behind him, but nothing managed to pierce his skin.
Thankfully, as soon as the boat bumped against the far shore of the lake, the inferi just sunk back into the lake. They were obviously not intended to protect this shore.
Dumbledore could barely stand and Harry was forced to put his shoulder under the man’s arm. It wasn’t as though Dumbledore was heavy, but Harry did struggle a bit to act like it was hard.
The archway had closed up again and Dumbledore mumbled something about a knife, but Harry shook his head and quietly admonished, “You’re already bleeding,” and lifted Dumbledore’s arm to rub a bite mark against the stone.
As they approached the water, Dumbledore weakly mumbled that the protection had been well-designed after all, for a single person could not have done it alone. “You did well. Very well, Harry.”
“Right. Let’s just get out of here,” Harry muttered back. He honestly wasn’t sure how Dumbledore was going to react to just how well Harry had handled things here tonight, once he was recovered enough to give it more thought.
As they slipped back into the icy water, it quickly became apparent that Dumbledore was unlikely to make the swim as he could barely keep his head above water. Harry swiftly cast a bubblehead charm on the man and began supporting them both through the icy sea.
It wasn’t difficult to support both of them in the water, and Dumbledore mostly managed to hold his own head up, but the bubblehead charm undoubtedly helped when they left the cave and the waves began to lap at them.
When they reached the rocks, Harry again tried to seem like it was difficult for him to haul the headmaster’s weight up out of the water. His magic once again sloughed the water off him as though he’d suddenly become hydrophobic, and Harry drew his wand to cast a drying spell on Dumbledore.
Then Harry took Dumbledore’s good arm in a firm grip, closed his eyes, and concentrated carefully on his destination.
They arrived just outside the Hogwarts gates with a loudish crack. Harry glanced up at the castle and immediately froze.
There, above the astronomy tower, the poison green Dark Mark hovered.
Notes:
Things are gearing up now! My outline had year six wrapping up in three more chapters, but as I've started writing them, they're ending up longer than I thought. So it'll probably be more like five or six more chapters.
So I hope that y'all weren't disappointed by how closely this followed canon. I feel like it diverged in a lot of important ways. And remember that Harry went through this expecting that Dumbledore would survive the night and likely have at least months more to live in which to make Harry's life difficult, so he was still worried about outing himself.
Anyway, I'd love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 53: Year Six - part 23
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Death Eaters In Hogwarts
“Sir,” Harry said when a glance back at the ailing headmaster proved that he’d not yet gathered himself enough to notice the Dark Mark.
When Dumbledore followed Harry’s gaze up to the castle, his face grew incredibly grave. “We need to get up there. Quickly.”
“Right,” Harry nodded and glanced around as though there might be a solution hiding behind him. Sadly, there was not. He hesitated briefly, but he wanted to get to the school as quickly as possible as well. He needed to make sure that his friends were okay.
Though it grated to give up the secret, Harry removed his wrist cuff and widened the opening, then reached in and pulled out his broom. He replaced the cuff on his wrist and turned back to Dumbledore, who was impatiently glancing toward the school.
Harry mounted the broom and tipped his head at Dumbledore.
The headmaster didn’t hesitate to slide onto the broom behind him and Harry took off at once for the school, trying to ignore the feeling of such an unwelcome body pressed so close.
They were soon landing on the open roof of the tower. Dumbledore slid off first and Harry wasted no time in returning his broom to his wrist cuff. By the time he turned back to Dumbledore, the old man was leaning heavily against a merlon, his good hand clutching at his chest.
Harry felt a swell of alarm at the sight as a sinking feeling settled into his gut. Was that potion meant to ultimately kill without treatment or was it Dumbledore’s weakened condition that just couldn’t handle the strain?
He could hear sounds of fighting below now, but he forced himself to wait and ask, “Should I find Madam Pomfrey?”
“Severus,” Dumbledore said weakly. “I need Severus. Put on your cloak and go and wake him. Tell him what has happened and bring him to me. Do nothing else, speak to nobody else, and do not remove your cloak. I shall wait here.”
Harry nodded, not planning to do most of those things. He’d wake Snape and send him up, but he was going to take down any Death Eaters he saw along the way. And then he was going to make sure his friends were okay.
“First, Harry,” the headmaster said as Harry disappeared beneath his cloak. “My wand, if you please.”
Harry blinked. He’d entirely forgotten that he had the man’s wand. He was reaching for it when he realized that the sounds growing closer below were actually coming up the stairs.
Dumbledore must have noticed as well, for he hissed suddenly. “Get back! Stay hidden! Do not interfere. No matter what happens!”
And Harry had just enough time to stagger back and press himself against a merlon well away from Dumbledore before the door was bursting open and pouring out a handful of Death Eaters, including Draco.
Someone snapped out an expelliarmus, but no one seemed to notice that Dumbledore hadn’t had a wand to lose. Harry couldn’t identify the masked Death Eaters, but he recognized Bellatrix Lestrange as she positively cackled. “Dumbledore alone! Dumbledore disarmed!” and sketched a little jig where she stood. She had not bothered to wear a mask, it seemed.
Then she slid around behind Draco while the other Death Eaters held Dumbledore at wandpoint — presumably just in case. She placed her hands on his shoulders and spoke near his ear in some twisted parody of affection, “Kill him, Draco,” she cajoled in a tone that was probably meant to be sweet but was too manic to manage. “You know the spell.”
Draco drew his wand in a hand that was shaking so bad he was in danger of dropping it. He looked nearly terrified, though whether it was because of what he was being asked to do or the woman behind him, Harry wasn’t sure. He lifted his wand in his trembling hand, pointing it at Dumbledore and he opened his mouth, but he could not seem to bring himself to utter the words.
Harry watched tears track down his cheeks and he knew that Draco wouldn’t be able to do it. Even if he forced himself to say the words, there was no way he’d get enough conviction behind them for the spell to be effective.
Harry considered intervening despite Dumbledore’s edict to the contrary. He would if it became necessary to protect Draco, but at the moment it seemed more likely he would be mocked than attacked for his failure. A couple of the other Death Eaters were already chuckling at him.
Dumbledore looked not at all worried as he leaned most of his weight on the wall.
Dante stood near Harry now, fur ruffled and teeth bared in a silent snarl. Harry could easily take out any one of the Death Eaters with a word to the hound, but he wasn’t entirely sure that he could accurately direct him toward a particular one quickly enough. Harry was sure that he could take out the rest of them with the element of surprise if he didn’t hold back on the spells he was using. Or he could use his animagus form and probably tear out their throats with fairly minimal risk with the aid of his natural invisibility.
But both of those options involved showing Dumbledore far too many of his secrets, so he privately decided it would be a last resort.
He wanted to go down and help whoever was fighting down there, but he couldn't leave Draco here with these people when he was sworn to protect him. He was left standing by invisibly, just letting things play out for now.
“Do it, Draco!” Bellatrix snarled.
Draco obediently began stuttering out the syllables of the Killing Curse and Dumbledore still did not look the slightest bit worried. Not surprisingly. He seemed more like he was waiting for the real confrontation to begin.
And then there was the sound of someone sprinting up the stairs and the door slammed open once more. Snape appeared in a swirl of dark robes. He took in the situation with a glance and closed the door behind him.
All of the Death Eaters went still at the sight of him, their body language screaming fearful respect.
It hit Harry quite suddenly just how incongruous it was to think of the way the Gryffindors mocked Snape from a safe distance, calling him juvenile names and treating him as a petty tyrant, empowered only by his position in the school. But these Death Eaters were afraid of the man. Even Bellatrix took him seriously, though she didn’t seem afraid of him.
“Why is he still alive?” Snape’s deep voice rolled smoothly through the silent group.
“I want Draco to do it,” Bellatrix said defiantly.
Snape glanced at Draco’s tear-streaked face. “He’s a child.”
Draco’s distress was readily evident in the fact that he did not seem the slightest bit indignant at being called a child.
“I was younger than him the first time I killed someone!” Bellatrix countered.
Snape lifted an eyebrow at her disdainfully, “And what a role model you turned out to be…”
She scowled and hissed like a cat, but didn’t try to raise a wand at Snape.
“Severus.”
The name was wheezed in a frail, frightened voice, drawing everyone’s attention back to Dumbledore, where he had begun to slide down the merlon. He stumbled a step to the side and caught his weight at the next crenel.
Snape stepped toward Dumbledore, roughly pushing Draco aside while Bellatrix skittered away on her own. He lifted his wand to point at Dumbledore.
Harry again considered intervening, but he didn’t actually want to kill Snape. And Dumbledore was dying anyway.
And, selfishly, Harry would breathe a bit easier in a world without Albus Dumbledore.
“Severus… please…”
Strangely, Harry did not get the sense that Dumbledore was begging for his life. He looked frightened, but also resigned. Nothing about this felt like betrayal.
Snape hesitated only a moment more before he cast the spell.
The flash of green slammed into Dumbledore’s chest and sent him tumbling right through the crenel and off the tower.
Harry’s breath caught as it struck him that Dumbledore was dead. Even knowing that the man was dying — even though he’d seen it coming tonight…
Bellatrix broke the silence with a whoop of celebration.
Snape put an end to it with a terse, “Out of here, quickly.” Then he seized Draco by the scruff of his neck and shoved him down the stairs ahead of him.
Harry whipped off the cloak as Bellatrix slipped down the stairs last. He quickly bundled it between his arms and shoved it into his expanded pocket as he ran for the stairs. He took the steps down three at a time and leapt the last ten steps. Half the ceiling had fallen in and the battle was still raging before him — dust and the glow of spellfire making it difficult to make out the combatants. He thought he saw Remus and a shock of pink that was probably Tonks' hair.
“It’s over! Time to go!” Snape’s voice bellowed over the sound of the battle and Harry watched him disappear around the corner, Draco still in his grasp, the other Death Eaters hot on his heels as the group that had been fighting began a retreat, casting mostly defensively as they began to disengage.
With the Death Eaters in retreat now, the danger to Remus and whoever was with him was probably minimal. And, as much as it galled, Harry could not leave Malfoy to be dragged back to Voldemort.
Behind the Death Eaters as he was, Harry had no ready way to follow Snape directly, so he turned the other direction and cut down one of the many secret passages. He followed his ears for the sound of running footsteps as he tried to close the distance with Snape and Malfoy again.
Instead of them though, he found himself stumbling upon one of the others that had been with them. The Death Eater stopped and lifted his wand at the sight of him.
“Sectum sempra!” Harry snapped out.
The Death Eater screamed and stumbled back.
“Kill that one!” Harry commanded Dante. While the hound followed his order, Harry took a moment to call out Kaa. By the time the snake was free, Dante had finished his grim task. The hound ran back to Harry, covered in blood and wagging his tail like he was having the time of his life.
“Both of you stay in the castle and defend any students you find in danger!” he ordered, then transformed into his animagus form to better track his quarry.
Immediately, his senses sharpened further and Harry caught something that wasn’t quite a scent, but seemed more like their aura. The scent of their aura? He always felt people’s auras around them and he could use them to find a familiar person nearby, but it felt different in this form. Resolving to think more on that later, he took up pursuit once more.
In this form, Harry was even faster. When he emerged from the castle, he saw the group of Death Eaters running toward the Whomping Willow. They must have come in through the tunnel to the Shrieking Shack.
When he was close enough, Harry transformed back so that he could send a tripping jinx at Snape’s back.
The spell hit, but Snape only stumbled before catching himself. He turned and saw Harry, then changed course, moving toward the edge of the Forbidden Forest instead.
Snape sent spells back at Harry as he continued to retreat toward the forest. Harry dodged or shielded the ones that his magic didn’t deflect, all that dueling practice that he’d been doing in the Room of Requirement this year coming in extremely handy.
Before Snape could reach the forest, Harry began sending spells at him rapidly. Snape had not attacked Harry with anything worse than a stunner, so Harry kept to the same level of spells.
“Run, Draco!” Snape shouted as he turned to face Harry and duel him properly.
Harry soon found all of his attention taken by the duel. Snape was very nearly as fast as Voldemort and it took everything that Harry had to remain in the duel. Though he’d improved enormously since the previous summer, his magic was still forced to pick up some of his slack, helping to deflect spells and allowing him to send more powerful ones at Snape.
Snape raised a shield in time to block a stunner Harry sent at him, but the force behind the stunner still knocked Snape back a step and shattered the shield. Snape recovered remarkably quickly, though Harry was still beginning to close to distance between them and he could see that the man was intimidated.
It was enormously satisfying to have Snape taking him seriously after so many years of the man treating him like dirt.
Snape began sending more dangerous spells at Harry. Still nothing deadly, but bone breakers toward his legs, clearly hoping to slow him down enough to get away.
“Master!” Harry heard the sudden shout of Zazzeran coming from the edge of the forest.
Harry’s eyes snapped toward him in time to see an acromantula poised to pounce right behind Draco, who was lingering there, watching the fight. Harry immediately pulled more deeply on his magic and sent an immolation curse at the acromantula. Dark spells were the best offense against Dark creatures, and this one did the job. The spider screamed and collapsed as it burned from within.
Harry paid for his distraction though, as one of Snape's bone breakers hit him in the shin.
He fell to one knee as the other collapsed beneath him with sudden agony. The expelliarmus that followed sen his wand flying from his grasp.
Harry looked up in time to see Snape spin toward Draco and cast a blasting curse that sent a second spider flying back through the trees.
Dumbledore’s wand was still in Harry’s pocket, and he drew it quickly. He flicked a splinting spell at his leg and grit his teeth against the still acute pain as he forced himself back to his feet.
Snape was just beginning to turn back as Harry lifted his wand and cast the disarming charm. This time it connected and the black wood went flying into the darkness.
The professor stumbled away from Harry as he advanced on him, teeth gritted against the pain. Harry got hold of him just at the edge of the forest, wrapping a hand in the front of his robes and lifting him off his feet as he held Dumbledore’s wand at his neck.
Snape looked gratifyingly terrified.
“Draco, get behind me!” Harry snapped, not wanting to blond to get eaten by another spider while Harry was distracted.
Thankfully, Draco’s self-preservation seemed intact as he scurried around behind Harry.
“Now tell me what the Hell happened up there!” Harry demanded of Snape.
Snape’s jaw clenched. “Are you going to kill me, Potter? The aurors will be here soon, so you’d best hurry up about it.”
“I want you to tell me the truth, Snape,” Harry snarled. “Was that Dumbledore’s plan all along?”
Snape seemed to relax slightly at Harry’s question. His eyes flicked over Harry’s shoulder, but Harry sensed only Draco back there, so he didn’t worry about it. “He was dying anyway,” Snape said less combatively.
“Yeah, I figured that much out.”
Snape eyed him cautiously. “He wanted his death to have a purpose,” he said finally. “The Dark Lord will favor me for this.”
"He planned for you to kill him?" Harry pressed, needing to hear the man say it.
"Yes, Potter," Snape said, curt and cautious.
“So you’re still trying to spy,” Harry said when he sensed no lie. “What the Hell good is a spy with no one to report to?”
“I will undermine him from within where I can,” he snapped.
Harry stared a moment longer, then set Snape back on his feet and took a step back, his leg giving only a slight twinge. “I’ll send you a journal that you can use to pass along information to me.”
Snape stared intently at Harry while he absently straightened his robes. “Do you intend to pick up where Albus left off then?”
“I plan to see this through until he’s dead, yeah.”
Snape seemed to consider a moment before giving a terse nod. “I will send you what information I can.”
“I could use Snape’s wand,” Harry said to the imps still watching.
Snape frowned at him, then glanced at the wand in Harry’s hand. “That is Albus’ wand.”
“Yeah, well he doesn’t need it anymore,” Harry frowned at the man. The wand in his hand felt enormously powerful and eager to respond to his slightest whim. Harry was keeping this wand.
Before more could be said, Zazzeran flitted by and dropped a wand at him.
Harry snatched it out of the air and recognized Snape’s ebony wand.
Snape glanced after the imp, but Harry was sure that he only saw a bat, if he was able to make out anything at all as the imp flit through the darkness.
“You should go,” Harry said as he passed over the wand.
Snape immediately looked toward Draco.
“Draco stays,” Harry said firmly.
Snape frowned at him. “He was seen in the company of many Death Eaters tonight, Potter.”
“Not exactly willingly, and I’ll make sure that’s known,” Harry said dismissively.
“And you won’t use the opportunity to see him arrested?” Snape asked suspiciously.
Harry rolled his eyes, “He’s not my enemy. And don’t worry about him hearing our conversation. He won’t be going home this summer either. He’s going to be staying with me.”
Snape looked both irritated and confused. “Why, Potter?”
Harry considered briefly, but he couldn’t imagine it would hurt any to tell the truth. “Lucius wants him safe,” he offered. “He was willing to make certain binding oaths in exchange.”
Snape’s brow rose in clear surprise, but then he gave a sharp nod. He looked past Harry at Draco again. “Be safe,” he said with a gruff sort of affection, then spun on his heel and swiftly vanished into the trees.
Harry sighed after him, then turned toward the castle once more. He desperately hoped that all of his friends were okay.
Notes:
So I was planning to post this chapter tomorrow, but... I was anxious to hear what y'all thought of this one!
Also, 300,000 words?! Holy cow...
Chapter 54: Year Six - part 24
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Aftermath
“Wait!” Draco said as they started back toward the castle. “Wait, Severus is a spy? Since when?!”
“Long time,” Harry shrugged. “Always, maybe. I don’t know. How did the Death Eaters get onto the grounds?”
“It- it wasn’t me!” Draco said quickly, watching Harry with wide eyes. “I don’t know how! Professor Snape came to the common room and told me to go with him. He wouldn’t tell me why. He just said that we had our orders. And then the Death Eaters were there and the fighting started. We got separated, but Aunt Bellatrix grabbed me and took me up to the Astronomy Tower. I… I didn’t do anything. She tried to make me, but I didn’t.”
“I saw,” Harry consoled, looking up as he heard an imp flapping toward him. It was Zazzeran again. Harry reached out to snatch the wand that was dropped at him. His own, this time. It looked like it was in good condition still, though holding that wand and Dumbledore’s at the same time, his own wand just paled in comparison.
Something else he’d have to worry about later, he decided. He used Dumbledore’s wand to vanish the splint on his leg and tested his weight on it somewhat warily, but there was no pain any longer. This was the first time he’d broken a bone since his body had become more durable, but it seemed to have healed already. That was useful and he resolved not to overthink it.
He resumed his course toward the castle, tucking Dumbledore’s wand into one of his expanded pockets where it should be safe until all this was over. He was sure that someone would want to take it away from him so it could be buried with Dumbledore or something, but Harry had no intention of allowing that. It liked him and it honestly seemed like the least he deserved after all the crap Dumbledore had put him through in his life.
“You saw?” Draco asked warily.
“Yeah,” Harry sighed. He thought quickly about what was going to happen next. They needed to get into the school and find out if any of his friends were dead. The very thought had a pit of dread settling heavy in his stomach. People were going to have questions and suspicions about Draco though. “Did you cast spells at anyone before or after the astronomy tower?” Harry asked.
“No,” Draco said and it sounded true.
“Good. Then we don’t even have to lie.” Thankfully. Harry would have done it if necessary to protect Draco because his deal with Lucius was more important than his hatred of lying, but he was glad that he wouldn’t have to. “The Death Eaters targeted you. They tried to make you kill Dumbledore and you didn’t. After Snape killed the headmaster, he tried to drag you back to Voldemort, but I was able to interrupt him and you got away.”
“Why would they target me, though?” Draco asked cautiously.
“You don’t need to be aware of the details, but it could be they’ve not forgiven your father for failing to catch me last summer. It could even be something you’re not aware of. Obviously, if anyone from the Ministry asks, you can tell them that it’s because your father escaped the Dark Lord’s imperius again. And if anyone goes so far as to check your arm, just tell them that they forced you to take it last summer when they forced Lucius to take them to the Ministry.”
Draco gripped his left forearm, “How… how do you know…?”
Harry rolled his eyes at the other boy. “Lucky guess,” he said very dryly.
“And if they don’t care and they throw me in Azkaban anyway?” Draco demanded, clearly only a shade off panic.
“Then I will break you out. Don’t worry so much.”
Draco laughed sort of hysterically.
“As for the two of us suddenly getting along, just say that we’ve come to a truce after I prevented Snape from abducting you.”
“Are we getting along now?” Draco asked, his tone significantly higher than normal.
Harry sighed again. “It’ll be fine, Draco. Deep breaths.”
Amazingly, Draco actually seemed to take the advice, pulling in a couple of deep breaths like his life depended on it.
A sudden scream of sorrow cut through the air and they both stopped to look toward the base of the Astronomy Tower, where Hagrid’s hulking form could be seen standing over what could only be Dumbledore’s body.
Harry felt a sharp stab of sadness for Hagrid. He couldn’t honestly be sorry that Dumbledore was dead. A number of Harry’s problems and potential future problems had been eliminated by the old man’s demise, but he did feel bad for Hagrid. He had worshipped the headmaster. This was definitely going to crush him.
Harry didn’t linger, looking away and continuing toward the castle.
“I’m going to have to publicly denounce my father,” Draco whispered as they walked.
Harry glanced at him. Draco looked like his world was crumbling. “Yeah. You are. So long as he remains openly supporting the Dark Lord, you must be seen as his enemy. For his protection.”
“No one is going to believe I turned on my father,” Draco said, and Harry had to concede that many people would find it suspect with how openly Draco had always idolized his father.
“You could admit that the Dark Lord crucio’d you over the summer,” he said.
Draco flinched. “How…?”
“Why do you think Lucius was willing to come to me to try to keep you safe?” Harry asked grimly.
Draco fell silent as they crossed the rest of the distance to the entrance hall.
Once they were inside, Harry did his best to concentrate on the teeming mass of auras within the building in search of his friends. He should at least be able to tell that they were alive and relatively unharmed if he could find them.
Blaise was easy to locate, both because Harry’s magic was highly attached and because he was still in the Slytherin common room. Theo and Tracey were nearby. Ron and Ginny… Ron was probably in the hospital wing, but if he was injured, it couldn’t have been too serious. Harry was pretty sure he’d have been able to tell if he was. And Ginny… She was nearby.
Harry changed course, jogged up a hidden staircase, and swiftly intercepted her.
She flinched at the sight of him, then sagged in relief and threw herself into his arms.
Harry held her gently. She trembled but she didn’t start crying or anything. He pushed her back to arm’s length as soon as possible so that he could get a better look at her. She was bloody, but he didn’t see any wounds. And it didn’t smell like her own blood.
“Merlin, Harry, where were you?”
“I was off the grounds with Dumbledore,” Harry explained briefly as he returned her embrace. “I’ll explain later.”
Ginny drew back to frown at him in concern, then her gaze moved to Draco and her frown deepened with distrust, but when she sent Harry a questioning glance, he gave a small shake of his head. Her lips pursed and he was sure he’d be answering more questions later, but she didn’t press just then.
“Is everyone okay?” Harry asked instead.
“No one died on our side,” she said, a faint tremble to her voice. “Bill was attacked by Greyback though. They took him to the hospital wing. I was on my way to see how he’s doing.”
Harry nodded and began walking in that direction. Hopefully that’s why Ron was in the infirmary as well. “What happened?” he asked. “How did you get involved?”
“Dennis saw the Death Eaters coming into the school from the common room. Ron, Neville, Colin, and I each took a sip from his Felix Felicis and came out to help. We also tied up Dennis to keep him in the common room,” she winced slightly. “That was Colin’s idea.” She took a deep breath, then added softly, “Greyback’s dead.”
“That’s good news,” Harry said cautiously because her tone was odd.
Ginny glanced at him and he heard her swallow. “He was attacking Bill,” she said quietly. “I… I hit him with a blasting curse. And then I just kept throwing spells at him without giving him a chance to recover. I’m sure it was only the stuff you taught me that kept me alive,” she said gravely.
Harry reached out and squeezed her shoulder. “Then I’m glad I taught you.”
She replied with a weak smile a moment before they rounded the last corner toward the hospital wing.
Draco trailed behind them as they entered the infirmary. He’d been unusually quiet, but Harry supposed that he’d had a rough night.
Inside, several Order members were present, gathered around a bed toward the back of the room. Neville was on one of the beds nearer the door, apparently sleeping — probably via a potion because there was enough noise in the room filled with so many people that natural sleep seemed unlikely. Colin Creevey was on the bed next to Neville, also apparently asleep. Presumably they’d both been wounded, though nothing that Harry could see as they was mostly covered by their blankets.
“Harry!” Remus rose at once, moving closer to Harry and looking him over. “Are you okay?”
Harry nodded, beginning to feel a bit tired — mentally if not physically. “Yeah. Yeah, I’m fine,” he sighed, his eyes moving past Remus toward the last occupied bed. The face of the person in the bed was so torn up that Harry couldn’t identify him, though the long red hair made it obvious. “How’s Bill?” He didn’t know Bill exceptionally well, but he knew that he’d stepped into his father’s role in the family when Arthur was killed and Molly was barely functioning. He’d left his life in Egypt and moved back to support his family and Harry respected him like crazy for that.
Madam Pomfrey was dabbing some kind of ointment onto the cuts on Bill’s face.
“Isn’t there anything more you can do?” he asked her.
The mediwitch shook her head. “Healing spells have almost no effect on werewolf bites. Even away from the full moon, the curse can do a lot of damage. I don’t think he’ll ever transform, but… There will likely be side effects. In addition to the scars.”
Harry glanced at Remus at the mention of “side effects”.
“He’ll probably take on some wolfish traits,” Remus said softly. “Especially around the full moon.”
Harry turned his frown back to Bill’s horribly marred face. Now he was thinking about it, Harry remembered reading about a potion that just might work. It wasn’t one that he thought anyone else in the room would be eager to try though, since it was quite Dark.
“Dumbledore might know something that’ll help,” Ron said hopefully. “Bill was only here on Dumbledore’s orders. Dumbledore owes him. He can’t leave him in this state. Not after what happened to Dad.”
“Ron,” Harry interrupted with a sigh. “Dumbledore’s dead.” It annoyed him how everyone just assumed that Dumbledore would pull a cure out of his arse.
“No!” Remus cried out, looking around wildly as though for someone, anyone, to contradict the statement.
Ginny just looked away uncomfortably while Draco seemed to still be trying to hide behind Harry since melting into the floor wasn’t an option.
Remus finally collapsed into a chair beside Bill’s bed and buried his face in his hands.
Harry averted his eyes. He couldn’t quite understand how anyone had truly loved the manipulative old man, much less someone like Remus, who seemed so obviously a pawn of Dumbledore’s.
Tonks stepped closer to Remus and placed her hands supportively on his shoulders as she looked at Harry. “How did it happen?” she whispered.
“Snape killed him,” Harry said, unable to help staring at his feet as he did. It was the truth, obviously, but leaving out the why made it feel awfully like a lie. “We arrived on the astronomy tower, just under the Dark Mark. Dumbledore was… very weak. When we heard step on the stairs, he ordered me to hide. No matter what happened. Then the Death Eaters came through the door. They had Malfoy with them,” Harry glanced back at Draco, who seemed to try to curl in on himself even further under everyone’s stares. Harry doubted that he had any idea how much like a frightened child he looked just then, but it did seem to be earning him some sympathy.
“They were trying to force him to cast the Killing Curse on Dumbledore, but he wouldn’t do it. Then Snape cast it instead.”
He paused, hoping to give the impression that he was very broken up about this. In truth, it wasn’t fun to watch anyone die, but Dumbledore had been one of the largest potential threats to Harry’s future freedom after Voldemort himself. The old man was intelligent and powerful and incredibly influential. And he’d been far too invested in Harry. He had, almost certainly, been planning for Harry to die so that Voldemort could be killed. And Harry would honestly rather not.
No, all that Harry truly felt in the wake of Dumbledore’s death was a sense of relief.
Most of the people around the room seemed to be in various states of grief in response to the news, but the discussion was interrupted by phoenix song as Dumbledore familiar sang a lament for his fallen companion. It seemed to have a profound effect on most of the people in the room, as everyone seemed to settle more calmly into their sorrow. It just made Harry feel sort of uncomfortable as the notes of the song grated slightly at his ears.
Draco merely continued to look uncomfortable and Ginny scowled blackly at the floor the whole time the room remained in silence, listening to the song.
Harry wondered if the song lamenting Dumbledore’s death affected people differently depending on how they’d felt about him.
Eventually, the door opened once more, admitting McGonagall, who looked as much like she’d just come from a battle as the rest of them, scratches on her face and tears in her robes. The scent of blood and Dark magic clinging to her.
“Molly is on her way,” she announced, apparently breaking whatever spell the phoenix song had put over the others. She then turned to Harry and asked about what had happened to Dumbledore. Whether Snape was involved in some way.
Harry solemnly repeated the not-lie that Snape had killed Dumbledore and watched her take the news like a blow.
“We all wondered… but he trusted… always… Snape… I can’t believe it…”
The room swiftly devolved into an argument between people claiming they’d always distrusted Snape and those insisting that Dumbledore had trusted him as justification for their perceived mistake.
Harry found himself in the unusual position of wanting to defend Snape. Yes, the man could be a real arsehole, but he did seem to be a loyal arsehole. He could be almost decent with the right incentive and he was playing a really shit hand right now. He’d killed Dumbledore — on the man’s own orders — to cement his loyalty to Voldemort. There were so many ways that this could get him killed and no incentive for Snape that Harry could see beyond his genuine wish to see Voldemort defeated. Hell, the man had been planning to do whatever he could without a single person truly on his side.
And when the war was over, if Snape managed to survive it, he was facing a life sentence in Azkaban since there would have been no one to attest to his innocence.
So yeah. Harry felt a strange urge to defend Snape, but he kept it in check. Snape would be safer if even the Order believed him a loyal Death Eater.
Eventually, the conversation came back around to how the Death Eaters could have entered the school, and Harry spoke up. “They came through the Shrieking Shack,” he said, meeting Remus’ eyes.
The werewolf pulled in a shocked breath.
“Pettigrew knew about it,” Harry said gravely. “It was foolish to assume that Voldemort didn’t.” He ignored all of the flinches around the room in response to the name.
“How could I have been so stupid?” Remus grated out.
“I knew about it as well, Remus,” McGonagall said tiredly. “Even Albus didn’t think to block it.”
Mention of the headmaster did seem to relieve some of Remus’ guilt. After all, the headmaster was brilliant and perfect, so if he didn’t think of it, clearly none of them could have.
Harry carefully did not roll his eyes.
“So they got in through the tunnel,” McGonagall said, then looked between her students. “How did you all become involved?”
“Dennis was sitting by the windows in the common room,” Ginny explained. “He saw the Death Eaters running through the grounds and he told Colin, who told Ron, Neville, and me. Ron had won a bottle of felix felicis in potions class this year, so we all took a sip of it and the four of us came out to try to stop them.”
“Felix Felicis?” Remus said in surprise, then sagged a little in relief. “Thank Merlin for that. You four could have been killed.”
“We ran into Tonks and Lupin almost right away,” Ron said, “and we told them what we’d seen.”
Tonks nodded. “We chased the Death Eaters toward the astronomy tower. They were dragging Malfoy along with them,” she nodded toward Draco. “Gibbon ran up the stairs, but he came back down a minute later.”
“He ran right into a killing curse that had just missed me,” Remus said. “Then Bellatrix put up a barrier across the stairwell and she and a couple of the others disappeared up the stairs with Malfoy. We couldn’t get through the barrier and the remaining Death Eaters were throwing curses everywhere.”
“They kept just missing us,” Ron said quietly. “I’m sure the potion was the only reason we survived.”
Harry frowned at Ron and made some quick plans for dueling training with him. He wouldn’t have a luck potion the next time he had to go into a fight.
“Snape showed up and ran right by us. He went through the barrier like it wasn’t there. Neville tried to follow him and the barrier knocked him out,” Remus continued. “The Death Eaters were clearly prepared to fight to the death, and we weren’t doing well. Colin got hit with a stunner hard enough to slam him into a wall. Then Greyback got Bill,” his voice trembled. “There was so much chaos. By the time I even realized what was happening…” he looked at Ginny.
She lifted her chin and met his eyes, “He would have killed Bill. I used a reductor to knock him off Bill and then I just hit him with everything I could think of until he wasn’t a threat anymore.”
“Some of those were very Dark spells,” Remus said quietly.
Ginny’s eyes were darker than Harry had ever seen them and she stared Remus down, “My brother is still alive. I’d do it again and worse.”
Remus broke eye contact. There was a long moment of awkward silence before he continued, “Then one of the Death Eaters sent off a curse that caved half the ceiling in and the barrier came down. Before we could try to get up the stairs, Snape came back through with Malfoy.”
“We thought they were being chased. We just let them through,” Tonks said. “And then the other Death Eaters were back and we were fighting again.”
“They weren’t trying to kill us anymore though,” Remus said. “They were just trying to get away. We weren’t in good shape by that point. We couldn’t stop them.”
“They didn’t all make it out,” McGonagall said. “We found Casper Wilkes on the fifth floor. I’m not sure what spells it was, but he was cut up and torn apart. Very Dark magic.”
Harry did his best not to react to learning the name of the man that he’d killed with Dante’s help.
“Might have been one of the other Death Eaters,” Remus suggested, apparently unwilling to believe that anyone on their side would have killed someone with Dark magic despite having just acknowledged what Ginny had done to Greyback.
Bloody Hell, it was no wonder these people were always losing.
“What happened after that?” McGonagall questioned, looking between Harry and Malfoy. “How did Mr. Malfoy come to be here and not with Snape?” She sent Draco a somewhat disapproving look.
“I chased after them,” Harry admitted. “I figured they were heading out of the castle, so I took secret passageways to get down faster. I saw them running toward the Whomping Willow with the other Death Eaters. I sent a tripping spell at Snape to try to stop him, and when he realized I was following, he ran for the Forbidden Forest instead. I started throwing spells at him, and he finally had to turn and fight me just before they reached the forest.”
Now came the tricky part because the truth needed to be finessed a bit to keep Snape’s cover intact.
“I managed to slow him down enough that Malfoy could get away from him, but then he disarmed me. He disappeared into the forest before I got my wand back.” There. No lies. Just some omitted details. He tried to look angry with himself for letting Snape escape.
It must have worked because Remus said, “It’s not your fault, Harry. Snape is a master duelist. I couldn’t have bested him alone, either.”
Then the door to the hospital wing banged open and Mrs. Weasley rushed in, her face streaked with tears. Behind her was Fleur Delacour, her beautiful face twisted in terror.
The others moved away from Bill’s bed so that the women could reach him.
Madam Pomfrey gently explained once again about his prognosis and Remus spoke up with his suspicions about wolfish traits.
Mrs. Weasley lamented the loss of his good looks and the fact that he’d been about to get married.
Fleur interjected with more than a little rage that this wasn’t going to stop Bill from loving her and she certainly didn’t care about the scars since she was pretty enough for both of them and the scars just let everyone know how brave her husband was. Then she began dabbing the ointment onto Bill’s cuts herself.
Harry was impressed. Apparently, she’d grown up a lot in the last couple of years.
Mrs. Weasley seemed impressed as well as she suddenly offered to loan Fleur her great aunt’s tiara for their wedding, and then the women were comforting each other and bonding or something that one probably had to be female to understand.
Harry was glad to be distracted from the scene by Tonks suddenly arguing with Remus, pointing out that Fleur wanted to marry Bill despite him being bitten and Remus countering that he wouldn’t be a full werewolf and therefore it was completely different.
“But I don’t care either!” Tonks insisted. “I don’t care! I’ve told you a million times!”
This was clearly a rehash of an old and ongoing argument.
“And I’ve told you a million times that I am too old for you. Too poor. Too dangerous…” Remus rebutted, refusing to meet her eyes.
So apparently a bit of dating was okay by Remus, as he’d seemed comfortable enough with that last Christmas, but now she wanted a real commitment and Remus was not so okay with that.
“I’ve said all along that I think you’re taking a ridiculous line on this, Remus,” Mrs. Weasley put in.
“I am not being ridiculous,” Lupin stead firmly. “Tonks deserves somebody young and whole.”
“I think,” Harry put in, because he knew exactly where Remus was coming from on this, “that she deserves someone that respects her enough to trust her to make her own choices.” He spoke with quiet gravity, and Remus looked up and met his eye. “If anyone knows about being a danger to those who love them, it’s me, Remus. Every single person who gets close to me is a target.” He looked around the room and met the eyes of all the people that he was sure would claim to love him, even if many of them were shit at showing it. “I respect you all enough to let you decide if you want to be close to me anyway.”
“It’s different, pup,” Remus said weakly.
“Not with Blaise,” Harry pointed out. “You think I want him becoming a target for Voldemort? You think I don’t think he deserves better than someone who will be lucky to even live through the next couple of years?” More than one person gasped or complained at his words, but he ignored them. “You tell yourself that you’re selflessly protecting her, but you’re not,” Harry told Remus ruthlessly, “You’re disregarding her choices because your fear of losing her is more important to you. You’re being selfish and disrespectful. At least acknowledge that much.”
Remus looked away and refused to meet Harry’s eyes again.
His words had also silenced the rest of the room. Ginny gave Harry a smile and Fleur nodded. “Well said, Harry.”
Tonks sent him a tearful smile and mouthed “thank you”.
Luckily, Hagrid’s arrival then distracted the room with his news of having moved Dumbledore’s body. Apparently, Professor Sprout had rounded up any other wandering students and got them back to their dorms and Slughorn had informed the Ministry of the night’s events.
“Thank you, Hagrid,” McGonagall said. “I shall have to see to the Ministry officials when they arrive. Please tell the heads of houses — Slughorn can represent Slytherin — that I want to see them in my office forthwith. I would like you to join us as well.” She looked around the room again and her disapproving gaze fell on Malfoy. “Mr. Malfoy, you should return to your dormitory and turn in for the night. Harry, I would like a quick word with you before I meet with the Ministry.”
Harry nodded, “Yeah, I’ll join you in a minute, Professor. I need to have a quick word with my friends.”
She pursed her lips, but then gave a small nod. “The headmaster’s office. Don’t take too long.”
Harry quickly grabbed Ginny’s hand and tugged her after Draco, who’d already started for the door.
The blond flinched when Harry touched his arm, but he let himself be directed to a secluded corridor well beyond hearing of the hospital wing. Harry cast a privacy charm around them anyway. He then took off his wrist cuff and opened it to summon the book that he needed out of it. He flipped through to the right page and scanned it briefly to confirm what he remembered about it. Nodding to himself, he offered it to Draco. “Do you think you can brew that?” he asked.
Draco eyed him warily for a moment before he turned his attention to the recipe. He read through it carefully, his eyes widening a bit at the ingredients, but eventually he nodded. “It’s not that complicated.”
“Good,” Harry nodded, then turned to Ginny. “I need you to find Greyback’s body and get the ingredients that the potion needs.”
Draco turned the book and pointed to the ones that Harry meant.
Ginny gasped and turned wide eyes on Harry. “Why?”
“It’s a Dark potion, but it should make it possible to fully heal Bill and prevent the curse from affecting him.”
Ginny took a breath, and Harry watched her resolve firm. “Okay. I’ll do it.”
Harry squeezed her shoulder in appreciation, then turned back to Draco. “Will you brew it once you’ve got the ingredients.”
“Why should I?” Draco said rather petulantly.
Ginny glared murder at him, but Draco didn’t seem to notice as he faced down Harry.
“Because, like it or not, you’re on our side now, Malfoy,” Harry said coldly. “Helping Bill will go a long way toward mending bridges with the Weasleys.”
“They’ll trust me more if I start brewing Dark potions?” Draco said doubtfully.
“I will,” Harry snapped, “and you could do a lot worse than being on my good side at this point, Malfoy!”
Draco bristled, but he glanced back toward the hospital wing, then met Ginny’s furious gaze, and then nodded, his jaw clenched. “Yes, fine, Potter.”
“Good,” Harry nodded. “Go with Ginny and get the ingredients, then brew the potion. When you’re done, call for Winky the house-elf. She’ll be able to tell you where to find me.”
Harry was sure that he was pushing his luck with McGonagall by taking so long — he had no desire to arrive after the Ministry officials — so he didn’t wait any longer before turning toward the headmaster’s office. He took the whole way at a light jog, hoping that he could get this talk over with before anyone from the Ministry showed up. Given the rumors that he knew were going around there, he’d just as soon avoid everyone associated.
Notes:
Y'all, the end of year six has gotten away from me! My outline initially indicated three chapters after Dumbledore's death... Three...
It's currently expanded into five, but will likely be six. Maybe seven... possibly eight?? I left like a dozen plot threads just dangling there, needing to be tied off or woven into the year seven plot, and I thought I was going to manage that in three chapters. I don't even know what I was thinking.
ngl, I kinda hope it's seven chapters, because that would make the story a nice round 60 chapters at the end of year six, and how cool would that be?
Anyway! Draco was tasked with letting the Death Eaters into the school, but not with killing Dumbledore. That was just Bellatrix trying to help her nephew out in her own insane way. There was also a backup plan for the likely event that Draco failed to get the Death Eaters into the school, hence the Shrieking Shack via Pettigrew’s intel.
Thanks for reading. I'd love to hear your thoughts!
Chapter 55: Year Six - part 25
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Aftermath II
He ended up reaching the gargoyle just as McGonagall was giving the password. She obviously had not jogged, though she looked pleased enough to see him arrive so promptly.
When they reached her office, his eyes immediately settled on the one thing that had changed since he’d been here a few hours previously. There was a new portrait on the wall. It depicted Dumbledore, though he seemed to be sleeping.
Harry wondered if he was truly sleeping or just pretending.
“Harry,” McGonagall said at once. “I would like to know what you and Professor Dumbledore were doing this evening when you left the school.”
For a moment, Harry felt honestly surprised that she would ask him that. She’d seemed content enough to stay out of things when Dumbledore was alive. But then he realized that of course she wanted to know. She was taking over his position as headmistress. She probably assumed that meant that she was going to take charge of Harry as well. As though he needed a minder at Hogwarts in addition to his relatives’ supposed guardianship and his godfather.
“I can’t tell you that,” he said simply.
“Harry, it might be important,” she said.
“It is, but he didn’t want me to tell people.” He did take some satisfaction in using Dumbledore’s secretive ways against the woman. After all the support she’d given Dumbledore over the years, she deserved nothing less.
McGonagall glared at him. “Potter, in light of Professor Dumbledore’s death, I think you must see that the situation has changed somewhat.”
“I think if he’d wanted to share the information with you, Professor, he would have,” Harry countered, carefully concealing his smug amusement.
She opened her mouth to argue, but a knock on the door interrupted her. She pursed her lips unhappily, but called out sharply, “Enter!”
The heads of house, including Slughorn for Slytherin, entered the room followed by Hagrid, who was still trembling with his grief.
Harry felt another pang of sympathy for the man, but he still didn’t regret Dumbledore’s death.
Slughorn immediately began lamenting that Snape was the villain in this tale and Harry carefully schooled his face.
Then one of the portraits interrupted to inform them that the minister had just disapparated from the ministry.
Harry found he was not at all surprised that the headmaster of Hogwarts had portraits spying in the ministry for him.
“I want to talk about what happens to Hogwarts before he gets here,” McGonagall said quickly. “Personally, I am not convinced that the school should reopen next year. The death of the headmaster at the hands of one of our colleagues is a terrible stain upon Hogwarts’s history. It is horrible.”
Sprout quickly argued that Dumbledore would have wanted the school to stay open so long as a single student wished to attend.
Slughorn suggested that no parents may be willing to send their children to the school with the way things were. That they’d feel safer keeping them home.
McGonagall then argued that Dumbledore had considered closing the school when the Chamber of Secrets was opened. “And I must say that Professor Dumbledore’s murder is more disturbing to me than the idea of Slytherin’s monster living undetected in the bowels of the castle…”
Harry’s eyes widened a little as he heard that statement with some disbelief. An active danger in the school was less disturbing to her than a murder in which the attacker was already gone? She’d rather the students be in active danger?
And this was the new headmistress of Hogwarts? He was pretty well convinced that he wasn’t coming back next year at this point, and he was grateful for that. She’d been a terrible head of house. He could just imagine how awful she’d be as a headmistress.
While he was musing on that, the heads of house had decided that they would wait to make a decision until they could discuss it with the Board of Governors. Then discussion turned toward Dumbledore’s funeral. It was decided that he would be laid to rest on Hogwarts grounds even though no other headmaster or headmistress had ever been buried there in a thousand years.
Harry thought that sort of made it inappropriate, but he wasn’t going to speak a word that sounded dismissive of the man’s memory right now. Not when emotions were running so high. Instead, he suggested that they send the students home after the funeral so that they would all have the chance to attend. Mostly, he just preferred to have another day or two at the school to set his own affairs in order.
Thankfully, they accepted his suggestion and it was decided that the train would take students home right after the funeral.
McGonagall then noticed that the Minister was arriving with an entourage and Harry spoke up quickly.
“May I leave?”
“You may. And quickly,” she said rather eagerly.
She went so far as to open the door for him and Harry jogged down the steps and didn’t slow as he slipped down the first secret passage that he could, sure that the minister would come up the more mainstream passageways, even if he likely knew many secret passages, having been a student once himself.
Harry had yet to meet the new minister, but he was content with that state of affairs. He knew that he detested the ministry in general and he doubted that this minister would change his opinions on the matter. Particularly not with some of the news stories he’d read about the ministry under his leadership. They were more concerned with looking competent than being competent by all accounts, which was definitely not going to win any wars.
He made for the Slytherin common room, certain that Blaise was up waiting for him to tell him that he was still alive.
Ginny
“Shit,” Ginny cursed as she rounded the corner to the corridor where Greyback’s body had been slumped. It was gone. Someone must have moved it already. She didn’t know why she hadn’t expected it. This was still a school. Of course, they wouldn’t just leave dead bodies laying around for some first year to stumble upon.
She reluctantly looked at the blond prat following her. “Do you know any spells to locate a corpse?” It wouldn’t have been vanished. Magical law surrounding the treatment of deceased humans was explicit on the matter. Some might have considered dead werewolves as a gray area in the law, but Ginny didn’t think the Order would do that.
Malfoy sent her a half-hearted sneer, but seemed to consider it a moment before he drew his wand, watching her like he thought she might try to hex him for it.
She just lifted her eyebrows impatiently.
“Sanguis revelio,” he cast with a light swish of his wand.
Ginny flinched a little as a puddle of blood suddenly appeared in front of her.
“It’s just an illusion,” Malfoy said, then nodded back the way they’d come. “Follow the trail.”
Ginny looked where he indicated and saw a few small drops of blood almost illuminated on the ground. “Neat spell,” she said as she began following the drops. “It shows blood that’s been cleaned up?”
“Any blood present within the last several hours up to a day. The trail will fade faster under sunlight and faster still under running water.”
“Huh,” Ginny muttered. Some of the drops were more spaced apart, but the trail wasn’t too hard to follow as the drops did seem to have a faint glow in the dimly lit corridors.
The trail led out behind Hagrid’s hut, where they found all four bodies resultant of the night’s events laid out.
She heard Malfoy gasp and glanced back to see him very deliberately not looking toward the bodies.
With a grimace, she approached the gruesome scene. After a quick glance, she tried to avoid looking at Dumbledore again. She had not liked the man after what had happened to her father, but seeing him like this… a trickle of blood at the corner of his mouth, his skin gray and waxy… It felt profoundly wrong.
She hadn’t really known any of the others in life. Perhaps that was why it was easier. One of them almost looked like he could have been sleeping apart from the gray pallor of his skin. The next was a mess that had her swallowing repeatedly to avoid losing her composure entirely. Deep slashes and gouges ran all across his face and neck. His gut was torn to shreds.
And finally, there was the werewolf. In some ways, he was even worse. If only because she was the one that had inflicted the wounds. Bone-breaking curses had left one of his shoulders, one leg, and the side of his head oddly misshapen. Half of his chest was torn open from the blasting curse. And blood had leaked from his mouth and nose, eyes and ears due to the blood boiling curse.
She swallowed convulsively twice, then lost the fight and stumbled away to empty her stomach into a bush. She tried not to think about the fact that Malfoy was watching her lose her composure.
When it was over, she was trembling, but she forced herself to spit one last time and turn toward the grisly scene again.
“What do we need?” she asked as she dropped to her knees next to Greyback’s corpse. Her voice was a little hoarse, but she ignored that.
“Fingernails and teeth, ideally,” Malfoy said after a brief hesitation. “Be careful not to cut yourself. The curse lingers in the corpse.”
Ginny drew her wand and considered the task for a moment before casting, “Accio fingernail,” while concentrating on just one fingernail on the right corpse. She was a little surprised that it worked. Summoning an enemy’s fingernails or teeth in a fight would probably be highly effective, she noted distantly. Then she cast the spell again. And again. Then she started summoning teeth.
“Focus on the sharpest teeth,” Draco said.
She took ten teeth to go with the ten fingernails, slicing off a bit of the dead werewolf’s tattered shirt to wrap them in. “Where are you brewing?” she asked as she rose.
Malfoy tipped his head toward the castle. “I’ll show you.”
They walked in silence for some time. The blond kept glancing at her as they walked. Finally, he spoke up. “Did you really kill Greyback?” he asked quietly.
Ginny looked at him sharply, but if he meant to judge her, she couldn’t see anything mean in his face — which was honestly unexpected. “Yeah,” she said at last.
Malfoy glanced at her again, his brow furrowed. “Where did you learn Dark magic?”
She pursed her lips and considered just not answering. She didn’t want to betray Harry’s trust to Malfoy of all people, but Harry was the one who had sent Malfoy to brew a Dark potion for him. And if Malfoy went around telling people, she’d just deny everything. “Harry taught me,” she said after a hesitation.
“Potter?” he asked with disbelief.
“Obviously,” she rolled her eyes.
Draco was silent for a while and Ginny glanced at him suspiciously, but he just seemed deep in thought.
“I don’t know why Harry is helping you out,” Ginny said softly as they slipped back into the castle, “but don’t betray his trust, Malfoy. You don’t want to be on his bad side.”
“I’m coming to believe that,” he muttered, hardly loud enough to be heard.
Malfoy led the way down to the dungeons, along a bit of a convoluted path that made Ginny a little nervous as she wasn’t entirely sure that she could find her way back out on her own. Thankfully, it wasn’t much longer before he was drawing his wand to unlock and part the wards on the door. And then they were stepping into a room that had probably been an abandoned classroom not too long ago. There were still signs of dust in the corners, but the room now held a sofa, a table with a couple of chairs, a beat-up old wardrobe, and a brewing station in one corner.
Malfoy didn’t hesitate to move to the brewing station and set to work pulling out ingredients and tools, adding water to the cauldron and starting a flame beneath it.
Ginny placed her bloody bundle on the work station, then moved away, not wanting to see the contents again. After walking around the small space a couple of times, she finally sat down in the center of the sofa. The foul taste in her mouth was unpleasant, so she took a moment to cast a mouth cleaning charm, then fisted her hands between her knees and just concentrated on breathing for a while.
Merlin, what an awful, awful night.
She desperately hoped that this potion worked. She wasn’t sure how much more suffering her family could take. Her mum was barely holding it together and Bill was the one that had been supporting her the most.
Supporting all of them, really.
Ginny didn’t care of Bill had terrible scars, but she hated to think of him suffering in any way. He’d been the one she’d most looked up to growing up. Her mum was too uptight and her dad didn’t seem to have any ambition. She’d loved them both, but she hadn’t aspired to be either of them. Bill was something else entirely. He was brilliant and talented, and he had plans for his future. And he’d always been kind to her. She remembered him reading stories in her earliest memories, cuddled into one of his sides while Ron sat at his other, Fred and George and sometimes Percy sitting in front of them as Bill read to them.
She hadn’t liked Fleur during the tournament and she’d honestly not given her much of a chance when Bill had started dating her, but she regretted that a little bit now. She seemed loyal to Bill if nothing else and that counted for a heck of a lot.
Ginny would do her best to give her another shot, she supposed.
She wanted Bill to get better though. She didn’t want him stuck with horrible scars or “wolfish traits” as Lupin had suggested. He didn’t deserve any of that.
This had to work.
The brewing took a while and Ginny found herself alternating between sitting down with her knees bouncing uncontrollably and pacing the room while her fingers tapped nervously at her hip.
“Weasley, either sit still or leave,” Malfoy said finally.
She flinched at his voice and turned toward him with a scowl.
“This stage is delicate, and I don’t think either of us want to go in search of more ingredients,” he bit out before she could speak.
She clenched her jaw to hold in her reply. She was exhausted and jittery and impatient, but she knew better than to make a nuisance of herself when someone was brewing. She ended up putting her back to the door and bracing one foot against the wall while she nibbled on her thumb nail. Malfoy was right. She definitely didn’t want to go in search of more ingredients. They might not even be able to get more if the ministry had already taken the bodies.
When the urge to pace struck her again, she tipped her head back against the wall, closed her eyes, and just tried to focus on her breathing to keep herself still. She didn’t want to sit still, but she didn’t want to leave either. She was afraid that she’d be sent back to her dorm as McGonagall had tried to do to Malfoy before Harry had redirected them. There was no chance that she’d be able to sleep. She needed to be doing something or sitting with Bill. And as long as this potion was in the works, she preferred to be here, where she could know if anything was going wrong rather than sitting in the hospital wing wondering.
Finally, Malfoy let out a long sigh and then filled a phial.
“It’s ready?” she asked hopefully.
He nodded and tentatively called, “Winky?”
The elf popped into the room without delay and gave Malfoy a suspicious look.
“Harry Potter said that you would tell me where he was when this potion was ready,” Malfoy said stiffly to the elf.
“Harry Potter is being in the Slytherin common room,” she said and popped away.
Malfoy frowned at the place that the elf had been while Ginny’s brow rose. She supposed that she shouldn’t even be surprised that Harry wasn’t afraid to invade the Slytherin common room. He spent time down Knockturn, after all. She was sure that he was with Blaise, but for all that she didn’t mind Blaise and his friends, she was not going into their common room. “You should get that to Harry,” she nodded to the potion. “I’m going to the hospital wing.”
Malfoy just gave her a wary nod and she let herself out of the room, only to stop and stare at the unfamiliar corridor. She put her head back into the room and amended. “You should lead me out of this maze first.”
Malfoy rolled his eyes, but thankfully did lead her back to more familiar parts of the dungeons before they parted. She just hoped that Harry didn’t take too long to get up to the infirmary. She really needed for this night to have some kind of conclusion soon, and Bill being healed would be a great one.
Aftermath III
Harry turned toward the dungeons once he was alone, pausing briefly to let Kaa slip back under his skin when the serpent found him one floor down. He’d take the time to listen to whatever the snake had gotten up to during their separation later. Right now, he was sure that Blaise was extremely stressed waiting for news and Harry didn’t want to keep him any longer.
He hissed at the door and the Slytherin common room once more opened for him. Inside, he found Blaise pacing restlessly over near the sofas where he’d been seated the last time Harry had come looking for him. Parkinson was sitting hunched over with her face buried in her hands. Tracey was slouched into a corner of a sofa, arms crossed tightly over her chest, face set in a scowl. Even Theo appeared out of sorts. He had a book open in his lap, but he wasn’t even pretending to read it, one hand resting absently on the open page while his gaze was unfocused in the direction of the floor.
“Oi, Potter!” Adrian Pucey called, “How do you keep getting in here?”
Harry nodded at the seventh year that had been a member of the D.A., his focus on Blaise, whose head had snapped up at the sound of Harry’s name. “Parseltongue, Pucey,” he answered simply a moment before Blaise wrapped himself around Harry and lifted him straight off the floor.
Harry laughed slightly and carefully returned the embrace.
After a long moment, Blaise drew back to look at Harry, his hands gently cradling Harry’s face as he studied him.
“I’m okay,” Harry promised.
“They locked down the dorms,” Blaise breathed. “The Bloody Baron said the castle had been invaded by Death Eaters. I thought…” He paused briefly and took a calming breath. “But you’re okay. Merlin, I’m glad you’re okay.”
Harry kissed him lightly and squeezed him gently. “I’m okay,” he said again.
“Potter, have you seen Draco?” Parkinson’s voice intruded.
Harry drew back from Blaise enough to look around. Parkinson wasn’t the only one eagerly awaiting news, it seemed. “Yeah, Malfoy’s fine,” he assured her.
“Ron?” Tracey asked, though she looked considerably calmer. She was undoubtedly smart enough to know that Harry would not be smiling so easily if Ron was seriously hurt.
“Ron’s fine, too. No students were seriously injured.”
“Was anyone else hurt?” someone else in the crowd asked.
Harry sighed, but he didn’t see any reason to deny them a basic explanation. “Death Eaters managed to invade the castle,” he confirmed. “They cornered Dumbledore on the astronomy tower and killed him.”
There were a few flinches and more gasps in response to that news.
“Dumbledore’s dead?” Lucian Bole pressed.
Harry nodded, and he supposed, as Slytherins, they probably deserved to know, “Snape killed him. And then he fled with the others. Slughorn’s filling in as head of Slytherin the rest of the year.”
There were a number of pale faces in response to that and a seventh year girl sat down very abruptly.
“A few of the Death Eaters were killed as well.”
“Which ones?” Theo asked almost instantly and Harry recalled that his father was a Death Eater.
“Casper Wilkes. Er, Gibbon — I didn’t get a first name — and Fenrir Greyback was killed too.”
There were mutters and exclamations, particularly about Greyback. A couple of people got up and left the room — presumably toward the dorms. Harry honestly hoped that no one here had been close to Casper Wilkes. Harry didn’t regret killing him as it had been self defense and the man was a violent criminal invading a school. Still… He didn’t relish the idea of having brought grief to anyone here.
The room mostly seemed shocked, though there were at least a couple of people quite hostile toward him, though he couldn’t pinpoint them in the crowd.
“How did they die?” a younger year that Harry didn’t recognize asked, his voice subdued.
Harry took a deep breath and let it out slowly before he answered. “Gibbon was friendly fire,” he said gently, overly aware that the dead Death Eaters might have been brother or uncle or even father to someone in this room. “He got hit by a killing curse that was meant for someone else. Wilkes, er…” he rubbed awkwardly at the back of his neck. “I was told it was a Dark curse. And Greyback was killed with Dark curses, too.”
“Who was casting Dark magic at the Death Eaters?” Pucey asked, a little incredulously.
Harry rolled his eyes, though he was glad for an easier question, “You know they’re not the only ones capable of Dark magic, right?” He didn’t wait for an answer, just shook his head and added, “Anyway, as far as I know, McGonagall is planning to hold Dumbledore’s funeral here at Hogwarts in a couple of days and then the train will take us back to London after that. Now, if you’ll excuse me…”
Without waiting to see if anyone would protest, he took Blaise’s hand and led him over to the sofas that seemed to be occupied by their yearmates. He pulled Blaise down onto an open section of the sofa next to Tracey and burrowed into his side in sheer relief. He breathed deeply and let the familiar scent soothe him.
It had been a Hell of a night.
Blaise’s arm around his shoulders held him tight and Harry felt a kiss pressed into his hair.
After a long moment just soaking it in, Harry finally drew his wand and raised a privacy ward around their little section of the common room. They weren’t private as Parkinson and Greengrass were both present, though Crabbe and Goyle were missing — perhaps they’d gone to bed already — but it was nice to not have the whole common room trying to eavesdrop.
“Winky,” Harry called once they were slightly more private.
The elf appeared almost instantly, bowing deeply before fixing her eyes on him attentively. She was the picture of professionalism, but the way her eyes scanned him suggested that she was checking for injuries.
Harry decided to ignore that since she seemed to want to hide it. “When Draco Malfoy calls you, please tell him where I am.”
“As Master wishes,” she replied serenely before popping away.
Crouch was an idiot for sending Winky away. She was a superb house-elf.
“What is Draco doing?” Parkinson demanded. “Why isn’t he back yet?”
Harry sighed and would have ignored her — he’d never much cared for her — but she looked genuinely worried about Draco. “I asked him to brew a potion for me,” he admitted.
She frowned at him a long moment before deciding, “I don’t believe you. Why would he do that?”
“It’s none of your business, Pansy,” Tracey interjected impatiently. “Ask Draco when he gets back.”
Parkinson looked like she had a few things that she’d have liked to say, but she just crossed her arms over her chest and slouched back in her seat. Thankfully. Harry would rather not deal with her being a petulant brat tonight. He had more than enough on his mind without dealing with that.
“So Snape killed Dumbledore?” Tracey pressed Harry when she was done staring down Parkinson.
“Yeah,” Harry sighed. “It was… He was clearly the highest-ranked Death Eater here tonight, excepting maybe Bellatrix. Everyone deferred to him and even Bellatrix let him take charge.”
“Wait, did you see it happen?” Blaise asked.
Harry nodded.
“How did he do it?” Tracey asked, her tone only curious but her brow furrowed.
“The Killing Curse,” Harry admitted.
Silence settled among them as they all absorbed that.
When no one spoke after that, Harry’s mind wandered. Dumbledore was dead. And apart from how that materially benefited Harry’s future prospects, he needed to consider how it would effect the wider world in the longer term.
Hogwarts might not open next year, though Harry thought that it probably would. McGonagall clearly couldn’t imagine a Hogwarts without Dumbledore in it, but he doubted that the Board of Governors was going to be as sentimental. Would it be safe without Dumbledore here, though? Harry was far from believing the man infallible, but he could admit that at least the old man’s reputation had been a strong deterrent. Even to Voldemort.
Harry didn’t know if Voldemort actually feared Dumbledore, but he was sure that the man respected his skill.
That was gone now. Would Voldemort attack the school directly?
What about the Ministry? Were they strong enough to repel him?
If Voldemort just showed up at the ministry with a bunch of Death Eaters, would the aurors really fight back? Would anyone dare to actually face off against Voldemort?
Some of them, likely, but odds were slim that there would be enough of them to actually defeat him. And what were the chances that some of the aurors wouldn’t turn around and fight for Voldemort instead of against him?
Things looked very uncertain in the future, but no matter what happened, Harry was virtually certain that he wasn’t coming back to Hogwarts. Even if Voldemort left the school alone and nothing catastrophic happened, the idea of another year of classes being taught things he mostly already knew with teachers expecting him to spend time researching and composing essays to explain things that he mostly already knew…
It seemed like a colossal waste of time, especially when Voldemort was not going to be wasting any time.
Harry glanced around their little group, then cleared his throat and sat up a little more from his slump against Blaise. “Parkinson, Greengrass, could you give us a few minutes to talk privately?” he indicated Blaise, Tracey and Theo.
Parkinson looked terribly insulted. “This is my common room, Potter.”
“And I am asking nicely,” Harry said, powerless to help the edge to his voice. It had been a really long night and Parkinson tried his patience at the best of times.
Greengrass stood and moved to a nearby table, seating herself without complaint.
Parkinson seemed torn for a moment, but eventually stood and joined her, stiff and angry the whole way.
“What is it?” Blaise asked when their group was alone.
Harry took a deep breath before admitting, “I’m not coming back to Hogwarts next year.”
Notes:
So a minor cliffhanger, but the next chapter should be up next week, so you won't be dangling on the cliff's edge too long. There will be one more section wrapping up this night and then Harry can get some sleep and we can move onto the last couple days of the school term.
And Ginny's POV! Year seven is going to have lots of POVs in addition to Harry and Blaise, so this was sort of leaning toward that. The current outline has it at nine main POVs. Do y'all see how the final part is turning into a monster? Harry will still be primary protagonist, but we'll see minor plot threads for all the POV characters woven into the main story.
Anyway. I hope you liked the chapter. I'd love to hear your thoughts!

